A grammar of the Hebrew language

^9^1 life •«» • •«••— ♦

I

I

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2011 with funding from

Princeton Theological Seminary Library

http://www.archive.org/details/grammarofhebreOOgree

GEAMMAE

OF THE

HEBREW LANGUAGE.

BY

AVILLIAM HENRY GREEN,

PROFESSOR IN THE THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY AT PRINCETON, N. J.

THIKD EDITION,

NEW YORK:
JOHISr W^ILEY.

1863.

Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year of 1861, by

JOHN WILEY,

in the Clerk's Office of the District Court for the Southern District of New York.

JOHN F. TROW

PRINTER, STEHEOTTPER, AND ELECTROTYPKBi

46, iS & 50 Greene Street,

New York.

PREFACE.

This work was begun at the instance of my friend,
preceptor, and colleague. Dr. J. Addison Alexander. The
aid of his counsels and suggestions was freely promised in
the undertaking ; and he was to give to it the sanction of
his name before the public. It appears shorn of these ad-
vantages. A few consultations respecting the general plan
of the book and the method to be observed in its prepara-
tion, were all that could be had before this greatest of
American orientalists and scholars was taken from us. De-
prived thus early of his invaluable assistance, I have yet
found a melancholy satisfaction in the prosecution of a task
begun under such auspices, and which seemed still to link
me to one with whom I count it one of the greatest blessings
of my life to have been associated.

The grammatical system of Gesenius has, from causes
which can readily be explained, had a predominance in this
country to which it is not justly entitled. The grammar of
Prof. Stuart, for a long time the text-book in most common
use, was substantially a reproduction of that of Gesenius.
Nordheimer was an adherent of the same system in its essen-
tial featm-es, though he illustrated it with wonderful clearness
and philosophical tact. And finally, the smaller grammar of
Gesenius became current in the excellent translation of Prof.
Conant. Now, while Gesenius is unquestionably the prince
of Hebrew lexicographers, Ewald is as certainly entitled to

IV PREFACE.

the precedence among grammarians ; and the latter cannot
be ignored by him who would appreciate correctly the exist-
ing state of oriental learning.

The present work is mainly based upon the tliree leading
grammars of Gesenius, Ewald, and Nordheimer, and the at-
tempt has been made to combine whatever is valuable in
each. For the sake of a more complete survey of the history
of opinion, the grammars of R. Chayug, R. Kimchi, Reuch-
lin, Euxtorf, Schultens, Simonis, Robertson, Lee, Stier,
Hupfeld, Freytag, Nagelsbach, and Stuart, besides others of
less consequence from Jewish or Christian sources, have also
been consulted to a greater or less extent. The author
has not, however, contented himself with an indolent com-
pilation ; but, while availing himself freely of the labours
of his predecessors, he has sought to maintain an independ-
ent position by investigating the whole subject freshly and
thoroughly for himself. His design in the following pages
has been to reflect the phenomena of the language precisely
as they are exhibited in the Hebrew Bible ; and it is be-
Heved that this is more exactly accomplished than it has been
in any preceding grammar. The rule was adopted at the
outset, and rigorously adhered to, that no supposititious
forms should be admitted, that no example should be al-
leged which is not found in actual use, that no statement
should be made and no rule given the evidence of which had
not personally been subjected to careful scrutiny. Thus, for
example, before treating of any class of verbs, perfect or im-
perfect, every verb of that description in the language was
separately traced through all its forms as shown by a con-
cordance ; the facts were thus absolutely ascertained in the
first instance before a single paradigm was prepared or a
word of explanation \\Titten.

Some may be disposed, at first, to look suspiciously
upon the triple division of the Hebrew vowels, adopted

PREFACE.

from Ewald, as an innovation: furtlier reflection, however,
will sliow that it is the only division consistent with ac-
curacy, and it is really more ancient than the one which
commonly prevails.

The importance of the accent, especially to the proper
understandino- of the vowels of a word and the laws of
vowel-changes, is such that the example of Ewald has been
followed in constantly markmg its position by an appropriate
sign. He uses a Methegh for this purpose, which is objec-
tionable on account of the liability to error and confusion
when the same sign is used for distinct purposes. The use
of any one of the many Hebrew accents would also be liable
to objection, since they not only indicate the tone- syllable,
but have besides a conjunctive or disjunctive force, which it
would be out of place to suggest. Accordingly, a special
symbol has been employed, analogous to that which is in use
in our own and other languages, thus ^bjp hataV .

The remarks upon the consecution of poetic accents
were in type before the appearance of the able discussion of
that subject by Baer, in an appendix to the Commentary of
Delitzsch upon the Psalms. The rules of Baer, however,
depend for their justification upon the assumption of the
accurate accentuation of his OAvn recent edition of the He-
brew Psalter, which departs in numerous instances from the
current editions as they do in fact from one another. Inas-
much as this is a question which can only be settled by
manuscripts that are not accessible in this country, it seems
best to wait until it has been tested and pronounced upon
by those who are capable of doing so. What has here been
written on that subject, has accordingly been suffered to re-
main, imperfect and unsatisfactory as it is.

The laws which regulate the formation of nouns have
been derived from Ewald, with a few modifications chiefly
tending to simplify them.

VI PREFACE.

The declensions of nouns, as made out by Gesenius, are
purely artificial. Cumbrous as they are, they are not ex-
haustive, and the student often finds no little difficulty in
deciding to which declension certain nouns of frequent oc-
currence are to be referred. For these reasons they were
abandoned by Nordheimer, who substituted a different sys-
tem, which is itself, however, more perplexing than service-
able. The fact is, that there are no declensions, properly
speaking, in Hebrew; and the attempt to foist upon the
language what is alien to its nature, embarrasses the subject
instead of relieving it. A few general rules respecting the
vowel-changes, which are liable to occur in different kinds
of syllables, solve the whole mystery, and are all that the
case requires or even admits.

In the syntax the aim has been to develop not so much
what is common to the Hebrew with other languages, as
what is characteristic and distinctive of the former, those
points being particularly dwelt upon which are of chief im-
portance to the interpreter.

In the entire work special reference has been had to the
wants of theological students. The author has endeavoured
to make it at once elementary and thorough, so that it might
both serve as a manual for beginners and yet possess all that
completeness which is demanded by riper scholars. The
parts of most immediate importance to those commencing
the study of the language are distinguished by being printed
in large type.

Princeton, August 22d, 1861.

C01^rTE:N"TS.

PAET I.— ORTHOGRAPHY.

Divisions of Grammar, §1.

OETHOGEAPHIO SYMBOLS.

The Letters. — Alphabet, §2; Sounds, §3; Double forms, §4; Names,

§ 5 ; Order, § 6 ; Classification, § 7 ; Words never divided, § 8 ;

Abbreviations and Signs of Number, § 9.
The Vowels. — Masoretic Points, §10; VoAvel Letters, §11; Signs for the

Vowels, §12; Mutual Relation of this twofold Notation, §§13, 14;

Pure and Diphthongal Vowels, § 15.
Sh'va, silent and vocal, simple and compound, § 16.
Pattahh Furtive, §17.
Syllables, § 18.
Ambiguous Signs. — Hhirik, Shurek, and Kibbuts, §19.1; Kamets and

Kamets-Hhatuph, § 19. 2 ; Silent and Vocal Sh'va, §20.
Points affectlstg Consonants: — Daghesh-lene, §§21, 22.

Daghesh-forte, § 23 ; different kinds, § 24 ; omission of, § 25.
Mappik, §26.
Raphe, §27.
Points attached to "Words. — Accents, their design, § 28 ; forms and

classes, §29; like forms distinguished, §80; poetic accents, §31;

position as determined by the character of the syllables, § 32. 1 ; in

uninflected words, § 32. 2. 3 ; with affixes, suffixes and prefixes, § 33 ;

use in distinguishing words, § 34 ; shifted in special cases, § 35.
Consecution of the Accents in Prose. — Clauses and their subdivisions,

§ 36 ; tabular view, § 37 ; explanation of the table, § 38 ; adaptation of

the trains of accents to sentences, § 39,

Vm CONTENTS.

Poetic Consecution. — Clauses and their subdivisions, §40; tabular view
and explanation, § 41 ; adaptation of the trains of accents to sen-
tences, §42.

Makkeph, §43.

Metliegh, its form and position, §44; special rules, §45; K'ri and
K'thibh, meaning of the terms, § 4G ; constant K'ris not noted in the
margin, §47; their design and value, §48.

Accuracy of the points, § 49.

OETnOGEAPHIO CHANGES.

Significant mutations belong to the domain of the lexicon, §§ 50, 61 ; eu-
phonic mutations to the domain of grammar, § 52.

Mutations of Consonants at the beginning of syllables, § 53 ; at the close
of syllables, §54; at the end of words, §55 ; special rules, §56.

Changes of Consonants to Vowels in reduplicated syllables and letters
and in quiescents, § 57.

Mutations of Vowels, significant and euphonic, §58; due to syllabic
changes, §59; to contiguous gutturals, § CO ; to concurrent conso-
nants, § 61 ; concurring vowels, § 62 ; proximity of vowels, § 63 ; the
accent, § 64 ; pause accents, § 65 ; shortening or lengthening of
words, § 66.

PAET II.— ETYMOLOGY.

Roots of "Words. — Design of Etymology, three stages in the growth of

words, §67; pronominal and verbal roots, §68; formation and

inflection of words by external and internal changes, § 69 ; parts of

speech, §70.

Peonouns personal, § 71 ; pronominal suffixes, § 72 ; demonstrative, § 73 ;

relative, §74; interrogative and indefinite, §75.
Verbs, the species and their signification, §§ 76-80.

Perfect Verbs, § 81 ; formation of the species, §§ 82, 83 ; their inflection,
§§ 84, 85. 1 ; paradigm of bi]?, § 85. 2.
EemarTcs on the Perfect Verbs. — Kal preterite, § 86 ; Infinitive, § 87 ;
Future, § 88 ; Imperative, § 89 ; Participles, § 90 ; Niphal, § 91 ; Piel,
§92; Pual, §93; Hiphil, §94; Hophal, §95; Hithpael, §96.
Paragogic and Apocopated Future, § 97 ; and Imperative, § 98.
Vav Conversive with the Future, § 99 ; with the Preterite, § 100.
Verbs with sufiixes, §^ 101, 102 ; paradigm, § 103 ; Remarks on the Per-
fect Verbs with sufiixes. Preterite, § 104 ; Future, §105; Infinitive
and Imperative, § 106.
Imperfect Verbs, classified, § 107.

Pe Guttural Verbs, their peculiarities, §§108, 109; paradigm, §110;
Remarks, §§ 111-115.

CONTENTS. IX

Ayin Guttural Verbs, their peculiarities, §116; paradigm, §117; Ee-
marks, §§118-122.

Lamedh Guttural Verbs, their peculiarities, §123; paradigm, §124;
Remarks, §§ 125-128.

Pe Nun Verbs, theu* peculiarities, §129; paradigm, §130; Remarks,
§§131, 132.

Ayin Doubled Verbs, their peculiarities, §§133-137; paradigm, §138;
Remarks, §§ 139-142.

Pe Yodh Verbs, their peculiarities, §§ 143-145 ; paradigm, § 146 ; Re-
marks, §§ 147-151.

Ayin Vav and Ayin Yodh Verbs, their peculiarities, §§ 152-154 ; para-
digm, §155; Remarks, §§156-161.

Lamedh Aleph Verbs, their peculiarities, §162; paradigm, §163; Re-
marks, §§164-167.

Lamedh He Verbs, their peculiarities, §§168, 169; paradigm, §170;
shortened future and imperative, § 171 ; Remarks, §§ 172-177.

Doubly Imperfect Verbs, § 178.

Defective Verbs, § 179.

Quadriliteral Verbs, § 180.
NoTJNS, their formation, §181; Class L §§182-186; Class H. §§187, 188;
Class III §§ 189-192 ; Class IV. §§ 198, 194 ; MultUiterals, § 195.

Gender and Nuviber. — Feminine endings, § 196 ; anomalies in the use of,
§197; employment in the formation of words, §198; plural end-
ings, § 199 ; anomalies, § 200 ; nouns confined to one number, § 201 ;
Dual ending, § 202 ; usage of the dual, § 203 ; changes consequent
upon afiixing the endings for gender and number, §§ 206-211.

The Construct State, its meaning and formation, §§ 212-216.

Declension of Nouns, paradigm, §217.

Paragogic Vowels added to Nouns, §§218, 219.

Nouns with suffixes, §§ 220, 221 ; paradigm, § 222.
NuMEEALS. — Cardinal numbers, §§223-226; Ordinals, etc., §227.
Peefixed Particles, §228; the Article, §229: the Interrogative, §230;

Inseparable prepositions, §§ 231-233 ; Vav Conjunctive, § 234.
Sep ABATE Particles. — Adverbs, §235 ; with suffixes, §236; Prepositions,
§237; with suffixes, § 238 ; Conjunctions, §239; Interjections, § 240.

PART m.— SYNTAX.

Office of Syntax, § 241. 1 ; Elements of the sentence, §241. 2.

The Subject, a noun or pronoun, § 242 ; when omitted, § 243 ; its exten-
sion, §244.

The Article, when used, § 245 ; nouns definite without it, § 246 ; omitted
in poetry, § 247 ; indefinite nouns, § 248.

Adjectives and Demonstratives qualifying a noun, § 249.

X CONTENTS.

Numerals. — Cardinal numbers, §§250, 251 ; Ordinals, etc., §252.

Apposition, §253.

The Construct state and Suffixes, §§ 254-256 ; resolved by the preposition "b
§257.

The Predicate, Copula, § 258 ; Nouns, adjectives, and demonstratives, § 259.

Comparison of adjectives, §260.

Yerls. — Hebrew conception of time, §261 ; the primary tenses : use of the
preterite, § 262 ; the future, § 263 ; paragogic and apocopated future,
§264; the secondary tenses, § 265 ; participles, §266; Infinitive,
§§267-269.

Object of Verbs. — The direct object of transitive verbs, § 270 ; transitive con-
struction of intransitive verbs, § 271 ; indirect object of verbs, § 272 ;
verbs with more than one object, § 273.

Adverbs and adverbial expressions, § 274.

Neglect of agreement, § 275 ; compound subject, § 276 ; nouns in the con-
struct, § 277; dual nouns, §278 ; changes of person, §279.

Repetition of nouns, § 280 ; pronouns, § 281 ; verbs, § 282.

Inteerogative Sentences, §§283, 284.

Compound Sentences. — Relative pronoun, § 285 ; poetic use of the de-
monstrative, § 286 ; conjunctions, § 287.

Grammatical Analysis, ..... page 315

Index I. Subjects, "323

Index n.- Texts of Scripture, . . . . "331

Index III. Hebrew Words, . . . . • "348

Index IV. Hebrew Grammatical Terms, . . . . " 399

PART FIRST.

ORTHOGRAPHY.

§1 . Language is the communication of thought by means
of spoken or written sounds. The utterance of a single thought
constitutes a sentence. Each sentence is composed of words
expressing individual conceptions or their relations. And
words are made up of sounds produced by the organs of
speech and represented by written signs. It is the province
of grammar as the science of language to investigate these
several elements. It hence consists of three parts. First,
Orthography, which treats of the sounds employed and the
mode of representing them. Second, Etymology, which treats
of the different kinds of words, their formation, and the
changes which they undergo. Third, Syntax, which treats of
sentences, or the manner in which words are joined together
to express ideas. The task of the Hebrew grammarian is to
furnish a complete exhibition of the phenomena of this partic-
ular language, carefully digested and referred as far as practi-
cable to their appropriate causes in the organs of speech and
the operations of the mind.

The Letters.

^2. The Hebrew being no longer a spoken tongue, is

only known as the language of books, and particularly of the

Old Testament, which is the most interesting and important

as well as the only pure monument of it. The first step
1

2 ORTHOGRAPHY. §2

towards its investigation must accordingly be to ascertain the
meaning of the symbols in wbicli it is recorded. Then
having learned its sounds, as they are thus represented, it
will be possible to advance one step further, and inquire into
the laws by which these are governed in their employment
and mutations.

The symbols used in writing Hebrew are of two sorts,
viz. letters (ni'^riis) and points (n'^'i'^ps). The number of the
letters is twenty -two ; these are written from right to left, and
are exclusively consonants. The following alphabetical table
exhibits their forms, English equivalents, names, and numeri-
cal values, together with the corresponding forms of the Rab-
binical character employed to a considerable extent in the
commentaries and other writings of the modern Jews.

§3

LETTERS.

Order.

Forms and Equivalents.

Names.

Eabbinical
Alphabet.

Numerical
values.

1

i(

5^?^

Alepli

f>

1

2

n

Bh, B

n^3

Beth

3

2

3

^

Gh, G

^^""S

Gi'-mel

J

3

4

^

Dh, D

V T

Da'-leth

7

4

5

n

H

^r?

He

r>

5

C

1

V

^^

Vav

1

6

7

T

Z

vi

Zayiu

J

7

8

n

Hh

n^n

Hheth

r

8

9

t:

T

n^u

Teth

V

9

10

'\

Y

"li"!

Yodh

»

10

11

3 1

Kh, K

sq?

Kaph

1 =

20

12

b

L

La'-medh

i

30

13

^ D

M

0''?

Mem

r

40

14

5 1

N

r=

Nun

i^

50

15

D

S

^^9

Sa'-mekli

p

60

16

y

r^

Ayin

»

70

# v^

17

B tl

Ph, P

K^

Pe

CJ5

80

18

^r

Ts

'^'li

Tsa'-dhe

p

90

19

p

K

5]ip

Koph

?

100

20

n

R

HJ^'l

Resh

■5

200

21

©

Sh, S

T^

Shin

c

300

22

n

Th, T

in

Tav

p

400

§3. There is always more or less difficulty in represent-
ing the sounds of one language by those of another. But
this is in the case of the Hebrew greatly aggravated by its
having been for asjes a dead language, so that some of its

4 ORTHOGRAPHY. §3

sounds cannot now be accurately determined, and also by its
belonging to a different family or group of tongues from our
own, possessing sounds entirely foreign to the English, for
which it consequently affords no equivalent, and which are in
fact incapable of being pronounced by our organs. The
equivalents of the foregoing table are not therefore to be re-
garded as in every instance exact representations of the proper
powers of the letters. They are simply approximations suffi-
ciently near the truth for every practical purpose, the best
which can now be proposed, and sanctioned by tradition and
the conventional usage of the best Hebraists.

1. It will be observed that a double pronunciation has
been assigned to seven of the letters. A native Hebrew would
readily decide without assistance which of these was to be
adopted in any given case, just as we are sensible of no in-
convenience from the various sounds of the English letters
which are so embarrassing to foreigners learning our language.
The ambiguity is in every case removed, however, by the ad-
dition of a dot or point indicating which sound they are to
receive. Thus a with a point in its bosom has the sound of
h, 2 unpointed that of the corresponding v, or as it is com-
monly represented for the sake of uniformity in notation, hit ; a
is pronounced as y, i^ unpointed had an aspirated sound which
may accordingly be represented hj^/i, but as it is difficult to
produce it, or even to determine with exactness what it was,
and as there is no corresponding sound in English, the aspira-
tion is mostly neglected, and the letter, whether pointed or not,
sounded indifferently as y ; "^ is d, *! unpointed is the aspirate
d/i, equivalent to f/t. in t/ie ; 3 is l\ 3 unpointed its aspirate M,
perhaps resembhng the German ch in ic/i, though its aspira-
tion, like that of 5, is commonly neglected in modern reading ;
B is J??, £) unpointed isp/i or/; n is ^'j n unpointed f/i in f/mi.
The letter t with a dot over its right arm is pronounced like
s/i, and called S/ihi ; to with a dot over its left arm is called
fS^n, and pronounced like s, no attempt being made in modern

§3 LETTERS, 5

usage to discriminate between its sound and that of D
Samekh. Although there may anciently have been a distinc-
tion between them, this can no longer be defined nor even
positively asserted ; it has therefore been thought unneces-
sary to preserve the individuality of these letters in the
notation, and both of them will accordingly be represented
by s.

a. The double sound of the first six of the letters just named is purely
euphonic, and has no effect whatever upon the meaning of the words in
which they stand. The case of 113 is different. Its primary sound was that
of sh, as is evident from tlie contrast in Judg. 12 : 6 of r^.^'i^ shibboleth
with nb2p sibboleth. In certain words, however, and sometimes for the
sake of creating a distinction between different words of like orthography,
it received the sound of s, thus almost assuming the character of a distinct
letter, e. g. ^iu to break, "i2b to hope. That Sin and Samekh were dis-
tinguishable to the ear, appears probable from the fact that there are words
of separate significations which differ only in the use of one or the other
of these letters, and in which they are never interchanged, e. g. bid to be
bereaved, hysi to be wise, bsD to be foolish; *o!U to be drunken, "isb to hire,
13G to shut up; Ilia to look, lib to ride, "i^D to turn back; nca a lip,
nSD to destroy. The close affinity between the sounds which they repre-
sent is, however, shown by the fact that 0 is in a few instances written for
'■a, e. g. n02 Ps. 4: 7 from a'a: , w'^Db Eccles. 1 : 17 for nilirD . The oriorjnal
identity of ttj and b is apparent from the etymological connection between
"iNi!3 leaven and n'nXttJa a vessel in which bread is leavened; l?b to shudder,
"i!in3Ta horrible, causing a shudder. In Arabic the division of single letters
into two distinguished by diacritical points is carried to a much greater
length, the alphabet of that language being by this means enlarged from
twenty-two to twenty-eight letters.

2. In their original power ta t differed from r\ f, and 3 ^
from P 1% for these letters are not confused nor liable to inter-
change, and the distinction is preserved to this day in the
cognate Arabic ; yet it is not easy to state intelligibly where-
in the difference consisted. They are cmTently pronounced
precisely alike.

3. The letter n has a stronger sound than n the simple
/i, and is accordingly represented by M ; "i is represented by
r, although it had some peculiarity of sound which we can-
not at this day attempt to reproduce, by which it was allied
to the gutturals.

6 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^4

4. Per two letters, i? and y, no equivalent has been given
in tlie table, and they are commonly altogether neglected in
pronunciation. i5 is the weakest of the letters, and was prob-
ably always inaudible. It stands for the slight and involun-
tary emission of breath necessary to the utterance of a vowel
unattended by a more distinct consonant sound. It there-
fore merely serves to mark the beginning or the close of the
syllable of which it is a part, while to the ear it is entirely
lost in the accompanying or preceding vowel. Its power has
been likened to that of the smooth breathing (') of the
Greeks or the English silent U in liour. On the other hand
3^ had a deep guttural sound which was always heard, but
hke that of the corresponding letter among the Arabs is very
difficult of utterance by occidental organs ; consequently no
attempt is made to reproduce it. In the Septuagint it is some-
times represented by y, sometimes by the rough and some-
times by the smooth breathing ; thus sr^^? r6f.ioQQa, "^^J?
'Hit, pl?'a? ^Jf-iaXr^x. Some of the modern Jews give it the
sound of ;?y or of the French ^n in camjpagne, either wherever
it occurs or only at the end of words, e. g. S"aT^* Slimang, ^"3
gndmbdli.

§4, The forms of the letters exhibited in the preceding
table, though found without important variation in all existing
manuscripts, are not the original ones. An older character
is preserved upon the Jewish coins struck in the age of the
Maccabees, which bears a considerable resemblance to the
Samaritan and still more to the Phenician. Some of the
steps in the transition from one to the other can still be traced
upon extant monuments. There was first a cm'sive tendency,
disposing to unite the different letters of the same word,
which is the established practice in Syriac and Arabic. This
was followed by a predominance of the calligraphic principle,
which again separated the letters and reduced them to their
present rectangular forms and nearly uniform size. The
cursive stage has, however, left its traces upon the five letters

^5 LETTERS. 7

whicli appear in the table with double forms ; D la 5 s S when
standing at the beginning or in the middle of words termi-
nate in a bottom horizontal stroke, which is the remnant of
the connecting link with the following letter ; at the end of
words no such link was needed, and the letter was continued
vertically downward in a sort of terminal flourish thus, 1 1 5^ f ,
or closed up by joining its last with its initial stroke, thus D .

a. The few instances in which final letters are found in the middle of
words, as n2"in^ Isa. 9: 6, or their ordinary forms at the end, as J2n Neh.
2 : 13, 5^ Job 38 : 1, are probably due to the inadvertence of early tran-
scribers which has been faithfully perpetuated since, or if intentional they
may have had a connection now unknown with the enumeration of letters
or the signification of words. The same maybe said of letters larger than
usual, as nsDl Ps. 80 : 16, or smaller, as DX'HS'^S Gen. 2:4, or above the
line, as "i?*5a Ps. 80 : 14, or inverted, as ?b:a Num. 10: 35, (in manuscripts
and the older editions, e. g. thatof Stephanus in 1541), or with extraordinary
points, as ^nj^i^'ii Gen. 33 : 4, N^'jb' Ps. 27 : 13, in all which the Rabbins find
concealed meanings of the most fanciful and absurd character. Thus in
their opinion the suspended 3 in tit^^a Judg. 18 : 30 suggests that the idola-
ters described were descended from Moses but had the character of Ma-
nasseh. In ■|1^^ Lev. 11 :42 the Vav, which is of unusual size, is the middle
letter of the Pentateuch ; ?]''?.'^3^ Gen. 16: 5 with an extraordinary point
over the second Yodh, is the only instance in which the word is written with
that letter; the large letters in Deut. 6: 4 emphasize the capital article of
the Jewish faith. All such anomalous forms or marks, with the conceits of
the Rabbins respecting them, are reviewed in detail in Buxtorf's Tiberias,
pp. 152 etc.

§5. All the names of the letters were probably significant
at first, although the meanings of some of them are now doubt-
ful or obscure. It is commonly supposed that these describe
the objects to which their forms originally bore a rude resem-
blance. If this be so, however, the mutations which they
have since undergone are such, that the relation is no longer
traceable, unless it be faintly in a few. The power of the
letter is in every instance the initial sound of its name.

a. The opinion advocated by Schultens, Fundamenta Ling. Heb. p. 10,
that the invention of the letters was long anterior to that of their names,
and that the latter was a pedagogical expedient to facilitate the learning of
the letters by associating their forms and sounds with familiar objects, has
met with little favour and possesses little intrinsic probability. An interest-

8 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^6

ing corroboration of the antiquity of these namcB is found in their preserva-
tion in the Greek alphabet, though destitute of meaning in that language,
the Greeks having borrowed their letters at an early period from the Phe-
nicians, and hence the appended a of "A\<f)a, etc., which points to the Ara-
maeic form xsbx .

T : -

b. The Semitic derivation of the names proves incontestably that the
alphabet had its origin among a people speaking a language kindred to
the Hebrew. Their most probable meanings, so far as they are still ex-
plicable, are as follows, viz: A\eph.,anox; Beth, a house ; Gimel, a camel ;
Daleth, a door j He, doubtful, possibly a window ; Vav, a hook ; Zayin, a
weapon; Hheth, probably a fence; Teth, probably a snake ; Yodh, a hand ;
Kaph, the palm of the hand; Lamedh, an ox-goad; Mem, water; Nun, a
fish; Samekh, a prop ; Ay'in, an eye; Fe, amouih ; Tsadhe, afsh-hook or
a hunter's dart ; Koph, perhaps the hack of the head ; Resh, a head; Shin,
a tooth ; Tav, a cross mark.

§6. The order of the letters appears to be entirely arbi-
trary, though it has been remarked that the three middle
mutes i ^ 'I succeed each other, as in like manner the three
liquids b la 5 . The juxtaposition of a few of the letters may
perhaps be owing to the kindred signification of their names,
e. g. Yodh and Kaph the Jiand, Mem water and Nun a Jish,
Resh the head and Shin a tooth. The antiquity of the existing
arrangement of the alphabet is shown, 1. by psalms and other
portions of the Old Testament in which successive clauses or
verses begin with the letters disposed in regular order, viz.
Ps. 25 (P omitted), 34, 37 (alternate verses, 5? omitted). 111
(every clause), 112 (every clause), 119 (each letter eight
times), 145 (3 omitted), Prov. 31 : 10-31, Lam. ch. 1, 2, 3
(each letter three times), 4. In the first chapter of Lamenta-
tions the order is exactly preserved, but in the remaining
three chapters 5' and S are transposed. 2. By the corres-
pondence of the Greek and Roman alphabets, which have
sprung from the same origin with the Hebrew.

a. The most ingenious attempt to discover a regular structure in the
Hebrew alphabet is that of Lepsius, in an essay upon this subject published
in 1836. Omitting the sibilants and Resh, he finds the follow^ing triple
correspondence of a breathing succeeded by the same three mutes carried
through each of the three orders, the second rank being enlarged by the
•addition of the liquids.

^7

LETTERS.

Breathings.

Mutes.

1

Liquids.

Middle

Smooth

Rough

n

3 a n
1 n a
a p n

M

ba3

Curious as this result certainly is, it must be confessed that the alleged
correspondence is in part imaginary, and the method by which it is reached
is too arbitrary to warrant the conclusion that this scheme was really in
the mind of the author of the alphabet, much less to sustain the further
speculations built upon it, reducing the original number and modilying the
powers of the letters.

b. It is curious to see how, in the adaptation of the alphabet to different
languages, the sounds of the letters have been modified, needless ones
dropped, and others found necessary added at the end, without disturbing
the arrangement of the original stock. Thus the Greeks dropped 1 and p,
only retaining them as numerical signs, while the Roman alphabet has P
and Q,; on the other hand the Romans found 13 and 0 superfluous, while
the Greeks made of them 5- and ^; 5 and T , in Greek y and ^, become in
Latin C and G, while n, in Latin H, is in Greek converted like the rest of
the gutturals into a vowel t],

^ 7. The letters may be variously divided :

1. First, with respect to the organs by which they are
pronounced.

Gutturals

s n n 3?

Palatals

^ '^ D p

Linguals

^ t: b s n

Dentals

T D 2 tJ

Labials

n 1 tt £)

1 has been differently classed, but as its peculiarities are
those of the gutturals, it is usually reckoned with them.

2. Secondly, according to their respective strength, into
three classes, which may be denominated weak, medium, and
strong. The strong consonants offer the greatest resistance
to change, and are capable of entering into any combinations
which the formation or inflection of words may require. The
weak have not this capacity, but when analogy would bring
them into combinations foreign to their nature, they are either

10 ORTHOGRAPHY. § 7

liable to mutation themselves or occasion changes in the rest
of the word. Those of medimn strength have neither the
absolute stability of the former nor the feeble and fluctuating
character of the latter.

^ , j i? n 1 "^ Vowel-Letters,
" " "" " Gutturals.

Medium I "= ^ = "^ Liquids,
Meamm, i , ^ ,, ,„ Sibilants.

Strong, -<^ 5i D p V Aspirates and Mutes.

The special characteristics of these several classes and the
influence which they exert upon the constitution of words
will be considered hereafter. It is suflicient to remark here
that the vowel-letters are so called because they sometimes
represent not consonant but vowel-sounds.

a. It will be observed that while the p, k, and ^mutes agree in having
smooth S 3 n and middle forms 3 5 1, which may be either aspirated or
unaspirated, the two last have each an additional representative p a which
is lacking to the first. This, coupled with the fact that two of the alpha-
betic Psalms, Ps. 25, 34, repeat S as the initial of the closing verse, has
given rise to the conjecture that the missing p mute was supplied by this
letter, having a double sound and a double place in the alphabet. In curi-
ous coincidence with this ingenious but unsustained hypothesis, the Ethio-
pic alphabet has an additional p, and the Greek and Roman alphabets
agree one step and only one beyond the letter T, viz. in adding next a
labial, which in Greek is divided into v and (j), and in Latin into U and V.
as "^ into I and J.

3. Thirdly, The letters may be divided, with respect to
their function in the formation of words, into radicals and
serviles. The former, which comprise just one half of the
alphabet, are never employed except in the roots or radical
portions of words. The latter may also enter into the con-
stitution of roots, but they are likewise put to the less inde-
pendent use of the formation of derivatives and inflections,
of prefixes and suffixes. The serviles are embraced in the

^8 LETTERS. 11

memorial words nb?i m^y -jn^* (Ethan Moses and Caleb) ; of
these, besides other uses, )^^^ are prefixed to form the futm-e
of verbs, and the remainder are prefixed as particles to nouns.
The letters I'^rif'ai^n are used in the formation of nouns from
their roots. The only exception to the division now stated
is the substitution of t: for servile ri in a certain class of cases,
as explained § 54. 4.

a. Kimchi in his Mikhlol (bibsia) fol. 46, gives several additional ana-
grams of the serviles made out by different grammarians as aids to the
memory, e. g. n3^3 inssbriiu /or his work is understanding; naVi2J i3X
Sni3 / Solomon am writing; nsnn "X i73lbir only build thou my peace ;
'pTsn ax ^TilJa like a branch of the father of multitude ; irbx ana frr^a
Moses has written to us. To which Nordheimer has added ''anD'a 'pn bx'^J
considt the riches of my book.

§ 8. In Hebrew writing and printing, words are never
divided. Hence various expedients are resorted to upon
occasion, in manuscripts and old printed editions, to fill out
the lines, such as giving a broad form to cei^tain letters, ns n
H lZ] m , occupying the vacant space with some letter, as P,
repeated as often as may be necessary, or with the first letters
of the next word, which were not, however, accounted part
of the text, as they were left without vowels, and the word
was written in full at the beginning of the following line.
The same end is accomplished more neatly in modern print-
ing by judicious spacing.

§9.1. The later Jews make frequent use of abbreviations.
There are none, however, in the text of the Hebrew Bible ;
such as are found in the margin are explained in a special
lexicon at the back of the editions in most common use, e. g.
■i5i1 for i^iJi'i et completio = etc.

3. The numerical employment of the letters, common to
the Hebrews with the Greeks, is indicated in the table of the
alphabet. The hundreds from 500 to 900 are represented
either by the five final letters or by the combination of ri with
the letters immediately preceding; thus 1 or pn 500, D or "i?^
600, 1 ffin or pnn 700, q or nn 800, T or p.nn 900. Thou-

12 ORTHOGRAPHY. §10

sands are represented by units with two dots placed over them,
thus fij 1000, etc. Compound numbers are formed by joining
the appropriate units to the tens and hundreds, thus K2n 421.
Fifteen is, however, made not by rri , which are the initial
letters of the divine name Jehovah, nirr^, but by TJ 9-\-Q.

This use of the letters is found in the accessories of the
Hebrew text, e. g. in the numeration of the chapters and verses,
and in the Masoretic notes, but not in the text itself. Whether
these or any other signs of number were ever employed by
the original writers of Scripture, or by the scribes in copying
it, may be a doubtful matter. It has been ingeniously con-
jectured, and with a show of plausibility, that some of the
discrepancies of numbers in the Old Testament may be
accounted for by assuming the existence of such a system of
symbols, in which errors might more easily arise than in fully
written words.

The Vowels.

§ 10. The letters now explained constitute the body of
the Hebrew text. These are all that belonged to it in its
original form, and so long as the language was a living one
nothing more was necessary, for the reader could mentally
supply the deficiencies of the notation from his familiarity
with his native tongue. But when Hebrew ceased to be
spoken the case was different ; the knowledge of the true
pronunciation could no longer be presumed, and difficulties
would arise from the ambiguity of individual words and their
doubtful relation to one another. It is the design of the
Masoretic points ( nnica tradition) to remedy or obviate these
inconveniences by supplying what was lacking in this mode
of writing. The authors of this system did not venture to
make any change in the letters of the sacred text. The signs
which they introduced were entirely supplementary, consist-
ing of dots and marks about the text fixing its true pronun-

§11 VOWELS. 13

ciation and auxiliary to its proper interpretation. This has
been done with the utmost nicety and minuteness, and with
such evident accuracy and care as to make them rehable and
efficient if not indispensable helps. These points or signs are
of three kinds, 1. those representing the vowels, 2. those
affecting the consonants, 3. those attached to words.

a. As illustrations of the ambiguity both as to sound and sense of indi-
vidual words, when written by the letters only, it may be stated that ^3"i
is in Gen. 12: 4 "i3'^ he spake, in Ex. 6: 29 12'n speak and ii^ speak-
ing, in Prov. 25: 11 "la'n spoken, in Gen. 37 : 14 "li'n word, in 1 Kin. 6 : 16 "i'n
the oracle or most holy place of the temple, in Ex. 9 : 3 "iSn pestilence. So
p^^^^ is in Gen. 29 : 10 P'i^;^ and he watered, and in the next verse pT^l'l
and he kissed; N3"''l occurs twice in Gen. 29 : 23, the first time it is N2*' and
he brought, the second xij^ and he came; D^rairm is in Jer. 32: 37 first
Diracn^ and I will bring them again, and then CPiacni and I will cause
them to dwell; C^Jsa is in Gen. 14 : 19 D"^^ui heaven, and in Isa. 5 : 20 n^r'^U
putting. This ambiguity is, however, in most cases removed by the con-
nection in which the words are found, so that there is little practical diffi-
culty for one who is well acquainted with the language. Modern Hebrew
is commonly written and read without the points: and the same is true of
its kindred tongues the Syriac and Arabic, though each of these has a
system of points additional to the letters.

§ 11. 1. The alphabet, as has been seen, consisted exclu-
sively of consonants, since these were regarded as a sufficiently
exact representation of the syllables into which in Hebrew
they invariably enter. And the omission of the vowels occa-
sioned less embarrassment, because in the Semitic family of
languages generally, unlike the Indo-European, they form no
part, properly speaking, of the radical structure of the word,
and consequently do not aid in expressing its essential mean-
ing, but only its nicer shades and modifications. Still some
notation of vowels was always necessary, and this was furnish-
ed in a scanty measure by the vowel-letters, or, as they are
also called, quiescents, or ;;^«^'/'^5 lectionis (guides in reading).
The weakest of the palatals ^ was taken as the representative
of the vowels i and B of the same organ to which in sound
it bears a close affinity ; the weakest of the labials 1 was in
like manner made to represent its cognates u and b ; and the

14 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^11

two weak guttui'als i5 and n were written for the guttural
vowel a, as well as for the compound vowels B and 6 of which
a is one of the elements. Letters were more rarely employed
to represent short vowels ; n or "^ for c is the most frequent
case ; others are exceptional.

a. Medial a when written at all, as it very rarely is, is denoted by X , e. g.
-JSb lal Judg. 4 : 21, JXT dag Neh. 13: 16 K'thibh, CSp kam Hos. 10: 14,
biSTS "^zazel Lev. 16 : 8, \yx"i rash Prov. 10: 4 and in a few other passages,
maxi sometimes for 7-amolh, ^NIS isavvar, "jXOx^as Hos. 4 : 6 if not an
error in the text perhaps for emasak ; final a, which is much more frequent-
ly written, is denoted by n, e. g. n^J gala, Hsba malka., nnx att^. rarely
and only as an Aramssism by X. e. g. SJn hhoggO, Isa. 19 : 17, Nnnp korhhd
Ezek. 27 : 31 K'thibh, wSnia gabh'ha Ezek. 31 : 5 K'thibh. The writing of
e and I, 0 and u is optional in the middle of words but necessary at the end,
e. g. t:n^^^■3. or CTiiis tsiccllhlm, in"'i:s Isivvithl ; "'J or "iniiu shubhu. In
the former position "^ stands for the first pair of vowels, and 1 for the second,
e. g. nip'^Jia menlkolh, TiJTD3 ii'sugholhl ; S for e and o so situated is rare
and exceptional, e. g. ax"i resh Prov. 6 : 11, 30 : 8, and perhaps '}'X3^ yanels
Eccles. 12:5 ; PXT zolh, nsis /^ero^A Ezek. 31 : 8, Irxsa hilstsothav Ezek.
47: 11. At the end of words e is commonly expressed by "^ , and o by 1 ,
though n is frequently and N rarely employed for the same purpose, e. g.
•'3^:3 malkhe, lobn malkO; r^-'n h'ye, nsis paro ; xb /o. Final e is re-
presented by n, medial e if written at all by "', e. g. rr^ni yWye, fijiinn or
n3"'nn tih'yena.

b. The employment of the vowel-letters in conformity with the scale
just given, is further governed, (I.) By usage, which is in many words and
forms almost or quite invariable; in others it fluctuates, thus sobhebh is
commonly sao or 3aiD, only once a'^SO 2 Kin. 8:21 ; ya^kobh is sp""" ex-
cept in Jer. 33:26 where it is Sip2"'; thease is nc'S'n, but in Ex. 25 : 31
n'jyin ; ethdm according to the analogy of similar grammatical forms would
be Cnx, but in Ps. 19: 14 it is crr^X; /te;j«r is in Jer. 2 : 11 written in both
the usual and an unusual way, T'an and T^a'n ; inHakkim is O'^rba except
in 2 Sam. 11:1, where it is Q-'Ssba; g'bhuloth is in Deut. 32 : 8 nbaa, in
Isa. 10: 13 nbiaJ, in Ps. 74:17 mbiaS; lo meaning not is xb, meaning fo
him is lb . though these are occasionally interchanged ; zo is written both
HT and IT; and po fit), IS and SS. (2.) The indisposition to multiply the
vowel-letters unduly in the same word, e. g. 'l6''h nibx, 'lohlm n''nbx ;
ndlhun *)1P5, nHhunim Q^'Srs or c:in3 . (3.) The increased tendency to their
employment in the later books of the Bible, e. g. niD koVih Dan. 11:6,
always elsewhere HD ; Clip kodhesh Dan. 11 :30, for TUtp ; "t^lT ddvidh in
the books of Chronicles, Ezra, Nehemiah and Zechariah, elsewhere com-
monly 111. This must, however, be taken with considerable abatement,
as is shown by such examples as addlrlm ^•'"l''^S Ex. 15: 10, n"iix Ezek,
32: 18.

It is to be observed that those cases in which S is used to record
vowels must be carefully distinguished from those in which it properly

§12

VOWELS.

15

belongs to the consonantal structure of the word, though from its weak-
ness it may have lost its sound, as StSis matsa, "jTaNi rlshon. § 57, 2.

2. When used to represent the Hebrew vowels, a is
sounded as in father, a as in fat, B as in t/tere, c as in met,
I as in machine, i as in pi?i, o as in note, 6 as in not, u as in
rule, and u as in full. The quantity will be marked when
the vowels are long, but not when they are short.

§ 12. There are nine points or masoretic signs represent-
ing vowels (niy^Dn motions, viz., by which consonants are
moved or pronounced) ; of these three are long, three short,
and three doubtful. They are shown in the following table,
the horizontal stroke indicating their position with reference
to the letters of the text.

Lonff Voivels.
'Ji'ttfe Ka'-mets a
^■yi Tse'-re E
Qbin Hho'-lem o

Short Vowels.
Hns Pdt-tahh a

bi:\D Se'-ghol t

q^bn f )3J5 Ka'-mets Hha-tuph' o

Doubtful Voioels.
yy^Ti Hhi'-rik ~^ i oi^
pn^ia Shu'-rek
Tap Kib'-buts

u or u

All these vowel-points are written under the letter after
which they are pronounced except two, viz., Hholem and
Shurek. Hholem is placed over the left edge of the letter
to which it belongs, and is thus distinguished from the
accent R'bhi*, which is a dot over its centre. When fol-
lowed by iiJ or preceded by is it coincides with the diacritical
point over the letter, e. g. nic^ moshe, Niiu sont; when it
follows 10 or precedes iS it is written over its opposite arm.

16 ORTHOGRAPHY. §12

e. g. "TsaiD shomEr, fcann tirpos. Its presence in these cases
must accordingly be determined by the circumstances. If
preceded by a letter without a vowel-sign, t will be osh and
tj OS / if it have itself no vowel-sign, to will be so and to slid,
except at the end of words. Shurek is a dot in the
bosom of the letter Vav, thus ^ It will be observed that
there is a double notation of the vowel u. When there is a
1 in the text this vowel, whether long or short, is indicated
by a single dot within it, and called Shurek ; in the absence
of 1 it is indicated by three dots placed obliquely beneath
the letter to which it belongs, and called Kibbuts.

a. The division of the vowels given above differs from the common
one into five long and five short, according to which Hhirik is counted as
two. viz., Hhirik magnum "'. = 2, and Hhirik parvum -r = I; and Shurek
is reckoned a distinct vowel from Kibbuts, the former being u and the latter
u. To this there are two objections. (1.) It confuses the masoretic signs
with the letters of the text, as though they were coeval with them and
formed part of the same primitive mode of writing, instead of being quite
distinct in origin and character. The masoretic vowel-sign is not "^ . but
-T-. The punctuators never introduced the letter "> into the text; they
found it already written precisely where it is at present, and all that they
did was to add the point. And instead of using two signs for i, as they
had done in the case of a, e. and o, they used but one, viz., a dot beneath
the letter, whether i was long or short. The confusion of things thus sep-
arate in their nature was pardonable at a time when the points were sup-
posed to be an original constituent of the sacred text, but not now when
their more recent origin is universally admitted. (2.) It is inaccurate.
The distinction " etween "^ . and -r-, 1 and ~, is not one of quantity, for I
and u are expressed indifferently with or without Yodh and Vav.

Gesenius, in his Lehrgebaude, while he retains the division of the
vowels into five long and five short, admits that it is erroneous and calcu-
lated to mislead ; and it has been discarded by Rodiger in the latest edi-
tions of his smaller grammar. That which was proposed by Gesenius,
however, as a substitute, is perplexed and obscure, and for this reason, if
there were no others, is unfitted for the wants of pupils in the early stage
of their progress. On the other hand, the triple arrangement here
adopted after the example of Ewald, has the recommendation not only of
clearness and correctness, but of being, instead of an innovation, a return to
old opinions. The scheme of five long and five short vowels originated
with Moses and David Kimchi, who were led to it by a comparison of the
Latin and its derivatives. From them it was adopted by Reuchlin in his
Rudimenta Hebraica, and thus became current among Christians. The
Jewish grammarians, before the Kimchis, however, reckoned Kibbuts and
Shurek as one vowel, Hhirik as one, and even Kamets and Kamets-

^13 VOWELS. 17

Hhatuph as one on account of the identity of the symbol employed to
represent them. They thus made out seven vowels, the same number as
in Greek, where the distinction into long, short and doubtful also pre-
vails. That the literary impulses of the Orientals were chiefly received
from the Greeks is well known; that the suggestion of a vowel-system
came to the Syrians from this quarter is certain, both from direct testi-
mony to this effect and from the shapes of their vowels, which still betray
their origin. May not the Hebrews have learned something from the
same school 1

b. The names of the vowels, with the exception of Kamets-Hhatuph,
contain the sounds of the vowels which they are intended to represent.
Kibbuts in the last, the others in their first syllable. Their signification
is indicative either of the figure of the vowel or the mode of pronouncing
it. Kamets and Kibbuts, contraction, i. e. of the mouth ; Pattahh, open-
ing ^ T sere, burstmg forth ; Seghol, cluster of grapes ; Hhirik, gnashing ;
Hholem, strength; Kamets-Hhatuph, hurried Kamets; ^huveV, whistling.
It is a curious circumstance that notwithstanding the diversity of the
vowel-systems in the Syriac, Arabic, and Hebrew, the name Pattahh is
common to them all.

§13. This later and more complete method of noting
the vowels does not displace but is superinduced upon the
scanty one previously described. Hence it comes to pass
that such vowels as were indicated by letters in the first in-
stance are now doubly written, i. e. both by letters and
points. By this combination each of the two methods serves
to illustrate and explain the other. Thus the added signs
determine whether the letters "iisis (which have been formed
into the technical word ''ini^ Eh^vi) are in any given case to
be regarded as vowels or as consonants. If these letters are
themselves followed by a vowel or a Sh'va, §16, or have a
Daghesh forte, §23, they retain their consonant sound; for
two vowels never come together in Hebrew, and Sh'va and
Daghesh forte belong only to consonants : thus 'n'^^P kovekd^
niS'a mitsvoth (where 2 being provided with a separate point,
the Hholem must belong after 1), n^ri'i vliayCi D^]? hiytjam.
Otherwise they quiesce in a preceding or accompanying
vowel-sign, provided it is homogeneous with themselves;
that is to say, they have the sound indicated by it, the vowel-
sign merely interpreting what was originally denoted by the

18 ORTHOGRAPHY. §14

letter. IS and i are homogeneous to "^ , o and z<5 to *^ , and
these being the only vowels which they were ever employed
to represent, they can quiesce in no others ; thus ^% bi, ^X3
me, N'^5 ^c, 13 bo, lb la, but '^'ito surai/, ''ia yoy, ''^Sa y^/wy,
iri tdv, il?T? shulBv, IT ^iy ; the combination I'l^ is pronounced
uv, 'i\iy and lii* anav, T^no and irio ^V/^^z?. A, e, and o
are homogeneous to i« and !^ . These letters deviate so far
from the rule just given that N from its extreme weakness
not only quiesces when it is properly a vowel-letter, but may
give up its consonant sound and character after any vowel
whatever, e. g. fi^is^^P tltB, ptosn rishon, si^^xa piira ; r; is
never used as a vowxl-letter except at the end of words, and
there it always quiesces unless it receives a Mappik, §26.

a. As a letter was scarcely ever used to express o, the quiescence of 1
In Kamets-Hhatuph is very rare, and where it does occur the margin
always substitutes a reading without the 1, e. g. i^^^^? Jer. 27:20,
n-^i^in Ezek. 27: 15, nii-in-ip^'s Ps. 30:4, iB-nst?-; Isa.'44 : 17, "blD?? Jer.
33 : s/nis'^i'^?^ Nah. 1:3. in ni'jix 2 Chron!'8:18, and iniaa^Deut.
32: 13, 1 represents or quiesces in the still briefer 6 of Hhateph-Kamets,
§16.3.

h. In a few proper names medial ti quiesces at the end of the first
member of the compound, e. g. ^siknns Num. 1 : 10, bunas' 2 Sam. 2: 19,
also written b>^-n'vas» ] Chron. 2:16. In such Avords as n^irij Jer. 22:6,
HiEp Deut. 21 : 7, n does not quiesce in Kibbuts, for the points belong to
the marginal readings 13Ti;"i3 , '32':^ § 46.

§14. On the other hand the vowel-letters shed light
upon the stability of the vowels and the quantity of the
doubtful signs. 1. As z was scarcely ever and u seldom
represented by a vowel-letter, Hhirik with Yodh ("•.) is almost
invariably long and Shurek (i) commonly so. 2. The occa-
sional absence in individual cases of the vowel-letters, does
not determine the quantity of the signs for i and u ; but
their uniform absence in any particular words or forms makes
it almost certain that the vowel is short. 3. The occasional
presence of 1 and ^ to represent one of their homogeneous
long vowels proves nothing as to its character ; but if in any

§ 15, 16 VOWELS. 19

word or form these letters are regularly written, the vowel is,
as a general rule, immutable. When 1 and '^ stand for their
long homogeneous vowels, these latter are said to be written
fully, e. g. bi'p i-ol, "1"^? ?itr, ri^ia miit/i ; without these quies-
cent letters they are said to be written defectively, e. g.

a. Hhirik with Yodh is short in VP"'^'!'.,!! vah^mittiv 1 Sam. 17:35,
T^-'ni^p-^a bikk'rolhekha Ps. 45 : 10, -nr];?'^b 'ukkliath Prov. 30 : 17. In
5bp"'S 1 Chron. 12 : 1, 20, i is probably long, although the word is always
elsewhere written without the Yodh; as it sometimes has a secondary
accent on the first syllable and sometimes not (see 1 Sam. 30: 1), it may
have had a twofold pronunciation tslklag, and tsiklag. Sliurek as u is
of much more frequent occurrence, e. g. "'fsin hinikke, a'^i2>isb Vummlm,
nam hhukka Ps. 102 : 5, C-'ia^ts^x 2 Chron. 2 ;7, n:^T Ezek. 16 : 34.

§15. The vowels may be further distinguished into pure,
a, i, u, and diphthongal, e, o ; e being a combination of a and
i, or intermediate between them, and o holding the same re-
lation to a and u.

Sh'va.

§16. 1. The absence of a vowel is indicated by — Sh'va
(xn© emptiness, or as written by Chayug, the oldest of Jew-
ish grammarians, i*^T^), which serves to assure the reader that
one has not been inadvertently omitted. It is accordingly
placed under all vow^elless consonants except at the end of
words, where it is regarded as unnecessary, the absence of a
vowel being there a matter of course. If, however, the last
letter of a word be T , or if it be immediately preceded by
another vowelless letter, or be doubled by the point called
Daghesh-forte, § 23, Sh'va is written to preclude the doubt
which is possible in these cases, e. g. oiniSTy^, ?[?'?'», tpTCp,
n'i'asj, ns, r\ln3. Sh'va is not given to a quiescent letter,
since it represents not a consonant but a vowel, e. g. •^p'^i'^r!',
nor as a general rule to a final consonant preceded by a

20 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^ 16

quiescent; thus n«^n, nxni Ruth 3:4; Jn^^n^ Isa. 62:3,
though in this case it is sometimes written, e. g. fii^li 2 Sam.
14 : 3; ni^m 2 Sam. 14 : 2; n^^ni Judg. 13 : 3; rii^iin
1 Kin. 11:13. i5 at the end of a word, preceded either by
a vowelless letter or a quiescent, is termed otiant, and is left
unpointed, e. g. i^tpn NnH ^^i3•^ j^^n .

a. Final "] may receive Sh'va for the sake of distinction not only from
?] , as already suggested, but also from 1 with which it might be in danger
of being confounded in manuscripts; Freytag conjectures that it is prop-
erly a part of the letter, like the stroke in the corresponding final t^in
Arabic. In such forms as l"'Bj1 Sh'va is omitted with the closing letters
because the "^ is not sounded.

2. Sh'va may be either silent (np quiescens), or vocal
(S^p mobile). At the close of syllables it is silent. But at the
beginning of a syllable the Hebrews always facilitated the
pronunciation of concurrent consonants by the introduction
of a hiatus or slight breathing between them ; a Sh'va so
situated is consequently said to be vocal, and has a sound
approaching that of a hastily uttered e, as in given. This
mil be represented by an apostrophe, thus, "it7''?i^ Vmidhhar,
Dl^'ipS phadJdem.

a. According to Kimchi (Mikhlol fol. 189) Sh'va was pronounced in
three different ways, according to circumstances. (1.) Before a guttural
it inclined to the sound of the following vowel, e. g. 13N^ y'^ahhedh^ PSilJ
s'eih^ 1"'n (Z"m, and if accompanied by Methegh, §44, it had the full sound
of that vowel, e. g. ^sb smm, "^npi iihhl^ cBis'b loolam, (2.) Before Yodh
it inclined to i, e. g. 3p?'^3 h'ya kohh, ni''3 k'yoin, and with Methegh was
sounded as Hhirik, e. g. 1^3 hiyadh. (3.) Before any other letter it in-
clined to a, e. g. !^i'^3 b'Takha, D'^B'^^a g'^llllm, and with Methegh was
pronounced as Pattahh riiBnp532 bamakheloth.

3. Sh'va may, again, be simple or compound. Some-
times, particularly when the first consonant is a guttm'al,
which from its weakness is in danger of not being distinctly
heard, the hiatus becomes still more audible, and is assimi-
lated in sound to the short guttural vowel a, or the diph-
thongal e or 6, into which it enters. This assimilation is rep-

^17 VOWELS. 21

resented by combining the sign for Sb'va with those for the
short vowels, thus forming what are called the compound
Sh'vas in distinction from the simple Sh'va previously ex-
plained.

These are,

Hhateph-Pattahh — ; thus, "lb? %ibdU.
Hhateph-Seghol -^ ; thus, "ibx ^mor.
Hhateph-Kamets ~. ; thus, ''bn UltHl.

a. Hhateph (S|iin snatching) denotes the rapidity of utterance or the
hurried character of the sounds represented by these symbols,

6. The compound Sh'vas, though for the most part restricted to the
gutturals, are occasionally written under other consonants in place of sim-
ple Sh'va, to indicate more distinctly that it is vocal: thus, Hhateph-
Pattahh ninn Gen. 2:12, n-j-nan Gen, 27:38; Hhateph-Kamets nnpb
Gen, 2:23, Hsinsx Jer. 31:33; but never Hhateph-Seghol except
D'^Haba: 2 Sam, 6:5 in some editions, e. g, that of Stephanus. This is
done with so little uniformity that the same word is difi'erently written in
this respect, e, g. t^^i'S? 2 Kin. 2 : 1, nnson ver. 11.

Pattahh Furtive.

^17. A similar hiatus or slight transition sound was
used at the end of words in connection with the gutturals.
When y , n , or the consonantal fi at the end of words is pre-
ceded by a long heterogeneous vowel (i. e. another than a),
or is followed by another vowelless consonant, it receives a
Pattahh furtive — , which resembles in sound an extremely
short a, and is pronounced before the letter under which it
is written, e. g, J^^n rW/t/t, T^tD shdmif' , ^^^>^ maghht'h,
Tpyit shama^t, ^r]^ yi%M.

a. Some grammarians deny that Pattahh furtive can be found under a
penultimate guttural, contending that the vowel-sign is in such cases a
proper Pattahh. and that 0?^^ should accordingly be read shdmaat^ and
'!\ry\ yihhad. Bat both the Sh'va under the final letter, §16, and the
Daghesh-lene in it, § 21, show that the guttural is not followed by a vowel.
The sign beneath it must consequently be Pattahh furtive, and represent
an antecedent vowel-sound. In some manuscripts Pattahh furtive is writ-
ten as Hhateph-Pattahh, or even as simple Sh'va ; thus, ?.'^|5'^ or ^.''P,^ for

22 ORTHOGTRAPHT. §18

Syllables.

§18. 1. Syllables are formed by the combination of
consonants and vowels. As two vowels never come together
in the same word in Hebrew without an intervening conso-
nant, there can never be more than one vowel in the same
syllable ; and with the single exception of 1 occmiing at the
beginning of words, no syllable ever consists of a vowel
alone. Every syllable, with the exception just stated, must
begin with a consonant, and may begin with two, but never
with more than two. Syllables ending with a vowel, whether
represented by a quiescent letter or not, are called simple,
e. g. ^^ I'Midj Mbi2? o-ld. (The first syllable of this second
example begins, it will be perceived, with the consonant y ,
though this disappears in the notation given of its sound.)
Syllables ending with a consonant, or, as is possible at the
close of a word, with two consonants, are said to be mixed :
thus Dinia)? ham-tern, S^^V» hd-laJcht. As the vocal Sh'vas,
whether simple or compound, are not vowels properly speak-
ing, but simply involuntary transition sounds, they, with the
consonants under which they stand, cannot form distinct
syllables, but are attached to that of the following vowel.
Pattahh furtive in like manner belongs to the syllable formed
by the preceding vowel. Thus ;?i"iT z'Td"", "'SX "ni are mono-
syllables.

2. Long vowels always stand in simple syllables, and
short vowels in mixed syllables, unless they be accented.
But accented syllables, whether simple or mixed, may con-
tain indifferently a long or a short vowel.

a. The following may serve as a specimen of the division of Hebrew
words into their proper syllables ; thus.

ons nifi'lsx 8<n3 ni^a ens nnMn isfe nt

XT • V! : : T T -J I V ••

a-dha'm 'lo-hi'm b'ro' b'yo'm a-dha'm to-1'dho'th se'-pher ze'
Gen. 5 : 1. ins n'^s '=''^!'^^ nsir'ia

O-tho' a-sa' Mo-hi'm bidh-mu'th

§19 SYLLABLES. 28

h. The reason of tne rUiC lor the quantity of syllables appears to be
this. In consequence of their brevity, the short vowels required the ad-
dition of a following consonant to make the utterance full and complete,
unless the Avant of this was compensated by the greater energy of pronun-
ciation due to the accent. The long vowels were sufficiently complete
without any such addition, though they were capable of receiving it under
the new energy imparted by the accent. This pervading regularity,
which is so striking a feature of the Hebrew language, was the foundation
of the systema morarum advocated by some of the older grammarians of
Holland and Germany. The idea of this was, that each syllable was
equal to three morae. that is, three rests, or a bar of three beats ; a long
vowel being equivalent to two morae, or two beats, a short vowel to one.
and the initial or final consonant or consonants also to one : thus ri^uj?
A: (1) -f a (2) = 3. t (1) -|- a (1) + It (1) = 3. An accented syllable
might have one mora or beat either more or less than the normal quan-
tity. This system was not only proposed by way of grammatical explana-
tion, but also made the basis of a peculiar theory of Hebrew prosody. See
Gesenius, Geschichte d. Heb. Sprache, p. 123.

c. The cases in which short vowels occur in unaccented simple sylla-
bles, are all due to the disturbing influence exerted by the weak letters
upon the normal forms of words ; thus, rbti hd-elh is for nsri, and Xlfirt
hd-hu for hah-hu : such words as XC'i , X'lc, N^E, f^^nj •^rfh! f^re formed
after the analogy of T)^^. A long vowel in an unaccented mixed syllable
is found. in but one word, and that of foreign origin, "lax^iaba bel-Vshats-
tsdr ; though here, as in the majority of instances falling under the previ-
ous remark, the syllable receives, if not the primary, yet the secondary
accent, e. g. "^rn'T'Sin, D^iS^f^. , 'I'a??!]. The same is the case when a long
vowel is retained before Makkeph, e. g. "'^"r,^- In the Arabic, which is
exceedingly rich in vowels, there are comparatively few mixed syllables;
nearly every consonant has its own vowel, and this more frequently short
than long. The Chaldee, which is more sparing in its use of vowels than
the Hebrew, observes in general the same rule with respect to the quan-
tity of syllables, though not with the same inflexible consistency.

Ambiguous Signs.

§19. It will now be possible, by aid of the principles
already recited, to determine the quantity of the doubtful
vowels, and to remove the ambiguity which appears to exist
in certain vowel-signs.

1. Hhirik, Shurek, and Kibbuts, in unaccented simple
syllables, must be long, and in unaccented mixed syllables,
short, e. g. iCT^ or TSn*^. yi-rasli, ^%^. yihli-nu, i^iiia or iSaa
ghhix-lo, ^T or "f|^^ yid-ladli, Q^s or D313 M-ldm, ^JW

24 ORTHOGRAPHY. §19

or •'•Tl^'a mmizzi. In accented syllables, wliether simple or
mixed, tliey are always long, e. g. Dlnito or U^IV^ si-hini, "'3 U,
bis or b^ia ghhul, T^y\ or in^fen'^ d'rd-shu-hu, the only ex-
ception being that llhirik is short in the monosyllabic parti-
cles D^? , Tl!Ji? , SS' , 1^ , and in some abbreviated verbal forms
of the class calkd Laraedh-He, e. g. r^^ , at3»'n , nn^ .

The only cases of remaining doubt are those in which
these vowels are followed by a letter with Sh'va, either sim-
ple or compound. If the former, it might be a question
whether it was silent or vocal, and consequently whether the
syllable was simple or mixed. If the latter, though the syl-
lable is of course simple, the weak letter which follows may
interfere with the operation of the law. Here the etymology
must decide. The vowel is long or short as the grammatical
form may require ; thus in n^ni, ^^^jn , i^"nx'n';i Gen. 22 : 8,
which follow the analogy of Vii|:';i , and in ''?3D Isa. 10 : 34,
is^a)? the first vowel is short ; in D? r^5 , ^^ij?!' the first vowel
is long. In a few instances the grammatical form in which
Hhirik is employed is itself doubtful ; the distinction is then
made by means of Methegh, §44, which is added to the vowel-
sign if it is long, but not if it is short ; thus, ^ii'i;? yi-ru, from
K'H^ to fear, and ^21^;' yi-sKnu from ]t?^ to sleep ; but ^ii'i'J
yir-u from Mijn to see, and ^bffl^ yislt-nu from Sib© to do a
second time.

2. Kamets a and Kamets-Hhatuph o are both repre-
sented by the same sign ( t ), but may be distinguished by
rules similar to those just given. In an unaccented simple
syllable it is Kamets ; in an unaccented mixed syllable it is
Kamets-Hhatuph ; in an accented syllable, whether simple
or mixed it is Kamets, e. g. li'^ dd-bhdr, ''in&n hhoph-sJti,
ri!)'^ md-vetli, MiaH Idm-md, D''P3 hot-tim. Before a letter with
simple Sh'va, the distinction is mostly made by Methegh,
§44 ; without Methegh it is always Kamets-Hhatuph, with
it commonly Kamets, e. g. S^^^n hhokh-mci, n)3Dn hlicv-kli met.
Before a guttural with Hhateph-Kamets or Kamets-Hhatuph

§19 AMBIGUOUS SIGNS. 25

it is frequently o, though standing in a simple syllable and
accompanied by Methegh, e. g. '''ins ho-hWn, D'^^yn to-
obhdhtm. The surest criterion, however, and in many cases
the only decisive one, is found in the etymology. If the
vowel be derived from Hholem, or the grammatical form re-
quii'es an o or a short vowel, it is Kamets-Hhatuph ; but if
it be derived from Pattahh, or the form requires an a or a
long vowel, it is Kamets : thus ^'i^2S!:;i with the prefixed con-
junction vo^'niyyotli, ^^?^f^ with the article hti^niyya ; 1^5?;; in
the Hophal yo^madh, ^n^^:^^;' Isa. 44 : 13 in the Piel ytha'''
rBhii. The first vowel is 6 in D^'bo? horn. "i?ii, ^'''^1^ from
t^p, D^feno from st-ja, ''^"npisy Isa. 38 : 14, ^Yr^^'p^ Num. 22 :
11, ^IJ-nns Num. 23 : 7 and the like, and the first two vow-
els in such words as Q^'pS'S from ^?s, Q^DX'a Isa. 30 : 12 from
Dbiti, nbn"i)5 Deut. 20 : 2, ^^nt:;? Hos. 13 : 14, it?)? 2 Chron.
10 : 10, O^'^^j^ 2 Kin. 15 : 10, because they are shortened
from Hholem. On the other hand the first vowel is a in
in™ Job 16:19 from W, D^iiJnn from ic^n, \n^3 from
niaa , and in Tjzk'q , rii'bjp and the like, because it is originally
and properly Kamets. The word nn'affi is in Ps, 86 : 2 the
imperative shomm, in Job 10:12 the preterite sham r a.

a. In a very few instances Kamets-Hhatuph is found in a syllable
bearing a conjunctive accent, viz.: "^S"!"! Ps. 38:21, bs Ps. 35:10, also
Prov. 19 : 7 (in some copies), and in the judgment of Evvald 1?p Judg.
19 : 5, comp. ver. 8 and 3S Ezek. 41 : 25 ; in Dan. 11 : 12 C^n'' the points
belong to the marginal reading D"n. and the vowel is consequently Ka-
mets. There are also a ievf cases in which Kamets remains in a mixed
syllable, deprived of its accent by Makkeph, §43, without receiving
Methegh, viz. : -rVQ Ps. 16 : 5, -y^i Ps. 55: 19, 22, "=13 Ps. 74 : 5 ; and a
final unaccented Kamets is not affected by the insertion of Daghesh-fbrte
conjunctive, § 24, in the initial letter of the following word, e. g. Cl^ t^niyia
Gen. 31 : 13. When an accent takes the place of Methegh, it serves
equally to distinguish ft from 6, e. g. IE?;! Ex. 21:22 v'nagK'phfi, ^■^s-cl
Ex. 21 : 35 umaWru. §45. 5.

6. Inasmuch as '^'^Jl^ is derived from '^nia mahhar, its first vowel
might be suspected to be a; but as it is so constantly written with
Hhateph-Kamets, the preceding vowel is probably conformed to it. It is
consequently regarded and pronounced as 6. Kimchi (Mikhlol, fol. 188)
declares that the first vowel in "■i'^'n 1 Sam. 13: 21, ni:hTn Eccles. 12 : 11

' T : IT ' : jT

26 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^ 20

and l^b^^ Num. 24 : 7 was universally held to be Kamefs, and that with the
exception of Rabbi Jonah ben Gannacli, who was of a contrary mind, the
same unanimity prevailed in regard to the first vowel of 'i^'^I' Ezek. 40:
43. As, however, this last word is in every other place written without
the Methegh, and there is no analogy lor such words as those mentioned
above having a in their initial syllable, the best authorities are now agreed
that the vowel is 6. and the words are accordingly read dorbhan, etc. In
i'i^'C^ jasper, and r(5'i3 emerald, Ezek. 2S:13. which are mentioned by
Kimchi in the same connection, the first vowel is Kamets.

c. In some manuscripts and a {ew of the older printed books, e. g. Ste-
plianus' Hebrew Bible and Reuclilin's Rudimenta Hebraica, Kamets-
Hhatuph is denoted by ( t: ). It tlien differs from Kamets, but is liable to
be confounded with Hhateph-Kamets. It can, however, be distinguisheci
from it by the circumstance that Kamets-Hhatuph is always followed
either by simple Sh'va, Daghesh-forte, or Methegh ; none of which ever
immediately succeed Hhateph-Kamets. Such a form as "i^S.i^ Ezek. 26: 9
in the editions of Michaelis and Van der Hooght is an impossible one if ( t: )
have its ordinary meaning.

d. It is surprising that in so minute and careful a system of orthogra-
phy as that of the Masorites, there should be no symbol for 6 distinct from
that for a ; and some have felt constrained in consequence to suppose that
the signs for these two vowels were originally different, but became
assimilated in the course of transcription. This seems unlikely, however.
The probability is that a and o, whose resemblance even we can perceive,
were so closely allied in the genuine Hebrew pronunciation, that one sign
was thought sufficient to represent them, especially as the Masorites were
intent simply on indicating sounds without concerning themselves with
grammatical relations.

§ 20. 1. As simple Sh'va is vocal at the beginning of a
syllable and silent at its close, there can be no doubt as to its
character when it stands under initial or final letters. Pre-
ceding the first vowel of a word it must of course be vocal,
and following the last vowel it must be silent, DP"!?! zkhartdm,
n'lbT zOkhart. In the middle of a word, the question whether
it belongs to the syllable of the preceding or the following
vowel must be determined by the circumstances. If a com-
plete syllable precedes, that is, either an unaccented long
vowel or a vowelless consonant serving as the complement
of a previous short vowel, it is vocal. If it be preceded by
a short vowel which cannot make a complete syllable with-
out the aid of a following consonant, or by a long accented

§ 21 DAGHESH-LENE. 27

vowel, it is silent : ''"iST zo-Jch'rB, TQ]"^ tiz-Jcru, ^''iST zihU-ruy
njVt2j:r\ tiktul-7ia. Sh'va under a letter doubled by Daghesh-
forte, § 23, is vocal, such a letter being equivalent to two,
tlie first of which completes the previous syllable, and the
second begins the syllable which follows : D'^'^s-jn = D'^nDTTn
haz-zkJidrim.

2. In addition to this it is to be remarked that Sh'va is
vocal after what may be called intermediate syllables ; that
is to say, when the consonant under which it stands per-
forms, as it occasionally does, the double office of completing
one syllable and beginning the next. Thus, when it follows
a consonant from which Daghesh-forte has been omitted,
'T^J??^^ vai/ bhalc shii for vay-yhhah-k' sliii, or the first of two
similar letters, in order that the reduplication may be made
more distinct, ^Hbn haVki, n5bp kiVlath, i'i'::? tsirio, ipba?
aVlaij, ^p)5ri JiJiik'kt, and in several other cases, which will be
more particularly described in § 22.

a. The same double office is performed by gutturals beginning one
syllable and yet inclining to complete the one before it. § 18. 2. c. In
nrn, for example, "$ belongs in a measure to both syllables. It properly
begins the second, and yet it is preceded by a short vowel just as if it
ended the first, which is accordingly to be reckoned an intermediate sylla-
ble, being in strictness neither simple nor mixed, but partaking of the
nature of both.

Daghesh-Lene.

§ 21. The second class of signs added to the Hebrew
text are those which are designed to guide in the pronuncia-
tion of the consonants. These are the diacritical point over
Shin, Daghesh-lene, Daghesh-forte, Mappik, and Raphe.
The use of the first of these has already been sufficiently
explained, ^ 3. 1.

1. Daghesh-lene ('^J? tt':<y\) is a point inserted in the six
letters n e d ^ ij n (technically called B'ghadU K'^hatlt),
to indicate the loss of their aspiration, e. g. ^ bJi, 3 b, etc.

28 ORTHOGRAPHY. § 21

As these letters are always aspirated after a vowel-sound,
however slight, and never as an initial utterance or when fol-
lowing a consonant, they invariably require Daghesh-lene
whenever they are not immediately preceded by a vowel or
a vocal Sh'va. It is consequently inserted in the initial
aspirate of a word which begins a verse, rT'tCi^ns Gen. 1:1,
or which follows a word bearing a disjunctive accent (inas-
much as this represents a pause of longer or shorter dura-
tion), \S5 in-^n^ Ex. 1 : 1, "js i nn? Gen. 3 : 22, or ending in a
consonant, ^:n-bi« , ^sn-i n^b^-a Gen. 24 : 42 ; but not if it fol-
lows a word ending in a vowel and having a conjunctive
accent, Dinri i^ss, ^nn !">?i^n Gen. 1:2. The sacred name
ni'n^ is followed by Daghesh-lene, even though it may have a
conjunctive accent. Num. 10 : 29, Deut. 3 : 2G, Josh. 10 : 30,
11 : 8, Ps. 18 : 21, because in reading the Jews always sub-
stitute for it the word ''i'li?, which ends in a consonant. In
a very few cases, however, e. g. 02 iDns| Ps. 68 : 18, ^r.n"l|5
Isa. 34 : 11, nn ^bw Ezek. 23 : 42, Daghesh-lene is not in-
serted after a vowel-letter, which retains its consonant sound.
2. Daghesh-lene is inserted in a medial or final aspirate
preceded by a vowelless consonant, whether this be accom-
panied by silent Sh'va or Pattahh furtive, e. g. Pi'^PDp, T^shta;
but not if it be preceded by a vowel or vocal ShVa, whether
simple or compound, e. g. JT'ii^ ^'^'1?? •

a. The primary signification of the name Daghesh is commonly ex-
plained from the Syriac ^■*-^s ? (^'5'^)) to which Castellus in his lexicon
gives the sense oi" piercing. This is by some applied to the puncture or
point which is its written sign, by others to its power of sharpening the
sound of letters by removing their aspiration or doubling them. Buxtorf,
however, in his Chaldee Lexicon, disputes the existence of such a root in
either Syriac or Chaldee, alleging that in Prov. 12: 18, the passage quoted
to prove the word, the true reading is J-4.^,» (ST^ai). The six letters which
receive Daghesh-lene in Hebrew have the same twofold pronunciation in
Syriac, a red dot called Rukhokh (^so? soflness), being written beneath
them when they were to be aspirated, and another called Kushoi (^
hardness), being written above them when they were not.

§ 22 DAGHESH-LENE. 29

b. Grammarians are not agreed whether the aspirated or unaspirated
eound of these consonants was the original one. There being no data for
the settlement of the question, each decides it by his own theory of pho-
netic changes. Tlie correctness of the Masoretic punctuation has some-
times been questioned in regard to this matter, on the ground of the im-
probability of such fluctuation in the sound of these letters in the same
word. But besides the Syriac analogy just referred to, the Sanskrit lan-
guage shows the almost unlimited extent to which euphonic changes may
be carried by a people possessing a sensitive and discriminating ear. The
Sanskrit aspirates, besides being subjected to other mutations which can-
not here be detailed, regularly lose their aspiration when finals, and under
certain conditions when medials, throwing it back, where this is possible,
upon a previous letter. Bopp Kritische Grammatik, pp. 30. 42. Similar
laws prevail to some extent in Greek, e. g. Opti, rpt^os; rpicjiw, Op^w^ Ovoi,
indrjv ; ovK i)((D, ov;( e^co ; fieO' vfuv.

§ 22. The absence of Daghesli-leiie in an aspirate some-
times shows a preceding simple Sh'va to be vocal when this
would not otherwise have been known. In most of the cases
referred to, a letter originally belonging to the succeeding
syllable is by the prefixing of a short vowel drawn back to
complete the syllable before it ; instead, however, of giving
up its previous connection altogether, it forms an interme-
diate syllable, § 20. 2, the Sh'va remaining vocal though the
antecedent vowel is short ; thus, S^b VhltabU with the prefix
a becomes iiba UVhhahh, not na'pa Ul-hahh.

a. The particular instances in which this may occur are the following,
viz. : (1) The Kal imperative of verbs and the Kal infinitive with suffixes,
e. g. ^^135, 1"I3S, t3n:5), 12nay from 13?.; yet with occasional exceptions, as
naaOiJS Lev.' 23 : 39.' (2) Those forms of Pe Guttural verbs in which the
first radical assumes a short vowel in place of the silent Sh'va in the reg-
ular inflexion, e. g. ^iT^s^, nna^n for 'naa^, oiarpi. (3) The construct
plural of nouns "^ns? from B"''73S , nisPS i'rom m'sns, n'.dnn from niinn,
though with occasional exceptions, as "'BiU'i Cant. 8 : 6, bat *^3\J:"! Ps. 76:4,
•'viaa Isa. 5 : 10, ni'Qnn Ps. 69 : 10, ■'is-is Gen. 50 : 23, but nnisna judg. 7:6;
in^a, 1153 from 153 are peculiar in omitting Daghesh in the singular with
suffixes. (4) Three feminine nouns ending in ri, n^iab'a from Tj^^, r'l'ib^
fromlSV n'l^S (only occurring with suffixes) from I3y, but not n!l':i-i'0
Also a few other nouns of different forms, viz.: Q'^n3"i^. but ''nsi!!, f^^Sia,
•idiy, -J^'snTr, D"^^?-!^, ',n3X, Vxnp;; Josh. 15 : 38^ " cinp!; Josh. 15V56.
(5) After prefixes, as He interrogative, e.g. cpyi'^n Gen. 29:5 from
^li}^'!!'!', ^"'^ inseparable prepositions, e. g. 1"^31^ from "I'^S'n , tiaia from ns^i,
"■'313 from "i3'n. Usage is not unitbrm in the case of Kal infinitives follow-

30 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^23

ing inseparable prepositions, e. g. ai'n^^, SiriDa; ^333, ^s:3, Vs2^; NSltb
Isa. 31 : 4. sii^lb Num. 4: 23, 8: 24; nnsb, ns^s . (6) The"suffixes of llie
second person ~, dd, ',3 never receive Dagliesh-lene, 7(33, cini?3.

These rules are sometimes of importance in etymology ; thus, T^'^Diip
Ezek. 27:12 must have as its ground form 'p^JS, not V'^!^ j ^"d csnx
Hos. 7 ; 6, car}"! Ps. 90 ; 10 cannot be infinitives with suffixes, but must be
from the segholates 3"!'s<, 3lri'"i.

b. The omission of Daghesh-lene in the final letter of wi&in Prov. 30 : 6,
abbreviated from r]"'Ditl or TiDiri , is exceptional. The Daghesh occasion-
ally occurring in initial aspirates after words ending in a vowel and having
a conjunctive accent, is best explained not as an exception to the ordinary
rules, but as Daghesh forte conjunctive, § 24, e. g. '^vi'S n^inx Gen. 11 : 31
and elsewhere, ysi nsns Gen. 46:28, nx5 nija Ex. 15: l.'il, n^XJ iiT Ex.
15: 13, nCE n-'ir:»i Deu't. 16: 1 (comp. ^i:'/ n-i'b:y Gen. 20:9), ca'nn^xxi
Deut. 31 : 28 '(c'omp. ^h iTi-^SXl Isa. 8:2),'ni^=3 ■'n^l Josh. 8:24, lo':Vo',
VIS -;;b» Gen. 35:29, 13 TO= Isa. 40:7. See 'also' Gen. 39:12, Ex. 14:
4.'l7, isa'. 10:9, Job 9:2. Ex.""l5: 11. 16, Ps. 35: 10, Isa. 54: 12, Jer. 20: 9,
Dan. 3:3. 5:11. The old strife as to the Daghesh in the word Q^r^U two
is not yet settled. Kimchi explained it as Daghesh-lene upon the suppo-
sition that the word was abridged from n';irnrx ; Schultens as Daghesh-
forte arising from an assimilated 5, contending that it was for D^nsJ from
D';Pi:d ; Nordheimer as an anomalous Daghesh-lene, introduced as a
euphonic expedient to prevent the combination of an aspirated n with a
eibilant, such as is obviated in the Hithpael of verbs by a transposition
that would here be inadmissible. The puzzle is still further perplexed by
the circumstance that it once appears with the preposition )^ without the
Daghesh, "^r^i^ Judg. 16 : 28, and again with the same preposition with it,
n'^nia^ Jon. 4:11, the Methegh showing the ShVa to be vocal, as might
also be inferred from the fact that Daghesh-forte has been omitted.

Daghesh-Fgrte.

^28. 1. When the same consonant was repeated with a
vowel or even the shghtest hiatus intervening, so that suc-
cessive movements of the organs of speech were required in
the pronunciation, the Hebrews invariably wrote the letter
twice. When, however, there was no interval between the
reduplicated consonants, and the only audible result was a
more protracted or vehement utterance of the same sound
effected by a single effort of the organs, the letter was written
but once. This fact the Masoretic punctuators have indi-
cated by placing a point called Daghesh-forte (ptn i^y^) in
the bosom of a letter so affected, to show that it is to be

§ 24 DAGHESH-FORTE. 31

doubled in the pronunciation ; tlius, bia^^n vayyimmal. Da-
gliesh-forte may be found in any letter with the exception
of the gutturals fi? n n y , which on account of their weak-
ness do not admit of reduplication. The letter "i, par-
taking of this with other peculiarities of the gutturals, re-
ceives it only in a very few exceptional cases, e. g. ^z;^'^t ,

2. The aspirates, when doubled, always at the same time
lose their aspiration ; thus, ifJS'? yippdhtdU. Daghesh-forte
in these letters is readily distinguishable from Daghesh-lene
by the consideration that a consonant cannot be pronounced
double except after a vowel. A point in one of the aspirates
is, therefore, Daghesh-forte if a vowel precedes, otherwise it
is Daghesh-lene.

3. Daghesh-forte in 1 may be distinguished from Shurek
in the same way. Inasmuch as two vowels cannot come to-
gether in the same word, if a vowel precedes it is Daghesh-
forte, if not it is Shurek.

a. Some Grammarians speak of Daghesh-forte impli'cilwn in the gut-
turals, by which they mean that these letters appear in certain cases to
complete a foregoing syllable as well as to begin that in which they prop-
erly stand, in spite of the omission of Daghesh, which analogy would re-
quire them to receive. As these are included under what have already,
§20. 2. a, been explained as intermediate syllables, it is not thought neces-
sary to employ an additional term.

b. The Arabs have a sign of reduplication, Teshdid ( " ), which is
written above the doubled letter. The Syrians have no written sign for
this purpose, and it is disputed whether their letters were ever doubled in
pronunciation. According to Asseman Biblioth. Orient. III. 2. p. 379, the
Western differed from the Eastern Syrians in this respect, " Occidentales
nullibi literas geminant."

^ 24. Different epithets have been applied to Daghesh-
forte to describe its various uses or the occasions of its em-
ployment. 1. Wlien separate letters, whether originally
alike, or made so by assimilation, are by the inflection or
formation of w^ords brought into juxtaposition, the Daghesh-

32 ORTHOGRAPHY, § 24

forte which represents such a doubHng is called compensa-
tive; e. g. ■'I?'b?5 formed by appending the syllable ''Fi to the
root rns ; "^nns composed of the same syllable and the root
■jr^r J whose last letter is changed to ri to conform with that
which follows ; "^30 from ano. 2. When the reduplication is
indicative of a particular grammatical form the Daghesh-
forte is called characteristic, e. g, in the Piel, Pual, and
Hithpael of verbs ; as, ^^H, '^^^^<^, and certain forms of nouns,
as, ^isa . 3. When it has arisen from the necessity of con-
verting a previous simple syllable into a mixed one in order
to preserve the quantity of a short vowel which it contains,
it is Daghesh-forte conservative ; e. g. iB!) for ao;^ . 4. When
the initial letter of a word is doubled under the influence of
the final vowel of the word preceding, it is Daghesh-forte
conjunctive; e. g. n-T-nia, 'ri^"n;^n;:, ^sj: ^^^p. 5. When the
last letter of an intermediate syllable is doubled in order to
make the following hiatus or vocal Sh'va more distinct, it is
Daghesh-forte dirimens or separative, because the letter which
receives it is thus separated in part from the syllable to Avhich
it belongs ; e. g. '^^p innhht for ''ij^ inbJiE. 6. When the
first letter of a final syllable is doubled under the influence
of a previous vowel bearing the accent (mostly a pause ac-
cent, § 36. ^. a), for the sake of increased fullness and force
of pronunciation, it is Daghesh-forte emphatic ; e. g. '^y^ for
^b jH . In the first three uses named above Daghesh-forte is
said to be essential, in the last three it is euphonic.

a. Daghesh-forte conjunctive occurs regularly after the pronoun iia ,
e. g. C^ys-ni?!! aia no Ps. ]33: 1, and in a multitude of cases after final Ka-
mets or Seghol in words accented on the penult or followed by Makkeph,
§ 43, e. g. rx-rnn;^.]? Gen. 2 : 23, CTi'-nbDX Deut. 27 : 7, ib r\T\'irC] Num. 25 : 13.
•'2-nr3S Gen. 30:"33; i^^.^i^-HT Num.' 34:6, 7, 9. nrx|''nL'73 Ex. 13:1
(where the accent is on the ultimate), Titl"'^'!?? Prov. 15: 1 (in some edi-
tions), more rarely after other vowels, e.g. ^xa ^I'o^p Gen. 19:14. Ni) ^"T^XI'I
1 Sam. 8 : 19, once after the liquid n, e. g. X^ n^X'T 1 Kin. 11 : 22. See
also § 22. b. In a few instances words thus united are written as one, e. g.
ri;'!'? Ex.4: 2 for n?. .153, so n:|^ Isa, 3:15, tnikbn^ Mai. 1:13, nxssoa

§25

DAGHESH-rORTE.

33

Isa. 27:8, and possibly t^5<'^5< Isa. 33:7. See Dr. Alexander's Com
mentary upon this passage.

b. Daghesh-forte separative occurs only in the following examples :

n-iSX Hos. 3:2.
T;^niiJ3"'3 Ps. 45: 10.
nini'rn Am. 5 : 25.
np;r?^S2n Gen. 18:21.

PShsn Gen. 37 :

32.

'•):^n Gen. 17 :

17.

cri'^S'Tin 1 Sam.

10:

24, 17 :

25,

2Kin.6

32.

cninari Job 17:2

i^Ejin Ex. 2 : 3.

sins'in'nn (?) Judg.

20:

43.

S?:i"^n 1 Sam. 1

:6.

-■^pin Isa. 57:6

1.

■^'^P."] Gen. 49:

10.

rf\p}h Prov. 30

17.

r,-!P': 1 Sam. 28 : 10
njD'^rin&'s (?) Ezek.
13:20.
r,ni^23 Isa. 33:1.
iiriuiiaoriina^aPs.
89 : 45.
ni-i553a Joel 1:17.
cinnsT? Job 9:18.
rcy,h Nah. 3:17.
Tr-ilJia Ex. 15 : 17.
nn^J^ Deut. 23: 11.
1X23 Job 30 : 8.
nnS3 Ps. 141:3.
n-isi; Prov. 4: 13.
!in!i:;3n3 Judg. 20: 32.
132D Jer. 4 : 7.

■ibaD Isa. 9:3, 10:

27.
■^255 Deut. 32 : 32.
■inhb 2 Sam. 23:
' 27, Jer. 29: 27.
B5"'3S? Isa. 58 : 3.
n3''n-i3S Am. 5:21.
'■' ^^py (?) Cant. 1 : 8.
n-;a;3S Ps. 89 : 52.
rpnia^ss Ps. 77 : 20.

ni'u'^a!? Prov. 27 : 25.
^:r}^r\^^ Ps. 119; 139.
■'sinnss Ps. 88:17.
cninVp. (?) Ps. 37:
15. Isa. 5: 28.
•^baoj Zech. 4 : 12.
^ilbSOJ Ps. 58:9.

This list is corrected and enlarged from Gesen. Lehrg. pp. 86 ff. Those
words which are followed by a note of interrogation (?) are found in some
editions but not in others. Daghesh separative may be found after He
interrogative in some instances not included in the above list.

c. Daghesh-forte emphatic occurs only in l^'in Judg. 5 : 7, 1 Sam. 2:5:
l^n^n Job 29 : 21 ; iinn;; or siFin;; Job 21 : 13 ; wk""] Isa. 33: 12, Jer. 51 : 58 ;
na'n?a Ezek. 21:15; laipj Ezek. 6:9; nrjiij Jer. 51:30; JlSnj Ezek. 27:
19V^^^i5 (?) Isa. 19 : 6 ; and probably l^n^jn Job 13 : 9 (not in pause).

§ 25. In order to the distinct utterance of a reduplicated
consonant, it must be followed as well as preceded by a
vowel-sound. Daghesh-forte is consequently never written
in a final vowelless letter, with the exception of the two words
PS , r>S^5 , both of which end in aspirates whose pronuncia-
tion would be changed by the removal of the Daghesh. In
every other instance the doubling is neglected, even though
the letter be an aspirate, which will for this reason resume
its aspiration ; e. g. ^p , ^'?)5; 3D, ''ao; >\h'^"] abridged from
•^^n^^ ; Jji'?^ from MS?';''^ . In a medial letter with Sh'va
Daghesh may be written, because the Sh'va being thus ren-
dered vocal the reduplication can be made audible by means-
3

34 ORTHOGRAPHY. § 26, 27

of the hiatus which it represents ; it is, however, quite as
frequently omitted, the Sh'va commonly remaining vocal as
if it were inserted, and compound Sh'va being occasionally
substituted for simple to indicate this fact, § 16. 3. h.-, e. g.
n'l'i'iy for D'^n^^j ikes for iS53, particularly after prefixes, as
Vav conversive, the article and preposition "a , so "^n^l , tj^nttn.
It is seldom omitted from a medial aspirate on account of the
change in its sound involved : yet even this is done occasion-
ally, e. g. Tsni3 Judg. 8 : 2 for T'sati, ^snn Isa. 22 : 10 for
^snn , li"iDT from li"i3T • In a few rare instances it is dropped
from a letter followed by a vowel, when the laws of syllables
will permit and the pronunciation will not be materially
affected ; e. g. nsiyn Ruth 1 : 13 for nsiyn.

Mappik.

§ 26. Mappik (p''S'2 hringing out or uttering), is a point
in one of the letters i5 n 1 '', showing that it represents a
consonant and not a vowel, or in other words that it does
not quiesce in the preceding vowel-sign. It is unnecessary,
however, to employ any notation for this purpose in the case
of i5 1 and "^ , for their quiescence can be readily determined
in aU cases by the pules already given, ^13. Although it is
much more extensively used in manuscripts, therefore, Map-
pik is in modern editions of the Hebrew Bible only inserted
in final t\ when it retains its consonantal power ; e. g. !^^'!>i?
artsdJt, •^^'}i? artsd, J^r?i?^ VMliUali, S^njpb lak'hhd. The point
four times found in s, ^S^^n^n Gen. 43:26, Ezra 8:18,
w-'in Lev. 23 : 17, ^sn Job 33 : 21, though called aDaghesh
in the Masoretic notes in the margin, is probably to be re-
garded as Mappik.

Raphe.

§ 27. Raphe (nsn weal^, is a small horizontal stroke
placed over a letter, and denotes the opposite of Daghesh-

§ 28 ACCENTS. 85

lene, Daghesli-forte, or Mappik, as the case may be. As no
inconvenience can arise from its omission, it is only occa-
sionally used in modern Bibles, and not with entire uni-
formity in the different editions. It is chiefly found where
a Mappik has been omitted in n , which according to analogy
might be expected to be inserted, e.g. !^>'793^' Ex. 9:18,
fri^to^ Lev. 13:4, r^k'^^}^ Num. 15:28, n^ Num. 32:42,
n^fJJia Job 31 : 22 in some copies. In ^^"Hto^n Ex. 20 : 4,
Deut. 5:8, it is the opposite of Daghesh-forte, and shows
that b may either be doubled agreeably to the point in its
bosom or not. In nsnn sb Ex. 20 : 13, Deut. 5 : 17, it is the
opposite of Daghesh-lene, and shows that the ri may either
have its unaspirated sound, as the Daghesh indicates, or
may be aspirated. It is often referred to in the marginal
Masoretic notes even where it is no longer found in the text,
e. g. Judg. 16:16, 28.

Accents

§ 28. The third class of Masoretic additions to the text
are those which relate to the words. These are the accents,
Makkeph, Methegh, and the K'ri. An accent ( D:?i: ) is writ-
ten upon every word with a twofold design, 1st, of marking
its tone-syllable, and 2dly, of indicating its relation to other
words in the sentence. The great number of the accents
has respect entirely to this second function, there being no
difference in the quality of the stress laid upon particular
syllables, such for example as is marked by the Greek acute,
grave, and circumflex, but only that difference in its amount
which arises from the unequal emphasis naturally laid upon
the different members of a clause or period. The punc-
tuators have attempted not only to indicate the pauses to be
made in reading, as is done by the stops in use in other lan-
guages, but to represent to the eye the precise position held

86 ORTHOGRAPHY. § 29

by each word in the structure of the sentence, and the
various grades of attraction or repulsion arising from the re-
lations whether co-ordinate or subordinate which subsist
among them. Every sentence is fancifully regarded as a ter-
ritory, which, partitioned into its several clauses, forms em-
pires, kingdoms, and principalities, ruled by their respective
sovereigns, each of whom has his own train of inferiors and
dependants. The accents are accordingly divided into Dis-
junctives or Rulers (Q'^pb'a), and Conjunctives or Servants
(D'l'Hs?^). The former indicate that the word upon which
they are placed is more or less separated from those that
follow ; they mark thus the end of a clause or of the section
of a clause over which they exert control. The latter indi-
cate that the word over or under which they are written is
connected with what follows and belongs to the clause or
section ruled by the next succeeding Disjunctive.

a. The stress of voice denoted by the accent must not be confounded
with quantity. An accented syllable may nevertheless be short, the
energy with which it is pronounced not necessarily affecting its length.

h. The Jews made use of the accents as musical notes in the cantilla-
tion of the synagogue, whence they are also called nis'^JiS. In the judg-
ment of some this is a part, and perhaps a leading part, of their original
design. Their great variety, the frequent occurrence of accents of oppo-
site powers upon the same word, and the distinct system of poetical
accents, favor this opinion. Such as are curious to know the details may
find the mode of their employment for this purpose explained at length in
Bartoloccii Bibliotheca Magna Rabbinica, vol. iv. pp. 427-444.

§ 29. The Disjunctive accents may be divided into four
classes of various rank or power, as follows, viz :

Class I. Emperors.

*1. Sillnk

(,)

lpsi^

*2. Athnahh

L)

M 8 -

§29

ACCENTS.

Class II. Kings.

3.

S'gholta

(•••)

poslp.

4.

Zakeph Katon

C)

'r^p, ^P.i

5.

Zakeph Gadhol

i C)

^^■"13 ^m

*6.

Tiphhha

Class III. LuJces.

stnats

IT : •

*T.

R'bhr

(■)

- • :

*8.

Shalsheleth

(')

nV^.^t^

*9.

Zarka

(~)

^j^y.

postp,

10.

Pashta

O

ii::iiiB

postp.

11.

Y'thibh

L)

prep.

12.

T'bhir

Class IV. Counts.

■J' ■■

13.

Pazer

C)

-ITS

14.

Karne Phara

C)

nns i5n;3

15.

T'llsha Gh'dhola ('')

nbina xoji^in

prep.

16.

Geresh

(')

aS'ij

17.

G'rashayim

(")

c^iana

37

*18. P'slk (l) ip^CS?

The Conjunctive accents, or Servants, are the following,

VIZ.

*19.

Merka

(,)

KSI"!?

*20.

Munahh

(.)

njiia

21.

Merka Kh'phula

(„)

<JT : T : ■.•

*22.

Mahpakh

(<)

■^lin^

23.

Darga

(,)

^.^"i'^!

*24.

Kadhma

C)

xanp

*25.

Yerahh ben Yomo

(v)

■i^ii—.a nil

y 1 ...

2G.

T'llsha K'tanna

C)

ns::f5 x'J^i?rj postp.

38 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^ 30

a. Merka Kh'phula has sometimes been reckoned among the Disjunc-
tivesj as by Gesenius in his Lehrgebaude ; but the absence of Daghesh-
lene in the word following that on which it stands in Ex. 5 : 15, Ezek.
14:4, proves that it is a Conjunctive.

b. According to their most probable signification.s, the names of the
accents appear to be in part borrowed from their forms and in part from
their uses. Thus the Disjunctives: Silluk, e?2rf; Athnahh, resf ; Segholta,
hunch of grapes; Zakeph. small and great, causing suspension ; Tiphhha,
palm of the hand; R'bhi", s^ware or reposing ; Shalsheleth, chain; Zarka,
dispersion; Vdishio., expansion or letting down (fhe. voice); Y'thibh, si7-
ting still; T'hhir, interruption ; Pazer, separator ; Karne Phara., a heifer^s
horns; T'lisha, great and small, shield ; Geresh, expulsion ; G'rashayim.
double Geresh ; P'sik, cut off. Conjunctives: Merka, prolonging; Mu-
nahh, (a trumpet) at 7-est, i. e., in its proper position ; Merka Kh'phula,
double Merka; Mahpakh, (a trum-pet) inverted ; Darga, progress ; Kadh-
ma, beginning ; Yerahh ben-Yomo, juoon a day old.

Other names are given to some of these accents, particularly where they
occur in certain situations or combinations ; thus Tiphhha is also called
Tarhha ( sn*,:? ), Munahh with P'sik is called L'gharmeh ( •'^B-i?^ ), etc.

c. The classification of the Disjunctives, according to their respective
powers and the laws of their consecution, has been the work of Christian
writers, from whom all accurate investigations of the accentual system
have proceeded. In fact, this whole subject is treated by the Jewish
grammarians in the crudest and most perplexed manner. Buxtorf says, in
his Thesaurus Grammaticus. p. 45: Accentuum ratio hactenus nee a quo-
quam nostrorum nee ab ipsis etiam Hebraeis sufficienter explicata est.
The division exhibited above is the one now commonly adopted. The
current names, Imperatores, Reges, Duces, Comites, are those used by
Wasmuth in his Institutio Accent. Heb. 1664. Others have divided them
differently. The learned Pfeiffer, author of the Dubid Vexata, distin-
guishes one Emperor, one Archduke, four Dukes, seven Counts, and five
Barons. Boston, the well-known author of the Fourfold State, in an elab-
orate Latin treatise upon this subject left by him in manuscript and pub-
lished shortly after his death, distributes them into three classes of
superior and one of inferior rank. Mention is made, in a commendatory
preface by Mill, the distinguished critic of the New Testament, of another
manuscript in English, in which Boston applied his views practically in a
twofold translation of the first twenty-three chapters of Genesis, with
copious notes, both philological and theological. This, it is believed, has
never been published. A curious little book upon the Canon by Ferdinand
Parkhurst, London, 1660, makes six Regal and ten Principial Disjunctives.
Y'thibh and P'sik being omitted altogether.

§30. 1. Fourteen of the accents are written over, and eleven
under, the words to which they are attached. P'sik, whose
only use is to modify the power of other accents, is written
after the word to which it belongs, and in the same line

§ 30 ACCENTS. 39

with it. The place of the accents is either over or under the
letter preceding the tone-vo^Yel, with the exception of the
prepositives Y'thibh and T'lisha Gh'dhola, which always ac-
company the initial letter of the word, and the postpositives
S'gholta, Zarka, Pashta, and T'Usha K'tanna, which stand
upon the final letter. Y'thibh is only used when the first is
the tone-syllable. Pashta is repeated if the word on which
it stands is accented on the penult, e. g. ^s^n Gen. 1 : 2, or
ends with two vowelless letters, e. g. r\^t^ Ruth 3 : 7, or if
the last letter has Pattahh furtive, e. g. ^'"^ Gen. 33 : 13, and
in some manuscripts and editions there is a like repetition of
S'gholta and Zarka. When a word bears the other preposi-
tive or postpositives, there is nothing to mark its tone-syllable
unless this may chance to be the one upon which the nature
of the accent in question requires it to be placed.

2. Silluk has the same form as Methegh, § 44 ; but the
former invariably stands on the tone-syllable of the last
word in the verse, while Methegh is never written under a
tone-syllable. Pashta is likewise distinguished from Kadhma
only by its position upon the last letter of the word, and
after the superscribed vowel, if there be one, e. g. '^'^.^ Gen.
1 : 7, ^^xb'a Gen. 24 : 7, while Kadhma is placed upon the
letter preceding the tone-vowel, e. g. i^x Gen. 2 : 19 : where
this chances to be a final letter the laws of consecution only
can decide ; thus, in ^?nT Gen. 26 : 4, 'rinss Deut. 16:3, the
accent is Pashta, but in 'n^nTb;; Gen. 17:8, ^nss 1 Sam.
29 : 6, it is Kadhma. Y'thibh is distinguished from Mahpakh
by being written under the first letter of the word and taking
precedence of its vowel if this be subscribed, e. g. lis ^ Gen.
1 : 11, ^^ Gen. 31 : 6, Deut. 10 : 17 ; Mahpakh belongs under
the consonant which precedes the tone-vowel, and after its
vowel-sign if this be subscribed, e. g. ^5^2?^ Gen. 2:14, "^^
Gen. 32 : 33, Deut. 4 : 7. When the initial syllable bears the
tone and there is no subscribed vowel, the laws of consecu-
tion must decide ; thus, in s^n the accent is Y'thibh in Gen.

40 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^ 31

3:15, 44:17; Deut. 10:17; but Mahpakh in Josh.

17:1.

§ 31. The accents already explained are called the prosaic
accents, and are found in aU the books of the Old Testament
with the exception of the Psalms (D"^^nn), Proverbs C"!?!?^),
and the poetic portion of Job (S'i''5?), whose initials form the
technical word froN . Here a different system of accentua-
tion prevails. Thirteen of the prosaic accents, one-half of the
whole number, nowhere occur in the books just named, viz. :
S'gholta, Zakeph-Katon, and Zakeph-Gadhol of the Kings,
Pashta, Y'thibh, and T'bhir of the Dukes, Karne Phara,
T'lisha Gh'dhola, Geresh, and G'rashayim, of the Counts,
Merka Kh'phula, Darga, and T'lisha K'tanna of the Con-
junctives. Such as are common to both systems are in the
previous table distinguished by an asterisk. The powers of
some of these, however, are altered, so that a new arrange-
ment of them is necessary ; and they are supplemented by
additional signs formed by combining the prosaic accents or
assigning them unusual positions. The scale of the poetical
or metrical accents thus constituted is as follows, viz. :

Disjunctive Accents.

Class I.

1.

Silluk

(•.)

: ii32n

I T -

2.

Athnahh

(J .

ii=3n

3.

Merka-Mahpakh

C)

Class II.

Tiasn

4.

R'bhr

o

T -

5.

Pazer

C)

liasn

6.

R'bhi' Geresh

n

liisti

7.

Tiphhha initial

(.)

ii:5n

prep.

8.

Zarka

D

■niasri

posfp.

9.

P'sik

(-)

1 liasn

T -

postp.

^32

POSITION OF THE ACCENT.

41

CoNJiTNOTivE Accents.

10.

Merka

^ -f /

■na3n

/ T -

11.

Merka-Zarka

Tir^r!

12.

Mahpakh

\< /

"iiasn

13.

Mahpakh-Zarka

^•< /

ninsn

14.

Munahh

V.J /

J T -

15.

Muriahh superior

i- J V

niisn

16.

Yerahh ben Yomo

\ v^

"ii^sn

17.

Kadhma

/ ^^

liisri

18.

Tiphhha

\ V /

''it^n

19.

Shalsheleth

( '\

lissn

a. It will be perceived that there are fewer Disjunctives but more
Conjunctives than are exhibited by the prosaic accents. Merka-Malipakh
answers substantially to S'gholta; R'tibi'-Geresh to Tiphhha before Silluk,
and Tiphhha initial to Tiphhha before Athnahh. Tiphhha and Shalshe-
leth are transferred from the list of Disjunctives to that of the Conjunc-
tives, whence it comes to pass that if a word bearing either of these
accents terminates in a vowel, Daghesh-lene will not be inserted in a fol-
lowing initial aspirate, e. g. D?d2 'TJjw^J Ps. 31 : 10, Cinrs X-isia Prov. 8 : 3,
nifiian iiirsn';! Ps. 10:2.

b. P'sik, in the poetic as in the prosaic accents, is never used alone but
always in conjunction with another accent. It serves to strengthen Dis-
junctives and to reduce the power of Conjunctives without disturbing the
order of their consecution. It is thus used with Merka-Mahpakh Ps. 5 : 13,
Pazer Ps. 10: 14, Tiphhha initial Ps. 31:4, Mahpakh Ps. 5: 9, Munahh
Prov. 1:22, Merka Ps. 10:13, Kadhma Ps 10:5, Shalsheleth Ps. 7:6.

Position of the Accent

§ 32. The accent in Hebrew may fall either upon the
ultimate or the penultimate syllable, but never at a greater
remove from the end of the word. In the former case
words are technically termed Milra {'S^iz from below), and
in the latter Milel (b^?^^ from above).

42 ORTHOGRAPHY. § 33

1. The position of the accent may be considered in rela-
tion either to the syllabic or to the etymological structure
of a word, that is to say, as affected by the nature of its syl-
lables on the one hand or of the elements ol which it is com-
posed as a significant part of speech on the other. It is so
far determined by the syllabic structure of words, that a
long mixed syllable or a short simple syllable, whether in the
ultimate or the penultimate, must receive the accent, §18. 2.
thus: pt^i"^, T^^^'6^,^\^, n^ic, nn'^ .

2. Considered in reference to their etymological structure,
words exist in two conditions, (1.) their primary uninflected
state, by which their essential and proper meaning is con-
veyed ; (2.) with added affixes and prefixes, by which that
meaning is variously modified. In their nude or primary
state all words, whether primitives or derivatives, are ac-
cented upon the ultimate, and so continue to whatever flexion,
involving no terminational appendages, they may be sub-
jected. Thus, ^ps , ips , "ips , 1J53 , ^J5S , nps^ , "ipenn ; ynsi ,
■jinpT; wia, ^3^^; l^a'ii?; DTai-"; ''b?32.

3. The only exception is a class of words called Se-
gholates, in which the last vowel does not belong originally
or essentially to the form, but is introduced for the sake of
softening the pronunciation, §61. 2; these are accented on
the penultimate, as ^bia, nsb, nsb, t\^h, ^nn, nsris, b^^ , b.)^.,

a. iTi?aS3 Is. 50: 8 is said to be the only instance of a word accented on
ihe antepenult. The proper tone-syllable of this word is the ultimate, but
upon the recession of the accent by § 35, the vowel next preceding, which
has arisen from Sh'va and is unessential to the form, cannot receive it, so
that it necessarily falls upon the one still further back.

§33. The additions which words may receive at the be-
ginning or end affect the accent in proportion to the respect-
ive weight accorded to them. Additions to the end of words
are of two sorts, which may be distinguished as affixes and
suffixes. Affixes are so welded to the word or merged in it

§33 POSITION OF THE ACCENT. 43

that in the popular consciousness they have become an in-
tegral part of it, and their independent existence or separate
origin is no longer thought of; such are the personal inflec-
tions of verbs and the terminations indicating gender and
number in nouns and adjectives. Suflixes are not so inti-
mately blended with the word to which they are attached as
to have lost their individual identity and independent charac-
ter, and consequently are of greater weight as respects the
accent; such are the fragmentary pronouns appended to
verbs, nouns, and prepositions.

1. If the appendage consists of a vowel (as f^^, ?i, ^,
i, ■'., •'J, or begins with one (as 'n^, "i., v^, D"!., ni, 1\^, 1\,., u^,
)^, W},, ^■'.), and can consequently only be pronounced by
the aid of the final consonant of the word to which it is at-
tached, it will attract the accent to itself or to its initial vowel
from a noun, adjective, participle, or preposition, as '"'^n'^ ,
i-in^, n-^'^y^ , '^'b^^, tj^w, i^nnn from ni'^; Q^ip^i^, ^izJ'iS,
from TiJ'ip . Such an appendage to a verb, if a suffix, will
so far accord with the rule just given as to carry the accent
forward one syllable ; but the accent will remain in its origi-
nal position if it be an affix, unless it is either dissyllabic or
causes the rejection of the vowel previously accented ; C^nn
with a suffix a^^'?"?! , but with an affix ^^^'?nn • ^hs with a
suffix i^3? , but with an affix ^in^ , ^"iny ; D)b , r^12^ , n^aj: ; bp,
^)p. , i^fe , T'?P ; =ib« , ^^\}^ , ^C'^™ . It is to be obsei-ved,
however, that a paragogic n^ or n . , § 61. 6, attached to
nouns, pronouns, and adverbs, and occasionally a paragogic
■'.does not disturb the position of the accent, e.g. yy^ ,
ns'is; 3:,nn:; so nisn, n^s,ni£ic, ^nan Lam. 1:1, but
^hifh'c Isa. 1:21; neither does the feminine ending M.. ,
which is a Segholate formation, e. g. "lii'i'a , f^'!'|l^ .

a. Paragogic M^ receiv^es the secondary accent Methegh in D^x HJ'sis
Gen. 28:2, 5, 6, 7.'

2. The appending of a simple syllable, such as the

44 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^ 33

suffixes "^P , 13 , 'i'^ , 57 , i'Q , or the verbal affixes P\ , ''n , ^li , n5,_
will not alter the position of the accent provided it originally
stood upon the ultimate ; if, however, its original place was
the penult, or if the syllable in question be attached to the
word by a union vowel, the accent must be carried forward
one syllable to prevent its standing on the antepenult, which
is never admissible: nss, ',ns5, iiass, ''pri&S; cs«^, pcsis,
^:riDS"Q; b]5, Jni'ip, "^ri'?]?. Suffixes appended to a word ending
with a consonant mostly require a connecting vowel, and con-
sequently shift the position of the accent. Affixes, by reason
of the less weight accorded to them, commonly do not. The
suffix ^ follows the general rule when preceded by a union
vowel, but draws the accent upon itself when it is not, e. g.
"t > 'nl^T } '^In ) ^'^'^'^ • -^ consonantal appendage to a long un-
accented vowel, inasmuch as it converts the ultimate into a
mixed syllable, necessarily draws the accent upon it from the
penult, § 32. 1, e. g. ""ncx^ , ^^ncs?^ , n^ncs^ ; Tm^^, yt\^^'^_ .

3. A mixed syllable, whether an affix as on , "jn, or suffix
as D3 , ]3 , DH , 1^, will attract the accent to itself, nri^bn
from ^^n ; Di25ia , Q3^?b^ , from ^b-b ; Dnbnn from D^nn . In
the unusual form Dijbs 2 Sam. 23 : 6, the accent stands upon
the union vowel.

4. The only prefixes which exercise any influence upon
the position of the accent, are the Vav conversive of the
future, which draws back the accent from a mixed ultimate
to a simple penult, i'ai<'', "^^5^";}, nisi, mcj;i ; and the Vav con-
versive of the preterite, which throws it forward from the
penult to a simple ultimate, r^'ii^x, ^^Q^) , ri^ij;', pn©;ii ,

a. Some languages invariably accent the same part of the word ; thus,
Bohemian and Lettish the initial syllable, Polish and Lazian, one of the
Caucasian tongues, the penult of all polysyllables. Others, in which
more freedom is allowed, have no respect to the etymological structure of
words, but are guided entirely by the character of their syllables. Thus,
in Arabic and Latin words are accented according to the quantity of the
penult; the accent is given to the penult if it is long, to the antepenult

§ 34, 35 POSITION OF THE ACCENT. 45

if the penult is short. In others still the etymological principle is the
prevailing one, and this ofien has a wider scope than in Hebrew. Thus,
in Greek the accent has the range of the last three syllables. In San-
scrit it may stand upon any syllable whatever even of the longest words.
In English it is almost equally free, e. g. 'peremptorily^ inco7isiderdtion, its
removal from its primary position upon the radical portion of the word
being conditioned by the respective weight of the formative syllables ap-
pended, e. g. person, personate, personally, personify, personality, per-
sonification.

§ 34. The location of the accent being thus influenced
by the etymological structure of words, it may serve to dis-
tinguish words of like appearance but diiferent formation.
Thus, nn^ Gen. 30 : 1, nsa Gen. 29 : 6, are participles, but
nnia Gen. 35 : 18, nsi Gen. 29 : 9, are preterites, the femi-
nine affix receiving the accent in one case but not in the other,
§ 33. 1. So ^53 thei/ built from nba, but ^.'3 in us; ^3t? the^
carried captive from Tqit , but ^3tc they returned from 3^iD
THiJ he has seized, but Tlix Job 23 : 9 I shall see from r.Tn
vy^ it shall be evil from y?'n , y^!!! he shall feed from tvs'^
T<h2 he was rebellious, •I'^'a it was bitter boin *Ti3 ; ^tt^]? arise
thou (fem.), '''2'ip m?/ rising up.

§ 35. The position of the accent may be shifted from the
following causes, viz. :

1 . A Conjunctive is frequently removed from the ultimate
to the penult if a Disjunctive immediately follows, whether
upon a monosyllable or a dissyllable accented on the penult,
in order to prevent the unpleasant concurrence of two ac-
cented syllables in closely connected words, e. g. •^^'^^ ^^'2,
Gen. 1:^5, T^ nsia Gen. 4:17, t ^^I^ Deut. 32:36,
^■iT ?i13sri) Ps. 2 : 12, T]b nnb Isa. 36:8. In a few excep-
tional cases the secondary accent Methegh remains to mark
the original tone-syllable, after the principal accent has been
thrown back, ^j? "lynb Num. 24 : 22, r^ ^rl5 Isa. 40 : 7,
a:? s^itr\ Deut. 4 : 33.

2. The special emphasis given to the last word of a
clause or section, and represented by what are called the

46 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^ 8G

pause accents, § 30, 2, «, is sometimes rendered more distinct
by a change of the accented syllable from the ultimate to the
penult, e. g. ^?:n , ''Dbx ; nn« , nps ; r-ip? , nny ; ^33 , ^bs ; or
from the penult to the ultimate, particularly in the case of
forms with Vav conversive of the future tjbH , ?jbn ; so
b^ai^i , njp;'^ , "^.^i^^] . The accent is in a few instances at-
tracted to a short final syllable ending in a weak letter, which
either loses its sound entirely, converting the syllable into a
simple one, or requires considerable effort and energy of voice
to make it distinctly heard, e. g. x^;: Gen. 41 : 33 for S')i: ;
so x^n Zech. 9 : 5, Mic. 7:10, :?irn Ps. 39 -. 14 for yen .

Consecution of Accents in Prose.

§36. 1. The second use of the accents is to point out
the relation of words to one another. The Disjunctives in-
dicate a greater or less separation between the word on which
they stand and the following one ; the Conjunctives indicate
a connection. The greatest separation of all is effected by
Silluk, which is written under the last word of every verse,
and is followed invariably by two dots vertically placed ( : ),
called Soph Pasuk (P^C3 ^io end of the verse). The next in
power are Athnahh and S'gholta. When a verse was to be
divided into two clauses, Athnahh was placed under the last
word of the first clause, Silluk maintaining its position at
the end of the verse. If it was to be divided into three
clauses, which is the greatest number that any verse can
have, the last word of the first clause receives S'gholta, the
last word of the second Athnahh, and the last of all Silluk.
Verses of one clause range from Gen. 26 : 6, containing
three words, to such as Jer. 13: 13 and 1 Chron. 28 : 1, con-
taining more than twenty : the most common division is into
two clauses, e. g. Gen, 1:1*. f'^xn . . . D'^nbN ^ three clauses

§ 37 CONSECUTION OF ACCENTS IN PROSE. 47

are mucli less frequent, Gen. 1:7 '')^. •T'i^i?, • . . ^''P'^Oj
23 : 16, 24 : 30, 26 : 28.

a. In Job 1 : 8 S'gholta occurs in a verse of two clauses without Ath-
nalih, probably because the accentuation is conformed to that of Job 2 : 3.

2. Each of these clauses is capable of subdivision to
whatever extent its length or character may seem to demand
by the Disjunctives Zakeph Katon, Zakeph Gadhol, R'bhi'',
Pazer, and T'lisha Gh'dhola, according to the number of sec-
tions to be made and the various degrees of their completeness.
Thus, in Josh. 1 : 8 the clause of Athnahh is divided into
five sections, ''n . niic^b . , nb^^S . . . ^^b-a . . . wra"^ , in 2 Kin.
1 : 6 into six, "jTi;?? . . . TiJn^b nbin . bs"iia:i3 . . nhh"} . . i^bs .
The choice of the accent to govern a particular section de-
pends not only upon its power, but likewise upon its rank,
the more exalted officer standing in ordinary cases nearer
the sovereign. Accordingly toward the beginning of a clause
an inferior Disjunctive will be used, even though the separa-
tion is such as would require an accent of much higher
power to indicate it in a more advanced portion of the same
clause. These accents, moreover, have not a fixed value like
the stops in other languages ; their power is not absolute but
relative, and varies endlessly with the circumstances of the
case. Athnahh in Gen. 1 -. 1 marks the greatest division in the
verse, but that is not sufficient to require a comma. In the
next verse Zakeph Katon is equal to a semicolon in the first
clause and less than a comma iti the second. In Gen. 27 : 16
the separation indicated by R-'bhi"" is wholly rhythmical.

a. Those accents which, as above described, mark the limits of clauses
and sections, are denominated pause accents.

§37. In the sections thus created the accents are dis-
posed relatively to the Disjunctive which marks its close.
Each ruler has his servant and subordinate officer, whose

48

ORTHOGRAPHY.

§37

function it is to wait upon him. In other words, each Dis-
junctive is regularly preceded by a particular Conjunctive and
inferior Disjunctive ; and the train of accents in each section
is formed by arranging the Disjunctives in their fixed order
of succession with or without their regular Conjunctives until
all its words are supplied. The trains proper to the different
sections are shown in the following table :

Primary

Sections.

So
ft

a

O

So

(5

m
>

o

;:)

c
O

is"

la

H

o

u

o
O

la

>

O

O

o

t
1

J

' I

.u

V

.0\.)

T)

Xk.l

A

J

.'.

.A.)

CS3

lyS

Secokdart
Sections.

'

J J

C)

x)\S

:i

•

MuO

H

' J J J J

;=

TlNrSCAL

Sections.

L

1

1

'^/>

V J J J J J

§ 38 CONSECUTION OF ACCENTS IN PROSE. 49

a. Accents of like forms are readily distinguishable in the table by the
column in which they stand. Where perspicuity requires it the distinction
will hereafter be made by appending their initial letters, thus : Kadhma '*
Pashta > Mahpakh "", Y'thibh'''.

\2>'^.- Explanation of the Table. — The trains preceding
the three principal accents are exhibited in the horizontal
lines of the uppermost division ; those of the ordinary de-
pendent sections in the middle division, and those of rare
occurrence at the bottom.

1 . Train of Silluk. — If Silluk be immediately preceded
by a Conjunctive, it will be Merka ; if a Disjunctive precede
it in the same section, with or without an intervening Merka,
it will be Tiphhha, Gen. 1:1. If there be a Conjunctive
before Tiphhha, it will be Merka, Gen. 1:1; if two Con-
junctives, which occurs but fourteen times, they will be
Merka Kh'phula and Darga, Gen. 27:25, Lev. 10:1, 2
Chron. 20 : 30. The next Disjunctive before Tiphhha, in
the same section, will be T'bhir, Gen. 1:4. If T'bhir be pre-
ceded by one Conjunctive, it will be Darga, Gen. 1:12, or
Merka, Gen. 1 : 26 ; if by two, the second will be Kadhma,
1 Sam. 15 : 33, or Munahh, Gen. 2:4; and if by three;
the third will be T'lisha K'tanna, Gen. 2:19. The next
Disjunctive before T'bhir, in the same section, will be Geresh,
Gen. 26 : 11, 27 : 4, or G'rashayim, Ex. 23 : 4. If Geresb
be preceded by one Conjunctive, it will be Kadhma, Gen.
24 : 7, or Munahh, Isa. 60 : 17 ; if by a second, it will be
T'lisha K'tanna, Gen. 2:5, or Munahh with P'sik, Gen.
28 : 9 ; if by a third, it will be Munahh, 1 Sam. 14 : 34 ; if
by a fourth, it will also be Munahh, Deut. 1:19.

a. The parentheses of the table contain alternate accents. Thus.
Merka is substituted for Darga and for Mahpakh (before Pashta in the
clause of Zakeph Katon) if no more than one vowel intervenes between
the Conjunctive and the king which it precedes, e. g. Gen. 1 : 22, Gen.
1 : 24, 26 ; Gen. 5 : 17, Deut. 1 : 2, 35. Munahh is also regularly, substi-
tuted for Kadhma, whenever the accent stands on the initial letter of the
word, Gen. 25:8. Gen. 19:35; 1 Kin. 19 : 7, Deut. 1:28; Gen. 19: 12.:.
4

50 ORTHOGRAPHY. § 38

Eccl. 5 : 7. G'rashayira takes the place of Geresh provided the accent is
on the ultimate and it is not preceded by Kadhma either on the same or
the previous word, Ex. 16 : 23, 36 : 3. When two accents are included in a
parenthesis the meaning is that if an additional accent is required, these
two will take the place of the one before the parenthesis. P'sik has no
separate place in the consecution, but is joined with the other accents to
modify their power. It is constantly associated with the Disjunctive
Shalsheleth to add to its strength, and occasionally with the different
Conjunctives to reduce their strength, but without disturbing the order
of their consecution, e.g. with Merka Ex. 16:5, Munahh Gen. 46:2,
Mahpakh Ex. 30 : 34, Kadhma Lev. 11:32, Darga Gen. 42:13, T'lisha
K'tanna 1 Sam. 12:3.

2. Train of Athnahh. — If Athnahli be preceded by a
Conjunctive, it will be Munahh, Gen. 1:1; if by a Disjunc-
tive in its own section, it will be Tiphhha, Gen. 1:1. The
accents which precede Tiphhha have already been mentioned
in explaining the train of SiUuk.

3. Train of S'gliolta. — The first Conjunctive before
S'gholta will be Munahh, Gen. 3:3; if there be two, the
second will be Munahh, Lev. 8 : 31, or Merka, Gen. 3 : 14.
The first Disjunctive in its section will be Zarka, Gen. 1:28;
and if this be preceded by one Conjunctive, it will be Mu-
nahh, Gen. 1 : 7, or Merka, 1 Chron. 5:18; if by two, the
second wiU be Kadhma, Gen. 30 : 16, 31 : 32 ; if by three,
the second will be Munahh and the third Kadhma, Lev.
4:35. The next Disjunctive before Zarka will be Geresh,
Gen. 24 : 7, or G'rashayim, Ex. 39 : 3. The accents pre-
ceding these have been explained in 1.

4. Train of Zahepli Katon. — The first Conjunctive before
Zakeph Katon will be Munahh, Gen. 1 : 2, the second like-
wise Munahh, Gen. 27 : 45. The first Disjunctive will be
Pashta, Gen. 1:2; or, if the proper place of the accent be
the first letter of the word, Y'thibh, Gen. 1:11, 2:11.
The first Conjunctive before Pashta will be Mahpakh, Gen.
1:9, or Merka, Gen. 1:2; the second, Kadhma, Gen.
39 : 19, or Munahh, Gen. 1:12; the third will be Tlisha
K'tanna, Ezr. 3:11. The Disjunctive before Pashta will be

^ 38 CONSECUTION OF ACCENTS IN PROSE. 51

Geresh, Gen. 1 : 24, or G'rasliayim, Gen. 1 : 11 ; the furtlier
consecution is explained in 1.

a. In some instances Pashta is found not in the train ofZakeph Katon,
but seeming to govern an independent section, e.g. Ex. 29:20. Deut.
9 : 6, Josh. 10 : 11, 2 Sam. 14 : 7, 2 Chron. 18 : 23.

5. Zakeph Gadhol is mostly used instead of Zakepli
Katon when no other accent precedes it in its own section,
whether upon the same word or one before it : "^^3 ^s Gen.
9 : 4 (in some editions), in which it is preceded by Munahh,
is exceptional.

6. Traill of B'hlii"'. — The first Conjunctive before R'bhia''
will be Munahh, Gen. 1:9; the second, Munahh commonly
with P'sik, Gen. 2:5, or Darga, Gen. 6:15; the third,
Munahh with P'sik, Gen. 7 : 23, 31 : 29, or Merka, Ex.
14 : 10. The Disjunctive before R'bW will be Geresh, Ex.
16 : 3, or G'rashayim, Deut. 1:11, which are preceded as
inl.

7. Train of Pazer. — Pazer may be preceded by one
Munahh, 1 Sam. 14 : 34, by two, Ezek. 9:2, by three, 1
Sam. 14 : 34, or by four, Isa. QQ : 20.

8. Trai?i of T'lisJia Glidhola. — T'lisha Gh'dhola is the
weakest of the Disjunctives which are ever set to rule inde-
pendent sections. Its weakness is in fact such, that it is
sometimes drawn into the section of a stronger Disjunctive ;
thus, in Gen. 1 : 12, Lev. 4 : 7, 1 Sam. 17 : 51, Isa. 9 : 5,
Nell. 5 : 18, it takes the place of T'lisha K'tanna among the
antecedents of Pashta, standing between it and Geresh or
G'rashayim ; in Gen. 13 : 1, 21 : 14, Deut. 26 : 12, it stands
similarly between T'bhir and Geresh or G'rashayim. And
in many cases, perhaps in most, when it rules a section of
its own, this is a mere subsection, not so much a division of
one of the principal clauses as a fragment broken off from
one of the larger sections at a point where T'lisha K'tanna
would have stood had the connection been sufficiently close

52 ORTHOGRAPHY. § 39

to require a Conjunctive, e. g. Gen. 19 : 2, 1 Kin. 20 : 28s
That this is not always so appears, however, from examples
like 2 Sam. 14 : 32, Gen. 7 : 7, Isa. 66 : 19, Jer. 39 : 5, and
particularly Gen. 31 : 52, where nns"Dii:i corresponds to the
preceding ''pX'DS , Tlisha Gh'dhola may be preceded by
one Munahh, Gen. 27 : 46, by two, Josh. 2:1, by three,
or by four, 1 Kin. 2 : 5.

9. Shalsheleth occurs but seven times, viz.. Gen. 19:16,
24 : 12, 39 : 8, Lev. 8 : 23, Isa. 13:8, Am. 1 : 2, Ezr. 5:12,
and. in every instance stands upon the initial word of the
verse, and is accompanied by P'sik. It has consequently no
antecedents.

10. Karne Phara is only used sixteen times. Its section
never contains less than three words : its immediate prede-
cessor is always Yerahh ben Yomo, to which may be added
one Munahh, Num. 35 : 5, Neh. 5 : 13, 13:5, 2 Chron.
24 : 5 ; two, 2 Kin. 10 : 5, Jer. 38 : 25, Est. 7 : 9, Neh. 1 : 6,
2 Chron. 35:7; three, Josh. 19:51, 2 Sam. 4:2, Jer.
13:13; four, 1 Chron. 28 : 1 ; or five, Ezek. 48: 21.

§ 39. 1. The complete trains of the several accents con-
tain one Disjunctive from each of the inferior orders, dis-
posed in due succession of rank, with one Conjunctive
immediately preceding the first class of Disjunctives, two
Conjunctives preceding the second class, three the third class,
four or more the fourth class. These trains are adapted to
sections of different length and character by omitting such
of the Conjunctives, and more rarely by repeating such of
the Disjunctives, as the mutual relations of the words may
seem to require, and breaking off the series as soon as every
word in the section is supplied. Thus, while the general
order of consecution is fixed and invariable, there is the
utmost liberty and variety in particular cases.

a. In a very iew instances the Conjunctives go beyond the number
here assigned. Thus, Athnahh is preceded by two Munahhs in Ex. 3:4,

§ 39 CONSECUTION OF ACCENTS IN PROSE. 53

and, according to some editions, in Isa. 48 : 11. T'bhir is preceded by four
Conjunctives, Josh. 10: 11, 2 Chron. 22: 11, Isa. 66:20; Pashta by four,
Ex. 5 : 8. 2 Kin. 5 : 1, and even by five. Josh. 19 : 51.

2. If a section consists of but a single word, this will re-
ceive the appropriate Disjunctive, the entire antecedent series
of the table being then omitted as unnecessary ; thus, Silluk
: tra^) Gen. 5:5; Athnahh n'ax^i Gen. 24 : 34 ; Zakeph
Katon nhD^ Isa. 1 : 80 ; R'blii"^ n^%r^) Gen. 7:19; Pazer
-\mh Gen. 22 : 2 ; T'lisha Gh'dhola pn Gen. 19 : 8. This,
as has been already said, is the regular length of the sections
of Zakeph Gadhol and Shalsheleth; but those of S'gholta
are never composed of less than two words, and those of
Karne Phara never of less than three.

3. In sections of greater length there is a disposition
towards a regular alternation of Disjunctives and Conjunc-
tives upon successive words, e. g. Gen. 23 : 11 : , , ^ , , , ,
Gen. 24 : 7 \, ", ' '^", and consequently though two or more
Conjunctives may be allowed before a particular Disjunctive,
only the first of these is in the majority of cases employed.
The actual relations of words may, however, so interfere with
this regularity as on the one hand to cause the intervening
Conjunctives to be dropped entirely, e. g. Gen. 1:22 ,,.,,,
1 Chron. 15 : 18 ' ,/''', or, on the other, to introduce
as many Conjunctives as the table will admit, e. g. Gen.
3:14 '\, , \^ '^\ But if either of the three primary sec-
tions consist of but two words, the first must have a Dis-
junctive accent, however close its relation may be to the
second, e. g. : ro'2 2?9^l Gen. 9 : 20, or?'':? ^T}^'^^) Gen. 3 : 5,
•iasttj'^ D-^p Gen. 19:4.

a. In Gen. 24 : 15, where, however, editions differ, Silluk is in a section
of two words immediately preceded by Merka.

b. Sometimes an excluded term of the series will take the place of the
secondary accent Methegh, §44. Tiphhha is thus five times written upon
the same word with Silluk, e. g. Num. 15 : 21, and eleven times with

54 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^ 40

Athnahh, e. g. Num. 28 : 26. Munahh, Gen. 21 : 17, for which Kadhma is
sometimes substituted, Gen. 18: 21, often stands upon the same word with
Zakeph Katon. Kadhma is also joined in this manner with Munahh, Lev.
10:12, Merka, Judg. 21:21, Neh. 12:44, Mahpakh, Lev. 25:46, and
Geresh, Ex. 16 : 15. 21 : 22, 35. Mahpakh with Munahh, Lam. 4 : 9.

4. Occasionally a subordinate Disjunctive or its alternate
is repeated in the same section with or without its ante-
cedents. Thus, T'bhir, Deut. 26:2 ,_ , _ ''\, , ^\ so
Deut. 30 : 20, 1 Sam. 20 : 21, 2 Kin. 17 : 36. Zarka, 2 Kin.
1 : 16 ■//"/, so ver. 6, Gen. 42 : 21, Jer. 21 : 4, Neh.
2:12. Pashta, Gen. 24:14, 42, 48, 65; 1 Kin. 20:9.
Pashta, Pashta and Y'thibh, 2 Kin. 10:30, Ezr. 7:25.
Geresh and G'rashayim, Gen. 28 : 9.

a. There is a double accentuation of part of Gen. 35 : 22, and of the
entire decalogue, both in Ex. 20 : 2-17, and Deut. 5 : 6-21, which involves
a double vocalization in certain words, e.g. '."^'^^ Ex. 20:3, i.e. either
:"^3Q or "^iS. Single words also occur with alternative accents, e.g. with
G'rashayim or Geresh and T'lisha Gh'dhola fi"{ Gen. 5 : 29. ii^-ip Lev.
10 : 4, !\y:i' 2 Kin. 17 : 13, nKxb^ Ezek. 48 : 10, nsi'T Zeph. 2 : 15.

Poetic Consecution.

§40. 1. The principle of the consecution is the same in
the poetic as in the prosaic accents, although there is consid-
erable diversity in the details. There is a like division of
verses into clauses and sections ruled by a Disjunctive at the
end, which imposes upon them its own special train of
accents. The sections are fewer, however, and the trains
shorter than in prose, on account of the greater brevity of
the sentences in poetiy for the most part. But this reduc-
tion is more than compensated by the new complexity arising
from the latitude allowed in the choice of Conjunctives,
which it seems impossible to reduce to fixed rules, and is
probably to be referred to their use as musical notes for the

§ 40 POETIC CONSECUTION. 55

cantillation of the synagogue. It should be added, that the
embarrassment arising from this inherent complexity of the
subject is seriously aggravated by the numerous discrepancies
in the different editions of the Bible, by which the true ac-
centuation in the three poetical books is often involved in
doubt and uncertainty.

a. In addition to availing himself of the researches of others, particu-
larly of Nordheimer and Ewald in their discussions of this subject, the
author has examined verse by verse the entire book of Proverbs and the
first division of the Psalms (Ps. 1-41), as well as other selected Psalms
and portions of Job. As the result, he confesses himself quite unable to
disentangle the mystery; and as the only contribution he can make
towards its solution he has concluded to present in detail, and in as con-
venient a form as possible, the facts observed, hoping that some future cXt
ploration may discover the principle of order, if any such principle there
be, in this apparently inextricable confusion.

2. Verses may consist of one, two, or three clauses, dis-
tinguished by the three Disjunctives of the first class. If
the verse contain but one clause, Silluk will be written upon
the last word, Ps. 4 : 1 ; if it contain two clauses, the divi-
sion will be made by Athnahh, Ps. 1:4, or by Merka-
Mahpakh, Ps. I : 2. 3 : 3, upon the last word of the first
clause ; if it contain three, the last word of the first will have
Merka-Mahpakh, the last word of the second Athnahh, and
the last word of the third Silluk, Ps. 1:1. Clauses may
consist of a single section when no subdivision of them is
necessary ; or they may consist of two or more sections!,
when the subdivision is effected by R'bhr' or Pazer, e. g.

: ' Ps. 18:51, :, ^ Prov. 1 : 10, '. * Ps.

41:7, • / Ps. 7:'6,/. ■ .."Ps. 17:14.

56

ORTHOGRAPHY.

HI

§41. The order of the accents in the various sections
is exhibited in the following table :

Principal
Sections.

> hH

o to

^ -i
o a

ft

Conjunctives.

So

Conjunctives.

♦
1

^Oj^oiorr.

: V

• z-

,:,(J|<

_, : < •
or 3 . -

: -•' ■ '

I, > '.

• J

S

H V y. _,) I !■. j{ js J.
1 • -11

.0

I in.

•h-!h:i

"vo'rij]

J

•n

PO

■i.l"):.

subokdinate
Sections.

•

■l5iH;|:B

y

.{:):.f|.o

Explanation of the Table.

a. Train of Silluk. — If Silluk is preceded by a single Conjunctive, it
will be Munahh, Prov. 1 : 4, or Merka either alone as Prov. 1:2, or com-
pounded with Zarka, Ps. 10: 5, and P'sik, Ps. 10 : 3. If it be preceded by-
two Conjunctives, they will be ^ ^ Ps. 5:5,^^ Ps. 10 : 6, ^ ^ Prov. 12 : 1
(in some editions), ^ ^ Prov. 25 : 26/ ,^ Ps. 18 : 7, ■" ■* Ps. 36 : 1, or ^ ' Prov.

§41 POETIC CONSECUTION. 57

8: 13. If it be preceded by three Conjunctives, they will be ^ . ^ Ps. 24:6,

'Ps. 10:2(or 'Ps. 7:6). Prov. 26:25 (or "Ps. 28:8 or

Prov. 29 : 13), , / Ps. 4:8,^^ ' Prov. 3 : 27, ■"■"'. If it be preceded by
four Conjunctives, they will be ^ ^ ^ ^ Ps. 89:2, ^ ^ ^" Ps. 32:5, or
Ps. 3 : 3 (in some editions ^ "" ^). If it be preceded by five Con-
junctives, they will be ^ ^ ^ Job 32:6, 37:12 (in this latter example
some editions substitute a Makkeph for Merka).

If Silluk be preceded by a Disjunctive in its own section, it will be
R'^ii^-Geresh, Ps. 1:1, 5:3, 10. R'bhi''-Geresh may be preceded by one
Conjunctive, ^ Ps. 5:4 ; by two,^ ^ Ps. 8:2, or^ ^ Ps. 31 : 10. 19; by three,
or^ ^\ Ps. 73:4.

There are occasional deviations from the Conjunctives of the table;
thus, R'bhi^-Geresh is in Ps. 34:8 preceded by ^ " ^. In some of these
cases, however, editions differ in their notation of the accents. Thus, in
Ps. 5:7 some editions have ' before Silluk, others "; in Ps. 18:36,
Prov. 30: 17, some have ^ , others^ ; in Ps. 20:2 some have ^ ^ , others
^ . ; in Prov. 24 : 8 some have ^ ^ , others ^ , the two words being joined
by Makkeph. So, again, some editions have in Ps. 9: 11 ^ before R'bhi''-
Geresh, in Ps. 18:44^, in Prov. 27:19^^, in Prov. 21:17^^; while
other editions do not depart in these passages from the order given in the
table. Similar discrepancies exist in the other sections likewise.

h. Train of Athnahh.—Aihnahh. may be preceded by one Conjunctive,
^ Ps. 5:8 (or _^ Prov. 8:30, 34), ^ Ps. 5 : 3 (or ^ ^ Ps. 35: 21, / Ps. 69:2),
^Prov. 23:3,^ Ps. 14:3, Prov. 6:3 (or _ ^ Pro'v. 16: 10) ; by two, ^ ^ Ps.
6:8 (or^ ^^ Ps. 7:17), ^ ^ Prov. 28:25, Ps. 5:2 (in some editions' the
latter example has ^ ^ ^ ), ^ ,^ Ps. 14:5, ^ ^ Prov. 11:12, 14-.21, ^ / Ps.
37:1,, ^ Prov. 8:21,^^ Ps. 25:16; by three, ^ ^^ Prov. 24:21,^'/^ Ps.
6:6(or^ ^ / Ps. 9 : 10, or ^ ^ ,^ Ps. 16:10), , , ' Ps. 10:17, ^ _' ;"" Prov.
S:13, _,^_, Ps. 18:50, ,, ^ ,. Ps. 10:13, ■"/ Prov. 6:27, / Vps.72:3;
by four, , Prov. 3:12, Prov. 24:16, Ps. 34:7, ■" Ps.

32:2 (in some editions), ^ ^^ Prov. 1: 19, ' ^ Ps. 65:2.

If Athnahh be preceded by a Disjunctive in its own section, it will be
Tiphhha initial, Ps. 1 : 6, 26 : 4. Tiphhha initial may be preceded by one
Conjunctive, ^ Ps. 5 : 6 ; by two, ^ ^ Ps. 9 : 19 (or " Ps. 14 : 1, or Ps.

16:9),^ -"Ps. 32:11,^^ Ps. 35:14,15,^ / Prov!" 25 : 20 ; by three.]'
Ps. 23:6, , ^ / Ps. 27: 1, ^ ,\ Ps. 12:5 (or^ / / Prov. 27: 14),' ' ' '
Ps. 9 : 14. ' ' ' '

c. Train ofA/er/ca-MaAjjaM.— Merka-Mahpakh maybe preceded by
one Conjunctive, which is almost always Yerahh ben Yomo, Ps. 1:1

58 ORTHOGRAPHY. §42

though occasionally it is, in some editions at least, Merka, Ps.l5:5, 35: 10,
or Mahpakh, Ps. 24:8, 31:10. If it be preceded by a Disjunctive in its
own section, Zarka will be employed, Ps. 1 : 1, Prov. 1:11.

Zarka may be preceded by one Conjunctive, Ps. 12:7 (or Prov.
1 : 22), ^ Ps. 6 : 3, , ^ Ps. 12 : 3, _ ' Ps. 31 : 12 ; by two, ^ , ' Prov. 30 : 15 (in
some editions *), Ps. 24 : 10 (or Ps. 13:6), Ps. 21 : 10, '

Ps. 27 : 2 (or ,\ " Ps. 35 : 26), / ^ Ps. 7 ; 10 ; by three, , , ' . Ps. 29 : 9,

' Ps. 31 : 14, ' " Ps. 10 : 14: or by four, ' Ps. 40 : 6.

d. Train of Wbhi". — R'bhi" may be preceded by one Conjunctive, Ps.
5 : 1, ^ Ps. 8 : 2 (or / Ps. 23 : 4, or ^ _ Ps. 6 : 7),^ Prov. 28 : 22, "" Ps. 22 : 25,
' Ps. 11:2 (or, ' Ps. 5 : 11); by two, ^ ^ Prov. 8 : 33, ^ ^ Ps. 28 : 7 (or ^ , ^
Ps. 18 : 3), , / Ps. 9 : 7, , " _ ^ Ps. 1 1 : 4, ^ / Ps. 26 : 1, \ Ps. 27 : 6 (or ■" '_]
Ps. 5:9). 'Prov. 6:22, * Ps. 18:1 (or ' " Ps. 7 : 7, or ' " Ps.
39 : 5), / ■■ Job 16 : 10 ; or by three, ^ / ^ Ps. 40 : 7, ^ _ \ Ps. 41 : 7 (or

" ' Ps. 39:6, or " ' " Ps. 3 : 8, or ' " Ps. 41:14), ' ' Ps.
19: 14 (or", \ " Ps. 39 : 12), ■", * ■" Ps. 40,: 11, _ ^ " ' Prov. 24:31.

e. Train of Pazer. — Pazer may be preceded by one Conjunctive, Ps.
89:20 (or, , Prov. 30:8),' Ps. 32:5 (or/ Ps. 17:14); by two, ^ ^ Ps.
5 : 10, Prov. 7 : 23 (or ^ ,^ Ps. 28 : 5), ' Ps. 13 : 3 (or ^ _ ' Prov. 27 : 10),
^ ^ Ps. 90 : 4, _ ' ^ Ps. 7 : 6, / ^ Ps. 39 : 13, ^ ^ Ps. 11:2,/ Ps. 5 : 12 ; or
by three, ^ ^ Ps. 22 : 35, 23 : 4, ^ ^ ^ Prov. 23 : 29 (where some editions
have ' ),

§42. The trains of these several accents are adjusted
to sections of varying length by expedients similar to those
employed with the prose accents, viz. : 1 . Omitting the Con-
junctives in whole or in part. 2. Repeating the Disjunc-
tives, e. g. ' Ps. 14:1, "* Ps. 17 : 14, or their equivalents, e. g.
Tiphhha initial before " Ps. 7:10, before ' Ps. 9:1; " before
" Ps. 18 : 1, before ' Ps. 22 : 15 ; " before Tiphhha initial Ps.
16:17. 3. Writing two accents upon the same word,
an-'nis^ia^ Ps. 5:11, ^rfr) Ps. 27:11, ^i?'^:^ Ps. 18:16.
4. Uniting two or more words by Makkeph, so that they
requke but a single accent. 5. Writing the different parts
of a compound accent upon separate words ; thus, Merka-
Mahpakh "^sx b5^S5 Ps. 6:3, Merka-Zarka "ftn ^5 Ps. 22:9,
Mahpakh-Zarka nsn ^3 Prov. 6 : 3.

§43 MAKKEPH. 69

a. Sometimes when two accents are written upon the same word, one
is the alternate of the other; thus, 5^2 Prov. 1 : 19, may be either ?sa or
?at3 according as the accent remains in its proper position in the ultimate,
or is thrown back upon the penult in consequence of the next word being
accented upon its initial syllable.

Makkeph.

§43. Makkeph (!^y^ johiing) is a horizontal stroke by
which two, three, or even four words may be united.
tjS-jPS, "^rnia^n-DwS! Gen. 30:31, bD->b-Tr;: Gen. 33:11,
iS-mrx-bs-nx) Gen. 12 : 20, 25 : 5, Ex. 20 : 11, yi^s-nn^-bs-by
Ex. 22 : 8, fnffi-'.:2-b2-b? Job 41 : 26. It belongs properly
to the accentual system, words which are closely related
being often connected in this manner in order to obviate
the necessity of unduly multiplying Conjunctive accents.
Thus, the first fifteen words of Ex. 22 : 8 are in this manner
reduced to eight. Monosyllabic particles are frequently, and
some almost constantly, linked with the succeeding or pre-
ceding word, of which they may be regarded as in a manner
appendages ; thus, bi« , b:? , nx , bis , bx , "jb ^ oa , N3 , etc. Exam-
ples are not wanting, however, of longer words similarly
united, e. g. D-iirmsbT^ Deut. 19:15, "i^JintJSD 1 Kin. 17 : 21,
n'in^~n2S Isa. 31:4. This use of Makkeph is not to be con-
founded with that of the hyphen in modern languages between
the members of a compound, as self-same, master-builder.
Words united by Makkeph are still as separate as ever in char-
acter and signification ; but they are pronounced together and
are accented as though they formed but one word. Hence,
whatever number of words be thus joined, the last only will
receive an accent. And, as a further consequence, if a word
preceding Makkeph properly ends in a long mixed syllable,
this will, by the loss of the accent, be shortened, ''itp-nx,
^ii^bs , n^'^^nrin , or failing this, will commonly receive the
secondary accent Methegh, v]Di''-DTr , nk'i^-'j'^ij^ .

60 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^44

a. Tserc remains before Makkeph in 'iS, 15, "i'J, "? ; it sometimes re-
mains and is sometimes shortened in D'iJ, dd six, ri5 e.g. Gen. 16:13
n'in'l'TlD , but ver. 15 isa'CU , It once remains according to some editions
in TN Job 41:26, a word which is tliree times written nx without
Makkeph, Ps. 47 : 5, 60 : 2, Prov. 3 : 12. Comp. § 19. 2, a.

b. Makkeph is occasionally found in the middle of a long word, which
has been erroneously divided into two, e. g. ii^B"rtE^ Jer. 46 : 20, and
perliaps nip"n;?a Isa. 61 : 1. Sometimes words are thus divided without
a Makkeph to unite the sundered parts, e.g. O'^jy '^D Lam. 4: 3, cn/^nb "jna
2 Chron. 34: 6, and probably siin dnx Hos. 4: 18, nins nsnb Isa. 2 :'20'.
(See Dr. Alexander's Commentary on this passage.) The last two ex-
amples are plainly intended by the punctuators to be read as separate
words. This might likewise be done in the preceding examples if they
were pointed D^Ji' ''S and china "ina .

Methegh.

§44. Methegh (.^t^'a. bridle), a small perpendicular stroke
under the initial letter of the syllable to which it belongs,
is a secondary accent denoting a stress of voice inferior to
the main accent. As this latter always has its place in
Hebrew either upon the ultimate or the penult, distinctness
was promoted and monotony relieved, especially in long
words, by giving prominence to one or more of the antece-
dent syllables. There is a natural tendency to heighten the
force of the accent by passing lightly over the immediately
preceding syllable, this diminished force creating in its turn
a new stress upon that next beyond it, and so on in alternate
elevations and depressions to the beginning of the word.
Agreeably to the principle just stated, Methegh regularly
stands in polysyllables upon the second syllable before the
accent, and again upon the fourth if the word have so many,
e. g. D'isn, 5i6s;2, ^^^^^'i?, Qb''J?3, Q!7"'ri'i'?5c^^ , nirbip.n^i .
And so upon two or more words connected by Makkeph,
which are pronounced as one, e. g. irns'^';' Gen. 22 : 8,
DnVaii-'? 1 Sam. 21 : 7.

a. Sometime.s, however, particularly when the nature of the syllables
requires it, §32. 1, Methegh takes the place of the principal accent before

§45 METHEGH. 61

Makkeph irrespectiv^e of the position of the accent upon the following
word, VJ-T^stlJn Num. 21:35, li'sn—b^. Num. 21: 33, ^ia-ri^.ts Jer. 34:1.
B!)n-na-b2i Gen. 30: 32, nKnibn/l Sam. 21 : 12, •'^->3 Ex. i'd": 5.

h. It is to be observed that the position of Methegh is determined by
that of the tone-syllable, not by that of the accentual sign when these are
not coincident, as frequently happens with prepositives and postpositives,
e.g. Vn-iyn Deut. 4': 26, ^rnini^ Josh. 22:27, where the tone falls on
the penult, cps^l'ii"^ Jer. 26 : 21, where the tone is upon the ultimate.

§45. The secondary accent is liable to be shifted from
its normal position for the following reasons, viz. :

1. If the syllable which should receive it is mixed, it
may be given in preference to an antecedent simple syllable,
e. g. !^^^P)T»Kn 2 Sam. 22 : 24, ^^nnrtei Job 1 : 7, niibnpnT?
Ezek. 42 : 5, TiJ\s:n-bNTJJ Gen. 43 : 7 ; or if none such precede,
it may be omitted altogether, e. g. DDS'a^;i Jer. 33 : 24,
''ps^^rO 1 Kin. 21 : 1, nii^tin-bs-nN; Deut. 6 : 25.

2. It is always given to simple syllables when followed
by a vocal Sh'va, whether simple or compound, or a vowel
which has arisen from Sh'va, the slight pronunciation proper
to the Sh'va or its derivative giving new prominence to the
preceding vowel, r\i2^'^^ , T^ryi , nici^b , nin^ica Gen. 30 : 38,
'^'^yV: y sometimes to intermediate syllables, § 20. 2, e. g.
■-inD Isa. 9:17, 10:34, ^7^2?; Obad. ver. 11, particularly
after He interrogative or when Daghesh-forte has been
omitted as after the article, Vav conversive, and the prepo-
sition 1^, e. g. bffl^n , nlirnn , ^bbn , ni-^ps , D-'i^^nsan , rmizb ,
"^TS"!"}. ; rarely and only as an exception to a mixed syllable
standing in the first place before the principal accent, e. g.
NTLhn Gen. 1 :11, cnsn Ex. 12 : 7, Zech. 14 : 2.

a. It hence appears how Methegh comes to be of use in distinguishing
the doubtful vowels, § 19, and to what extent it can be relied upon for this
end. As it invariably accompanies the vowel of a simple syllable when
followed by vocal Sh'va, it must always be found with a, I, and u preced-
ing Sh'va. inasmuch as this will necessarily be vocal. Initial >l u, the un-
emphatic conjunction, is an exception, with which it is commonly not
written, e. g. ni;^3:i Gen. 6: 19, MX^^S! Gen. 31 : 4, though it is sometimes,

62 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^ 45

e. g. h-'h'zrt)) Gen. 1 : 18, r\ht^ Judg. 5 : 12, The absence of Methegh,
except in the case just mentioned, is consequently conclusive evidence of
the shortness of the vowel. As, however, short v6wels in intermediate
syllables, and in a few rare instances even in mixed syllables, may receive
Methegh, the presence of this sign does not of itself determine the vowel
to be long; the ultimate decision must in this case depend ou other con-
siderations.

3. When by the operation of the preceding rule Me-
thegh comes to stand in the first place before the accent,
another Methegh is nevertheless occasionally found in the
second place, the two thus standing in immediate succession,
e.g. nbnm Gen. 32 -. 22, ^l5?^.;i Gen. 45 : 25 ; and even three
occur upon successive syllables, e. g. ij^'as^^.'ai Isa. 22 : 19.
But commonly where there is more than one Methegh, their
position relatively to each other is governed by the same
rules as the position of Methegh generally with relation to
the principal accent, e. g. ?lt^2j^TiJ^b , nhirni , tjninqx^ ,

• -: I - t"

4. Methegh is sometimes written under a letter with
Sh'va, e. g. i^rnb^o Job 1 : 11, 2 : 5, iSi5-^3)'jT Job 19 : 6, njsnia
Ps. 2 : 3, nDsrii33 Jer. 49 : 18, ^b'n^ Ruth 1:11.

■a, A Methegh so situated is called Gaya (X^"a helloicing) by Jewish
grammarians, and, according to Elias Levita, it occurs eighty-four times,
the number yielded by its name arithmetically reckoned. Methegh upon
a short vowel before a compound Sh'va was called Ma"rlkh ( Tp'^X]? pro-
longing), with a short Hhirik it was called Hhlruk ( pliT) gnashing).

5. The place of Methegh is frequently supplied by an
accent chosen agreeably to the laws of consecution, § 39.
3. b., e. g. t3?TO^ Isa. 66 : 13, oH-^ri^b Deut. 12 : 31,
Qi?Di$) Zech. 7:14, xis-b?i Num. 10:23, ^bn^!'^ Josh.
22:12.

a. The want of consistency or of uniformity, which may be occasion-
ally observed, in regard to the insertion or omission of Methegh, e. g.
ninsa Cant. 1 : 7, !^=t^,st^ Cant. 3:1; dh^. Cant. 6 : 5, cn;ii Lam. 4:9;

^46 k'ri and k'thibh. 63

m'di? Num. 31:12, ri2iS Josh. 4:13, and the discrepancies between
different manuscripts and editions, e. g. i^s^x or nsbx Gen. 45 : 28,
/inaT-i'iXiy or nn?2l-!ixb Ps. SI : 3, if not arising in the first instance from
clerical errors, are probably to be attributed to the inferior importance of
the sign itself, whose place might be presumed to be sufficiently determined
even if not written.

K'ri and K'thibh.

§46. Various notes extracted from the Masora (H'niD'a
traditioti), a collection of remarks npon the text, are found
in the margin of the Hebrew Bible, which are explained in
the glossary at the end of most editions. The most im-
portant of these are the various readings known as the K'ri
('''^1? read), and K'thibh (^■^fp? written). If in any instance
traditional usage sanctioned a reading different from that
which was written in the text or the K'thibh, the punctuators
did not venture to alter the text itself for the sake of making
the correction ; they went no further than to connect with
the letters of the text the vowels of the word to be substi-
tuted for it in reading or the K'ri, with a reference to the
margin where the letters of the substitute might be found.
Thus, with the word "I'^'Qi^^T Josh. 6 : 7 is connected the
marginal note ''■^p "rai^i"! . The vowels here attached to the
K'thibh belong not to it but to the unpointed word in the
margin, which is accordingly '^^i?'''] . The proper vowels for
the pronunciation of the K'thibh are not written, but must
be supplied from a knowledge of the form indicated by the
letters, which in this case is ^'i^^;'^ . Again, in ver. 9, l^pn
in the text refers to J? '^5'pri in the margin ; the K'ri is here
"^^pin , and the K'thibh, whose vowels are left to be deter-
mined by the reader, ^%r!. Jer. 42:6 has !i3s? where the
marginal note is """ip i:ri:N ; the K'ri is accordingly '^^nbii ,
and the K'thibh ^is . In order to indicate that a given word
was to be omitted in reading, it was left unpointed, and the

64 ORTHOGRAPHY. §47

note ''ip i<bl I'^lHD , written but not read, placed in the margin,
e.g. tJtin Ezek. 48:16, X3 2 Kin. 5:18, ^nT Jer. 51:3..
If, on the other hand, a word was to be supphed, its vowels
were inserted in the text and its letters placed in the margin,
Avith the note I'TiD Kbn ^ip , read but not written, e. g. Judg.
20:13 in the text ^.. . and in the margin "^in, to be read
:.?a ; so Jer. 31 : 38 D\S!a . In 1 Kin. 21 : 8 the first letter
of D'^nSDn is left unpointed as superfluous, and in Job 2 : 7
"I?, is explained by the margin to stand for ^Ti •. so Jer. 18:23
^.''n,.;i for r^r\^^ .

a. The number of these marginal readings differs in diff'erent editions.
Elias Levita states that there are 848. Others have computed them to
be 1,000; others still, 1,200.

§47. Sometimes a different reading from that of the text
is suggested by the points alone without a marginal note
being added in explanation, as when a particular word or
orthography is regularly substituted for another of frequent
occurrence. These cases are presumed to be so familiar to
the reader as to require no other index of their existence
than the presence of the appropriate vowels. Thus, the
divme name nin"^ , which the Jews had a superstitious dread
of pronouncing, was and still is read by them as if it were
"•pn^ Lord, whose points it accordingly receives, nnn^ , unless
these two names stand in immediate connection, when, to
avoid repetition, it is read C^'by; and pointed ''^i^'7... Gen.
15:2, Hab. 3:19. The antiquity of this superstition is
attested by the Kvpio^ of the Septuagint, followed in the
English as well as in other modern versions by the rendering
Lord. The true sound of the name never having been
noted, is now lost ; the only clue that is left being its ety-
mology and the form which it assumes in composition,
§62. 1, from which the conclusion has been variously di-awn
that it was *^).*1>'2, fOn!?, or nin'^. The common pronunciation
Jehovah is manifestly founded upon the error of combining

§48 k'ri and k'thibh. 65

tlie consonants of this word with the vowels of another and
an entirely different one. There is, however, especially as it
is uncertain whether Yahve or Yah"va, or either of these, was
its original sound, no good reason for abandoning the pro-
nunciation familiar to the Christian world and hallowed by
the association of constant usage for the sake of adopting
another which is, or is supposed to be, phonetically more
exact, any more than we need be guilty of the pedantry of
preferring Yeshayahu to Isaiah because it approaches more
nearly to the original pronunciation of the prophet's name.
Other standing K'ris, unnoted in the margin, are sin , the
form of the pronoun of the third person feminine which is
used throughout the Pentateuch ; .this is designed to be read
S'^n , though the sound indicated by the letters is in all proba-
bility sin . So niwis^ read niis^ , and D?T?in;' read d:^^id^i;' .

§48. In the absence of definite information respecting
the origin and sources of these various readings, it is difficult
to determine with absolute precision the weight to which
they are respectively entitled. The current opinion of the
ablest Hebraists, based upon a careful scrutiny of their in-
ternal character and the relation which ordinarily appears to
subsist between them, is that while the K'ri may perhaps, in
a few cases, correct errors in the K'thibh, and so restore the
original reading, it is in the great majority of instances an
explanatory gloss rather than an emendation. With the rare
exceptions already suggested, the K'thibh is esteemed the
true reading, the object of the K'ri being to remove ortho-
graphical anomalies, secure grammatical uniformity, substi-
tute usual for unusual, prevailing for obsolete words and
forms, and occasionally to introduce euphemistic expressions.
While the K'ri is probably not to be esteemed the original
reading, therefore, it deserves attention as the grammatical
or exegetical comment of a steadfast tradition.

66 orthography. § 49

Accuracy of the Points.

§49. 1. All the Masoretic additions to the text designed
to facilitate its reading have now been considered. The cor-
rectness of the pronunciation, which they yield, is vouched
for not only by the esteem in which they are universally
held by the Jews, but by the scrupulous minuteness of the
system, its consistency with itself and with the vowel-letters
of the text, its affinity with and yet independence of the
vocalization of the kindred languages the Arabic and Syriac,
and the veneration for the already established text which
evidently characterized its authors, since they did not venture
to change the text even in the slightest particular.

2. The only additional information which has come down
to us respecting the true sound of Hebrew words, is furnished
by the mode of writing proper names in the Septuagiut
version, and the few Hebrew words preserved by ancient
authors, particularly Origen and Jerome. These have been
subjected to an elaborate comparison with the Masoretic
punctuation, and the result has been to establish their sub-
stantial agreement in the main, with, however, not a few
remarkable points of divergence. In relation to this subject
it should be observed, that the Hebrew pronunciation of the
Seventy is inferred entirely from their mode of spelling
proper names, not from words in living use in the language.
The chances of inaccuracy, on the part of the translators, are
here peculiarly great. Many names were not familiar and
were of rare occurrence ; and as no system of vowel notation
then existed, they were left entirely to their independent
knowledge of the sound of each individual word. These
words were written by them in a foreign alphabet, whose
sounds did not coincide precisely with those of the Hebrew,
and in which the proper equivalents varied somewhat accord-
ing to their combinations. The true sound was also de-

^49 ACCURACY OF THE POINTS. 67

parted from sometimes because the laws of Greek euphony
forbade its exact reproduction. The neghgence with which
they are chargeable elsewhere was also probably aggravated
here, and in fact there are many instances in which they not
merely deviate from the vowels but transpose or change the
letters. Leaving out of view, therefore, such incidental dis-
crepancies as are to be accounted for in the ways now sug-
gested, a thorough and extended examination of the subject
reveals, with all the general agreement, a number of regular
and systematic deviations.

a. These are thus stated by Ewald, Lehrbuch, p. 1 16. (1.) An e or i de-
rived from a is written «, as rrnpl @apa, 05^2 BaXaayx. "li^'r^ Ta/Sawv, O'^'ia
Mapia/x. ; and on the other hand, a is sometimes written e, M?2a"'l3tiit
OAt/?e/xa, T:p KivcC ^^ TeS^, especially before n , as ITi'p Kope, IT^iT Zape.
(2.) e is written for i and 6 for u, cris Xerraiot, c'sn'^s Ftevva, •pS'??
TiSewv, til'i^'q Mea-paifi, POTS^ Oxota&, n^tS O^ta. (3.) for the diph-
thongal e and o their constituents ai and au are substituted, "ij'^i^ Katvav,
133 Na/5au. (4.) The vowel letters are softened into their homogeneous
vowels K'^p*^ ovLKpa, "'SI'?] oviSa^T/p. (5.) Vocal Sh'va is written as a
full vowel, commonly a, or if ano follow, o, Pixas %a(3a(i)&, ^H>l""i VayovrjX,
ni2!n3 Xepov^tju,, c"iD 5o8o)u.a ; the final vowel of Segholates is also
written 6 if o precedes, "?]bb MoXox, ""?.j' yop-op.

3. The regularity of these deviations seems to be best
accounted for by the assumption that the pronunciation
represented in the Septuagint is that which prevailed among
the Jews in Egypt, which would naturally be less pure than
that of Palestine represented in the vowel points, and which,
moreover, betrays in the particulars recited above a strong
leaning to Aramaean forms and sounds. Accordingly the
view now commonly entertained is that the vowel notation
of the Masorites is correct, at least in all essential particulars,
and that it is properly to be put at the basis of all investiga-
tions into the phenomena of the language.

68 OllTHOGRAPHT. § 50

Orthographic Changes.

§50. The signs thus far described represent all the
sounds of the Hebrew language. Its stock of words is
formed by combining these in various significant ways. The
laws of such combinations, and especially the mutations to
which they are subject, or which they occasion, next demand
attention. Wlien a particular idea has been attached to a
certain combination of sounds, its different modifications
may naturally be expressed by slightly varying those sounds.
This may take place,

1. By the substitution of one letter for another of like
character, and for the most part of the same organ, e. g. :

n^ii to he, exist, n^n to live ; i'25 to pour forth, n:3 the same idea ap-
plied to words, to prophesy ; p3» to encircle the neck with an ornament,
p3n to strangle, p3N applied to sounds uttpred in strangulation, to groan;
''^T) to go about as a spy, bs"! to go about as a merchant; 0:3 to collect,
D^ni treasures; S'^SS a cup, S^is or i'^ip a helmet (of similar shape);
fp tender, delicate, p"^ thin ; "(jspi to make straight, 'Sn to straighten the
beam of the balance, to weigh ; "iisa firstborn, "i^32 first ripe, "ip.3 the first
portion of the day, the morning ; nbn to suspend, nb'n applied to a bucket,
to let down; "ita to cut, "iS)? to reap; -l^t gold, sha yellow; "i^'OXi to con-
ceal, "iS'iU and ')3S to hide away as treasures, 'SO to cover with boards ;
yr3 to destroy by tearing down, dnj to destroy by uprooting; nsiJ to slay,
n3T to sacrifice ; ban to bind, baj to bound ; nna to break xip, fiee, nns
to break out, blossom, p'lQ to break in pieces ; as:^ to cut off, aan to hew
stone, Siin to cut wood ; inis to surround, iu:3 to encircle the head with a
crown; Tjnj to pour out, TjDJ to pour in libation or in casting metals ; "i!is
to shine, "iHlJ to be pure; nnn to engrave, TIJ'in to plough; "jna to prove,
"itia to approve, choose ; nnd ?o cZ/th/c, its causative ni^irn ; "inn to break
through, ipn to investigate ; a^ij to place, its reflexive as;;!nn .

2. By the transposition of letters, e. g. :

]''n5 to deal violently, 133 to urge ; "i3|5 to cut with the sickle, reap, yyp^
to cut with the teeth, bite; t\ii\ to blow, UJS3 breath; 0513 to collect, &aa
riches, ri3SG^ storehouses.

3. By the addition of a letter :

Thus, from the letters "iS , in which inheres the idea of compression,
are formed *i'^3 to bind, "i13 to press together, 125< to heap up, "i3;j to be

§ 51 ORTHOGRAPHIC CHANGES. 69

straitened, "^SJ to guard, besiege, "i2S (o restrain, ^an an enclosure; from 73
are formed l]a to cut, T"i5 to cut off, "li to cut loose, go away, Tta to shear;
bta to plunder, r^'a Aetcn stone; ^"^5 ^o unfold, make distinct, Tirns io
spread out ; Cis a rdneyard,, ba"iS a garden. •

§ 51. Such literal changes as those just recited not only
serve to express new shades of meaning, but even where the
meaning remains precisely the same, they may represent
diversities of other sorts. Thus, the distinction may be,

1. In point of currency or style : One form of the word
being in more common and familiar use, the other more rare
and savoring, perhaps, of the elevated or poetic style, e. g. :

1X3 to guard, "i:;3 poetic; TiJi"i3 cypress, ni"i3 once in poetry; "i50 to
shut, rarely "'^O ; "TIJ^P storm, "T^^i-5 rare and poetic; T(30 to cover, once
TjDb : T|S'n to be quenched, once Tj^T ; nJ'n to abhor, once asn ; bso to be
foolish, once baa ; fibiy iniquity, once l^^^? .

2. Of antiquity : The pronunciation of a word or its
form may undergo changes in the lapse of time. Of the
few instances of this sort, which our imperfect data enable
us to fix upon with some measure of confidence, the follow-
ing may be taken as specimens, e. g. :

To laugh in the Pentateuch pna , in other books (Judg. 16 : 25 ex-
cepted) pnb ; to cry out in the Pentateuch py:i , only once (Ex. 2 : 23)
pST which is the more frequent form in other books ; -U3 , <^3'^::3 a lamb,
occur in the Pentateuch interchangeably with ii:::3 , nb33, which are the
only forms found in other books ; a sceptre t:3d , but in the book of Esther
::i3nd ; Damascus pt^^'n , in Chronicles pibTS'n^ ; how 1 Chron. 13:12.
Dan. 10 : 17 T\''r}. , in earlier books TpK .

3. Of Dialect : The same word may come to be pro-
nounced differently by those who speak distinct though re-
lated languages. Thus, the Aramaean dialects, the Chaldee
and Syriac, in very many words regularly substitute i* for the
Hebrew final n , and the corresponding Unguals for the He-
brew sibilants, "^ being sometimes still further weakened by
the loss even of the hngual sound to that of the guttural ^ ,
e.g.:

70 ORTHOGRAPHY. § 52

Heb. nyin to -wander^ Chald. NSi? , Syr. \L4 ; Heb. snt gold, Chald.
an-n, Syr. Isoi? ; Heb. tsi:: a roc/c, Chald. nrj , Syr. lio^ ; Heb. cbia

* ^ G ^ ^

/Aree, Chald. nbn , Syr. i^^Z , Arab. ^i,XS' ; Heb. ■j'-ix /Ae ear/A, Arab.

s *
ijOjt , Chald. y^S, Syr. ]^?) . Other consonant changes: Heb. "(3 a son,

Arab. \J\ , Chald. -13, Syr. j-s ; Heb. ViU]? to kill, Arab. Jjii; Heb.

ibi?'^, Syr. '\a4a1J; Heb. K53 a throne, Chald. -O-iiO, Syr, ilajjoa, Arab.

Il,j5^; Heb. np^Vn a/eZ(Z, Chald. xbpn , Syr. iikL , Eth. /h4>A I .

4. Of simple euphony : An alternate form of a word
may be produced to facilitate its pronunciation or make its
sound more pleasing, e. g. :

'|T2:.-ix , 'ija-is purple; C'jiy , y^^:: to hate; f^'sv'b , nsuja chamber,
',32J, nrs Achan; iax;'i3!i33 , nsxnnsiis? Nebuchadnezzar; Oa , ai^l^i
Doeg ; n-'Spbx, Q-'Hlsbx almug or algum trees ; mrnba, rir^riT: teeth.

a. Mere varieties of orthography must not be mistaken for consonantal
changes, e. g. Nb occasionally for ib and vice versd, probably r^ibsb for
Milbso, and such permutations of gutturals as abound in the manuscripts
of the Samaritans, who, making no distinction in the sounds of these
letters, perpetually confounded them in writing, Gesen. Sam. Pent. p. 52.
A like faulty pronunciation has been attributed to the Galileans, to which
there is a probable allusion in Matt. 26:73. Buxtorf Lex. Chald. p. 434,

§ 52. The changes thus far described result in the pro-
duction of distinct words, and belong to the domain of the
lexicon rather than of the grammar. The lexicographer re-
gards such words as cognate, and traces them back to their
common source ; but, in the view of the grammarian, they
are totally distinct. The mutations with which the latter
concerns himself are such as take place in the direct deriva-
tion and inflection of words. These are altogether euphonic,
are more restricted in their character, and take place within
far narrower limits, than those heretofore considered. When
words are subjected to grammatical changes their sounds
are brought into new connections, attended, it may be, with

§ 53 CONSONANT CHANGES. 71

a difficulty of utterance which demands some measure of
relief, or they pass readily and naturally into other sounds,
which are easier of pronunciation or more agreeable to the
ear. The mutations thus induced are of three sorts, viz. :
Consonant Changes, the Conversion of Consonants into
Vowels, and Vowel Changes. These will require to be con-
sidered separately.

Consonant Changes.

§ 53. The first class of changes embraces those which
affect the consonants. These mostly arise from the concur-
rence of two consonants, creating a difficulty in the pronun-
ciation or yielding a sound displeasing to the ear. This may
take place either at the beginning or the close of a syllable.
Syllables in Hebrew may, and often do, begin with two con-
sonants, §18. 1; but the necessity of this is avoided in
certain cases by the following expedients :

1. In the beginning of words the weak letter n is some-
times prefixed with a short vowel, thus creating a new initial
syllable to which the first consonant may be transferred.

a. The only instances of this are afforded by the second and seventh
conjugations of verbs, the Niphal and Hithpael, e. g. iiUi^fi = hhp^zT] for
iibj?5; b-jjDrn probably for VjJ^n §82. 5. h. In IT-.-iX Ezek. 14 : 3 N is
prefixed instead of n . Prosthesis is more common in the domain of the
lexicon, where S is always the letter used, e.g. yi^T , si-'^.TS arm ; ^i'stn,
^l^anx yesterday. A prefixed N is even occasionally employed to soften
the pronunciation without the necessity stated above, e. g. D^ri32s , Dissx ,
ni52'}'^i?^, ti-ifjIN, . So in Chaldee cnx blood, Heb. M ; '(Sx garden, Heb.
■ja. In Arabic the concurrence of two consonants at the beginning of a
word is regularly obviated by prefixing I . Comp. Greek x^^'^y ^X^^'^*

2. The first of the concurrent consonants, if it has a
comparatively feeble sound, is sometimes dropped.

72 ORTHOGRAPHY. § 53

a. This occurs regularly in verbs whose first radical is "^ or 5 , and in
nouns derived from such verbs, e.g. -"O for 2UJ1 , nj"^ for f^?'^'?' ^''S for
^ili-i, 'itn for ',rD, "^n Ezek. 2: 10 for •'nJ, brirn Ezek. 1:4 for H'^^lr]?, and
perhaps ^N3 Am. 8 : 8 for iN'?? .

X is thus dropped in >i:n: for sijnrs;, ui for "illix ; also in a few instances from
the beginning of the second syllable of words, e.g. '^iT.^ii Ezek. 28: 16
for ^"laxi^.li ; *t'''^^ ^'^^ ^"- ^^ ^°^ r'"^:? '' ^'^^^\i Eccl. 4:14 for C^^OXn;
n-ia-nn "2 "Chron. 22 : 5 for D-'5s'iNn; nno^^ Ezek. 20:37 for n-iON.a ; nbsa
1 Kin. 5:25 with Daghesh-forte conservative for r.bbx^ ; Srtx Prov.
8:17 for =nxx; 'p!'? Prov. 17:4 for "r'lX^; T(n\v2_ 1 Sam. "1:17 for
TjnbN^IJ . These examples likewise admit of a different explanation ; S
may give up its consonantal power, losing its sound in that of the pre-
ceding vowel, agreeably to §57. 2 (2), after whicli it may readily be
dropped altogether.

73 is occasionally dropped from the participles of the Pual or fourth
conjugation, as n^b for njsbTa ; h in nj5 for ni^ls ; n in rsb Ex. 3:2 for
^k^^.; cn-'i:^ Ex. 7:22 for'cni-jnb Ex. 7: 11;" and perhaps D in nnilD
Gen. 49 : 11, which appears to be for nhlC3 .

b. The rejection of a consonant from the beginning of a syllable, when
not immediately followed by another consonant, is exceptional ; as "it
Judg. 9:11 for "in; ; nnn 2 Sam. 22:41 for nnn; ; "in Ezek. 33:30 for
in5< ; nisiyn Neh. 3 : 13 for nistisn ; Ti^'inn Judg. 9 : 9 for "^rilJt.nnn, and
perhaps niia Jer. 42: 10, which seems to be lor niia^ .

3. The second consonant is sometimes dropped, if it is a
letter of feeble sound.

a. This is regularly the case with n of the article and of verbal pre-
fixes, and "^ as the final radical of verbs, e. g. n'^'ab for ri'^srtb ; biip"} for
^^i^n?; ''^S for I'^Vn.

It occurs besides in a few sporadic examples with these same letters,
and more rarely still with X , 1 , and 5 , e. g. it for ItiT , "'S Ezek. 2 : 10 for
iri3, usi^i-i for 'JEirin-), ^.slr-Jp';! and IS^^'^p with Daghesh-forte conserva-
tive for W3y-Jp5^ and" sinp^a'p ; ti-i^l Lani. 3:53 for w;:^5, "ii^t^. Gen.
3 : 16 for •ii"'"?!^ ; ^:e^^ .Tob 35 : 11 for >i3sk*ti3 , Q^'ePj Ex. 26": 24 for Q'^ssn,
bn:i Isa. 13 : 20 for bnN"^ , "'inTni 2 Sam. 22 :'40 for "'i'^TSn] ; "^S Isa. 3 : 24
for "I'S, "^S for •'l?^ , ch^ for dri'^ ; •'a as a particle of entreaty, probably
for "^ra, npca Am. 8:8 (K'thibh) for nypra ; ba the name of a Baby-
lonish deity for bsa is a foreign contraction. The conjecture that isa
Mic. 1 : 10 is for i3?a in Accho is ingenious and favoured by the occurrence
of n;a in Gath in the parallel clause; but it is at variance with the points,
which, upon this hypothesis, should be iaa.

h. In rare cases this rejection occurs even after a mixed syllable,
whose final consonant is thus drawn forward, e. g. nsx for nn5:x , nsn
Job 29:6 for i^6$^n, aknn Ex. 2:4 for ak^nn and'probably pBX Ps!
139 : 8 with Daghesh-forte conservative for pbos .

§54 CONSONANT CHANGES. 73

§ 54. When the concurrence takes place at the close of
a syllable, whether the second consonant belongs to the same
syllable with the first as at the end of words, or to a differ-
ent syllable as in the middle of words, the following changes
may be produced.

1. An aspirate following another consonant loses its
aspiration, §21 ; or if it be brought into juxtaposition with
its like so as to form a doubled letter, the aspiration of both
will be removed, § 23. 2, unless the combination occurs at
the end of a word, where the reduplication is not expressed,
§ 25. Thus, n^ for t^nQ , ofenn for oisnnn , )h^b for innib ,
but nn from ann, t^'^tl2 1 Kin. 1 : 15 for nnSis^ or nn*!!!?^,
i^in'3 Ezek. 4 : 3 for t^t^im , fih;5-g Mai. 1 : 14 for fii^nijj^ .

2. The first of two concurring consonants is in certain
cases assimilated to the second, the doubling thus occasioned
being expressed as in the case of letters originally alike by
Daghesh-forte, except at the end of Avords, §25, where
Daghesh disappears or is only virtually present, being re-
sumed upon the addition of a fresh vowel or syllable. This
is most frequently the case with the liquid 3 , rarely with b
and ^ and only in particular words ; so ri of the Hithpael
of verbs before 1 and t: , and in a few instances before sibi-
lants and other letters, and T at the end of a few words
before n . Thus, "in^ for in?^ , nn^ for ?^5P213 ; n^:" for npb;^ ,
nb Ezek. 27 : 23 for nib? Am. 6:2; ^f^. for ''b mrx ; ^i«3^^
for ^xs'nJ^'?, i^i?^': for xi2t:n;», ^i-Trj for i^rnn, niaiffin for
D'aiicnn , ^isain for ^sasrin , nssn for ns^nn ; nb for ri'ib , nnx
for n^ns .

a. So perhaps 3 in nc^ according to Gesenius for fifcs^ and &^ for
0513 . Compare Greek cruyycvrjs for o-wyevy^s, Tirvfifxat for rervTrfiai, and
Eng. il-logical, ir-religion, im-mature formed by the negative prefix in.

3. A few isolated cases occur of the reverse process more
common in Chaldee and Syriac, by which a doubled letter is
resolved into two different consonants by the change of the

74 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^ 55

first or the second member of the reduplication to a liquid

1 or : , e. g. ^^■^='9 for bsDia , pi?^^^ for piOTsn , n^rTi^tt Isa.
23 : 11 for v"'Ty'2, •'hp Job 18 : 2 in the judgment of some
for ''Sip ends, though others make the 2 a radical, and give
the word the sense of snares. The conjecture that ^5^n Ps.
64 : 7, Lam. 3 : 22 is for ^isn is unnecessary and unwar-
ranted.

4. When M of the Hithpael of verbs would stand before
a sibilant, it is transposed with o and is , and with s it is in
addition changed to u. Thus, ipnoia for "incn^, "T2nTB:» for
nisTrn:' , "^ynto^ for "i??tori? , p'^i?^: for Ptt?fi3 .

a. In n3::L:iiI."rin Jer. 49 : 3 the transposition does not take place in con-
sequence of the number of similar letters which would thus be brought
into proximity. In the cognate languages ri is likewise transposed with T
and changed to 1: thus, Chald. "jB'nTn for l^inn; so, also, in Syriac and
Arabic. The only example of a Hebrew verb whose first letter is T ap-
pearing in this conjugation is ^iSTn Isa. 1:16, where r. is assimilated
agreeably to 2. Compare with these transpositions the frequent Doric
change of ^ (:= So-) into crS, as o-upio-Sco for crvpL^w.

§ 55. The occurrence of a consonant at the end of a
word may, inasmuch as the succeeding word must necessarily
begin with one, be regarded as an additional case of the con-
currence of consonants. As the contact is less close, how-
ever, than when they meet in the same word, it is less fruitful
of changes than in the cases already considered.

1. There are three instances in which it has been doubt-
fully conjectured that a final ) has been assimilated to a fol-
lowing initial "a ; viz. DiiriB^i Isa. 35:1 presumed to be for
)^m^; Di^'is Num. 3 -.49 for "ji^^s Ex. 21 : 30, Ps. 49 : 9 ;
o5d Gen. 28:12.

a. Final consonants are in Sanskrit perpetually modified by the initia.
letter of the following word. But it is by no means clear that this is so in
Hebrew, even in the examples alleged, as the forms admit of a different
explanation. See in regard to the first passage, Dr. Alexander's Com-
mentary.

§ 56 CONSONANT CHANGES. 7S

2. A few cases occur of the rejection of a letter, chiefly
) and "a , from the end of a word.

a. "J of the verbal endings *|1 and "p. is almost always dropped, being
only retained as an archaeic or emphatic form, and chiefly at the end of a
clause, e. g. "ilS"?;^ Dent. 8 : 16, but mostly dn'^; lina-in Gen. 32:20, com-
monly inanp; 'ri!3".n Ruth 3:4, commonly ■'^"n. So, too, in some
proper nouns, 'i^aia Zech. 12: 11, i^J^ Josh. 12 : 21 ; 'i^'^iU, whose original
■J is shown in the derivative ''3'^^iiJ and is perpetuated in the modern name
Seilun.

b. In like manner B is rejected from the dual and plural terminations
of nouns upon their entering into the clo?e connection of the construct
state with the following word, ''i'tx from c^:tx, ifna from B^ri3 .

c. If the feminine endings n_ and n^ have, as is probable, a common
origin, this may be best explained by the assumption that Pi is in many
cases rejected I'rom the termination, leaving only the vowel, though it is
always retained when any addition is made to the word : thus, the con-
struct state nrrri, absolute n^sH, but with a suffix "^n^aDn ; n^::;;?
(comp. P^yx Deut. 32: 36), ■':nB::p. It is to be observed here, that this
phenomenon does not establish the possibiUty of an interchange between
the consonants fi and n, because ii in this case represents not h but the
vowel a.

§ 56. A few other changes remain to be mentioned which
are due to special causes.

1. Nun is often inserted in certain forms of verbal
suffixes to prevent the hiatus between two vowels, 'i"?"!^?]!
Jer. 5 : 22, or § 53. 3. a. ^a^n?;: Isa. 33 : 21 for ^nnn?,^ ,
^ns^^inii: Ex. 15:2 for ^nis^inii. Comp. Gr. dv6<no<: and
English indefinite article a?i.

2. Vav at the beginning of words is changed to "^ , e. g.
l^;" for "l?;? , "1^: for nb;i , bibp;! for bbjpn . The only exceptions
are the four words 10 , ^\': Prov. 21 : 8, "l^l Gen. 11 : 30,
^b^ 2 Sam. 6 : 23 (K 'ri), and the prefixes Vav Conjunctive
and Vav Conversive.

3. Vav, though capable of being reduplicated, e. g. T?is
is in most instances relieved from this necessity by the sub-
stitution of "^j or by doubling the following letter in its
stead, e. g. ni^pi? or Di3ipi!> for Q^p55 .

76 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^57

a. In one instance after such a change of 1 1o "^j a following "i suffers
the contrary change to i to prevent the triple recurrence of the same
letter, r\}.\l^, Isa. 6:9 for Tj::^"^!!*,.

4. Yodli before the plural termination D^i. is in a few
cases clianged to i? to prevent the conjunction of like
sounds, D-'k^bn Hos. 11 : 7 for D^^bn Josh. 10 : 26; D'^sina
Hos. 11 : 8 for a':h^ Gen. 10 : 19 ; D-'i?^^^ from ^yn-, n"^Kn2
(also tt\'&y^) for w^'-^.yi ; "i^iba Jer. 38 : 12 for ^iba (or as some
read, ^T\^) ver. 11.

a. In like manner i is changed to X before ni in the word n"iX3 for
nils from nis; it is consequently unnecessary to assume, as Gesenius does,
a singular HX2 which never occurs.

Change of Consonants to Vowels.

§ 57. The second class of changes is the conversion of
consonants into vowels, or the substitution of the latter for
the former. This occurs,

1. Occasionally in reduplicated syllables or letters, aiis
for nsns ; niBM for nisi:&-j; bna for babn Gen. 11:9; ninbs
2 Chron. 35 : 13 from nn^i Prov. 19 : 24.

2. Much more frequently with the quiescents.

(1) A prefixed ) is softened to its homogeneous vowel u
before other labials or vowelless letters, e. g. rr^ni, ni'ii; the
softening of an initial "^ to i only occurs in '^is'^x 1 Chron.
2:13 for ^i?!' ver. 1 2, ©i? 2 Sam. 14:19, Mic. 6:10 for ©•? .

(2) Medial or final quiescents without vowels of their
own often lose their sound in that of a preceding vowel.
This is invariably the case with 1 and "^ folloAving their homo-
geneous vowels, e. g. "lyit^ for ^y]T^ § 59, ni^n^a for rri^n^a,
unless they are doubled, as "'iii^fa , ri-!^, and occasionally even

§ 57 CHANGE OF CONSONANTS TO VOWELS. 77

then, e. g. ''t?''^ for '^h^'n . Final « always, and medial x fre-
quently, gives up its consonant sound after any vowel what-
ever, e. g. SST2 , si^ , nsib for ni«ib .

a. Medial X regularly loses its consonanttil power in the future Kal of
Pe Alepli verbs, e. g. hha^ ; in "ibx preceded by h, thus liixb ; in D^n'^X
and certain forms of "liix preceded by the prefixes 3 b 3 1, thus, n"'!ibxb ,
inbxb but Ripxb; ''iHsb', i-^nxb, ijnxb but 'li-i.xb, ^i^xb , tiDiiSxb . The
following examples are of a more individual character, e.g. MiX3 for n^X3,
nssXT 1 Kin. 11:39 for nbxi , CjOEOxn Num. 11:4, c^f^Tsin Jer. 40:'l.
HTixaSyS Isa. 14: 23. In a few cases this has led to a change of ortho-
graphy, the X which is no longer heard being dropped, or another vowel
letter substituted for it, e. g. ^ibsi"' Ezek. 42:5, and b'^iix Hos. 11:4 from
bix, "(iii-'T Job 8:8 ibr ■,iaxn,'din Deut. 32:32 for dxi, and the exam-
ples cited §53. 2, a.

b. The consonant n never loses its sound in that of a preceding vowel
like the rest of the quiescents. The letter n is often used to denote a
vowel, but if in any word it properly expresses a consonant this is never
converted into a vowel, or vice versd. The exceptions are apparent not
real, as in the frequent abbreviation of the ending >in^ in proper names to
rrj, thus ^n^|:?tn, n^p?trj. The change here does not consist in the rejec-
tion of the vowel 1 and the softening of the consonant n. but the syllable
in is dropped, whereupon final Kamets is written by its appropriate vowel
letter, § 11. 1, a, just as ilir^s'^a after the rejection of ^in^ becomes nai^a .
So in those rare cases in which n is substituted for the suffix n, e.g.
r-i^'JO Lev. 13:4 for n'isb. The proper name bxnne Num. 34:28 is de-
rived not from iTiS but t^TS, a root of kindred meaning, of whose exist-
ence, though otherwise unattested, this word is itself a sufficient voucher.

(3) Medial i5 often gives its vowel to a preceding vowel-
less letter and rests in its sound; "^ occasionally does the
same with a homogeneous vowel, when preceded by a vowel-
less prefix.

a. Thus, X: Diiiixn for ni^XI , nXDH for nx-jri; ?iax^ Ezek. 25:6
from -JX'r ver. 15; X^iaj Ps. 139': 20 for 'IxiWi , so M^."} Jer."l0:5; "'isixn
from '|i'>!Xn; DX-nSa Neh. 6:Sfor tx'iia ; Xin Isa. 51:20, isn Deut. 14:5;
nwJn 1 Sam. 'l4:33 for n"^X'jn ; 'niaxs Isa. 10:13 forn'"i3X3; niryxi
Zech. 11:5 for "I'ciSX^ ; this even occurs after mixed syllables, e. g. i^sxbiD
for nixb53; Yni"^ for 7"X5^ ; nxnpb for nx^j^b, particularly in proper
nouns' bxi.;T3b7 for bxijad^ /bxi-^n for bxsnn .' So, "^ : linn^s Eccles. 2: 13
for Tinn-^sJ nbbii Jer. 25:36 forn^b-^i; nn|3ib Prov. 30:17 for nfiis-^b.
There is no instance of this with 1. on the contrary, niaij? Cant. 5: 2, 12.

(4) At the end of words 1 and "^ , when without a vowel
of their own and preceded by a vowelless letter, invariably

78 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^ 58

quiesce in their homogeneous vowels, '\ in an unaccented u,
^ in I, which draws the accent upon itself and frequently
causes the dissolution of a previous syllable and the rejection
of its vowel, ^rii for inia , ^n^.tD-; for inp.iij^ ; ^n-; for ^n;^ , ^ns
for ^ns , ■'■a^ for ^'^'i .

(5) When preceded or accompanied hy heterogeneous
vowels, 1 and "' are sometimes dropped, or if the vowel be a,
they not unfrequently combine with it, forming the diph-
thongal 0 and e, §62. l,e. g. pit^n for pi;'n, n'Sa for ^'^5, r\%
for ^%, D)? for ui^, Q^pn for D^^jpn, nz for nn^S; n^isin for
S^inn , \D'ii2 for tJi'i? , ni^ construct state of nj^ , n^i const,
of n^a , bi^^n for biS;»n, n^.v for ^^.)^ .

a. Vav rarely remains with a heterogeneous vowel unless accompanied
by weak letters, by contrast with which it becomes comparatively strong,

c. g. n-in, lb, nin .

Vowel Changes.

§ 58. 1. The third class of changes embraces those which
take place in the vowels. The primary office of the vowels
is to aid in pronouncing the consonants, to which conse-
quently they are quite subordinate, merely occupying, so to
speak, the interstices between them. Their number and
variety being greater, however, than is demanded for this
single purpose, they have besides to a certain extent an in-
dependent value and meaning of their own in the constitu-
tion of words. (1) Changes of vowels, while they cannot
hke a difference of consonants create distinct verbal roots, are
yet fruitful of those minor modifications of which etymology
takes cognizance, such as the formation of derivatives and
grammatical inflexions, e. g. 5^5 to he (/reat, b'na greatness,
Vhl great; '^bp he hilled, bit:]? to hill, Vi)? hill thou, "stJp
hilling, ^^"Jp hilled; 0^0 a horse, naw a mare. (2) They
may indicate differences in the forms of words which have

§58 VOWEL CHANGES. 79

arisen in the lapse of time; n?i in tlie Pentateuch means in-
differently girl or hoy, in later books girl is nn?D ; Sin in the
Pentateuch he or she, in other books site is always iS^n ; the
form of the demonstrative nr'^n is found only in Genesis,
T^n in writers after the time of Moses, iTjn in Ezekiel;
the plural of the demonstrative iu the Pentateuch bs or ri^s ,
elsewhere, with a single exception, n^x . The imperfect no-
tation of the vowels in the original mode of writing by letters
alone has, however, left us without the means of ascertaining
to what extent such changes may have taken place. (3) They
may indicate diversity of dialect, e. g. bt:)? to hill, Chald. bu]?,

Syr. V^Ca , Arab. Jj3 , Ethiop. ^t-A: .

2. The vowel changes with which orthography is con-
cerned, on the other hand, are purely euphonic, being in
themselves void of significance, and springing solely from the
natural preference for what is easier of utterance or more
agreeable to the ear. Orthographically considered, vowels
are either mutable or immutable, the latter being unaffected
by those circumstances which occasion changes in the former.
A vowel may be immutable by nature, or made so by posi-
tion. A short vowel in a mixed syllable before the ac-
cent is ordinarily immutable by position, being beyond the
reach of the common causes of mutation, e. g. ^%y^, nnsii"a.
Long vowels are immutable by nature in certain words or
classes of words ; but they are only distinguishable as such
by a knowledge of the etymological forms which require
them. It may, however, be observed, as a general though
not an invariable rule, that the vowels of such words and
forms as are prevailingly written with the vowel letters are
less liable to mutation than those which are prevailingly
written without them. Mutable vowels are liable to chan2:es
both of quantity, from long to short, and the reverse, and
of quality from pure to mixed [it to o, i to e, a to c) and the
reverse, these changes being confined, except in rare in-

80 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^ 59, 60

stances, to the cognate forms ; thus, i never passes into u or
0, nor these into a. Only as c stands in relation to both i
and «, it serves to mediate the interval between them, and
thus accounts for the occasional changes of i to a or the re-
verse, e. g. bito;pn , nbbj^n ; rs for n.:i , "^na ; d^ , oi^'i comp.

a. The exceptional change from u ov o \o e occurs only in the pro-
nouns, e.g. cnbzip, before suffixes IPib^p ; and in the particle rx , before
suffixes nbt . There are also a few examples of the change of short
vowels in mixed syllables before the accent, e. g. nss'^a , construct nasna,
plural niasnq.

^59. The mutations of vowels are due to one or other
of the following causes, viz. : 1. Syllabic changes. 2. The
influence of consonants. 3. The influence of vowels. 4. The
accent. 5. The shortening or lengthening of words. As the
vowel of unaccented mixed syllables is always short, and that
of simple syllables long, §18. 2, it is evident that a change
in the character of a syllable will involve a corresponding
change in its vowel, unless the accent interfere to prevent.
Accordingly, when for any cause a mixed syllable becomes
simple, its short vowel will be converted into a long one ;
and when a simple syUable becomes mixed, the reverse
change will take place, e. g. 'in , Q'^'in ; rrap , n^jb . In
the case of the vowels i and u there is frequently an addi-
tional change of quality, viz., of ^ to e and u to o, e. g. Cpn
for n^ipn; -jiis for "jiiD in place of "JBI VoQ>. 3.

a. Daghesh-forte is thus resolved by the prolongation of the previous
vowel in (liiap. ^*i'2''p ; Tr5|a , t"5^"iS; •'i'^n, "iffiiTDn; D''j-ii:!3, CJi-llO;

ipn, ipfin; Diiiipjii-i Eccles. 9:12 for'niU!;3;;73 §33. 2. a; i*ipQrin for siipsni-i;
tTi"'3 Lam. 1:8, if this is for rrnj see ver. 17; and if the conjecture of
Gesenius (Thesaurus, p. 4S3) be correct as to the true reading in 1 Chron.
23:6,24:3 cpbrn for cp^nV

§ 60. Contiguous consonants may give rise to vowel
changes by their individual peculiarities, as is the case with

^60 VOWEL CHANGES. 81

the gutturals, or by tlieir concurrence. The peculiarities of
the gutturals are fom-folcl, viz. :

1. A preference for the vowel Pattahh of the same organ,
into which, consequently, a preceding or accompanying vowel
is frequently converted, e. g. nbir for nb'C ; nV'B for d:?& ; t^^^"^
for rn'h": ; sizv for y^r ; ^5«:ir from mi"^ .

a. The instances in which this permutation occurs cannot easily be
embraced under any general rules. In some cases it was optional; in
others, usage decides for it or against it without, however, being absolutely
uniform. The following statements embrace what is of most importance.
(1) The stability of the vowel often depends upon the weight attached to
it in the etymological form ; thus, SOirJ in the imperative but not in the in-
finitive for sbu; raia^ for yq^"}, but yhb not rsa for t'hb. (2) The
vowel preceding the guttural is more liable to change than that which
succeeds it, e. g. y^'^"; always, but hv^^ and Vy^r\; n:ri1 but tsnnl; sipJT.
but 'i"!'?:^ . (3) An accented vowel is sometimes retained where one un-
accented would suffer change, e. g. ■<''Tj'l but )^\y, "inh; cnli . (4) O and
u are less subject to alteration than i and e, e.g. b^Q for brs : a which is
already cognate with the gutturals is mostly retained, though it occasion-
ally becomes a before n . e. g. c^nx from nx, '^n::a'a Job 31 :24 (in most
copies) from nij::^, 'n'n'} from nn53i . (5) x in many cases prefers the
diphthongal vowels e and o, thus i^tipx, '^nsirs, ^'xi^tn, "iDX"; but C!inDX^_;
N2^ , ^3X1. (6) "I partakes of this preference for a to a limited extent,
e.g. 'PJ!! for npjl or ^o\y, xn^i from nxn-; .

2. The reception of Pattahh furtive, ^ 17, at the end of a
word after a long heterogeneous vowel (i. e. any other than
a), or before a vowelless final consonant, e. g. ^i , >^'^i^^1, H^,

a. This is necessary when the vowel preceding a final guttural cannot
be converted into Pattahh. Sometimes the form with Pattahh and that with
Pattahh furtive occur interchangeably, e.g. n^'ib and n^db , or with a
slight distinction, as n^rx, in pause :rifedx; naT73, construct HaTB. In
a few instances a guttural preceding a final vowelless letter takes simple
Sh'va instead of Pattahh furtive, e.g. Pinpb 1 Kin. 14:3, and in most
editions t^l^Da Jer. 13 : 25. As final X is always either quiescent or otiant,
it never receives Pattahh furtive. The letter 1 never takes it unless it be
in a single instance, and that in a penultimate syllable C;^*." Ps. 7 : 6.
which is probably to be read yi'^rdoph ; though it might be pronounced
yiraddoph, which some conceive to be an anomalous form for C|"il"] , after
the analogy of pn:i;|;i Gen. 21:6, the compound Sh'va being lengthened
into a vowel followed by euphonic Daghesh, as in the related words
6

82 ORTHOGRAPHY. § 60

n*n!ian Isa. 1:6, and !T^3n Isa. 53:5, while others adopt the explanation
of the old Jewish Grammarians, that it is a pecuUar combination of the
Kal Ci^n": and the Piel Cj'Ji'n': .

3. A preference for compound rather than simple Sh'va,
§1G. 3, whether silent or vocal, inasmuch as the gutturals
are more readily made audible at the beginning than at the
close of a syllable, and the hiatus accompanying them as-
sumes more of the complexion of a vowel than is usual with
stronger consonants.

a. The gutturals occasionally retain simple Sh'va when silent. This
is regularly done by a final radical n, n or S, followed by a servile letter,
e.g. nnis, ^33:"i!;, cm"!';', cri:Jr'w'a. innsd^, with few exceptions as
r^^y^T. 'Hos. 8 : 2, r,!i3y:V Gen. 26: 29, c^2?^i;?in' 2 Sam. 21 : 6. Other cases
have more of a casual or sporadic character, and occur chiefly with the
stronger gutturals n and n, 'niir]-}^, T|Cn: , 7^'^]"^, , ^2np , fiiiinTin. rSitn-o
but ninan??, irrn;i but ^ii'Sn^i, nH^riD a possess ion, but n^ni from bn: a
brook; more rarely with N and SJ, cby3 Lev. 4 : 13, NUi"? 1 Kin. 15:16,
3';»3 Isa. 11 : 15, fiyj-q Deut. 25 : 7 but in pause innsaj' Isa. 28 : 6, "''i'nx:
Ex. 15 : 6; ^ has for the most part simple Sh'va ni^i , ctJ'iS';', though in
a few instances it has compound I^T'.Sj ''^?'^;5?^-

b. (l) Among the compound Sh'vas the preference, unless there is some
reason for choosing another, is ordinarily given to Hhateph Pattahh, as
the simplest and most in accordance with the nature of the gutturals, and
to this an antecedent Hhirik, when unessential to the form, is commonly
made to correspond, e. g. n^S . 'iti'j.'^__ for ^^^."^ . Sometimes, particularly
with X (see 1. a. o.) Hhateph Seghol is taken Ti'^'^'^ii . ni^TSX , nnjx , rihii,
-;nx, ci-ix, cri-'':n, '^h, n^:S, r^^-^v Joel 2:5, Ti^'rnN'i Jer. 13 :'21, which
not infrequently becomes Hhateph Pattahh upon the prolongation of the
word ^1^,i<,, ~'>^^. Prov. 25:7, in^wV:^ , "^piii*, , ^nitn^X';' Judg. 10:2, or the
carrying forward of its accent ^'^'^?X^, ■'Pi13X.ni, inia'inn, ''Pi^':inii1 .

(2) If, however, z or d, characteristic of the form, precede, this commonly
determines the Sh'va to be selected, e. g. ^^a»^ for litt^'ii, "trri for nrSJi,

to • v: (V • : ■ ' - t:it - : t ?

''HirS for ■'^^Q; though sometimes Hhateph Pattahh is retained and the
intermediate syllable, §20. 2, resolved into a simple one by prolonging the
vowels, e. g. mi?n Josh. 7 : 7, iilivh. iBs'S Isa. 1 : 31. Hhirik may, how-
ever, remain short, e. g. Ti^f^P, 3."i2J?.iy, I'^H.^ Job 6:22, particularly if a
Daghesh-forte has been omitted from the guttural, e.g. !^£X.3 Jer. 3:8,
though even in this case the assimilation sometimes takes place, e. g.
^•on^ Gen. 30:39 for ^■sH"', ^"^nx Judg. 5:28 for ^nns. If a vowel has
been rejected from the form, the corresponding Hhateph is generally pre-
ferred, e.g. c-'':e2J from isi, D-icinn , "'■inrn Ezek. 16:33, "'xn Gen.
16 : 13 ; 'i2''c3ri l 'kin. 13 : 20 from n'-'cn ; Vs-'Ufn, Gen. 37 : 22 from l^irn.
There are occasional instances of the same word being variously written
in this respect, e. g. lins* Ruth 3 : 15, ^linx Cant. 2:15; ^n-ixn"^ and

§ 61 VOWEL CHANGES. 83

iinnxn': Isa. 44: 13 ; ^i^*}^n Job 16: 16 (K'ri in some copies), -lia"!^)! Lam.
1 : 20.' i-is/n Isa. 52 : 14, 'inxn 1 Sam. 28 : 14.

c. Belbre another guttural the compound Sh'va is frequently re-
placed by the correspondinor short vowel, e.g. Ti.r'Xr] for Tj^^ri, ''nn"'2Jn
for "^'T'T^^n, CD/^nxn for CD/^nsn ; and occasionally under X by a long
vowel before otiier letters as well as gutturals, or by a short vowel with
Daghesh, e. g. ^^'j^'ii for n-iynx, linniw^, D^liiN for D^ix , "liTX for "iltx ,
"i5X for ~DX. This disposition to render the gutturals more audible by the
aid of a vowel is further shown by their attracting to themselves the
vowel of another letter, particularly in triliteral monosyllables, e. g. 3."nT
for int (STT)) ^'^^r 2.-6:, i:'s-q . rnp 2 Kin. 12:9, ;rx2 for rxa , ■'iia',
also' "(i^-ip Ex. 2 : 20 for' ;|X^p' Ruth'l : 20, linxFl Prov.'l : 22 for -iriNn,
!in3=xn 'job 20:26 for iinHDNn, D-na'DNl Zech. 7:14for n"i?DSi , and by
their sometimes causing an antecedent or accompanying vowel to be re-
tained where analogy would require its rejection, e. g. "'X^i^ for "'XiJ'i'a
from xii^, "'X^n, ''y;'^'^ . "'^■'"5 and ■'0"''}D, c^nwa from "iina comp.
1. a. (4)', inxaa-; Deut.'32:10; n'ii*^, n^:;n !

4. An incapacity for being doubled, whence they never
receive Daghesh-forte, and the previous syllable thus becom-
ing a simple one, its vowel is generally lengthened, § 59, a to
a, I to e, u to D, e. g. )i^'q for ^s?'^ , )^'^ for )^i2 , ;jnh;« for

a. Sometimes an intermediate syllable, §20.2, is formed, and the vowel
remains short. (1) This is commonJy the case before n, frequently be-
fore n, less often before ^, rarely before X, never before "i , e.g. Dn3,
Jind, "H^, -rn , ^'X: . (2) It is more likely to occur in the body of a word
than afier a prefix, e.g. ""nbrj^ Ps. 119:43 from bli;, but pbn;; Job 38:24
from pBn . (3) When the guttural comes to stand at the end of the word
the short vowel is often resumed, e. g. "'^nn Prov. 22 : 24 from nynnsn, n'sn
Ps. 141:8 from nni'n but "i;rn Deut. 2:9. There are a very few in-
stances in which Daghesh-forte is found in "i , e. g. Tj"^'!^ n'nS Ezek. 16 : 4,
nt!^ Prov. 14: 10, Ti'D'^is?^'!? Prov. 15: 1 (in some editions), "^^xtrij Cant.
5: 2, see also §24. b.

§61. The concun^ence of consonants gives rise to the
following vowel changes, viz. :

1. When two vowelless letters come together at the be-
ginning of a syllable in contravention of the law in §18, the
impossible combination is relieved by giving to the first of
them a short vowel. This, if there be no reason for prefer-
ring another, will be the briefest of the vowels, Hhirik, e. g.

84 ORTHOGRAPHY. § Gl

■i^i^ for ■'■1^7, nina for 1173 , ^prn for ^pm. If a vowel has
been omitted from the word, the corresponding short vowel
is frequently employed, e. g. ^i^'a for ''D'p'a from Ip'a (^bib);
''6)12 from 1\'^ ; "'Bnn from bnn , '^zn'; for Tirn;! from p;- . Or
if one of the consonants be a guttural, the vowel mostly con-
forms to the compound Sh'va, which it has or might have,
e. g. T>^y. for ■''in? , ^p7n_^ for ^prn^^ , iSnb for ^^nb , nbnb for
nsrib , iTjbyB for tibys .

a. Vav before a guttural follows the rule just given; before '^, and
sometimes before fi or n followed by "> , it takes Hhirik ; before other
vowelless letters it gives up its consonant sound and quiesces in its homo-
geneous vowel Shurek, §57. 2. (1), thus inay] , •'n">i , rni and n^n;i , sibsi,
rnn.

b. In triliteral monosyllables or final syllables with the vowel Pattahh,
the first letter sometimes receives an accented Seghol, to which the fol-
lowing Pattahh is then assimilated, e.g. Cirs for Cins construct of C^rs,
n3y?272 for rsb^:? J the Seghols being liable to be changed to Pattahhs by
the presence of a guttural rnQd?3 for rJiQCa .

c. In cix^b Gen. 32 : 20 for caXS^s the vowelless letters belong to
different syllables, and the introduction of the new vowel makes it neces-
sary to lengthen the one before it.

2. Although tAvo vowelless letters are admissible at the
end of a word, §18, the harshness of the combination is
commonly relieved by the insertion of Seghol, e. g. 3'^'? for
S'l'? , *^??' for ij^Db . If either letter is a guttm-al, Pattahh is
mostly used instead, e. g. nsi , bys, 'jn'i . If either letter is
■^ , its homogeneous vowel Hhirik is used ; if the second letter
is 1, it vnW. rest in Shurek, §57. 2. (4.), e. g. n^i, ^S?, ^^^,
but i^)'a .

a. When the penultimate letter is M or n, it in a few instances takes
Seghol, as bnx, ',n3 , cn^, crS. When the final letter is X, it either
remains otiant, §16, or requires Seghol, N1123, N'l^i , i<^.1, ^'?.? j a penulti-
mate K either quiesces in the antecedent vowel or attracts it to itself^
§ 60. 3. c, nx?i , nxb or msb , rx-i . The alternate mode of facilitating
the pronunciation of gutturals before a vowelless letter at the end of a
word by means of Pattahh furtive, has been explained §60. 2.

3. When the same letter is repeated with or without a
mutable vowel intervening, there is often a contraction into

§ 61 VOWEL CHANGES. 85

one doubled letter, and the vowel is rejected or thrown back
upon the preceding consonant, e. g. ^^B"!' for ^2^&? , 30^ for
niap^ (Daghesh-forte disappearing at the end of the word),
nb for anb, ^33^3;^ Job 31 : 15 for ^3p:i3^ (see 4. below); if
another consonant immediately follow the contracted letters,
a diphthongal vowel "^^ or i may be inserted to render the re-
duplication more audible and prevent the concurrence of
three consonants, "^riiiiD, ro'^^on.

4. In accented syllables the diphthongal vowels e and 0
are employed before two consonants or a doubled consonant
in preference to the pure i and u, e. g. ^''TZJn, npnTrri; n^p,
T^vd^-, b^P)?J?, ^fPpJ?, so ^aon, -qt^ , '^fn^^l . This is still the
case when at the end of a word an auxiliary Seghol or Pattahh
has been inserted between the letters (according to 2.), e. g.
'^i;y , ^£D , b?s, np5i^ from p^b''^ , or the reduplication of the
doubled letter is no longer heard aud the Daghesh-forte does
not appear, § 25, e. g. it>n corap. b^upn .

a. The vowel e is in like circumstances often reduced to one of its con-
stituents a, e. g. Ti^ibpr! from bi^irn, "Tibi:;;? from b^p , t^J^^n from "^tn,
^?lV^! '^J';?!^') ^-t^'"] ) i^"ifl occasionally to its other constituent ?', e. g.
nn-iirrj^rn from i:i'f!h:r}n , cno-i';! from t'n;. The only example of Shurek
in a Segholate form is n^/lbn Lev. 5 : 21.

5. In unaccented syllables i and it are preferred to v and
o before doubled letters, "ns , ins5 ; -nn , ''Pin ; tjso'n^ from
non ; nD^:i , ^sijo;' ; m-q comp. bh'^'q , -pn , ipn , though such
forms as ''^i^ , ^•"5', rriis, n'n'a likewise occur.

6. A vowel is occasionally given to a final consonant to
soften the termination of the word, and make the transition
easier to the initial consonant of that which follows ; thus,
T"^ , nb;^?; nriba for nb^; en, n^ri; bx, nbk ; ''X, n^^jC; tfsh,
■'ish; .Tb)3, ^n^2.;\^; n^n, ihrn; ii2D3 Ex. 15:10; ^^^P?:'
Ex. 15:5.

a. These paragogic vowels have established themselves in the cur-
rent forms of certain words, as •^5'?3, nan, nsx, ^ix^, inx, ''S. But,

86 ORTHOGRAPHY. ^ 62

with these exceptions, they are chiefly found in poetry. The vowels "^ .
and i are mostly attached to words in what is called the construct state,
n ^ to words in the absolute; and all of them to the feminine ending n.
Examples of i: i:3 Num. 23: 18, 24:3, 15, if.-jn several times, ■ir-i; Ps.
114:8. Examples of •^.: "^n^nx Hos. 10 : 11, •'-.OS Gen. 49:11, "iJaibid.,
•^hz:-^ Gen. 31:39, "'Hr'n Ps. 110:4, ^zth Ps. 'il4:8, "ir-; Ps. 123 : l|
\V4?"? P^- 113:5, ■'i^^ai:;^ ver. 6, ■'a"'P'a ver. 7, "'^''^''^ri ver, 8, "'i^uiia
vcr. 9, ^rsbi3 Isa. 1 : 21, ''•^.^NJ Ex. 15:6,' "hi:! Zech. 11:17. ■'rs"] Lam!
1 : 1, ■'HT^ ibid., "^i^'i: Deut. 33: 16. It is also'attached to the first member
of the compound in many proper names, e.g. i^JX^'-iaj, p'i:j""'2"!;^, to certain
particles, as ""Fi^S , "^T^^t, ip^, and perhaps to such participial forms as
•'nso-i Jer.22:'23. Ofn^: nPTi'^N Ex. 15 : 16, nsnx Isa. 8: 23. Job 34: 13,
37 : 12, nonn Judg. 14 : 18, nnrvr^ Ps. 3 : 3, 80 : 3, Jon. 2:10. nb-"i almost
constantly, nnia Ps. 116 : 15, nbni" Num. 34 : 5, Ps. 124 : 4, nr^iJ Ps. 92: 16
(K'ri), 125 : 3,' Ezek. 28 : 15, Hos.' 10: 13, nrb'i) Job 5: 16, nn^T? Ps. 44:27.
63 : 8, 94 : 17, nriE^ Job 10 : 22, nri^tn Josl" 19 : 43, Judg. iV: 1, and regu-
larly in the third person feminine of the preterite of fib verbs. In
modern Persian i is similarly appended to nouns in close connection with a
following word, to remove the obstruction of the final consonant and serve
as a uniting link.

^ 62. The changes due to the influence of vowels may
arise from their concurrence or proximity.

1. Concurring vowels may coalesce; a uniting wdth a
forms a, uniting with i or u it forms the diphthongal e or o,
e. g. mSiTn Neh. 3:13 from nisirxn after the rejection of n
by § 53. 2. d ; ri'ia after the softening of '' to i becomes n^a ;
^nSpp by the rejection of n becomes i^'jjp ; in^ prefixed to
proper names is from ^tr; for iti;? , § 57. 2 (4).

2. One of them may be hardened into its corresponding
semi-vowel ; f '' . with i "^ may form I "^ . , or the first i may
be changed to i?/, which, upon the reduplication of the "^ to
preserve the brevity of the antecedent vowel, § 24. 3, becomes
■'r ., e. g. "inny with a^ . becomes n^nny or D-'^nny . So, \ be-
fore n ^ forms n^ . , and before i forms i^ . , e. g. nHny ,
ni''"ia:? ; in like manner ^ is changed before i into iiv, form-
ing i^ , which, by § 56. 3, becomes i**. , e. g. niilp'a , by the
substitution of fii for M , tii''3'5'a . / '' , followed by u i forms
fv, ^niribt2)5, Tribt?!?; ^n^s, T'S; i^p^n for vb)2r\ Josh. 14 : S.
.£"'.. before J "i . or m ^ is resolved into a?/, which, joined with
the appropriate semi-vowels, becomes "> . and l'^ , , the virtual

^63 VOWEL CHANGES. 87

reduplication of the final consonant in the one case preserv-
ing the short vowel, which is lengthened in the other ; thus
iD^D with ■' . becomes ''0^0 , and with ^n , tid^iD . The same
resolution of "^ .. occurs before final 1\ , forming 1\1 ., and by
§01.2 T. ., thus li^y? with ^ becomes V^'^'^'^_ .

a. Grammarians have disputed whether in sucli words as C^'iSS,
Pi'zb^ the point in "^ is Daghesh-forte or Mappik, §2G, and accordingly
whether they are to be read ibhriyylm. nialkhityijoth, or ■ibhrti/lm,
malkhuyolh. If tiie exphmation given above be correct, it is Daghesh-
fbrte Conservative. Comp. C_p. ^ip_ .

b. Such forms as "^'^'^Q. i"'"}'?, t:^~iB from "'"is are only apparent excep-
tions to the above rules. The word is properly ^"'Q , and to this the addi-
tions are made, the auxiliary Hhirik being dropped with the cessation of
the cause from which it originated, §57. 2. (4). In n*ij<i2-i:y 2 Chron. 17:11
from "'li^? and Q^ , the vowels are kept separate by an interposed N.

c. In words of ni formation, such as nibs', ihv, Cir" from niiis and
n^, i, C, it might appear as though one vowel were rejected before
another. But the correct explanation is that "^ is the true final radical,
and the forms above given are for |^^ij", i"'U3s', ci-^ir (like C"'b::'p) from
which "^ is rejected by §53. 3. In the same way ^il'S', ~'-j>', etc., from Ht'S
are Ibr !l"'b3 . ^7"^;?. In such alternate forms as n^^^s from n-ib. the radi-
cal "^ is retained by preserving the antecedent vowel, which, before
Daghesh-forte Conservative, becomes Hhirik, §61. 5.

§G3. The following euphonic changes are attributable to
the proximity of vowels, viz. :

1 . Pattahh before a guttural is often changed to Seghol
if another a follows, and the same change sometimes occurs
after a guttural if another a precedes.

The particular cases are the following :

a. When (_) stands before a guttural with (^) always before n, e.g.
5nn for :nn, nn-j:73 Prov, 21:22, c=nn, Ti^rjin (also when n has
Hhateph Kamets, e.g. D"'cnnri , "^n^^nn Judg. 9:9), often before n and 3?,
particularly if it receives tjie secondary accent, e.g. 0'^'7''7v! ^'^^ ^''l'^\l,
ninb but rzifs. ^liniin; n^yn, n-iy^ r.-c, rarely before X and "i, n•^h
Gen.' ] 4 : 10, "ni:ix: Neh. 9 • 18, 26 but ^i-'nisxs Ezek. 35 : 12.

6. When ( ) before a guttural is followed by another consonant with
(J or (J ^i^l, ''-i^nl but >i-'nn^, sinp but nxinj, Nan;;, once before
the liquid b, e.g. ?i^3J<. Ex. 33:3 lor ~|^=i<, and once before 2, e.g.
t^i'.rh for Piisnb.

c. In i^S'ips.; 1 Sam. 28:15 and the combination "ih D^iS a similar
change takes place after a guttural to prevent the repetition of the vowel
a; so in nilS'i'i Ps. 20:4, and n:xi n:jj after the liquid 3.

88 ORTHOGRAPHY. §64,65.

2. Pattahli is sometimes assimilated to a following
Segliol, or to a preceding Kamets or Tsere.

a. The assimilation to ( .) takes place regularly in what are called
Segholate forms, in which an auxiliary Seghol lias by §61. 2 been intro-
duced between two vowelless letters, T|^.^ for T\\^, -"!?. for -l'^, Y"!!^ for
y^M, but tn';'? , ere ; only before 1, which can combine with a and not
with e, a is retained and lengthened to (^) by §59, "N, "'.rj. Rarely in
other cases t.Zi'j'i for cs"!;;, where the change is facilitated by the pre-
ceding •>.

6. The assimilation to (^) occurs in a {"ew cases after a guttural with li
prefixed, e. g. crn for cyn, "irin for inn, Tl^n for j'lNn.

c. The assimilation to ( ) occurs in the Kal future of Pe Yodh verbs
where the alternate forms are -C|^ and *)'p''7 .

§ 64. The following vowel changes are due to the accent,
viz. :

1. If a long vowel in a mixed syllable be deprived of its
accent, it will be shortened, §18, e.g. "^^1?^, ^^T?r^; so;",
iD^^ ; nii?r, Dir^']; nb'], -nry'^ .

a. If a vowel preceding Makkeph is incapable of being shortened, it
will receive the secondary accent Methegh, agreeably to §43.

2. The accent prefers to be immediately preceded by a
simple syllable and a long vowel. Accordingly an antece-
dent vowelless letter often receives what may be called a pre-
tonic vowel. This is commonly the simplest of the long
vowels a, e. g. >t?lp , ^b^ , f^npb , y^X'^"! , occasionally 8, e. g.
bp_-!, m-bir, )r^)>^,, l^i^ixn, rarely 0, e.g. im^j?? . Such a
vowel is sometimes inserted, even though a pre-existing
mixed syllable is thereby destroyed, e. g. in the pliu-als of
Segholates and of feminine nouns derived from them, O'^pb'a
from ^bti, niib^a from nib^ .

§63. The special emphasis, with which the last word of
a clause is dwelt upon, gives rise to certain vowel changes
in connection with the pause accents, §36. 2. <a;. These are
(1) lengthening short vowels, viz., (.) and not infrequently
(..) which has arisen from (.) to (J, e. g. 'it^, '^'9^; ^^r^?,
nsni; fni«, ^^nij; 'in^, W, and bringing back Kamets

§ 66 VOWEL CHANGES. 89

Hhatuph shortened from Hholem to its original length fiia^,
nb^l . (2) Restoring vowels which have been dropped
in the course of inflection, e. g. Ti2^^ , ^nny ; ins'^ , ^in'i ;
Ti'a^ , ^lb? . (3) Changing simple Sh'va in triliteral sylla-
bles and before the suffix ^ to Seghol, e. g. ^Jn^a, Tjnin ; ^'n'}^
irp ; DDT^ , DStJ . (4) Changing compound Sh'va to the cor-
responding long vowel, e. g. ""is?;, ''rx; ^in (i^sn), ^^n ; ■^Sn,

a. Pattahh sometimes remains without change, e.g. 12^ Ps. 132:12,
Pi-ia-:! 2 Sam. 2:27, !i3^S3 Jer. 7 : 10, ^Rin Prov. 30:9, Tip^:: Job 34:5,
tinrsx Neh. 5:14. Seghol more frequently, Tib^., pns, c-i;?, rp^. and
Tp.'n . Long vowels are mostly unaltered; only Tsere is in mixed syllables
occasionally changed to Pattahh. e.g. !Tnn Isa. 18:5 for trn, so JS^jn
Isa. 42:22, !-£n Gen. 17:14, bm*? Gen. 21': 8, -^^^^ Gen. 25:"34, which,
in one word of Segholate formation, is converted to Seghol, e.g. S^jf;,
Slt'V Where the same word has alternate forms, one is sometimes se-
lected as the ordinary and the other as the pausal form, thus VSn|] , ]'Bf7^ ;
\::nn;^, iran;;;; rp::^, ^Q,'^"]; Tibb'ir, I'^nbrd Gen. 43:14; pnn Ec'cl.
12: il, :"i5"?7,l Sam. 13:21; TSJ, ': TS Gen. '49:3, rairn , nat'p} Lev.
26:34, 35; t^T^^S";!, 1-iJ2'^ . Sometimes, instead of changing the Sh'va be-
fore ?] to Seghol, its vowel is shifted, thus V|3, 7,3; ~b, T\i^'J, "rk , and in
Ex. 29 : 35 '""tw^* '^^^ position of the pause accent, so far as it differs
from that of the ordinary accent, has been explained §35. 2.

b. Of the pause accents, or those which mark the limits of clauses and
sections, the first class, viz., Silluk, Athnahh, and Merka with Mahpakh,
almost always give rise to the vowel changes which have been described;
the second and third classes, S'gholta. Zakeph Katon, Zakeph Gadhol,
R'bhi* and Shalsheleth. e. g. 1-n^:i Isa. 13: 8, do so frequently; the fourth
class, Pazer, e.g. 2 Kin. 3: 25,' Prov. 30:4, and T'lisha Gh'dhola, e.g.
Ezek. 20 : 21, but seldom. Pausal forms are occasionally found with other
Disjunctives, thus, Tiphhha isbn Deut. 13: 5, Pashta fi^72irn ibid.,Geresh
rad Ezek. 40 : 4, and even with Conjunctives, e. g. ""rx Isa. 49 : 18 , nV^'^li
Ezek. 17 : 15, ^lirs 2 Chron. 29 : 31.

^66. 1. The shortening and lengthening of words has an
effect upon their vowels. The shortening may take place
(1) At the end of a word by the rejection of a vowel.

This occurs only with (..) or (..) in certain forms of lib verbs, e. g.^-JFl from
n^5n, i4?!! for nis":i , in'^i) l Sam. 21 : 14 for n'lir'?! , ^ti\ for nnu:'*i . In
the last two examples the short vowel is lengthened upon its receiving the
accent, comp. §64.1. If the rejected vowel was preceded by two con-
sonants, these will now stand together at the end of the word, and be lia-
ble to the changes described §61. 2, e. g. Cj^fi for •^E'ln .

90 OUTIIOCJRAPllY. ^ 6G

(2) In the body of a word by shortening a long vowel in
a mixed syllable, which must, of course, be the one bearing
the accent, § 32. 1, or rejecting a long vowel in a simple syl-
lable before the accent (the pretonic vowel, § 6-4. 2), "ni^ ,

W; ^'StS, 1\bt2; t^'^'O ; TIJ'^pTa .

a. Tliis is in general the only reduction possible. The vowel of a
mixed syllable, if short already, is capable of no further abbreviation; and
it cannot be rejected, or there would be a concurrence of vowelless con-
sonants which the language seelc-s to avoid (~pin Prov. 30:6 is an excep-
tion). And the vowel of a simple syllable, if short, must have the accent,
§32. 1, which preserves it from rejection. The changes above recited are
confined to the last two. or, in case the accent is upon the penult, the last
three syllables of the word; for the antecedent portions of polysyllables
are already abbreviated to the utmost. Contractions due to the peculiari-
ties of certain letters, as the gutturals and quiescents, which have been
before explained, are not here taken into the account, e.g. I'^'J, ^^^ ;

b. Where the last vowel cannot be shortened, it sometimes experiences
a change of quality from pure to diphthongal, such as is produced by the
pressure of two following consonants, §61.4, e.g. ^"inv ^fl^!'" ; -^'ciin,

2. If a word be lengthened by additions at the end, its
vowels are liable to changes in consequence.

(1) Such additions create a tendency to shorten the pre-
vious part of the word in the manner just described. For
the normal length of Avords in Hebrew being dissyllabic, the
genius of the language is opposed to transcending this limit
any further than is absolutely necessary. If the addition is
not of sufficient weight to affect the position of the accent,
no abbreviation results. But if it is of weight enough to
remove the accent, an abbreviation follows if it is possible for
one to be made, e.g. ni'i, n^nnn, DD'^'nn^ for ni^'::^-! by
^61. 1.

(2) They produce changes in an ultimate mixed syllable.
If the appendage begin with a consonant, the antecedent
vowel will now be succeeded by two consonants and be liable
to the changes consequent upon such a position, § 61. 4, e. g.
S^?'?"^)?P» from b^t:;:n; ns^ji from 09 ; ^n'^^jpn from b^t?)???;

§ GO VOWEL CHANGES. 91

ipbiDp from -13)5 . If the appendage begin with a vowel, it
will attach itself to the final consonant, which will in conse-
quence be drawn away from its own syllable to begin the new
one. This may occasion the following changes :

{a) If the preceding vowel is an auxiliary Seghol or
Pattahh, introduced to facilitate the pronunciation of the
second of two vowelless consonants, § 61. 2, it will be rejected,
inasmuch as it is no longer required for this pui'pose, e. g.
isbl? from ^b^ , innp from nno .

{b) If it be a short vowel, it must either be lengthened
to adapt it to the simple syllable in which it now stands, or
rejected on account of the disposition to abbreviate words
upon their receiving accessions at the end, e. g. fi^'^Jp and
n5i:j5 from -bjp . The cases are very rare in which a short
vowel remains unchanged in consequence of its having the
accent, §18. 3, e. g. rna^^ 1 Kin. 19 : 15 from "1^7^, nb^T^n
Ezek. 8 : 2 from "rqttn .

{c) If it be a long vowel, it may be rejected, as ^^ipjp?
from biijp;' , '''aTJJ from ut , or retained either unaltered, as
™^pn from Q^pn, ''isio^ from13t^i3, or with a change of
quality from pure to diphthongal or the reverse, nfjin^a from
pinia , ^tyx^t) from y\b} , ^;i2pn from D^pn , n^bbs from u^'Hs .

TABLE SHOWING THE CHARACTER AND AFFINITIES OF THE VOWELS
AND THE ORDINARY LIMITS OF EUPHONIC CHANGES.

QUANTITY
Long. Short.

Guttural, . . . pure

C dipldliongal

Palatal,

Labial, .

• 1

\

pure t

diphthongal 0
pure u

PART SECOND.

ETYMOLOGY.
Roots of Words.

§ 67. Etymology treats of the various kinds of words,
their formation and inflections. Three successive stages are
here to be distinguished. The first is the root or radical
portion of words. This embraces those fundamental sounds,
in which the essential idea originally inheres. Roots do
not enter, in their nude or primitive form, into the current
use of language, but they constitute the basis upon which all
actually occurring words, with the exception of the inorganic
interjections, are constructed. The second stage is the word
itself in its simple uninflected state ; this is formed, if a prim-
itive, directly from the root, if a derivative, from a pre-existing
primitive, by certain changes or additions, which serve to con-
vert the radical idea into the precise conception intended,
wdiich is as yet, however, expressed absolutely. The third
and only remaining stage is the word as it appears in the ac-
tual utterances of speech, so modified by inflections as to
suggest the definite qualifications of the idea, such as the
tense of verbs, the gender and number of nouns, and the de-
gree of adjectives, or its relations whether of agreement or
subordination, such as the persons and modes of verbs and
the cases of nouns.

§ 68. There are in Hebrew, as in most languages, two
classes of roots, which may be denominated respectively pro-

^ C8 ROOTS OF WORDS, 93

nominal and verbal. Pronominal roots form the basis of sncli
words as express tlie relations of things to the speaker or to
one another, viz., pronouns and certain prepositions, adverbs,
and other particles. Prom verbal roots, which are by far
the more numerous, spring words expressive of ideas, viz.,
verbs, nouns, and such particles as are derived from them.
Verbal roots consist exclusively of consonants, and are almost
invariably triliteral. The introduction of a vowel or vowels,
even for the sake of pronouncing them, destroys their abstract
radical character, and converts them into specific words of
this or that description. Nevertheless, for reasons of conve-
nience, the letters of the root are usually pronounced by the
aid of the vowels belonging to them in the simplest form of
the corresponding verb, which is mostly the third person sin-
gular of the preterite, e. g. 't3)5 , tjS^ . This must not be
suffered, however, to lead to the confusion of identifying
that particular verbal form with the proper radical, nor of
supposing the verb to be the radical part of speech from
wdiich nouns in all cases are derived : verbs and nouns are
rather to be regarded as co-ordinate branches springing from
a common root.

a. The few quadriliterals and quinqueliterals which occur are mostly
formed from pre-existing triliterals by the addition of a weak letter, or a
letter similar to one of the original radicals, e. g. CD"i3 to lay waste comp.
CDS; vjy^T to hum comp. Tii'T ; iiE^"}D a branch comp. nQ"p ; C^Q^nia
ihoiighls comp. Ccyb ; I3ii"id a sceptre comp. l^H'iJ ; 'ixbc tranquil
comp. *;X.lfJ; t''!^"!? to spread comp. 1:3 "^ E ; or by blending two different
roots, e.g. '^"Si?^"! to he fresh composed of SaT and ds:J ; '^b'S^s a certain
one = '•ixh^ "^i^'a ; VTl^,'^ « frog from *i£a to leap ?nn (in Arabic) a
marsh. Some, which are not thus reducible, may perhaps be ol" foreign
origin.

b. Many of the triliteral roots appear to be based upon pre-existing
biliterals. Thus, the cognates "ij5, bb, T7a, nta, tna, T^ia , have in com-
mon the two letters 13 with the associated idea of cutting. §50.3. The
frequent examples of this description, together with the fact of the exist-
ence of a few biliterals, e. g. -X father^ nx brother, CX mother, have
suggested the thought that the ultimate roots may in all cases have been
biliterals, and that the triliterals were a secondary formation. Various in-
genious but unsuccessful attempts have been made to demonstrate this

94 ETYMOLOGY. ^ 69

position by an actual analysis, and to effect the reduction of all roots to
two primitive letters. Still more extravagant and fanciful is the endea-
vour, which has actually been made, to explain the origin of roots from the
individual letters of which they are composed, and to deduce their mean-
ings from tlie names, the shapes, or other peculiarities of those letters.
Tlie existence of roots and the meanings attached to them must be ac-
cepted as ultimate facts. Some have arisen, no doubt, froin the imitation
of sounds in nature; but in most cases no satisfactory reason Ciin be given
why a given combination of sounds has that particular sense, which is in
fact connected with it.

§ 69. The formation of Avords and their inflection are ac-
complished partly by internal changes and partly by external
additions. The internal changes are the insertion of vowels
and the reduplication of consonants in various significant
ways, e. g. ^i?;?, ^t?p , ^iaj? , ^"^jb . The external additions are
significant syllables welded to the root or to the word, either
at the beginning or the end, e. g. b^p , nbbp , y^p;i, ^ibispnn.

a. The triiiteral and exclusively consonantal character of Semitic
roots is their most remarkable peculiarity in distinction from those of the
Indo-European languages which are as prevailingly monosyllabic, the
vowel being an essential constituent, while the number of consonants is
variable. The fact of the vowel being an integral part of the root in
these languages interferes with their employment of internal changes for
purposes of derivation and inflection, and confines them almost entirely to
external additions, e. g. voco^ vocabam, vocalio, vocabuhnn. vocito, etc.
The composition of words of which such large use is made in the Indo-
European tongues, e.g. ad-voco, in-7wco, etc., is almost unknown in He-
brew except in the formation of proper names.

b. Different languages differ greatly in their flexibility, that is to say,
in the variety of words which may spring from a common root, and the
number of forms which the same word may assume to express the various
relations into which it enters. Relations, which in some languages are
expressed by flection, as the cases of nouns, tenses of verbs, concord
of adjectives, are in others indicated by additional words, as prepo-
sitions, auxiliary verbs, etc., or suggested by the order of words in the
sentence.

c. Formative syllables, added either at the beginning or the end of
words for the sake of inflection, are, in the ordinary consciousness of those
who use the language, completely amalgamated with them, so that their
separate origin and signification is never thought of. They are thus to
be distinguislied from those words which, by reason of their dependent
character, are attached to others as prefixes or suffixes, but yet preserve
their separate identity as prefixed conjunctions and prepositions and suf-
fixed pronouns.

§70, 71 PRONOUNS. 95

§ 70. The parts of speech in Hebrew are either dedina-
ble as pronouns, verbs, and nouns (including adjectives) ; or
indecHnable, as the article, adverbs, prepositions, conjunc-
tions, and inteijections. As most if not all of the syllables
employed in the formation and inflection of verbs and nouns
are of pronominal origin, it will be necessary to consider the
pronouns first.

a. The classification usual with the Jewish gramm<T,rians is intc
(n'^bs'B actions), nouns (riiTSO names), and particles (Q"'^? words).

nto verbs

Pronouns.

PERSONAL PROKOTJNS.

§71. The Hebrew pronouns arc personal, demonstrative,
relative, and interrogative or indefinite. The personal pro-
nouns are the following, viz. :

SINGULAR.

PLURAL.

We ^:n:i«,

^:ni

Ye m. DPS

Ye/. m.

n:Pi?

They m. on ,
They/ in,

n:n

1. I ^2-^;, ''3^?

^ { Thou m. npN

"' 1 Thou/ ns , "^rj^s

o j He i{^n

'^- [ She N^n

There are, it will be perceived, distinct forms for singular
and plural in the three persons, and for masculine and fem-
inine in the second and third. There is no form for the
neuter, as that gender is not recognized in Hebrew.

a. (l) The alternate forms of the first person singular '^2;^J (in pause
"•sbx with the accent on the penult except Job 33 : 9), and ''3X (in pause
■"l^) are used interchangeably and with perhaps equal frequency. It has
been observed, however, that while the former is the more common in
the Pentateuch, it never occurs in the books of Chronicles, and but once
in Ezekiel, viz., 36 : 28, a passage borrowed from the Pentateuch. The
usual plural of this person is i:n:x; "ni occurs but six times, viz., Gen.

96 ETYMOLOGY. §71

42 : 11, Ex. 16 : 7. 8, Num. 32 : 32. 2 Sam. 17 : 12, Lam. 3 : 42 ; ^3X though
common in later Hebrew, occurs but once in the Old Testament, viz., Jer.
42 : 6 K'thibh, where the K'ri substitutes the usual form.

(2) Tile second person masc. sing, nnx (in pause occasionally tiriN Ps.
2 : 7, 25 : 27, 40 : 18, 70 : 6, but mostly npis) is in five instances written Pix
without the final. He, which is however restored in the K'ri, viz., 1 Sam.
24 ; 19, Ps. 6 : 4, Job 1 : 10, Eccles. 7 : 22, Neh. 9 : 6, and in three instances
nx without the final vowel Num. 11 : 15, Deut. 5 : 24, Ezek. 28 : 14. The
ieminine nx is occasionally written "'tix Judg. 17:2, 1 Kin. 14:2,2 Kin.
4 : 16. 23, 8 : 1, Jer. 4 : 30, Ezek. 36 : 13 ; the K'ri invariably retrenches the
superfluous i, though it is probable th.at the original pronunciation proper
to this orthography was *'nx. The ieminine plural 'nx occurs only Ezek.
34: 31, where a few manuscripts read "iPX ; the alternate form njrx oc-
curs Gen. 31 : 6. Ezek. 13: 11, 34: 17; in Ezek. 13: 20 most editions have
n:nx .

(3) The third person fem. sing. X"^n occurs but eleven times in the
books of Moses, viz.. Gen. 14 : 2, 20-: 5, 38: 25, Lev. 2: 15 (in some editions),
11:39, 13: 10. 21, 16:31, 21:9. Num. 5: 13, 14. In its stead is found X^n
a combination of the letters of the rriasculine with the vowel of the fem-
inine. The explanation of this is that xin hu was at that early period of
common gender and used indifferently for both masculine and feminine.
As this primitive usage subsequently became obsolete, the word, when
used lor the feminine, was read XTi hi according to the uniform practice
of the later books, and the punctuators have suggested this by giving it
the corresponding vowel, §47. According to Kimchi "n Ruth 1:13 and
HiH 2 Sam. 4 : 6, Jer. 50:5, siand for the masculine plural; this assump-
tion IS unnecessary, however, as in the first passage the feminine may
have the sense of the neuter '■^ these things^ and in tlie last two it is an
adverb of place, meaning here.

b. (1) The pronoun ""wix unites the palatal found in the nominative
singular of the first person in Indo-European languages, Gr. cyw, Lat. ego.
Goth, ik, with the nasal of its other parts Gr. /ac, vu>l, Lat. me, nos, Goth.
mik. The same combination is found in the Coptic and the Phcenician.
The Arabic and Syriac have retained only the abbreviated form in the
singular and the prolonged form in the plural. The second person "FIX
is based upon the lingual n as the Doric tv, Lat. tir. Ger. du, Eng. thuu ;
and the third person Xin upon the guttural n as the Zend ho, Gr. 6.
Lat. hie, Eng. he.

(2) Words in such constant and familiar u.se as the pronouns are sub-
ject to more or less irregularity in all languages. The original plural
termination, as will be shown more fully hereafter in the case of verbs
and nouns, is C^i. In the first person D is omitted to prevent the concur-
rence of nasals in the same syllable, "'SX , "X ; the plural of the prolonged
form seems to be best explained by supposing it to have been originally
"'2::x , which was in the singular softened to ''rbx by §57. 1, and in the
plural by a transposition and weakening of the palatal to a guttural (comp.
Gr. eyw, Sans, aham), became linix. or by §53.2, i;n3 . The plurals of
the second and third persons were originally C^nx, cin, which are still

§73 PRONOUNS. 97

preserved in the Arabic, and have left their traces in the inflections of
verbs, e. g. 'iliicJp^, "^pTOb^p . The vowel u, however, which in the plu-
rals of masculine nouns has been converted into 3, has in the pronouns
undergone a still further modification into the diphthongal e Crt or e tnx .
The distinction of gender is indicated in the plural not by affixing the
characteristic termination of that gender as in nouns, but by a change of
the final nasal. An unaccented n ^ is often added by §61. 6. to relieve the
harshness of the consonantal ending.

c. In the technical language of the Jewish grammarians pronouns are
called. C'17^33 cognomina ; the first person is '^'zyo the speaker, the second
KSas present, the third "^np? hidden or absent.

§ 72. When the pronouns are used in their separate form
as distinct words they have the forms already given. When,
however, they stand in a relation of dependence to verbs,
nouns, and particles, they are appended to them in the follow-
ing abbreviated forms, called the pronominal suffixes :

SINGULAR. PLURAL.

1. Com. r ^^ ^3

„ f Masc. ^ C35

'^- \ Fern. 1\ 1?

M

Masc. ^n D on

Fem. rt n 1 10

In the first person singular "^ . is attached to nouns, and
''3 to verbs. In the second person the palatal D is substituted
for the lingual ti of the separate pronoun. For a similar
change in the first person see § 85. a. (i). The modifications
in the forms of the suffixes, occasioned by the endings of the
words to which they are attached, will be considered here-
after, §^101,220. The third plural forms Dn, in are used
with plural nouns ; D , "} with verbs and singular nouns.

The suffixes of the second and third persons plural DD ,
■jD , cn , "jn are called grave, the rest are light. The former
being mixed syllables, always receive the accent, § 33. 3, and
tend more strongly to shorten the words to which they are
attached than the latter.
7

98 ETYMOLOGY. § 73, 74

Demonstrative Pronouns.
§73. 1. The ordinary demonstrative is —

Mase. Fern. Common.

Singular, riT nsT this Plural, -« n^i? these.

The poetic form ^T is sometimes a demonstrative, Ps.
12:8, Hab. 1:11, but more frequently a relative (like the
English that), in which case it is used without change for
both genders and numbers. The feminine is occasionally
written without the final n and with a different vowel letter
HT or it . The plural, coming from a different root, is suffi-
ciently distinguished without the usual termination ; bi? occurs
eight times in the books of Moses and once in 1 Chron. 20 : 8 j
in all other places the consonantal termination is softened by
an appended n . .

2. The singular of this pronoun is in a few instances
compounded with b either without any change of meaning, or,
as Ewald and Nordheimer follow Jarchi in supposing, in the
sense of the remote demonstrative that. Thus (with the
article n prefixed) —

Masc. Fern. Ccm.

Sing, this or that nf 3n ^iTi^n tSn

a. The first ferm occurs twice in Genesis (24 :65, 37: 19), the third six
times in the post-Mosaic books as a masculine (Judg. 6 : 20, 1 Sam. 14 : 1,
17:26, 2 Kin. 23:17, Dan. 8:16, Zech. 2 : 8), and once as a feminine
(2 Kin. 4:25), the second once in Ezekiel (36 : 35).

3. The personal pronoun of the third person i^'^.n is used
for the remote demonstrative that.

Relative Pronoun.

§ 74. The relative who, lohich is "it^i? , which may be em-
ployed as a separate word, or may be shortened to a prefix to

§75 INTERROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 99

with Daghesh-forte compensative in the following letter,
unless it be a guttural and consequently incapable of receiv-
ing it, §23. 1. In a few instances the prefix TIJ takes the
vowel (.) followed by Daghesh-forte, Judg. 5:7, Cant. 1 : 1^
Job 19 : 29 ; once it has (J before x Judg. 6:17, and twice
{.) Eccl. 2 : 22 (in some copies), 3:18. The relative suffers
no change for gender or number either in its separate or its
prefixed state. Its objective relation to verbs and particles
and its possessive relation to nouns are expressed without
changing the relative itself, or removing it from its position
at the beginning of its clause by appending the appropriate
pronominal suffix to the governing word, e. g. inbir iirs icho
he sent 1dm, i. e. whom he sent, iynr niDS ivhicU its seed, i. e.
whose seed. It may also receive an adverbial sense from
being followed by the pronominal adverb DiO there, e. g.
DT» — mrs? ichere, niais — mrs lohither, n"«?^ — *iiri? tchence.

a. The prefix '>^ occurs to the exclusion of the full form oftlie relative
in the Song of Solomon, and with great frequency in another production
of Solomon's, Ecclesiastes. There are besides occasional examples of it in
other books, e. g. Judg. 5:7, 6:17,7:12,8:26,2 Kin. 6:11, 1 Chron. 5:20,
Job 19: 29, Pb. 122-124, 129, 133-137, 144, Lam. 2:15, 16. The word
cijt'a Gen. 6:3 is in several ancient versions and in the common English
translation rendered as though it were made up of the preposition 3 , the
relative "O and the particle ^'S' for that also; but the most recent inter-
preters derive it from the verb 53'^ to err, and translate in their erring.

b. 1C"X or U is also used for the conjunction that. Comp. Lat. quod.

ft

Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns.

§75. 1. The pronouns "'^ loho ^^ or w//oet;er relating to
persons, and ni2 what i' or whatever relating to things, are
employed both as interrogatives and in an indefinite sense.
They experience no change for gender or number.

The vowel of M'Q is regidated by the initial sounds of
the succeeding word. Before a letter capable of receiving
Daghesh-forte it is pointed "■□ and the following letter is
doubled, e. g. iiaffi"n"a Ex. 3:13. Before the stronger gut-

100 ETYMOLOGY. § 76

turals n and n it also commonly receives (.), e. g. s^'^si'mI?
Ps. 39 : 5, TXDn trn Gen. 31 : 36. Before the weaker gut-
tm-als N , y and 1 , it commonly takes ( J, e. g. n^i<"n^ Zech.
1 : 9, 'n'7^? nri 2 Kin. 8 : 13, Qn\s!n irq Judg. 9 : 48. Before
fi, Ji, and y with Kamets, and occasionally before other let-
ters it takes (..), § 63. 1. <z, e. g. iS n^^n™ Ex. 32 : 1, ''ristbn-n^a
Gen. 20 : 9, nvijrn^D ib., bip r\i2 1 Sam. 4 : 14, tiitv n^
2 Kin. 1:7. In a few instances the final vowel letter is
omitted and the interrogative is joined with the following
word, e. g. riT^ Ex. 4 : 2, a?^^ Isa. 3:15, ni«bri^ Mai. 1 : 13,
nn^ Ezek. 8 : 6 K'thibh.

2. Another interrogative is formed by prefixing the par-
ticle ''i? to the pronoun n| , n«T , thus fiT ■'i? which? or lohat?
1 Kin. 13 : 12,Eccles. 11:6, nsrb ^^Joriohat? why? Jer. 5:7.

3, The words "^ii^bs? ''i'bs which are always used in com-
bination, or contracted into one "'l^ba , are in usage equivalent
to an indefinite or indeterminate pronoun, Eng. a certain one,
Lat. quidam, Gr. o helva ; they are, however, derived not from
pronominal but verbal roots.

Verbs.

THEIR SPECIES.

^76. 1. Hebrew verbs have seven different forms which
have been denominated species or conjugations (D'^?^5Si build-
ings). These represent as many modifications of the verbal
idea, and are as follows, viz. :

1.

2.
3.

b?fi?
b?3

Kal

Niphal
Piel

Simple active.
" passive.
Intensive active.

4.
5.

b?s

Pual
Hiplul

" passive.
Causative active.

6.

7.

b:?£n
bysnn

Hophal
Hithpael

" passive,
Reflexive.

^77 SPECIES OF VERBS. 101

a. The term conjugations was introduced by Reuchlin, and is very gen-
erally employed in Hebrew grammars and in those of the cognate lan-
guages. It must be borne in mind, however, that Hebrew conjugations
are totally unlilie the conjugations of Latin and Greek. Tlie latter denote
the various modes of inflection adopted by different roots. The former are
modifications of the same root, which differ in meaning while their inflec-
tions are substantially alike. They correspond rather with voices or with
derivative verbs, such as frequentatives and causatives, although they not
infrequently require to be translated by words radically distinct. The
term species proposed by Schultens, though less commonly adopted, is
more descriptive.

2. Kal means li^M, and denotes tliat species in wliicli no
other than the three radical letters appear, and these only in
their single power. The other species are called /leav?/
(n">'733), because burdened by the reduplication of the radi-
cals or the addition of other letters. Their names are de-
rived from bys to do, which was the model for inflection, the
form assumed by this verb in each species serving as its
designation. Unusual verbal forms are in like manner de-
noted by the corresponding forms imposed upon its radicals.

3. Other technical expressions, such as the names of the
various classes of verbs, are also to be traced to this source.
A verb whose first radical is a guttural, a Nun, or a Yodh, is
called a Pe Guttural, Pe Nun (fs), or Pe Yodh (^£) verb,
Pe as the initial of ^?s becoming the technical designation
of a first radical generally. So a verb whose second radical
is Vav is called an Ayin Vav C'b ) ; one whose third radical
is He, a Lamedh He (s^^) ; one whose second and third rad-
icals are alike an Ayin Doubled (3?y), etc.

§77. The general idea of the several species already
stated is hable to certain modifications in the variety of cases
to which it is applied.

1. The Niphal is commonly the passive of Kal or of the
simple idea of the verb, ^35 to steal, Ni. to he stolen ; St]? to
write, Ni. to be written.

2. Sometimes, like the Greek middle voice which coin-
cides with the passive in certain of its forms, it has a reflex-

102 ETYMOLOGY. §78

ive signification, "jist: to hide, Ni. io hide one's self; nia© to
keep, Ni. to keep ones self, ^vXaTrea-Oav, DHp Ni. to repent,
lit. to grieve ones self, fieTa/jiiXeaOai; or expresses reciprocal
action, f?^ to counsel, Ni. to take covMsel together ; cnb Ni. to
fight, iiax^crOobty lit. to devour one another. In some verbs it
has both a passive and a reflexive sense, "i?^ Ni. to he sold
and to sell ones self ; Hii'i Ni. to he seen and to let ones self
he seen, to a2)jiear.

3. Sometimes when the Kal is intransitive and does not
admit of a proper passive, the Niphal is either identical with
it in signification, a"})? K. and Ni. to apiwoach, or retains a
shade of its original force by representing the state or condi-
tion not absolutely as in Kal, but as something effected and
involving a change from another previous condition, n1?)2 to
he full, Ni. to he filled, rrjn to he, Ni. to hecome.

§ 78. 1. The Piel gives new intensity to the simple idea
of the verb, by which its meaning is variously modified ac-
cording to the nature of the case, W^ to he few, Pi. to he
very few ; X^ to follow, Y\. to follow ardently, to pursue ;
'ins to fear. Pi. to fear constantly, to he timid ; 'i?ta to ask.
Pi. to ask repeatedly and earnestly, to heg ; ii'^3 to create,
as God, Pi. to form with pains and labour, as man ; sns to
write. Pi. to write much with the implication that it is to little
purpose, to scribble ; ^1?)? to hury. Pi. to hury great numhers.

2. The energy resident in this species displays itself by
signifying the producing or causing of that which is denoted
by the simple idea of the verb, thus quickening intransitive
verbs into transitives, and making such as were transitive
before to be doubly so. In this, which is the more frequent
case, it becomes virtually equivalent to a causative, ^DSJ to
perish. Pi. to make to perish, to destroy ; ^^^ to learn, Pi. to
teach, i. e. cause to learn. Both these senses are occasionally
found united in the same verb, in'ijp Pi. to he very near and to
hring near ; t^nto Pi. to he very corrupt and to corrupt or de-
stroy.

§79,80 SPECIES OF VERBS. 103

3. Pual is the passive of Piel, and therefore can only exist
when the sense of the latter is such that a passive is possible.

§79. 1. The Hiphil denotes the causing or producing of
that which is signified by the simple form of the verb, and,
as in the corresponding case of Piel, intransitive verbs become
transitive, and such as admitted of one object before are now
capable of receiving two : Ti)) to descend^ Hi. to cause to de-
scend, bring doion ; i^ia to come. Hi. to bring ; nijn to see, Hi.
to show.

2. In some verbs Hiphil has an intransitive sense, but
m most of these cases there is either an ellipsis of the object
or the idea of production and causation can still be obscurely
traced, nfc)5 Hi. to be attentive, prop, to make {one's ear) at-
tend ; pin's Hi. to be sweet, prop, to cause sweetness ; ^ii^ Hi.
to be loise, prop, to act loisely, exhibit wisdorn ; f'?^ Hi. to he
brave, prop, to act bravely; "jl?! Hi. to grow old, prop, to acquire
age. In a few instances both senses are found united in the
same verb, hSq Hi. to cause to bud and to jy«^ forth buds ;
^■bij Hi. to prolong and to be long ; "i^^ Hi. to enrich and to
grow rich ; 'J'i?'© Hi. to make fat and to become fat (comp.
Eng./«^/<??^).

3. Hophal is the passive of Hiphil.

a. When Kal has hoth a transitive and an intransitive sense, Hiphil.
as the causative of the latter, becomes substantially identical with the
former, iiaj K. to e.vtend or to bend, trans, and intrans., Hi. id. trans. In
Job 23 : 11, Ps. 125:5, Isa. 30 : 11, where the Hiphil of this verb appears to
be used intransitively in the sense of turning aside, there is an ellipsis of
its proper object, to bend {the steps).

§80. 1. The Hithpael is reflexive or reciprocal of the
idea of the verb, mostly as this is expressed in the Piel spe-
cies (from which it is formed, § 82. 5), the particular shade
of meaning being modified according to the circumstances
of the case. (1) It indicates that the subject is hkewise the
direct object of the action, t3^^ Pi. to deliver, Hith. to escape,
deliver one's self; PT!? Pi. to justify, Hith. to justify one's self;

104 ETYMOLOGY. § 80

to|n Pi. to see/c, Hitli. to disguise ones self, prop, to let one's
self be sought for ; n'in Pi. to make sick, Hith. to make one's
self sick whether in reality or in the esteem of others, i. e. to
feign sickness ; Din Hith. to show one's sef wise whether in
reahty or in his own conceit. (2) Or that he is the indii'ect
object of the action, which is for his benefit, or relates en-
tirely to him, nns Pi. to open, Hith. to open for one's self;
bn? Hith. to inherit {for one's self) ; ^?n Pi. ^ make gracious y
Hith. to implore favour, prop, to make to he gracious to one's
self (3) Or that the action is mutual between two or more
parties, "ni?p Pi. to hind, Hith. to conspire, prop, to hand to-
gether ; fixn to see, Hith. to look upon one another.

2. This species is sometimes a mere passive like the
Niphal nio to forget, Hith. to he forgotten ; *iS2 Pi. to atone,
Hith. to he atoned ; ^P^ Pi. to prepare, Hith. to he prepared.
In a few instances the reflexive and the passive senses are
found in the same verb, ii^ Hith. to sell one's self and to he
sold.

a. (1) The affinity between the Piel and Hiphil species is such as in
very many verbs to render it unnecessary to retain them both, and one or
the other has been allowed to fall into disuse. Where both exist, they
are often nearly or quite synonymous, and are used indiscriminately, ©"^fs
Pi. and Hi. to sanctify, or differ only in the frequency of their employment,
nVa Pi. and Hi. (rare) to send, yaa Pi. (rare) and Hi. to cause to hear.
In other cases they are distinguished by adhering to those significations
of the species in which they depart palpably from one another, ri^a Pi.
(intens.) to grow luxuriantly, Hi. (caus.) to make to grow, isD Pi. (caus.)
to make foolish. Hi. (intrans.) to act foolishly ; or by developing them from
different significations of the root, buJa Pi. to cook (food), Hi. to ripen
(fruit) ; Tit's Pi- to bless (prop, to kneel in worship), Hi. to cause to kneel
(as a physical act), cis Pi. to break the bones (c^^J^Hi. to re7ider
strong ; or by restricting them to special applications, "lUj^ Pi. to burn in-
cense {to idols), Hi. to burn incense (to God); t^T\ Hi. to change, Pi. to
change (the clothes) ; ailJQ Hi. to strip. Pi. to strip (the slain in battle).

(2) It is still less common to find both Niphal and Hithpael in the same
verb. Where this does occur they are sometimes used interchangeably,
at others a distinction is created or adhered to, T^Sd Ni. and Hith. to be
poured out ; 12'1 Ni. and Hith. to talk with one another ; T\^'^ Ni. to be
blessed, Hith. to bless ont^s self; ^^n Ni. to be ploughed, Hith. to keep {one's
self) quiet ; ^llJf3 Ni. to be bound, Hith. to conspire.

(3) When in particular verbs two species have substantially the same

§81 PERFECT VERBS. 105

sense, it sometimes happens that parts only of each are in use, one supple-
menting the deficiencies of the otlier, or that one of the active species,
losing its proper passive, is supplied by another whose corresponding
active is wanting. Thus Vz"^ to be able has a Kal preterite and infinitive;
but its future is Hophal (strictly, (o be made able, but in usage the equiva-
lent of Kal) ; ?|D3 to be pale, Tr:<3 to draw near, "rij to be poured out, have
their futures in the Kal but their preterites in the Niphal; C]D^ to add has
both a Kal and a Hiphil preterite, wliich are synonymous, but only a
Hiphil future. Again, in ^ ^3 to separate and lii:3 to destroy^ the Kal has
yielded to the Hiphil (strictly, to cause separation, destruction), but the
Niphal is retained as its passive ; "J^n^ to bathe and p"^T to sprinkle, have
in the active the Kal form and in the passive the Pual.

(4) All verbs are found in one or more of these species or conjugations,
but very few in the wliole of them. Of the 1,332 triliteral verbs in the
Hebrew Bible, 530 appear in some one species only. 360 in two species,
235 in three. US in four, 70 in five, 12 in six, and but 7 in the entire num-
ber, viz.: S'iba to cleave asunder, nba to imcover, I'l^n to be sick, 3-"]^ to
know, iH^ to bring forth, IpS to tisit, Cin to be high. The number of
species in which a given verb appears, is sometimes limited by the ne-
cessity of the case, as when its meaning will not admit of the modifica-
tions denoted by all the species; or by usage, as when certain species are
dropped as unnecessary, the ideas Avhich they would convey being ex-
pressed in another manner; or by the circumstance that in the small vol-
ume of the Old Testament, examples may not occur of all the species
which actually were in use.

b. Instances occur in which the active species, and less frequently the
passives, derive their meanings not directly from the root, but from some
noun which has sprung from it. These are called Denominatives. Thus,
ti'^3 K. to break the neck (mIS"); "i4"^ K. ^o tithe (^"ci; ten); )"!)> to make
bricks (nja^) ; 33^3 Ni. to be possessed of understanding, or, according to
others, to be devoid of understanding (33b heart); "n3 Pi. to act as priest
(inb); "jip Pi. to build a nest ("p) ; "an^ Pu. part, s^ware (ranx /oz<r);
i;?r:Q Pu. almond-shaped (ijbr); r^ri-a Pu. dyed scarlet (r^l'p) ; i-^S^n Hi.
to snow (sbi); T']^'^. Hi. to give ear (".IN); nsn Hi. to snare (ne); nH^^n
Ho. to be salted (nba); "'n;^rin Hith. to make one''s self a Jew ("'i^n^);
^.^V^n Hith. to supply one's self with provision {"^"^k)- A verbal form may
occasionally arise even from an adverb, f^ijbns Ni. part, removed far away
(nxbn), or an interjection, Dfi^] Hi. and he stilled (on hush!).

Perfect Verbs.

§ 81. There is one normal standard for tlie formation of
these several species and their further inflection, to which all
verbs conform unless prevented by the character of their
radicals. There are no anomalous or irregular deviations

106 ETYMOLOGY. ^82

from this standard, such as are found in other languages, for
which no explanation can be given but the fact of their oc-
currence. Whatever deviations do occur result from the
presence of letters in the root which do not admit of certain
combinations and forms, and compel the adoption of others
in their stead. Verbs are hence distinguished into perfect
and imperfect. They are styled perfect when their radical
letters are capable of entering into all those combinations
and exhibiting all those forms which conformity with the
standard requires. They are imperfect when the root con-
tains a weak letter, §7.2, or is otherwise so constituted as
to lead to a departure from the standard inflections.

§S2. 1. In perfect verbs the Kal is formed by giving
Pattahh, or more rarely one of its compounds, Tsere or
Hholem, to the second radical as its essential or characteristic
vowel, and to the first radical a pretonic Kamets, §64. 2,

thus : bbj5 , ins , fDj5 .

a. The number of verbs, perfect and imperfect, whose second radical
has Tsere or Hholem, or as they are technically called viiddle e and mid-
dle 6, is quite inconsiderable. They are mostly of an intransitive sig-
nification.

(1) The following have Tsere, viz. :

',f?t to be old. lis (Isa. 24:20 lis) to be na to die.

ysn to delight. heavy. b'2i to fade,

^kn to hew. "iui3 to be right. S<i'^ to thirst.

in^ to be clean. ^b.\ and vi:h to put on. bh^^ (Isa. 33:9 ^53)5) to

xr:: to be unclean. ^?^^ trans, or intrans.(Esth. wither.

ty) to be dry. 7 : 5 S^o trans.) to t«3b to hate.

tuyi to fear. fll or be full. bod to be brought low.

(2) The following have Tsere in pause, § 65. 3. a, or as a pretonic vowel,
§ 64. 2, before a suffix, but Pattahh in other cases. Such as only occur in
pause or with suffixes are printed with Tsere.

2ijX to love. b^a to be or become hhn to cease,

ccisj to be guilty. great. "j^in to be leavened.

pS3 to swell. p'z'^ to cleave to. v]3n to be profaned.

15a to prevail. 'jffi'n to grow fat. "ibn to lack.

§ 82 PERFECT VERBS. 107

ISn to blush (distin- B^S to be strong. "ib to be sated.

guished from ^En pi^:j to come jipon, to n^'J to rejoice.

to dig). prosper. n3':5 to forget.

t)S^ to be weary. 'cinpj to be holy. ')3'^ to dwell.

TT'ni to possess. -"iFv ^" co»ie «ear. ca':3 ;o be desolate.

C5;3 ^0 6e pleasant. -1"t ^o 6e hungry. "Siyd^ lo hear.

Several others are marked with Tsere in the lexicon of Gesenius, in
which that vowel does not occur.
(3) The following have Hholem:

nii< to shine. i>2; to be able. nn (Ps. 18 : 15 "^ ) to

C'ia to be ashamed. ii;p^ to snare. shoot.

Sia to be good. Via (see §86. a) io/ouj. b5a (Gen. 43: 14 Tib d'O)

•^Ji ?o dread. "pp^ to be small. to be bereaved.

2. The Niphal is formed by prefixing ? to the letters of
the root ; thus, ^I3p: , which by § 61. 1. becomes bbjpp .

3. Tlie Piel and Pual are formed by doubhng the second
radical and attaching the appropriate vowels ; thus, bDj? ,

4. The Hiphil and Hophal are formed by prefixmg n
with the proper vowels ; thus, ^"'Plpn , btsjpn .

5. The Hithpael is formed by prefixing tnn to the con-
struct infinitive of the Piel ; thus, ^iapf^n . If the first radi-
cal be one of the sibilants D , ilJ or to , the ri of the prefixed
syllable will be transposed with it, ^^riD^, ^sni^^'j ^"D^^r^-
If the first radical be 2 , the n will be transposed, and in
addition changed to t3 , e. g. 'pT?^''^ . If the first radical be
one of the Unguals T , t: or n , the T\ will be assimilated or
united to it by Daghesh-forte, 'p%'rr\ , nn^n , nisnn .

a. In one instance n3::KiTyr!fi Jer. 49:3 n remains before d without
transposition, which would bring three Unguals in close connection, and
once it is assimilated to d, Eccl. 7: 16 CTgiTa";, elsewhere cnind";! ; n is
likewise assimilated to the sibilant t in the only Hithpael form in which
that letter is the initial of the root ^3'rt Isa. 1:16. In one instance
n"'p3'riri'a Judg. 19:22 n remains without assimilation before "i . The n
may either be assimilated or not to the initial 3 of two verbs S!:3, J<iU3,
and the initial 3 of two ">13, "iS3. It is assimilated to the 3 ofCS3. which
occurs but twice in the Hithpael, to the 3 of y^'i , which only occurs once,
and in one instance to "n, viz. cainji Isa. 33:10 but cainni Dan. 11:36.

108 ETYMOLOGY. §83

b. The Beven species may, agreeably to their formation, be reduced to
three with their derivatives, viz.:

Active

1. Kal

2. Piel

3. Hiphil

Passive

Pual

Hophal

Middle

Niphal

Hithpael

(1) The prefixed letters of the Niphal and Hithpael 3 and n (Avith n
prosthetic. §53. 1. a) are probably in their origin iragmentary pronouns
signifying self; whether they are referable to ""JN and tijix of the first
and second persons must be left to conjecture. The idea primarily sug-
gested is that of performing an action upon one's self; but in the Niphal
usually, and in the Hithpael occasionally, the reflexive signification has,
as in certain tenses of the Greek middle and in the reciprocal verbs of
some modern languages, given place to the passive. In the Aramaean
the forms with a prefixed rs have not only quite lost their original char-
acter as reflexives, but have superseded all other passives.

(2) The idea of causation in the Hiphil and Hophal, if the author may
venture to offer his own opinion upon this perplexed subject, is not due,
as in the Indo-European causatives, to the introduction of a syllable
directly suggesting it. It appears to be primarily another intensive form,
with which usage has ordinarily connected, as it frequently has with the
Piel, the notion of productive energy or the quickening of an intransitive
into a transitive. As in the Piel and its derivatives, the idea of intensity
is suggested by giving a doubled and consequently more intense pronun-
ciation to the central radical; so in the Hiphil, by a like symbolism, the
power of the root is augmented by the accession of a new initial syl-
lable, whether the weak letter H is merely for the sake of pronouncing
the vowel, which seems likely from the corresponding !!< in Aramaean and
Arabic, or is itself significant, in which case it must be of pronominal
origin, related possibly to Wn of the third person, and having a prepo-
sitional or intensive force.

(3) The distinction between active and passive in the intensive and
causative species is made by the vowels alone, and that in a way perfectly
simple, and yet as clearly marked as possible. Of the three pure vowels
i and u ofler the most striking contrast, and these are severally set in op-
posite syllables in the forms to be distinguished; i or its cognate e marks
the second syllable of the actives, m or its cognate o the first syllable of the
passives, the other syllable receiving in every case the simplest and only
remaining vowel : thus, ^"^lipn , ^lip — V^p - ^'^P.-^ • For that a primarily
belonged to the first syllable of both Piel and Hiphil is apparent from its
retaining its place throughout these species with the exception of the
preterite, and from its preservation in the cognate languages.

§83. If Vj)5 to Ml be taken as the representative of tlie
regular verb, the various species with their significations will
be as follows, viz. :

1.

Kal

^t?)5

2.

Niplial

bb)55

3.

Piel

^4?

4.

Pual

bDj5

5.

Hiphil

^^ppn

6.

Hophal

bbjpn

7.

Hitlipael

^^'^^'^

§83 PERFECT VERBS. 109

to kill.

to he killed.

to kill many or to massacre.

to be massacred.

to cause to kill.

to he caused to kill.

to kill ones self.

a. It is in each case the third person masculine singular of the preterite
which is given above, and the strict signification therefore is he has killed,
etc. These being the simplest forms of the various species, however, and
destitute of any sign of tense or person, are commonly used to represent
the species ; and in this sense the proper equivalent is the infinitive, which
is the form used for designating verbs in English.

b. The verb ba;? is well fitted for a model, and is now generally so
employed. The consonants, which compose its root, have no peculiarities
to interfere with its inflection, it has a signification capable of being car-
ried through all the species, and as it exists likewise in the cognate lan-
guages, it offers a good basis for their comparison. It occurs, indeed, but
three times in the Bible, Job 13:15, 24: J4, Ps. 139:19, and in but one
species ; still the very rarity of its occurrence only restricts it more com-
pletely to its use as a representative or typical verb. The old Jewish
model H"0, §76.2, is objectionable on account of its weak letter 5, and
on account of the twofold sound of its initial radical S, which, with its
Daghesh-lene, might prove perplexing to beginners.

c. (1) The existence of other and less usual species is a needless as-
sumption. The Poel, Pile), Pilpel and the like, are not additional species
but identical in character and signification with those already named. The
more copious Arabic, with its nicer shades of distinction, has greatly mul-
tiplied the number of its species or conjugations, incorporating into its
standard paradigm forms corresponding to some of these which the He-
brew only occasionally employs. In the latter language, however, they
are at the utmost alternate forms substituted in place of the ordinary
ones, and found for the most part in the imperfect verbs, to the nature of
whose radicals they owe their peculiarities of structure. When, as is the
case in a very few instances, there is a double form to a particular species
in the same verb, usage has mostly created an arbitrary distinction be-
tween them, e.g. Pi. UJnia to uproot and Vi'Sa to take root; Pi. C'p to
cause to stand, applied to covenants and oaths, to ratify, and D^ip, in a
physical sense, to raise up; Hi. HiDn to cause to rest, to set down, and
nisn to leave, to let alone. There is no objection to the employment of
these names as convenient designations of particular modes of formation,
provided it is understood that they mean nothing more.

(2) There are very few instances of what may be called compound
species; thus, Niphal of Pual ^i^x^Js Isa. 59:3, Lam. 4:14, <o be exceed-

110 ETYMOLOGY. § 84

ingly defiled, stronger than the simple Niphal bx;: ; Niphal of Hithpael
!in&53 Ezek. 23:48, -)B33 Deut. 21 : 8, : niFi'r? Prov. 27: 15.

§84. To eacli of these species belong a preterite and fu-
ture, two forms of the infinitive, an absohite and a construct,
a participle, and, except to the Pual and Hophal which as
pure passives cannot express a command, an imperative. The
Kal has both an active and a passive participle, one more, con-
sequently, than the other species. The preterite of each
species is the form already described, §83. The remaining
parts are formed in the following manner, viz. :

1. The absolute infinitive is formed by changing the last
vowel in Hiphil and Hophal to Tsere, and in each of the
other species to Hliolem, observing likewise that Hhirik in
the penult of Piel and Hiphil is to be changed to Pattahh.
(See Paradigm of the Perfect Verb.) This rule gives to
Niphal the infinitive Vibjp? , which form actually occurs, §91. ^.
If, however, the original Sh'va be suiFered to remain after
the prefixed 5, §82. 2, thus, ^i^Ip?, a prosthetic H will be re-
quired in order to its pronunciation, § 53. 1. a, after which 5
will be assimilated to the following letter, § 54. 2, and a pre-
tonic Kamets, §G4. 2, added to the p in order to give full
effect to the reduplication ; thus ^'lijjn , which is the form
written in the paradigm.

2. The construct infinitive is formed from the absolute
in the Kal by rejecting the pretonic Kamets, §82. 1, in
Niphal by changing the last vowel to Tsere, and in the re-
maining species by making the last vowel conform to the
corresponding vowel of the preterite.

3. The future is formed from the construct infinitive by
the appropriate personal prefixes ; if the first letter of the
infinitive be n, it is rejected, § 53. 3, and its vowel given to
the prefix.

a. (1) Some verbs take Pattahh in the last syllable of the Kal future
instead of the Hholem of the construct infinitive. This is particularly the
case with intransitive verbs. Such as have Tsere in the preterite regu-

§84 PERFECT VERBS. Ill

larly lake Patfahh in the future; of the list given §S2. l.a. (1) and (2)
but iliree :;^n, hhi, "lid take Hliolem, and two yin and criy take indif-
ferently Hholem or Pattahh. Of verbs with middle 6 in the preterite
three ^TD, 'jb;? and hb':i take Pattahh in tlie future; the rest either do not
occur in the future, or have imperfect letters in their root which obscure
their true formation.

(2) The following verbs with Pattahh in the preterite have Pattahh
likewise in the Kal future. Those which do not occur in the Kal preterite,
or occur only in forms which do not reveal the character of the vowel fol-
lowing the second radical, are distinguished by an asterisk. Verbs having
a Pattahh in the future, which is due to imperfect letters in the root, (e. g.
Pe Yodh, Ayin Guttural, Lamedh Guttural), are not included in this list.

^5^ io mourn. \l533 to come near. ^^"1 to lie down.

*C]^X to learn. i>uJ3 (intrans.) to fall fin to rage or tremble.

* ycx to be strong. of. * S^"^ to be wet.

*Ci;x to be angry. *"(b? to be poured. 2D'n to ride.

*i>5n to become vain. pbo (hSQ.b.) to ascend. **isn to spread.

pm to be strong. "jliJi' to smoke. *-p'^ to rot.

can to be wise. *pr!!^ lo be removed. 23'i3 to lie down.

T(TiJn to be dark. *r'^^ to be righteous. 1;^'^ to ride.

*bD3 to be foolish. ^^p to be lightly es- *tbo to be complete.

lib to learn. teemed. *')'?'^ to grow fat.

pn^ to be sweet. *-t?r5 to be attentive.

(3) The following with Pattahh in the preterite have both Pattahh and
Hholem in the future.

'isa to deal treacher- tan to be hot. "'WJ to bite.

ously. 'i:n to be gracious. hy^ to do.

"ITS fut. o, to tear, fut. *li:'in fut. o, to plough, l-uis to strip off.

a, to resolve. fut. a, to be silent, top to use divination,

T^Ti (mostly fut. e) io^o. ?|'^.a to tear. "i:sp fut.o, ^oc?<;o^ fut.
C5T to curse. "ik^ to form. a, to be short.

*'C'ZT\ to bind. bya to trespass. ri2^ to rest.

*uibn fut. ti, to subdue, Ti3 tofee. crn to be finished.
fut. a, to be weak. ■i'^3 to vow.

b. Some imperfect verbs, chiefly Pe Yodh, take Tsere in the second
syllable of the Kal future, e. g. aiii'; , *jn^ .

4. The imperative has the same form with the construct
infinitive except in Hiphil, where the last voAvel is Tsere as
in the infinitive absokite.

112 ETYMOLOGY. §85

a. Where the Kal future has Pattahh or Tsere the imperative takes
the same.

5. The Kal active participle takes the form bijp and the
passive ^^'^j?. The participle of the Niphal lengthens the
last vowel of the preterite from Pattahh to Kamets ; those
of the other species are formed by prefixing 12 to the con-
struct infinitive, rejecting n where this is the initial letter,
§ 53. 3, and lengthening the last vowel where this is short.

§85. 1. The preterite and future are inflected through
three persons, the imperative only in the second person, a
command presupposing the form of direct addi^ess. There
are also distinct forms for the singular and plural numbers
and for the masculine and feminine genders. Verbal hiflec-
tions are made by means of pronominal fragments added to
the end of the preterite and imperative, and for the most part
prefixed to the futm-e.

a. The following are the fragments used for this purpose in the various
parts of the verb :

Preterite (^i:?).

(1) Singular, drdpers. masc. The third person alone has no per-
sonal ending in any of its forms ; as each of the others has such a termi-
nation, none was needed for the sake of distinction. Nothing more was
required than to indicate the gender and number. The masculine singu-
lar is expressed by the simple form of the species with no appended sign
whatever.

Sfem. The original feminine termination is n _ , which, appended to
the masculine, would give ^''?'^'i^, a form used before suffixes, §101. 1, in
Lamedh He verbs and occasionally elsewhere, §S6.6. Commonly, how-
ever, in verbs as in nouns and adjectives, the final n is dropped, §55. 2. c,
and the previous vowel, which thus comes to stand in a simple syllable, is
lengthened, "^^^ij^.

2 masc. The appended Pi is derived from fiPX .

2 fern, n from Fix .

1 com. ''in changed from ''S of "'ibx ; compare the similar relation of
the suffixes r\ , aa to the pronouns nnx , cnx §72. The Ethiopic retains
the k unaltered, katalku.

^85 PERFECT VERBS. 113

Plural. 3 com. The original plural termination §71. 6. (2) is a nasal
B or 1 preceded by the vowel 1 . The full ending "i*! is still found in a
very few instances, §86.6, generally the ) is dropped, §55. 2. a.

2 masc. CF) from fiRX .

2 fern. )T\ from "(nx . ,

1 com. 13 from 13 X .

Future (Tin:?).

(2) Singular. 3rd pers. masc. The prefixed '' is from Klrt ; the
vowel u, which distinguishes the masculine pronoun, is changed to the
corresponding semivowel 1, and this at the beginning of words becomes "• ,
§56.2.

3 fern. Fi, the sign of the feminine, is here prefixed.

2 masc. andfein. The prefixed Pi is from t^PX, "^FiN, from the latter
of which is derived the appended ^ , of the feminine.

I com. The prefixed IJit is from "'JX .

Plural. 3 masc. and 2 masc. The same plural termination as in the
preterite is appended to the corresponding singular forms.

3 fern, and 2fem. The feminine plural is, as in the pronouns nsin ,
hjnx, denoted by 03 appended to the singular, the 2 fem. sing, termina-
tion "^ . being dropped as superfluous.

1 com. The prefixed 3 is from 13N. .

Imperative C"^^?), etc.

(3) No designation of the person is here necessary as the second is the
only one in use. Gender and number are indicated by the same termina-
tions as in the corresponding person of the future. The future forms will,
in fact, in every case directly yield those of the imperative by rejecting
the prefixed 0 , the sign of the second person, and restoring the n in
those cases in which it has been suppressed.

(4) The hifinitive ('^p'O foimtain, whence other forms are derived) is
an abstract verbal noun commonly masculine, but sometimes with a femi-
nine termination.

(5) The Participle (''3l3'i5 intermediate between the preterite and the
future) shares the inflections of nouns and adjectives.

2. The inflections of the perfect verb in all the species
are shown by the paradigm of Vo]5 upon the next page.

Paradigm oj

KAL.

NIPIIAL.

PIEL.

PUAL.

Pret.

3 m.

^t2l?

^^P?

^^P

^^P.

3/.

^?^P.

nbtpj^5

S^^?P

^?top'

2 m.

nbibp

T : -*T

rib^p?

nbt^p

nbt2i5

2/

nbt:p

: : — (t

^'^^P5

3?bt2p

rnbibp

1 c.

'^^^P

'^b^p?

'^^^P

'^bfep

Phir.

3 c.

^brpp

^btppp

^bt2p

iibtfp

2 m.

cii?bt:p

Dnbt:pD

cjpib^P

finb^p

2/.

l^^^^i?

ife^^P?

■)2^b^P

ife^^R

1 c.

^Dbbp

^jbtp?

^Dbibp

iijbt^p

Infin.

absol.

bit:?:

bti]5ri

btip

b%

conslr.

btbp

^^^sn

^^P

■(^^^l?)

FUT.

3 m.

btip^

^^)?r

btop:

bibp*;

3/

bbpn

^t?p<i

^topn

bbpn

2 m.

bbpri

5^t:pn

btppn

bbpn

2/

'btppn

^btppn

^btppn

^btopn

1 c.

bt3px

bppij

bt3p^i?

^^P?

Plur.

3 m.

^btpp;

^^?E'

^btfp:^

^^?P:

3/.

nsbtipn

riDbtbpn

T : •• Jt •

!^;^topn

njb^pn

2 TJl.

^btppn

iibt:pn

: Pit •

iibtppn

^btopn

2/.

r^jbtipn

T : >: •

n^bbpn

T : "It •

njbtopn

T : •• i— :

njbtapri

1 c.

^^)??

^^P?

btopi

^topD

Imper.

2 m.

bbj^

'i?pri

^^^P

2/

'^^1?

^btpp^ri

^btpp

Plur,

2 m.

^btpp

iibt5p^n

^p_

wanting

2/

riDbtip

T : (;

•^jbfijsri

^f?'^P.

Part.

acf.

^'^p

^^P?

pass.

b^t:i5

bbpi

T>: •

btop)^

114

Perfect Verbs.

HOPHAL, BITHPAEL. KAL (mid. e). KAL {mid. o).

T • ': •

rb^pn

-jnbtjpri
iijbtbpn

bbpn

^b*t)pr]

"^.^btjpn
^b^tbpn

5^,'^PpJi!

^b^tbpn
^b^tbpri

njbt:pu

T : •■': —

b^bp''^

bi:pn btjpnri
nbtppn nbt^prri
nbt:pn nbtopnn

: ; — ': t

^nbtspn

• : — '; r

^bi:pri

: ': T

Dnbtipn

V : — •: T

'jnbt:pn
^:bi:pn

rbtDpnn

^nbtbpnn
Mbiipnn

Dnb^prn
^Dbt^pnn

btjpii (b'tapnri)

btipJi

'^^-^^^n

bibp"^

— ':t

b-jpn
^bt:pn

• ; •: T

sibiip^

: ':t

njbt:pn
!ibt:pn

: ': T
T : — <: T

bt:p5

btspn:

btDpnn

btopnn

^bioprn

n:v.^

^btopnn
nsbtppnn

bb^

^^.r.-iTit^J-;

wanting

6t:pnr;

^^I?^

^n-ii

T : IT
T : — T
: : — r
• ; — T

: IT

T

T : — ; •

biiij

^^

^t

nb'DUJ

: : T

^bSTi:

: IT

nbs'u:)
^Dbiuj

biD-j:

T

b'i^

bitn
b|OT
^bs^-n

nrbsirn

bS'JJD

115

116 ETYMOLOGY. §86

a. In order to a better understanding of the preceding paradigm, it
should be observed that certain changes result from attaching the per-
sonal inflections to the verb, which are to be explained by the general
laws of sounds and syllables.

(1) The prefixes of the future occasion no changes unless they stand
before Ti which is rejected, and its vowel given to the prefix, §53. 3, e. g.
itJis"^ for "bby^Ty], or stand before a vovvelless letter when the Sh'va of the
prefix becomes Hhirik. §61. 1, thus forming a new syllable to which the
initial radical is attached, e. g. ^t:p7 for ^bpv Where N of the first per-
son singular would receive Hhirik, it takes the diphthongal Seghol in-
stead, §60. 1. a (5), e. g. V)t:px, Vj;3X.

(2) Terminations consisting of a vowel, viz., M^ and '' . of the femi-
nine singular and 1 of the plural, occasion the rejection of the vowel in
the ultimate. §66. 2, which is no longer needed, except in the Hiphil whose
long "^ . is retained in the preterite and future, and takes the place of ( )
in the imperative, e.g. "^^^^j ''^^kPi but n^^'Mpti . In the Kal impera-
tive the rejection takes place although it creates a necessity for the forma-
tion of a new syllable, ''^^i?, 1-'Jp for ""^^p, iP-jp from bip, §61.1.

(3) Terminations consisting of a consonant ri or of a simple syllable
n, ^n. >13, H3 occasion no change, except the compression of the antece-
dent vowel, which now stands before two consonants, to (.) in the preterite,
and from "^ . to (._) in the future, P^^I^H j '^?^^h»i;> §61.4. But verbs
with middle o retain the Hholem in the Kal preterite, ''P^!^^ .

(4) Terminations consisting of a mixed syllable CPl, "jn occasion the
same compression of the vowel of the ultimate, and inasmuch as they
always receive the accent, §33.3, they likewise cause the rejection from
the penult of the Kal preterite of the pretonic Kamets. which owes its ex-
istence to the proximity of the tone syllable, §82. 1, Cn^ljp from ^^3(5.

Remarks on the Perfect Verbs.

§86. a. Preterite. Verbs with middle Tsere exchange this for Pat-
tahh upon the accession of a personal affix beginning with a consonant.
Those with middle Hholem retain this vowel, unless it be deprived of the
accent when it is shortened to Kamets Hhatuph, t\']y^, '^f?"'^^) "'P'^^l^)
nbs^l , '''f}^2'^ . The second vowel, whatever it be, is regularly dropped
before affixes beginning with a vowel, but here, as elsewhere throughout
the paradigm, is restored and if need be lengthened on the reception of a
pause accent, e.g. llpQ, :!ns&ri, si^bj. The words >lbT3 Judg. 5:5,
-A^]) Isa. 63:19, 64:2rare by Kimchi^ Mikhol fol. 5, regarded as Kal
preterites from bl^ Jlowed, in which case the second must be added to the
list of forms with Daghesh- forte emphatic, §24. c, by Gesenius as Niphal
preterites from hhl shook, comp. n^33 Gen. 11:7, -l^ij Am. 3:11 from

I

§87 REMARKS ON THE PERFECT VERBS. 117

h. Sing. 3 fern. The old form with n is found constantly in Lamedh
He verbs, occasionally in Lamedh Aleph, and in two instances besides,
nbis Deut. 32 : 36 (with the accent on the penult because of a following
monosyllable, §35. 1.), and rrr Ezek. 46 : 17 from r^ld. The vowel letter
X is once written in place of n, S<'^?a Ezek. 31 : 5 KHhibh, § 11. 1. a.

2 7nasc. The vowel letter ti is sometimes appended as in the pro-
noun nns from which the termination is taken, nnTT'S Mai. 2: 14, nn:;'C'^
Jer. 17:4; so in other species besides Kal, nnsOD? Gen. 31 : 30, nnr'n'i
Job 38 : 12 ICthibh, nn^^ir; Ps. 73 : 27. In the last "example the n of the
root is united by Daghesh-forte with the n of the personal affix ; this
union regularly occurs between roots ending with n and affixes beginning
with the same letter ''nr^J Job 23 : 17, niirn Ps, 89 : 45, "'narri Isa.
16:10, cnarn Ex. 5:5, rin^ Ezek. 28:8, '""na Gen. 19:19, "'nnnnn
Jer. 49:37.

2 fern. The full termination Ti of "ipN is frequently added in Jere-
miah and Ezekiel and occasionally elsewhere, Tii-T Ezek. 16:22. and

I ' : : -r _ ' _

repeatedly in the same chapter, ''ri"!'^^ Ruth 3 ; 3 ; so in otlier species
•'Pini'^ Jer. 3 : 5, ''tn'nab Jer. 13 : 21. ' See also Jer. 4 : 19, 22 : 23, 46 ; 11.

1 com. The vowel letter "^ is, contrary to the ordinary rule, §11. 1. a,
omitted in four instances in the K'thibh, though it is supplied by the K'ri,
nSTi Ps. 140 : 13, Job 42 : 2, n^ia 1 Kin. 8 : 48, Ti-^'-av Ezek. 16 : 59.

.;-T J ' • • r ' ' • T

Plur. 3 com. The full ending 'i only occurs in I^H^ Deut. 8 : 3, 16
■jllps Isa. 26:16, and Itliyp';! Isa. 29:21 from t'p; , the restoration of the
Hholem before the pause accent causing the rejection of the Kamets,
which is a pretonic vowel and can only remain in the immediate vicinity
of the accent; the form is tiius sufficiently explained without the neces-
sity of assuming it to be the future of a verb UJip which nowhere else
occurs. An otiant X, §16. 1. is twice added to this person, as is regularly
the case in Arabic, Ksiibn Josh. 10:24. St^iix Isa. 28: 12. The forms of
similar appearance Nvij Ps. 139 : 20, N^"i|'^ Jer. 10 : 5, are in reality of
different character as the S is in these a radical, whose vowel has been
shifted to the preceding letter, §57. 2. (3). The occasional omission of the
vowel letter ^ from the K'thibh, e. g. "n^X 1 Sam. 13 : 19, ^3p Esth. 9:27,
nis'J Deut. 21:7, n^n Josh. 18: 12.' 14. 19 indicates a difference of
reading. The words of the text are in the singular, and require the
pointing -lax etc. J^isd etc.; the K'ri has substituted 1'^^X, ^=S^ etc.
for the sake of a more exact concord of the verbs with their subjects, §48,

2 masc. and fern. There is no example of a verb middle o in the
second person plural ; the forms in the paradigm are inferred from
analogy, to indicate which they are enclosed in parentheses. In nsnsbcn
Am. 4:3, n^ is added to the 2 fern, as to the corresponding pronoun.

§87. Infinitive. The Hholem of the construct is usually written with-
out 1, iha Isa. 33 : 1, though not invariably, pj and 'iii':?. 'rns and '.^iis,
and before Makkeph is shortened to Kamets Hhatuph, §64. 1, "CDp Ezek.
21 :26. 28. 34. The Hholem of the absolute infinitive is usually though

118 ETYMOLOGY. §88

not invariably written with "l. e.g. liaa Isa. 48 : S but iattj Lev. 15:24,
and is immutable. The construct infinitive has Pattahh in place of Hho-
lem in zyq 1 Kin. \:2\ el passim and 'bhv Eccles. 12:4. The feminine
form of liie construct infinitive occurs repeatedly in imperfect though it is
of rare occurrence in perfect verbs, e. g. i^f^^lj Deut. 11 : 22, 30 : 20, Josh.
22:5, f^i<3b, ^k^:^^ ^HT ^ ^^^■'i^- ^^^- ^^ ='^^^ ^r^^. Ezek. 16:5, nx^u
Lev. 15 : 32. In Pe Yodh and Lamedh He verbs the feminine is the cus-
tomary form.

§88. Future. 3 masc. The Hholem is commonly written without Vav,
though often with it Ti':"?' , -RD^ and SinD^, and before Makkeph is
shortened to Kamets Hhatuph, §64. 1, "7)^^'? Isa. 32: 1. the Vav being in
such cases rejected by the K'ri if found in the K'tliibh, e. g.~lFirs Hos.
8:12; in "^"iaJ": Josh. 18 : 20 the Hholem remains. The vowel of the last
syllable is rejected, as is the case throughout the paradigm, upon the recep-
tion of a vowel affix, § 66. 2, unless retained or restored by the pause accent,
§65.2, ^^"^^"^ Prov. 8 : 15, ^n^^ri Jer. 10 : 12; twice, however, instead of re-
jection Hholem is changed to Shurek ^-J^lQiy' E.x. 18 : 26, '''ll:?^ Ruth 2:8.
Alike form appears in the K'thibh, Prov. 4 : 16 ibics"' .

3 fern. The sign of the feminine is in two instances added both at the
beginning and the end of the verb, viz. : nnxiin Deut. 33:16, tinxirn
Job 22:21, paragogic n^ being appended to the former, §97. 1, and a
pronominal suffix to the latter. A like duplication of the sign of the
second person feminine occurs in rx-Pi 1 Sam. 25:34 K'ri, where the
K'thibh has the fuller ending Txan .

2 fern. 1 is sometimes added to the long vowel with which this person
ends TpS'iP} Ruth 2 : 8, 'pi?!!] Ruth 3 : 4, •f;;SnTrn 1 Sam. 1 : 14. Occa-
sionally the feminine ending is omitted and the masculine form used in-
stead, e. g. "»^"^Tf? Isa. 57 : 8.

1 com. pSS Ps. 139:8, though by some grammarians referred to pOJ,
is probably for p^pN from p^D, the liquid h being excluded, and Daghesh-
forte conservative inserted in the previous letter, §53. 3.

Plur. 2 masc. and 3 masc. The full plural termination *yi is of more
frequent occurrence here than in the preterite, the vowel of the second
radical being either retained or rejected, '(^"liJp'? Ruth 2 : 9, "j^n^i' P) Josh.
24: 15. l^iH'nn;' Ex. 9:29, 'y\^^tl Josh. 4:6, "ii^P^?, 'i^i'^b';' Ps. 104:28,
•jiid-^ 1 Sam.' 2 : 22, Josh. 2 : s' i^n^cn Deut. 11* 22, T^'SNPi Jer. 21:3; so
iri other species, "(isnS'^ .Tob 19:23.' '(^l^Sls-^ Job 21 :21, V'^V"^J\i Gen. 32:20
and ^'^yn^ Ps. 58:2^ 'i^lfjiS^?! 2 Kin. "6 -'19, "iVjrBn Mic.'2':8, : "jii^^sn-^
Job 9:6. It is chiefly found at the end of a clause or verse, the pausal
emphasis delighting in lengthened forms, or before words beginning with
a weak letter, to separate the final vowel more completely from that of the
following initial syllable. In the judgment of Nordheimer Clbb';! Isa.
35 : 1 preserves this ending in a still older form : Ewald thinks the final "j
has been assimilated to the initial 53 of the following word, §55. 1; in all
probability, however, D is here, as it usually is, the 3 plur. suffix, and it is

§ 89 REMARKS ON THE PERFECT VERBS. 119

properly so rendered in the common English version shall he glad for
them.

3 fern. In a very few cases the initial "^ of the masculine form is re-
tained, the distinction of gender being sufficiently marked by the termina-
tion nnas;; Dan. 8:22, ns^n] Gen. 30:38, HDnia^ 1 Sam. 6:12; or, on
the other hand, the termination ^ of the masculine is retained, the gender
being sufficiently indicated by the prefixed n, :!in::nn Jer. 49 : 11, '-"1^0
Ezek. 37 : 7; sometimes the gender is neglected entirely and the masculine
form used for the feminine, e. g. vrbi^ Hos. 14 : 1. The assumption that
the 3 Jem. plur. is used for the 3 fern. sing, in n:t<"!i?Fi Ex. 1 : 10, i^JIlP)
Job 17:16. njopnn Isa. 28 : 3, S^J^^i^'ri Isa. 27 : ll.'njnSnrn Judg. 5':'26'!
is unnecessary; in the first passage iijanba , the subject of the verb, is
used in a collective sense, wars shall occur; the others are to be similarly
explained with the exception of the last, where nj maybe the suffix with
Nun epenthetic in place of the more usual form nsti^cn her hand — she
puis it forth. Comp. Obad. ver. 13.

2 and 3 fern. The vowel letter n is occasionally in the Pentateuch,
and more rarely in other books, omitted from the termination nj , particu-
larly when there are other vowel letters in the word, j'TItFIIJ Gen. 27 : 1,
^'xzn Gen. 30:38, jain: Gen. 33:6, ;n=jn Ezek. ^3:20, ^p?.!!?? nine
times in the Pentateuch, three times in Ezekiel, and once in 1 Samuel.

When the root of the verb ends with ) this is united by Daghesh-forte
with the affix nj , § 25, nsisuin Ezek. 17 : 23, tisiipn Ezek. 32 : 16, or with-
out Daghesh, njjrn Ruth 1:13,: nj^SF) Isa. 60 : 4, njS'nn Ps. 71 : 23 in most
editions. So in the fern. plur. imperative, ^2.1X11 Gen. 4 : 23.

§89. Imperative. Sing. masc. The Hholem of the last syllable, as in
the future and infinitive construct, is mostly written without 1, e. g.^pS,
yet not always, T\^'V and TpSll? ; before Makkeph it is shortened to Kamets
Hhatuph "T)^'? Judg, 9: 14. It may perhaps be similarly shortened with-
out Makkeph in 1?0 Judg. 19 : 5, comp. ver. 8, §19. 2. a, or the vowel may
be Kamets lengthened from Pattahh by the accent, which does occur,
though rarely, with conjunctives, §65. 3. b.

Fern. sing, and masc. plur. The vowel of the first syllable is com-
monly Hhirik, but under the influence of the rejected Hholem it is occa-
sionally Kamets Hhatuph, §61.1, ''iba Judg. 9:10, ^=ir^ Ezek. 32:20
(but ^b'4^ Ex. 12:21, for the Metliegh see §45.2), \fty Zeph. 3:14,
•in-i;^ Mic. 1 : 16, and (with l retained in the K'thibh) '''n^'op^ 1 Sam. 28:8,
Judg. 9 : 12. Upon the restoration of the original vowel by the pause ac-
cent, the vowel under the first radical is dropped as no longer necessary,
!ias"j Zech. 7 : 9, sntS Nah. 2 : 9. When the third radical is an aspirate
it rarely receives Dagesh-lene in this mood though preceded by Sh'va.
§22. a. (I); such cases as "'Sbn Isa. 47:2, ''EDS Jer. 10:17, are excep-
tional.

Fern. plur. The final vowel n^ is dropped in "sV^^^ Gen. 4:23, §90;
occasionally M is not written though the vowel remains, ^'i<^'3 Ruth. 1 : 9.

120 ETYMOLOGY. §90

§90. Participles. Active. The Hholein of the first syllable is written in-
differently with or without Vav, lis and l!ji3, mostly without when addi-
tions are made to the word. In nnria Prov. 25 : 19 Shurek is substituted
for Hholem, unless, as Ewald suggests, it is a Pual participle with a
omitted ; or, as others propose, it is to be taken as an abstract noun. The
Tsere of the second syllable is written without ■> except ^"'^b 2 Kin. 8 : 21 ;
it is shortened to Seghol in nbih Isa. 41 : 7, upon the recession of the ac-
cent, ri'^^in Ps. IG: 5 and r,!bi"i Isa. 29: 14, 38 : 5, Eccles. 1 : 18, have been
improperly regarded as participles with Hhirik in place of Tsere. The
former is the Hiph. fut. of the verb T(^"' , which is found in Arabic though
it occurs only in this place in Hebrew, and means thou wilt enlarge ; the
latter is the ordinary Hiphil future ofv|0^, and the construction is ellip-
tical, I {am he who) will add, see Dr. Alexander's Commentaries. Partici-
ples are rarely formed from neuter verbs, yet b;:b fading, OJO desolate,
verbal adjectives of the same form with the preterites middle e and 0
being mostly used instead, xbo full, )p1 old, "is^ afraid.

Passive. This, in the few cases in which it is in use in intransi-
tive verbs, has the sense of the active, uii? and ll'^a^ wearing, )Zib and
',>l2a dwelling, H^ias trusting ; there are occasional instances of the same
thing in transitive verbs, IIdt remembering, l^inx holding. The last
vowel is with few exceptions as Cas Deut. 32 : 34, cKlIJ, CX3 written
with Vav.

There are a very few instances in which participles appear to be in-
flected in the different persons by means of the terminations proper to the
preterite. This, although common in Chaldee and Syriac, occurs in He-
brew only in the following examples :

2 fern. sing. Tri^"^ Gen. 16 : 11, Judg. 13 : 5, 7 ; and with the fuller end-
ing ''na'cii, irn:sp?ii" Jer. 22 : 23, ''FiDia Jer. 51 : 13. The punctuators must
have regarded these terminations as personal inflections, because the
simple form of the feminine participle and that which it always has when
joined with a noun of the third person, is rTib"! Gen. 17:19, and with "'
paragogic in the K'thibh ''nnti Ezek. 27 : 3. " '

2 masc. plur. cniintiira Ezek. 8 : 16, the Hithpael participle of nnia.
There is, it is true, an abruptness and difficulty in the construction, they,
ye were worshipping, which can only be explained upon the assumption
that after describing these bold transgressors in the third person, Ezekiel
turns to them and directly addresses them in the second, or that his mean-
ing is, not only they but ye too (the people) were worshipping in these
your representatives. But in view of the frequent and sudden changes of
person found in the prophets, and the unusual forms and bold constructions
which abound in Ezekiel, almost any explanation seems preferable to an
unauthorized change of the text, with most modern interpreters, to the
ordinary plural firipit'a which is contained in a very few manuscripts,
but not enough to overcome the presumption in favor of the more difficult
reading ; or the supposition of a mongrel word compounded of the two
roots iiH'^ to worship, and nniy to corrupt, in order to suggest the idea of
a corrupt or corrupting service.

§91 REMARKS ON THE PERFECT VERBS. 121

3 plur. : "^31^^^^ they are cursing me, Jer. 15:10. Kimchi explains
this word as a compound of the roots ^bj? to curse, and nb|^ to treat as
vile; Gesenius, as a confusing of two distinct readings, the participle
''?.r'^r?'? and the preterite '^l^h'p^, and Ewald changes the text to '^aD^bi^a,
thougli his conjecture is unsustained by a single manuscript, and Nun
epenthetic never occurs with participles. The suggestion is here offered
that the letters of the word may be regarded as the plural of the partici-
ple inflected after the manner of the preterite, with the added sutfix, so
that the proper pointing would be •'3!ibbi?ri ; the punctuators, however, have
sought here, as not infrequently elsewhere, §48, to establish a more exact
agreement between the participle and its subject n'^3 by pointing the
former as a singular, whereupon the Vav must be looked upon as epen-
thetic or superfluous, : "^Sl^bira as if for ; "^3^^"'? . In fact, a few manu-
scripts omit the Vav. while others remark that it is superfluous; the
weight of authority is certainly in favor of retaining it, though the other
reading may be accepted as an explanatory gloss.

§91. a. Preterite Sing. 2 masc. Some copies have SttSi Jer. 50:23
with Seghol under the prefixed Nun for S'^!??.

6, Infinitive. The following may be mentioned as examples of the
shorter form of the absolute rjOS? Gen. 31 : 30, chbD Judg. 11 :25, iT^JS 1 Sam.
2:27, J**!!^? 2 Sam. 1:6; of the longer form given in the paradigm 'jhsfi
Jer. 32 : 4, which once appears with prosthetic x in place of n Ezek. 14 : 3
^"^■^J^ J §53. 1. a. The construct infinitive usually has Tsere T|£^"n Ezek.
16: 36. but is in one instance th'.t^ Ps. 68 : 3, formed as in Kal by rejecting
the pretonic Kamets from the absolute. There are a few examples of the
construct form used for the absolute ''J^QH 1 Kin. 20 : 39, ^^'C^p, Deut.
4 : 26. The prosthetic n is commonly reta.ined after prefixed prepositions
"ij^sr.^ which are less closely connected with the word than the formative
prefixes of the future; it is, however, rejected in 'ii'iusa Prov. 24:17,
comp. cb'osna Dan. 11:34. The Tsere of the last syllable of the con-
struct infinitive, as well as of the future and imperative which are formed
from it, is shortened to Seghol upon losing its accent, "insti Job 34 : 22,
bn^n Judg. 9: 38, 12^7 Eccles. 7:26, rarely to Pattahh, Sirn Job 18:4.
In the Imperative "iP-ii"-") the form with Seghol is the usual one, that w^th
Tsere only occurring in Isa. 7: 4. The pretonic Kamets of this species is
singular in not being liable to rejection on the shifting of the tone, e. g.
cinrw Ezek. 21 : 29, "i^in-iS": Ps. 37 : 9.

c. Future Sing. 1 coyn. The prefixed S occasionally has Hhirik,
as'i-X Ezek. 20:36, 1 Sam. 12:7, onnx Ezek. 14 ; 3, nn^Sx Ex. 14:4, 17.

Plur.^hi. Tsere rarely remains in the second syllable "^^^^'ti! Ruth
1:13, being, as in the Piel preterite, commonly changed to Pattalih before
the concurring consonants, rtjbDXtn Jer. 24:2, so with a pause accent,
njarili-n Isa. 13 : 16 K'ri, ZechVu :'2 K'ri, i^JP^.'^n Isa. 28 : 3; the first, as
the original form, is, however, placed in the paradigm.

123 ETYMOLOGY. § 92

d. Imperative. Ewald regards 'ijai?? Isa. 43:9, Joel 4:11. I"!^: Jer.
50 : 5, as imperatives without the usual n prosthetic ; but this assumption
is needless, for they can readily be explained as preterites.

e. Participle. In 1 Sam. 15:9 Sntars co?2/e?77j)^/6/e, is in formaNiphal
participle from the noun np'a contempt.

§92. a. The intensive species is usually formed by doubling the
second radical; in bb's; Ezek. 28:23, and the passive form i^b'^x the
third radical is doubled instead, an expedient resorted to repeatedly in
Ayin Vav verbs and occasionally in Ayin guttural. In '':WP5i:J Ps. 88 : 17
both radicals are doubled; the entire second syllable is repeated in "tinno
Ps. 38:11, in^i^n Lam. 2: 11, 1:20 a passive ibrm, as shown by the
Hhateph-Kamets, §82. 5. h (3), and in isn-ins Hos. 4:18, provided this
is to be read as one word, §43. b; if according to the division in the
Masoretic text, ^art is a separate word, it is the imperative of -H^ to give,
though this is always elsewhere pointed ^iizn . In n"'2^2^ Ps. 45:3, the
first syllable is repeated, the 6 under the first letter indicating it to be a
passive form.

b. Intensity may likewise be denoted without a reduplication by insert-
ing the long vowel Hholem in the first syllable of the root. This is often
done in Ayin doubled verbs, but only in the following instances in others,
pret. ^Jis:nii 1 Sam. 21:3, dna Isa. 40 : 24, >iinT Ps. 77:18, inrid Isa.
10:13/;/^ ^iy-^ Hos. 13:3, inf. abs. iah and inh Isa. 59: 13, i)7f. const.
bio'ria Am. 5:11, part, '^bsc^ Job 9:15, "'3^1^73 Ps. 101:5 K'thibh.
These are called Poel forms by many grammarians, and those in the pre-
ceding paragraph Pilel, Pulal, Pealal, etc. They are in reality, however,
only modified forms of the Piel, whose signification they share.

c. Preterite Sing. 3 masc. The original Pattahh of the first syllable
§82. 5. b (3) is preserved in "'ITl"? Gen. 41 : 51. The second syllable has
Seghol in ^sn (in pause ^S-i), i^3, OS? (twice D23), Pattahh in 12S, b'n.n
(b'nj in pause), pin, i^B , ^^ip, ^^^ (in pause :^^^1^" Isa. 19: 21), and before
Makke'ph in "153^ , "^k'O (: i:|'a in pause) ; a appears likewise in the pausal
form n:i2p Mic. 1 : 7. The Tsere is always retained in the infinitive con-
struct and future, and with the exception of 5^5 Ps. 55: 10, in the impera-
tive ; though throughout the species it is shortened to Seghol upon losing
the accent, T^S2p Deut. 30 : 3, "Cnp Ex. 13 : 2, -n|w"": Deut. 7: 10.

d. Infinitive. The primitive form of the infinitive absolute is of rare
occurrence, e. g. ns^ Ps. 118:18, SSp 1 Kin. 19: 10, Ns!"] Ex. 21: 19, Tp'na
Josh. 24: 10. Most commonly it has Tsere in the second syllable like the
infinitive construct, n2X Jer. 12: 17, 152b Jer. 32:33, -J3? Jer. 39:18, ykp,
Mic. 2 : 12, ti^^ Ex. 21 : 36; and in one instance it has Hhirik in the first
syllable like the preterite 'j'S? 2 Sam. 12 : 14. There is no need of assum-
ing a similar form for the infinitive construct in y'^r\ Lev. 14: 43, which
can readily be explained as a preterite. Tsere of the construct is short-
ened to Seghol before Makkeph, "isi Isa. 59: 13, or on the recession of the

§93 REMARKS ON THE PERFECT VERBS. 123

accent, pHS Gen. 39: 14, 17, and in one instance besides, tn^ Judg. 5:8.
There are a few examples of the construct infinitive with a feminine ter-
mination, nns;: Lev. 26:18, nnaT Ps, 147:1, n^.^d Isa. 6:13, Tinp'n^
Ezelv. 16:52.'

e. Future Sing. 1 com. K is commonly prefixed with Hhateph-Pat-
tahh ; it has, however, the diphthongal Hhateph-Seghol in i^bj?* Lev.
26: 33, §60. 3. 6, and draws to itself the full vowel which has hence arisen
to a preceding 1, in Dn3;DN:", Zech. 7: 14 for cn?^ON" , §60. 3. c.

Plur. 2 and 3 fern. Tsere under the second radical is sometimes
changed to Pattahh, though not with the same frequency as in the Niphal,
njwi-iin Isa. 13: 18, but !^:';2'^J^l Job 27: 4, and in pause Prov. 24 : 2.

§93. a. Of the vowels proper to the first syllable of the passive,
§82. 5. b (3). Pual ordinarily has u, which is preferred before a doubled
consonant c^UJ, §61. 5, and Hophal v before concurrent consonants "i);Srt.
This distinction is not steadfastly adhered to, however, and Pual occasion-
ally appears with Kamets Hhatuph, r^is Ezek. 16:4, nn^'j Nah. 3:7,
i&-3 Ps. 72: 20, ^IBS Ps. 80: 11, Prov. 24 : 31,'rjn=n"; Ps. 94 : 20,' C'nxri passim.
This seems to furnish the best explanation of the disputed words !in2"iri or
!lh:r-iri Ps. 62:4, ''i^'ba Ps. 101:5 K'ri, >in]?3XFl Job 20: 26. Geseniu's're-
gards these as Piel forms with (.) lengthened to (^) on the omission of
Daghesh forte, §59. a ; but the absence of Methegh, which Gesenius in-
serts without authority, shows the vowel to be o not a. Others think that
iinbaxn is the Kal future for >tn^3jt'n, the vowel being attracted to the
guttural from the previous letter, §60. 3. c. There is no difficulty, however,
in regarding them all as Pual forms, and translating severally may you be
slain, armed with the tongue (of a slanderer), shall be made to consume
him. In Ps. 62; 4 the reading of Ben Naphtali !in2"^ri is probably to be
preferred to that of Ben Asher, which is found in the common text; the
former is a Piel and has an active sense: (how long) will ye slay or mur-
der? See Alexander and Delitzsch, in loc.

b. The vowel U of the first syllable is occasionally written with Vav,
nht Ezek. 16:34, ! ^ib^in Ps. 78:63, 'iVr Judg. 18:29, 13:8, Job 5:7,
^•T^X^ Ezek. 27 : 19, but mostly without it.

c. Preterite Sing. Z masc. An instance of paragogic n.. appended to
the preterite is found in nebs Ezek. 31: 15.

d. Infinitive. The absolute form occurs in ~1t Gen. 40: 15; there is
no example of the construct.

e. Participle. As 'SCO, Ti^''^'? , 1^^^"^; in a few instances the initial
a is omitted, nj^b 2 Kin.' 2: 10 for l^|3^*^', irj^ib (with Daghesh-forte
euphonic) Ezek. 21:15, 16, d^ir;?^"! Ecclea. 9:12 for n"'i3^;'l3 , §59. a.
Some of the forms in which this has been alleged may however be better
explained as preterites.

124 ETYMOLOGY. § 94

niPHiL.

§94. a. Preterite. The first vowel is usually Hhirik but occasionally
Seghol, e.g. C!i:nbrn l Sam. 25:7, particularly in Pe guttural and a few
Lamedh He verbs. Once N is prefixed instead of n, : "'n^sax Isa. 63:3;
in Isa. 19 : 6 !ini:TNrt is not a double Hipliil with both X and n prefixed,
but is a denominative from njTX, a derivative of Hit, which does not
indeed occur in its simple form but; is justified by the analogy of 3Trx from
atS. n takes the place of n in "^nba";.?! Hos. 11:3; so likewise the future
't!!!'!!^^^!' Jer. 12:5, and participle iT^n.n?3 Jer. 22: 15, though the corres-
ponding preterite is «T^nn Neh. 3:20.

Sing. 3 masc. The I of the second syllable is almost always written
with Yodh, rarely without it, e. g. b'n^n 1 Sam. 12 : 24, but in every other
place ^'■''=1511. So in the participle cB^-Q Job 11 : 3 but n^^z^ Judg. 18 : 7.

6. Infinitive. Absolute. The Tsere of the second syllable which be-
fore Makkeph is shortened to Seghol — isn Prov. 24 : 23, 28: 21, is mostly
written without "^ , thus^^n, narn, \:3sbn, birn, 'ilon, cnpn, -Srrt,
TiB^'n, though sometimes with itT^rrn' Am. 9:8 but in^'n Isa. 14:23,
ii-'Sirn and bsian, twice c-^S'^n, nine times tarn, "I'^K^rn , T^i???] . Hhirik
in this syllable is rare and exceptional, ^"^B'^'n Ezek. 21 : 31, i'^i"fi Josh
7:7. K is prefixed instead of n in c^S'l'N Jer. 25 : 3 and Ti^^x Gen. 41 : 43
provided the latter is a Hebrew and not a Coptic word.

Constrvct. The second vowel is commonly Hhirik written with '',
^""ipHi Trr"^"n rarely and as an exception without '', lio Isa. 23:11,
or with Tsere ^niri Deut. 32:8, nirb Deut. 26:12, Neh. 10:39, 'izhh
Dan. 11:35. In a few instances the first vowel is Hhirik as in the
preterite ?i1^il'n Deut. 7:24. 28:48, Josh. 11:14, 1 Kin. 15:29, fhn
Jer. 50: 34,'n=i-)"7n Jer. 51:33, niiipn Lev. 14:43. The initial n 'is
mostly retained after prefixed prepositions, though it is sometimes rejected,
as rr'i^b Am. 8:4 but n-^ai^'r!^ Ps. 8:3, licb once but T'iiiJ.nb fifteen*
times.

c. Future Plur. In a very few instances Hhirik is rejected upon the
addition of the masculine plural termination ^pa"?^!! 1 Sam. 14:22, 31:2,
^^'?1!'] Jer. 9:2. There is no example of this without the presence of
Vav conversive unless it be "^nSrtS^ Job 19:3, which may be regarded
as Kal.

d. Imperative Sing. masc. The second syllable usually has Tsere
without Yodh apirn , "^'^•1, and before Makkeph, -Seghol "'iSOr! Job
22:21, -isn 1 Sam'. 23: 1]' -jan Isa. 64:8. There are a very few ex-
amples with Hhirik in pause, : ?''S'in Ps. 94: 1, to which some would add
X-'^in Isa. 43:8, but see Alexander, rnhSn Prov. 19:25, X-'in Jer. 17: 18.

e. Participle. In N^ii Ps. 135:7, Tsere is taken in place of Hhirik
upon the recession of the accent; *np'? Isa. 53: 3 is not a participle but a
noun, Alexander in loc. Hhirik is, in a few exceptional cases occurring in

§»95, 96 REMARKS ON THE PERFECT VERBS. 125

the later books, rejected in the plural, tirbni? Zech. 3:7 for n'^zi^rrg,
D^ribn-a Jer. 29:8, C^nTyT? 2 Chron. 28:23, Ci'nsn^ 1 Chron. 15: 24 K'ri|
2 Cliron. 7: 6 K'ri. Comp. Chald. ■pibn?? Dan.'s': 25.

' HOPHAL.

§95. a. The first vowel, though mostly Kamets Hhatuph ^i^'crt, 'irljsn,
nrls^'fi, is occasionally Kibbuts, both vowels even appearing in the same
verb," nrrn Ezek. 32:32, i^33t:r^ ver. 19, silip 2 Kin. 4:32; T^tT} Dan,
8: 1], I^=^i'n Isa. 14:19, "libi-n^Ezek. 16: 5' T)?'^^ 2 Sam. 20:21; Ntjp^ri
Lev. 6:'l5,' ii:;?ri Mai. 1 : il, Sj^sn , D-inirEp ;' nip'-dD:!: , t'-I"^-. ^''pi
Ezek. 29:18. '■ ' ' ' "' ' ' ^ ' '" "''^'

b. Preterite. In ''Fi^'inrt am I obliged (0 leave? Judg. 9:9, 11. 13,
the characteristic H is rejected after n interrogative.

c. Infinitive. The absolute has Tsere in the second syllable, innn
Ezek. 16 : 4, "ijn Josh. 9 : 24. The construct has Pattahh, nosin Ezr. 3:liJ

d. Imperative. This mood occurs twice, n^S'^Jn Ezek. 32 : 19, ^itti
Jer. 49 : 8.

e. Participle. In nisi^lpnia Ezek. 46:22 .1 remains after the pre-
formative 33 .

HITHPAEL.

§96. a. Preterite. In two instances rix is prefixed instead of ^in,
viz., ^inr^S 2 Chron. 20 : 35, l^iin'IJx Ps. 76 : 6'. In the verb ^;?S Daghesh-
forte is omitted in the second radical and the previous vowel lengthened,
§59. a. ^n-Brn, I'lRSn'^ Judg. 20 : 15, 17, il^en'i Judg. 21 : 9, in addition
to which the vowel of the prefixed syllable is 6 in ^nperrt Num. 1 : 47,
2 : 33, 26: 62, 1 Kin, 20 : 27. In three verbs upon the assimilation of n to
the first radical, the prefix takes u, §61.5, riJUJ'n^ (the accentuation is
unusual) Isa. 34 : 6, HXB'jn Deut. 24 : 4 (but in the future always NS-J^
Lev. 21: l and repeatedly elsewhere), 033fi {inf. const.) Lev. 13: 55, 56.
These are sometimes called Hothpaal and regarded as passives of Hith-
pael. Where both forms exist in the same verb, however, as in ij^S and
i^'CZ , there appears to be no distinction in their meaning ; they seem
rather to have arisen from a disposition to give to the Hithpael, where it
has a passive signification, §80. 2, the vowels of a proper passive species,
§82. 5. b (3). In va?.5rn Jer. 25: 16, ^ir:;iln7 Jer. 46: 8 (elsewhere ic^^n"^),
and !"}^'5^'? ^^^' 52:5, o prolonged from u, on account of the absence of
Daghesh-forte, is for a like reason given to the first radical.

b. The last vowel of the preterite, infinitive construct, future, impera-
tive and participle, is Tsere written without Yodh, Tj^nnn , b'^sn^,
ariir'^, ^'^j^nrt inf. const., ^^'dtTi imper.. "I23n?3 , which before Makkeph
is shortened' to Seghol, "C'nj^rn Isa. 30 : 29,' "Ti^nrifi Gen. 6 : 9, "c|?n'?
Job 6 : 16. Frequently, however. Pattahh is used, or, with a pause accent,
Kamets, ?;a;5rin pret., p-innri pret. and imper. (but inf. const, and part.

126 ETYMOLOGY. § 97'

with e, fut. a and e), ^^i^irpn , cHjisn^, :^nsrn, p^'JS?, 'i^';^;^rii, irj^rni,
: lisbn^ , : 'j'l^^Bni , : rrssn^ Ezek. 27 : 30, : "'iiJ^Qrn Mic. 1 : 10 K'ri, : fx:^
Isa. 52 : 5. Pattahh is also sometimes found in the feminine plural of the
future, njr^nrri Zech. 6: 7 but njrcr.uiri Lam. 4: 1, where some copies
have njzsnujn, Hhirik occurs instead of Pattahh in the preterites,
•ipibrisrnV, '■^nq^prn'i Ezek. 38 : 23, cnii'nprn'i Lev. 11 : 44, 20 : 7, each of
which has Vav conversive, throwing the accent more strongly on the final
syllable.

c. There is no example of the infinitive absolute.

Paragogic and Apocopated Puture and Imperative.

§ 97. The paucity of moods in Hebrew is partially com-
pensated by modifications of the future, known as the para-
gogic and apocopated futures.

1. The paragogic or cohortative is formed from the ordi-
nary future by appending the termination, n^ to the first person
singular or plural, and in a very few instances to the third
person singular, thus converting it from a simple declaration
of futurity to an expression of desire or determination,
l^cx I sliall keep , •"0'9^^ I will surely hec]) or let me heep^
Ps. 39 : 2 ; n|5PD3 let ns breaJc, HDiStis let us cast aioay, Ps.
2:3; m^^n^ let him hasten, Isa. 5:19.

a. The third person of the paragogic future occurs besides the example
just given, in tixisn Id it come Isa. 5: 19j Msyri be it dark (by some ex-
plained as a noun, darkness) Job 11 : 17, '^3^r■^'^ may he accept (as fat), or,
according to Kimchi, may he reduce to ashes, Ps. 20 : 4, f^i^n Prov. 1 : 20,
8 : 3. and after Vav conversive ni^sni Ezek. 23 : 20, and ver. 16 K'ri. It
has also been suspected in nn-ip"i Lev. 21 : 5 K'thibh.

b. Instead of n^, ,1.. is appended in nxnpxi^ 1 Sam. 28:15, f^'^^T,
Ps. 20 : 4, §63. 1. c; so in the imperative nr'i' or n?ri Prov. 24 : 14.

2. The apocopated or jussive future is an abbreviation of
the second or third persons singular and expresses a wish or
command, or with a negative, dissuasion or prohibition. In
the perfect verb it has a separate form only in the Hiphil
species, the ''. of the ultimate being changed to (..), or before
Makkeph to (..), p''k'l'2 he will cause to cleave, ps^!^ may he ox
let him cause to cleave ; ^"^si^n thou wilt understand, ^2pPt

§ 98 PARAGOGIC FUTURE, ETC. 127

thou may est understand or understand thou, Dan. 9 : 25,
-iDbTrn-!;s inai/ it not or let it not rule^ Ps. 119 : 133. In
some classes of imperfect verbs, as in the Ayin-Vav and par-
ticularly the Lamedli-He, it is used in other species still.

a. The only instances of the abbreviated future occurring in the first
person are pTnx Isa. 42:6 and sns Isa. 41:23 K'thibh, where the K'ri
has nxn?.

b. Tiie paragogic and apocopated futures may be regarded as mutually
supplementary, and as forming together something like a complete Opta-
tive or Subjunctive mood. The apocopated future has, it is true, no sep-
arate form for the second fern. sing, or the second and third pers. plur., in
which the verb has terminal inflections, but it may be regarded as coin-
ciding in these with the ordinary future, except that it never has the
final ). So in those species in which it is indistinguishable from the
ordinary future, it may yet be regarded as included under it. Neither the
apocopated nor the paragogic futures occur in the strictly passive species,
viz., the Pual and Hophal, self-determination and command both implying
that the subject is the originator of the action. The more flexible Arabic
has three varieties of the future in addition to the ordinary one, to express
as many modifications or moods.

c. The apocopated future derives its name from the apocopation of the
final letter by which it is characterized in tib verbs; the brevity of its
form is adapted to the energy and rapid utterance of a command. On
the other hand, the speaker dwells upon the word expressive of his own
desire or determination, thus giving rise to the prolonged form of the
paragogic future. The appended n^ may perhaps be identical with a like
termination added to nouns to indicate motion or direction, denoting as it
does the direction of the speaker's will or wishes towards that which the
verb expresses.

§98. 1. Paragogic n^ is sometimes appended to the
masculine singular of the imperative, softening the command
into an earnest entreaty or expression of strong desire, , ^'OTO
hear (thou), nib'atj oh, hear! or pray, hear! ^t?)?'!) listen,
nniicpn pray, listen! The addition of this vowel to the im-
perative and to the future causes, as in the regular inflections
of the paradigm, § 86. 5. (2), the rejection of the vowel of the
ultimate syllable, except in the Hiphil where "^ . remains in
the future and is restored in the imperative. In the Kal im-
perative this rejection occasions the concurrence of two
vowelless consonants, the first of which must accordingly
take a short vowel, §61. 1 ; if the rejected vowel was Ilho-

128 ETYMOLOGY. §99

lem this will be Kamets-Hhatupli, otherwise it will be the
briefest of the vowels, Hhirik, nf;;>, nnt:^ Jer. 49 : 11 ; ^dt,
nJDT 2 Chron. 6 : 42, nitj , niDTB Gen. 39 : 7. 12.

a. In a few instances the vowel-letter remains in the K'thibh though
invariably thrown out in the K'ri, e. g., nsiis K'thibh, HETS K'ri Ps.
26:2, nsiisa K'thibh, niiio K'ri Judg. 9:8; nbipcxi K'thibh, nHj^TTNT
K'ri Ezr. 8 : 25; rrjlp^x'ic'thibh, nipiTX K'ri Isa. 18 : 4. This may not
indicate, however, the retention of the full vowel but only of an audible
remnant of it, § 13. a, which is likewise attested by the occasional appear-
ance of Hhateph Kamets, "ni^^.i* 1 Kin. 19:20, f^y^l^'^<J Dan. 8:13 (in
some copies) or Hhateph Pattahli ^i^H^i<J Ezr. 8 : 26, Jer. 32:9, and by
the fact that the resulting Sh'va, even when simple, is always vocal,
§22. a (1). Occasionally Kamets-Hhatuph is found in the paragogic im-
perative when the vowel of the ordinary imperative is Pattahh ; thus,
anp Lev. 9:7, t^in^I^ Ps. 69: 19, and on the contrary, rr^a^Q Gen. 25: 31,
fill, "^-z-oi Ex. 2r:'7' nAas (with Daghesh separative) Ps.'l41: 3,

2. As the imperative is itself a shortened form there is
little room for further abbreviation ; it sometimes, however,
suffers apocopation of the final n^ of the feminine plural,
p_i2ii Gen. 4:23 for Ts^vizt , §61. 2, is?np Ex. 2:20 for
nss'ijp , § 60. 3. c, and in Lamedh He verbs of final n .. of the
masculine singular, "?in 2 Kin. 6:18 for njn Ezek. 6:11,
b5 Ps. 119 : 18 for r.?5; qnn Deut. 9 : 14 for nann Judg.
11 : 37, but without any evident change of meaning.

Vav Conversive.

§i99. 1. The primary tenses are supplemented by two
others, formed in a peculiar manner by what is called Vav
Conversive (tf^sn 11). This prefix has the remarkable effect,
from which its name is derived, of converting the ordinary
future into a preterite and the ordinary preterite into a future.
The following appear to be the reasons of this singular phe-
nomenon. Past and future are relative and depend for their
signification in any given case upon the point of time from
which they are reckoned. This may be the moment of speak-
ing, when aU anterior to that moment will be past, and all

§99 VAV CONVERSIVE. 129

posterior to it future. Or by some conventional method
understood between the speaker and his hearers, an ideal
present may be fixed distinct from the real present and the
measurements of past and future made from the former.
Now Vav Conversive placed before a future indicates that its
tense is to be reckoned not from the actual present but from
the time denoted by some previous word, whether verb,
noun, or adverb. And when the stand-point is thus taken
in the past, events may be described as future with reference
to it, though they have actually taken place at the time of
narration. Vav is properly the copula and; when this is
prefixed to the future for the purpose already designated, it
is followed by Pattahh and Daghesh-forte, which give to it the
force of and then or a7id so, indicating that what follows is
the sequel of what precedes. Consequently a narration be-
gun in the preterite may be continued in the future with Vav
Conversive, the opening words fixing the initial point from
which all that come after proceed in regular succession ; and
the future so employed is converted into what may be called
a continuative preterite. Thus, in the account of the crea-
tion in Gen. 1, the original condition of things is described
in the preterite, ver. 2, f/ie earth was S^'^t'vl without form and
void. The subsequent scene is then surveyed from this point.
The next statement is accordingly made by a future with Vav
Conversive, ver. 3, "i^s^'^l and God said, in its primitive im-
port, a)id then God sat/s or will sa?/, his speaking being future
to the state of things previously described. This fixes a new
stand-point from which the next step in the process is a fresh
advance ; it is hence followed by another future with Vav
Conversive, ver. 4, S5"iH and he sa2o ; and so on, ^t^!'] and
he divided, ver. 5, i^^p!^!) and he called, etc.

a. The nature of this prefix would be more precisely expressed perhaps
by calling it Vav Consecutive, as Ewald and others propose. But as Vav
Conversive is the name in common use, and as this sufficiently characterizes
its most strikinjT effect, it is here retained. There have been various coa-

130 ETYMOLOGY. §99

jectures respecting its origin. In the judgment of some i is an abbrevia-
tion of the verb T'i^T^ was, hence "itsX'T he uas or it u-as (so that) he will
say i. e. he was about to say or was saying, which is then likened to the
Arabic combination of the preterite of the substantive verb with the
future tense to express past action; but T evidently has the sense of the
conjunction and, "^X'l does not mean he said, but and he said. Others
regard it as an abbreviation of n%ni and he was ; Ewald of TXi and then.
RoJiger thinks that the vowel has no inherent significance, but is attached
to the conjunction on account of tlie emphasis of its peculiar use. Perhaps
the best suggestion is that of Schulteiis, Instit.p. 424, that "i^X'] maybe for
ItJXi'ni, by § 53. 3 ; fi prefixed to a noun is the definite article, and points
it out as one previously known ; its use in this particular case is to define
the time of the action of the verb before which it stands by pointing it out as
known from what preceded. The vowel of this prefix is upon this hypothesis
analogous both in its origin and its effects to the augment c in Greek, or a
in Sanskrit, by which a preterite is formed from a present or a future,
TVTTTw, ervTTTov; Tui/^w, eTv\pa, and which is traced by Bopp to a pronominal
root having a demonstrative sense, Vergleichende Grammatik pp. 786 ff.
The fact that the Samaritan Pentateuch sometimes substitutes n for 1
conversive might seem to lend confirmation to this theory of its derivation.
But as n stands with equal frequency for 1 copulative, and 1 for the arti-
cle n, it is probable that these commutations are to be classed with the
other numerous inaccuracies of this edition.

2. This employment of Vav Conversive to alter the mean-
ing of the tenses by transporting the mind of the hearer or
reader to an ideal present in the past or future is one of the
most remarkable idioms of the Hebrew language, and one
which may appear to be extremely arbitrary, as it certainly
is in some of its applications, at least, quite difficult of con-
ception and foreign to our habits of thought. It neverthe-
less imparts a beauty and a vividness to Hebrew description
which are altogether peculiar and which are incapable of
being adequately transferred to any other language. The
narrator lives in the midst of that which he records, and
watches its progress step by step telling what he sees. This
peculiarity of the Hebrew tenses may perhaps be illustrated
by an analogous though far more restricted usage in English,
by which certain tenses may be transferred to another sphere
than that which they describe if measured from the time of
narration, without any confusion or liability to mistake re- ^
suiting from it. Thus, the present may be used of past

^99 VAV CONVERSIVE. 131

events, as, Then the devil taJceih him up into an exceeding
high mountain and sheweth him, etc. . Or the present and the
perfect may be used of what is still future, as, AVhen thou
art converted strengthen thy brethren ; When he is come he
will reprove the world of sin.

3. Vav Conversive, it has already been stated, is prefixed
to the future with Pattahh and Daghesh-forte in the follow-
ing letter, T^pn, ^=^'?^i?? , T}h. If the first letter of the
future be Yodh with Sh'va, Daghesh is commonly omitted,
^25, but rarely if it be 3 , and never if it be ri , since its re-
moval in this case would change the sound of the letter by re-
storing its aspiration, "^Tll , "iBO!''] but "^iln"^ , "isos;] . Before
55 of the first person singular, which cannot receive Daghesh,
^23.1, Pattahh is lengthened to Kamets, §60.4, ?l!?s?n,
^kl'^^ . In the Hiphil "^ . is, with few exceptions, e. g. ^tDn';i
Ps. 105 : 28, compressed to (..) as in the apocopated future,
-■^JT-!) , ^'ii?'?^ , and before jMakkeph it is shortened to (..)
■153.1 . In the first person singidar, however, "^ . remains in
the Hiphil, and a paragogic n ^ is not infrequently appended
in all the species, e. g. T'7'^.^'}, , ^'?t^'^!J or nrpirxi ; T^hiii or
15X1 ; T^TTKi ; ntsbfisn ; liilNi or nnaixi • paragoffic n
also occurs though more rarely in the first pers. plur. sra^nsi
Gen. 41 : 11, ni2U\2i , ncpnsi Ezr. 8:23, ni^o?! ver. 31.

a. The tendency to abbreviation produced by Vav Conversive is much
more apparent in some classes of imperfect verbs. Thus, final n is re-
jected from n'b verbs as in the apocopated future f^^.!!"? . ^^ , f^^^i?, ^3?^;
the accent is drawn back from a mixed ultimate to a simple penult in the
Kal and Hiphil of Ayin doubled verbs and of those which have a quiescent
for their first or second radical, in consequence of which the vowel of the
last syllable, if long, is shortened, §64. 1, ro^, "0^1 j '?«■' , ^?!!<'] ; =©;),
.air^l; S"''^"!"') ^ai'T; C!ip;, ^P,\l; C"^p;, t;^^l. The same drawing back
of the accent and shortening of the ultimate syllable occurs in the Piel
of the following verbs, whose middle radical is "i, ""^3^1, I^J"!?^!] , f^"^^?!
but not in ri^n':^ j so in Tiii^'^ Hab. 3: C, and the Hithpael nrBntni Dan.
2;1. It occurs also in the Niphal of a few verbs, which form the ex-
ception, however, not the rule, t]5i'^T, 0"^*!], t|0>f?^ or TiOX^i , crEni
but 3ns*l, l2^^i, Ti^'a*:!, "ii;5'|i], "Sia*;), etc. The first person singular
is mostly exempted from shortening or change of accent, i'?N"', -^'^,J j

132 ETYMOLOGY. § 100

n^ipXI or CpiJJ , S'^p^.J ) though it sometimes suffers apocopation in n b verbs
^'!'^i!J 5 ^"^^nT • T^^^ prolonged plural ending *|1 is very rarely used after Vav
Conversive ; it does, however, occur, e. g. 'I'liipPil Deut. 1 : 22, ",^n^rri5
Deut. 4:11, -.lin!!! Judg. 11 ; IS.

6. In a very few instances Vav Conversive takes Pattahh before X . its
vowel being conformed to the compound Sh'va. Avhich follows, e. g. l^t'?^.,'!
Judg. 6 : 9, iinnrbxi 2 Sam. 1 : 10, ~E=NT_ Ezek. 16: 10 but !TS22<,p^ ver. 8,
i^^n?.5?.,'l J°^ ^O-'^^') '^4^''^^:?- ^^- ''3: 16.'

§100. 1. Vav Conversive prefixed to the preterite makes
of it a contiiiuative futm^e or imperative, by connecting with
it the idea of futurity or command expressed in a preceding
verb. It is properly the conjunction ) and, whose pointing it
takes, its pecuhar force being derived from its connecting
power. Accordingly, in speaking of coming events, the
stand-point is first fixed in the future by the opening words,
and the description is then continued by the preterite with
Vav Conversive. Thus, in Samuel's recital, 1 Sam. 10 : 1-8,
of what was to happen to Saul, he first refers the whole to
the future by the word, ver. 2, ^lii^^S upon thy depart-
ing, and then proceeds with preterites with Vav prefixed,
nsiia^ thou sJialtfuid, ^n'asi and they shall say, ver. 3, risbni
and thou shall pass on, etc. etc. In like manner injunctions
begun ill the imperative are continued in the preterite with
Vav Conversive. Thus the Lord directed Elijah, 1 Kin. 17:3
^? (imper.)^(9, i^"'isi (pret.) and turn, ^"^iJ???! (pret.) and hide,
•'C'^'^ (pret.) and it shall be.

2. This prefix commonly has the eff'ect of removing the
accent to the ultimate in those forms in which it ordinarily
stands upon the penult ; and if the penult be a long mixed
syllable, as in the Kal preterite of verbs with llholem, it will
in consequence be shortened, X^^"^ , ^"p?,^^ .

a. The shifting of the accent, which served in some measure to indicate
to the ear tiie alteration in the sense, takes place chiefly in the following
cases, viz. :

(1) It occurs with great regularity in the first and second persons sin-
gular of every species, tl^^n thou hast gone. P3^~' and thoii shall go,
iriDbn", and I rin'll go, so' Pi-i3n\ ^hh^,r\'i_, •'n^^nnn^i , though "^nn^n^ii
Zeph. 1:17, except in Kb and n b verbs, where the accent usually re-

I

§>101 VERBS WITH SUFFIXES. 133

mains in its original position although the usage is not uniform, *'n*^:S1
Lev. 26 : 9, "'rsdi 1 Kin. IS : 12. ---i-ini 1 Chron. 4 : 10. '^niinn'inn 1 Sam.
15 : 30, ■'P'^sn^ 'isa. 8 : 17 but n-'EJ<l 'Lev. 24 : 5, rxnn Gen. 6 :'l8, -n-'S-^ni
''r>''':?sn'l Lev. 26:9, rHrni Ex. 26: 33. In the first person plural or'all
verbs the accent generally remains upon the penult, l^nrji Ex. 8 : 23,
: 13:=bni , IJnf^bi Gen. 34 ; 17.

(2) It occurs, though less constantly, in the third feminine singular
and third plural of the Iliphil of perfect verbs, and of the various species
of Ayin-Vav and Ayin-doubled verbs, n^-innn^i Ex. 26:33, rix"':ni Lev.
15:29. nn:i Isa. 11:2, ^ip,], Jinni Hab.' 1:8 'but ^^''Brn'i Eaek. 43:24,
iith^ Hab,"l : 8.

Verbs with Suffixes.

§101. Pronouns are frequently suffixed to the verbs of
which they are the object. The forms of the suffixes have
ah'eady been given § 72. It only remains to consider the
chansjes resultins; from their combination with the various
parts of the verb.

1. The personal terminations of the verbs undergo the
following changes :

Preterite.

Sing. Sfem. The old ending n. , §85. a (I), takes the
place of n^ .
2 masc. n sometimes shortens its final vowel be-
fore the suffix ''? of the first person.
^ fern. The old ending ^T\ , § 86. a, instead of r^ .
Plur. 2 masc. w from the old pronominal ending DIP ,
§71.5 (2), takes the place of an . The fem-
inine of this person does not occur with
suffixes.

Future.

Plur. 2 and 2i fern. The distinctive feminine termina-
tion is dropped, and that of the mascuhne
assumed, ^^tfipri for nDbibjpn .

134 ETYMOLOGY. ^101

a. In several of these cases it would be more correct to say that it is
the uncompounded state of the verb in which the change has taken place,
and that before suffixes the original form has been preserved, the added
syllable having as it were protected it from mutation.

2. Changes in the suffixes : The suffixes are joined
directly to those verbal forms which end in a vowel ; those
forms which end in a consonant insert before the suffixes of
the second pers. plur. D? , 1? , and the second masc. sing. ^ , a
vocal Sh'va, and before the remaining suffixes a full vowel,
which in the preterite is mostly a and in the future and im-
perative mostly e.

The 3 fern. sing, preterite inserts a before the suffixes of
the third pers. plural, and c before the second fern, singular;
when it stands before the third sing, suffixes in , n , there is
frequently an elision of n , requiring Daghesh-forte conserva-
tive in the verbal ending ti to preserve the quantity of the
previous short vowel, iriVjjp for inn^'jjp , •^^'P'^I? for Hinb-jjp ,
see §57.3. d.

When the third masc. sing, suffix in is preceded by (J,
the n may be elided and the vowels coalesce into i , i^'jjp for
^nVjj? ; when it is preceded by "^ . , Shurek may be hardened
to its corresponding semi-vowel 1, 'i"'i?^t2i: for wnb'jj: §62. 1.

When the third fem. suffix n is preceded by (J, final
Kamets is omitted to prevent the recurrence of the same
sound, J^JJ^jp for nVjjp .

When in , n of the third pers. singular are preceded by
(..), the vowel of union for the futiu-e, a 3, called Nun Epen-
thetic, is sometimes inserted, particularly in emphatic and
pausal forms, to prevent the hiatus between the two vowels,
(..) being at the same time shortened to (.,) ; n is then com-
monly elided and a euphonic Daghesh-forte inserted in the
Nun, isbuj?^ for mVjjj;' . The same shortening of the (J and
insertion of Daghesh may occur in the first person singular
and plural and the second masculine singular ; this, like the
preceding, takes place chiefly at the end of clauses.

§101 VERBS WITH SUFFIXES. 135

a. The Nun Epenthetic of the future and the Preterite vowel of
union a. which is abbreviated to Sh'va before T^ , C3 , "iS, may be relics
of old forms of the verb still represented in the Arabic, where the
Preterite ends in a, and one mode of the future has an appended Nun.
Daghesh-forte in the suffixes of the first and second persons may be ex-
plained, as is usuiilly done, by assuming the insertion and assimilation of
Nun Epenthetic, "(Ip^k'? for ^?^^k''' ; or it may be Daghesh-forte emphatic,
§24. 6, and the few cases in wiiich Nun appears in these persons may be
accounted for by the resolution of Daghesh, §54. 3, instead of the Daghesh
having arisen from the assimilation of Nun, so that ^iDbap^ may be for
71^^!?? instead of the reverse.

6. The suffi.xes, since they do not in strictness (brm a part of the word
with which they are connected, are more loosely attached to it than the
pronominal fragments which make up the inflections; hence vowels of
union are employed with the former which serve to separate as well as
to unite. Hence too the vocal Sh'va, inserted before the suffixes of the
second person, does not so completely draw the final consonant of the verb
to the appended syllable as to detach it from that to which it formerly be-
longed ; this latter becomes, therefore, not a simple but an intermediate
syllable, §20.2. A like distinction exists between prefixed prepositions,
etc., and the personal prefixes of the future. The latter form part and
parcel of the word, while the former preserve a measure of their original
separateness. Hence when they form a new initial syllable by the aid of
the first consonant of the word, this is properly a mixed syllable after a
personal prefix but intermediate after a preposition, -iriS"^ but 31033,
§22. a. Hence, too, a liability to contraction in one case which does not
exist in the other, ba;?'^ but bijsnb, bs^ but bS33.

3. Changes in the body of the verb :

Except in the Kal preterite those forms which have per-
sonal terminations experience no further change from the
addition of suffixes ; those which are without such termina-
tions reject the vowel of the last syllable before suffixes re-
quiring a vowel of union and shorten it before the remainder,
^r:;?:', ^:i5i:;p^, b'Djp:', '^?l?•9)?^ ^r^I?^; but r of the Hiphil
species is almost always preserved, "'^S'^tppn, ''prp??^ .

In the Kal imperative and infinitive the rejection of the
vowel occasions the concurrence of two voweUess letters at
the beginning of the word, which impossible combination is
obviated by the insertion of Hhirik to form a new syllable ;
or, if the rejected vowel was Hholem, by the insertion of
Kamets Hhatuph.

136

ETYMOLOGY.

§102

In the Kal preterite, where both vowels are liable to mu-
tation, a distinction is made by rejecting the first before suf-
fixes and the second before personal inflections where this is
possible, e. g. b'Jp, '^^j'^2> ^^'9Ii? l^ut n^-jjp, i'^vl?. Accordingly
upon the reception of a suffix the vowel of the second rad-
ical, whether it be a, e, or o, must be restored, and if need
be lengthened, whenever, in the course of regular inflec-
tion, it has been dropped, and the vowel of the first rad-
ical, wherever it remains in the regular inflection, must be
rejected.

a. Final mixed syllables, as shown in 2 6, ordinarily become interme-
diate upon appending C3, "3, ?], and consequently take a short vowel
notwithstanding the following vocal Sh'va. This is invariably the case
before CD and "3, uidess the word to which they are attached has a long
immutable vowel in the ultimate which is of course incapable of being
shortened; it is also usually the case before ?], the principal exception, so
far as verbal forms are concerned, being the a and e of the Kal preterite,
a of the Kal future, and i of the Hiphil, 'r,3r5 , ^^5^? , ^^ns , T]bs-rN ,
.Tjsnsx, Tin^an^ but ^-i?3n, jjssp, i^nax. ' '

§102. 1. The first and second persons of the verb do
not receive suffixes of the same person with themselves, for
when the subject is at the same time the object of the action
the Hithpael species is employed or a reciprocal pronoun is
formed from the noun tJsi soul, self, as ''iJB? myself. Suffixes
of the third person may, however, be attached to the third
person of verbs, provided the subject and object be distinct.

a. There is a single example of a verb in the first person with a suffix
of the first person, but in this case the pronoun expresses the indirect
object of the verb, •':r.i'w5 J have made for me, Ezek. 29 : 3.

2. Neuter verbs and passive species, whose signification
does not admit of a direct object, may yet receive suffixes
expressive of indirect relations, such as would be denoted
by the dative or ablative in occidental languages, ''pri'592 ye
fasted for me Zech. 7 : 5, "^pi^in thou shalt he forgotten by me.
Isa. 44 : 21.

^103 VERBS WITH SUFFIXES. 137

3. The infinitive may be viewed as a noun, in which case
its suffix is to be regarded as a possessive, and represents the
subject of the action ; or it may be viewed as a verb Avhen
its suffix represents the object, e. g. ■^^•Jjp my killing, i. e. tliat
which I perform, ^:SifiP killing me. The participle may also
receive the suffix either of a verb or a noun, the pronoun in
either case denoting the object, "^SN-i seeing me Isa. 47 : 10,
^K:p hating me, lit. my haters, Ps. 35 : 19.

a. The infinitive with a verbal suffix represents the subject in ''lilWa
at my returning^ Ezek. 47 : 7.

§ 103. The paradigm upon the next page exhibits certain
portions of the regular verb 't3|P with all the suffixes.

a. The parts of the verb selected are sufficient representatives of all
the rest, and by the aid of the rules already given will enable the student
to determine any other required form for himself. The third person sin-
gular of the Hiphil preterite, which undergoes no change in tlie body of
the verb, will answer mulatis mutandis for all the forms in that species
ending with the final radical. The third singular of the Piel preterite,
which suffers a change in its last syllable only, will in like manner answer
for all the forms in that species ending with the final radical. The Kal
preterite is given in all the persons, both on account of the peculiarity
of that tense, which suffers changes in both its vowels, and in order to
exhibit the changes in the personal terminations which apply equally to
the preterites of the other species. Tlie Kal infinitive and imperative
are peculiar in forming a new initial syllable which echoes the rejected
vowel. The third person singular of the Kal future affords a type of all
the forms in that tense which end with the final radical ; and the third
plural of the same tense is a type of all the future forms in this and in
the other species which have personal terminations appended. The par-
ticiples undergo the same changes in receiving suffixes with nouns of like
formation, and are therefore not included in this table.

Paradigm

OF THE

Perfect

1 com.

S
2 masc.

I N G U L A R .

2 fern.

3 masc.

^fem.

Kal Preterite.
Sing. 3 masc.

'?->9)?

^^^I?

^'ai?

n5t:p

T T>1

zfem. ^priBt^j: ^^^'^[^ ^Oj^p ^!^r;^?^p ) ^nb^p

^:rnbt:p j I'rib^p )

2/m. ^j^nbtip ^rrnbt^p ) ri^nb^p

I com. -\'VbX^^^ T^r^P '^T'^^P O^^^^P

Pltjk. 3 com. ^?^bt:p ^^br:p tjibnp ^n^bt:p n^bt^p

2 masc. ^j^nbiip ^Hinbtip ti^ribtip

icom. ^^3^t:p "q^^btip ^n^:bt:p ri^:bt:p

Infinitive. ^bt:p ) i^bt^p tlbt^p ibtip

'^^bt^p

Future.
Sing. 3 masc. ^'^y::^'^^, ) "^^T. \ '=]!?^P!' ^J^!?^P? | V^.^PP?

^ibtpp";) ;^btpp:j ^2bt:p:J J^sbrpp;'

Pltje. 3 masc. ^p^bpp: '^j^Btppp ^^^^P? ^H^blpp;' O^^^P^

Imperative.
Sing. 2 masc. ^'jbpp

^nbtpp

nbtip

T V : Ir

PiEL Preterite.

Sing. 3 masc. ''pbtpp

^^P ^^^P

ibtfp

nbtop

T : • •

HiPHiL Preterite.
Sing. 3 masc. ''pb^tppn

^b"t?pri t|b^tppr!

'i^'Ppn

?nb"tppri

Verbs with Suffixes.

1 com.

2 TOasc.

Plural.

2 fern.

3 ?w«sc.

Zfem.

si2bt:p

T r»:

r.nbt:p

; - rl;

,^:r!bt2p

nbbt:j5

— T t':

nnbtip

T : — ':

D^nbt:p

D*nbt2p
D-ibt^p

D^nbt2p
D^:bt:p

DiT'b^ir
DD^bt:p'

itI;

",D-nb^p

^:^bt2p
ii:^nbr:p

Qi^jbt:p

l^^^t^I?

^2bt:p

Dibt:p

V : T 1 :

i^^^i?

Dbt2p

T : It

1?^!^

ft

^sbrpp: ]

dDbt:p-'

V : T 1 : •

cji^bt?!:;'

^:bt2p
.. . )^

nibtip

Jisbiop

T : ••

Dib^I?

i^r?P

dbt^p

f^^p

sisb^tjpn

T • 1; •

t]iyt2|^ri

)?^'?irn

db^tppn

■(b^tpjpn

139

140 etymology. § 104

Remarks on the Perfect Verbs with Suffixes.

PEETEE ITE.

§ 104. a. There are two examples of ( ) as the union vowel of the
preterite, ''3'!]S'? Isa. 8:11, Ti.^X'^ Judg. 4:20. Daghesh-forte euplionic is
sometimes inserted in the snfRx ol' the first pers. sing., ""^f^? Ps- 118:18,
■■:i^ Gen. 30 : 6.

b. The suffix of tlie second masc. sing, is occasionally ~ ^ in pause : "'^'^.Q
Isa. 55 : 5, so with the infinitive. TQ'^irn Dent. 28 : 24. 45 ; and a similar
form with the future may perhaps be indicated by the K'thibh in Hos. 4:6
1X0s:qs. §11. l.a, where the K'ri has t^dxtsn. With xb and rib verbs
this form of the suffix is of frequent occurrence, ! T(,55 Isa. 30 : 19. Jer. 23:37,
r)N"i3n Ezck. 28 : 15. In a few instances the final a is represented by the
vowel letter n, and the suffix is written ns, n-5-;si;;i 1 Kin. 18:44,
n2n:J3n Prov. 2: 11, f^=>li■^2? Ps. 145: 10, ."12^:^,7. Je'r. 7:27.

c. The suffix of the second lem. sing, is commonly ~^, '^\^'^P ^^^- 5i:Q,
Ti'^XQ Isa. 60 : 9, except after the third fem. sing, of the verb, when it is
"|.., •r)r::nx. Ruth 4: 15. T^ri^i'J Isa. 47: 10; sometimes, especially in the
later Psalms, it has the form "^a corresponding to the pronoun "^PiJ* ,
■ip'SsTX Ps. 137 : 6, '^Dy^'J■)zr^ Ps. 103 : 4.

fZ. The suffix of the third masc. sing, is written with the vowel letter tl
instead of 1 in ni;-is Ex. 32 : 25, nia;^ Num. 28 : 8, and in some copies n'bax
1 Sam. 1:9, where it would be feminine; this form is more frequently ap-
pended to nouns than to verbs.

e. In a few instances the fi of the third fern, suffix is not pointed with
?>Iappik, and consequently represents a vowel instead of a consonant,
'^'}'0':i (with the accent on the penult because followed by an accented
syllable) Am. 1 : 11, so with the infinitive, irifOJ'"} Ex. 9: 18, ni^?,-] Jer.
44 : 19, and the future, n^^nnnT Ex. 2:3.

f. The suffix of the third masc. plur. receives a paragogic "i once in prose,
l-crir-ia Ex. 23:31, and repeatedly in poetry, i<3i<bi2Pi, iT:"ii'i"}in Ex. 15:9;
once 1 is appended. I'a^ps';' Ex. 15:5; cn is used but once as a verbal
suffi.x, cn^SEN Deut. 32:'2(3.

g-. The suffix of the third fem. plur. * is seldom used, '"'iriS'i';' Isa. 48:7,
'P^n^ Hab. 2:17; more frequently the masculine D is substituted for it,
n^ino Gen. 26 : 15, 18, criinrn Ex. 2: 17, cnpx^,' 1 Sam. 6 : 10. so Num.
17 : 3, 4, Josh. 4 : 8, 2 Kin. IsTl's, Hos. 2 : 14, Prov! 6:21; ',n is never used
with verbs. When attached to infinitives a paragogic ii^ is sometimes
added to '|, njxia Ruth 1 : 19, njnnb Job 39 : 2.

h. Verbs, which have Tsere for the second vowel in the Kal preterite, re-
tain it before suffixes, ?)3t^N. Deut. 7 : 13, nibb Lev. 16 : 4, rtNJb Deut.
24:3, iimsn^ Job 37:24. The only example of a suffix appended to a
preterite whose second vowel is Hholem, is I'^nba'^ Ps. 13: 5 from "'Pbb^,

§ 105 PERFECT VERBS WITH SUFFIXES. 141

the Hholem being shortened to Kamets Hhatuph by tlie shifting of the
accent. Tsere of the Piel species is mostly shortened to Seghol before
?], CD, 13, ^^3p Deut. 30:3, ^(-fSj?'? ver. 4, but occasionally to Hhirik,
cissxx (the Methegh in most editions is explained by §15. 2) Job 16 ;5.
?]T3-2-nx Isa. 25;1, C3-i'n;^'2 Ex. 31 : 13, ciano Isa. 1:15. Hhirik of the
Hiphil species is retained before ail suffixes with very few exceptions,
fi3-ir"l 1 Sam. 17:25, Ps. 65: 10; in r,T5^ Deut. 32:7, the verb has the
form of the apocopated future.

i. The third fern, preterite sometimes takes the third masc. sing, suffix in
its full form, ^inn^^r. Prov. 31 : 12, ^inn^DX Ezek. 15 : 5, so in pause : wnnns
1 Sam. 18:28, ^nniax^ Gen. 37:20,' : WrsJaD Isa. 59:16, and somet'imes
contracted by the exclusion of n , TO^tss 1 Sam. 1:24, wib^ Ruth 4 : 15,
!in^:a Job 21 : 18. The third fern, suffix is always contracted, nriTns Jer.
49:24, rir\f>hn Isa. 34:17, nn6?3 1 Sam. 1:6. The suffix of 'the third
masc. plural is n_, not D^, with this person of the verb, the accent
falling on the penult. cns:a Gen. 31 : 32, c~n:s?3 Ex. 18 : 8, Dr'^S? Ps.
119:129, DrS"|ib Isa. 47:14. In the intermediate syllable before Tj the
vowel is usually short in this person, ^ri"^? Jer. 22:26, ^^Vt^ Ezek.
28: 18, though it is sometimes long, ''^^'1^31 Cant. 8:5, as it regularly is in
pause : ^riTb"; ibid.; so before "'D and ^13 of the first person. ""irt^DX Ps.
69 : 10, ! linNii^ Num. 20 : 14.

j. The second masc. sing, preterite usually takes Pattahh before "^3 ex-
cept in pause, "'ir'^i^n Ps. 139: 1, "'Snnn Job 7:14, •':ri=T?. Ps. 22:2. It
takes the third masc. sing, suffix either in its full form. ;inr!"i23 Ezek.
43:20, or contracted, in£px 2 Kin. 5:6, in^b Hab. 1: 12, ir£p_ (accent
thrown back by §35. 1) Num. 23 :27, ir.bjrn Ps. 89: 44.

k. The second fem. sing, preterite assumes (.), commonly without Yodh,
§11. 1. a, before suffixes, and is accordingly indistinguishable from the first
person except by the suffix which it receives, § 102. 1, or by the connection
in which it is found, "'rnn^'? Jer. 15:10, "^:Fi23^ Cant. 4:9, "^Sni^S"! I Sam,
19: 17, mn-«':iri Ex. 2: id; once it takes (Jj^in'i'iin Josh. 2: 18, and in a
few instances the masculine form is adopted in its stead, :^:riSS^n Josh.
2:17, 20, Cant. 5:9, ^irnnb^ Jer. 2:27 K'ri, inx=n^ 2 Sam. uVlO.' '

/. The plural endings of the verb may be written fully ^ or defectively
(.), thus, in the third person. "^Im^^D Ps. 18:6, ''?i30 Hos. 12:1; the
second ■'^Pnaa Zech. 7:5, ^3n">Vs.:n Num. 20: 5, 21 : 5; and the first ^r:'y:i'2':[
1 Chron. 13: 3.

§105. a. The union vowel a is sometimes attached to the future, thus '^^_,
■^:p2-iri Gen. 19:19, ''^.ir^^;;.^. Gen. 29:32, "^rxn'^ Ex. 33:20, Num. 22:33,
•'jf-'Ti::-: Isa. 56:3, "'riabV Job 9:18; ^13^. ^i'2^'2': Isa. 63:16; i (for ^nj,
iE-^n-i'Hos. 8: 3. i^lbn Ps. 35:8, 'i2pn';i Eccres.4: 12. ■irr-n 1 Sam. 21: 14,
so in the K'thibh, 1 Sam. 18:1 lanxil, where the K'ri has sininx;;^; "r
(for r^J. nys*1 Gen. 37:33, ninn;] 2 Chron. 20:7, n^'-'O^^ IsaV26:5l
D^, ncab'^ Ex. 29:30, ts^-'b^ Deut. 7:15, cn-^? Nuhk 21':30, c:/3 Ps.

142 ETYMOLOGY. §106

74:8. cV^ttS^ Ps. 118: 10; l^ , 'jrdi;' Ex. 2: 17. In 1 Kin. 2 : 24 the K'ri
has ''32"'t|'i"' . wliile the K'thibh has the vowel letter "^ representing the
ordinary (?, "'3"'-'^OTi.

6. The suffixes with Daghesh inserted occur cliiefly in pause ; thus ''2_,
■'S'lri-' Jer. 50 : 44 ; "'3 . , "'ii^rn Gen. 27 : 19, : ■'Srrrn Job 7 : 14, 9 : 34 ; JlS ^
(1st phir.), ^^z-^ Job 31:15;' "(,, :,"^3|^!!<. Isa. 43 : 5. 7,;^.!?? Isa. 44:2,
l^l^is Ps. 30: 13; 13.. (3 niasc. sing.), !l'3n;rsn. : !i::n2n j'()b'7:18, ^ly^y^
Job 41:2 K'ri, r,k^^-j Hos. 12:5; ns.., n'lntrn Ps.'OS: 10, or without
Daghesh, njnb'rn Judg. 5:26, Obad. ver. 13 ; the uncmphatic form of the
suffix and that with Daghesh occur in conjunction. •^^"'DC';! niHiEir*; Isa.
26 : 5. There are a very few examples, Ibund only in poetry, of 3 inserted
between the verb and the suffix without further change, •'Sps:^ Ps. 50 : 23,
M?;?^:'*'!; Jf^''- 22:24. 'i!^:p.3?7. Jer. 5: 22, nn:3"i:'i Ps. 72: I'sV'in:?.:!": Deut.
32': '16,' : inrr^aHx^ Ex.'i'5:2.

c. The plural ending 'il is in a few instances found before suffixes, chiefly
in pause, "'SSxnpi , ^.;.^r:,;j|;.i ^ j irrss^";! Prov. 1:28, :T]3!in3U."i Ps. 63:4,
T;:!ix'>a'i Ps. 9in2, T;:iirnd'« Isa.' 66:7, 10, nns^^r"' Jer. '5:22, inisiNsr-^
Jer. 2:24; twice it has the union vowel a, •'Di^issnpi Job 19:2, 'iansb';!
Prov. 5 : 22.

d. When the second vowel of the Kal future is 0, it is rejected before
suffixes requiring a union vowel, compound ShVa being occasionally sub-
stituted for it in the place of simple, C"^.BX Hos. 10:10. 13£'ni-i;] Num.
35:20, !!^^;:!Si< Isa. 27:3, : ss:;?-' Isa. 62:2. Tje;!'!': Ezek. 35:'"6,'n3=n3S
Jer. 31 : 33 ; once the vowel remains, but is changed to Shurek. :c~1'CliFi
Prov. 14: 3; a, on the other hand, is retained as a pretonic vowel. §64. 2.
■iscab'i Job 29:14, niiab^ Ex. 29:30, !^3^:3^X Cant. 5:3, "'Slbsnri Gen.
19:19. Hholem is shortened before "j, C3 , ",3 , though the vowel letter
1 is occasionally written in the K'thibh, "pi^jx Jer. 1 : 5.

e. The following are examples of feminine plurals with suffixes: 2 fem.
phir. •'iNiri Cant. 1: 6, 3 fern. plur. ''jiuinn Job 19: 15, "nD-in Jer. 2: 19.
The masculine form is sometimes substituted for the feminine, rj^nt'^t^ ,
rjlibn"^ Cant. 6:9.

INFINITIVE AND IMPERATIVE.

§ 106 a. Kal Infinitive. Before ?] . CD, "iS, Hholem is shortened to Ka-
mets Hhatuph, t;^2X Gen. 2: 17, ri-irs (iviethegh by §45. 2) Obad. ver.
11, cibrs Gen. 3:5, nin^N Mai. 1:7. Pattahh remains in the single
example, DDIsn Isa. 30 : 18 ; sometimes the vowel of the second radical
is rejected before these as it is before the other suffixes, and a short
vowel given to the first radical, commonly Kainets Hhatuph, ^"^2^ Deut.
29:11, ?^?^Ta 2 Kin. 22:19, cin::s Deut. 27:4, once Kibbuts', ci-iSfs
Lev. 23: 22,' sometimes Hhirik, niad Gen. 19: 33. 35 but liauj Ruth'Sr'i'
irjb Zech. 3:1, i^Ea 2 Sam. I:i0, 'inrQ Neh. 8:5, and occasionally
Pattahh, V|?.P'^ Ezek. 25 : 6. In the feminine form of the infinitive, as in
nouns, the old feminine ending n is substituted lor n, in?^ia Isa. 30: 19,
•insrn Hos. 7 : 4. The Niphal infinitive retains its pretonic Kamets before
suffixes, n=-i2-in Ezek. 21 : 29.

§ 107 IMPERFECT VERBS. 143

6. Kal Imperative, The first radical commonly receives Kamets Hhatuph
upon the rejection of Hholem, "'S'lST, '^i'^i^D Jer. 15 : 15, but occasionally it
takes Hhirik, rj^iS? (with Daghesh-lbrte euphonic) Prov. 4: 13.

Imperfect Verbs.

§107. Imperfect verbs depart more or less from the
standard already given, as the nature of their radicals may
require. They are of three classes, viz. :

I. Guttural verbs, or those which have a guttural letter
in the root.

II. Contracted verbs, two of whose radicals are in cer-
tain cases contracted into one.

III. Quiescent verbs, or those which have a quiescent or
vowel letter in the root.

These classes may again be subdivided according to the
particular radical affected. Thus there are three kinds of
guttural verbs :

1. Pe guttural verbs, or those whose first radical is a
guttural,

. 2. Ayin guttural verbs, or those whose second radical is
a guttural.

3. Lamedh guttural verbs, or those whose third radical
is a guttural.

There are two kinds of contracted verbs :

1 . Pe Nun verbs, or those whose first radical is Nun,
and is liable to be contracted by assimilation with the second.

2. Ayin doubled verbs, or those whose second and third
radicals are alike, and are hable to be contracted into one.

There are four kinds of quiescent verbs :

1. Pe Yodh verbs, or those whose first radical is Yodh.

144 ETYMOLOGY. § 108, 109

2. Ayin Vav and Ayin Yodli verbs, or those whose
second radical is Vav or Yodh.

3. Lamedh Aleph verbs, or those whose third radical is
Aleph.

4. Lamedh He verbs, or those in which He takes the
place of the third radical.

The guttural differ from the perfect verbs in the vowels
only ; the first division of the contracted verbs differ only in
the consonants ; the quiescent and the second division of the
contracted verbs differ from the perfect verbs in both vowels
and consonants.

a. The third class of imperfect verbs may either be regarded as hav-
ing a quiescent letter in the root, which in certain forms is changed into
a vowel, or as having a vowel in the root, which in certain forms is
changed into a quiescent letter. As the settlement of this question is
purely a matter of theory, the usual name of quiescent verbs has been
retained as sufficiently descriptive.

b. The origin of these various technical names for the different kinds
of imperfect verbs is explained §76. 3.

Pe Guttural Verbs.

§108. Gutturals have the four following peculiarities,
§60, viz. :

1. They often cause a preceding or accompanying vowel
to be converted into Pattahh.

2. They receive Pattahh furtive at the end of a word
after a long heterogeneous vowel or before a vowelless final
consonant.

3. They take compound in preference to simple Sh'va.

4. They are incapable of being doubled, and conse-
quently do not receive Daghesh-forte.

§109. Pe guttural verbs are affected by these pecuHari-
ties as follows, viz. :

§109 PE GUTTURAL VERBS. 145

1. The Hhirik of the preformatives is changed to Pat-
tahh before the guttural in the Kal future, if the second
vowel be Hholem, ";^?,1 for ^^^"j ; but if the second radical
has Pattahh this change does not occur, because it would
occasion a repetition of the same vowel in successive sylla-
bles, §63. 1. <5. In the Kal future a, therefore, in the Niphal
preterite and participle, where the vowel of the second sylla-
ble is likewise a, and in the Hiphil preterite, where t is
characteristic and therefore less subject to cliange, Hhirik is
compounded with Pattahh, or, in other words, is changed to
the diphthongal Seghol, prn^ , ^^5>D , ^''isyn . Seghol accom-
panying i? of the first person singular of the Kal future,
§60. 1. a (5), and Kamets Hhatuph, characteristic of the
Hophal species, sufi'er no change. The same is true of
Hholem in the first syllable of the Kal participle, Hhirik of
the Piel preterite, and Kibbuts of the Pual species, for the
double reason that these vowels are characteristic of those
forms, and that their position after the guttural renders them
less liable to mutation, § 60. 1. a (2) ; the second reason ap-
phes likewise to the Hhirik of the feminine singular and
masculine pku'al of the Kal imperative, which, as the briefest
of the short vowels, is besides best adapted to the quick ut-
terance of a command, 'n'q^ , ^Tay .

2. As the guttural does not stand at the end of the word,
there is no occasion for applying the rule respecting Pattahh
fm'tive ; this consequently does not appear except in "711? ,
apocopated future of nin , and in one other doubtful exam-
ple, §114.

3. Wherever the first radical should receive simple Sh'va
the guttural takes compound Sh'va instead ; this, if there be
no reason for preferring another, and especially if it be pre-
ceded by the vowel Pattahh, will be Hhateph Pattahh, whose
sound is most consonant with that of the gutturals ; this is
the case in the Kal second plural preterite, construct infini-
tive, future and imperative with Hholem, and in the Hiphil,

10

146 ETYMOLOGY. §110

infinitives, future, imperative, and participle, Dn^^? , ^as?;] .
If, however, tlie guttural be preceded by another vowel than
Pattahh the compound Sh'va will generally be conformed to
it ; thus, after Seghol it becomes Hhateph Seghol as in the
Kal future and imperative a, the Niphal preterite and par-
ticiple, and the Hiphil preterite, ptC!,'^, ^'^'^?0> ^^^^ ^^er
Kamets Hhatuph it becomes Hhateph Kamets as in the
Hophal species, "TJ???!!. If this compound Sh'va in the
course of inflection comes to be followed by a vowelless
letter, it is changed to the corresponding short vowel, § 61. 1,
thus, (.3 becomes (.) in the second feminine singular and the
second and third masculine pliu-al of the Kal future ; (J be-
comes (..) in the third feminine singular and the third plural
of the Niphal preterite ; and {^) becomes (J in the corres-
ponding persons of the preterite and future Hophal, "'7''??^ ,

T ; V IV ' T : T tr

a. The simple Sh'va following a short vowel thus formed, remains
vocal as in the corresponding forms of the perfect verb, the new syllable
being not mixed but intermediate, and hence a succeeding aspirate will
retain its aspiration, thus ^"i^?,^ yaamhlhu. not ''^5:5^ yaamdu. §22. a.
In like manner the Kal imperative has "''7^3?, >i-ir:3 not "^"^^5, >i'n?2S, show-
ing that even in the perlect verb "^rOf?, I^^P were pronounced kWll.
hilUu, not kitll, kitlu.

4. The reduplication of the first radical being impossible
in the infinitive, future and imperative Niphal, the preceding
vowel, which now stands in a simple syllable, is lengthened
in consequence from Hhirik to Tsere, § 60. 4, 'i^v? for ^ici??i.
§110. 1. The verb li?^ fo stand, whose inflections are shown
in the following paradigm, may serve as a representative of
Pe guttiu-al verbs. The Piel, Pual, and Hithpael are omit-
ted, as they present no deviation from the regular verbs.
The Niphal of 1"Qy is not in use, but is here formed from
analogy for the sake of giving completeness to the paradigm.

Paradigm of

Pe Guttural Verbs.

1
(

KAL.

NIPUAL.

HIPHIL.

HOPHAL.

Pbet. 3 m.

— T

i^j:

irb2?ri

• v: IV

r'^ri

3/

T : IT

T : viv

n'rj2^'n

T • v: IV

rn'2:yTi

T : T IT

2 m.

r : — T

nii3g

ni/bs^n

T : — t: IT

2/

Pl"!'^?

^7^?i^

n^byn

: : — t: IT

Ic.

'Si^^'^?

^J^7'^J?

"n-i?b;5^r!

^ni:3^;n

Plur. 3 c.

^^^?^

^^"t??.

^^'■^^!0

ii7jyr!

2 m.

^^7=?

t^r}-"^??]

dnniajM

Dni7j:^n

V : — i: IT

2/.

l'^?'^?

1^7'S,^

■nn^^s^ri

]^J'^^tl

Ic.

^^7^?

^=7^5^

iDi-b^M

: — i: IT

Inti^t. ^5«o?.

T

'T??^

-7b>'lr;

•■ '■ IT

Cows^r.

^a^

i:brn

•• T 1"

"''^?V

nrbyn

FuT. 3 m.

"'^r-

112T

• -:i-

Tby;;

3/.

'^'^^p)

i5j:55n

"^''^^^D

— t: it

2 w.

■J'^??]

•• T 1"

"!'''? 5?^

— t: it

2/

^Tr?P)

^I7j2?n

• : IT ••

'"'■'^?;5

• : t IT

Ic.

n^arjj

rj2'$^

■• r 1"

"^^'^^^

Tb;«

PZur. 3 m

^i53r.

^^"r?"

lirb3?^

r]i2T

3/.

rrpwT\

n;i7b?n

^?7"i??5

Hji/brn

2 w.

'r:j2'ST\

: IT ••

ii^'brn

iT^jn

2/.

T : -: 1-

r : •• r i-

n3i7b:?n

T : •■-: 1-

nDi7b>^n

T : — T; IT

1 c.

^'52??.

i7by3

■J''^?5

Tb>'5

— t;it

Imper. 2 w.

iw

^■i??o

i^byji

2/

'^'■??

^Tjyri

'"'^r?0

■wanting

PZ«r. 2 w.

i-\i2'$

; IT ••

iirb^n

2/

T : -:

™7'^?D

T : ••-: 1-

Part. -4c^.

Tip

"I"'^??

Pass.

T

T3:5>D

T V.-IV

I7b:5>72

r t: IT

147

148

ETYMOLOGY. § 1 1 1

2. The Kal imperative and future of those verbs which
have Pattahh in the second syllable may be represented by
PIT} to be strong.

Imperative.

Singular. Plural,

masc. fern. masc. fern.

pin ^pjr; tiptn njpin

Future.

3 masc.

%fem.

2 masc.

Ifem.

1 com.

Sing.

in.-

PiCiS

pinn

'PI05

Pi5S

Pltte.

sipjn;.

HDpTMpl

^PJ"J^

f^?pi05

pinj

3. Certain verbs, whose first radical is N , receive Hholem
in the first syllable of the Kal future after the following,
which is distinctively called the Pe Aleph (s^ib) mode.

Future of Pe Aleph Verbs.

3 masc.

Zfem.

2 masc.

2 fern.

1 com.

Sing.

bii^^

bi^n

b5j<n

^b5i<n

• ; 1

byni,

Plue.

^^^-

nabii^n

^bD.xn

injbD^^n

bii^3

Five verbs uniformly adopt this mode of inflection, viz, :
^ns to jjerish, niX to be willinfj, brx to eat, 'i^ax to say, nss
to bake ; a few others indifferently follow this or the ordinary
Pe guttural mode, inij to love, THX to take hold, ^osj to
gather.

Remarks on Pe Guttural Verbs.

§ 111. 1, The preformative of the Kal future a has (_) in one instance,
sbni Ezek, 23 : 5. That of the Kal future o has (J in :]^n;^. Prov. 10 : 3,
;^iy'n7. Ps. 29:9. Three verbs with future o, tjyn/onn, n»n have Pat-

§111 REMARKS ON PE GUTTURAL VERBS. 149

tahli in the first syllable when the Hholem appears, but Seghol in those
forms in which the Hholem is dropped. Di^n.^L Job 12 : 14, 1DTn^_ 2 Kin.
3:25 but ^ib'^n:; Ex. 19:21, 24; so with suffixes, ''?52^n^ Psl 141:5,
:]D-in:; Isa. 22Vl9, -innTsnD Isa. 53:2. nsn has l^sn;^ but 'i-'Sn;;.

2. a. If the first radical be N , which has a strong preference for the
diphthongal vowels, §60. 1. a (5), the preformative takes Seghol in most
verbs in the Kal future, whether a or o, pbs;^ , CiDn;; , "i."N!n, Thxn as well
as Y^i<^., tli^"^., ^i5<n, Ci^Nri; in a few with future a, § 110. 3, it takes the
other compound vowel Hholem when to complete the diphthongal charac-
ter of the word the (.) of the second syllable usually becomes ( ) in pause,
and in a few instances without a pause accent, inx'^, '^^^'^ , ^''^^"' , 'H!'*^}
and in two verbs it becomes (..) after Vav conversive, "ip.5<';! , TnX'l .

b. As X is always quiescent after Hholem in this latter form of the
future, §57. 2. (2) a, Pe Aleph verbs might be classed among quiescent
verbs, and this is in fact done by some grammarians. But as N has the
double character of a guttural and a quiescent in different forms sprung
from the same root, and as its quiescence is confined almost entirely to a
single tense of a single species, it seems better to avoid sundering what
really belongs together, by considering the Pe Aleph as a variety of the
Pe guttural verbs. In a few instances X gives up its consonantal charac-
ter after (..) which is then lengthened to (_,), t^rNn Mic. 4 : 8. When
thus quiescent after either Tsere or Hholem, X is always omitted in the
first person singular after the preformative X, nnx Gen. 32:5 for "inxx,
nnx Prov. 8: 17 for Si^NX, bii* Gen. 24:33 for ^=Ni< , and occasionally
in other persons, "'Bm'jer. 2:36 for "'IJTNn ; so Kn;; Deut. 33:21, sipi
Prov. 1:10, Cjibh Ps.' 104:29, ^n^n 2 Sam. 19:14, inpil 2 Sam. 20:9,
^nshl 1 Sam. 28:24; in a few instances the vowel letter 1 is substituted
for it, tiliDr Ezek. 42 : 5 for ^i^^XV "laix Neh. 2 : 7, Ps. 42: 10.

c. A like quiescence or omission of X occurs in ^^xf^ Num. 11:25 Hi.
fut. for ^jix^,!5, b-i-jn Ezek. 21 : 33 Hi. inf for h-'hit^ii ,' ^x Job 32 : 11 Hi.
fut. for -pTX^S, -pTia Prov. 17:4 Hi. part, for "pTXXj', §53. 2. a, ^:kh^ Job
35 : 11 Pi. part, for ^SDSXia , §53. 3, ''D'nTPi 2 Sam. 22: 40 Pi. fut. for ''i^tNn,
3^';;; 1 Sam. 15 : 5 Hi. iut! for anx^^l , ^^rn Isa. 21 : 14 Hi. pret. for l^rxt^,
bfi^ Isa. 13: 20 Pi. fut. for ^nx'? , and after prefixes ^52S^ for ~J3S^ , the
Kal infinitive of n^X with the preposition h, 'Tj'iaxi Ezek. 28 : 16 Pi. fut.
with Vav conversive for f)n3i<Nl , "liiysi Zech. 11:5 Hi. fut. with Vav
conjunctive for "i"SXl , cinfiDfi Eccles. 4:14 Kal pass. part, with the
article for n-'n^oxn,'

-: IT

d. The diphthongal Hholem is further assumed by Pe Aleph roots
once in the Niphal preterite, iTnxjj Num. 32 : 30 for I'nNS , and five times
in the Hiphil future, fi'^'^'zii Jer. 46:8 for nn''2X5« , ^^iix Hos. 11:4 for
b^ixx , l-iy:Jix Neh. 13:^13 for n^'^:?N.X , i=?<'W Sam. 14:24 abbreviated
from n^X'TVor n^N^*!! , ^f^l'] 2Sam. 20:5 K'ri for inX^I.

e. S draws the vowel to itself from the preformative in ^^nxpi Prov.
1:22 Kal fut. for ^ninsn in pause l^nxri Zech. 8: 17, Pa. 4:3,"§60. 3. c.
Some so explain iin^sNPi Job 20:26, regarding it as a Kal future for

150 ETYMOLOGY. §112

>in^3Nn with the vowel attracted to the X from the preformative ; it is
simpler, however, to regard it as a Pual future with Kamets Hhatuph in-
stead of Kibbuts, as cnsia Nah. 2 : 4, r,-^nn^ Ps. 94 : 20.

3. a. Kamets Hhatuph for the most part remains in the Kal infinitive
and imperative with suffixes, as ^~^~^, M^)? • ''1'?? > being rarely changed
to Pattahh, as in ^n^nn Prov. 20:16, or Seghol,' as "HSDN Num. 11 : IG,
^^1^. Job 33 : 5. In the inflected imperative Seghol occurs once instead
of Hhirik, ""'Sbn Isa. 47: 2, and Kamets Hhatuph twice in compensation
for the omitted Hholem, iTbs Zeph. 3 : 14 but ^IW Ps. 68 : 5, >innn Jer.
2:12 but >in"in Jer. 50:27, though the o sound is once retained in the
compound Sh'va of a pausal form, ■'a;;^n Isa. 44:27. Ewald explains
onnrn Ex. 20 : 5, 23 : 24, Deut. 5 : 9, and'cnnr; Deut. 13 : 3 as Kal futures,
the' excluded Hholem giving character to the preceding vowels; the forms,
however, are properly Hophal futures, and there is no reason why the
words may not be translated accordingly be induced to serve. In a few Kal
infinitives with a feminine termination n has (.), "^^^1^ Ezek. 16:5.
•irizian Hos. 7 : 4.

b. In a very few instances Pattahh is found in the first syllable of the
Niphal and of the Hiphil preterite, yy} Ps. 89 : S, cn^nn Judg. 8 : 19.

§112. 1. The guttural invariably receives compound Sh'va in place of
simple, where this is vocal in the perfect verb ; and as in these cases it
stands at the beginning of the word, it is more at liberty to follow its na-
tive preferences, and therefore usually takes (..). In crji-^n 2 plur. pret.,
ni'^in inf , ri^n imper. of n'jn , the initial n has (J under the influence of
the following "i ; X receives (..) in the second plural of the Kal preterite,
and in the feminine and plural of the passive participle, Crin^x., tnbsx,
Cp^iax , but commonly (J in the imperative and infinitive, §60. 3. 6, i==X
imper., iii:N and Vzit., inf, thx and thii, inf.. yix imper., nb'x inf. and
imper. (but "^TaNn Job 34: 18 with ti, interrogative), pbx , Tpx (with n^
paragogic i^SON), and in a very few instances the long vowel (..). §60. 3.c,
!lSS Ex. 16: 23 for siEN, rpx Isa. 21: 12.

2. Where the first radical in perfect verbs stands after a short vowel
and completes its syllable, the guttural does the same, but mostly admits
an echo of the preceding vowel after it, inclining it likewise to begin the
syllable which follows. In the intermediate syllable thus formed, §20. 2,
the vowel remains short, only being modified agreeably to the rules
already given by the proximity of the guttural, which itself receives the
corresponding Hhateph. The succession is, therefore, usually (.^ ,.), (... ,..) or
(,. ). In a very few instances this correspondence is neglected; thus, in
r,^nPi 3 fern. fut. of "^n io go (comp. pns;;i from pns to laugh) the Hhirik
of the preformative remains and the guttural takes Hhateph Pattahh ; in
nb'?n (once, viz., Hab. 1 : 15 for r^ivr\) and n^?/n Hiphil and Hophal
preterites of t^f^ to go up, and Pi'iiyn (once, viz., Josh. 7:7 for Pi"i?yrT)
Hi. pret. of "lis to pass over, the guttural is entirely transferred to^ the
second syllable, and the preceding vowel is lengthened. ^ The forms I^i'^f]^ ,
n'-^ri-^ , tsni'lin'i , n'-;rii from n'^jn to be, and n^n^ from h;rj to live, are pecu-
liar in having simple vocal Sh'va.

§112 REMARKS ON PE GUTTURAL VERBS. 151

3. Where (,„) or (_ _) are proper to the form these are frequently
changed to (..) or (.. ^.) upon the prolongation of the word or the removal
of its accent forward. Thus, in the Kal future. v|DN';; 2 Kin. 5 : .3, ^EOX^
Ex. 4 : 29, •'JEpN; Ps. 27 : 10, "'boxn Josh. 2 : IS ; ^IS-^N,:: Isa. 59: 5, ""J-^Nn
Judg. 16:13; the Niphal, 03?5 1 Kin. 10:3, niby 3* Nah. 3:11, n-»b?3
Ps. 26:4; and especially in the Hiphil preterite with Vav conversive.
^^k-!-\}. Job 14:19, rJ■)2St^'l Deut. 7:24, CP'i^Nnn Deut. 9:3 (comp.
nn^Dsn Ps. 80:6), "'n'^^Nni Lev. 23:30; "-n^V^nV 'isa. 49:26; ''rininn
Neh."5:16, ''npinni EzeL' 30: 25; rpninrn' Isa.'43: 23, "pmnsni" Jer.
17:4; -ptxn Deut.' 1:45, nSTKni Ex. 15:2(3, ''nnnni Jer. 49:' 37; after
Vav conjunctive, however, the vowels remain unchanged, "^PipTnn'l 1 Sam.
17:35, ■'nirnnni Ps. 50:21. The change from (...) to {..^_) after Vav
conversive occurs once in the third person of the Hiphil preterite, 'PlNflli
Ps. 77 : 2, but is not usual, e. g. "H'^'^^lvJI • • . 'i'''"''?^*^^ Lev. 27 : 8. There
is one instance of (.._ .) instead of (. .) in the Hiphil infinitive, "p"'!"']!!
Jer. 31:32.

4. A vowel which has arisen from Sh'va in consequence of the rejec-
tion of the vowel of a following consonant, will be dropped in guttural as
in perfect verbs upon the latter vowel being restored by a pause accent,

5. Sometimes the silent Sh'va of the perfect verb is retained by the
guttural instead of being replaced by a compound Sh'va or a subsidiary
vowel which has arisen from it. This is most frequent in the Kal future,
though it occurs likewise in the Kal infinitive after inseparable preposi-
tions, in the Niphal preterite and participle, in the Hiphil species, and
also though rarely in the Hophal. There are examples of it with all the
gutturals, though these are most numerous in the case of n, which is the
strongest of that class of letters. In the majority of roots and forms there
is a fixed or at least a prevailing usage in favour either of the simple or
of the compound Sh'va; in some, however, the use of one or the other ap-
pears to be discretionary.

a. The following verbs always take simple Sh'va under the first radical
in the species, whose initial letters are annexed to the root, viz. :

ts-ix Hi. to be red. bnn K. Hi. to be vain, lan K. to gird.

I^X Ni. Hi. to be illus- nsrj K. Hi. to meditate, h'^n K. (not Ho.) to

trioiis. Cl^n K. to thritst. cease.

B-JX Hi. to close. "iHn K. Ni. to honour. -'tin K. to cut.

*'\'^)< K. to shut. n^n K. Ni. ^0 &e. '"^if^ K. (not Hi.) to

t\k^ K. to learn. *'^'D'r\ K. to injure, wound. live.

nsst K. to gird on. xnn Ni. Hi. Ho. to hide. tD=n K. Hi. to be wise.

fi^jij K. Ni. (not Hi.) '^in K. to beat off. ^BBn K. meaning doubt-

to be guilty. ••\-ir\ Hi. to join together. ful.

152 ETYMOLOGY. § 112

*isn K. Ni. io desire. lEfi K. to dig. ti^S K. to put on as an

^rn K. to spare. "isn K. Hi. to blush. ornament.

6an K. Ni. to do via- bsn K. Nl to search. tj"]? Hi to gathermuch.

lence to. sin K. (notHi.)^oAezi7. i^:? Ni. fo 6e wanting.

yin K. /o 6e leavened. t~)bn K. Ni. ?o investi- "lis K. Ni. <o trouble.
•5ttn K. to ferment. gate. hs'S Hi. ^o 6e presump-

•nin K. ^o dedicate. * .'"in K. ^o tremble. tiious.

hqn K. <o devour. nnn K. ^o ?a/re t/p. Ti'i:;^ K. Ni. to pervert.

c6n K. to muzzle. Tirin Ni. ^o be destined, "ibs K. Hi. to tithe.

■l6n K. Hi. ^0 ZacZc. inn Ho.^o&estcarfcZ/etZ. *Dr^ Ni. ?o 6e burnt up.

nsn Ni. fo cover. cnn K. Ni. Hi. to seal, prv K. HI. to be re-
TSn K. Ni. to be panic- Cinn K. to seize. moved.

struck. "inn 'K.tobreakthrough.'^T\V K. Ni. Hi. to en-

ysn K. ^0 delight. 'zi'J K. io /ore, dote. treat.

b. The following are used with both simple and compound Sh'va, either
in the same form or in different forms, viz. :

■lOX to bind. non to trust. nw^ to wear.

T.sn to turn. Tiiyn to withhold. ^hv to encircle.

•1 - T 1 - T - T

iin to take in pledge, ^'cn to uncover. C?S to conceal.

Dan to bind. ::iin to think. ^^V to shut up, restrain.

p]n /o 6e strong. T)'>^n io 6e cZar/c. "!?» io supplant.

nbn io 6e s/cfc. ^^y io jjass over. *)"i"S io smoke.

pbn io divide. "it^ io 7ie/p. "ii?3s io 6e ri'c/t.

c. The following have simple Sh'va only in the passages or parts al-
leged, but elsewhere always compound Sh'va, viz. :

:nx 2 Chr. 19 : 2, Pr. 15 : 9, to love. ^^V\ Ezek. 26 : 18, to tremble.

"iTX Ps. 65 : 7, to gird. n'in Hi. part, to be silent.

CIDS Ps. 47 : 10, to gather. nnn Jer. 49 : 37, to be dismayed.
TiVn Ps. 109 : 23, to go. 'lis' Eccl. 5 : 8, io serve.

C^n Job 39 : 4, Jer. 29 : 8, to dream. '(i'J Jer. 15 : 17, Ps. 149 : 5, and

tj^n Job 20 : 24, to change, pierce. yi'S Ps. 5 : 12, to exult.

All other Pe guttural verbs, if they occur in forms requiring a Sh'va
under the first radical, have invariably compound Sh'va.

The use or disuse of simple Sh'va is so uniform and pervading in cer-
tain verbs, that it must in all probability be traced to the fixed usage of
actual speech. This need not be so in all cases, however, as in other and
less common words its occurrence or non-occurrence may be fortuitous;
additional examples might have been pointed differently.

* aval MySjxfvov. f Except Ps. 44 : 22.

b

§113-116 AYIN GUTTURAL VERBS. 153

§113. 1. The Hhirik of the prefix is in the Niphal future, imperative
and participle, almost invariably lengthened to Tsere upon the omission
of Daghesh-forte in the first radical, "On!, i^N?. Isa. 23 : 18, onn;) (the re-
trocession of the accent by §35.1) Isa'. 28:27, p\r\^. Job 38:24, y^nz
Num. 32 : 17, p3n^!! 2 Sam. 17 : 23, which is in one instance expressed by
the vowel letter "^ , i^bi'"^n Ex. 25 : 31. The only exception is 5nn2 (two
accents explained by §42. a) Ezek. 26: 15 for ;|]nn2 , where the vowel
remains short as in an intermediate syllable, only being changed to
Seghol before the guttural as in the Niphal and Hiphil preterites. Ac-
cording to some copies, which differ in this from the received text, the
vowel likewise remains short in nssx Job 19:7, "ii^V^^^'f^ Ezek. 43:18,
^p^^'.l iChron. 24:3, ;^i:J'3 Lam.*2:'"ll.

2. The initial n of the Hiphil infinitive is, as in perfect verbs, rarely
rejected after prefixed prepositions, as pbnb Jer. 37: 12 for P^nnb , N'^ianb
Eccles. 5 : 5, -ii-:rb 2 Sam. 19 : 19, -iarb Deut. 26 : 12, -.ir^"? Neh. 10:39,
"iitrb 2 Sam. 18 : 3 K'thibh; and still more rarely that of the Niphal infin-
itive, Ci'J53 Lam. 2: 11 for Tiarna, .nnn2 Ezek. 26 : 15.

§114. The letter i resembles the other gutturals in not admitting
Daghesh-forte, and in requiring the previous vowel to be lengthened in-
stead, c'3"i;;T Jon. 1:5, ^35)^5!! Ps. 106:25. In other cases, however, it
causes no change in an antecedent Hhirik. C|^"i7 Deut. 19 : 6. ts""^ 2 Sam.
T : 10, pas'irt Ps. 66 : 12, except in certain forms of the verb nxn to see,
viz., X'i'T Kal future with Vav conversive, shortened from <^S^';', •^^f'^!7.
which alternates with nxnn as Hiphil preterite, and once with Vav con-
versive preterite, "'n^Xiln'; Nah. 3:5. It is in two instances preceded by
Hhirik in the Hiphil infinitive, S-iini-i, f^pn Jer. 50:34. In the Hophal
species the participles Ci'H'ip Isa. 14 : 6, r\:s"i'a Lev. 6: 14 take Kibbuts in
the first syllable, but S^ij"^ , bi'^ have the ordinary Kamets Hhatuph.
Resh always retains tiie simple Sh'va of perfect verbs whether silent or
vocal, rinn Gen. 44 : 4, ^i^i"}"} Ps. 129 : 86, except in one instance, Tinn;;
Ps. 7 : 6, where it appears to receive Pattahh furtive contrary to the ordi-
nary rule which restricts it to the end of the word, §60. 2. a.

§115. The verb biax reduplicates its last instead of its second radical
in the Pual, by^ax ; nan reduplicates its last syllable, iin^anisn Lam. 2 : 11,
§92. a. ''PiH'!'^? Hos. 11:3 has the appearance of a Hiphil preterite with
n prefixed instead of n.

brri is a secondary root, based upon the Hiphil of bbn. See ^V verbs.

For the peculiar forms of ^,0^J and T^r\ see the '''s verbs, ^^6"^ and T\z'^ .

Ayin Guttural Verbs.

§116. Ayin guttural verbs, or those whicli have a gut-
tural for their second radical, are affected by the peculiarities
of these letters, §108, in the following manner, viz. :

154 ETYMOLOGY. §117

1. The influence of the guttural upon a following vowel
being comparatively slight, this latter is only converted into
Pattahh in the future and imperative Kal, and the feminine
plural of the future and imperative Niphal, Piel, and Hith-
pael, where the like change sometimes occurs even without
the presence of a guttural, bi^'^'^ for ^i^^.^ ; Mp^p^^^n for robsf^n .

2. No forms occur which could give rise to Pattahh
furtive.

3. AVhen the second radical should receive simple Sh'va,
it takes Hhateph Pattahh instead as the compound Sh'va
best suited to its nature ; and to this the new vowel, formed
from Sh'va in the feminine singular and masculine plural of
the Kal imperative, is assimilated, ''"?^5 for *'^S5 .

4. Daghesh-forte is ahvays omitted from the second radi-
cal in Piel, Pual, and Hithpael, in which case the preceding
vowel may either remain short as in an intermediate syllable,
or Hhirik may be lengthened to Tsere, Pattahh to Kamets,
and Kibbuts to Hholem, § 60. 4, ins , b^^ .

§117. The inflections of Ay in guttural verbs may be
shown by the example of bi*5 , which in some species means
to redeem, and in others to jjollute. The Hiphil and Hophal
are omitted, as the former agrees precisely with that of per-
fect verbs, and the latter diff'ers only in the substitution of
compound for simple Sh'va in a manner sufficiently illus-
trated by the foregoing species.

a. The Pual infinitive is omitted from the paradigm as it is of rare
occurrence, and there is no example of it in this class of verbs. As the
absolute infinitive Piel mostly gives up its distinctive form and adopts that
of the construct, §92. d^ it is printed with Tsere in this and the following
paradigms.

Paradigm

OF Ayin

Guttural Verbs

KAL.

NIPIIAL.

PIEL.

PUAL.

IIITHPAEL.

Feet. 3 m.

bss

— T

biJ^f?

b^3

bi<ri

bksnn

3/.

nbsB

'^'^^f?

^bssis

T ~: I

t^ib^tm

2 m.

nbwsr*

T ; — r

nbi^ro

^b^^)

nb^5■3

T : —

nb^ssrn

T ; — T ; •

2/

Jiib.srt

5^bkS:v

r^bj?rt

nb.sb

nbi^^nri

Ic.

'^^^?

^nb^ro

'Ii1b^55

^^lb^5■:^

^nb^snn

Plur. 3 c.

^bK3

-:iT

^b^tru

^^^5

^bi^r.

^byt^nn

2 m.

dnbxri

t^nbj^r^p

t^jjlb^^

Drfci^b

Dribj^Brri

2/

1^^^^

|p}b^f?

|!nb^5

■^b^^b

■|nbHr»tin

1 c.

rjbj$!»

: — T

^2b>5ro

^2b^?r.

^^i^b

^:b^3nr;

Infix. Alsol.

bijks

bxsr!

b5<r»

•• T

Constr.

bxr.

b^^r,rl

•' T

bk-iM-i

FtJT. 3 TO.

b^rC

•• T •

"T ;

bsb;^

bksn;

3/

bi^r^n

bJ5:n

bs^bn

bi^^nn

2 m.

bik^n

•• T •

b>5:;n

bwXbn

b.^stnn

•• T : •

2/

"b^'iJfPi

'b^^n

^b^^r^ri

'^^t'I^

"bi^srin

Ic.

b^;»!^

b>55^

••T -:

b^bsst

b^^i'^'S^

PZwr. 3 m.

^bvs:^

^blS:^:

65s;:r

^^^?:

^bisjsn,'^

8/

H^bjkjn

n:3bt;^r*pi

T : — T ■

njb5<:»n

n^b^bn

n'bj^snn

T : — T : •

2 m.

iibvNt^n

^bi^isn

^bj^^^in

^^^?^

^bi^Bnn

2/

riDbi^jn

njbttsn

T ; — T :

rijb^bn

r : — T : •

Ic.

b^ro

bik-i!;

•* T •

bi<:o

bfeo

bkr.ri5

•• T ; •

Impek. 2 w.

bv^a

bj5sn

•* T

b^?5rl?^

2/

'b5S5^

^bistsri

^b^^r*

• -:iT

wanting

^bi^:»r,ri

Plur. 2 w.

^b2s;s

^^2s?5n

^^^5

^^i^snri

2/

nDb^s

rijb^sn

riDbiin

T : — T

njb^sni-i

Part. Act.

b^b

" r ;

b5<?3n"^

Pass.

T

b^:o

T : •

bi^"2

155

156 ETYMOLOGY. & 118, 119

Remarks on Ayin Guttural Verbs.

§118. 1. If the second radical i.s 1, the Kal future and imperative
commonly have Hholem; but the followitig; take Pattahh, T^^ii to be long;
i"in to be dried or desolate, ^"H to tremble, ti^'n to reproach, to winter,
y^n to sharpen, 2nr to be sweet, Snf3 to come near, Cnj^ to cover ; C]^:: to
tear in pieces, has either Hholem or Pattahh ; ^yn to plough has fut. o,
to be silent has fut. a.

2. With any other guttural for the second radical the Kal future and
imperative have Pattahh ; only en; to roar, and cnn to love, have Hho-
lem ; Dj'T to curse, hs'a to trespass, and bys to do, have either Pattahh
or Hholem; the future of Tnx to grasp, is Thx;^ or TnX"'.

3. Pattahh in the ultimate is as in perfect verbs commonly prolonged
to Kamets before suffixes, vyhere Hholem would be rejected, \!^'7!< Prov.
4:6, crjnTT': 2 Kin. 10 : U, Cl^H'^X 2 Sam. 22:43, "i^'^ii^ isa.'45:l],
■^iifiX:] Ge'n. 29: 32.

4. The feminine plurals of the Niphal and Piel futures have Pattahh
with the second radical whether this be i or another guttural, iijbnan
Ezek.7:27, njS'iirn Prov. 6 : 27, nDjnnn Ezek. 16:6, :n:sx:Fi Hos,'4:13,
but Tsere occasionally in pause, n:"in'cn Jer. 9 : 17.

§119. 1. With these exceptions the vowel accompanying the guttural
is the same as in the perfect verb; thus the Kal preterite mid. c : ~nx
Gen. 27 : 9, T;:inx Deut. 15 : 16; infinitive pn ] Sam. 7 : 8, =riO Jer. 15: s",
with Makkeplil "n'ns 1 Kin. 5:20; Niphal 'infinitive, nn^n Ex. 17:10,
with suffixes, ^l??^^ 2 Chron. 16: 7, 8, with prefixed 3, nnbs Judg. 11 :25,
bNt"? 1 Sam. 20 : 6, 28, and once anomalously with prefixed X , bnnx Ezek.
14: 3 (a like substitution of X for n occurring once in the Hiphil preterite,
:iribs5X Isa. 63:3); future Dn|7 Ex. 14:14, with Vav conversive,
:DN53'^]'job 7:5, bn;?-^] Ex. 32 :l', pyj'] Judg. 6:34, instni Ex. 9:15,
yn^n] Num. 22 : 25. or with the accent on the penult., cn^'i Ex. 17 : 8,
Drcril Gen. 41 :8; imperative, Cin|r; 1 Sam. 18: 17, or with the accent
thrown back, incn Gen. 13:9; JHiphil infinitive, oxqn 1 Sam. 27:12,
pnnn Gen. 21:16, O-'inn Deut. 7:2, apocopated future, cy-i^ I Sam.
2:10, hhp^"^ 1 Kin. 8:1 (in the parallel passage, 2 Chron. 5:2, l5^'^p::),
nn"rn Deut. 9:26, n-ia^ Ps. 12: 4, with Vav conversive, D«»? 1 Kin. 22:54,
nnrxj Zech. 11:8; imperative, n^pn Ex. 28 : 1, with Makkeph, "2nnn Ps.
81 : li, ~P".]^ 2 Sam. 20 : 4, "bnpn'Deut. 4 : 10, with a pause accent the
last vowel sometimes becomes Pattahh, pf)'}^^ Job 13: 21, '.iv^f^ Ps.69:24,
though not always, bnptn Lev. 8 : 3. Hophal infinitive, 3"!)'7.vJ 2 Kin. 3:23.
Tsere is commonly retained in the last syllable of the Piel and Hithpael,
which upon the retrocession or loss of the accent is shortened to Seghol,
tro Lev. 5 : 22, ens': Hos. 9 : 2, pnib Gen. 39 : 14, -pnb^ Ps. 104 : 26,
q-in": 74 : 10, nnui'^y Gen. 39 : 4, csQnri:, Dan. 2 : 1, a'^.^rn 2 Kin. 18 : 23,
and occasionally before suffixes to Hhirik. C3a"iQ Isa. 1 : 15, :?jni'aT2 (fern,
form for Tjnrya^D, §61. 5)1 Sam. 16: 15 but cninnb Isa. 30: 18, Mnniy

^120,121 REMARKS ON AYIN GUTTURAL VERBS. 157

Ezek. 5 : 16; in a few instances, however, as in the perfect verb, Pattahh
is taken instead, thus in the preterite, i:r<b Mai. 3: 19, cn-i Ps. 103:13,
pn-1 Isa. 6 : 12, Uinx Deut. 20 : 7, ""b? Gen. 24 : 1 (Tpa rarely occurs ex-
cept in pause), 'Sj^^ Isa. 25:11, and more rarely still in the imperative,
nn;? Ezek. 37 : 17. and future ^ly^"! Prov. 14 : 10, ii^jn-; , J^xan^ Dan. 1 : S.

2. ^X'^y, which has Kamets in pause, ^x^j , ''^^'^j but most commonly
Tsere before suffixes, "i^i^.^^) ''5^''^'-?) exhibits the peculiar forms, Cn^Na
1 Sam. 12:13, ;rnbxii' l' Sam. l': 20, in-^nbxiu Judg. 13:6, ^nirbxin
1 Sam. 1 : 28.

3. Kamets Hhatuph sometimes remains before the guttural in the Kal
imperative and infinitive with suffixes or appended fi , B^nx Hos. 9 : 10,
^Hxa Ruth 3: 13, BDXTS Am. 2:4, cios^ (by §61. 1) IsaV^b : 12, C=2'i|5
Deut. 20 : 2 (the alternate form being ci'i'i^ Josh. 22 : 16), ninn Ex. 30 :' 18,
nj?ri"i Ezek. 8:6. and sometimes is changed to Pattahh, T\p.V.} Isa. 57 : 13,
d^Va Ezek. 20:27, i^'^^^ Hos. 5 : 2, n^nx Deut. 10:15, nix^ Jer. 31 :12,
or with simple Sh'va under the guttural, r,Tir2 Ps. 68:8, ior: 2 Chron.
26: 19. In nirT Num. 23:7, Kamets Hhatuph is lengthened to Hholem
in the simple syllable. Once the paragogic imperative takes the form
nbxo Isa. 7: 11, comp. nnb'p, ni^riii Dan. 9: 19, nxsn Ps. 41 : 5.

4. Hhirik of the inflected Kal imperative is retained before "i, irrnS
Josh. 9:6, and once before n. 1"iriia Job 6 : 22 ; when the first radical is X
it becomes Seghol, ^i-^N Ps. 31 : 24, "^THN Cant. 2: 15 ; in other cases it
is changed to Pattahh, '"'P.'Jl Isa. 14: 31, :ip5;T_ Judg. 10: 14.

§120. 1. The compound Sh'va after Kamets Hhatuph is (^.), after
Seghol ( .), in other cases (..), as is sufficiently shown by the examples
already adduced. Exceptions are rare, "^inx Ruth 3:15, "''7ncrn Ezek.
16: 33. iri^ixn^ i/tha"rehu Isa. 44: 13.

2. The letter before the guttural receives compound Sh'va in "nS|^
Gen. 21:6; in '^^5^:^<^ Ezek. 9:8, this leads to the prolongation of the
preceding vowel and its expression by the vowel letter N, § 11: 1. a. This
latter form, though without an exact parallel, is thus susceptible of ready
explanation, and there is no need of resorting to the hypothesis of an error
in the text or a confusion of two distinct readings, "ixd? and "iX^^x .

3. Resh commonly receives simple Sh'va, though it has compound in
some forms of T|^3, e. g. ^i^i^Pi Num. 6: 23, istis Gen. 27:27.

§121. 1. Upon the omission of Daghesh-forte from the second radical
the previous vowel is always lengthened before "i, almost always before
K, and prevailingly before y, but rarely before il or H. The previous
vowel remains short in nS3 to terrify, D?3 to provoke^ 'CJi2 to be few, "tSJ
to shake, and pi'^ to cry. It is sometimes lengthened, though not always,
in 1X3 to make plain, vjXa to comviil adultery, 'J'XJ to despise, IXJ to re-
ject, bxd to ask; *i?3 to consume, "5?b to sweep away by a tempest, 3rri to
abhor ; bna to affright, tifis to be dim, bnj to lead. It is also lengthened
in nnp to be dull, which only occurs Eccl. 10: 10. The only instances of

158 ETYMOLOGY. §122,123

the prolongation of the vowel before n are crib Pi. inf. Judg. 5: S. "jna Pu.
pret. Ezek. 21: IS, >inn Pii. pret.Ps. 36: 13, ''ini^nnnn Job 9^30, the first two
of which may, however, be regarded as nouns. Daghesh-lbrte is retained
and the vowel consequently remains short in n'ns Ezek. 16:4. : sixn Job
33:21, unless the point in the latter example is to be regarded as Mappi'k, §26.

2. When not lengthened, Hhirik of the Piel preterite commonly re-
mains unaltered before the guttural, ^nns Job 15:18, iinnui Jer. 12:10
though it is in two instances changed to .Seghol, ^nnx Judg. 5: 28, ^rnrni
Ps. 51:7. '■"'■' ° '''"'""

3. When under the influence of a pause accent the guttural receives
Kamets, a preceding Pattahh is converted to Seghol, §63. 1. a, •^Pirnrri
Ezek. 5: 13, crjjn;' Num. 23: 19, s^nn-^n Num. 8:7.

§ 122. 1. )i?.'^ and ')?i<^ are Picl forms with the third radical redupli-
cated in place of the second ; "ir!"ir!p doubles the second syllable ; and ^if^.X
"ri Hos. 4 : 18, is by the ablest Hebraists regarded as one word, the last
two radicals being reduplicated together with the personal ending, §92. a.

2. ^"i'Ci and "i?^ have two forms of the Piel, uind and li-'^'iiJ, ^50 and
-i?b, §92.6.; and th two forms of the Hilhpael, vrysn^, ^IBShn"; Jer.
46:7,8; ! 7x212 Isa. 52:5. follows the analogy of the latter; yni"^^ Eccl.
12 : 5, is sometimes derived from 7x5 to despise, as if it were for ^■'X?^ ;
such a form would however be unexampled. The vowels show it to be
the Hiphil future of y^i or rather y^3 tojloxirish or blossom, the S being
inserted as a vowel letter, §11. 1. a. ^^Xh3 Isa. 59:3, Lam. 4 : 14 is a
Niphal formed upon the basis of a Pual, §83. c. (2). 'i^ii"'")'^ Ezra 10: 16
is an anomalous infinitive from t,")"^ , which some regard as Kal, others
as Piel.

Lamedh Guttural Verbs.

§123. Lamedh guttural verbs, or those which have a
guttural for their third radical, are affected by the peculiari-
ties of these letters, § 108, in the following manner, viz. :

1 . The vowel preceding the third radical becomes Pat-
tahh in the future and imperative Kal, and in the feminine
plurals of the future and imperative Piel, Hiphil, and Hith-
pael, ri^T?\

2. Tsere preceding the third radical, as in the Piel and
Hithpael and in some forms of the other species, may either
be changed to Pattahh or retained ; in the latter case the
guttural takes Pattahh-furtive, § 17, after the long heteroge-
neous vowel, e. g. n'i©^ or nl?i?^ .

§134 LAMEDH GUTTURAL VERBS. 159

3. Hhirik of the Hipliil species, Hliolem of the Kal and
Niphal infinitives, and Shurek of the Kal passive participle,
suffer no change before the final guttural, which receives a
Pattahh-furtive, n^Sirn , n'S© .

4. The guttural retains the simple Sh'va of the perfect
verb before all afformatives beginning with a consonant,
though compound Sh'va is substituted for it before suffixes,
which are less closely attached to the verb, 1^17^^^ , ^nn^ts .

5. When, however, a personal afformative consists of a
single vowelless letter, as in the second feminine singular of
the preterite, the guttural receives a Pattahh-furtive to aid in
its pronunciation without sundering it from the affixed ter-
mination, r^n^ty .

a. Some grammarians regard this as a Pattahh inserted between the
guttural and the final vowelless consonant by §61. 2, and accordingly pro-
nounce onBiy shcdahhat instead of sliala''hhi. But as these verbs do
not suffer even a compound Sh'va to be inserted before the affixed per-
sonal termination, it is scarcely probable that a full vowel would be ad-
mitted. And the Daghesh-lene in the final Tav and the Sh'va under it
show that the preceding vowel sign is not Pattahh but Pattahh-furtive.
§17. a.

6. There is no occasion in these verbs for the application
of the rule requiring the omission of Daghesh-forte from the
gutturals.

§124. The inflections of Lamedh guttural verbs maybe
represented by npis to send. The Pual and Hophal, which
agree with perfect verbs except in the Pattahh-furtive of the
second feminine preterite and of the absolute infinitive, are
omitted from the paradigm. The Hithpael of this verb does
not occur, but is here formed from analogy, the initial sib-
ilant being transposed with fi of the prefix, according to
§82.5.

a. Instead of the Niphal infinitive obsolute with prefixed fi , which
Bs not
prefixed

does not happen to occur in any verb of this class, the alternate form with
d 5. §91. &, is given in the paradigm, f^tz being in actual use.

Paradigm

OF Lamedh Guttural Verbs.

KAL.

KIPHAL.

PIEL.

niPHiL.

niTHPAEL.

Peet, 3 m.

nS'iD

nb^D

nbiij

n^b^rn

3/

rrht

xrbt^

nnbu:

nn^b'^n

nnbri'jjn

2 m.

T : " T

nnb-da

T : - : •

nnboj

T : - •

rnb-jjn

nnbnaj'n

2/

: - - T

ririvizjp

Tv^yjj

riij-'ajn

nnbriajn

1 c.

^rnbii:

• : - r

^Finbiz:]

^T\nyQ

^nnb"::-

"nnbn\an

Plur. 3 c.

: IT

^nb^j?

^hbT^

rrb'rri

^nbn'iSn

2 m.

Dnnb-ij

Dririb"*2:2

Drinbd

Dnnb-dn

Dnribn'^rn

2/

"jiD"^^

"p}"b'^?

lib"V^

'Pl^birii

"pribnirri

Ic.

: - T

^:ribtjpp

^DnboJ

^jrib'^ri

^inbn'i-n

nibizi

T

- T .

nbnir'ri

FoT. 3 m.

nbti^

r^w

"I'll:"

u'>"i)'^_

nbnia:

3/.

nb'i^n

nb'u3n

" r •

rf5tv\

nbr.-i^n

2 w.

npin'n

nb^rjn

nb^n

n^b'^jn

1 iSri'^rn

2/

"fibirn

"nb^n

^iibujn

^n-b-^in

"nbnirn

Ic.

^H^>?

nbTD«

nbm

u'?'^^

nbn^T!^

PZwr. 3 m.

rt'ij-'

^nbia^

^nb"^':'

^n^b-^r-'

^inbn-jj^

3/.

reribtn

n^Mbian

r;:Mbu:n

n^ribncjn

2 w.

iinb;::n

^fibisn

^nbirn

MM^birn

^f)bn"i:n

2/

nsriH"!^

r;:r;bisn

M^Mbifl'n

rijnb'ojn

nrrrbniL^n

Ic.

nb'^*?

- T •

nb'ip

n-b-cD

r;bn"iJ3

Impee. 2 m.

nbip

nbisn

nb-4J

nb-dn

nbran

2/

''r.buj

^fib'^n

^nb-^2

^n^b-^n

"hbn'iTn

PZttr. 2 m.

^5hb'j:

^nbi£jn

iinb-4?

^n^birri

^nbnirn

2/

ffinbu:

T ; - ;

n;nbi§n

T : " -

n^Mp'^rrj

1 i_t^,.:_

Paet. ulci{.

nbir

nbuj-j

n^b'ij-j

nbn^Tj

Pass.
1

n^b^ij

T

T : •

160

§125,126 REMARKS ON LAMEDH GUTTURAL VERBS. 161

Remarks on Lamedh Guttural Verbs.

§ 125. ]. The Kal future and imperative liave Pattahh without exception ;
in one instance the K'thibh inserts l. mbox Jer. 5 : 7, wiiere the K'ri is
~n^GX. The vowel a is retained before suffixes, remaining short in cyaa
Am. 9 : 1, but usually lengthened to Kamets, f^^Sf^S';' 2 Chron. 21 : 17,
"ijy^S'iJ Gen. 23:11. In the paragogic imperative a may be retained,
nnb'o . i^y^'i^ Dan. 9 : 19, or rejected, and Hhirik given to the first radical.
-nyriij Job'32 : 10, nnbq Gen. 43 : 8. Hhirik appears in irnDTj Gen. 25 : 31,
but verbs whose last radical is i commonly take Kamets Hiiatuph like
perfect verbs both before paragogic n^, and suffixes, "nn^ad 1 Chron.
29: IS, oniri^ Prov. 3:3.

2. The Kal infinitive construct mostly has o, i''P:;l3 Jon. 2:1,: ri."^
Num. 17:28, ""isa Isa. 54:9, rarely a, n^d Isa. 58:9, rij Num. 20:3,
5(11^73 1 Sam. 15: 1. With a feminine ending, the first syllable takes
Kamets Hhatuph. '^'^"S Zeph. 3:11; so sometimes before suffixes, inst
2 Sam. 15:12, ^'J-q-ii Neh. 1:4, cipyru Josh. 6:5, but more commonly
Hhirik. crp3 Am.'l : 13, iySQ Num.' 35': 19, inns Neh. 8:5, rarely Pat-
tahh, 7j?.p:V Ezek. 25: 6.

3. Most verbs with final "i haveHholem in the Kal future and impera-
tive. But such as have middle e in the preterite take Pattahli, §82. 1. a;
and in addition the following, viz. : "iI3J< to shut, "icx to say, "inn (o honour.
T'7 to groiD pale, "iTJ to shake, "iCJS to be rich, ^M to entreat, "lUS to slip
away, "i^Q to press, "id'J to drink or be drunken. The following have
Pattahh or Hholem, "its to decree, "i^J to vow, n^i^ fut. o, to reap, fut. a.
to be short.

§ 126. 1. Tsere is almost always changed to Pattahh before the guttura^l
in the preterite, infinitive construct, future and imperative ; but it is re-
tained and Pattahh-furtive given to the guttural in pause, and in the in-
finitive absolute and participle which partake of the character of nouns
and prefer lengthened forms. Thus, Niphal : infin. constr., j'js^Tt Eslh.
2 : 8, nrsn Isa. 51 : 14, future, ni^^"] Ps. 9: 19, '•^X'^'^ J°^ ^'^ '• 3," impera-
tive, even in pause, n?5<fi. Piel: preterite, n^a Lev. 14:8, i"n5i 2 Chron.
34:4, infin. constr., r^3 Hab. 1 : 13,-?|3 Lam. 2 : 8, future, n^E^ Job 16: 13,
:yi5::ri 2 Kin. 8: 12, ]rh:\v\ Deut. 7: 5," imperative, n^d Ex. 4:23. Hiphil :
apocopated future, nbi;^ 2 Kin. 18:30, fut. with Vav conversive, 2";3*2
Judg. 4:23, fem. plur..' n:i"2n Ps. 119: 171, imperative, sain Ps. 86 :.2;
and even in pause, n^sn 1 Kin. 22: 12. Hithpael: vh^rri Prov. 17: 14,
rii:n";' Dan. 11:40, nsnirri Ps. 106:47; this species sometimes has
Kamets in its pausal forms,' ^i-i^^rn Josh. 9:13, : r||rn Ps. 107 : 27. On
the other hand, the absolute infinitives: Piel. n^^J Deut. 22 : 7, Hiphil,
nisn Isa. 7:11, Hophal, nBan Ezek. 16:4. Participles: Kal. ni:3 Deut.
28: 52, but occasionally in the construct state with Pattahh, riii Ps. 94: 9,
ri-i Isa. 51:15, yph Isa. 42:5, roa Lev. 11:7, Piel, nat^ 1 Kin. 3 : 3,
Hithpael, ??ni:J?3 1 Sam. 21 : 15. Tsere is retained before suffixes of the
second person instead of being either changed to Pattahh on as in perfect
11

162 ETYMOLOGY. §127,128

verbs shortened to Seghol, Pi. inf const, ^i^.^^ Deut. 15 : 18, fut. ^^^nb'rx
Gen. 31 : 27. There is one instance of Pattahh in the Hiphii inf const.,
HDin Job 6 : 26.

2. In verbs with final n Pattahh takes the place of Tsere for the most
part in the Piel preterite (in pause Tsere), and frequently in the Hithpael
(in pause Kamets) ; but Tsere (in pause Tsere or Pattahh, §65. a) is com-
monly retained elsewhere, litti Ps. 76 : 4, naa Ex. 9:25, "I'iirirri Prov.
25 : 6, 'vTxnn Ps. 93: 1, "lOi*;; Gen. 22 : 14, irs^ Gen. 10 : 19, : "niDrn Zeph.
2 : 4. Two verbs have Seghol in the Piel preterite, "li'n (in pause, iS'n)
and "153.

§ 127. 1. The guttural almost always has Pattahh-furtive in the second
fem. sing, of the preterite, nsxtJ Ruth 2:8, sriSnb Ezek. 16:28, PiSJn
Esth. 4: 14, nny^n Ezek. 16: 4, scarcely ever simple Sh'va, Pinj^b 1 Kin.
14:3, nnbia Jer. 13:5, and never Pattahh (which might arise from the
concurrence of consonants at the end of a word, §61. 2), unless in rnpb
Gen. 30: 5, and JS^HDi Gen. 20: 16, the former of which admits of ready
explanation as a construct infinitive, and the latter may be a Niphal par-
ticiple in the feminine singular, whether it be understood as in the common
English version "s/<e was reproved,''^ or it is adjudged {\. e. iusl]y due
as a compensation) to thee ; the latest authorities, however, prefer to
render it Ihou art judged, i. e. justice is done thee by this indemnification.
Pattahh is once inserted before the abbreviated termination of the feminine
plural imperative, *,?aiu Gen. 4 : 23 for nsTro .

2. The guttural takes compound instead of simple Sh'va before suf-
fixes, not only when it stands at the end of the verb, ^?3'a Num. 24: 11,
^yab"^ Prov. 25 : 17, but also in the first plural of the preterite, ?;^:nria
Ps.'^44 : 18 (isni'JJ ver. 21), ciiisn'^ Isa. 59 : 12, in^irra Ps. 35 : 25, c^jr^jriri
2 Sam. 21:6, ni:'?^i:J Ps. 132: (3; n retains simple'sh'va before all per-
sonal terminations and suffixes, nn^x Judg. 4 : 20, ci-i^X Mai. 1 : 7, ci-i23
Josh. 4 : 23.

3. In a few exceptional cases the letter before the guttural receives
compound Sh'va, nJ'^SX Isa. 27:4, "nn;^b Gen. 2:23.

§128. The Hiphii infinitive construct once has the feminine ending nl,
wi'ttirn Ezek. 24:26; nrnaSBi Ezek. 16:50 for njnssnn perhaps owes
its anomalous form to its being assimilated in termination to the following
word, which is a Lamedh He verb. In np'^as Am. 8 : 8 K'thibh for nypds
the guttural S is elided, §53. 3.

Pe Nun (fs) Verbs.

§129. Nun, as the first radical of verbs, has two pecu-
liarities, viz. :

1. At the end of a syllable it is assimilated to the fol-

§130 PE NUN VERBS. 163

lowing consonant, the two letters being written as one, and
the doubling indicated by Daghesh-forte. This occurs in the
Kal future, Niphal preterite and participle, and in the Hiphil
and Hophal species throughout ; thus, ii^as"" becomes ^i^*^ ,
written m"! , so tJh for TC^f? , tj^an for ©■'5:n. In the
Hophal, Kamets Hhatuph becomes Kibbuts before the
doubled letter, §61. 5, tJan for ttJ5:n.

2. In the Kal imperative with Pattahh it is frequently
dropped, its sound being easily lost from the beginning of a
syllable when it is without a vowel, tJa for ©53 , § 53, 2. A
like rejection occurs in the Kal infinitive construct of a few
verbs, the abbreviation being in this case compensated by
adding the feminine termination fi ; thus, Twi. for ri^5 (by
§ 63. 2. a), the primary form being tJiD .

a. In the Indo-European languages likewise, n is frequently conformed
to or affected by a following consonant, and in certain circumstances it is
liable to rejection, e. g. e-yypa<^co, €ju,/3aXXa), avcTTpicfiu).

§ 130. 1. The inflections of Pe Nun verbs may be repre-
sented by T&ip fo approach. In the Piel, Pual, and Hithpael,
they do not differ from perfect verbs. The last column of
the paradigm is occupied by the Kal species of "Jin? to give,
which is peculiar in assimilating its last as well as its first
radical, and in having Tsere in the future.

a. The Kal of 1!J53 is used only in the infinitive, future, and imperative,
the preterite and participle being supplied by the Niphal, which has sub-
stantially the same sense : the missing parts are in the paradigm supplied
from analogy.

6. The future of "(M has Pattahh in one instance before Makkeph,
-jn? Judg. 16 : 5.

Paradigm of Pe

;Nun Verbs.

KAL.

NIPUAL.

nipniL.

nOPHAL.

KAL.

Peet. 3 m.

12533

1D'3p

t^in

■dir!

it;

3/

nicro

riiTiiJ

T ; •

T • •

r»b'r»n

T : \

T : IT

2 m.

ntiD

TT^T.

T : — •

n-^sin

T — T

2/

ni2533

niD'iD

ntp^n

nih:

: — r

Ic.

Viiris

^n-j:'i»:

-ni^in

^nir'in

• — T

Flur. 3 c.

^iaro

iiis's:

ilTIJ^Sn

^ir'^n

^bre

2 m.

Dnirro

Dri-jj"53

nn^sri

nniryJi

t2i?f}5

2/.

"p'^i'?

"(P-^'Bi

l^^iH

"tnisyn

■r)^?

1 c.

ii2ti5

^ra:'^D

^jt'v^ri

^Su^'sn

— T

Intik. ^5soZ.

T

T •

•oin

iTijin

i*=

Constr.

^'^■k

u^iin

nn

FlTT. 3 m.

t:r

•■T -

■"^"h

■u3'5^

■p:

3/.

mT\

"T •

lE^sn

iTsn

■|!!)P

2 m.

iriin

•j;^r»n

■dsn

"(PJ?

2/

^•jj5n

^■i'32n

v^^ripj

^■j3'i»n

';rri

Ic.

tti^

■•T V

■^'^^

^5^

iP!*

PZur. 3 OT.

iiir-i"^

v!f:<r

rj^s:

^^'

151?'

3/.

n^tjiin

rijis'isri

MD"a3'i:»n

rij'dBri

(rann)

2 m.

^Tisn

viD":on

v:3'^rin

VJ3'3n

scnri

.2/

nsis'sn

riDis'irn

n5T2"t;n

njiD'in

(-ni?)

Ic.

"iDBD

"T •

tJ^iO

"^55

n

Imper. 2 m.

TSi

•i2:32n

ir'iiri

)P

2/.

^ic'a

• ;iT •

^ir^sn

•vranting

'OT

PZitr. 2 m.

iiba

: IT •

v^'^in

!i:n

2/

T ; —

T : "T •

njis'tin

(nii?)

Paet. ^ci.

iD'ib

1D'^37^

1*^'

Pass.

T

T •

1*5

164

§131,132 REMARKS ON PE NUN VERBS. 165

Remarks on Pe Nun Verbs.

§ 131. 1. If the second radical be a guttural or a vowel letter, Nun be-
comes strong by contrast and is not liable to rejection or assimilation,
Vris Num. 34: IS, ^rjs 2 Kin. 4:24, ''Srijfi Gen. 24:48, siniix Ex. 15:2.
It is, however, always assimilated in CH? the Niphal preterite of ttiS to
repent, and occasionally in rnj to descend, e. g. rn;^ Jer. 21 : 13, nnn
Prov. 17: 10, wn2 Ps. 38: 3 but Pn:n ibid., nn;n Joel 4: 11.

2. Before other consonants the rule for assimilation is observed with
rare exceptions, viz. : : Ti*J?n Isa. 58 : 3, Ci^jri Ps. 68 : 3, irj?';' Jer. 3 : 5,
; inisj-i Deut. 33: 9 (and occasionally elsewhere), -2|:?r Job 40: 24, : ^isp?"^
Isa.' 29:1, Tpwn Ezek. 22:20, ^535 (lor ^:n^) Num. 5:22, 'Tjn-lsss (for
^n'brns with Daghesh-forte separative, §24. 5) Isa. 33:1, *ipn:n Judg.
20^:31."

3. Nun is commonly rejected from the Kal imperative with a, ITS
2 Sam, 1 : 15 (once before MakUeph, ~^5 Gen. 19: 9, in plural *iJ3i 1 Kin,
18:30 and Vra Josh. 3:9), "bw Ex. 3^5, rj Job 1 : 11, ^io Deut. 2:24,
"iflQ Ezek. 37 : 9, "•"'I^UJi Gen. 27 : 20, though it is occasionally retained,
Wa'j 2 Kin, 19 : 29, NC3 Ps. 10 : 12, or by a variant orthography, noj Ps.
4 : 7 but always elsewhere K'i . In imperatives with <j, and in Lamedh He
verbs which have e in the imperative, Nun is invariably retained, tribs
Prov. 17:14, "^h Ps. 24:14, cp? Num. 31:2, yrij. Ps. 58:7, n::p3 Gen.
30:27, n-JS Ex, 8: 1,

4. The rejection of Nun from the Kal construct infinitive occurs in but
few verbs; viz,: rda (with suffix, ipi'ry) from )ia3, nns from HQJ , rya
(twice) and 553 from 553, inra (once) and ?i!:3 from riij , xas has nX'vU
(by §60. 3, c), with the preposition b, nx'ib by §57, 2. (3), once T\h
(§53. 3) Job -^1 : 17, once without the feminine ending, Xfi: Ps. 89: 10, and
twice litiis ; 'r^X has commonly rn (for n:ri), with suffixes ""nn, but 'hs
Num. 20 :"21, and -*,n3 Gen. 38 : 9. '

5. The absolute infinitive Niphal appears in the three forms "jh:!! Jer.
32 : 4; Ci'n:!-! Ps. 68 : 3, and rpb Judg. 20 : 39.

6. The n of the prefix in the Hithpael species is in a few instances
assimilated to the first radical, §82. 5. a, "nansn Ezek. 5:13, "^nxsari
Ezek. 37:10, Jer. 23: 13, strsn Num. 24 : 7, Dan^'ll: 14, :yNSri Isa. 52:5.

§132. 1. The last radical of 'ns is assimilated in the Niphal as well as
in the Kal species, OrR? Lev. 26:25. The final Nun of other verbs re-
mains without assimilation, t^??^ • r"??^' '""?"?• ^" 2 Sam. 22:41 T\V\T\ is
for "Pt^J which is found in the parallel passage Ps. 18:41. "jpn 1 Kin.
6: 19, 17:14 K'thibh, is probably, as explained by Ewald, the Kal con-
struct infinitive without the feminine ending ("n) prolonged by reduplica-
tion, which is the case with some other short words, e. g. 1252^ from "yO.
"^55^0 for ^59 ; others regard it as the infinitive nn with the 3 fern. plur. suffix
or with ■) paragogic ; Gesenius takes it to be, as always elsewhere, the

166 ETYMOLOGY. §133,134

2 masc. sing, of the Kal future. nJF) Ps. 8:2, is not the Kal infinitive
(Kimchi), nor the 3 fem. sing. pret. for nina (Nordheimer), but the im-
perative with paragogic ii^. See Alexander in loc.

2. The peculiaritiea of Pe Nun verbs are shared by nj?^ to take, whose
first radical is assimilated or rejected in the same manner as 3. Kal inf.
const, nnp (with prep, b, nfijrb, to be distinguished fi-om PHj?^ 2 fem.
sing, pret.), once "rnp (by §60. 3. c) 2 Kin. 12:9, with suffixes "'Pinp?,
fut. njs^, imper. np, •'Hp rarely np3, '■h^b, Hoph. fut. r.p"' , but Niph.
pret. Hpbj. In Hos. 11:3 cnp is the masculine infinitive with the suffix
for Bnng ; the same form occurs without a suffix, rij? Ezek. 17: 5, or this
may be explained with Gesenius as a preterite for np^ .

3. In Isa. 64: 5 i3i] has the form of a Hiphil future from ^Va, but the
sense shows it to be from bnj for ^2i1, Daghesh-forte being omitted and
the previous vowel lengthened in consequence, §59. a.

Ayin Doubled (v^) Verbs.

§133. The imperfect verbs, thus far considered, differ
from the perfect verbs either in the vowels alone or in the
consonants alone ; those which follow, differ in both vowels
and consonants, § 107, and consequently depart much more
seriously from the standard paradigm. The widest diver-
gence of all is found in the Ayin doubled and Ayin Vav
verbs, in both of which the root gives up its dissyllabic
character and is converted into a monosyllable ; a common
feature, which gives rise to many striking resemblances and
even to an occasional interchange of forms.

§134. 1. In explaining the inflections peculiar to Ayin
doubled verbs, it will be most convenient fo separate the in-
tensive species Piel and Pual with their derivative the Hith-
pael from the other four. That which gives rise to all their
pecuHar forms in the Kal, Niphal, Hiphil, and Hophal
species, is the disposition to avoid the repetition of the same
sound by uniting the two similar radicals and giving the iu-
tervening vowel to the previous letter, thus, 3D for lio^
no for niiiD§61.3.

2. In the Kal species this contraction is optional in the
preterite ; it is rare in the infinitive absolute though usual in

^135 AYIN DOUBLED VERBS. 167

the construct, and it never occurs in the participles. With
these exceptions, it is universal in the species already named.
§135. This contraction produces certain changes both in
the vowel, which is thrown back, and in that of the preced-
ing syllable.

1. When the first radical has a vowel (pretonic Kamets,
§ 82. 1), as in the Kal preterite and infinitive absolute, and
in the Niphal infinitive, future and imperative, this is simply
displaced by the vowel thrown back from the second radical,
thus nao , no , niio , ab ; nnsn , nisn ; nnsn , nin .

2. When the first radical ends a mixed syllable as in the
Kal future, the Niphal preterite, and throughout the Hiphil
and Hophal, this will be converted into a simple syllable by
the shifting of the vowel from the second radical to the first,
whence arise the following mutations :

In the Kal future ^Mo^ becomes 167 with i m a simple
syllable, contrary to §18.2. This may, however, be con-
verted into a mixed syllable by means of Daghesh-forte, and
the short vowel be retained, thus yo"^ ; or the syllable may
remain simple and the vowel be lengthened from Hhirik to
Tsere, § 59, thus, in verbs fut. a, *Ta.7 for "I'n^'? ; or as the
Hhirik of this tense is not an oris^inal vowel but has arisen
from Sh'va,§85.2.«(l),it may be neglected an d a, the simplest
of the long vowels, given to the preformative, which is the
most common expedient, thus 26^ . The three possible
forms of this tense are consequently ic^i , yo"^ and yo';! .

In the Niphal preterite MD3 becomes by contraction 303 .
In a few verbs beginning with n the short vow^el is retained
in an intermediate syllable, thus "^n? for inn? ; in other cases
Hhirik is lengthened to Tsere, in? for ]?n3 , or as the Hhirik
is not essential to the form but has arisen from Sh'va,
§82.2, it is more frequently neglected, and Kamets, the
simplest of the long vowels, substituted in its place, thus ao? .
The forms of this tense are, therefore, SDp , "in? , "in? .

In the Hiphil and Hophal species the vowels of the pre-

168 ETYMOLOGY. § 136

fixed n are characteristic and essential. They must, there-
fore, either be retained by inserting Daghesh-forte in the first
radical, or be simply lengthened ; no other vowel can be sub-
stituted for them, npn for n^ion , as^ or np^ for n-'io^ , npr.
(Kibbuts before the doubled letter by §G1. 5) or SOin for
aaon.

3. The vowel, which is thrown back from the second radi-
cal to the first, stands no longer before a single consonant, but
before one which, though single in appearance, is in reality
equivalent to two. It is consequently subjected to the com-
pression which affects vowels so situated, §61. 4. Thus, in
the Niphal future and imperative Tsere is compressed to
Pattahh, ai©^ 26-}; adsn, asn (comp. bisp, nbisj?) though it
remains in the infinitive which, partaking of the character of
Xi noun, prefers longer forms. So in the Hiphil long Hhirik
is compressed to Tsere, ^''^on, apn (comp. ^""Pjp;), nsbiijppi).

§136. Although the letter, into which the second and
third radicals have been contracted, represents tw^o con-
sonants, the doubling cannot be made to appear at the end
of the w^ord. But

1 . When in the course of inflection a vowel is added, the
letter receives Daghesh-forte, and the preceding vowel, even
where it would be di'opped in perfect verbs, is retained to
make the doubling possible, and hence preserves its accent,
§33.1, nap, ^ao^.

2. Upon the addition of a personal ending which begins
with a consonant, the utterance of the doubled letter is aided
by inserting one of the diphthongal vowels, o (i) in the
preterite, and e ( ''..) in the future. By the dissyllabic append-
age thus formed the accent is carried forw^ard, §32, and
the previous part of the word is shortened in consequence
as much as possible, 2or\ , t^^ipT\ ; '26'; , npion .

3. When by the operation of the rules already given,
§135. 2, the first radical has been doubled, the reduplica-
tion of the last radical is frequently omitted in order to

^137,138 AYIN DOUBLED VERBS. 169

relieve the word of too many doubled letters. In this case
the retention of the vowel before the last radical, contrary to
the analogy of perfect verbs, and the insertion of a vowel
after it, are alike unnecessary, and the accent takes its accus-
tomed position, ^s? , "?^cri .

§137. The Piel, Pual, and Hithpael sometimes preserve
the regular form, as b^n , bfn , Vinnn . The triple repetition
of the same letter thus caused is in a few instances avoided,
however, by reduplicating the contracted root with appro-
priate vowels, as ^03p , ^i?^\t^^ . Or more commonly, the
reduplication is given up and the idea of intensity conveyed
by the simple prolongation of the root, tlie long vowel
Hholem being inserted after the first radical for this purpose,
as nniD , b^ann .

§ 138. In the following paradigm the inflections of Ayin
doubled verbs are shown by the example of ^^o to surround.
The Pual is omitted, as this species almost invariably follows
the inflections of the perfect verb; certain persons of the
Hophal, of which there is no example, are likewise omitted.
An instance of Piel, with the radical syllable reduplicated, is
given in tlODD to excite.

a. The Hithpael of r:;0 does not actually occur ; but it is in the para-
digm formed from analogy, the initial sibilant being transposed with the n
of the prefix, agreeably to §82. 5.

h. In his Manual Lexicon, Gesenius gives to "02D the meaning to
arm, but the best authorities prefer the definition subsequently introduced
by him into his Thesaurus, to excile.

Paradigm

OF Ayin

•

KAL.

NIPDAL.

PIEL.

Peet. 3 m.

— T

-?

-b3

— T

niio

3/.

nino

T : IT

rab

T —

T — r

ninio

T : 1

2 m.

(^?5?)

T —

r — :

nsiiD

2/

(^???)

riino

niic?

nribio

Ic.

• : — T

^niio

^nii:c3

^nnbio

Plur. 3 c.

iinno

^nb

^nb3

— T

•'bsio

2 m.

(Dnnnp)

DninD

DniSDD

Qnnnio

2/.

(|fe=?5?)

"(^■i^^

l^""'^??

"i^^^'i?

le.

: — T

^:isD

ilDiSDp

^sniio

Infin. Absol.

niio

T

. 1

20

nibn

sdio

Comtr.

sip

no

^bri

niio

FuT. 3 m.

T

2S1

-b:

^sib-;

3/.

ncn

T

nbn

nbn

-bicn

2 OT.

non

T

nbn

sbn

niicrn

2/.

• T

•^isn

^nbn

• : 1 :

Ic.

T

-s^

^b^

^^'ici^

PZwr, 3 m.

^SD^

^iD^

iQb:

• 1 •

3/.

nricn

T ; •

njnbn

nrniicn

2 w.

sinbr,

T

iiisn

^nbn

iidnicn

: 1 :

2/.

^rl^^

riDibn

T ; •

TOibn

T : — •

TOndicn

Ic.

T

2S3

nba

^diop

Impee. 2 »ra.

nb

nbn

-bio

2/.

^sb

^abn

■ ^bnio

• : 1

PZwr. 2 m.

^nb

iisbri

iidnio

2/

T V \

n^nbn

T : — •

Jijiilo

Part. -4c*.

^?b

nilo^j

Pass.

r

sb5

TT

170

Doubled Verbs.

HIPHIL.

HOPHAL.

HITHPAEL.

PIEL.

^cn

ncTi

^li'inrri

•qcro

^:?6n

T —

ninincn

T : 1 : •

T ; : •

t^'iiipa

nniirrn

^???P

niicri

ranincn

nsD^D

^niiicn

^nniinpri

^riDD^D

^^cn

iiisD^n

: 1 : •

iliCSO

Dniscn

Dpinnincn

dPi^c^o

|S:^^^M

■jnnniprr;

l^?'???

^sincn

iirniirpri

ilSSCSp

^DO

TjCpD

^^n

nnincri

^??5

• ^t

nc^''

-^ii'r^?:

'^p??':

^tT\

no^n

niincn

•^bcn

ncn

nc^n

niinpn

^ii??p|

^^cn

"^b^n

• : 1 : •

'PPP^Pi

nc^?

n6^5<

niinc^

=1???^

^^c:

^infc^''

siiiinc^

^ipr'^'

5^r^?^

niSDScn

^ncn

iQC^n

: 1 : •

^ippcn

^^|5:n

T : •• : •

nricxn

nD5

"T

nD^5

niiincp

^^t5?

n6-

nninpri

^CDp

wanting

f^r:|cn

T : •• : •

™?'??5

no-j

no^i/j

nniriD^j

'^^??"9

171

172 ETYMOLOGY. §139,140

Remarks on Ayin Doubled Verbs.

§ 139. L The uncontracted and the contracted forms of the Kal preter-
ite are used with perhaps equal frequency in the third person; the Ibrmer
is rare in the first person, Ti^arj Zech. 8:14. 15, irna Deut. 2:35. and
there are no examples of it in the second; 131 Gen. 49:23 and IBI Job
24:24 are preterites with Hholem, §82. 1. In Ps. 118:11, "'jsiaao-ca •^rsisO
the uncontracted is added to the contracted form for the sake of greater
emphasis. Compound Sh'va is sometimes used with these verhs instead
of simple to make its vocal character more distinct, §16. 1. b, IPsa Gen.
29 : 3, 8, !ib'b.:i Ex. 15 : 10, r^^'^hrt Isa. C4: 10, "^^v Gen. 9 : 14, iinpiii Num.
23:25.

2. The following are examples of the contracted infinitive absolute,
ap Num. 23:25, biij Ruth 2:16, nis Isa. 24:19, nrS (with a para-
gogic termination) ibid.; of the uncontracted, "I'ix, "fiia , "03 n , Cl'iEiJ ,
nirs, mnn, "liic; of the infinitive construct, TTJi and I'a, sap and lb,
DO^, li'i3, t2, Bn, once with u as in Ayin Vav verbs, n^ia Eccles, 9: 1,
and occasionally with a, "Ti Isa. 45 : 1, T\^_ Jer. 5 : 26, cna (with 3 plur.
suf) Eccl. 3 : 18, CD33a Isa. 30: 18 (njjn Ps. 102 : 14); C^nb Isa. 17 : 14,
though sometimes explained as the noun urh with the suffix their bread,
is the infinitive of niori to grow ^oarni; nria Gen. 6 : 3 Eng. ver. for that
also, as if compounded of the prep, a, the abbreviated relative and Ca, is
by the latest authorities regarded as the infinitive of S^ia in their erring ;
ikn Job 29 : 3 has Hhirik before the suffix. 'The feminine termination m"
is appended to the following infinitives, ni:n Ps. 77 : 10, Job 19 : 17, niaia
Ezek. 36 : 3, "'niaT Ps. 17 : 3. The imperative, which is always contracted,
has mostly Hliolem, ab, ni'n and cri but sometimes Pattahh, ba Ps. 119:22
(elsewhere ba), nsa Ps. 80 : 16. Fiirst regards rn as a contracted par-
ticiple from nnn , analagous to the Ayin Vav form cj? .

3. The following uncontracted forms occur in ihe Kal future, "in';; Am.
5:15, 11^": and T^n from Tn; ; in the Niphal, zb.\l Job 11:12; Hiphil,
tiirn Mic. 6:13, nioda Ezek. 3 : 15, "^r.nnni Jer. 49:37, and constantly
in "jin and bb^ ; Hophal, 'rn'' Job 20:8 from lij . In a few instances
the repetition of the same letter is avoided by the substitution of X for
the second radical, >iCSH^ = 100537 Ps. 58:8 and perhaps also Job 7:5,
•T'X?3?3 = -ii^a^ Ezek. 28 : 24, Lev. 13: 51, 52, ■j^DSC=r|':''bDiJ Jer. 30: 16
K'thibh. Comp. in Syriac v^l? part, of wc? . According to the Rabbins
iXT3=:!iTlJn Isa. 18 : 2, but see Alexander in loc.

§140. 1. Examples of different forms of the Kal future: (1) With
Daghesh-forte in the first radical, C^7, nax, ab^ , 1p7, d^^ , Cn^; or
with a as the second vowel, b527 , "ia"i, :l^Pi7' (2) With Tsere under the
personal prefix, en;;, Fin;?, "la^, T\'^'',, bpn, lan;;, e being once written
by means of the vowel letter "'. cn"'X . (3) With Kamets under the
personal prefix, '/n^, ao^, IV^, ^^1 , p"!^, ?"'^, ^^"^'j this occurs once
with fut. a, in^ Prov. 27 : 17. With Vav Conversive the accent is drawn

' -AT

§ 140 REMARKS ON AYIN DOUBLED VERBS. 173

back to the simple penult syllable in this form of the future, and Hholem
is consequently shortened, §64. 1, TJ^], lo^], ^^'P^ , ^i^t-) "il't- • There
are a ^ew examples of u in the future as in Ayin Vav verbs, "j^i"!^ Prov.
29:6, 7!"^; Isa. 42:4, Eccles. 12:6, nnn Ezek. 24: 11 and perhaps ^5^
Gen. 49 : 19, Hab. 3: 16, ivi:|j Ps. 91 : 6, though Gesenius assumes the ex-
istence of "ila and ^VJ as distinct roots from T]a and Tni^ •

2. The Niphal preterite and participle: (l) With Hhirik under the
prefixed 3, ninsa Job 20:28, bn?, in?, nm. (2) With Tsere under the
prefix, "^njm Jer. 22:23, n^nND Mai. 3:9, n^%?n3 Isa. 57:5. (3) With
Kamets under the prefix, -OJ, i>p3 , inj, "^ij ; sometimes the repetition
of like vowels in successive syllables is avoided by exchanging a of the
last syllable for Tsere, bf>} and b'pi , oij and D^3 , nsos Ezek. 26:2,
or for Hholem as in Ayin Vav verbs, si-thj, ^Sj Eccl. 12:6, ^ll'is Am.
3:11, si?Ta3 Nah. 1 : 12, ^ki: Isa. 34 : 4. ' '

3. The Niphal future preserves the Tsere of perfect verbs in one ex-
ample, bnn Lev. 21 : 9, but mostly compresses it to Pattahh. ba^, b^7, n:"^,
^537, T(B7 , 0537, nt?';!, CiSN; like the preterite it sometimes has Hholem,
tiSn Isa. 24 : 3, p'ian ibid. If the first radical is a guttural and incapable
of receiving Daghesh, the preceding Hhirik is lengthened to Tsere, "in^,
bnx , cn^ , yi-.n , ^is'A^ . The Kal and Niphal futures, it will be perceived,
coincide in some of their forms ; and as the signification of these species
is not always clearly distinguishable in intransitive verbs, it is often a
matter of doubt or of indifference to which a given form should be referred.
Thus, b'h^ , TiH?, n^'7 are in the Niphal according to Gesenius, while
Ewald makes them to be Kal, and Filrst the first two Niphal and the
third Kal.

4. The Niphalinfinitive absolute: tiaii Isa. 24:3, piin ibid., or with
Tsere in the last syllable, Dan 2 Sam. 17: 10. The infinitive construct:
oin Ps. 68 : 3, hhri Ezek. 20 : 9, and once with Pattahh before a suffix,
i^nn Lev. 21 : 4. The imperative: iliin Isa. 52: 11, ^ann Num. 17: 10.

5. In the Hiphil preterite the vowel of the last syllable is compressed
to Tsere, -on , "isn (in pause "tsn , so : I52ii^n , : lann). or even to Pat-
tahh, p'^T}_ , b|rn , irn , nan , ri^rj", snn , ni-n , ^isan', sison . Both infini-
tives have Tsere, thus the absolute : 'P'i'ri , "lan , nsn , nsn , bnn ; the
construct: ^in, r^hjn , ^£f7 (^"^sn Zech.'ll : 10), lin , bpn , cnn , in
pause !"i2n. p^T^. with a final guttural, snn, ?"in. The imperative:
3Gn, -icn, bpn, bnn, yrn; !iarn Job 21 : 5 is a Hiphil and not a Hophal
form as stated by Gesenius, the first vowel being Kamets and not Kamets
Hhatuph. Futures with a short vowel before Daghesh-forte in the first
radical: re^, Dn^ , "ikn, WS^ ; with a long vowel, '.}?> ^^."^ ^ "'^^ ) ^HIJ
or ^n^j 'D^j !''nn and S'^^i "H^*? > 7^.?? (e expressed by the vowel letter
X, § n. 1. a) Eccles. 12:5. When in this latter class of futures the
accent is removed from the ultimate, w^hether by Vav Conversive or any
other cause, Tsere is shortened to Seghok ^3^?, P"}}^"!: , "isf]. i"!;^, "O"),
Vnn, and in one instance to Hhirik, y'^n] Judg. 9:53()'ini would be
from y^"^) before a guttural it becomes Pattahh, "7!^t, in'^, "ISV Par-
ticiples: -Da, 16a, bna, bsa Ezek. 31:3, s-^a Prov. 17:4. In a very

174 ETYMOLOGY. § 141

few instances the Hhirik of the perfect paradigm is retained in the last
syllable of this species as in Ayin Vav verbs. TfO^ Judg. 3 : 21, Cit^ Jer.
49 : 20, ct'l] Num. 21 : 30.

6. Hophal preterites: bmn. tr^nin , siian ; futures: ti'Sit, nsii"^, p^l'',
•jli^, -isn, "lil-si-i, IB!]"!, r>^_-^, r,D';; participles: tE^ia , n:^ or^in some
copies li^ 2 Sam. 23 : 6 ; inHnitive with suffix, riKirri Lev. 26 : 34, with
prep., naiypa ver. 43.

§141. 1. Upon the addition of a vowel affix and the consequent inser-
tion of Daghesh-forte in the last radical, the preceding vowel and the
position of the accent continue unchanged, isi , ltd;, nara (distinguished
from the fern. part. STa^r:), ^hn^ ; if the last radical does not admit
Daghesh-lbrte a preceding Pattahh sometimes remains short before n,
but it is lengthened to Kamets before other gutturals, rrna, sirni (100. 2),
sinsn, nniB and ^in^. When the first radical is doubled, Daghesh is
omitted from the last in the Kal fut. o, li'^iV I'^is^, ^'iPi"^, and occasionally
elsewhere 'ins^ Hi. fut. ^-sn Ho. pret. Other cases are exceptional,
whether of the shifting of the accent, ^'k'] Ps. 3:2. »2"i Ps. 55:22, il^p
Jer. 4 : 13, and consequent shortening of the vowel. "'•Tr. Jer. 7 : 29 lor "'•W ,
•"ST, !iH for i2n, ^Sn, sinnia Jer. 49:28 (with the letter repeated instead
of being simply doubled by Daghesh, so likewise in B'^'71^1' Jer. 5 : 6, "'sirn
Ps. 9 : 14), for I'lib ; the omission of Daghesh, nja; 1 Sam. 14 : 36, njrn
Prov. 7: 13, siSDn Cant. 6: II. 7 : 13, : ^ipn;; Job 19:' 23, -n:;;? Num.22:'ll",
17 (Kal imper. with ii^ parag. for 'naps shortened by Makkeph from J^^p,
so "iT^x ora Num. 23 : 7), or in addition, the rejection of the vowel, iiap
K. fut^Gen. 11:6 for iffl'n, nr33 Gen. 11 : 7 K. fut. for nV:;, n;^S3 Isa'.
19:3 Ni. pret. for nfs^J or nis'nj, ndoD Ezek. 41:7 Ni. fut. for naoj ;
W3 Judg. 5 : 5 according to Gesenius for I^T: Ni. pret. of hhl to shake,
according to others K. pret. of bT3 to flow ; I^J'.rii Ezek. 36:3 for iH'RI
(Evvald) from bbi' to enter, or for l^'P]!! Ni. fut. of ri?i» /o go vp, >l"?n_3
Ezek. 7 : 24 Ni. pret. for >ihn: , -^in? Cant. 1:6 Ni. pret.Vor "^"^n?. Once
instead of doubling the last radical ^ is inserted, l^^l Prov. 26 : 7 for 1^^,
comp. )ri^-!'n Ezr. 10 : 16 for uSi^i^ .

2. Upon the insertion of a vowel before affixes beginning with a con-
sonant, the accent is shifted and the previous part of the word shortened
if possible; thus, with 0 in the preterite, ri^p , "'rinst'i (Kamets before *i
which cannot be doubled), nnitsr , ^laTTs , •'nSp? . cnprs , m'pnfn , ■'n^.sn
(the vowel remaining long before "i), rnnii (Pattahh instead of compound
Sh'va on account of the following guttural, §60. 3. c), ^n'^nn , once with
u, mr3 Mic. 2:4; with e m the future, fi3"'?DFi , !^rl^^ ' '"Tin" • ^^ the
first radical be doubled, Daghesh is omitted from the last, and the cus-
tomary vowel is in consequence not inserted, Mjpan , riibapi ; other cases
are rare and exceptional, iinnon, Pibn3, Tisns, cnbrj, iisan which is
first plur. pret. for iisbri not third plur. for lan (Ewald), §54. 3; in';:iy
Deut. 32:41, '^nian Isa. 44:16, '^ni^'n Ps. 116:6, have the accent upon
the ultimate instead of the penult.

3. Before suffixes the accent is always shifted, and if possible the
vowels shortened, "^DSDi, ^inioi from z6'>, SiaD*<, riSi^lS'^ from nVV', ^S^in

§141

REMARKS ON AYIN DOUBLED VERBS.

175

from D^n, d'nEn, from nsn ; in i^jn^ Gen. 43:29, Isa. 30:19, from "in^,
DD^sn Lev. 26: 15 from "lE'"}, tlie original vowels have been not only ab-
breviated but rejected, and the requisite short vowel given to the firstof the
concurring consonants, §61. 1. In a very few instances a form resembling
(hat of Ayin Vav verbs is assumed, Diighesh being omitted from the last
radical and the preceding vowel lengthened in consequence, ^p^Ti Prov.
8:29 for ipn ver. 27, ?jt?-'rn, Isa. 33: 1 for ?ianri , iininiriiyn Ezek. 14:8
for sin-iniBirn , niib'-'Tn Lam. 1:8 for n^S-in Hi. pret. of b^T,' 'rrU"} Hab.
2 : 17 for -inrf; Hi. fut. of nnn with 3 fern. plur. suf, Cp-jit/ 2 Sam.' 22 : 43
in a few editions for C|3TX . Nun is once inserted before the suffix in place
of doubling the radical, Hsar? Num. 23: 13 for -izp^.

§141. 1. Of the verbs which occur in Piel, Pual, or Hithpael, the fol-
lowing adopt the forms of perfect verbs, viz. :

■I'lX to curse. 22^ to cry. "i?!? to make a nest.

T]3 to plunder. Pns to smile, break. yi|5 to cut off.

"ina to purify. 2:;b to take away the 33"^ to he many.

diua to grope. heart. 7(3^ to he tender.

pf?T to refine. pi5^ to lick. Tib to harrow.

fi53n to warm. 'O'd'O to feel, to grope. ^y^ to rule.

YV^ io divide. lis to leap. '\i'0 to sharpen.

nnn to be broken. i^s to judge, to inter- crn to be perfect.
i^a to cover. cede.

2. The following, which are mostly suggestive of a short, quick, re-
peated motion, reduplicate the radical syllable, viz, :

^nn to burn. nnia to linger. 7V^ to sport, delight.

■i"n3 to dance. T|?0 to excite. FP^ ^o run.

Wi^ to he mad. CIBS to chirp. 3-'ysn to mock.

3. The following insert Hholem after the first radical, viz. :

*)5S< to complain.

bba to mix.
pps to empty.

in a to cut.

^■la to sweep away.

C^'n to be still.
nnn to break loose

Tn: tofiy. S?"J to break.

003 to lift up. nn\y to sink.

C]ED to occupy the thres- hSv to spoil.

hold. ch^ to be desolate or

"inU to bind. amazed.

00(5 to cut off. pjEP to beat.
"Ovp to gather.

4. The following employ two forms, commonly in different senses, viz. :

is 5 a and bBia to roll. '|i'n to make gracious, "jbin to be

brin to praise, i^in to make mad. gracious.

bjbn to profane, V^ln to wound. h^'n to speak, i>yia to mow.

176 ETYMOLOGY. § 142, 143

230 to change, iiio to surround. Vip^ to curse, ^i^^P to whet.

■js'i' to gather clouds, *)'Di3 to prac- yan and ^ifn to crush.

Use sorcery. *t|!'J and I'^ia to treat icith vio-
'i'^ii^ to burst, "•li'i'S to shaketo pieces. lence.

5. The following use different forms in different species, viz. :

p^ri Pi. to decree, Pu. p^sn . ",3-1 Pi. to shout, Hith. "liinrn.*

n^a Pi. to measure, Hith. T^^nn . tb-\ Pi. to break, Pu. UJan .

iniQ Pi.^omaA-e6i«er,Hith.in"^^rin. *S1IJ Pi. to inculcate, Hith. 'ijincn

bp^D Pi. to exalt, Hith. ^.V"inpn • to pierce.
yhvj Pi. to maltreat, Hith. ^.^?nn
and i^Hl^nn .

6. The following examples exhibit the effect of gutturals upon redu-
plicated forms: Preterite, 3.'lii?.lIJ Isa. 11:8; Infinitive, ~*nnnb Prov.
26:21, nbn^nn Ex. 12:39; Future, rqrnirx Ps. 119:47, iiSJBSd'^ Ps.
94:19; Imperative, diyrniri-i Isa. 29:9; Participle, rnsna Gen'. 27': 12,
Pj^nbnTD Prov. 26 : 18. ' ' '

§ 142. 1. The Pual species adheres to the analogy of perfect verbs
with the exception of the preterites, Tni: Nah. 3: 17. hhiv Lam. 1 : 12, the
future : 1Siy?^Pi Isa. 66 : 12, and the participles, 'rify^^'O Isa. 9 : 4, b^na
Isa. 53:5. '' '

2. : ^yjil Isa. 15 : 5 is for : ^"^S?"}?^ Pi. fut. of nns , § 57. 1 . ^atiPi 2 Sara.
22 : 7 is contracted for "■^IJSfir' Ps- 18 : 27, probably with the view of as-
similating it in form to the preceding iDBnn ; in regard to ibsnri in the
same verse, Nordheimer adopts the explanation of Alting that it is a simi-
lar contraction of the Hithpael of bps thou wilt show thijselfajudge, hut as
it answers to ibnQnp. Ps. 18:27, the best authorities are almost unanimous
in supposing a transposition of the second radical with the first and its
union with n of the prefix.

3. bnri and bbn . The prefixed n remains in the Iliphil future of b^n,
e. g- ^SDH? ) ''^rirj? ) ^^^^Jf!' ind in the derivative nouns C^iJnn, ni'snnro,
whence these forms are in the lexicons referred to the secondary root hhii .

Pe Yodh C'S) Verbs.

§ 143. In quiescent verbs one of the original radicals is
i5 , 1 or "^ , which in certain forms is converted into or ex-
changed for a vowel. As i^ preserves its consonantal charac-
ter when occupying the second place in the root, and also

* "si'r^ Ps. 78:65 is not from ')1"i (Gesenius) but from 'ji'i, see
Alexander in loc.

§ 144 PE YODH VERBS. 177

(with the exception of the Pe Aleph future, §110. 3, and a
few occasional forms, §111. 2) when it stands in the first
place, verbs having this letter as a first or second radical be-
long to the guttural class ; those only in which it is the third
radical (Lamedh Aleph) are properly reckoned quiescent. On
the other hand, if the first, second, or third radical be either
Yodh or Vav, the verb is classed as quiescent. All verbs
into which either 1 or "• enter as a first radical are promiscu-
ously called Pe Yodh, as the modes of inflection arising from
these tw^o letters have been blended, and Yodh in either case
appears in the Kal preterite from which roots are ordinarily
named, § 83. a. In the second radical the Vav forms (Ayin
Vav) preponderate greatly over those with Yodh (Ayin
Yodh). In the third radical the Yodh forms have almost
entirely superseded those with Vav, though the current de-
nomination of the verbs is derived from neither of these
letters but from Pie (Lamedh He), which is used to express
the final vowel of the root in the Kal preterite after the
proper radical has been rejected.

a. Verbs whose third radical is the consonant tl belong to the guttural
class, e. g. i^ia, Pifepi, and are quite distinct irom the quiescent verbs nb
in which rt always represents a vowel, e. g. nBa , nss .

§ 144. 1. In Pe Yodh verbs the first radical is mostly
Yodh at the beginning, § 56. 2, and Vav at the close of a
syllable. It is accordingly Yodh in the Kal, Piel, and Pual
species, and commonly in the Hithpael, Si?^, ^*i , Si||;',
niS^inn . It is Vav in the Niphal and commonly in the
Hiphil and Hophal species, ni?i3 , n^^iyin , ainn .

2. In the Kal future, if Yodh be retained, it will quiesce
in and prolong the previous Hhirik, and the second radical
will take Pattahh, e. g. tJni';' ; if the first radical be rejected
the previous Hhirik is commonly lengthened to Tsere, ^J?.'? ,
the Pattahh of the second syllable being sometimes changed
to Tsere to correspond with it, § 63. 2. c, e. g. "y^"}. ; in a few-
instances Hhirik is preserved by giving Daghesh-forte to the
12

178 ETYMOLOGY. § 145, 146

second radical as in Pe Nun verbs, the following vowel being
either Pattahh or Hholem, r^;^ , pk;* .

3. Those verbs which reject Yodh in the Kal future, re-
ject it likewise in the imperative and infinitive construct,
where it would be accompanied by Sh'va at the beginning
of a syllable, § 53. 2. a, the infinitive being prolonged as in
Pe Nun verbs by the feminine termination, sfe , tiyta .

§ 145. 1. In the Niphal preterite and participle Vav
quiesces in its homogeneous vowel Hholem, nisiD , nfeiD ; in
the infinitive, future, and imperative, where it is doubled by
Daghesh-forte, it retains its consonantal character, lii?;!!,
^#?^ .

2. In the Hiphil Vav quiesces in Hholem, S"'ii?in, n"'ffiii;
a few verbs have Yodh quiescing in Tsere, y^^^V^ , S'^'b''.'? ;
more rarely still, the first radical is dropped and the preced-
ing short vowel is preserved, as in Pe Nun verbs, by doubling
the second radical, y^^T\ , ^_'^k'^ .

3. In the Hophal Vav quiesces in Shurek, air in, atc^"^;
occasionally the short vowel is preserved and Daghesh-forte
inserted in the second radical, ^'k'> .

a. The Hholem or Tsere of the Hiphil arises from the combination of
a, the primary vowel of the first syllable in this species, §82. 5. b. (3),
with ti or i, into which the letters 1 and "^ are readily softened, §57.2.(5).
The Hholem of the Niphal is to be similarly explained : the Hhirik of
this species, which has arisen from Sh'va and cannot combine with Vav,
is exchanged for the simplest of the vowels a (comp. 303 , Blp3), and the
union of this with 1 forms 6. The Hophal retains the passive vowel u,
which is occasionally found in perfect verbs, §95. a.

§146. The inflections of Pe Yodh verbs may be repre-
sented by those of nirj;' to sit or divell. The Piel, Pual,
and Hithpael are omitted from the paradigm, as they do not
differ from perfect verbs. The alternate form of the Kal
future is shown by the example of tsi;" to be dry.

k

Paradigm of

Pe Yodh

Verbs.

KAL.

NIPUAL.

niPHiL.

nOPHAL.

KAL.

Peet. 3 m.

— r

n-iji:

n-'tiin

n^^n

th''

3/

T : IT

T : 1

Mn^'i'in

T : 1

T : IT

2 m.

T : — r

T : —

ri2a;in

rqir^n

T : — T

2/.

nniz:"-

nziTiD

miain

nniii^r;

nu:r

Ic.

• : — T

^nniciD

■^Fizirin

^miTMn

^n-dzi^

Plur. 3 c.

: IT

: 1

^n^TTin

: 1

: IT

2 »i.

Dniizj':

Dnn-ii]

DraiiJir:

DnniT^n

DI^"^??

2/

"jpnTiJ';

"(i^^'^ij

■(nntin

I ••■ : - 1

■|I?"^'?^

1 c.

: — r

^:sT2JiD

^■nirin

^'niE^n

: — T

Infin. ^J«o?.

r

mrin

T

Constr.

^'?^"

n^;Bin

nir^n

tt";

FuT. 3 m.

2^!

"T •

n-^^r

mijv

Tiin^^

3/.

^^ID

•T •

n^irin

nir^n

^rn^n

2 m.

^^^

••T •

n^-^ip

n'^^n

^n^n

2/

^iujn

^niij-n

^n-^iBin

'i-iim

Ic.

^^^?

"T •

n^-^i!j5

nu:\^^

:ri"5j:

PZi«r. 3 m.

^2^iai^

1

3/.

niizn

T : "T •

T : —

npiri^Fi

2 m.

: !••

;iT •

iQ^-i'in

: 1

2/

T : "T •

T : "

T : -

T : — •

Ic.

^^3

n^-iciD

n^'!i3

iri^D

ImPEB. 2 TO.

^■i?

••r •

niijin

^^?

2/
PZur. 2 m.

;iT •

wanting

2/

T : ••

T : "T •

T : ••

njirn^

Paet. ulcf.

n-ij-'

n^iTT::

'oi'"'

P(M».

r

T

T

T

179

180 ETYMOLOGY. §147

Remarks on Pe Yodh Verbs.

§147. 1. The following verbs retain Yodh in the Kal future, viz. :

ci" to be dry. TjO^ to be poured. sn^ to fear.

si'' to toil. 15^ to appoint. rrn^ to cast.

•nn^ to delay. P)?^ to be weary. "cy^ to possess,

•13* to oppress. ys'^ to counsel. cib* to put.

p^l to suck. ns; to be beaiUiful. "jia^ to sleep.

The concurrence of Yodhs in the third person of the future is some-
times prevented by omitting the quiescent ^^V IX"?^, 13^|?, the long
vowel receiving Methegh before vocal Sh'va, and thus distinguishing the
last two words from the Lamedh He forms, IXi';' from rtxn and ^id"^ from
nia, §45.2.

2. The following have Tsere under the preformative; those in Avhich
the second vowel is likewise Tsere are distinguished by an asterisk :

sn'J to know. * 'J^^ to bear. "js^ to be dislocated.

1n^ to be joined. * i<:£^ to go out. * Tn^ to go down.

Cn^ to conceive. "isj to be straitened. * 2\U^ to sit, dwell.

The second syllable has Pattahh in inn Jer. 13: 17, Lam, 3:48, and
in the feminine plurals, Pij'i^n, nj'i'nn; Hjx^n has Seghol after the
analogy of Lamedh Aleph verbs; !i33ia"'n (with the vowel-letter "' for e^
occurs only in the K'thibh, Ezek. 35 : 9, and of course has not its proper
vowels. In I25'j|^'^ Ps. 138 ; 6 the radical Yodh remains and has attracted
to itself the Tsere of the preformative. Comp. § 60. 3. c.

3. The following insert Daghesh-forte in the second radical, viz. : "iD^
to chastise, instruct, ns^ to burn. In ^innpi Isa. 44 : 8 short Hhirik re-
mains before a letter with Sh'va; ''Stjn^ Job 16:11 is explained by some
as a Kal future, by others as a Piel preterite.

4. The following have more than one form : na'j to be good fut. -t?'''^ ,
once '^aa-'ri Nab. 3:8; pk^ to pour pi"!, once psn 1 Kin. 22:35; ^i;
to form, •is'i and irisi ; np^ to burn, Ip;] Isa. 10 : 16, and *ip"'n Deut.
32:22; 7P7 to awake, YP^I once YP."^. 1 Kin. 3 : 15j "ip^ to be precious,
"ip''7 and "ipi; , or with a vowel letter for e, ^p'^D ; nb^ to be desolate, nuin
once f^:'3iij"'ri Ezek. 6:6; liu;; to be right, '^b'^'), once njnir';! (3 fem.plur.,
§ 88) 1 SaTn. 6 : 12. Some copies have l^a": fsa. 40 : 30 for "^VV) .

5. In futures having Tsere under the preformative, the accent is shifted
to the penult after Vav Conversive in the persons liable to such a change,
viz. : 3 sing., 2 masc. sing., and 1 plur., Tsere in the ultimate being in con-
sequence shortened to Seghol, S-'T^lJ, ^i^nl) "^1?^ • Pattahh in the ultimate
becomes Seghol in "iS^l?, "iS"^^;^ (with a postpositive accent) Gen. 2:7, 19,
Db-^^1 Gen, 50:26; but a-J"!'], ^T'^, V--^?!!? "I'h!"'?!! ) o"V o"ce before a

§148-150 REMARKS ON PE YODH VERBS. 181

monosyllable, §35. 1, 75"'- Gen. 9 : 24. The accent remains on the ulti-
mate in the Lamedh Aleph form N:i*i , unless the following word begins
with an accented syllable, e. g. N^^l Gen. 4:16, 8:18. The pause re-
stores the accent in all these cases to its original position. : -"^i*] Ruth
4:1, ! jnni Ps. 139 : 1, '^^■'^ Ps. IS : 10, §35. 2.

§148. 1. Kal construct infinitives with Yodh ; da';i and with a feminine
ending n'ip^ > ^rP'^. > ''^T with suf "'"Jo; , once with prep. iis"'b 2 Chron.
31 : 7, Daghesh conservative after «, §14. a; HN-i';', §87, once X'n^ Josh.
22:25 and with prep. X'lb 1 Sam. 18:29 from J«n;; riA^ once Nin": 2 Chron.
26 : 15 from nni , •,ia"' .

2. Infinitives without Yodh : n?'n (with suf. "'nr'i), ny'n Ex. 2 : 4, and
without the feminine termination 5"i , ni]? (with suf. "^nnb) and nnb, once
r^ 1 Sam. 4:19, §54. 2, nxk (witii suf! "'pssf), n;rif/, nn-i (with suf.
•'n'l-i) once nn-1 Gen. 46:3, niyn (with suf. nrnr-}j,'naa (nsd , with
suf. ""PiSiy once "^nstJ Ps. 23 : 6). Yodh is perhaps dropped from the ab-
solute infinitive SilU Jer. 42: 10, which is usually explained to be for Siii^;
it may, however, be derived from the Ayin Vav verb IVJ .

3. Imperatives with Yodh: fi^''^, K-i^ , n^^"; . Without Yodh: i"?( (with
n parag. nsh Prov. 24: 14), =n (with n par'ag. nrri; for >iin Hos. 4:18,
see §92. a), ki (nsk, fem. plur. nrxs Cant. 3:'ll), zb {-'2X:_ , ^^"0).
With both forms : pi and pi"; (ipS-;), 'l^ (nnn), twice Tn^ Judg.'5:13,'D"n
t^ and n^Ai . ' " . ' ■

rtT T T ;

§ 149. 1, The Niphal of ni'j has m instead of 5, •':!13 Zeph. 3 : IS, ni:>i3
Lam. 1:4; in^^ia 1 Chron. 3V5, 20 : 8 has « followed by Daghesh. T'h,
which according to Gesenius is from ra^ , has i; Ewald assumes the root
to be nns , and refers to it likewise the Kal future and the Hiphil ascribed
to rk;;, §147.3. and §150.4. In that case the Daghesh in IPS': Isa. 33:12,
Jer. 51 : 58, will not require the explanation suggested in § 24. c, but the
K'thibh nin-'Sin 2 Sam. 14:30 will be unexplained, lipis Ps. 9:17 is
not the Niphal preterite or participle of uip^ , but the Kal participle of Cp3 .

2. Yodh appears in the Niphal future of two verbs instead of Vav,
bn^fl Gen. 8 : 12, 1 Sam. 13:8 K'ri, nn*";i Ex. 19 : 13. In the first person
singular K always has Hhirik, S-ijS, ij-ix, ^CJX, li'tljx, ?iL"JS?, ^rjx.

§150. 1. In the Hiphil the following verbs have Yodh preceded by
Tsere, viz. : rii^ to he good, Vi^ to howl. )'h^ to go to the right, ""^^ to
change, pi"' to suck. Yodh is likewise found in 'i5iro''n Judg. 16 : 26
K'thibh, and in the following instances in which the prefix has Pattahh as
in perfect verbs, Cn^q^it Hos. 7 : 12, iin^ii?":: Prov. 4 : 25, nu;';n Ps. 5:9
K'ri (K'thibh -idin), si'::] Gen. 8:17 K'ri (K'thibh KSin), D-^'pJ^^T?
1 Chron. 12 : 2. '

2. In Z-^'Ji^"! Job 24 : 21 (elsewhere -''i'^;:) and h-j)''^'; (once nbi^^x Mic.
1 : 8), the radical Yodh attracts to itself the vowel of the preformative,
comp. § 147. 2. He remains after the preformative in ''^'^p'^v!'? Isa. 52 : 5,
t^^in-^^ Neh. 11:17, Ps. 28:7, ?^cin^ 1 Sam. 17:47, Ps. ii6:6. Both
Yodh and Vav. quiescing in their appropriate vowels, are liable to omis-
sion, 'pan, iip'^in, T'SH, siHJ-'ih, and once the vowel Tsere is dropped
before a suffix, inp-^Jtn Ex. 2 : 9 for inp'^J'^n .

182 ETYMOLOGY. §150,151

3. Vav conversive draws the accent back to the penultimate Tsere or
Hholem of the Hiphil future in the persons liable to be affected by it,
§147.5, and shortens the final vowel, -U"^^] , prP^j -^."i*3 , -CJl, ?3n] ;
but with a pause accent : ^rpil Ruth 2 : 14.

4. The following verbs insert Daghesh in the second radical in the
Hiphil, viz. : 5^^ to set. place, ^'^^ to spread, ps^ to pour, except : rjr^ia
2 Kin. 4 : 5 K'ri (K'thibh npsijo), rii^ to hum, except nin-'Sin 2 Sam.
14 : 30 K'thibh.

5. In the Hophal a few examples occur of u followed by Daghesh, 321^
Ex. 10:24, rk;^ Isa. 14 : 11, Esth. 4 : 3, ib^na Isa. 28 : 16, pk-a Job 11 : 15;
and a few of Hholem, snin Lev. 4 : 23, 28,' nH"^ Prov. 1 1 : 25* for iriT^ from
nn^ . The construct infinitive; ibiin Ezr. 3; 11, and with the feminine
termination n-i^in Ezek. 16:4, rHhn Gen. 40:20, Ezek. 16:5.

§ 150. 1. In the Kal preterite Yodh is once dropped, In Judg. 19 : 11 for
InV Hhirik occurs with the second radical of iS^ and IIJ^"^ in the first
and second persons singular with suflixes, and in the second person plural,
which is perhaps due to the assimilating power of the antecedent Yodh,

e.g. ■'snnb';!, nniiin':, cnffi-iv

2. In the Piel future the prefix Yodh of the third person is contracted
with the radical after Vav conversive, iniKS?]! Nah. 1 : 4 for inuJa;)'^! , ri5*]
Lam. 3 : 33, ^^*i Lam. 3 : 53, cn\a^l 2 Chron. 32 : 30 K'ri ' (K'thibh

3. Three verbs have Vav in the Hithpael, i^^^nn , S^.^np , ns^r^n ; n
is assimilated to the following 1 and contracted with it in liS?? Ezek.
23:48 for li&Uria a peculiar Niphal formed on the basis of a Hithpael,
§83. c. (2). In skrn Ex. 2:4 for =k:nn Yodh is rejected and its vowel
given to the preceding letter, §53. 3. b.

§151. 1. "rT and T|r7. TjVv to go in the Hiphil and for the most part in
the infinitive construct, future and imperative Kal follows the analogy of Pe
Yodh verbs, as though the root were ~r^ . Thus. Kal inf const. nsH {p%^ ,
with suf. ■'ns^) rarely Tj^n; fut. T\j}'i (once with the vowel letter "^ for ^,
i^i:l^"'^j: Mic. 1 : 8, fem. pi. nss^n), occasionally in poetry T\>T^!^ (3 fem. sing.
"Tibnri); imper. "^ (with H ^ parag. "3^, or without the vowel letter ?]b,
fem. pi. njaij and p^) once ^abn Jer. 51:50. Hiphil: TfiJin once in
the imper. ''3"'B''fi Ex. 2:9, and once in the participle D^bbn^ Zech. 3:7
for D-i-D^bna, §94. e.

2. CJOX to gather and C]D^ to add are liable to be confounded in certain
forms. In the Hiphil future of vjO^. 6 is twice represented by the vowel
letter N, 5]t3X'l I Sam. 18:29. ■(ISONPl Ex. 5:7; Clbs drops its S in the
Kal future, when it follows the Pe Aleph inflection, §110. 3. which it does
only in the following instances, t]t?>'] 2 Sam. 6 : 1, rifcn Ps.l04 : 29, nCDK
Mic. 4 : 6, TjSO'x 1 Sam. 15 : 6, where the Hhirik, being abbreviated from
Tsere, is short, notwithstanding the Methegh in the intermediate syllable,
§45. 2. a. The apoc. Hiph. fut. of "b^ when joined with the negative
particle ^i< is accented on the penult, CiDin'bs Deut. 3 :26, and in one in-
stance the vowel of the ultimate is dropped entirely, ciGin-bx Prov. 30:6.

I

§152,153 AYIN VAV AND AYIN YODH VERBS. 183

3. D'^r.in'IJin Zech. 10:6 is probably, as explained by Gesenius and
Heno-t^tenberg, for cna^r'in from -O^ lo dwell, though Ewald derives it
from -lltJ to return, as if for C^ni^rn , and Kimchi supposes it to be a
combination of both words suggesting the sense of both, in which he is
followed by the English translators, I will bring them again to place them.

^^szh Isa. 30: 5 '"is regarded by Gesenius as an incorrect orthography
for ii'iiin; but Maurer and Knobel read it l^'^xan and assume a root Tas<2
synonymous with a"i3 ". Alexander in loc.

r|"'»in Ps. 16:5, see §90.

Atin Vav Ci'y) AND Ayin Yodh (•''i^) Verbs.

§152. Yodh and Vav, as the second radical of verbs,
have the following peculiarities, viz :

1. They may be converted into their homogeneous
vowels i and n.

2. They may be rejected when accompanied by a hetero-
geneous vowel, which is characteristic of the form. Yodh
forms are confined to the Kal of a few verbs ; in the other
species Vav forms are universal.

a. Yodh is never found as a quiescent middle radical in any species
but Kal: it enters as a consonant into the Piel of two verbs, and the Hith-
pael of two, § 161. l,theNiphal of iT^rj to be. and the Hiphil of n^n to live.

§153. 1. In the Kal preterite and active participle and
in the Hiphil and Hophal species, the quiescent is rejected
and its vowel given to the preceding radical. Thus,

Kal preterite : Djb for Dt!j? where a, which arises from
blending a Avith the pretonic Karaets, §62, 1, is in partial
compensation for the contraction, tih for tni'a , ira for 1ZJ13 ,
S"i for S'il'n . For an exceptional formation, see § 158. 1.

Active participle : D]? for DJ]? , n^ for ni^ , ©2 for B'la,
2n for l^n , the ordinary participial form being superseded
by that of another verbal derivative, as is the case in some
perfect verbs of a neuter signification, § 90.

184 ETYMOLOGY. §154

Hiphil and Hophal : t:'^i?n for m'^^T), uy^ for Q"'!)?^,
D^^n for D^lps}, the short vowel of the prefix being pro-
longed in a simple syllable, § 59.

2. In the Kal construct infinitive, future, imperative and
passive participle, the quiescent is softened into its homo-
geneous vowel, D^P , l"*"! ; in the future the preformative
commonly takes the simplest of the long vowels 0, D^p^,
^"'^tj comp. 30^ .

3. In the Kal absolute infinitive and in the Niphal
species a similar softening of 1 occurs, which, with the
accompanying or preceding a, forms o, § 57. 2. (5), Dip (kom=
kaiim) for Di^p ; Dipp for Dip; , the prefix usually taking the
simplest of the long vowels a ; Qipf for U''^'} .

4. In the first and second persons of the Niphal and
Hiphil preterites 0 (i) is inserted before the affixed termina-
tion in order to preserve the long vowel of the root from the
compression incident to standing before tv/o consonants,
§61.4; in the feminine plurals of the Kal future c C'..) is
sometimes inserted for a similar reason, this prolongation of
the word being attended by a shifting of the accent and a
consequent rejection of the pretonic vowel of the first sylla-
ble, oni^ips, niii-'pn, nph^p:^. In the Niphal preterite,
when the inserted i receives the accent, the preceding i is for
euphony changed to i , e. g. ^niia^ps .

5. In the Kal and Hiphil species the apocopated future
takes the diphthongal vowels o and e in distinction from the
ordinary future, which has the pure vowels u and I, § 65. 2. 3,
thus siiJ^ , 3*i?^ . With Vav Conversive the accent is drawn
back to the simple penult, and the vowel of the last syllable
is shortened, ni»H , 2ir^i .

§154. 1. In the Piel, Pual, and Hithpael, the form of
perfect verbs is rarely adopted, the second radical appearing
as 1 , e. g. 'liiy, or as "^ , e. g. Dlip .

2. Commonly the third radical is reduphcated instead

i

§155 AYIN VAV AND AYIN YODH VERBS. 185

of the second, which then quiesces in Hholem, Pi. D'b'ip,
Pu. o-bip , Hith. obipnn .

a. In the Pual o is the passive vowel here adopted in preference to ti:
in the Piel and Hithpael it arises from the combination of it, to whicla 1 is
softened, with the antecedent a, chip for oiai;? . §82. 5. 6 (3).

3. Sometimes the quiescent letter is omitted from the
root, and the resulting bihteral is reduplicated, Pi. ^3^?,
Pu. bsbs.

a. The two lorms of the intensive species, which depart from the regu-
lar paradigm, precisely resemble in appearance those of Ayin doubled
verbs, though constructed upon a different principle, as already explained.

§155. The inflections of Ayin Vav verbs are shown in
those of D^ip to stand or rise, in the following paradigm ; the
divergent forms of Ayin Yodh verbs in the Kal species are
exhibited by S""") to contend.

a. Ayin Vav and Ayin Yodh verbs are named not from the Kal
preterite, in which the quiescent is rejected, but from the construct infini-
tive, the simplest form in which all the radicals appear.

h. No Hophal forms occur in those persons in which the inflective ter-
minations begin with a consonant. The same is true of the Ayin Yodh
imperative.

Paradigm of

Ayin Vav

KAL.

NIPHAL.

PIEL.

PUAL.

Pbet. 3 m.

^fe

nip;

D/bip

D^bip

3/

J^'^i?

n-jip;

^m

•^'f?')?

2 TO.

ri?I2

rii/b^ps

n-^/bip

n-^7bip

2/.

n^)2

ni/b^p3

n-^tip

n:2tip

\c.

^riT^p

^ni/b^ps

-n-rbip

^n-fbip

Plur. 3 c.

^•-I?

^•^ipD

^i2i^ii5

^^:9ip

2 m.

tsin'ri^

t^-ni'-ip?

Dn-^/jip

Dfejip

2/.

)i?'ri2

-,ni-^ip3

•jn-^aij^

■j^^^^l?

Ic.

^2^12

^ji/b^p3

^rfbip

^rfbip

Infix. Absol.

Dip

Dip-

Constr.

D^p

nipri

D^bip

FUT. 8 OT.

d^p:

nip-;

ci'^T:

Dtip^

3/

D^pn

Dipn

D-bipn

D-bipn

2 m

D^pn

Dipn

D'iipn

D^bipn

2/

^72^pn

• * T

^22ipn

^7j53ipri

''bi3ipn

Ic.

mpsj

Qipj^

D/bip^

D^bipist

Plur. 3 wi.

^^^p:

^•jip:

iit^ji]:^

iiTj^^ip^

3/

nr/b^pn

nr^ipn

T : )

n:'fbipn

2 TO.

^•r,pn

viipn

ii7b"^ipn

: 'i :

^•b53ipn

2/.

ni^/b^pip

nrfpn

ntu'^bipn

T : •■ 1 :

nrfbipn

1 c.

^ t]^p3

Dip?

ci^ip?

Q'bip?

Imper. 2 VI.

D^p

Dipn

D/bip

2/

r^^ip

^?jipn

rb53ip

wanting

PZwr. 2 TO.

ii^j^i3

ii'jipM

^"b'^ilj

2/

"*'?P

nr^ipn

T : ) •

nD^-2ip

Part. ^ci.

t=fe

D7bip7j

Pass.

Qilp

Dipj

D:bip5?

186

AND AyIN

YoDH Verbs.

HipniL.

HOPHAL.

nrriiPAEi..

KAL.

C3"pr]

Dp^n

D-i:iprir

T

n-^pn

^"tP^"

T ; 1, :

■ ran

T T

K^'^'i^r^

(n-^12in)

n'^^iprr

1 nnn

r : —

T •

^^■^"P"

(n-^p^n)

rrrb'ipnr

• ^?^

'ip'i-'pn

(•^n-^fe^n)

T:fjipnr

• ^nnn

^nii^n

^•^"pri

^■jpin

r^i^ipnr

7 ^nn

T

iQ^S

«=^^'-'i?q

(DPipp^n)

Qn-fji):r.r

• orinn

i^^-T<^I

(|J?tP-^\')

-jp^iaii^rr

" 1^^-

^2i:iTn

(r:j2^n)

^:";::biprir

• ^:nn

t3pn

nin

2n

D"pn

D'i^pnr

■ 1

t^T:

Dpr

Qtipn

1 -^^h

D^pn

Dp^n

t^'^Trr

• T

D-pn

Dp^n

D-bipnr

1 n^nn

Vpp?

r^p^in

rb'fiprr

1 "n^-in

• r

D-pi?

np^x

d-jipn^^

• T

^■^■p:

^'-P^'

^■j-jipin'

• r

^^m

(n:rp^n)

MDTbipnr

T ; •• I :

1 frj2^r\

T : •• T

^•^■p^

^lip^n

Tj-fpnr

• T

5^rrP^

(nrjp^n)

nr-:biprr

T ; •• • :

1 nrnnn

t3-p5

Dp^D

ntipn:

• r

t=p.s;

D/biprir

' -"1

'•^'po

wanting

• ; l| :

' "U"^

^■j-pr;

^•i-^ilDrir

' ^n^n

^."'rPv

nrfbipnr

• (-5?'^)

D-p-;?

dpTj

D^bipn*.

187

188 ETYMOLOGY. ^156,157

Remarks on Ayin Vav and Ayin Yodh Verbs.

§ 156. 1. Medial Yodh and Vav remain without quiescence or rejection
in a few verhs, whose root contains another feeble consonant by contrast
with which these letters acquire new strength. This is always the case
in Lamedh He verbs, e. g. fi^rjf . <^13 ; so likewise in tlie following guttural
verbs and forms. Sna to expire, : ll^in;; Isa. 29:22, :in;si Isa. 42:11,
a'-^X to he an enemy, *)Hs 1 Sam. 18:9 K'ri (K'thibh "iiS), ns-^s Jer.
4: 31, which are confined to the Kal species, and in riin to be airy or re-
freshing, \vhich is besides found in the Pual participle.

2. The Kal preterite has Pattahh in two instances as in Ayin Vav
verbs, .t2 Zech. 4 : 10, ni Isa. 44 : 18 but ni: Lev. 14 : 42. It has Tsere
in tia to die, *13 Isa. 17 : 11 but ^nj Jer. 50 : 3, and Hholem in "lis to shine,
Taii to be ashamed, nii: to be good, §82. 1. a, and in 1X2 Jer. 27: 18, else-
where 1X2, int Isa. 1:6, Ps. 58:4, elsewhere 1"iT. Hhirik once occurs
instead of Pattahh in the second person plural, cnrs Mai. 3:20. The
following participles have Tsere, C"^?^ , |'^ , "J"'?, r^ , "i? ; the following
have Hholem, D^Oia, n-^ij-ia , diiip 2 Kin. 16:7 (comp. cniaip Ex. 32:25
in the Samaritan copy), elsewhere D"'5:j^ .

3. The vowel letter X is written for 0., § 11. 1. a, once in the preterite,
CSp Hos. 10:11, and occasionally in the participle, I2xb Judg. 4:21,
ni:csn Prov. 24:7, ITX-n 2 Sam. 12:1, 4, Prov. 10:4, ^13 : 23, n-^DXd
despising Ezek. 16 : 57, 28 : 24, 26, to be distinguished from D'^ipd rowing
Ezek. 27:8, 26. The consonant X is once introduced in place of the
omitted 1, >irX"i Zech. 14: 10 for n^'n ; the ancient versions favour the
assumption, that "'"^J^.S Ps. 22 : 17 is in like manner for D'l-iS piercing,
though the most recent and ablest expositors take it to be a preposition
and noun like the lion. Alexander in loc.

4. The accent regularly remains upon the radical syllable before
affixes consisting of a vowel or a simple syllable, though with occasional
exceptions, e.g. nxi^ Lev. 18:28, lin Gen. 26 : 22, irib Gen. 40:15, inn
Num. 13 : 32. In a few instances it is shifted by Vav conversive preterite,
§100.2, libl Obad.ver. 16, ISDI Am. 3 : 15, nnji Isa. 1 1 : 2, inji Isa.7:19
but isizi ibid., i^X^I Zech. 5:4, rnjbl ibid., where the feminine ending is
rt , instead of n j so in the passive participle, M^IT Isa. 59 : 5 for trniT .

§ 157. 1. Hholem is in a few instances found instead of Shurek in the
construct infinitive, Nia , dia Judg. 3 : 25, aia, ni: and nib, yii Isa. 7:2,
elsewhere yi: , Tis Isa. 30 : 2. which is not from '\r3. aa Josh. 2 : 16, else-
where niij, and with suf. Ccii Ezek. 10: 17, "^Tia Ps. 71 : 0, which is not
the participle from nja (Gesenius), ""na my breaking forth, i. e. the cause
of it Ps. 22:10, see Alexander in loc. ; Gesenius explains, this form as a
participle, but is obliged in consequence to assume a transitive sense
which nowhere else belongs to the verb.

2. The following imperatives have Hholem, '''nix Isa. 60:1, K2, ttJia,

^158 AYIN VAV AND AYIN YODH VERBS. 189

"'ri Mic. 4:10, "iirin Mic. 4:13. With paragogic n, nwp or risip,
n:si'j or nSVCJ. Examples of the feminine plural, n:rp , n::L",

3. The following futures have Hholem. xii^, "|i^^ Gen. 6 ; 3, elsewhere
■fi"!^, 5103 Ps. SO: 19, Oin;! and Cin; , Taii;;i where the Hhirik of the per-
fect paradigm is lengthened to Tsere under the preformative. Examples
of the feminine plural: npxhn and •"I3i<2ri. njibji^n, nj-'-iiisri and Zech.
1:17 nrii^sn (in some editions without Daghesh), nj-'i'i^rri and njairn,
n3"iNri, nsriiTsn Ezelc. 13: 19. The accent is shifted anil Kamets rejected
from the preformative upon the addition of a suffix or paragogic Nun, the
latter of which is particularly frequent in this class of verbs both in the
Kal and Hiphil future. ■'321"::':, ^'i'^^x , nn^lTn, 0^=0"^, '|ii^p'?, 'iW^^n,
riij"n Ezek. 4: 12, with Daghesh euphonic in the a which is omitted in
some copies. Apocopated future: rii^ , S'ij^ and "3'4? ; ^^^i "fp*?) ^''r^j
Bp^ with the accent thrown back to the penult cj^'j . Future with Vav
conversive: n^fl (in pause Pt^!!). =iij^] (-^r^)) ^'?t^ » =Fv!?!l i Y'R^^ ^'^V.'l
the last vowel is changed to Pattahh before a final guttural, J"?^^ , n:^l,
and sometimes before "i or after an initial guttural "it*i but "i5»i, CiS'*^ he
was weary, 5)5^1 hejleiv, onni ; the vowel of the preformative is likewise
changed to Pattahh in "dJnn: Job 31 : 5, '^til 1 Sam. 14: 32, '^vrr\^ 1 Sam.
15: 19 but ar*] 1 Sam. 25: 14.

§158. 1. The verbs which exhibit peculiar Ayin Yodh forms in Kal,
with unimportant exceptions, either do not occur in the Hiphil or retain
the same signification in both these species. This has led some gram-
marians to entertain the opinion that these are not Kal but abbreviated
Hiphil forms, while others suppose that the Hiphil in these verbs is a
Secondary formation, and has arisen from the Kal future having the form
of the Hiphil. Only three examples occur of quiescent Yodh in the Kal
preterite, nii-'n Job 33: 13 (in^n Lam. 3:58). ''nra Dan. 9:2 (nnin Ps.
139:2) W-i'-^n Jer. 16 : 16. "

2. The following verbs have ^ in the Kal future and imperative, ""'a
to understand, Vy^i (once "^ria Mic. 4: 10) to break forth, b"^? (once biji
Prov. 23 : 24 K'thibh) to exult, "f^ (once '{Ti^ Gen. 6 : 3) to judge, "p^ to
lodge, -''') to contend, n"'U3 to muse, n"'iu (once C^iL'^ Ex. 4:11) to put,
b">b (once Clirb^ Isa. 35 : 1) to rejoice, "i^u: (once ^c; Job 33 : 27) losing,
rrid to place ; b'n or 'b'^h to twist, writhe, has both Yodh and Vav. To

these are to be added inij Jer. 4 : 3, Hos. 10: 12, .Trin Ps. 71 : 12 K'thibh,

I ' I I I

K'ri rrr^in as always elsewhere; "f^'^N^ to urge, Y'^'S.'l to flourish, 1^n)| to

wander, are in the Hiphil according to Gesenius : but as the corresponding
preterites are not Hiphil but Kal, and there are no other forms of the Kal
future, they might with equal propriety be regarded as Kal futures of
Ayin Yodh roots ; the second of them is so regarded by Ewald. Apoco-
pated futures: P"' . hl"^ and ba^ , sAi , cibi , n'r-". "l-Pi and ll^n. With
Vav conversive : ^5*1 , ib^l . Cbjn , 'ZT\^ , i^nni , nani , "itni . With para-
gogic Nun and suffixes : '|^^"^5"!, "p^"'nn. na">-JJ7. Feminine plural: njbip.,

3. The infinitives show a stronger disposition to adopt Vav forms.
Yodh is only retained in the following absolute infinitives: Y^ Prov. 23: 1,
n'^i and ns, h->\ Prov. 23:24 K'ri (b:a K'thibh), =-'n Jer. 50:34, else-

190 ETYMOLOGY. ^159,160

where nS. Construct infinitives: 'P'n, *p!; Gen. 24:23, elsewhere ^^i ,
-"^n once sn Judg. 21 : 22 K'thibh. n^ib and nvi, n-'ib Job 20:4,2 Sam.
14:7 K'ri, elsewhere Wii:, va 1 Sam. 18:6 K'ri (K'thibh nrr), ni\i3,
also with suf iffii'n Deut. 25:4, elsewhere tn . In the difficult verse
Hos. 7:4 "i-'S^ has been variously explained, as the Kal infinitive pre-
ceded by the preposition '|^ or as the Hiphil participle. The only certain
instance of a Kal passive participle of Ayin Yodh verbs is nrrj 2 Sam.
13: 32 K'ri (K'thibh na-^b) ; some explain C">"6 Num.24: 21. Obad. ver.4
as a passive participle, others as an infinitive.

4. Ayin Yodh verbs adopt the Vav forms in all the derivative species,
e.g. ^:?i:=3, jiij, ^!^?.?^?^ U^'^rTn, ^^.^^l i^JJ cooA-et/, i. e. poZ/ag-e, is the
only instanse of a Nipiial participle with Yodh.

§159. 1. Examples of the Niphal preterite: aii:: , aiC3 , yi03 , "I'iX!;
the accidental Hhirik of the perfect paradigm is preserved in bias by
means of Daghesh-forte in the first radical ; in nii'D it is lengthened to
Tsere before the guttural; in : irj Jer. 48: 11 the radical 1 is rejected,
which gives it the appearance of an Ayin doubled verb. Inflected forms :
n;i33 (part. fem. niiz:), fizrs , sij^s , ''jirj, Jibas, ■^nSsiD? , Ti^z: , cnisiss,

2. Infinitive absolute: bisn . Construct: birn, ni^ri , with n re-
jected after the preposition "lisb Job 33: 30, §91. b; once it has Shurek,
TTI^n Isa. 25: 10. Imperative, 'pin. iian.

3. Future: 'iS7, aiffl":, b-ia^, ",ir Ps. 72 : 17 K'ri (K'thibh )^:^), f.lii"} ,
51S7, in;;!, Ipx:, "liyv Participle: 'prj , Ti"^: , ciis? , c\y;c: , ^^'zz: ,

§ 160. 1. The short vowel of the perfect paradigm is in a few instances
preserved in the Hiphil by doubling the first radical, thus ri"^in and n"'in,
IT^en and rT'Cn , h-^^ri , V^-: , *p?'^ , and •pi?'; , n^h'j and ^.h/j 2 Sam.
22:33.

2. Hiphil preterite inflected: n;r-kn, is-i^n, sisi-in and ^"nn, Avith
syllabic affixes : nir=n . niui'^sn , niai"in and n^-n . cfrinn and
crj^|;;H, cps'^tiiH, •'r'i:£"'£<!ii , or when the first radical is a guttural,
Tii-iisn, rin"'rn and nnnrn, or without the inserted Hholem. t^2:n.
•'pinrn and "^nirPDn , sisin and iiii'^rn , csns:;??^ and crx'^nn^ , Tirn and
cnicn, §61. 4. a. With suffixes, "irsn, t^^-^Gn, T]ri^?:n' "'(^■'an, inkipn.

3. Hiphil future inflected: 13"'=^, I'^^r^j feminine plural J^jrfcpi ,
n3:Q''pn, ni53"^nn. With Nun paragogic and suffixes: •,f!u;"'r'^, cn'^r'^ .
Apocopated future : yh"^ , ^^^1 , rib'; , nn; . With Vav conversive :
^^r?) S.^t-' ^i^i*-) "^^'^.J ^"'1 '^''^^,?' if the last radical be a guttural, ?'i*5 j
n:»], rS^i;, or X, n!:;'] once ^''i;;'; and once X'^a^'; ; upon the reception
of a suffix the vowel is restored to its original length, cr'^ilh] , 'itis^S^V

4. Hiphil infinitive absolute : -i:n, nin, cf?n once Cij^n Jer. 44 : 25 ;
construct, b^in , n-^in, siin,c"'prj, with suffix "^^■'■if^, "■J''9CJ; ^?'?''>'^:J
cisirn and once with a feminine termination norri. Isa. 30 : 28.

^161,162 LAMEDH ALEPH VERBS. 191

5. In a few instances u is found in the Hophal before Daghesh-forte or
Sh'va. iirrin Zech. 5:11, r\h Ezek. 41:9, 11 but n'r^n Lam. 5:5, and
in some editions cjjri 2 Sam.' 23:1, !^a^ Job 41:1, sifirn 2 Sam, 21:9,
though otliers read npn : ba'' , iiTTan .

§ 161. 1. The following verbs, which are only found in one or more of
the three reduplicated species, double the middle radical either as Vav or
as Yodh, viz. : a'^n to render liable, bjiS to do wickedly, "i-iS to blind. r*ir
to pervert, rVlJ to cry fur help, ^:y_-^_^rt Josh. 9:12, li^jas^ Josh. 9:4 ; so
also C^p fut. c;;p7 and caip^, "tyJ fut. 1^3?7 , which have quiescent Vav
in other species, and n-i"! , which has consonantal Vav likewise in the Kal.

2. The following omit the quiescent in the Pie! and double the result-
ing biliteral, bsbs to sjisiain, n-PNuiN-j Isa. 14:23, ^^V^V'i'? Isa. 22:17,
V?^"!^ Hab. 2:7, "'jis^S'? Job 16: 12 but yis': Jer. 23: 29,' npnp Num.
24:17 and "ipip^ Isa. 22:' 5, "'apsirn Isa. 17:11; ! insiJ^ Isa. 15:5 is for
! ''■'i?"}?'? , §57, i; 'li-^?-? Job 39: 3 is perhaps for 1?>bi";i 'from h^b , comp.
pDS Ps. 139:8 for p^px , §88, though Gesenius conjectures that it is an
erroneous reading for 1"^?^ from i'l"? . The only Hithpael formed by a
like reduplication is ^nbrirn Esth, 4:4, elsewhere VBinrn,

3. Other verbs double the third radical in the Piel and Hithpael, Ex-
amples of the feminine plural : nnninri, Hibipn. : nis.'.'iTann , nDi^bicnn.
Hholem is changed to u before the doubled letter in the contracted form,
ilSri^r Job 31:15 for ^S3?'i=':], §61. 3. Furst explains i:?i^rin Isa. 61:6 as
in like manner for liWirFi] , while Gesenius makes it a Kal future, used in
this single instance in a transitive sense. C3CT;;13 Am, 5 : 11 is probably a
variant orthography for fii&pia , § 92. b.

4. The following are ihe only examples of the Pual in Ayin Vav verbs,
viz.: With 1 doubled, Tflya Eccles. 1: 15, n-^nj-i^ Jer, 22: 14. Redupli-
cated biliteral, ^"^2^ 1 Kin. 20:27. The third radical reduplicated, b^in
to be born, tIJjis 'Ezek. 28 : 13, Ps. 37 : 23, nj^ri-^n Ps. 75: 11 and C»i-,^
Neh, 9 : 5. Srn^ Isa. 16 ; 10, ISSii^ Job 26 : ll' n::i:idJ3 Ezek. 38 : 8, ^

5. csTi'iaiEn Jer, 25 : 34 is an anomalous preterite from y'i'h to scatter,
with ri prefixed and inflected after the analogy of Niphal ; some copies
have the noun ci"'nisisn your dispersions.

In "^nh'jni Ezek. 36: 11 for •'nhann from Sia, Tsere is retained under
the prefix as though the word were from the related Pe Yodh verb -i?^,
e, g. inn-J-iri"i, On the other hand, in ^inp^jn^ Ex. 2 : 9 from pi; , Tsere
is rejected as though it were from an Ayin Vav verb.

Lamedh Aleph (Nb) Verbs.

§162. 1. Aleph, as the third radical of verbs, retains its
consonantal character only when it stands at the beginning
of a syllable, n^aia , ^m^Tqn .

192 ETYMOLOGY. § 163

2. At the end of the word it invariably quiesces in the
preceding vowel, §57.2. (2), i^'-hi , xstia, i^^^-Qt} . If this
vowel be Pattahh, as in the Kal and Niphal preterites and
in the Piial and Hophal species, it is in the simple syllable
lengthened into Kamets, § 59, siti for x^i? , N^i^3 for «i^? ;
so likewise in the Kal future and imperative, where i5 as
a guttural requires a, i^^'q^ for «i^:' , xi^ for si^ . A like
prolongation of Pattahh to Kamets occurs before medial JC
in the first and second persons of the Kal preterite, C^^'? j

3. With the single exception just stated, medial 5? quiesces
in the diphthongal vowel e before syllabic affixes ; thus, in the
first and second persons of the preterites of the derivative
species in Tsere, tni<?^? , "^fisi^n , in the feminine plurals of
all the futures and imperatives in Seghol, ross'an , n:s2^ .

a. This e may arise from the diphthongal preferences of St , §60. 1. a (5),
or it may be borrowed from the corresponding forms of nb verbs, between
which and !sb verbs there is a close affinity and a strong tendency to
mutual assimilation. In Chaldee and Syriac no distinction is made be-
tween them.

§103. This class of verbs is represented in the follow-
ing paradigm by i«i^ to find ; the Piel and Hithpael, though
wanting in this verb, are supplied from analogy. The Pual
and Hophal are omitted because they are of rare occurrence,
and they present no peculiarities but such as are common to
the other species.

a. In their ordinary inflection Lamedh Aleph verbs differ from the
perfect paradigm in the vowels only.

Paradigm of Lamedh Aleph Verbs.

KAL.

NIPHAL.

PIEL.

nipniL.

IIITIIPAEL.

Pket

. 3 m.

T T

!j^r^3

«^'rl

s^'i'^ri

5<ii-2nri

3/.

n^^iit!

T ; : •

r;^^^

T • : •

T : - ; •

2 m.

T T r

n^5S--nn

2/

T T

'^^4:^'^

nj^s^

n.s:::ar:

as^-^nn

1 c.

T T

^nxi-^?

-nj^rj

^n.^5r:n

^nxr^nn

Plur

. 3 c.

: IT

^i<r;5

^ixirn

^^^'ll2f^

^ik!i!arri

2 m.

D5^i<^"-?3

Dns^j

Dnj?r;ri

Dn^^r^rlr7

2/

t:^^'^

TC^-?;"^?

ir}^^^

■n>^r^ri

■jti ^ir^^ri

1 c.

T T

^^^^^H

^r.sr;

^;^5r^rI

^:5^T^nM

Infix

. Ahsol

. isi:^"^

^^i-j?

&^r^

^^^n

Constr

i^ir'^

■• T •

&^r^

N^r^n

^Tzr\t}

FUT

3 )«.

T ; •

^%:t.

5^^!:-r

^^e^'

3/

«i:'jn

•• T •

x^-^n

.s-r;n

.sk'^rn

2 TO,

T ; •

-• T •

jj^r^ri •

^5^;:^n

u^r^nn

2/.

^Nr::n

^s:i/3n

■^b^nn

•^^r::n

"i^s^^cn.n

1 c.

T : V

.. T .,.

.sr^«

j^":;i3^

^i^°=r^?

Plur

3 TO.

^^^"-pr

^kii^-"

^k-l'T

^>5^r^"

^krs-rr^

3/

M^^^i^an

T V T •

nDi<SI52n

n:s;r::n

T •.■ — :•

2 TO.

^i^:i-^n

^i^:2^n

^«r;n

^i<-r;n

^ij<2i--nn

2/

r;:5^r::n

T V T •

ri:i<^-in

n:^r^n

ri:>5^-::nn

1 c.

^^'r?

5^^"^?

^'^■^2

^^=!^''?

Impee

2 TO.

jj^rj

i^i'/sr;

^5!2^

^^■^l!

i^r^nri

2/.

\srj

"5<lS/2n

\n:^-j

^s^^iirn

^i<22°^r!n

Plur.

2 7?«.

^kr^

^i5:2:!2ri

^Jk^-j

^55"r;ri

^k^-2T\fi

2/

T V ;

T V T •

Jijj^^-^

ri:i5r;n

ri^.^-ritri

Pari

Pass.

T : •

^«^"^'9

ij^^rf^

^krzTT^

13

193

Ikiv

194 ETYMOLOGY. §164,165

Remarks on Lamedh Aleph Verbs.

§164. 1. Verbs having Tsere as tlicir second vowel, §S2. 1. «, retain it
in the first and second persons of the Kal preterite, rx^i, rsica , "^rx'sb.

2. Quiescent N is occasionally omitted from the body of the word,
e. g. Kal pret. ^r^1 Job 1 :21 for TXri;, -ip-i-a Num. 11:11. "^rrs Judg.
4: 19, T?^ Job 327l8, !i:a 1 Sam. 25:8 for ^irVz: fut. nrjsn and n'sx'ia.rr;
rk^ Deut. 28:57 part. fern. sing, for rss'-i ; ''r^'Ji^ Job 41:17 for irx'^a::
const, inf. with prep, and suf. from NC3 . Niph. pret. crrnj Josh. 2:16.
-ni::?? Lev. ]1:43. Otiant X, §16. 1, may in liiic manner be dropped
from the end of the word after quiescent Vav or Yodh. c. g. ~"i-n Gen.
20:6 for Ki'^n,, "isj;] 1 Kin. 12:12 for Nii*^ ''-Jnn 2 Kin. 13:6, '"'iinn
Jer. 32:35, •'i^ Ps.'l41:5, ^li'^ Ps. 55:16, "iij 1 Kin. 21:29, Mic. 1 : ] s",
■£■2 2 Sam. 5:2, and in three other passages; *'i:n Ruth 3:15 is Hiph.
imper. fem. for "'X"'Sii, §62. 2.

3. The vowel following X is in a few instances given to a preceding
vowelless consonant, and the X becomes otiant or quiescent, §57. 2 (3),
xris Ps. 139:20 for sixt'3, xvis^ Jer. 10:5 for ^ixc*:"'. 'xn^ imp. for ^■k".'^, ,
ak'-' Eccles. 10:5 Kal part. fem. for ^XSV Cixin 1 Sam. 14:33 for
n-'X-Jn, cxnia Neh. 6:8 Kal part, with suf. for CX'iia, ^iXQ-ja Ezek. 47:8
for 'ixsi'^3; and, on the contrary, quiescent X attracts to itself the vowel
of the preceding consonant in '|X"^)5 Ex. 2:20 Kal imp. for i^3X"i|5 and
npx:: Cant. 3:11 for ri:xk from'xi^.

4. Final X resumes its consonantal character upon the addition of
suffixes ixbs, receiving (_) before T^, CD and "3 . in consequence of which
a previous Tsere or Sh'va is converted into Pattahh, §60. 1, '^xr? . ^x:^U.
■?;x^2, ?"|X;]Sn} ^^.'i^'S Pi- inf-j t=XB-J, n:X.^b Kal inf. for t:=X^"3. §01. I.e.

5. Kamets in the ultimate is mostly retained before suffixes and para-
gogic n, r,x::T;'i, nxs"! Ps. 41:5, nx'^px') 1 Sam. 28: 15, but nxzpj Isa.
56:12. Tsere is rejected J^X-JX Neh. 2:13, 2 Chron. 1:10, or retained
only in pause ! -^XS Judg. 9:29.

§ 1G5. 1. He is, in a few instances, substituted for X. ncT Ps. 60:4 fur
XS"!, f'hy;}, Jer. 19: 11 for XE^n, tnci Ps. 4:7 for xir: , §3. 1. a, niri3 Jer.
49:*10 for'xin3, ninn l Kin.' 22:25, 2 Kin. 7:12 Vbr xinn nrr^ Job
8:21 for X^iav'

2. Sometimes X remains, but the vowels arc those of til^ forms, "r^xbs
Ps. 119:101 for T'X^3, X-JPi Eccl. 8: 12, 9: 18, Isa. 65:20 lor X-jn , xi;3

1 Sam. 22:2, Isa. 24 :'2, xii^ Eccl. 7:26, xi'3 1 Kin. 9: 11, Am. 4:2 Pi.
pret. for X"i^5, xsn Ps. 143:3 for xsn , XS-q Jer. 51:34 for xf^, "^rXEn

2 Kin. 2:21 for "^r^E"! , '3XE-i Jer. 51:0 for "XQ-i. "wXXiS'i Job 39:21 lor
-X5357, ii%r} Deut. 28:59 Hiph. pret. for X-^V^H < xi'i'^'Ps. 135:7 Hiph.
part, const, for X'^lki^a from X:J^ ; to which may be added nj'^Xiari Ezek.
23 : 49 nrxssn Jer. 50 : 20, with "^ inserted as in ri"> verbs.

§ 1GG-16S LAMEDH HE VERBS. 195

3. Sometimes the nb form is adopted both in consonants and vowels.
!lp:a Ezek. 28:16 for ^ixb^, 6^ 1 Sam. 6:10, TJj E7:ek. 39:26, "'Jr.lrS

1 Sam. 25: 33 Cor •^;nx53V'niis'Ruth 2:9 for rx^JS , n^D^ Gen. 23:6 for
sy=7, ni'^Qiri Job 5: 18 Ibr njXEnn comp. Jer. 8:11, 51:9, 2 Kin. 2:22,
^!ir3 Ps. 32:'l for XV^: , r-'S; 'jer! 26 : 9 for rX23 . n-'2:rn 1 Sam. 10:6,
r-iiiPn l Sam, 10:13, ^n"^st:!-i 2 Sam. 3:8' n^i:bs' Isa. 29 : 7 for n-'XSil;
ni'p'Q Ezek. 8 : 3 is by some interpreters thought to be for X'^jp^ pruruk-
ing lo jealousy, and by others explained in the sense of the ii"> verb selling
(Israel to their foes).

§166. 1. The 3 fem. preterite has the old ending Pi^, §86. b, in pxan
Ex. 5: 16 fbr nxan, nx-ir? Deut. 31 : 29, Isa. 7: 14. Jer. 44:23, nxin Gen'
33:11 Hoph. from sii' 'nx5S3 Ps. 118:23 (rx^s? Deut. 30:ll"is the
feminine participle), to which the customary ending it ^ is further added
in nrxbsj 2 Sam. 1 : 26. nrxann Josh. 6: 17 for nx-^ann ,

2. A feminine termination f^^, ri, or as in tib verbs m', is occasionally
added to the construct infinitive, e. g. Kai, <^X"2:2 . nxi^, nx3b, rxnp from
X^r? to meet, distinguished from Xip and n"ixnp Judg. 8 : 1 fiom X'^J? to
call, nxiSa and T^'iO^ never xS?3, rx':b Prov. 8: 13. with suf. ihx::n
Ezei<. 33:12. Niphal, ir.xasn Zech. 13:4. Piei, nix^^ and aj-q]
■inxsp 2 Sam. 21 : 2; nix"^^ Ezek. 17 : 9 is a Kal inf const., formed as in
Chaldee by prefixing a .

3. There are two examples of the Niphal infinitive absolute. X"*!]!??

2 Sam. 1 : 6 and XSTsn Ex. 22 : 3: the analogy of the former has been re-
tained in the paradigm for the sake of distinction from the construct. Piel
infinitive absolute : x:^?, Xst , xna. Hiphil inf. abs.: X^sn , xi'n .

4. The Hiphil future with Vav conversive commonly has Tsere in the
ultimate, though Hhirik also occurs Xnpn] , X^*1 , xin^'l , Xanpil, xiii'l
and xii'^, xi^l, once Xinji Ezek. 40 : 3, and once X'^a^T Neh. 8 : 2.

5. Kamets sometimes occurs in the ultimate of the Hithpael future,
X-^'3n7 Num. 23:24 but x'^^sptn Ezek. 29: 15, so xann^ , xia^, x^Dnn,
:"|ixb^n7; more rarely in the preterite, nxi3::n.

§167. 1. The following are the only Pual forms which occur. Fret.:

1x37 , ixan , xVp . Put. : xBt"^ . Part. : xan^a , nx53-jT3 , n^x^ria , o-^x^^tj^ ,
nixrjo,' with suf. "^xiba .

2. The following are the only Hophal forms: Pret. sisann , nxiin ,
xain, rxan, nnxan, ixain, Fut.: xai-", ixai"'. Part.: xaio, nx:ii^.

3, For the anomalous forms, nnxian Deut. 33: 16, ^nxian Job 22: 21,
rxan l Sam. 25 : 34 (K'thibh Tixap), 'see §88 (sing. 3 fern.) '

Lamedh He {T\b) Verbs.

§168. In these verbs the thu'd radical, which is Yodh or
Vav, does not appear at the end of the word except in the

196 ETYMOLOGY. §i 1G9

Kal passive participle, e. g. "^^bs ; in all other cases it is re-
jected or softened, the resulting vowel termination being
usually expressed by the letter n , ^11. I. a.

In the various preterites n stands for the vowel a, and
is hence pointed n ^ .

In the futures and participles it stands for c, and is
pointed n . .

In the imperatives it stands for e, and is pointed H. .

In the absolute infinitives it stands for o or e ; in the
Kal it is pointed ri , in the Hiphil and Hophal n .. , in the
Niphal and Piel n ' or Si .. . There are no examples in Pual
and Hithpael.

The construct infinitives have the feminine ending fii .

a. In this class of verbs the Yodh forms have almost entirely super-
seded those with Vav. The latter are confined to the construct infinitive
where ri, occurring in all the species, is best explained by assuming 1 to
be radical (comp. •"'!Jx.]!! Ezek. 28: 17 as an alternate of nix^) and to a few
other sporadic cases, viz.: a single Kal preterite, "^P"]^^ Job 3:25, the
reduplicated forms of three verbs, f^^X3 , iinLiO, njnpdn, and the pecu-
liar form, Tijftl'?: Isa. 16:9.

b. In the Kal preterite, Yodh is rejected after the heterogeneous
vowel Pattahh, §57. 2. (5), which is then prolonged to Kamets in the sim-
ple syllable, nbj for "^S:. . As Pattahh is likewise the regular vowel of the
ultimate in the preterites of Niphal and Hophal, and occasionally appears
in Piel, §92. c, and Hithpael, §96. b, the final Kamets of these species may
be similarly explained. The ending, thus made uniform in the other
species, passed over likewise into the Hiphil preterite, which it did the
more readily since a belongs at least to some of its persons in the perfect
verb. Yodh is in like manner rejected after the heterogeneous Hholem
of certain infinitives, while it leaves the homogeneous Tsere of others un-
modified.

c. The futures, imperatives, and participles of certain of the species
have e as the normal vowel of their ultimate; in this Yodh can quiesce,
leaving it unchanged. Those of the other species (except the Hiphil,
which is once more attracted into conformity with the rest) have or may
have a in the ultimate ; this, combined with the i latent in "^ . will again
form e. In the future this becomes e (..) in distinction from the ending e(„)
of the more energetic imperative ; and the absolute is distinguished from
the construct state of the participle in the same way.

§169. 1. Before personal endings beginning "with a
vowel the last radical is occasionally retained as "> , particu-

§ 170 LAMEDH HE VERBS. 197

larly in prolonged or paiisal forms, n;'Dn , r^Qn , : 'jl'^cn^ ; it
is, however, commonly rejected and its vowel given to the
antecedent consonant, ^53 for ^^^a , "^b^p for '''i'b^n ; in like
manner the preterite 3 fern., which in these verbs retains the
primary characteristic tn ^ , ^ 8G. <5, ^1% for n^b , to which is
further appended the softened ending n ^ , thus nj^ba , in
pause nnba .

a. The M^ of the 3 fem. pret. is frequently explained as a second fem-
inine ending added after the first had lost its significance in the gppular
consciousness. It might, perhaps with equal propriety, be regarded as
paragogically appended. §61.6, comp. such nouns as nrrT-7, "^^V^? ?
nrr"'i<, in order to produce a softer termination and one more conformed
to that which obtains in the generality of verba. Nordheimer's explanation
of the T\ as hardened from ti, i^r^s for f^f^Vj? labours under the double
difficulty that there is neither proof nor probability for the assumption that
the consonant n could be exchanged for n , and that n in the preterite of
these verbs is not a radical nor even a consonant, but simply the represen-
tative of the vowel a.

2. Before personal endings beginning with a consonant
the third radical "^ remains but is softened to a vowel, so
that in the Kal preterite it quiesces in Hhirik, in the Pual
and Hophal preterites in Tsere, in the Niphal, Piel, Hiphil,
and Hithpael preterites in either Hhirik or Tserc, and in the
futures and imperatives of all the species in Seghol, n^ba ,

3. Forms not augmented by personal endings lose tbeir
final vowel before suffixes, e. g. ""p^a , ?^ba from nba , '^b^';
from nb;;^, ^b^n from t^hr^. The preterite 3 fem. takes its
simple form, e. g. ^nnba or ^nba , and in pause ^nba .

§170. The Lamedh He verbs will be represented by
nja to uncover, reveal, which is used in all the species.

Paradigm

OF Lamedh

KAL.

NIPHAL.

riEL.

Peet. 3 m.

n55

T T

r:b':o

T ; •

T •

3/.

T ; IT

nhbro

T ; ; •

T : •

2 TO.

m-br.

T • T

n^b'ro

T " ; •

n-b3

2/.

• T

n^S?

n^s

\c.

-n^b-i

• • T

^i?^i???

^0'?^

Plur. 3 c.

^b3

T

^^f?

'^ba

2 TO.

t^n-bs

Qt;!"b:o

C]h"b!»

2/

■jin^b^

1^'55??

1^1?

1 c.

• T

^3"5f?

^rb'a

Infix. Absol.

n-b-i

r

n%

■ n-b3

Constr.

nib'?;

nibsr;

r •

nibs

Put. 3 TO.

nb?:

nbr

V T •

"&

3/

nb^n

nbsri

nb'3ri

2 TO.

?^b?n

nb'nn

V T •

snb:ri

2/.

^i^fPi

"b'lin

• T •

^fe*^:^

Ic.

1 i>-»«

Mb'5^^

nb:^^

P^wr. 3 TO.

fer

%

^:

3/

nrb:*n

T V : •

nrb'sn

T V r •

j^r.r-"^

2 TO.

^b:n

. sibsn

T •

\H'jr\

2/

nr^b^n

T V : •

nrbun

T V T •

nrb':n

Ic.

nb;;?

ribro

V T •

1 1 f.U

ImPER. 2 TO.

»^??

nbsn

*■ T •

nb3

2/

•1 '

^bsn

• T •

^b'B

PZwr. 2 TO.

^b^

T •

^bs

2/

iiD^bs

r V :

^r.)'5'>

^r)'3

Part. ^cf.

nbs

nb:.7j

Pass.

-^br,

T

nb??

198

He Verbs.

PUAL.

HipniL.

nopnAL.

niTHPAEL.

nVj

» l^ill^M

-*?f?

T : ;

nhb:»n

Mribainri

r)-%

r\"b':-

T • ; •

^"5:V

n-y^rri

n-Vs

n^b'r^r;

n^b'r^n

•• : T

n-b'^nr;

■n-V?

T^^r:

"r-b':ri

• •' ; T

^n^^Brn

^.

^^fM

^'^•7

^banri

°^M

CJ^^br^r;

t^^n^b^V

cn^bann

■m^.

l^'^f"

1^'^tV

-n^bsnri

«'??

iirbarr;

(ri&)

.-.V —

(r:%r;)

mis

n'&n

(rib;.-)

nibarri

n&:

^'?"*^

-b'.r

nVsn:

")<f?

^.)';'^

»^.^T*^

5^)|rn

n??!?

nbjr}

nb:.n

nb'ijnn

%

^?fJi}

^b':*n

• : T

^bsrin

-??'?

nb'^i^

-b'j>«

i^.)'i'r?^

,&:

%

; T

^ban^

~r)'5^

•^rS^r?

i^rbbn

T V : T

M^bBinri

'^??

^H;*ri

^bsrn

n:-^:i;)

!^2"!?:'iD

nrb'^n

T V : T

j^r.)'^^^

"^?5

^n^^3

nb'ro

•^.)'55n3

n-'"i»i

S^y^nr;

•wanting

''SJI

wanting

^b'smn

^banri

nrb';*n

j^r.)'5^'7

fi.pfr

•^.y^p'^

^B

V ; T

199

200 ETYMOLOGY. §171,172

BHORTEXED FUTURE AND IMPERATIVE.

§171. 1. The final vowel n is rejected from the futures
when apocopated or when preceded by Vav conversive. The
concurrence of final consonants thence resulting in the Kal
and Hiphil is commonly relieved by inserting an unaccented
Seghol between them, §61. 2, to which the preceding Pat-
tahh is assimilated in the Hiphil, § 63. 2. a, the Hhirik of
the Kal either remaining unchanged or being lengthened to
Tsere in the simple syllable.

KAL.

NIPHAL.

PIEL.

HipniL.

HITHPAEL.

Future.

^%^-

nSa*:

niJro

nSro

n^5n^

Apoc. Fut.

. %^_ or b5^

5r

T *

"^5?

'^.

%T^

Vav. Conv.

b^^ or %^^

b^l

5-1^:1

"^

biin^i

2. The final vowel n. is sometimes rejected from the im-
perative in the Piel, Hiphil, and Hithpael species, e. g. Pi. %
for n.|a , Hiph. b^n for r\%r\ , Hith. b^nn for n^ann.

Remarks on Lamedh He Verbs.

§172. 1. Kal preterite : The third person feminine rarely occurs with
the simple ending n^ , niby Lev. 25 : 21, n^n 2 Kin. 9 : 37 K'thibh ; so in
the Hiphil, rixbn Ezek.' 24 : 12, ni-in Lev. 26 : 31, and Hophal, r^sti
Jer. 13:19. Yodh is occasionally retained before asyllabic affixes, n'^on
Ps. 57 : 2, the only instance in which the feminine has the ending usual in
other verbs, rcn Deut. 32 : 37, ^lii; Ps. 73 : 2 K'ri ; so in the imperative,
'fnx, si-'ra Isa. 21:12; future, *i^'''3='? , '|i"''^=':, "fi'^'J!:;!,!: , '^''^of!!,!! , 'i^^Pir-^,
*l'i"''2Ci."!j ■(^''^"rF?, "Vl^T-^ '^.-T' ''^r^'?? 'i"'i^'<,"?, Niphal'preterite','r-i:3, P'iel
future, •)l'"'5snri, !l^'''p=7, Hiphil future, iVian', imperative, 'I'^nn for 1"'rs<fi .

2. Infinitive: Vav is sometimes written for the final vowel of the infini-
tive absolute instead of n, iia, iy;,, ian, inn, ina, iiais, "li)?, ix"^, iniy,
and in a few instances the feminine termination is added, nibs, nixn,
nini^. There are also examples of the omission of this termination from
the construct infinitive, nb?. and ib?. , nbp, nisT, inb ; once it has the
form nix^;^ Ezek. 28 : 17. '

3. Future : There are a very few examples of Tsere as the last vowel
of the future, nNnn Dan. 1 : 13, nirr^Pi Josh. 7 : 9, nts^S^ Josh. 9 : 24,
-n;;npi Jer. 17: 17; so in the Piel, n^_sri Lev. 18:7 ff.; and, on the other

k

^173 REMARKS ON LAMEDH HE VERBS. 201

hand, there is one instance of an imperative ending in Seghol, viz., the
.Piel, H^'n Judg. 9 : 29. The radical "^ remains and rests in Hhirik in
•^btni (3 fern.) Jer.-3: 6, in the Hiphii, •'Hiin (2 masc.) Jer. IS : 23, and in
the Kal imperative, "'in (2 masc.) Isa. 26 : 20. Yodh appears once as a
consonant before a suffix. '':7.riJ^^^'i Job 3 : 25, and once before n paragogic,
n^rnx Ps. 77:4, which is very rare in these verbs, but perhaps displaces
the final vowel in nrax Ps. 119 : 117, and the Hithpael, nynC3 Isa.41:23.
In a few instances "• is restored as a quiescent before suffixes, 13''*n7 Hos.
6:2, ■^S-^sn 1 Kin. 20:35, i^s^fe?'? Ps. 140:10K'ri, t:n\ssi< Deut. 32 : 26.
Examples of the feminine plurLil: nr^^n , rijHnn ,';fnr,p.i , nrBrni ,
njiirn and ris3?n.

4. The future of a few verbs when apocopated or preceded by Vav con-
versive simply drops its last vowel, either retaining Hhirik under the per-
sonal prefix or lengthening it to Tsere, FiD'l , 30'si , "3;^;;' , '^"j}'^ , ab^ ,
ri"Ci;fl; so in the Pe Nun forms, t^] and T^i , a^, and Pe Yodh rp'^;; , with
Pattahh-furtive under the first radical of the Pe guttural, 'nn*;, §17. , or
the vowel of the personal prefix changed to Pattaiih, §60. 1, rx^i, X'n^l
but X"!^ , X"ini . Most conmionly Seghol is inserted between the concur-
ring consonants, tD'jil, -i^'-^, irj^. -.n_l, !:z-i and hzh, I'^T], "iS'^l and "Sni,
fl^v ipjn, "in;'i'!5 ) ^I^?!!? 2?.'"! fi'id -"^n], v]"!!!! , y.ri.'^ , s*"!*!!, N^ri!! . ^^.?., or
Pattahh if one of the consonants is a guttut-al, §61. 2; thus, in Ayin gut-
tural verbs, Sl^i'i , t^tkl- -T. , "^^, in Pe guttural 'n'l from nin'i ,
§60. I. a. (3), "in';i from rr^nv or with the additional change of the vowel
of the prefix to Pattahh, ^nrii , Trin from nirri , yn^^ li-om ii^n^ , 'irm ,
-jriil Isa. 59: 17 (in 1 Sam. 15:19, 14:32 K'n, this same form' is from
•C'^'J or •Ji-'b, §157. 3), h'J^X, 'fV^-j, b:"*i. The rejection of the final vowel
takes place frequently even in the first person singular, which in other
verbs is commonly exempt from shortening, §99. 3. a, "EST. N";N1 and
^^"■^"i ^-Ml^ fl-*, ^?^^5 K'^V brxi and t^^i5yN^. In a few instances
the final vowel i^ retained in other persons after Vav conversive, e. g.
r^Wl^'} I Kin. 16 : 25, in-?^! 2 Kin. 1 : 10, n:n*i Josh. 19 : 50. nr2n_: 1 Sam.
1:^,' '^^C!! 1 Kin. 16:17, nNn";! 1 Sam. 17:42. n-o^l 2 Kin. 6: 23, ^rri
Deut. 32": 18 is fut. apoc. of n'^ir as ^rt^ ^r "'h'? of n^n.

5. The passive participle drops the final *' in ^ti'S Job 15: 22 for ""is^,
libr Job 41:25 for ''!|CS, and .fern. plur. nirjs Isa.' 3:16 K'thibh (K'ri
ni'ia?), mias l Sam. 25': 18 K'thibh.

§173. 1. In the Niphal preterite Yodh may quiesce in either Tsere or
Hhirik, though the former is more frequent, n"''|53 and ''n"'f?3 , n"'.^53 and

13''^;3, nn^-J3 and 13'"Ta'^3, ''^"^^^ and 13^b'E3 .

2. Examples of the infinitive absolute : nxs , Htsts , ni?:n . Construct :
ni^ijn and nipss , nibn , nix'nn and nsnn ; with suffixes, "in^rn , ihibrn ,
once as though it were a plural noun, tD/^rin-Tii Ezek. 6:8, so the Kal
infin., T("^ri3l2 Ezek. 16: 31, once with a preposition, riis^ Ex. 10:3.

3. Future apocopated and with Vav conversive: ^Pi, "^)?^Pl^, ribx" ,
ynn, irrn, Nn;?!, ^fs^n, and in one verb with Pattahh before n, ns'i
Gen. 7:23, Ps. 109: 13, though some editions omit the Daghesh-forte in the
former passage, thus making it a Kal future.

202 ETYMOLOGY. §174,175

§ 174. 1. Piel : Two verbs, nsj to he becoming and Hna to draw (the
bow), having a guttural lor their second radical, double tlie third instead,,
which in tiie reduplication appears as Vav, though the general law is ad-
hered to requiring its rejection from tlie end of the word and the substilu'
tion of the vowel letter n. The only forms whi(di occur are, of the
former, the preterite n';s: Ps. 93:5, siixj Cant. 1:10, Isa. 52:7, and of
the latter the participle plur. constr. ''."'.n^'3 Gen. 21:16. There are
three examples of Hholem inserted after the first radical, §92- 6, ''r'b'i'3
Isa. 10: 13 from ^h'^^ ^ the b being an orthographic equivalent for O,
§3. 1. a, and in the infinitive, isn, iih Isa. 59: 13.

2. In the first person singular of the Piel preterite "» sometimes quiesces
in Tsere ; in all the other persons, however, and even in the first singu-
lar, when a sufiix is added, it invariably quiesces in Hliirik, "'r^pa and
''n"'|a , '^^''Sp. , once "'n"'.^p , "'r?''?? ^^nJ "'r'\r ^ > ^"'^'"'^5 , ^in-'^s .

3. Infinitive absolute: rin;^ and nn;? , n^3 , njsj , nb, I'ih, iVn . The
construct always ends in ni with the exception of n'bs also Pi^l , and
•isn Hos. 6:9.

4. Future: in "'^T!*!' Isa. 16:9 from H^n, the second radical is doubled
as '^, §153. 1, and the third appears as 1, §56. 3. a ; T^bsx Ex. 33: 3 is
for 'r,^35<, §63. l.i. With Vav conversive : hy;\ bb'ii. tDs-^l, IS'^l,
^'pr'^ • "^5^^! ^o i" the first person singular. ^3N'' , i^xi ; once Pattahh is
lengthened to Kamets. ir';'] 1 Sam. 21 : 14 ; so in pause, :b5ri Prov. 25: 9.

5. The imperative has Seghol in a single instance, tirn .Tudg. 9:29
and sometimes drops its final vowel 55, bn, "|*5 , D:, vs and Hji^ .

6. Pual infinitive construct with suffix: "iriss? Ps. 132:1.

§175. 1. Hiphil preterite: The prefixed n has occasionally Seghol,
n^sn and "^3", fJJ^^J, f^t^r;, J^X^n, rpn^Nnn. Yodh may quiesce in
Hhirik or T.sere, r"'l::n, ■'n"'5:n , n-'iyn, '^ri-'-jn . Yodff once remains as
a quiescent in the 3 masc. sing., "^briri Isa. 53: 10, and once in the 3 masc.
plur., T^q^n Josh. 14:8 for ^l^prn , §62. 2.

2. The infinitive absolute has Kamets in ninnn by way of distinction
from ni";ir3 and •^2'^n Jer. 42:2, which are always used adverbially.
Construct: The prefixed n has Hhirik in one instance, Piipn Lev.
14:43 ; niin^ 2 Kin. 19: 25 K'lhibh is for nixentJ .

3. The future, when apocopated or preceded by Vav conversive. some-
times simply rejects its final vowel, PS"! , X'^i'^, "^"jj. pui^^, "ii?in from
•T^r' ''-- ^^'om riT3, a?1 from i^lJJ. T)?] from i^~-; commonly, however,
Seghol is inserted between the concurring consonants. bs^T from nBx,
§111.2. a, b5'^3, •jt'''^, D^n.\ "irni , "E^i, S-i^i. q-ir, or Pattahh if one
of the consonants is a guttural, "in^T, niin, H'^i , rr'^i . Occasionally the
final vowel remains, nlir^^l i Kin. 16:17, 18:42, r4":n] Ezek. 23:19;
once the radical "^ appears quiescing in Hhirik, "nrn (2 masc. apoc. for
nrn) Jer. 18:23. The retention or rejection of the vowel is optional in
the first person singular, nsns;; , i^i^t'xi , MSXi and rjXi from nbj, brxj,
tax from il'M .

^176,177 REMARKS ON LAMEDH HE VERBS. 203

4. The imperative is sometimes abbreviated, na-in and -"iv! , J^S'irt
and Jlin, ^?n for n^yi^, ^k^ and crt, nsn and ^n ; rcn (accent on
the ultimate) Ps. 39: l4 is for nyu;rt , the same word Isa. 6 : 9 is from
y?ir, § 140. 5.

5. Hophal infinitive absolute: •^t^f7 Lev. 19:20,

§176. 1. Hithpael: One verb nn'^a reduplicates its third radical, which
appears as 1, ninn'Jn to worship, iht. ninpir^, with Vav conv. >irpi'r';'l
for ^nnr^i, §61. 2, plur. lT|nu;*i, infin. rinn'rn, and once with suf.
'^r't^D.P!^'^ 2 Kin. 5:18, the accent being thrown back by a following
monosyllable. For the inflected participle, cn'^iripiira Ezek. 8:16, see
§90, page 120.

2. In the preterite "^ mostly quiesces in Tsere in the first person singu-
lar, and in Hhirik in the other persons, ^ri"'!ij<rr7, "^rii'innifin, n^^nn'rt-t,
trc^'inncn, rr^hTin, n-^Q-inn. r-'nsrn, nirnir'n,

3. The future apocopated and with Vav conversive : ^sr*5 , CSr*;; ,
"nnpi, ^yri^_, l'"]]pri, "ni^'n, or with Kamcts in the accented syllable,
Ixri'T, "i?rin, so always in pause, bhr^i , :D2rni Gen. 24:65.

4. The shortened imperative : "ii~n , '^jrii .

§ 177. 1. n;^n to be, fut. •^Z'^.'! , Hhirik being retained before the guttural
under the influence of the following Yodh, whence the Sh'va, though
vocal, remains simple ; so in the inf const, with prep. ni"'ii3, ni^nb. niTi^,
though without a prefix it is TiVri, once fi^^^ Ezek. 21: 15. The apoco-
pated future "'n^ (in pause ''i^l) and with Vav conversive ''n?'^) is lor
7ri^ , the vowel of the prefix returning to the Sh'va from which it arose,
§85. 2. a (1), page 116, when the quiescence of the middle radical gives a
vowel to the first. The same thing occurs in the peculiar form of the
future S^n^ Eccl. 11:3, where the second radical appears as 1, which it
sometimes does in the imperative, n^n and n^iii Gen. 27: 29 or N"n Job
37:6, and in the participle n'in Neh. 6--6, Eccl. 2:22, fem. n^^in Ex.' 9: 3.

2. n^n to live. The root i^n is usually inflected as a Lamedh He
verb pret. JTjn , fut. <^!!ni}, apoc. Ti'^ , with Vav conversive ''^ll, though
in the preterite 3 masc. it occasionally takes an Ayin doubled form, ""n,
e. g. Gen. 3 : 22, 5 : 5, and once in the 3 fem. an Ayin Yodh form : iT^n Ex.
1: 16, or it may be explained as an Ayin doubled form with Daghesh-lbrte
omitted, §25.

3. In a few instances N is substituted for the third radical in Lamedh
He verbs, irx^n Ezek. 43:27, Nnx Isa. 21:12, xii'a Jer. 23:39, Nin-i
2 Chron. 26: 15, Nrn Prov. 1 : 10 from'nix, Nn^T Deut. 33:21 from nrx',
^'^ri*! 2 Chron. 16:12, i<3d'^ Lam. 4 : 1. 'nitt 2 Kin. 25:29, i<:t^ Eccl.
8: l,"c^xbri 2 Sam. 21 : 12 K'ri for csi^n, D^V-S^i Hos. 11:7, Deut;'28: 66
for d'lJiirij §56. 4, D-'JtniEn, Jixn^l 2 Sam. 11:21 from rn-i ; the vowels
are those of Lamedh Aleph verbs in ^jrx Jer. 3 : 22 for 13"'rt< , in^=n 1 Kin.
17 : 14 for f^'^^Pi, n^p-^ Dan. 10 : 14 for n^p": ; and the full Lamedh Aleph
form is adopted in iC'^^l Hos. 13: 15 for nns'^.

204 etymology. §178,179

Doubly Imperfect Verbs.

§ 178. Verbs wliicli have two weak letters in the root, or
which are so constituted as to belong to two different classes
of imperfect verbs, commonly exhibit the peculiarities of
both, unless they interfere with or limit one another. Thus,
a verb which is both ^'^ and n"b will follow the analogy of
both paradigms, the former in its initial and the latter in its
second syllable. But in verbs which are both lb and ri*5
the 1 is invariably treated as a perfect consonant, and the nb
peculiarities alone preserved. All such cases have been re-
marked upon individually under the several classes of verbs
to which they respectively belong.

Defective Verbs.

§179. 1. It has been seen in repeated instances in the
foregoing pages that verbs belonging to ore class of imper-
fect verbs may occasionally adopt forms from another and
closely related class. Thus a i5""3 verb may appear with a
T\b form, or an ^'^ verb with an y'b form or vice versa. The
occurrence of an individual example, or of a few examples
of such divergent forms, may be explained in the manner
just suggested Avithout the assmnption of an additional verb
as their source. Sometimes, however, the number of diver-
gent forms is so considerable, or tlie divergence itself so wide,
that it is simpler to assume two co-existent roots of the same
signification, and differing only in the weak letter which they
contain, than to refer all to a single root.

a. Thus. S'bs means to shut iip or restrain, and ribs to he finished:
yet a few tip forms occur in the sense not of the latter but of the Ibrmer
verb. They are accordingly held to be from N52 , but assimilated in inflec-
tion to the nb paradigm. On the other hand, N^;? means to call, and
iTn|5 to meet; but so many nb forms are found with this latter significa-
tion that it seems necessary to assume a second root St*ip3 having that

§180 QUADRILITERAL VERBS. 205

meaning. The verb to run is ordinarily y^'^; but xik'n Ezek. 1: 14 is too
remote Irom an IS form to be referred to that root ; hence it is traced to
another verb XS'n of the same sense. No clear line of distinction can be
drawn between the cases in which divergent forms are to be traced to a
single root, and those in which the assumption of a second is admissible or
necessary. Tliis must be decided in detail, and the best authorities not
infrequently differ in their judgment of particular examples.

2. Where two verbs exist which are thus radically con-
nected and identical in signification, it not infrequently hap-
pens that they are defective or mutually supplementary, that
is to say, that one of them is in usage restricted to certain
parts or species, the remainder being supplied by the other.

a. The following are cxaini)les of delective verbs: Si:: to be good, used
in the Kal species only in the preterite, the corresponding future is from
ib^ ; ";^ Kal pret. 1o fmr\ the fut. and imper. from "^^i ; p"H^ Kal pret.
and inf. to spit, fut. from p,rn ; "j'Ea Kal pret. and inf to break or disperse,
fut. and imp. from y"Q ; yp_^ Kal pret. to be alienated, fut. from S'p^ ; ir^b
K. pret. to be a prince, fut. from ~^b ; si"! Kal pret. and inf to be many,
fut. from n^T which is used throughout the species; crj"^ Kal Cat. to be hot,
pret. and inf. from trn , which is also used in the future ; y^^ to counsel,
borrows its Kal imper. from y^'J ; y^p Kal fut. to awake, pret. from the
Hiphil of ypl, which is also used in inf imper. and fut.; S^3 to place, the
reflexive is expressed by -S'^rtn from lk^^ ; nnir to drink, the causative
is Hp'^'H from f^p^; '-"liin from C'i'J is used as the causative of Cih to
be ashamed, as well as '^"^i^? ; "r'^! io go, derives many of its forms from
~^1 '■> -H"; to give, is only used in the Kal imperative, it is supplemented
by '\Ti^ of totally distinct radicals.

QUADRILITERAL VeRBS.

§180. Quadriliteral verbs are either primitives formed
from quadriliteral roots, whose origin is explained, §G8. «,
or denominatives, the formative letter of the noun or adjective
being admitted into the stem along with the three original
radicals. The former class adopt the vowels and inflections
of the Piel and Pual species, while the latter follow the
Hiphil.

a. The only examples of quadriliteral verbs are the following, viz. : Piel
pret. rl;"Q he spread., Job 26 : 9, where tlie original Pattahh of the initial
syllable of the Piel, §S2. 5. 6 (3), is preserved; fut. with suf i^?^0'^='? ^^e

206 ETYMOLOGY. ^181

shall waste it, Ps. 80 : 14. Pual pret. ffib-j-n it freshened, Job 33 : 25, the
Methegh and the Hhateph Pattahh being used to indicate that the Sh'va
is vocal, and that the form is equivalent to liE^"i ; part. OBOn^ scaled off
or resembling- scales, Ex. 16: 14, iiBi?^ clothed, 1 Chron. 15:27. Hiphil
pret. >iniiixn they stank, Isa. 19: 6 lor tiniiixn as 1^^?3 for 1"irr3, de-
rived from ri2*S putrescent, whicli is simpler than to make it with Gesenius
a double or anomalous Hiphil from n:T , § 94. a, comp. Alexander in loc. ;
fut. nb-ixrt'S I^oill turn to the left, Gen. 13:9; ^ib^xrCPi Isa. 30 : 21, part.
C'^!:x^C^ 1 Chron. 12 : 2 from bxisb the left hand, elsewhere reduced to a
triliteral by the rejection ofx, i'^ibnb 2 Sam. 14:19, "'^"'crn Ezek.
21 :21. To these- may be added the form, which occurs several times in
the K'thibh c^is^sma 1 Chron. 15:24, etc., and ci-,-iana 2 Chron. 5:12,
for which the K'ri substitutes cnsnia or C^nsn^ . As it is a denomina-
tive from n^sbin a trumpet, it has been suspected that the form first men-
tioned should be pointed ci-iitsnTg ; the other, if a genuine reading, is
probably to be read Ci~n:in^ .

Nouns.

THEIE FORMATION.

§181. Nouns, embracing adjectives and participles as
well as substantives, may be primitive, i. e, formed directly
from their ultimate roots, or derivative, i. e. formed from pre-
existing words. Those which are derived from verbs are
called verbals; those whicli are derived from nouns are
called denominatives. The vast multiplicity of objects to
which names were to be applied and the diversity of aspects
under which they are capable of being contemplated, have led
to a variety in the constitution of nouns greatly exceeding
that of verbs, and also to considerable laxity in the significa-
tions attached to individual forms. But whatever complexity
may beset the details of this subject, its main outlines are
sufficiently plain. All nouns are, in respect to their forma-
tion, reducible to certain leading types or classes of forms,
each having a primary and proper import of its own. The
derivation of nouns, as of the verbal species, from their
respective roots and themes calls into requisition all the expe-
dients, whether of internal or external changes, known to the
language, § G9. Hence arise four classes of nouns according
as they are formed by internal changes, viz. :

§ 182, 183 FORMATION OF NOUNS. 207

1. The introduction of one or more vowels.

2. The reduplication of one or more of the letters of the
root. Or by external changes, viz. :

3. The prefixing of vowels or consonants at the begin-
ning of the root.

4. The affixing of vowels or consonants at the end.

a. The mass of nouns are to be regarded as primitives and not as de-
rived from their cognate verbs. Many roots are represented by nouns
alone, without any verbs from which they could have sprung, e. g. 3X
father. y"!N earth. And where verbs of kindred meaning do exist, it is
probable that they are not the source or theme of the nouns, but that
both spring alike directly from their common ^oot, as T\?^ to reign, and
T\^_i2 king from the root "^^ . Since, however, these roots or elemental
themes are destitute of vowels, and consequently are incapable of being
pronounced in their primitive or abstract state, it is customary and con-
venient in referring to them to name the verb which though a derivative
form has the advantage of simplicity and regularity of structure, and is
often the best representative of the radical signification. Accordingly,
Tj^.b king may be said to be derived from the root Tj?^ to reig7i, that is, it
is derived from the root ~b"3 of which that verbal form is tlie conven-
tional designation, §GS.

b. Infinitives, participles, nouns which follow the forms of the secondary
or derived species, §187. 2. a, and some others, are evidently verbals.
Most nouns of the fourth class, as well as some others, are denominatives.

Class I. — Xouns formed hy the Insertion of rowels.

§182. The first class of nouns, or those which are
formed by means of vowels given to the root, embraces three
distinct forms, viz. -.

1. Monosyllables, or those in which the triliteral root
receives but one vowel.

2. Dissyllables, in wliich the second is the principal
vowel and the first a pretonic Kamets or Tsere.

3. Dissyllables, in which the first is the principal vowel
and the. second a mutable Kamets or Tsere.

1. Triliteral Monosyllables.

§183. The formative vowel may be given either to the
second radical b-jj? , bvj^ ^ b-'u]? , b^i:;? , or to the first, 'p'^j? ,

208 ETYMOLOGY. §184

btpf?, btpp; in the latter case an unaccented Seghol is com-
monly interposed between the concurring consonants, §61. 2,
to which a preceding Pattahh is assimilated, §63. 2. «, Vjp ,
b'jp , 5'jp , Forms thus augmented by the introduction of
an auxiliary vowel are termed Segholates.

a. In this and the following sections ^IJp is used as a representative
root in order more conveniently to indicate to the eye the formation of tlic
different classes of nouns. No root could be selected which would afford
examples in actual use of the entire series of derivative forms; ^ap has
but one derivative bi!p shuighler, and this only occurs in Obad. ver. 9.

b. As i, 0, and u rarely or never occur in mixed accented syllables, § 19.
they are excluded from menosyllabic nouns. Every other vowel is, how-
ever, found with the second radical, thus d, t;?^ a liltle prop, paucity.
b^'n honey. "i::a man; Q, b'X strength, -riS writing, "ixd residue; e, cid
shoulder, npo bush; e, bh"} howling, 1S3 grief, SXT a wolf; especially z.
0, and u, which occur with greater frequency than any others. When the
first radical receives the vowel, I and u are likewise excluded, inasmuch as
they rarely or never stand before concurrent consonants, §61. 4. Few of
these nouns remain without the auxiliary Seghol N'^5 a valley, nys
vanity, H'Sn sin, 'nnb spikenard, acp truth. Kamets is only found before
Vav, §63. 2. a, rii, and in pause, §65, "i^n, n-iS.

c. When the second radical receives the vowel, there is a concurrence
of consonants at the beginning of the word, which is sometimes relieved
by prefixing X, §53. 1. a, with a short vowel, mostly e, §60. 1. a (5). but
occasionally «, y's^ii fnger for ris , 2y::5< lattice, I3.?2X belt, ?'i"iTX and
i'int arm, ^i'SPX and bi^tn yesterday.

§184. These nouns, standing at the first remove from
the root, express as nearly as possible its simple idea
either abstractly, e, g. bibs emptiness, biijiT bereavement, T^iy
stren(/tli, p^^ rigldeousness, "^Ty help, ^'^)> (jreatness, or as it
is realized in some person or object which may be regarded
as its embodiment or representative, ^"'iii lord from "135 to be
micjldy, tJi^i* man from iJJi^ to be sick, bina boundary, tjo:
libation y^o^. jjowriny out, p'a? valley prop. dej)th, f^n vine-
gar prop, sourness.

a. That the position of the formative vowel before or after the second
radical does not materially affect the character of the form, appears from
the following considerations: (1.) The sameness of signification already
exhibited, and which may be verified in detail. (2.) The occasional ap-
pearance of the same word in both forms, c. g. "i25 and 13J man, ri;:

§ 185 FORMATION OF NOUNS. 209

and i'^? plant, ahb and X'^^S prison, '^2 and ')ina thumb, MSb and nnij3
brightness. (3.) The concurrence of both forms in the Kal construct infi-
nitive h'^P and n"^^;?, §S7, "^H-Jl^ and tabop . (4.) The fact that Segho-
lates may arise alike from btbp and ^^p , §61.1.6. (5.) The cognate
languages ; monosyllables in Arabic, Avhose vowel precedes the second radi-
cal, answer to those whose vowel succeeds the same radical in Aramcsan.
and both to the Hebrew Segholates, e. g. 12? servant, Aram. 12?, Arab.

b. The presence of imperfect letters in the root may occasion the fol-
lowing modifications:

!!<s roots. Aleph, as a first radical, sometimes receives a long vowel (__)
instead of Sh'va (J, §60. 3. c, ■,iax fidelity for 'iirx , niis girdle for niix .

i' Guttural and V Guttural. If the third radical be a guttural, Pat-
tahh is substituted for the auxiliary Seghol, §61. 2, n^2 confidence, vcb
hearing, 025 height ; if the second radical be a guttural, the preceding
vowel if Hholem remains unchanged, otherwise it also commonly becomes
Pattahh "iS'i ijoung man, "i^b youth, ins year but bnx tent, cnb bread.

13 and "j's roots. A vowelless i or 3 is in a ^ew instances rejected
from the begiiming of a word, §53. 2. a, bl2 produce for b^h"} , li'O famil-
iarity for TiDi, X^b elevation for N^ba, Ti lamentation ibr ifis, particu-
larly in feminines and secondary derivatives; thus, nrn , i"i^? , n^?, nd"^
drop an initial Yodh, and n2p , iVl) an initial Nun. Nun may also ex-
perience assimilation when it is a second radical. r]S< anger for rjix , tii^
cup for d:3 .

yj and i:? roots. In Segholates I is preceded by Kamets b'ly (accord-
ing to Kimchi blS in Ezek. 28 : 18) wickedness, Tijn midst, unless the last
radical is a guttural, nin space; "^ is preceded by Pattahh and followed
byHhirik, b^p night, *■;? eye. These letters frequently give up their con-
sonantal character and become quiescent, §57. 2. Vav is rejected in a few
words as "^S brand for ^is , "^X island for i'';n , in watering for i^n , §53. 3.

nb roots. In a very few instances the proper final radical is rejected,
as it is in verbs, and the final vowel written n, as n:p bush, M32 weep-
ing, ii3n thought. When i appears as the radical, it prefers the form
132 weeping, '^^'B fruit, 1^3 vessel; ^ retains its consonantal character in
irD winter, 13b quail, or it may be changed to its cognate vowel u,
which combines with the preceding a to form o, §62. 1, ii^ (for dhjau)
ink, ixri antelope. In Segholates ^ quiesces in Shurek, §57. 2. (4), inb
swimming for "i^iv, wa emptiness; the lexicon of Gesenius contains the
forms l"!^ garment, i:ip. end, ibb security, but these Avords only occur in
the plural or with suffixes, and the absolute singular is quite as likely to
have been ^"ro , ^:j^ , ^iba .

2. The main vowel in the ultimate,

^185. 1. The second form of this class is a dissyllable
with one of the long vowels in the second which is its prin-
14

210 ETYMOLOGY. §185

cipal syllable, and in the first a pretonic Kamets, for which
Tsere is occasionally substituted when the second vowel is
Kamets, thus bbj^ or bisp , bbjp , b^bp , brj;p , brojp .

2. These are properly adjectives, and have for the most
part an intransitive signification when the vowel of the
ultimate is a^ t, or o, and a passive signification when it is
^ or a, "ibj? and fbp small, )^.^/af, lO^ns made of brass, "i^nia
choseyi. Those with a and i in the ultimate are, however,
prevailingly and the others occasionally used as substantives,
and designate objects distinguished by the quality wbich
they primarily denote, P'^^ herbs prop, green, 13T? strong
drink prop, intoccicaiivg, "i)23 leo2mrd prop, sjjotted, ?1"^:2 and
v]^2| turban prop, zvoiind around, Tiis glorij, that wJiich is
glorious.

a. The intransitive adjectives supply the place of Kal active partici-
ples to neuter verbs, §90, and in *iS verbs they have superseded the regu-
lar formation, §153. 1; Cf? for C^i?. Kal passive participles are verbals
with u. This formation with ^ in the ultimate is adopted in several names
of seasons, 3"'S5< Abib^ the time of ears of corn, Cl''pX ingathering prop.
the being gathered, 'T'Sa vintage, TiJiT pruning-time, ui"'";in ploiighing-
time, ^■'S;? harvest.

b. Adjectives with O commonly express permanent qualities, those
with e variable ones. bi*ia great, b"ia growing great ; pjn strong, pitn be-
coming strong ; ai"i|? 7iear, 'Z'}p^ approaching ; "p'yp,"^ remote, "pry^ receding.
Hence the former are used of those physical and moral conditions which
are fixed and constant, such as figure, colour, character, etc., ""iX long,
VOi^ round, pis deep, ri-a high; cSx red, 113 spotted, ^pi speckled, pii)!
green, ^pj> striped, "ins white, p"ib bai/, "''n'ii black; piri^ sweet, lin::
pure, iVi~ij^ holy. And tjie latter are employed of shifting and evanescent
states of body and of mind, xb^ thirsty, "Jn hungry, ^rb sated, C)?^
weary, bzN grieving, '['En desiring, ^"^r^ fearing, "ibv exulting,

c. The active signification asserted for the form ^13(5 in a few instances
cannot be certainly established; bip^ or ^'vp'^ fowler, is intransitive in
Hebrew conception as is shown by the construction of the corresponding
verb, comp. Lat. aucupari, aucupatus. Other alleged cases are probably
not-nbijhs but abselute infinitives of Kal, "p'na Jer. 6 : 27 may as well be
rendered 7 Aare set thee to try as for a trier (of metals) ; Y'^^ Isa. 1 : 17 is
not oppressor nor oppressed but wrong-doing, to aStKctv, see Alexander in
loc. ; and even pio^ Jer. 22: 3 may in like manner be oppression instead
of oppressor.

■ d. ^b roots are restricted to forms with i, in which the radical ''
quiesces, "^y^ fresh, "^zv afflicted, "^'p^ or S<^p3 with otiant S, ^16. 1, pure,

I

§18G FORMATION OF NOUNS. 211

or vvitli a which combines with it to form t", n _, '''y:^ and ^l^b^e?c/, Tk.^
fnii\ nxa high; \n a few nouns tliis final vowel is dropped, y^ Jish for
nil, in ?»ar/i for ri|in, yy /rte for >^ii3J, "|2 son for n:S , ns mouth Ibr n;;Q.
unless, indeed, these and the like are to be regarded as primitive bilit-
erals. Vav, as a final radical, may be preceded by s, 13:? mee/c, or e, 1^1^
secure.

3. The main votrcl in the penult.

^186. 1. The third form of this class is a dissyllable
having an immutable vowel, mostly Hholem, though occa-
sionally Shurek or Tsere in the first, which is its principal
syllable, and a mutable Kamets or Tsere in the second, thus
b-jip, bbip, bbip, bh^^ , '^^I?.

2. These indicate the agent, and are either active par-
ticiples, btjip killinf), or substantives, Dnin signet-ring prop.
sealer, ^!!ii5 enemy, one ]}ractising hostilifg, ^5'^"i2J fox prop.
digger, ?1P"'3 hammer prop, ^wunder, '^TV> morning star prop.
shining one.

a. A number of nouns, indicative of occupation, follow the participial
form, which thus serves to express permanent and professional activity,
■ij^ia herdsman, ^zh saiYor prop, rope-handler, dnin ploughman, "ilii^ poller
prop, former, oiis fuller, "(nis priest, D^'s vine-dresser, ^HiD merchant,
"isio scribe, bbii trafficker, ns;H shepherd, Xs'l physician, njb'n dealer in
unguents, t.^^ embroiderer, irili watchman, "i^i^ porter j>rop. gate-keeper,
i:S'id judge.

b. In a very few instances m in the first syllable is shortened and fol-
lowed by Daghesh-forte conservative, 2JW and 3555 pipe, ya^^ pit.

c. t'3 roots. The contraction of 53 and the quiescence of is' roots, by
reducing them to biliteral monosyllables, obliterates to a considerable ex-
tent the distinctions which have been described and which are possible
only in triliterals. The contracted forms which arise from SS roots are
20, 20, 20, 20, §183.6. Of these 2D == 220 belongs to the monosylla-
bic formation, and is chiefly used of abstracts, 12 purity, 2"i midlilude, CPi
integrity, "b'S yoke ; and 20 = 220 to the first species of dissyllables, em-
bracing adjectives and concrete nouns, Cn perfect, i^n feast ; while 20
and 20 may arise indifferently from either, p'O rottenness is an abstract
noun for p.P.'o , but T)"] tender is an adjective for T|3"^ , Kamets being com-
pressed to Pattahh before the doubled letter, comp. §135. 3; 2b heait is
for the dissyllable 22b, but "jn _/af02«r for the monosyllable ."n.

"iV and "^3 roots. Nouns from quiescent ^S and "'3' roots may be
divided into three pairs of forms, cp , 2"i ; tip , 2"iT ; t^p , 2"it . Of these
the last pair (with the exception of Kal passive participles) belong to the
primitive monosyllabic formation, 2"''i strife, 2ia goodness, the first pair

212

ETYMOLOGY.

§187

to the first species of dissyllables. "C") poor, ^t proud, bx God prop, the
Tiiighty one, and the second pair may belong to either, US'^n ^ Ui"^"! poverty,
p'n = pi'\ empty, '|is = jix strength, -iii = -i'zj ^oocZ.

Class II. — Xouns with reduplicated radicals.

§187. 1. The simple form proper to adjectives is ex-
plained §185; it may be converted into an intensive by
doubling the middle radical, retaining the long vowel of the
second syllable and giving a short / or a to the first. This
reduplicated or intensive form denotes what is characteristic,
habitual, or possessed in a high degree. Adjectives of this
nature are sometimes used as descriptive epithets of persons
or things distinguished by the quality, which they denote,
TlJ^n veri/ zoeak, ni^S seeing prop, (having eyes) ivide 02)en,
pi'n^ righteous, *ii35 mighty man, 'j'^sn full of grace, D^n"!
merciful.

a. As a general though not an invariable rule, the first syllable has
Pattahh when a pure vowel a, I, or u stands in the ultimate, but Hhirik
when the ultimate has one of the diphthongal vowels e or e. Several
nouns with a in the second syllable are descriptive of occupations or
modes of life, comp. §186. 2. a, "iSX husbandman, ^"^"^ Jisherman, )'!l'^ judge,
T^'nn (=:T!;^n) workman, ri^:: cook, riiHg seaman (from rip?2 salt), bao
bearer of burdens, "I'S hunter, nil';:? bowman, 2:5 thief, not a mere equiva-
lent to 2:i;\ one who steals, but one who steals habitually, who makes steal-
ing his occupation.

b. Since the idea of intensity easily passes into that of excess, the
form bi:p is applied to deformities and defects, physical or moral, r_^X
dumb, *|2a hump-backed, TIJ"in (='d'nn) deaf, "i^^ blind, riEQ lame, nn]?
hald, "«y;5^ perverse.

c. In a few instances instead of doubling the second radical, the pre-
vious Hhirik is prolonged, §59. a, li'iip and UJi^'^p nettle prop, badly
pricking, lii3"^h* smoke, "lifr'a the Nile prop, very black, p'ii"'^ prison,
Tin's spark, "nn"'3 battle, 'j'iiiJ'^? spark.

d. The following double the third radical in place of the second, nH'^9
brood, "iJS'T green, 'jx.ia quiet, niX3 comely from HNJ, the last radical
appearing as 1 , § 169, b^^J*. feeble, where the long vowel Tsere is in-
serted to prevent the concurrence of consonants.

e. ^3 and more rarely IS roots reduplicate the biliteral formed by their
contraction, bjbs and bj^i> wheel prop, roller, rnpn frightful, "T^pl girt,
IpTj? crown of the head prop, dividing (the hair) ; so fem. n^nbn severe pain,
nbijb:: casting down, fi^^ba skull, and plur. rii^pbo baskets, D'^i'^5 turning

§ 188 FORMATION OF KOUNS. 213

upside doicn from tnis = V:?, rixbiib (sing, "^blb) loops and Q'^b^b (sing,
probably i^r^ = ""r J^) winding stairs from H^b =: lib ; a root b^b is need-
lessly assumed by Geseriius. Sometimes the harsh concurrence of con-
sonants is prevented by the insertion of a long vowel, b^blt (const. b:jbs)
cymbal prop, tinkling, "'4"!'? and "i^]i^?. stark naked, totally destitute, bj^bp
despicable, or the softening of the former of the two consonants to a vowel,
§57. 1, -313 star for -3^3, niSwia bands worn on the forehead for
msiJSa , "('1%"'^ (with the ending "p' added) ignominy for '("ibirbp, b»a
Babylon for bsba , or its assimilation to the succeeding consonant, "^33
something circular, a circuit for "O'^s. The second member of the redu-
plication suffers contraction or change in ■"'^'[''^ chain for iTnuJi^y and
^p."!?. floor for ^fen;? .

2. Abstracts are formed with a doubled middle radical
by giving u to the second syUable and i to the first, piin
folding the hands, Q1523 retribution, f^pi^ abomination, and
in the plural Q'^'if? atonement, D'^i^J^B commandments, 'crh'^t
divorce.

a. These may be regarded as verbals formed from the Piel. A like
formation is in a i*i\y instances based upon other specie.?, e. g. Hiphil Ty^T\T]
melting {"mm "r3 , riasn cessation from the ^V root 513, Niphal Cibsins?
wrestlings : Bir^ina when derived from the Niphal means repentings, when
from the Piel consolations.

c. "y roots reduplicate the biliteral to which they are contracted, ^n"in
injlammation, cst'Sd delight.

c. A few roots, which are either 1i' or V guttural, or have a liquid for
their third letter, double the last radical with u in the final syllable,
"j^^iri?: thorn-hedge, "^liNQ ( = n!nxQ) ruddy glow, D'''nm2n upright columns
designed for way-marks, nn^nrc horror, n"'2!iES3 ad,ulteries, C'irD::a ridges,
also with o or Z in the last syllable, nrr^j acquiescence, ''^''^i^.}, pasture,
l-^nSD shower, "'"'■^'as obscuration, ""i"^"^^^ (K'thibh nmsd) tapestry, b-'b'on
whence "^Vban dark. The concurrence of consonants is relieved in blbao
(in some editions) snail by Daghesh-forte separative.

§188. A few words reduplicate the two last radicals.
These may express intensity in general, nip-nps complete
oj)ening, n^B-ns^ very beautiful, or more particularly repeti-
tion, ^EDSn twisted prop, turning again and again, '^^'T^yy,
slippery, ^p'P)?? croolced, b'r^'^tj^ perverse, viosDS? mixed multi-
tude prop, gathered here and there, ninannri sjjots or stripes,
n"nB"isn 7}ioles prop, iiicessant diggers. As energy is con-
sumed by repeated acts or exhibitions and so gradually

314 ETYMOLOGY. §189,190

weakened, this form becomes a diminutive when apphed to
adjectives of colour, D'li^'jN reddish^ P^I?"^? (jreenish, ^in'inffi
blackish.

a. The first of two concurring consona.nt3 is softened to a vowel in
iTnabin trumpet hr nnsi:in, and probably ^).^yi Lev. 16: 8 for ^T^Tr.

h. "'S roots drop their initial radical, f^^nrrt gifts from -H^, cixsNS
offspring, issue from K^^ .

Class III. — N'ouns formed hy prefixes.

§189. The third class of nouns is formed by prefixing
either a vowel or a consonant to the root. In the following
instances the vowel a is prefixed with ^7 in the ultimate to
form adjectives of an intensive signification, STSS utterly de-
ceitful., "iTDX violent, 'jri'^i? ( = 111*^5) perennial, niTS (only
represented by a derivative, § 94. d) very foul, fetid, "J^tx
exceedingly gross or thick (applied to darkness, Isa. 59 : 10),
or verbal nouns borrowing their meaning from the Hiphil
species, nnsTi? memorial, "O^i? declaration.

a. This form corresponds with JJcsl the Arabic comparative or super-
lative. Its adoption ibr Hiphil derivatives corroborates the suggestion,
§82. 5. h (2). respecting the formation of the Hiphil species and the origin
of its causal idea.

6. The letter S is merely the bearer of the initial vowel and has no
significance of its own in these forms; ii is substituted for it in -^"ri
(=ib3'^X) palace, temple prop, very capacious from bb'^ in the sense of its
cognate bis to contain. So, likewise, in a few verbals with feminine ter-
minations, r^lS'^dr; Ezek. 24 : 26 causing to hear used for the Hiph. infin.,
§128, i^^ii^! delicerance from bs3, •^^5^ grant of rest (=nn^:ri) from

c. The short vowel prefixed with 5< to monosyllables of the first
species, as explained § 183. c, has no effect upon the meaning, and does not
properly enter into the constitution of the form.

§190. The consonants prefixed in the formation of nouns
are "Q, ^n, and "^ . They are sometimes prefixed without a
vowel, the stem letters constituting a dissyllable of them-
selves, bbjv'a , siica , 'Vnn , n^^sn ; more commonly they
receive a or i followed by a long vowel in the ultimate, e. g.

§191 FORMATION OF NOUNS. 2l5

a. Pattahh commonly stands before e, t, and u, and Hhirik before Q, and
5, unless the first radical is a guttural or an assimilated Nun when Pattahh
is again preferred, ^3>?.^ foci, •'"^^ planling, "liUJ'Q saw, O^Hn a spucies
of bird, c'bn^ a kind of gem. Seghol is occasionally employed before a
guttural or liquid followed by a, §63. 1. 6, "i|!?n^ depth, -3*7^ chariot,
W'n^h'Ct pair of longs. These rules are not invariable, however, as will
appear from such forms as nsip, "|3p:3 , 'ispo , ^ipb^ , ?]ipd?3 . A few
words have d in the ultimate, rVn^a harp, p:n^ strangling. The inser-
tion of Daghesh-forte separative in the first radical is exceptional, liJ71^^
Ex. 15: 17, c-iVnaia Job 9: 18, nlAaar Joel 1 : 17.

b. "^3 roots. The first radical appears as ^ resting in Hhirik or Tsere.
~ii'!a''p and "I'i^"'''? rectitude, li'TT^n vew wine, 'i'9"'n south, or as 1 resting
in Hholem or Shurek. lip'^a appointed time, iO^« correction, Z^i7\ sojourner,
nsw sorrow. In a few instances it is rejected, ^^ri world, or assimilated
to the following radical, "U^ bed, y^'O knowledge.

VJ and "'3 roots. The root is reduced to a monosyllabic biliteral by
the quiescence or rejection of the second radical, the prefix receiving
Sh'va, "1^^ citadel, trra sound place, cinn ocean, Cip^ living thing, or
more commonly a pretonic Kamets or Tsere, "^.ixia luminary, "pT^ , 'I'^l'?
and '(H^ strife, ""i"'^ race, -"''i^ adversary. The feminine form is almost
always adopted after n, ii"VJn salcalion, n^iiin oblation.

"3 roots. The root is mostly contracted to a biliteral and the vowel
compressed to a, a, e or 6, §61. 4, the prefix sometimes receiving Sh'va
which gives rise to a Segholate form, §61. 1. b, D^b tribute for &3^, ""2?a
bitterness for "i^l3 , bsri def lenient for h'Z'P, , "";^ 7^^'' for Tp^ . I'DFi ?»as<
for ")"iPi ; more frequently it receives a pretonic Kamets or Tsere, T\0'>2
covering, *:;^ shield, liya fortress, i^^ anguish. In p^""? running, the
short vowel of the perfect root is preserved by means of Daghesh-forte in
the first radical, n is almost always followed by the feminine ending.
nBriri folly, n^nn beginning, n^JSn prayer.

nb roots. The ultimate has n , ii'l"i73 disease, ■^"'1^ pasture, which
is apocopated in a few words, hvjd lifting up. b>^ higher part, '"b and
''J1 071 acco!»i< o/! and always disappears before tlie feminine ending n^.
§62. 2. c, ^"^'-t!^ ascent, ni:£o commandment, ^'pFi /iope, M^bn weariness.
Before the iijminine termination n the final radical appears as quiescent
"i or 1, r''3"iri interest, rilTFJ whoredom, mjnn encamping, T\'^'S_')'>^ pasture.
Yodh is retained as a consonant after U, D'^ibn^ diseases.

§191. The letter "a is a fragment of the pronoun "^^
iv/io or m'q ufiaf. Nonns, to which it is prefixed, denote

1. The agent tc/io does what is indicated by the root, as
the participles, § 84. 5, formed by an initial "a , and a few
substantives, ^"'ii^'a didadic f)salm prop, instructor, bsa
(from bs:) c/^^/'prop. loUat falls off.

2. The instrument hy luldcli it is done, nPfi'a hey from

216 ETYMOLOGY. §192

nns to open, Toby ^oad from Tab to learn ^ iiife'5? saw from
"Wi to saw.

3. The place or time in tuJiich it is done, J^iT'a altar
from nnj /o sacrifice, fsn'a /^^>, liibTa brick-kiln, '2'd'Ta period
of residence.

4. The action or the quality lohich is expressed by the
root, nS'Q'a slaugMer, ^%P^ mourning, "07^ sickiiess, "ijtJ'a
^^^>o^.^ ntei'a straifjhtncss. Verbals of this nature sometimes
approximate the infinitive in signification and construction,
as rosn^ overturning, nixb-a EzeL 17:9, §166.2. In
Chaldee the infinitive regularly takes this form, e. g. btip'o
to kill.

5. The object upon icliich the action is directed or the
subject in icldck the quality inheres, bDiji'a food from bssj to
eat, 'Ti'aT'a psalm from 'i^T /o 52>y, HT^'a (5oo/j/ from rijbb /o
^«/(r, 0^)3121? /z^ things from 1)31^ /o ^^/zf, "br^ thai lohich
is small, PO'^''? that ivhich is remote.

a. These different significations blend into one another in such a man-
ner that it is not always easy to distinguish the precise shade of meaning
originally attached to a word: and not infrequently more than one of these
senses co-exist in the same word. Thus, ""liXTa luminary, may suggest the
idea of agency, dispenser of light, or of place, reservoir of light ; rbsNTO
knife, may be so called as an agent, a devourer, or as an instrument, used in
eating; ui'^pia means both i\ holy thing and ii holy place; "i2^^ sale, and
something sold or for sale; nab^^ royal autltority and kingdom; N^iio the
act, place, and time of going forth and that which goes forth ; -"cya the place
and time of silling or dwelling as well as they who sit or dwell,

§ 192. Nouns formed by prefixing '' or in denote persons
or things to which the idea of the root is attached.

1. '' is identical in origin with the prefix of the 3 masc.
future in verbs, and is largely used in the formation of names
of persons, pT}"^"} Isaac, nns^' Jephiha, but rarely in forming
appellatives, 1'''^^ adversary prop, contender, ^^1 apostate
prop, departer, ts^pb;^ hag prop, gatherer, D^p^ living thing
prop, that {ivhicli) stands, ^'^%^. fresh oil prop, that {which)
shines.

^193 FORMATION OF NOUNS. 217

2. fi , probably the same witli the prefix of the 3 fern,
future of verbs, which is here used in a neuter sense, is em-
ployed in the formation of a kw concrete nouns, ^n^'^ oa/c
prop, f/tat {lohicli) endures, "V^^J^ cloak prop, tliat {ichicJi)
wraps np, ^^nn farnace prop, that {which) burns, J^^sn cqyjle
prop, that {which) exhales fragrance. But it more frequently
appears in abstract terms like the feminine ending in other
forms, l^nn tinderstandinf/ , ^T\*fiT\ hitterness, S^il^n delight.
It is very rarely found in designations of persons, and only
when they occupy a relation of dependence and subordina-
tion, and may consequently be viewed as things, ^'^^'pri
learner, ntcin one dwelling on another's lands, tenant, vassal.

a. The o^reat majority of nouns with n prefixed have lilcewise a
feminine ending, nJjnin deep sleep, ni'T-n salvation, ri")X£ri beauty,
tT'O'iri fraud.

Class IV. — Kouns formed hj affixes.

^193. The nouns formed by means of an affixed letter
or vowel are chiefly denominatives. The consonant 1 ap-
pended by means of the vowel o, or less frequently a, forms

1. Adjectives, 'J'i'^n^ last from ^ns? after, f^^^^frst from
(Ci?T head, 'jib'^n middle from ^;i.ri midst, linrris brazen from
nt'n: brass. A very few are formed directly from the root,
■ji^nii poor, 'ji'"'"^!? most high, "j^^N widowed.

2. Abstract substantives, the most common form of
which is li'^Jaj? , e. g. 'jin^i? blindness, "jintaa confidence, "jil^^
pain, ■jip'n;) paleness, though various other forms likewise
occur, e. g. I'i'^^i^ and "j^SJ? destruction, "jitna dominion, 'ji'^tb
success, i^'}'^ offering.

a. In a few words the termination )i has been thought to be intensive,
ra'j sabbath, 'priSO a great sabbath, 'rr proud, *,iT''! exceedingly proud,
and once diminutive ia"'X m.an, 'iiu'^N little man, i. e. the pupil of the eye,
so called from the image reflected in it. The word ")^"i^? Jeshurun from
"nuJ^ upright, is by some explained as a diminutive or terra of endearment,
while others think that the termination '|1 has no further meaning than
to make of the word a proper name, comp. 'jl^-f . See Alexander on
Isaiah 44 : 2.

218 ETYMOLOGY. §194,195

6. "J is occasionally affixed with the vowel e, *)Tna axe, libs nail.

c. A few words are (brmed by appending D, e. g. ni""i2 and '^^^~j^ ran-
som, Ciio ladder from b?D (o lift up, nb"in sacred scribe from ain stylus,
CiiT south li'om "in^ /o shine; or b, e.g. 'P'^S garden from C"n3 f("?;e-
2/arc/, iii^'r? calyx or cup of a Jlower from y'':;^ r!(p, bbi|5 ankle from 0";p.
jom^, i^a^iH locust from ann indicative of tremulous motion, i^S^? ^A/t7c
darkness from ri'^'i:>' cloud, i*!"!? 7ro?i probably from tna /o pierce.

§il94. The vowel ■< . forms adjectives indicating relation
or derivation.

1. It is added to proper names to denote nationality or
family descent, ''^^"^ Hehreio, ''pnn^ Jebusite, *^rnJ:bD PJdlistine,
'''is'iSJ Aramean, ''^^'a Bgjjptian, ''?xni07 IsraelitisJi, an Israel-
ite, "'i'l Danite, TlOI? KohatJdte, '^k'^J}. Gershonite.

2. It is also added to other substantives, ''3122 owrtherner,
^'yz^ foreigner., ""Hs villager, ''?^'!i footman, "^ri? timely, '''a''?S
inner from, the plural Diis; to a few adjectives, '''^TDX and
n'TDi? violent, ^?^s? and ^'^'I'i^^ foolish, and even to prepositions,
"irinri /o?d7^5Hrom nnn , ''Dsb/ro;?Hrom -"bEb + v , §62.2.

<7. The feminine ending Ti ^ is dropped before this ending, "'"^^n^ Jew
from n-nn^, "lyiia Benite from ny'^"i3, or the old ending n^ takes its
place, ■^r}^?.'^ Maachalhiie from nrr^ , or 3 is inserted between the vowels,
*i3bd Shelanile from nbu. Final "^ _ combines with the appended "'. into
2, §62. 2, "i^b Levlte and Letu". "^ivJ Shunite and Shuni.

b. In a very few instances "^^ takes the place of"'., e.g. "'"^'in ip/aVe
stuffs, ''"n'li basket, ''h^b loop, and perhaps "'ai^n, in a collective sense
windows, "'S^bn uncovered, 'b'^'Z which Gesenius derives from bsji and
takes to mean cunning; if however, it is derived from n^'s, §187. 1. c,
and means spendthrift, the final Yodh will be a radical.

MULTILITERALS.

§195. 1. Quadriliteral nouns are for the most part
evenly divided into two syllables, ^^'^'3 scorjnon, "i3Ta treas-
urer, tJiann sicJde, 'ri^ba barren. Sometimes the second rad-
ical receives a vowel, that of the first radical being either
rejected, p^!^'^ damask, biT.n frost, "^1^9 ^"^''^^ blossom, or pre-
served by the insertion of Daghesh-forte, ©"•abn flnt, TC'^ns?

§196 GENDER AND NUMBER OF NOUNS. 219

sjjider, ^^^|b and tJ.^^"'3 conciihine. Occasionally the third
radical has Daghesh-forte, vl'i'J? hat, T^ki^fin.

2. Words of five or more letters are of rare occurrence
and appear to be chiefly of foreign origin, i^^'yi purjole, ?'niS2;
fro(/, T?::?-^ doth, I'inTZinx mule, (Sn-irns satrajj.

3. Compound words are few and of doubtful character,
nn'ab^s shadow of death, H'a^S'a anything prop, lohat and ichat,
n)2'i'"2 nothing prop, no what, b?!!r3 worthlessness prop, no
profit, n'jbs&Ji'a darkness of Jehovah, T'^)T\27^b^ fia?ne of Jeho-
vah, except in proper names, p"i""^3b'a Melehizedel-, king of
righteousness, "^y^^'J Obadiah, serving Jehovah, Q'^p^'ini Je-
hoiakim, Jehovah shall establish.

Gender and Number.

§196. There are in Hebrew, as in the other Semitic
languages, but two genders, the masculine (i?T) and the
feminine (J^ip?). The masculine, as the primary form, has
no characteristic termination ; the feminine ends in n^ or fi ,
e. g. bt2p masc, nrjp or thiyp fcm.

a. The only trace of the neuter in Hebrew is in the interrogative, ti72
■M'/ia^ being used of things as ""^ u7io of persons. Tlie function assigned
to the neuter in other languages is divided between the masculine and the
feminine, being principally committed to the latter.

b. The original feminine ending in nouns as in verbs, §85. 1. a (1), ap-
pears to have been ri, which was either attached directly to the word,
Pibii'p which, by §61. 2. becomes ri^^p, or added by means of the vowel a.
Tih'jip^ or r^^jTi, which by the rejection of the consonant from the end of
the word, §55. 2. c, becomes "^bif'p. The termination n_ or n^ is still
found in a very few words, rp"i3 emerald. r!N|^ 'pelican, rs'Ed company
2 Kin. 9 : 17, H'^np morrow, Tti'O portion, rip e7id. rii""!: Josh. 13: 13, and
the poetic forms, rriTaT song, ni:n3_ inheritance., ^"^T? help, nnb fruitful.,
nri^ sleep. Two other words, njn Ps. 74 : 19 and ^r53 Ps. 61 : 1, have
been cited as additional examples, but these are in the construct state,
which always preserves the original n final; it is likewise always re-
tained before suffixes and paragogic letters, §61. 6. a, T^nrri'^, nri'V::'',

c. The feminine ending <i receives the accent and is thus readily di.s-

220 ETYMOLOGY. §197

tinguished from the unaccented paragogic n^ . In a few instances gram-
marians have suspected that forms may perhaps he feminine, though
the punctuators have decided otherwise by placing the accent on the
penult, e.g. !Tir2 burning Hos. 7 : 4, nb-^^j Galilee 2 Kin. 15:20, nnbp
destruction Ezek. 7 : 25, nrnn imllure Deut. 14 : 17, i^^oq low Ezek'.
21 : 31.

d. The vowel letter N, which is the usual sign of the feminine in
Chaldee and Syriac. takes the place of n in N'i^ threshing Jer. 50: 11,
Ksn terror Isa. 19: 17, xian wrath TJan. 11 : 44. x''j::b lioness Ezek. 19:2,
S<nu2^ mark Lam. 3 : 12, K^^ hitter Ruth 1 : 20, i<n-;>;5 baldness Ezek.
27:31, i<3TJ §Zeep Ps. 127:2. No such form is found in the Pentateuch
unless it be K'lJ loathing Num. 11:20, where, however, as Ewald sug-
gests, N may be a radical since it is easy to assume a root N^J cognate to
'ilT . The feminine ending in pronouns of the second and third persons, and
in verbal futures is I "^ . ; an intermediate form in e appears in nn^iT Isa.
59 : 5 and <T;)b? the numeral ten, or rather teen, as it only occurs in num-
bers compounded v/ith the units. For like unusual forms in verbs see
§86. b. and §156. 4.

e. The sign of the feminine in the Indo-European languages is a final
vowel, corresponding to the vowel-ending in Hebrew; tlie Latin has a, the
Greek a or rj, the Sanskrit t. And inasmuch as the feminine in Hebrew
covers, in part at least, the territory of the neuter, its consonantal ending
n may be compared wdth t, the sign of the neuter in certain Sanskrit pro-
nouns, represented by d in Latin, ?c/, illud, isttcd, quid; in English it,
what, that. This distinctive neuter sign has, however, been largely super-
seded in Indo-European tongues by in or v, which is properly the sign of
the accusative, boninn, Kokov, the passivity of the personal object being
allied to the lifeless non-personality of the neuter, Bopp Vergleich.
Gramm. §152. In curious coincidence with this, the Hebrew sign of the
definite object is nx prefixed to nouns; and its principal consonant is
affixed to form the inferior gender, the neuter being comprehended in the
feminine.

§197. It is obvious that this transfer to all existing
things, and even to abstract ideas, of the distinction of sex
found in living beings, must often be purely arbitrary. For
although some things have marked characteristics or associa-
tions in virtue of which they might readily be classed with
a particular sex, a far greater number hold an indeterminate
position, and might with quite as much or quite as little
reason be assigned to either. It hence happens that there is
no general rule other than usage for the gender of Hebrew
words, and that there is a great want of uniformity in usage
itself.

§197

GENDER AND NUMBER OP NOUNS.

001

a. The following names of females are without the proper distinctive
feminine termination :

ck mother. "jinx shc-ass. ^^^''^ concubine. bad queen.

So the names of double members of the body, whether of men or ani-
mals, which are feminine with rare exceptions :

'|tX ear.
52SX finger.
"jniii thumb.
T|";3 knee.

i'TiT arm.
T;j hand.
T\"i)^ thigh.
5] 3 3 wing.

t{3 palm.
?]n3 shoulder.

SJ^S side.

"!"!)?. horn.
"^Tl foot.
•jiy tooth.
pi a leg.

The followinof nouns are also feminine

Ois cnp. d^y Great Bear. inbJ light.

"133 circuit. bir couch. S^:i stV/e.

risb brightness. n^J3^ woikmanship. S<i3"i myriad.
hvi shoe. riQ morsel. ^30 world.

6. The following nouns are of doubtful gender, being sometimes con-
strued as masculine and sometimes as feminine. Those which are com-
monly masculine are distinguished thus (*) 5 those which are commonly
feminine are distinguisiied thus (f).

nx brazier.
"T-'S footstep.
"IN3 well.
■,u!3 belly.
3"iri sword.

t '3K stone.

* lix light.
rix sign.
"i:x fieet.

•ji-ix arA-.
triN path.
t y"-;X ear/A.
fax /re.

* 153 garment.

* rr^s house.

N'^a valley.
)i garden.
t "53 rj?ze.

*b3'^n temple.

* ")i^ri midlitude

"jJ^T beard.
■jij:!! window.
"I'jn court.
^31"' jubilee.
t T^^ ^'i?''^' Aa?2cZ. T^D ^0/.
'^n^l P^o- t T\yo fiour.

* Tins glory. 3^ cloud.

15 pai7. * c? people.

* C";3 vineyard, f c:i3; ftoHe.
* 33 heart. 3-1 s' evening

'^ "il£3^ fortress.
" tvil-q altar.
nsnio camp.

* nb'2 ro(/.

* Dip53 place.
n^iJnD brass.

f C^E ;/»;? (^repe-
tition).

t n^in spirit.
t 3nn street.

* dnn womb.

* C!n"i juniper.
hik-d hell.

*a3UJ sceptre.
nid sabbath.

cnb bread.

, ' . , , -I

t ny time^dura- Cintn ocean.

tion).
* Cps _/ace.

* "12*5 razor.

* '("la threshing- f "pdb tongue,
floor. *bDS^^/oocZ.

Gesenius ascribes only one gender to a few of these words, but 3^ is
once fern. Prov. 12:25; so bbx^-a fem. Hab. 1:16, 1^373 fem. Hab. 1:10,
n3TT3 fem. Ezek. 43 : 13, C23J masc. Ezek. 24 : 10. The list might be re-

222 ETYMOLOGY. §198

duced by referring the vacillation in gender, wherever it is possible, to the
syntax rather than the noan. Verbs, adjectives, and pronouns, which be-
long to feminine nouns may in certain cases, as will be shown hereafter, be
put in the masculine as tlie more indefinite and primary form. While, on
the other hand, those which belong lo masculine names of inanimate ob-
jects are sometimes put in the feminine as a substitute for the neuter.

c. Some species of animals exhibit a distinct name for each sex. the
feminine being formed from the masculine by the appropriate termination,
"IB iidlock, nnQ heifer, bsj calf, fem. t^b;:?, bss lamb, fem. •^iy2^. or
being represented by a word of different radicals, "li^n ass. fem. "(inx.
When this is not the case, the name of the species may be construed in
either gender according to the sex of the individual spoken of, as bra
camel, "i|D3 cattle, "lisii bird, or it may have a fixed gender of its own
irrespective of the sex of the individual; tinis, jbs dog, -XT wolf, "li'uJ ox,
are n)asculine, ri2:~iX hare, fiDi"" dove, bnT sheep, are feminine.

d. The names of nations, rivers, and mountains are commonly mascu-
line, those of countries and cities feminine. Accordingly, such words as
cinx Edom, skir Moab, nnsin'^ Judah, ^.^yz-Q Egypt, s^tos Chaldees,
are construed in the masculine when the people is meant, and in the fem-
inine when the country is meant.

§198. The feminine ending is frequently employed in
tlie formation of abstract nouns, and is sometimes extended
to the formation of oiRcial designations (comp. Ids Honour,
his Excellency, his Beverence), nn^ governor, ri:2 colleague,
'^rfp preacher, and of collectives (comp. hiimanift/ for man-
Jdnd), "Ji^ afsh, Ti^'^Jish, 15?' a cloud, nb:? clouds, )"'? a tree,
niy timher, n>* a traveller, nnny; caravan, n^Va Zeph. 3:19
the halfmg, H'^ibsp the escaped.

a. (1) The feminine ending added to Segholates gives new prominence
to the originally abstract character of this formation, SXH and Si^liiT
wickedness, distinguished by Ewald as to olSlkov and aSiKca, nE"in shame,
T^h^V slothfulness.

[2) So to monosyllables whose second radical receives the vowel, '^l^'Ji?
righteousness, wliich is more abstract and at the same time used more ex-
clusively in a moral sense than the Segholate, p"m rightness, t^^sx daiix-
?2ess, equivalent to bsx, rinhs (=: ti'^:i) brightness, niria^ (="^7) salca-
tion. Or nouns of this description might be supposed to have sprung from
the adjectives belonging to the second form of Class I., the pretonic vowel
falling away upon the addition of the feminine ending, bsx dark, nbsx
the dark, to cTKorctvov, tii'TO^ the being saved from "*ti^, T'\h''h^ justice
from b^bs judge. The following nouns, descriptive of the station or func-
tions of a particular class, follow this form, "^^ king, n^^ib^a kingly office
or sway, N"'33 prophet, riX^-3 prophecy. "|ri3 priest, tiins priesthood or
priestly duty, ban merchant, ti^JDi traffic.

^198 GENDER AND NUMBER OF NOUNS. 223

(3) The feminine ending occasionally gives an abstract signification to
reduplicated forms, "(;)JJ blind^ f^"!?.? blindness, n25 liaving a bald fore-
head, nnaa baldness in front, Nl^n sinner, rs::n and nxu^n sin, nnba
(error, nc^;^ scoffing, fi'^nbn anguish, or to tliose wliich have a prefixed
letter a, nran^a ocertlirow, nb;!":^ dominion, nrwa confusion, or particu-
larly n, ni'VJn salcalion, n^^irri testimonij, ri^~n hope, nisbpi weariness,

(4) It is likewise added to forms in '^., <T|'^''^Q judgment, •nj'Vby 7ro77c-
?"??o-, rr^iiisn beginning, rr^nnx. e;2(Z, ni'iNO remnant, the termination r,>i
being often found in place ofn->., n-^CSti 2 Chron. 26:21 K'ri, n^CSn
K'tliibh. disease prop, freedom from duty, "^izJEn /ree, M^brn redness,
"li^bsn rec/, nnin^a bitterness, "'A-'-ia 6j7/er, rin;:3 heaviness, r>i:rbx
oc/c/owj/ioocZ, and occasionally rii, m'ar^n wisdom, T^^hyn folly, though the
latter may perhaps be a plural as it is explained by Gesenius. Ewald
suggests a connection between the final "^ _ of the relative adjective, wliich
thus passes into ^ and even to i in this abstract formation, and the old
construct ending "^^ and i. The further suggestion is here offered that
both may not improbably be derived from the pronoun N>in , which was
originally of common gender, §71. a (3). Thus, ^'"^N'^rT^n Gen. 1:24
beast of earth is equivalent to y"ix Niti r^n beast viz. that of earth, and
p'ns—'Sbli (which may be for sisbia as the plural ending D''. for csi, § 199. e),
is equivalent to p"]^ Nln Tj^'a king viz. that of righteousness. The ap-
pended pronominal vowel thus became indicative of the genitive relation;
and its employment in adjectives, involving this relation, is but an exten-
sion of this same use, "'bx'ib^ of or belonging to Israel, hraelitish. The
further addition of the feminine ending in its abstract sense, has mostly
preserved the vowel from that attenuation to I which it has experienced at
the end of the word, comp. § 101. 1. a. r.^isrpx widoifhood prop, the state
of a widoxo I^^N , m'a^n wisdom prop, the quality belonging to the wise
DDn. The rare instances in which tl;e termination r.^ is superimposed
upon "1. viz.: n^i'-iTDX , r.si'^'Q'ip, may belong to a time when the origin
of the ending was no longer retained in the popular consciousness. The
termination n"'_ or n^l in abstracts derived from tib roots is of a different
origin from that just explained and must not be confounded with it; "^ or ^
is there the final radical softened to a vowel, § 16S, as T\'~'0 or n^i-d cap-
tivily from nzd to lead captive.

b. In Arabic, nouns of unity, or those which designate an individual,
are often formed by appending the feminine termination to masculines
which have a generic or collective signification. This has been thought
to be the case in a few words in Hebrew, ''Z^Jleet, r^.x ship, "is'b hair,

"■^^"."'^ « hair, ^t> sicarm, ■r^l-'^ a bee.

c. Some names of inanimate objects are formed from those of ani-
mated beings or parts of living bodies, which they were conceived to
resemble, by means of the feminine ending, taken in a neuter sense, CN
mother, riHX metropolis, T\y^. thigh, Msn^ hinder part, extremity, t{Z palm
of the hand, nas palm-branch, nsa forehead, nfi^a greave, HG nipidh,
n^O edge.

224 ETYMOLOGY. § 199

§199. There are three numbers in Hebrew, the singular

(^^n;^ liirb), dual {niiw ^iicb), and plural (D^^n fi^b). The
plural of masculine nouns is formed by adding D"". , or de-
fectively written D . , to the singular, Di6 /wrse, D''6io /lorses,
p'iri^ righteous {man), D'^p'^'^? or Dp\i? righteous {men). The
plural of feminine nouns is formed by the addition of ni ,
also written ri', the feminine ending of the singular, if it
has one, being dropped as superfluous, since the plural ter-
mination of itself distinguishes the gender, ois cuj), t^iob
cups, fi^^t^s vhyin, snib^na and n'b^nn virrjins, nNtbn sin,
nisc)n sins; in two instances the vowel-letter i5 takes the
place of 1 , §11. 1. a, ns^ns Ezek. 31 : 8, nsiin Ezek. 47 : 11.

a. The masculine plural sometimes has "p, instead of C., e.g. 'pb'a
oftener than n^)!^ in the book of Job, '^=^'2 Pfov. 31 : 3, 'pkn 2 Kin. 11 : 13,
'p^y Mic. 3:12, 'P'S^i^ Lam. 1:4, "f bn' Ezek. 4:9, 'p^f Dan. 12:13.
This ending, which is the common one in Chaldee, is chiefly found in
poetry or in the later books of the Bible.

6. Some grammarians have contended for the existence of a ^e,\j plurals
in "I without the final D, but the instances alleged are capable of another
and more satisfactory explanation. Thus, "'"^S 2 Kin. 11:4, ''ri")3, ""rfea
2 Sam. 8: 18, "^'ii^V^ 2 Sam. 23:8, and "'Sn 1 Sam. 20 : 38 K'thibli (K'ri
D'^sn), are singulars used collectively; "^^a? 2 Sam. 22:44, Ps. 144:2,
Lam. 3 : 14, and ''3i53'i Cant. 8 : 2, are in the singular with the suffix of the
first person; ''2^ Ps. 45 : 9 is not for D'^i'a sf ringed insirumenls, hut is the
poetic form of the preposition '{d from ; "^l^S Ps. 22:17 is not for Cns
piercing, but is the noun "i";!!!!!. with the preposition 3 like the lion, §156. 3.

c. There are also a few words which have been regarded as plurals in
•'. . But ■''iin Zech. 14 : 5 and ">"ib Judg. 5 : 15, are plurals with the suffix
of the first person. In ! "^tin 2 Chron. 33 : 19. whicli is probably a proper
name, and "^is Am. 7 : 1, Nah. 3 : 17, which is a singular used collectively,
final ^ is a radical as in ""^'i: = nnb. i'^^'in Isa. 19 : 9 is a singular with
the formative ending \, §194.6; "^bi^n Jer. 22: 14 and "'Slt'n Isa. 20:4,
might be explained in the same way, though Evvald prefers to regard the
former as an abbreviated dual lor n'^si^n double (i. e. large and shoxi-y)
windows, and the latter as a construct plural for "'Etiiyn. , the diphthongal e
being resolved into ay, comp. §57. 2 (5). "^n^ Ezek. 13: 18 is probably a
dual for D';'"^, though it might be for the unabridged singular t".-]^, which,
however, never occurs. The divine name "^"nb ^/zn/g-A/?/ is best explained
as a singular; the name "'pS. Lord is a plural of excellence, §201.2,
with the suffix of the first person, the original signification being my
Lord,

d. In a few words the sign of the feminine singular is retained before
the plural termination, as though it were one of the radicals, instead of

§ 200 GENDER AND NUMBER OF NOUNS. 225

being dropped agreeably to the ordinary rule, r^n door pi. ninb'7. So.
nos pillow, rnrj? bow. nj^iy trough] ir^jn spear, r!i:obx widoiohood, nw^ns
dimrce, nsiDTn whoredom, ns'O Z/p pi. nirEb . To these must be added
JTrid, provided it be derived from '"^ni^ in the sense oi pit ; it may, how-
ever. s\g\\i^Y destruction, from the root nnd, when the final n will be a
radical. See Alexander on Psalm 107 : 20.

e. The original ending of the plural in nouns, verbs, and pronouns,
seems to have been t.^, §71.6. (2). In verbs the vowel has been pre-
served, but the final nasal has been changed or lost, 'i'i5op';i or l^i?P7 .
§85. 1. a. (1). In masculine nouns and pronouns the final nasal has been
retained, but the vowel has been attenuated to I ore, D''p^O, Cti, ens :
the Arabic has una for the nominative and Ina for the oblique case. If
we suppose n, the sign of the feminine, to be added to CI , the sign of the
plural, the vowel will regularly be changed to i before the two con-
sonants, §61. 4 ; then if the nasal be rejected before the final consonant,
agreeably to the analogy of ra for Pi;2 and Dis for p5i3, the resulting
form will be ri, the actual ending of the feminine plural. If the sign of
the plural, like all the other inflective letters and syllables, is of pronom-
inal origin, this D, which is joined to words by the connecting vowel ^.
may perhaps be related to SiTD taken indefinitely in the quantitative or
numerical sense of quot or aliquot, comp. Zech. 7:3; and the adverbial or
adjective ending a^ or n* may in like maimer be referred to the same in
its qualitative sense, comp. Ps. 8 : 5, so that nf3iT vacue, would strictly be
qud vacuus. The pronoun seems in fact to be preserved without abbrevia-
tion in the Syriac j'^"^ >) = nii"' interdiu.

§ 200. The gender of adjectives and participles is care-
fully discriminated, both in the singular and in the plural, by
means of the appropriate terminations. But the same want
of precision or uniformity which has been remarked in the
singular, ^1^1, characterizes likev/ise the use of the plural
terminations of substantives. Some masculine substantives
take tr\ in the plural, some feminines take D"". , and some
of each gender take indifferently Di. or tl\ .

a. The following masculine nouns form their plural by adding ni :
those which are distinguished by an asterisk are sometimes construed as
feminine.

1'!^ father. * 'n-^x path. * T?.^ threshing- "p'^JH vision

*r.x bowl. *i'i'3'?5< palace. floor. oi'in dream.

2"ix familiar Vsdx cluster. "i^")"^ goad. 'i'l^t'n invention.

spirit. nii pit. -it tail. 0213 handbreadth

"isix treasure. 5J roof. ^-'in street. NS3 throne.

* nis sign. byia lot. fSn breast. 'n^'? tablets
15

226

ETYMOLOGY.

^200

h'^h night.

*nST^ allar.

iD'a rain.

-libyia tilhe.

* iko summit.

* cipa T^^ace.

1X3 bottle.
13 lamp.
lis s/fiH.
IBS rfws/.

5>1E leader.
*i<h^ host.

-in: 2 a<6e.
♦""ie^ bird.
nin^ bundle.
hip voice.

-■ip war.
*nin-i street.

pin"] chain.

' r : \

C113 name.
isicj trumpet.
n^u pillar.
* dinn deep.

6. The following feminine nouns form their plural by adding f^, : those
marked thus (f) are sometimes masculine:

t 'i^x stone.
n^s terebinth. r^ /aw.

nsiiabx widowhood, trnirl branch.

Mt'N woman.

J "23 t'me.
nBi-n Jig-cake.
nnin'n 6ee.

Pi^:T whoredom.
niin wheat.
nsirri darkness.
tnjii cZore.
t IS pit die r.

nrE3 5peZ^

ri32b brick.

n^o u'orcZ.
nB?:3 ajzL

nxD measure.
t:? slie-goat.

^•'"j city.
\li;^D concubine.

inQ morsel.

hh'i sheep.
nii'ia barley.
rt2'j ear of corn.

■nbd acacia.

Also C'^^'^!?. e^g"S which is not found in the singular.

c. The following nouns form their plural by adding either b''_ or tii:

MASCULINE NOUNS.

CiB"'X porch.
inS: /ton.
•li":! generation.
n^T sacrifice.
'*ji"i3f memorial.
ti^ day.
"IS '^ forest.
"li'S /a»er.
"lis3 ^arp.

na'^i* terror.

•^52b^| sAea/.

lias people.

"3^ heart.

T O

^15^ tower.
loi^ foundation.
loia 6ond.
naio sea^.
pnt^ 6oip/.
21X3^ 2^azn.
ino^ naiV.

'jl?.^ delicacy.
)iy'0 fountain.
23'ra feed.
•jsaia dicelling.

"^.13 river.

tlP basin.

^^3 iniquity.

FEMININE NOUNS.

niD^'iJX grape-cake, hsi shoe.
!Tn^;s Astarte. nan? Aeap,
fi'^in spear.

y^h breach.

*i2p grave.
H3p reed.

.1

d'nnp a:re.
nja field.
?>ind weeA*.
ailbn delight.

njia year.

NOUNS CONSTRUED IN EITUEK GENDEE.

niyns , ni^ns. aloes. )i'^n window. f\ii'q rod. CSs? bone.

152 garment. "is:n court. lliss somZ. rs Zime.

35 r/m. "irs circle. I"*© thorn. DS'D /oo^

^s'^n temple. "i^3^ fortress. Z'J cloud. yba side.

?i~i1 ar»i. 'i.-.'1'9 camp. ri-?. cord.

§ 201 GENDER AND NUMBER OF NOUNS. 227

d. The two forms of the plural, though mostly synonymous, occasion-
ally ilili'er in sense as in Latin loci and loca. Thus D"'~iS3 is used of
round masses of money, talents, nii:3 of bread, round loaves; O'^n'^O
thorns, riT'O honks; Q'SJ^?. heels^ T\'\z^'3 foot-prints ; U^XiV^ footsteps of
men, r.i -^"3 _/ee^ of articles of furniture. Comp. §198. c. Sometimes they
differ in usatre or frequency of employment : thus ni^^ days, ni:Tr years,
are poetical and rare, the customary forms being c"i?2^, C30.

e. Nouns mostly preserve their proper gender in the plural irrespective
of the termination which they adopt; though there are occasional excep-
tions, in which feminine nouns in D"' are construed as masculines, e.g.
n-'is women Gen. 7: 13, n^S^ u-ords Job 4:4, C^^? ants Prov. 30:25,
and masculine nouns in ni are construed as feminines, e. g. niiSira dwell-
ings Ps. 84 : 2.

f In explanation of the apparently promiscuous or capricious use of the
masculine and feminine endings, it nmy be renmrked that the termination
D"". in strictness simply indicates the plural number, and is indeterminate
as to gender, § 199. e, though the existence of a distinct form for the fem-
inine left it to be appropriated by the masculine. The occurrence of D"" in
feminine nouns, and even in the names of females, as D"iC3 women, C^-TS
sAe-o-oa/s, may therefore, like the absence of the distinctive feminine ending
from the singular, be esteemed a mere neglect to distinguish the gender by
the outward form. The occurrence of the feminine ending in a masculine
noun, whether singular or plural, is less easily accounted for. Such words
may perhaps, at one period of the language, have been regarded as fem-
inine, the subsequent change of conception, by which they are construed
as masculine, failing to obliterate their original form. Such a change is
readily supposable in words, which there is no natural or evident reason
for assigning to one sex rather than the other ; but not in ni:X fathers,
which can never have been a feminine. One might be tempted in this
case to suspect that m' was not the sign of the plural, comp. rinx sister,
rirn mother-in-law, but that l belonged to the radical portion of the
word, and that n was appended to form a collective,ya//ier/ioocZ, § 198,
which has in usage taken the place of the proper plural. More probably,
however, the idea of official dignity, which was so prominently attached
to the paternal relation in patriarchal times, is the secret of the feminine
form which -X assumes in the plural, comp. niS'^S leaders, Thyyp preacher,
while its construction as a masculine springs so directly out ot its significa-
tion as to remain unaffected. And this suggests the idea that the like may
have happened to names of inanimate objects. They may receive the
feminine ending in its neuter sense to designate them as things, §198. c,
while at the same lime they are so conceived that the masculine construc-
tion is maintained.

^201. 1. Some substantives are, by their signification or
by usage, limited to the singular, such as material nouns
taken in a universal or indefinite sense, ti/i fire, '2'H} (/old,
•TO;^: ground ; collectives, '^ children, '^vfowl, "oy. birds of

228 ETYMOLOGY. ^202

prey, ^{53 large cattle (noun of unity niilj an ox), "^^ small
cattle (noun of unity nib a sheep or goat) ; many abstracts,
yw': salvation, nn^? '^blindness. On the other hand some are
found only in the plural, such as nouns, whose singular, if it
ever existed, is obsolete, D^b ivater, D^ps face or faces, D^i?©
/leaven, D^J?^ dowels, DT^ ^nen, t^itjxn^ adjacent to the head,
and abstracts, which have a plural form, D'-^n life, D-'2ns5
love, D^^nn mercij, niS^ann government.

a. The intimate connection between a collective and an abstract is
shown by the use of the feminine singular to express both, § 198. In like
manner the plural, whose office it is to gather separate units into one ex-
pression, is used to denote in its totality or abstract form that common
quality which pervades them all and renders such a summation possible,
comp ra hiKaia right, ra aStKa wrong. Some abstracts adopt indifferently
the feminine or the plural form, n:^^s and c-:^^i^ fidelity n^N? and
fi^^iixa redemption, n^n and D^^n life, nitja and Q^Dcn^ darkness, nx^ia
and n'^X^'? setting of gems.

6 The form D^'iJrjp is adopted by certain v/ords which denote periods
of human life, D^nl"3 childhood, ti-h^^v youth, n^niia adolescence, n-bwa
virginity, ni?J|^3 period of espousals, O"':;^: old age.

°c Abstracts,'which are properly singular, are sometimes used in the
plural to denote a higli degree of the quality which they represent, or re-
peated exhibitions and embodiments of it, r\yz^ might, nn^^a deeds of
might.

2. There are a few examples of the employment of the
plural form when a single individual is spoken of, to suggest
the idea of exaUation or greatness. It is thus intimated that
the individual embraces a plurahty, or contains within itself
what is elsewhere divided amongst many. Such plurals of
majesty are D-^nbi? God the supreme object of worship, ''Sls?
Siipreme Lord prop, mg Lord, ^ 199. c, and some other terms
referring to the divine being, T«T? Eccles. 12:1, D^n"i2a
Eccles. 5 : 7, V^ Isa. 54 : 5, D^ini-i)? Hos. 12 : 1; also, D^n«
(rarely with a plural sense) lord, Q-'^Va (when followed by a
singular suffix) master, niisna Behemoth, great beast, and
possibly n^E^r^ Teraphim, which seems to be used of a single
image, 1 Sam'. 19 : 13, 16.

^202. The dual is formed by adding t3\ to the smgular

^^203 GENDER AND NUMBER OF NOUNS. 229

of both genders, ri as the sign of the femmine remainmg
unchanged, and n^ reverting to its original form t^^, §196.(5,
^i //and du. u^-j"; , nb'i door du. U'^h)^ , ns't^ Up du. o^nsto .

a. The dual ending in Hebrew, as in the Indo-European languages,
Bopp Vergleich. Gramin. §206. is a modified and strengthened form of the
plural ending. The Arabic goes beyond the Hebrew in extending the
dual to verbs and pronouns. The Chaldee and Syriac scarcely retain a
trace of it except in the numeral two and its compounds.

§203. The dual in Hebrew expresses not merely two, but
a couple or a pair. Hence it is not employed with the same
latitude as in Greek of any two objects of the same kind,
but only of two which belong together and complete each
other. It is hence restricted to

1. Double organs of men or animals, D'??}''? ears, C3"^Ei?
nostrils, Q'??'i^ horns, D^SSS wings.

2. Objects of art which are made double or which con-
sist of two corresponding parts, 'cr^iv}, pair of shoes, D!*?!^*^
pair of scales, WTV^\^ pair of tongs, 'Zi'yh'^ folding doors.

3. Objects which are conceived of as constituting to-
gether a complete w^hole, particularly measures of time or
quantity, uyiyr^ period of tico dags, biduum, D"??^!)^ tico weeks,
fortnight, D*ri2i3 tico gears, hiennium, D'i]S9 two measures,
D'l^nss tico talents, n^?'^'7 Prov. 28 : 0, 18 double wag (comp.
in English double dealing), D'^'^ri,? pair of rivers, i. e. the
Tigris and Euphrates viewed in combination.

4. The numerals D"^?!^ two, C^ss double, D'?r}i5'a tioo hun-
dred, CJ'l'Sb^? two thousand, D'^D'i^'? two mgriads, DTn^D© seven-
fold, D^'S^S of tico sorts.

5. A few abstracts, in which it expresses intensity, D'^r)^??
double-sloth fulness, D'^il'^'a double-rebellion, Q^'bO^ double-light,
i. e. noon, D'nyisn double-wickedness.

a. Names of objects occurring in pairs take the dual form even when a
higher number than two is spoken of, D"^?^''"! wi'U 1 Sam. 2 : 13 the three
teeth, t'^sjs S-'snx Ezek. 1 : 6 four wings, D'DJS iai? Isa. G : 2 six wings,

230 ETYMOLOGY. § 204, 205

W^i"^^ nra'r Zech. 3 : 9 seve.n eyes, D^sng-bsi B'^'^i^n-bs all the hands and
all knees Ezek. 7 : 17. Several names of double organs of the human or
animal body have a plural form likewise, which is used of artificial imita-
tions or of inanimate objects, to which these names are applied by a figure
of speech, §198. c, Cii"!;? ho7-ns, ris^p? hoims of the altar, C^EJS wings,
riis:3 extremities, D"^Eri3 shoulders, nisns shotdder-pieces of a garment,
C*^:"'^ eyes, nir^S fountains. C^bjn ftet, cbjn times prop, beats of the
foot. In a few instances this distinction is neglected, C^ns':: and r.irsiS
lips, cn^ and rin'^ sides, c^ran^ extremities.

h. The dual ending is in a very few words superadded to that of
the plural, ni^in xcalls of a city. crTl'n double ualls, 'n^rAh boards,
D^nhb double boarding of a ship, Qipinj name of a town in Judah, Josh.
15 : 36.

c. The words c^a water and B75ai^ heaven have tlie appearance of
dual forms, and might possibly be so explained by the conception of the
element of water as existing in two localities, viz. under and above the
firmament. Gen. 1 : 7, and heaven as consisting of two hemispheres. They
are, however, commonly regarded as plurals, and compared Avith such
plural forms in Chaldee as *|7?'^ Dan. 5:9 from the singular i<},^ . In
C^b^l'sn^ Jerusalem, or as it is commonly written without theYodh Db'^^n';',
the final Mem is not a dual ending but a radical, and the pronunciation is
simply prolonged from cbcsin'^, comp. Gen. 14:18, Ps. 76 : 3, though in
this assimilation to a dual form some have suspected an allusion to the
current division into the upper and the lower city.

§ 204. It remains to consider the changes in the nouns
themselves, which result from attaching to them the various
endings for gender and number that have now been recited.
These depend upon the stiTicture of the nouns, that is to say,
upon the character of their letters and syllables, and are gov-
erned by the laws of Hebrew orthography already unfolded.
These endings may be divided into two classes, viz. :

1. The feminine n, which, consisting of a single con-
sonant, causes no removal of the accent and produces changes
in the ultimate only.

2. The feminine n^ , the plural D"^. and M, and the
dual D\ , which remove the accent to their own initial
vowel, and may occasion changes in both the ultimate and
the penult.

^205. Nouns which terminate in a vowel undergo no
change on receiving the feminine characteristic n , "'iijip

§ 206 GENDER AND NUMBER OF NOUNS. 231

Moabite, ^''is'i^ Moabitess, K2?i'a finding fern, nsib , )i^'^r\
sinner, rsbn 5/??, ^198. Nouns Avhicli terminate in a con-
sonant experience a compression of their final syllabic, which,
upon the addition of ri , ends in two consonants instead of
one, \^Q). 2, and an auxiliary Seghol is introduced to relieve
the harshness of the combination, §01. 2. In consequence
of this the vowel of the ultimate is changed from a or a to
e, §63. 2. <2, from B or l to c, or in a few words to e, and
from b or u to 0, §61. 4. "istC2 broken fem. trnair?, xkcn^_
reddish fem. ri'c'i'a'^isi! , ^Sn going fem. iriD^n , Tiii master,
trh,^ mistress, TiJ^n y??;^ fem. niB'an , tj^^ii; man, riiji? looman,
§214. 1. (5, ps3 scattered fem. raibp , nc^ns and riianD ^^55.
When the final consonant is a guttural, there is the usual
substitution of Pattahh for Seghol, ^iaio hearing fem. Ji^iaiij,
T^i^ touching fem. ii55^ .

a. In many cases the feminine is formed indifferently by ri or by H^ ;
in others usage inclines in favor of one or of the other ending, though no
absolute rule can be given upon the subject. It may be said, however,
that adjectives in "^^ almost always receive ri ; active participles, except
those of ":> , l> and nb verbs, oftener take n than n^ ; Jn is also found,
though less frequently, with the passive participles except that of Kal.
from which it is excluded.

6. A final ^, 1 or Si is sometimes assimilated to the feminine charac-
teristic t\ and contracted with it, §54, na for r'JS daughter, nri^ for
risnj: gift, nix for rs^x truth, nnx for nnns one, rrro-q 1 Kin. 1 : 15
for rnn'iTa ministering, nr]d?3 Mai. 1 : 14 for nnn'w;T3 corrupt, riinia for
rinsn^ pan. The changes of the ultimate vowel are due to its compres-
sion belbre concurring consonants.

c. The vowel u remains in r52!iii3Pi Lev. 5 : 21 deposit, and the proper
name nrnsn Tanhumeth. From riN brother, en father-in-law are formed
ninjj sister, niTon mother-in-law, the radical " , which has been dropped
from the masculine, retaining its place before the sign of the feminine,
comp. § 101. 1. a; rit^sa difficult Deut. 30: 11 is for nxBES from it^S? .

§206. The changes which result from appending the
feminine termination n^ , the plural terminations D"'. and Mi,
and the dual termination d;'. , are of three sorts, viz. :

1. Those which take place in the ultimate, when it is a
mixed syllable.

232 ETYMOLOGY. § 207

2. Those which take place in the ultimate, when it is a
simple sellable.

3. Those which take place in the penult.

§ 207. When the ultimate is a mixed syllable bearing
the accent, it is affected as follows, viz. :

1 . Tsere remains unchanged, if the word is a monosylla-
ble or the preceding vowel is Kamets, otherwise it is rejected;
other vowels suffer no change, Jni? dead fem. nih'a , pi. D'^fi'a ;
=1*!)? thigh du. Q??:?;' , d!?t? complete fem. m^^tJ?, pi. ZTtiht ^
f. pi. niiabia ; ?fSn going fem. T8^r\ , pi. w^bbr) , f. pi. nisbh .

a. The rejection of Tsere is due to the tendency to abbreviate words
which are increased by additions at the end, §66. 1. It is only retained
as a pretonic vowel, §64. 2, when the word is otherwise sufficiently abbre-
viated, or its rejection would shorten the word unduly. Tsere is retained
contrary to the rule by cB^'iJ , D^'yan children of the third and fourth
generations, by a ^ew exceptional forms, e.g. ir^JS Jer. 3 : 8, 11, nHsda
Ex. 23:26, r\'^'j::: Cant. 1:6, rrn-c.ixb Isa. 54: 1. and frequently with the
pause accents, §65, e.g. •^^^'i^ Isa. 21:3, C"^rric3 Lam. 1 : 16, triTSiaiB
Isa. 49 : 8, e'^^JJ^X Ex. 28 : 40, a"'^.'i:o Gen. 19 : 11, 2 Kin. 6:18 (once with
Tiphhha), : n-iD^aS Isa. 2 : 20, CiiO'n-.Q Eccles. 2 : 5, mnKTia Isa. 2:4. It
also appears in several feminine substantives, both singular and plural, e. g.
Jibsin'a overthrow, rii:jy'i?3 counsels, nrsin abomination, n:sc:c stajf. HE^i'Da
witch. On the other hand, the following feminines reject it though pre-
ceded by Kamets, hy"^ wild-goat, fem. «^br" , 'i?^ ostrich, fem. n:?;^ , t^^
thigh, fem. riS'^V It is also dropped from the plural of the monosyllable
13 son, and its place supplied by a pretonic Kamets, C^ia so7is, Pi:^ daugh-
ters, the singular of the feminine being T.Z for ri:3, §205.6; so jBtts
fork -pi niiibf?:.

b. Kamets in the ultimate is retained as a pretonic vowel, )'zh white,
fem. niab, pi. c-'inb, f. pi. nii^b; '^^zxi fortress, pi. D->"i^3ri and ni-ii^nia,
only disappearing in a few exceptional cases, "lyiu hair, fem. ir^ru), ibb
quail,p\. D'^ibia, t'^^-0 pasture,-pl. C^onriia once nilr-iJti, niiara and riias^'
fords, "i33 taleiit du. C^'ijss but in pause D'^133, "h: liver du. D';'"]^^.? • The
it'b participles, N23 prop/jes2/M?o- pi. Q-iNSJ , xri33 polluted pi. n^i^^'iii , x^ia?
found pi. n''8<:£^3 adopt the vowels of K'i) forms, § 165. 2 ; but with the
pause accents Kamets returns, CNSD Ezek. 13:2, '. n^XlS^: Ezr. 8:25.
The foreign word "i2"iQ suburbs forms its plural irregularly D''"i1"iQ.

c. Hholem and Hhirik commonly suffer no change; but in a few words
Shurek takes the place of the former, and in one Tsere is substituted for
the latter, § 66. 2 (3), ni:^ terror pi. cnisia , -jSi-a habitation pi. t'lisira ,
pin^a sweet fem. n|iOT?3 pi. Q-^pina, pis distress i'em. f^f^'iS, 'i'tJa lodging
fem. nifiba, Xi'ih-o jiighl fem. nbnso. niia rest km. r\m:i2 , *y\'S.-Q fortifica-
tion fem. Viniisa, p73^ cZeep fem. nj^si^S Prov. 23:27 tW njsia?^, pinn

§ 207 GENDER AND NUMBER OF NOUNS. 233

chain pi. nipwn 1 Kin. 6:21 K'ri; 'O'^'^^ escaped pi. fiib'^ba or fi^b^Q
fern. nb-i^Q or frjbs.

d. Hholem is dropped from the plural of "^is'^ bird pi. c*'ns^ . as well
as from the plural of nouns having the feminine characteristic n in the
singular; thus ribhbs skidl^ by the substitution of the plural ending
Tii for n.. , §199, becomes ri^jba , rip.'^nig coui-se. pi. nipbn^ , or with
Hhateph-Kamets under a doubled letter, §16. 3.6, r:n3 coat pi. rsns,
nba^ ear of corn, pi. D"'?5^ ; in two instances a pre tonic Kamets is inserted,
n-isa drought pi. ninaa , n-incy Aslarte pi. ninnd? .

e. Seghol in nouns with the feminine characteristic r. affixed mostly fol-
lows the law of the vowel from which it has sprung, §205; if it has been
derived from Tsere it is rejected, if from any other vowel it is still in some
instances rejected, though more commonly it reverts to its original form
and is retained, npb'i'' sucker (from py>'') \A. rip:"!"^, rrijx epistle (from
"lix) pi. ninax, n^.i.N,^ knife (from ^dxt:) pi. nib^x-a, nionrinN;. reddish
(from n-Ji^"TSJ pi. n'i53'ni3'ix , npi-iig nurse (from P''?''^) pi. nlprio, nbp'^Uj?
scale pi. D"'iapbp and nibpbp . Pattahh, which has arisen from a Seghol

so situated under the influence of a guttural, follows the same rule. D^JSO

.1 1. '. . .1 . '

ringTgX. niyaa , nras (from V'^':) touching t^\. ny'O.

f. A ^&vf nouns with quiescents in the ultimate present apparent ex-
ceptions, which are, however, readily explained by the contractions which
they have undergone. Thus rj'in for n^n, §57.2(5), thorn, has its
plural cnin or Q-'n^n ; ti-^ {W^l) day, pi. ci'; (n-'r'i';) ; 'i^'r^-Q (lil^) strife,
pi. c-'iino; nia (nib) ox, pi. C^'^TO; 'J^'i for 'i;i'i or "i^;^, §186. 2.'c, po^, pi.
d-^Vfl Vr D-'^i'n, §208. 3; piu (p''!^ or pjib) street, pl.'c-pid; vi? (n-^i? or
'^!1?) c%. pi. once Q'ln^S'. Judg. 10 : 4 usually contracted to D"^~i:^ ; ONI
(dx'"i) TieacZ, pi. c'sTX"! (cuixi). So nxp measure becomes in the dual
D'i'nxo for C^nxO and nNiQ one hundred, du. D'^ns?3 for Cyrix's ; nix^'a
(nisbia, §57.2(3)), ■w^or/r, probably had in the absolute plural niaxba ,
whence the construct is nisfctb^ .

2. The final consonant sometimes receives Dagliesli-forte
before the added termination, causing the preceding vowel
to be shortened from a to a, from B or i to i, and from o or
u to Uf §61. 5. This takes place regularly in nouns which
are derived from contracted "s'v roots, on perfect fem. r.^P ,
d''; sea pi. n^i?:!; "ji^ (from "jba) ^/^/e/f/, pi. 0^;^^! and tr^niz ,
fem. r.2.)T2 ; pn statute pi. CJ^H , fem. n|in , pi. nipn , or in
whose final letter two consonants have coalesced, Jli? for ^ifs?
du. d:'SX nose ; ti? for TD? slie-goat pi. C-tS? ; n? for ti'l? ?'/j';^(?
pi. n"'n:? and ininy ; i^'^'ji? for. iCSi? ;;i«;^, ni^N tvoman, and it
not infrequently occurs in other cases.

a. Nouns with Pattahh in the ultimate with few exceptions double their
final letter, being either contracted forms, b'l weak pi. D'^i'^ fem. H^t pi.

234 ETYMOLOGY. §207

Pi'iii'n, or receiving Daghesh-forte conservative in order to preserve the
short vowel, CSX jjool pi. ciBJN ; so "jElX wheel. D"nn myrtle, '^Vjofew, ^^~T1
frightful. PT!P"^7 greenish, ''ixia desire. Before gutturals Pattahh may-
be retained in an intermediate syllable, rib fresh pi. C'^nb, or lengthened
to Kamets, §60.4, "I'i prince pi. C"'nb fern. iT^b ; so ni>3:ix fingers,
nrsiN four, cj^is helmets, D''^^^ straits and n-'X-.l'n Ijaskets, r'iSh loops,
which do not occur in the singular, but are commonly referred to "''^W,
iVlb, §194. 6, "i being changed to X as in §2U8. 3. d; also lUJ firrasf,
which omits Daghesh du. C';i'nc . Pattahh is in the fdllovving examples
changed to Hhirik before the doubled letter, §58. 2, t2 prey fem. TO3, nn
year tern, nnn, rs tcine-press pi. nipis , lis garment pi. C^'a and C"'":jT3,
0^ tribute, "iD basin, rh morsel, ^^ side, ba^a wheel, niscbo baskets,
D"!:©:© palm- branches, inio threshing-sledge pi. Cilio or by the resolu-
tion of Daghesh-forte, §59. o. n"^;">nin . It is rejected from bk^S cymbal
pi. cir^bs, "|T sor^ pi. Ciif , n^'nana berries, probably from niia and C'r^a
men, from the obsolete singular, ro . The plural of ci' people is C"rS
and in a very iew instances with the doubled letter repeated, CTsr? ; so
"111 mountain pi. Qinn and d'nnn^ Deut. 8:9. b^ shadow pi. t'^Bbs , pn
statute pi. D"'pn, and twice in the construct, "'^^^'7 Judg. 5 : 15, Isa. 10: 1,
which implies the absolute form D''Ppn .

6. The final letter is doubled after Kamets in the following words be-
sides those from 3?'s roots, oS^X porch pi. ffibx ; so l^rx hire, bra camel,
'{0] time, 7('^"n'? darkness, pn^iTi distance, *(i:p small, "(irn green, "(2^^
quiet, '|iui"j ZiV^, ')2d coney, to which should perhaps be added -^P? Deut.
8 : 15 scorpion, though as it has a pause accent in this place which is the
only one where it is found with Kamets, its proper form may perhaps have
been -ip?, §65. The Niplial participle 1233 honored has in the plural
both cnaDS and C'naaD . Several other words, which only occur in the
plural, are in the lexicons referred to singulars with Kamets in the ulti-
mate; but the vowel may, with equal if not greater probability, be sup-
posed to have been Pattahh. Kamets is shortened to Pattahh belbre n ,
which does not admit Daghesh-forte, in the plurals of nx brother pi. C"inx,
nn hook, nD^'a confidence, §60. 4. a.

c. The following nouns with Hholem in the ultimate fiill under this
rule, in addition to those derived from ysJ roots, "jbza pea/c pi. D''|325, tbin
sacred scribe, 2isin band, cbib nation, cS'^S naked, and several adjectives
of the form bbp. which are mostly written Avithout the vowel-letter 1,
§14.3, e.g. onx red fem. nii'ix^, 0''5i?nx^, n'l'x terrible, TpX long, etc.;
rs":ix dunghill takes the form mnsuix in the plural.

d. There are only two examples of doubling when the vowel of the
ultimate is Shurek, D''b"in Prov. 24:31 nettles or brambles from b^in,
ni'ix-i Esth. 2 : 9 from "^iixn Kal pass, part of nxn .

e. 1!J"'X (CJX) ma?i is not contracted in the plural C^uilX me^i ; in the
feminine, for the sake of distinction, the initial weak letter is dropped, t'^CJ
women, which is used as the plural of n;i"X woman; D"'d^x men and nt"X
women are rare and poetic, nx ploughshare has either C^nx or U"'riX ia
the plural.

§208 GENDER AND NUMBER OF NOUNS. 235

^208. 1. Segholate noims, or those which have an unac-
cented vowel in the ultimate, drop it when any addition is
made to them, ^66. 2. (1). As this vowel arose from the
concurrence of vowelless consonants at the end of the word,
the necessity for its presence ceases when that condition r^o
longer exists. Segholates thus revert to theu*~original form
of a monosyllable ending in concurrent consonants, §183.

2. Monosyllables of this description receive the feminine
ending with no further change than the shortening due to the
removal of the accent, in consequence of which o becomes u
or more rarely ii, B becomes i or more rarely c ; c may be
restored to a from which it has commonly arisen, §183, or
like B it may become ^ or c, D^i? {u'fs) strength fem. •"'''?^<',
t;£n {mn) fem. 'r^^'^n freedom, '^'d^ {y^k) saying fem. rhc.)^
and nnT2N , tjb^a ( ^y^_ ) Ung nsb^ ciueen, nni: slaughter fem.
nnnti.

a. Nouns having either ol" the forms t^i^J?, f^^^p. , ^^^^i^; ■^^^^i^j
n^ap , are consequently to be regarded as sprung from monosyllables with
the vowel given to the first radical.

3. Before the plural terminations a pretonic Kamets is
inserted, and the original vowel of the monosyllable falls
away, ^b^a ( ^b^g ) ling pi. D^ib^ , n^bTa queen pi. niib^ , l^i?
{yqk) saying pi. Q'^n^i;! , nnrif! id. pi. nii^s , b?3 (b:^B) work,
pi. D^b';^s , K-jh sin pi. D>*t:n .

a. Pretonic Kamets is not admitted by the numerals fi'^'iib? twenty
from "lb? ten, B'^jrad seventy from y^d seven, C'yrn ninety from Ten
nine. The words C^iaa pistachio-nuts, CDsn ebony. Q'^xi: Job 40:21,22,
nirnn mercies, S"'7apa and r.i^po sycamores, which do not occur in the
singular, have been regarded as examples of a like omission. But there
need be no assumption of irregularity if the first is taken with Fiirst from
l^3a3 , the second with Gesenius from "^^^n , and the others are explained
after a like analogy. Q,uadriliteral Segholates also receive pretonic Ka-
mets in the plural "S53 pi. D">py33 merchants, unless the new letter creates
an additional syllable, ia which case the introduction of Kamets would
prolong the word too much, bSiQ concubine pi. t3''t;j^s , ']"]SS nail n"'i"iQS .

b. The superior tenacity of Hholem, §60. 1. a (4), is shown by the occa-
sional retention of 0, not only as a compound Sh'va under gutturals, ITiit
•ji-aT/pl. mn"|iX, so b*i"n month, b'lh thicket, "iry sheaf , '^'^V faxcn ; but as

236 ETYMOLOGY. ^ 209

Kamets-Hhaluph in 'C'yp holiness pi. c^anp^ and C'^ir'ii?, ^"yv root pi.
aniij-iO, 5 19.2, or as a long vowel in Vinx tenl\A. cib'ns, ni-iS stall pi. MIX.
§60. 3. c, or shifted to the following letter so as to take the place of the
pretonic Kamets in "(iHS thumb pi. risinS , fn;: brightness pi. ninJD ,
§184. a. Comp. boh Cbv^Q) grave7i image lA. cb^DB. In other nouns it is
rejected, "if:3 morning pi. c^-ij^a ; so 'I'ii threshing-Jioor, "iS3 cypress^ yrp
hancl/ull, n^h s})ear. cn'"i juniper, h"h hollow of the hand.

c. Middle Vav quiesces in the plural of the following nouns: T^'h death
pi. n"'rn73 , nH-i^ iniquity pi. liiiiy. Gesenius regards a"^:!.** Proy. 11:7,
Hos. 9: 4, as the plural of ")JX, while others derive it from "lix, translating
it riches in the former passage and sorrow in the latter, the primary idea
out of which both senses spring being that of toil. Middle Yodh quiesces
in the plural of ^7^ ram pi. D-'BiX , rr^T olii-e pi. cn-^l , b'j'^ night pi. n-ilJi^ ,
but not in b^n strength pi. cb^n, '(^T fountain pi. riiry , "i^!^ ass-colt pi.
nin-r, ^r^n goat pi. =""^^0. The plural of ^''i valley is ni^xa by trans-
position from the regular form mx'^Il which is twice found in the K'thibh
2 Kin. 2: 16, Ezelc. 6:3; 075 house has as its plural C"'r,a, whether this
be explained as for CriDa from njS to build or for D'pria from r>i3 to
lodge. Middle Yodh always quiesces before the feminine and dual endings,
17^ provision {em. IT^''^, '|7? eye du. D'^i'^J^.

d. Monosyllables in '^. from hb roots belong properly to this forma-
tion, §57. 2 (4) and §184. 6, and follow the rules given above both in the
feminine '•^n_ (?5n) necklace fern, •^'j^n, and the plural "^nx (T'lX) lion
pi. C^nx and n-i^-ix, i-ja /nV/ pi. C^n^, or wnth the change o^ '' to X,
§56. 4, which also occurs in verbs, §177.3, ''bn necklace pi. D'^xbn , "^rD
simple pi. Q-'^nQ, D^ra and S-^NnQ , liiS gazelle pi. C^rs , n''sr:s and
nixas ; in like manner D'^XSS; branches, cxnb lioiis are referred to *'SS'.
and *^ib though these singulars do not occur; ■'bs (7^3) utensil does not
receive Kamets in the plural n"'b3.

4. The dual sometimes takes a pretonic Kamets like the
plm'al, but more frequently follows the feminine in not re-
quiring its insertion, ti)^ (riH) ^^'^^^' '^^^' o^r]?*?, ^"j^ C^T^)

way du. Q^inn , xk (:T?fe) ^>'Orn du. Q^i'^jp and n^?"!)?, "'H^
c/zeeX- du. Dl'^nb, xk {Tk) '^'^^^ t^^"^- ^^3"?^, so D^in^, D^???.,

§209. When the ultimate is a simple syllable, the follow-
ing cases occur, viz :

1. Final n. is rejected before the feminine and pliu-al
endings, r;s^ beautiful fern. ri2^ f. pi, nis^ , '^'??''i? work pi.
Qito'a ; so ni™ ccwj» du. a''?n^ .

a. The last radical in words of this description is properly i, which is
rejected after a vowelless letter, §62. 2. c, so that ns^ is for n^B^ and

§ 209 GENDER AND NUMBER OF NOUNS. 237

D"'U3S^ for Q'''^il''5?^ . In fi very few instances the radical "^ remains, e.g.
n'-'as' Cant. 1:7 from n6i> (■^bis)) D-^man Isa. 25 : 6 from nn^'3 C^nnia)
and is even strengthened by Daghesli-lbrte, §207.2, •^^3'i2 Lam. 1:16
from nbia, n*-is and n-nb, §196. 6, fern, of nAa, ni'-in Hos. 14: 1, else-
where n"i"irt , ns mouth, edge pi. n"iE , nrs and ni'S , or changed to X ,
§56. 4, nba ("'^^) young lamb Q"'xb:i (n'^'^bo), so that it is not necessary
to assume a singular "'b:: which no where occurs, nsbn Ps. 10 : 8 D"'i<Dbn
ver. 10. See Alexander in loc.

2. Final *'. may combine with the feminine and plural
endings, so as to form n^ . , n^^ . , m'*' . , or it may in the
masculine plural be contracted to D''. , §02. 2, "^I^S? Hebreto
pi. D^nns? and n^^nny fern, n'^^^ns? f. pi. ni^-ia:;? ; -k s/iijj pi.
n-'i and D^^3?, ^irsn/re^ pi. D^izJsrt, ip3j»?^r(? pi. D^^p5. So
nouns in JT^. upon the exchange of the feminine singular for
the plural termination tr^\il2iii Ammonitess pi. f^'i*'?'!^?, tr^rirt
Hittitess n^'pn.

a. In D"'X"'2n5 2 Chron. 17 : 11 Arabians from "'i'^SJ an X is interposed,
elsewhere Q''3'i? ; ni'bii branches, ni^'J corners and n'i'|Si3'?3 bowls, which
do not occur in the singular, are assumed to be from tr^bn , rr^iT and

6. A few monosyllables in ''. form their feminines in this manner,
though in the masculine plural they follow the rule before given, §208. 3. d,
inj kid fem. fi^ns, "^sb lion, N^nb lioness, §196. d, ^rs gazelle fem. n^na
(iTJ::^ and N'^ail are used as proper names), ''Pd drinking fem. fijniy .

3. There are few examples of final 1 or i with added
endings. The following are the forms which they assume :
^^V drink pi. Di)^ii?, fi^ib^ hingdom pi ini^Db^a, §G2. 2,
ti^'iy testimony pi. fi'i'li? > '^^^'^ sister pi. riifii? and Jii^fi^ for
ni-iJii? , ian and i^ini myriad pi. nian , nisin and niknn ;

the dual D'nhn inserts the siorn of the feminine.

... j~)

a. rii'jn or ni^pn Jer. 37 : 16 cells is referred to the assumed singular
w'jn; mrj3 Isa. 3:16 K'thibh and niTi'? 1 Sam. 25:18 K'thibh are
formed from 1123 , ^'C'J abbreviated Kal passive participles, § 172. 5, but in
the absence of tlie appropriate vowel points their precise pronunciation
cannot be determined.

b. Nouns ending in a quiescent radical 5< may be regarded as termina-
ting in a consonant, since this letter resumes its consonantal power upon
an addition being made to the word. Comp. §162. xiica found fem.
tix:i733 , K-.Q wild ass pi. u-'tr^Q .

238 ETYMOLOGY. §210

§210. The changes, which occur in the penult, arise
from the disposition to shorten the former part of a word,
when its accent has been carried forward by accessions at the
end, §G6. 1. They consist in the rejection of Kamets or
Tsere, biia great fem. npina pi. D^Siia f. pi. mSi'^a, ni^
word pi. D'nn'i , "jin^T memorial pi. fTii'">3T , ^';| icw(/ du.
d:^s:3, y^^iz restoring pi. D^n-^T^;^ fem. ^i^tC'/O, ^tq distress
pi. D"^"^2i'53, "^'i}, Levite ])\. D"^'''!i'p, except from nouns in n. in
which the place of the accent is not changed by the addition
of the terminations for gender and number, §209. 1, nS^
beautiful fem. rsh-^ pi. n^s;* , rnis feld pi. niiii? , nirjp hard
pi. D^irip, ni:^ pi. D^i'^ and ni:?^ ^o?^-^/^, ni; smitten pi.
Dii? . Other penultimate vowels are mostly exempt from
change.

a. Kamets, which has arisen from Pattahh in consequence of the suc-
ceeding letter not being able to receive Daghesh-forte, as the form properly
requires, is incapable of rejection. Such a Kamets is accordingly retained
without change before "i, e. g. ^"^.n for ^"^n, § 187. 1, workman pi. Diffl'in,
so dns horseman^ Xy^:! fugitive, C'^D (const. Ci"iO) eimncA, Y^^H ^^^^i-
ble, ■)'"''!S violent, f^"^^ diligent, or - shortened to Pattahh before n,
§60. 1. a (4), "i^ina young man p\. fi"''nin3. Kamets is also retained in
certain 'S'J and T\b derivatives as a sort of compensation for the reduction
of the root by contraction or quiescence, e. g. 'S^ shield pi. Ci^ia and
nib^ , Tis'o fortress pi. n^T:;.'5a, n-'^i'n branch pi. ni'sbn , ni^T comer pi. ni'^T .
Other instances of its retention are rare and exceptional, liaa treacherous
fem. nnij3 , rizd (const, rad) week pi. ^'^k'^^ and m'i'r'^j but du. t.yj^.'Q ,
aj''i;d warrior pi. C'^iu"'^ia , ' '

6. When Kamets following a doubled letter is rejected, and Daghesh-
forte is omitted in consequence, §25, the antepenultimate vowel is in a few
instances changed from Hhirik to Seghol, §61. 5. 'p^-jn vision^p\. rii3i"'Tn,
•ji-i'vay a tenth pi. C-'inby , but '(inst memorial pi. nii'i:: .

c. Tsere is not rejected if it has arisen from Hhirik before a guttural
in a fijrm which properly requires Daghesh-forte, ^"^n for ^fr") § 187. 1. b,
deaf\)\. d^cnn , or if it is commonly represented by '', §14.3, CiB'S or
TibiS, ^\Q&, hammer \)\, nis^"'3. or a radical "^ quiesces in it, '|r)"'X or "nx
(fi-om '^rp^, HS9) per eJinial pi. C'^ir'ix or cir^; H'^v! iemple pi. B-'Ss-'n
and ml32^n, C'lnd-'iD ar.d C'^'^^^i-ectitude, ci^i^ (from 'i^l'l or *T'T)/5ro;«i.
Other cases are rare and exceptional, e. g. cbb'CS Neh. 3 : Si feeble.

d. Hholem is almost invariably retained in the penult, yet it yields to
the strong tendency to abbreviation in the following trisyllables : rr'ni'n'wX
Ashdoditess pi. n'i'nntJN Neh. 13 : 23 K'ri (K'thibh miTrtON), T'V\'&V Am-
monitess pi. ni'ixi^'id. (K'thibh nraias', 1 Kin. 11: 1 ni'Sias), ■n"'a

§ 211 GENDER AND NUMBER OF NOUNS. 239

Sidonian f. pi. ri^jns where long Hhirik becomes Tsere before concurrent
consonants, §61. 4.

e. When the penult is a mixed syllable containing a short vowel, it is
ordinarily not subject to change, §58.2. The tendency to the greatest
possible abbreviation is betrayed, however, in a few examples by the re-
duction of the diphthongal Seghol to Pattahh, comp. §60.3.6, ^3'^'5<
cluster pi. niSb':JX Cant. 7 : 8. is-i^a chariot fern, nis^a pi. niz3"i^ , pnnT3
distance pi. Cibn-i^ and D-'j?n-i'3, or of Pattahh to the briefest of the
short vowels Hhirik, comp. §207. 2. a, "b-bv fury pi. niSirbT , i,h^ fork
pi. niibfia, §190. a, nn^:j dish pi. ninb^. by the resolution of Daghesh-
forte for nifl^iS, §59. a; -nx for "inx nrher has in the plural D"inriX , ninTO
as if from nnx , nbm coal has pi. C'^^n;, by §G3. 1.

§211. In forming the plural of nouns, which have a
feminine ending in the singular, the latter must first be
omitted before the rules already given are applied. Thus,
T\bbi2i2 kingdom by the omission of the feminine ending be-
comes ?I^13T3 , hence, by § 207. l,its plural is nibb^^ ; so nib^
queen becomes ^b'b , and by § 20S. 3. its plural is fTiibia ;
f^"}3i? ejiistle becomes "^a^?, and by §207.1. its plural is
mii^i? . As precisely the same changes result from append-
ing the feminine n^ and the plural endings, except in the
single case of Segholate nouns or monosyllables terminating
in concurrent consonants, §208, nouns in n^ become plural
with no further change than that of their termination ; only
in the exceptional case referred to a pretonic Kamets must
be inserted. Nouns in in , after omitting the feminine end-
ing, are liable to the rejection or modification of the vowel
of the ultimate in forming the plural, as explained § 207. 1. d.
and e. On the other hand, as the dual ending is not substi-
tuted for that of the feminine singular, but added to it, no
such omission is necessary in applying the rules for the
formation of the dual, it being simply necessary to observe
that the old ending n^ takes the place of n^ , § 202. Thus
ni-^ (t^i^y) year, by §210, becomes in the dual Q':fi3T^, th^.
door, by § 208. 4, du. d^nb^ , mcriD hrcm du. Q'^n^Jn? .

a. In the following examples a radical, which has been rejected from
the singular, is restored in the plural, n^X (for •^^^s) maid-servant pi.

240 ETYMOLOGY. §212-214

Piin^X, ri;« (for n^;^ from ini^) portion pi. r!i"i:T3 and rixJ^ , comp.
§208. 3. (/, nkp (for ril^p from r^kp^) pi. n"l':ip; in like manner 'nV:3 coZ-
/eag-z/es is referred to the assumed singular ri33. nns (niRQ) governor
has in the plural both Piiins (const, niins) and rrins.

The Construct State.

§212. When one noun stands in a relation of depend-
ence on another, the second or specifying noun is, in occi-
dental languages, put in the genitive case ; in Hebrew, on the
other hand, the second noun undergoes no change, but the
first is put into what is commonly called the construct state
(?j%D or ^^99? suj)^oried). A noun which is not so related
to a following one is said to be in the absolute state (f^^3^''2
cut off). Thus, "li'^T tvord is in the absolute state ; but in the
expression tl^i3n ni'i verhiim regis, the loord of the Icing, *i3'l
is in the construct state. By the juxtaposition of the two
nouns a sort of compound expression is formed, and the
speaker hastens forward from the first noun to the second,
which is necessary to complete the idea. Hence results the
abbreviation, which characterizes the construct state.

a. The term absolute state was introduced by Reuchlin; he called the
construct the state of regimen.

§213. The changes, which take place in the formation
of the construct, affect

1. The endings for gender and number.

2. The final syllable of nouns, which are without these
endings.

3. The syllable preceding the accent.

§ 214. The following changes occur in the endings for
gender and number, viz. :

1. The feminine ending n^ is changed to ti. , nn&T»
handmaid const. snn&TS; the ending n remains unchanged,
triybt:^ observance const. fin'OTi?^ .

§215 THE CONSTRUCT STATE OF NOUNS. 241

a. The explanation of this appears to be that the construct state re-
tains the old consonantal ending n_, the close connection with the follow-
ing noun preserving it as if in the centre of a compound word, §55. 2. c;
whereas in the isolation of the absohite state, the end of the word is more
liable to attrition and the consonant falls away.

6. Some nouns in n^ preceded by Kamefs adopt a Segholate form in
the construct, '^^^'S^ kingdom const. rsb'O^ instead of rsb^aTa, §61. 1.6.
nBirTio domim'on const. nbuJCTO, nixb^ woi-k const, nrs^^ , f^i^"'a chariot
const. n?3i^, tTi:j?. crown const, rrit:?;, ninbyZawie const, nanb, nnias;
teJi const, nnib? , or with the Seghols changed to Paitahhs under the influ-
ence of a guttural, i'\r\'5^_'Q family const. rnst'Ta , rii'3ixyb?<r const, rira-.x ;
so t^h^'i Jig-cake const, nb^'n ; nax woman, though it occurs in the abso-
lute. Deut. 21 : 11, 1 Sam. 28 : 7, Ps. 58 : 0, is mostly used as the construct
of nii'X . On the other hand, npn botlle has in the construct rian Gen.
21 : 14 (the accent thrown back by §35. 1) as if from nrn.

2. The ending 0*^. of tlie masculine plural and d;*. of the
dual are alike changed to ">.. , n''i2? nations const, ''i?^ , D??1ii?
/lorns const, "'b'^]? ; tii of the feminine plural suffers no change
tri^ip voices const, tii^p .

a. The compression of 2 to e regularly takes place upon its being fol-
lowed by concurrent consonants, §61. 4. This is here suggested as the
explanation of the change of vowel in the plural. It results from the
close connection of the construct state, which as it were, unites the two
words into one compound term ; thus, B^ns houses joined to rr^TJ hewn
stone would become r.'^irin'^Fia, and by the dropping of the nasal, accord-
ing to §55. 2.6, rr^Tj •'ris houses of hewn stone. Comp. §199. e. In the
dual the final nasal is likewise rejected, and ay combines to form the diph-
thongal e, § 57. 2 (5).

6. In a very few instances the vowel ending of the masculine plural
construct is added to feminine nouns ''nra (the accent invariably thrown
back by §35. 1), commonly in the K'thibh Tiiaa const, of fiira high-
places, "'niaX'i^ 1 Sam. 26:12; this takes place regularly before suf-
fixes, §220.2."

§215. 1. In a mixed final syllable Kamets is commonly
shortened to Pattahh : so is Tsere when preceded by Kamets ;
other vowels remain without change, 1!j /land const. 1^ ,
2m seat const, riiriia, ns?^2 neck const, 'ix^?, IpT o/^/ const.
)p_1 , nb /leari const. 3^ , "iiS5 mighty man const, "liaii .

a. Kamets remains in the construct of cbix porch, ^ns writing, "jthr
gift. IV cloud (once const, lb Ex. 19:9), C.^nD decree and D^ sea, e. g.
J^^^ri'^T ^^" of salt, except in the phrase C]l6 c; sea of weed, i. e. Red
Sea; 2brj milk becomes ::bri , and "jib while "3b Gen. 49; 12 in the con-
struct.

16

242 ETYMOLOGY. § 215

6. Tsere remains in \S-qn Jive const, ii'nn^, Tl^ mire const. 1']'^, nh^
breathing const. nD"^ , npy heel const. S]^?. , in the 55 derivative "(ha
«Ate/(Z const. *|.a^ and in ^ix found in several proper names. It is occa-
sionally shortened to Seghol before Makkeph in bis mourning const.
'hzH, Tib time const, ni, "ns and "njJ, bb name const, oij, "CUJ and 'ob:
■ja so?i, which in the absolute retains Tsere before Makkeph, Gen. 30: 19,
Ezek. 18 : 10, has in the construct 13 , — |3 or "'Z . Tsere is shortened to
Pattahh in a few cases not embraced in the rule, viz. : "ip) nest const, "'(f?,
h^-q rod const. h]5^ and bjsa , lis Deut. 32:28 perishing const, of li'K,
the Kal participles of Lamedh guttural verbs, §126. 1, and the following
nouns with prefixed "n in several of which a preceding Pattahh is likewise
changed to Hhirik, § 190. a, "iC?^ tithe const. "iii?S^3 , IDO^ mourning const.
^spa, HnsB key const. nt|i3^ and nra?3, yiania lair const. -yanTs, nna
clamour const, nn^ , "lauia matrix const. "li'lJ^ , rinffl^ corruption const.
nnuia, na^a aZtar const, na^a.

c. Hholem is shortened to Kamets-Hhatuph before Makkeph in the
construct of monosyllables from 53 roots, pn statute const. pH and "pH ,
rarely in other words "bna Prov. 19 : 19, Ps. 145 : 8, Nah. 1 : 3 (in the last
two passages the K'thibh'has bllJ), -nnii Job 17: 10, Prov. 22: 11, "|^3p
Ex. 30 : 23, -thb Ex. 21 : 11 ; this becomes Pattahh before the guttural in
~naa for J^aa construct of <naa high, ba kol construct of Va all occurs
twice, viz. : Ps. 35 : 10, Prov. 19 : 7, without a Makkeph following, § 19. 2. a;
it must not be confounded with Va kal Isa. 40 : 12 he comprehended pret.
ofb^a.

d. The termination \ becomes "i.. in the construct, §57. 2 (5), "''n
enoz<o-/i const, '''n, Ti ///e const, "^n.

e. Three monosyllabic nouns form the construct by adding a vowel, aj<
father const, ax Gen. 17 : 4, 5, elsewhere "^ax, nx 6ro//ter const, "^nx , Sn
friend const, nin 2 Sam. 15 : 37, 1 Kin. 4 : 5. or nin 2 Sam. 16 : 16, Prov.
27 : 10 K'thibh. These may be relics of the archaic form of the construct,
§218, or the monosyllables may be abridged from rtb roots, §185. 2. c.

2. In a simple final syllable n.. is clianged to n.. , Tito
sheep const, nib , ni?'"i shepherd const. M?"! , Tyajield const.
nito ; other vowels remain unchanged.

a. This is an exception to the general law of shortening, which obtains
in the construct. It has, perhaps, arisen from the increased emphasis
thrown upon the end of the word, as the voice hastens forward to that
which is to follow. In like manner the brief and energetic imperative
ends in Tsere in nb verbs, while the future has Seghol, § 168. c. An
analogous fact is found in the Sanskrit vocative. The language of address
calls for a quick and emphatic utterance ; and this end is sometimes at-
tained by shortening the final vowel, and sometimes by the directly oppo-
site method of lengthening it. Bopp Vergleich. Gramm. §205.

b. ns mouth has ''B in the construct.

c. Nouns ending in quiescent X preserve their final vowel unchanged
in the construct, XT^year/no- const. X'n^, xis host const. XaS.

^216 THE CONSTRUCT STATE OF NOUNS. 243

§216. 1. Kamets and Tsere are commonly rejected from

the syllable preceding the accent, Dip'a place const. Dip^ ,
T\vo year const. riiD, d""':© years const, ''iiy, mini^ifij: treas-
ures const, tninsix , D';i4^ hands const, i"!' , i^b /^mr^ const.
nib , nisn ?67'«M const, riian .

a. Kamets preceding the accented syllable is retained (1) when it has
arisen from Pattahh before a guttural in consequence of the omission of
Daghesh-forte, d"nn (for ^'^n) workman const. TiJ'in, ujns (ttJ^S) horse-
man const. ^nS, riD"iQ (naVis) vail const. ri3l0, <Ti^ (irn^) distress const.
Tn'^ ; (2) in words from IS and ■'"s roots, 0"'ns (from 1"'?) ci7?es const. ""nS,
D'^xa (from Kia) coming const, ''xa; (3) under 53 prefixed to SS roots,
TiO"9 (from T|30) covering const. "053, '(i^a (from "ly) shield const. '(JTa,
TiSO (from \yj) fortress const, tii?^; (4) in nb derivatives of the form
wVa (from nbs) exiVe const, rilba, ni;n meditation const. fi*iari. (5) in the
construct dual and plural of triliteral monosyllables or Segholates from
Kb and H'b roots, ^':'l'nh (from "^ni) c/ieefo const. ''^rt, D'^-ina (from "^na)
A"kZs const. ''^^•la , C\x'Jri (from S<::n) sms const. ''X'^n'; (6) in the foUovv-
ing nouns in most of which it stands immediately before or after a guttural,
§60. 3. c, nbx curse, nnS53 cave, nb'rri conduit, and the plurals, "'XTi'n,
i^nn, •'Ja-ij^ Lev. 7:38,^ ■'iiaxs, ■^xaiV, •'irnio, "^S'^-q, '^nsis 2 Kin. 12:8,
•>n^^i? Ezek.'27:9, ''las'a Job'34:25," ""X-npi:", '■'nsr/Eccles'. 9: 1, ''=iain.

b. Tsere is retained in words in which it is commonly represented by
the vowel-letter "^ , or has "^ quiescing in it, bb'^<^ temple const. b?''n, and
in addition in the following, D'lix crib const. G^iix , so liTX girdle, "(li:x
thread, "^zl foreign land const, ""t^a, •r'jaN:. Zoss const, tinsx , so J^-SX Isa.
58:10 darkness, nin2 poo/, nija Ex. 22:2 theft, nsaia p/og-t<e,^n=Bn53
oi/'eWArouj, nnDia Gen. 49 : 5 swore/, nrs^a molten-image, rrnna Job 16:13
gall, n^an?. Aeap, nxs excrement, 'ny^.V^ fig-tree, "TJ?."^?!) deep sleep, and the
plurals ''brx mourning from B^'bax (^ax), so "'Ssn desiring, "^JC^ sleep-
ing, ''niab and ""'n^b rejoicing, "^nad forgetting, ''aXT wolves from CaxT
(axf) ; C^yJ"^ weary becomes ''S^?'? in the construct, and B""!?^?? escaped

c. Hholem is rejected from the syllable before the accent in n'i253'ii<
const, pi. of ■)i53"ix palace, nib'surx and n'iat^x const, pi. of Vatix cluster,
•inixn Cant. 4:5 and "'aNFi Cant. 7:4 twins, inra from ni^da ^?'o-A-
places, see §214. 2. 6; it is changed to u in ''3531273 from fi'^sta^a treasures,
comp. §88.

d. Medial Vav and Yodh. though they may retain their consonantal
power in the absolute, quiesce in Hholem and Tsere in the construct, T\^n
midst const, "rpn, riiibp cups const, riicp, n'i'a house const. r"'a. riii^s
fountains const, mrs, X";!? valley const. K'^J , pi. W-'Na , §208. 3. c, const.
nix'^a Ezek. 35:8. Exceptions are rare, i'.'is (according to Kimchi bii;)
Ezek. 28 : 18 iniquity, ''3'^153 Prov. 19 : 13 contentions "ix^rs Jiec/c const.
^x^s and "i^x^a . " ' "

e. A few nouns of the forms ^Mf? , bb)? , "^Xip^ have bafe or bl3|5 in the
construct instead of bajs, §61. 1. 6, "I'ija ■ujoW const, ills . ija robbery const.

244 ETYMOLOGY. §216

^.?? : m'^'t ^^"'S"^ const, ^i";^;., ^ri"^ heavy const, "lis and 153, t;n3 shoulder
const. Clt;;3, '|1IJ3 smoA;e const, 'j't;?. and )^.k, '^? ^ic^e const, i'bi and sbs;
^"nx /o??g- is only found in tlie construct, the corresponding absolute was
probably T\^.^; Jsis helmet simply shifts its accent in the construct, yzih .
On the other hand, while most Seghohite nouns suffer no change in the
construct, a few adopt the form ^^P, "ilH chamber const. I^n, T^'i seed
const, once ~"'^T Num. 11:7 elsewhere Siti ^'^?. pla7it const. y::3 . "15U
foetite const. ^abJ , rsb sefe?i const, si'^y , 5iyn jzijie const, i'uin ; in like
manner b'Zii vanity const. ^^H .

2. "Wlien this rejection occasions an inadmissible concur-
rence of vowelless consonants at the beginning of a syllable,
§61.1, it is remedied by inserting a short vowel between
them, commonly Hhirik, unless it is modified by the presence
of gutturals, bib^ tinUinfj const, b^bs for bib2 , D^^nn^ words
const, '^^y^ for ''■)?'7 , '^'T'^ rigliteousness const. f^{?7-^ > P^-
nip'i^ const. fTip7?, n^nn beast const, in'ana, D^tJDn ?m^
const. ''XJDn . In the construct plural and dual of Segholates,
however, the vowel is frequently regulated by the character-
istic vowel of the singular which has been dropped, comp.
§208.2, d^ib^ from ^b-a (^bi?) Ungs const, "^ib^, Q^tsntD
(iDn'iL') trihes const, ""^^i^j, ini:'^.? (■j'lii) thresMng-foors const.
niina, niEnn (nsnn) rejjroaches const. J^is^n, d:nb^ (nb^
or rh^) foldhfg doo?'s const. 'Tlr'^, yet not invariably C?:^!?
( b?uj ) handfids const, ''b?!^ , mjpizj trough (pi. ninjpi^ ) const.
ninpijj.

a. When in the construct plural the introduction of a new vowel is
demanded by the concurrence of consonants, the syllable so formed is an
intermediate one, so that the following ShVa is vocal, and the next letter,
if an aspirate, does not receive Daghesh-lene. thus, *'^1?7) ''?^'?) '^''^^?j
niinn not ''';i^7, "'?^^, r'inb'n, mi'in, §22. a. 3. Exceptions are infre-
quent as r.Trsi Deut. 3 : 17, '''t!C'^ Lam. 3 : 22 but "inon Ps. 89: 2, riQ-,n
Ps. 69:10, iB'^'J Ezek. 17:9, -^EOS Gen. 42:25, 35', ''303 Lev. 23:18,
-''vys. Isa. 5 : 10, nthcp Neh. 4 : 7, "^er-i Cant. 8 : 6 but -'SUin Ps. 76 : 4. In
a few instances Daghesh-forte separative is inserted to indicate more dis-
tinctly the vocal nature of the Sh'va, §24. 5.^ ''ir^n Isa. 57 :6, ■'isr Lev.
25:5, ■'32? Isa. 58:3, ''risy Gen. 49:17, niiiss 'Ps. 89: 52, nii^as Prov.
27 : 25. or compound Sh'va is taken instead of simple for the same reason,
nirj^d Gen. 30 : 38. The presence or absence of Daghesh-lene in the
dual construct depends upon the form of the absolute, thus "^riSb from
D'HEb lips but ''3'^3 from t:';'3"i3 hnees. When the concurring con-
sonants belong to different syllables a new vowel is not needed between

§217 THE CONSTRUCT STATE OF NOUNS. 245

them; one is sometimes inserted, however, after a guttural, ''3'iSa,
nii-iSO but niirno. In the opinion of Ewald ■'ttJ"i|?^ Ezek. 7 : 24 is for
"lii-rp^ from CcVi:??? , and n3;:Jp5^ Ex. 26:23, 36:28 for nyispo ; they
may be better explained, however, as Piel and Pual participles.

b. The second syllable before the accent rarely undergoes any change.
In a very few instances Seghol becomes Hhirik or Pattahh, the pure
vowels being reckoned shorter than the diphthongal, comp. §210. e.
il23"ip. chariot const, nss'nia. The changes in ti'hi-f^ Jlame const. Tizhb
pi. riiinb const, nianb , C^bna coals const, "ibm are due to the influence
of the proximate vowels, §63. 1; those in "(i^iH vision const. 'i'i"'!n , rbnS
coats const, rsps are consequent upon the dropping of Daghesh-forte,
§61. 5; that in ti'^h'n'ii (from bf]i<) tents const. "'.^H!* arises from the con-
version of a simple into an intermediate syllable, §59.

§217. The following table of the declension of nouns
will sufl&ciently exemphfy the rules which have been given.

a. The left-hand page is occupied by masculine nouns and the right-
hand by feminine, the latter being, with few exceptions, derived from the
former, or preserving, as in y^, ilk? , "lin irnin an outward correspondence
though the roots are different. There is thus shown the formation of the
feminine from the masculine, as well as that of the plural from the singu-
lar and the construct from the absolute of both numbers and genders. A
few examples are added of the formation of the dual and of the inflections
of adjectives and participles. The Piel and Hithpael participles follow
the analogy of the Kal ; the Niphal is followed by the Pual, Hophal, and
Hiphil, the last of which has in the sing. fern. Jib-'ZipJa or P^ispa and in
the plural n-'Biap;^ , ni^-'apja .

Declension

SlNGTJLAE.

Plueal.

Absol.

Constr.

Alsol.

Constr.

Garden.

1^

15

tr^l

'?.5

Fish.

T

3^

• T

'i?

Guard.

T : •

TO53

• T ; •

''^2'^'q

Vengeance.

Dp3

'Tr

□PJ

C3'-^l??

'■?R?

Cloud.

Pr

l=?

"3.::?

Heart.

Sib

T ••

==^

n^nnb

• T :

^nnb

Flower.

V-

T^-

0^21?

'^?

Tree.

Y?

■f?

t3-i:^

'^?

Wall.

'TIS

^^?

or nis

ci'i':??

""i??

Suckling.

pbv

pbv •

d^pDi^

'pp'i'

Interpreter.

yh

Y^bi/^

n^ii^ba

"^'^'9

Statute.

pn

pH

Qf^n

^J5n

Turtle-dove

niri

^in

fi^-iri

Hr

Memorial.

1^^?7

"(inst

ci^hh^T

"ihST

King.

t^^

^^^

Ci^ib'j

• T :

'i^'^

Hiding-place. I'rb

nno

• T :

"il^?

Strength.

up

Dliy

• T t:

Death.

V T

ni7b

trtf\-2

^ni-j

Hebrew.

^nnj

^ni:? C3"

i)in5 or D^nn:^

'fl?T?

Appearance

■ »^^7^

J^^7^

D^j!<n7j

'ii?7^

SlirGTJLAE.

Dual.

Plural.

Aisol. i

?onstr.

Absol.

Constr.

^5soZ.

Constr.

Palm.

fi^

^?

n^B'D

'S3

niss

nies

Hand.

T

^;

• —T

'i'

nir

T

nii^

Wing.

5^3?

^i?

D:£j3

'5f5

nis:3

T :

nisj3

Tooth.

TiJ

1^'

D;^5^

''h'j

Foot.

baS

b^n

C3."5;0

^

• T :

Ear.

T!^

ij^

Ci:3T5<

'?.?^

Eye.

P-

r?

I2?r?

^r?

T-:

nir?

Lip.

T r

nsb

. — T :

^r)?'^

T :

Mhsir

246

OF Nouns.

Singular.

Plueal. 1

Ahsol. Constr.

Absol.

Constr.

Garden.

njs ri5

nih

miss

Fish (collective

' T T — :

T

T\rj^

Observance.

nt:'b'^"j '^y'2'0'2

T : •

x^hit'i

Vengeance.

r^2^ tl-Jf??

r,i?jp3

ni72p3

Cloud (collective.) H 'j'.'J IDD:?

T -:

ni:?^

Sin.

nj^^n ns^t^n

T —

m5<t:n

Flower.

nk3 rik3

r« — •

r\ik?

nik?

Counsel.

^?? ^kt_

nii?

ni:k?

Wall.

^vi? ^vif

nintis

nin"

Sucker.

r;:ir ni^iv

nipsi;

nipp;

Poem.

T • ; — • :

niii"V^

nii^b/^

Statute.

1 1

nipn

nipM

Law.

nnin mnin

ninin

ninin

Skull.

nbsbri nbitba

nibfba

niS-ibs

Queen.

n|ba snsb-j

T ;

niib-^

Hiding-place.

T : • — : •

riinnp

Strength.

TIT — ; T

T t;

Kingdom.

wib'^ n^ib-j

nii^Db-j

rii^3b:j

Hebrew-woman. Tr^'2'3 IH^"?^?

ni'i'^ns'

ni^nn:?

Yision.

ni^n'J n^n-^

niv^T^

nik'i^j

Adjectives akd Paeticiples.

SiNGTJLAE.

PLrSAX. 1

Maac. Fern.

Masc.

Fern.

Many.

in ni^

CD-ii

niin

Small.

r^i? ^1^1?

t^i'i;?!?

ni3t:p

Heavy.

•• T T •• :

ci"7=i?

ninns

Great.

biis nb'iia

T T :

C3"b'il3

niiJi-il

Deep.

P^? ^.

^'P'T?

nipr?

Kal act. part.

bt:p nb'pp or nbt?p

D^bbj^

inib'di?

Kal pass. part.

h^hp^ rib'^t:]^

d^b'^tip

ni^^tip

Fiphal part.

btbpD nbi^pi ornbt:p2

d^bbpD

• T •: •

if^'i-^i??

247

248 ETYMOLOGY. ^218,219

Paragogic Vowels.

§218. The termination "i. or i is sometimes added to
nomis in the construct singular, §G1. G, "'ba Gen. 49 : 11 for
]ii, iriNbu Isa. 1 : 21 for rsb^a, T'3'D Lam. 1 : 1 for ran,
''S^BTS^a Ps. 113:6 for b-'isETa, in^n Gen. 1:24 for n^n.
This occurs chiefly in poetry and is regarded as an archaism.
These vowels for the most pai*t receive the accent, and com-
monly occasion the rejection of Pattahh or Tsere from the
ultimate.

4

a. Examples of this antique formation of the construct are likewise
preserved in proper names, as p^k'^'S'^T? Melchizedek, nbdinia Methuselah.
Respecting the origin of these vowel endings, see § 19S. a (4).

§219. 1. The unaccented vowel n^ added to nouns in-
dicates motion or direction towards a place, n:iE2 noriUward,
nasb southward, s^'a^'ato heavenicard, nn'^an to the house,
oiKovBe, rnnn to the moimtai/i, whence it is called He directive
or He local. The subsidiary vowel of Segholates is rejected
before this ending, §GG. 2 (1), but other vowels arc mostly
unaffected, nnh' from 1^3 , ninii from f "iN , nnnnia from nnnia ,
nna^'a 1 Kin. 19 : 15 from the construct state nn^ia.

a. He directive is appended to the adverb fid there, nsi^ thither, and
to the adjective ^"'r'n profane in the peculiar phrase nb'^bn ad profanum
i.e. be it far from, etc. It is rarely used to indicate relations of time,
na'^TQ^ O^O^ia l Sam. 1 : 3 from days to days i. e. yearly, nni3''b'J Ezek.
21 : 19 for the third time, nns now prop, at (this) time. For the sake of
greater force and definiteness a preposition denoting direction is some-
times prefi-Ked to words, which receive this ending, so tliat tlie latter
becomes in a measure superfluous, f^^?'?^ zipwards, HBrb downwards,
nnyiqh 2 Chron. 31 : 14 to the cast, nbixd^ Ps. Q: 18 to Sheol, comp. ajro
paKpoScv,

b. The ending H^ rarely receives the accent Mn"ita Deut. 4:41; in
D'lX nj'ia it receives in some editions an alternate accent, §42. a, in
others the secondary accent Metiiegh, j33. 1. a. In T^'^n Gen. 14: 10 and
rty^S a is changed to e before this ending. §63. 1, in npn'n Ezek. 25: 13,
nrb 1 Sam. 21:2 the vowel of the ending is itself changed to e.

c. He directive is probably to be traced to the same origin with
the definite article H, whose demonstrative force it shares. The syl-

§220 NOUNS WITH SUFFIXES. 249

lable tn is prefixed to a noun to single out a particular thing from all
others of like kind as the object of attention. Appended to a word its
weak guttural would be rejected and its vowel prolonged to n^ , §53. 3;
and in this form it is added to nouns to point out the object or direction of
motion, and to verbs to indicate the object of desire, §97. 1. In Chaldee
this appended vowel forms what is called the emphatic state, and has the
sense of the definite article, T)^^. king, ni^o or xrba the king:

2. Paragogic n^ is sometimes appended to nouns, par-
ticularly in poetry, for the purpose of softening the termina-
tion without affecting the sense, §61. 6.

• Nouns with Suffixes.

§220. The pronominal suffixes, whose forms are given
§72, are appended to nouns in the sense of possessive pro-
nouns, "i) /land, ''l^ 7?i?/ hand, etc. They suffer, in conse-
quence, the following changes, viz :

1. Of the suffixes, which begin with a consonant, ^^,03,
l^ of the second person are connected with nouns in the sin-
gular by a vocal Sh'va, ^3 of the first person plm-al and ?I
of the second fcm. singular by Tsere, and ^n , n , n , "i of
the third person by Kamets ; ^n^ is invariably contracted to
i, rarely written n', §02. 1, and n, to t^, , §101. 2.

a. There is one example of a noun in the construct before the full form
of the pronoun, N"'n "b^ her days Nah. 2: 9.

b. First person: >13 is in a k\w instances preceded by Kamets, 15n5'nri
Ruth 3 : 2. isr-^p Job 22 : 20.

Second person. The final vowel of ?] is occasionally expressed by the
vowel letter n, nb-i^ Ex. 13 : 16, niTat'D Jer. 29: 25. In pause the Sh'va
before ^ becomes Seghol, §65, '.r^ii Gen. 33:5, sniE? Ps. 139:5, or
Kamets may be inserted as a connecting vowel, particularly after nouns
in n , whereupon the final Kamets is dropped to prevent the recurrence
of like sounds, T|5n Ps. 53:6. In the feminine the connecting vowel e
is rarely written "^ , ""^rW^O Ezek. 5: 12; "'., which belongs to the full
form of the pronoun, §71. a (2), is sometimes added 1o the suffix, ''rry]^
Jer. 11:15, ^3=in3 Ps. 116: 19, '^•2'^tl 2 Kin. 4:7 K'thibh, where the K'Vi
has Tj^Ti-'r • Sometimes the distinction of gender is neglected in the plural
and C3 is used in place of the feminine "i?, Op.^SN. Gen. 31:9, D351X,
Bb^rpa Jer. 9: 19; n is sometimes added to the feminine suffix as to the
full pronoun, n:in^) Ezek. 23:49.

250 ETYMOLOGY. § 220

Third person. The connecting vowel before in and n is occasionally
e, ^nb^^b Gen. 1:12, inqsb^B Judg. 9:24, iniib Nah. 1:13, innVx Job
25 : 3. so nny-i from rn and insniQ from r^^ and frequently with nouns in
n ", sinxnia and nx-)^ from nxnia, sin-^.b from nn\!j, inin^T?, WSj? ; e does
not occur "before the plural 0 unless it is represented by the vowel-letter

1 in n^nnsTa 2 Chron. 34 : 5 K'thibh, where the K'ri has cninat^ ; it is
once found in the fem. plural n:2np Gen. 41:21. The form n' in the
masc. sing, is commonly reckoned an archaism, rfbrj^ Gen. 12:8, m^C
Ps 42-9 nSs Jer. 2:21, so several times in the K'thibh HT'S, nniO Gen.
49:11, nnsian Ex. 22:4, nrx'.cs Ex. 22:26, n=05 Lev. 23:13, niriuJ

2 Kin.' 9: 25, nnxi=n Ezek. 48: 18, where the K'ri in each instance sub-
stitutes i. 'in a few instances the consonant is rejected from the femi-
nine n beincT retained simply as a vowel-letter; where this occurs it is
commonly indicated in modern editions of the Bible by Raphe, r^y:q Lev.
13:4, hx'jn Num. 15:28, or by a Masoretic note in the margm, n:_:r:!<
Isa. 23:17. 18 for PisrnN; once X is substituted for n, N^3 Ezek. 36:5.
The longer forms of'the' plural suffixes cn , *,n are rarely affixed to nouns
in the singular, -.n^nb Gen. 21:28, '.nabi? Ezek. 13:17, ^^m E^ek.
16-53 or with the connecting vowel Kamets, cnbs 2 Sam. 23:6, or with
n appended, nin^s 1 Kin. 7:37, nDroin Ezek. 16:53. The vowel n^ is
also sometimes 'added to the briefer form of the fem. plural, n;-n2i5 Gen.
21-29 n:^3 Gen. 42:36. The distinction of gender is sometimes ne-
glecte'd in' the plural, n or cn being used for the feminine, cbs Cant.
4 : 2, 6 : 6 for ',V3 , cn^T' Job 1 : 14 for •n^'i': .

c. The nouns =X father, nx brother, ns. mouth take the ending V be-
fore suffixes, as they'do likewise'in the construct state, r|^=i$ , c=^2i<, ; "'. of
the first person coalesces with this vowel, -i5<, -^nx, "Q and >in of the
third person, commonly becomes 1 §62. 2, r=x, l^nx, rs more frequent
^Y^^^ !in-«iix, >ininx, ^in-^s. In ^ia Zeph. 2:9 the vowel-letter "> ot the
first person 'suffix is dropped after the final "^ of the noun.

2. Tlie masculine plural termination n\ and tlie dual
D^ are changed to r. before suffixes as in the construct state ;
the same vowel is likewise inserted as a connective between
suffixes and feminine plural nouns, §214. 2. b. This r. re-
mains unchanged before the plural suffixes ; but before ^ the
second masc. singular and n third fem. singular it becomes
-< , and before the remaining suffixes the diphthongal vowel
is resolved into \ , which combined with \ the first singular
forms \ , with ^ the second feminine T.. , and with ^n the
third masculine T', , §62.2.

a In a very few instances suffixes are appended to feminine plurals
without the vowel \ or its modifications, ^rbnn 2 Kin. 6 j^^ for T^rjp ,
•^hhs Ps. 132: 12 for •'nns, T^ns^ Deut. 28:59 for tl^rs^., TiHl^n? Ezek.

^ 221 NOUNS WITH SUFFIXES. 251

16 : 52 for TJ'^nrnx , tiniax^ and drj-'niax^ , crrn'x Ps. 74 : 4, cnx-jn , tsnia'nn ,
CrnaTio, dP3ST2. On the otlier liand, suffixes proper to plural nouns are
occasionally appended to feminine nouns in the singular, perhaps to indi-
cate that they are used in a plural or collective sense, "cnarn Lev. 5: 24,
rjin^nn Ps. 9: 15, ~fnJ<=b Ezek. 35: 11, T^^^^t Isa. 47 : 13.'

b. The vowel-letter "^ is not infrequently omitted after plural and dual
nouns, rpn^ E.x. 33:13 for v^'^kv ^ ^^.T. Ps. 134:2 for cqin"^, iTia Ex.
32:19 K't'hibh (K'ri i^^^^). ^1^3 1 Sam. 18;22 K'thibh (K'ri T^7=?.),
cn::"ia Gen. 10:5 for nn^;;ia, '(H^bn Gen. 4:4 for 'nisbn.

c. Second person. The vowel "^ remains unchanged before the fern,
sing. 7\ in T("'Ti"i< Eccl. 10 : 17 and with n_ appended : n=3X^^ Nah. 2: 14.
Sometimes, as in the full pronoun, "', is appended to the fem. sing, suffix
and n^ to the plural, : ■'i^wbnFi Ps. 103:3, :'^3':*n ver. 4, nji-'ninos
Ezek. '13 : 20.

Third person. The uncontracted form of the masc. sing. *ni occurs
in iin-iniaa Nah. 2:4 for I'^'^'iaa , sirr^n^ Hab. 3:10, 'in'^rs Job 24:23;
ehu = aihu by transposition of the vowels becomes aulii = chl ■'Hi which
is found once TiiPTOjin Ps. 116: 12, and is the ordinary form of this suffix
in Chaldee. The final a of the fem. sing, is once represented by X ,
i<rt"f?"'Pis Ezek. 41: 15. In a few instances n^ is appended to the plural
of either gender. n^n'^^X Ezek. 40:16, fiJ.Tn*:? Ezek. 1:11, and i to
the abbreviated masc. D, i"a"'n^?< Deut. 32:'37, 'i»"'n3T ver. 38, ia'^B? Job
27:23. in"'.3Q Ps. 11:7.

3. The suffixes thus modified are as follows, viz. :

Appended to sixgulae.

Ic. 2 m. 2/ 3???. 3/

Sing. Nouns ""^ ^_ Tj,_ 1 T\

Dual and ) ^ ^'^ T T* 5^^

Plur. Nouns

PLURAL.

Ic.

2 TV. 2/

3 m

^D

D5 "i5

d

3/.

^r GD^ "o^ nr

§221. Certain changes likewise take place in nouns re-
ceiving suffixes, which arise from the disposition to shorten
words, which are increased at the end, §66. 1. These are
as follows, viz. :

1. The grave suffixes, §72, DD, )^, tin, 'jn shorten the
nouns, to which they are attached, to the greatest possible
extent. Before them, therefore, nouns of both genders and
all numbers take the form of the construct, sib /leart, 0?^^^
i/our heart, innnb their hearts; •"•sto Ujp du. Dn^lnBto pi.
Dn'^riinsip their lips.

a. B'n iZoocZ becomes tssicn and "i^ hand cbii.

252 ETYMOLOGY. §221

2. reminine nouns, both singular and plural, take the
construct form before the light suffixes likewise, with the ex-
ception that in the singular the ending n. becomes n^ in
consequence of the change from a mixed to a simple syllable,
§ 59, riEUJ I'qj, ihsil) Ids lij), DJ^^t: their lip, ^^ninsia thi/ lips,
Tininsii) Ms lijjs.

a. If the construct lias a Segholate form it will experience the change
indicated in 5, nliirrp const. ntdT:73 suf. "iPibrrTS . If two consonants
have coalesced in the final letter, it will receive Daghesh-forte agreeably
to 6, ina from ni, ifit^n from nax, !?|nraa l Sam. 16: 15 from the fern,
of n?^^ , § 205. b.

b. In a few exceptional instances the absolute form is preserved before
suffixes, ""nbna Isa. 26:19 from nif=3 but TipbD?, inbss; irs;j Cant. 2:10
from ns^ const. P2';' ; so inbx , I'^nn^s , 'i'^nnn-i , DD"'ni'3d but const.
niacj, comp. on'<r^, const, "^i;^.

3. Masculine nouns, both singular and plural, on receiv-
ing light suffixes take the form which they assume before the
absolute plural termination, ^i^ heart, '^i^b mi/ heart, ^^"^
thy heart, ^i'^??'? our hearts.

a. Tsere in the ultimate is shortened to Hhirik or Seghol before ?j,
DO, ',D, e. g. i^33, Diii":iirT2, cbbt?'?, or with a guttural to Pattahh, ^l^ns,
Csbxh , though with occasional exceptions, ?^^23i< Isa. 22:21, "(H'^ilJ
1 Sam. 21:3, ^^5*03 from NS3 . Before other suffixes it is rejected from
some monosyllables, which retain it in the plural, iro from DIU plur.
piiair, i:3 from •,2 plur. D"'33 but "'ia , ?|^a, •'in, r^.^. '

4. Dual nouns retain before light suffixes the form which
they have before the absolute dual termination, "^riBi^ my lips,
^rnsiri our lips, "'byx my ears, ^3'^?|i? our ears; tD?i"iI? and
^iV^"?, horns, '^^'XP. and T'jt')? ^"'^ horns.

5. Segholate nouns in the dual and plural follow the
preceding rules, but in the singular they assume before all
suffixes, whether light or grave, their original monosyllabic
form as before the feminine ending r;^ , §208, ^^'a king,
'^2h'i2 my kiny, CDSbia your kiny ; "jTi? car, ''3TSJ my ear; in
like manner f^ip^'i'' sucker, ij^j^si^ ^^"^ sucker.

a. When the first radical has Hholem in the absolute, Hhateph-Kamets
or Kamets-Hhatuph is sometimes given to the second radical before suP-

I

§222 NOUNS WITH SUFFIXES. 253

fixes. i^SJQ and i^?'Q from ^s's, ?i2::i5 Hos. 13:14, with Daghesh-forte
separative! i^ai;? Eze'k. 26:9. "'b;;? ^' 1 "Kin. 12:10, iliao Isa. 9:3, iiao
Jer. 4:7; n?2 garment has ■''^?3, i^as instead ol" "i^aSi , 'i"n:3.

6. Middle Yodh and Vav mostly quiesce in e and o before suffixes, ''I'^S
from 'i^? eye. ^ni^ fi-om nio death; but n'vS Gen. 49:11 from ^7?
?/o?«H^ as5, in-ia Isa. 10: 17 from nyiJ ^/torn, 1^1? Ezek. 18:26, 33: 13 from
bis iniquity.

c. TriHteral monosyllables sometimes shift their vowel from the second
radical to the first, tiius assuming tlie same form with Segholates, comp.
§184. rt. •'iran (romUJi'n, irad from "cbp. but itins fi-om cns ; t^":^? from
iHs ; i^,1D , T]7-iD , CD^-iQ , tD^^-iD but ch^-iQ from '"'nQ ; i-^no , t^^sd but
ci"i3'r li'om ■'i'ij. By a Uke transposition n:Q32 Ezek. 36:8 is lor cisDS
from iibr. "

d. The noun ^'i;x blessedness, which only occurs in the plural con-
struct and with suffixes, preserves before all suffixes the construct form,
?]it:3s, T^Vrx not ?]"'"!]^:*, "'"'^^x .

6. Nouns in whoso final letter two consonants have
coalesced, or which double their final letter in the plural,
§ 207. 2, receive Daghesh-forte likewise before suffixes, the
vowel of the ultimate being modified accordingly, "^k^ and
''•Ty from Ti? (root Tb), niP3 from na (n:a), niins from
■jinx (pi. D^^nx).

a. 35'rx lattice, ^'ais garden, 2:«ir?2 refuge, which do not occur in the
plural, take Daghesh-forte before suffixes; ri2d has in the plural JTinaCJ
but before suffixes insia, obnad; ",3 (root *)?r) base has "^b, 1:?.

6. In a very few instances a final liquid is repeated instead of being
doubled by Daghesh, comp. §207.2. a, '''inn Jer. 17:3, ''^nn Ps. 30:8,
Onnn Gen. 14:6 from nfj; ^^'b^ Job 40: 22 'and '^a from bk"; r^^^ Ezek.
16: 4 and T|i"liu Cant. 7:3. Once Daghesh-forte is resolved by the in-
sertion of 3, ni3TS"?3 Isa. 23: 11 for r.^h'-o, §54. 3.

7. Nouns ending in n.. drop this vowel before suffixes
as before the plural terminations, §209.1, T-^ Jeld ^ITI?,
T|^i2 , f^iia ; nbi^-a caffle ^^^^ .

a. The vowel e commonly remains as a connecting vowel before suf^
fixes of the third person singular, §220. 1. b; and in a few instances the
radical i is restored, giving-to singular nouns the appearance of being
plural, n-'ry Isa. 22:11, n^ris^ Hos. 2 : 16, cniBip Isa, 42:5, nib sheep
becomes i"^b or ^n^o.

§ 222. The following examples of nouns with suffixes
wdll sufficiently illustrate the preceding rules :

Paradigm of Nouns with Suffixes.

Singular.

heart !2l2b king Tjb'^ queen J^Sb'^ hand ^^

Const. nnb r\)b r\ib'2 t

Sing. 1 c. my " ^b.'2b " ^sb^J " ^hsbTJ " ^"1^

2 m. thy " ?jnnb " irjsbia '^ '^^r^-rt'"^ " ^Tr
2/. thy " Tjnzb " ri^b:^ " Tjnsb:^ " T]T

3 m. his " iinb " iiib-j " ihsb^j " ir
3/ her " niib " Hsb'j " nhsb-j " j^^-^

•^ tt: t:— tt:— tt

piur.ic. our " ^sinb " ^iiib'^ " ^:r)3b'^ " ^Di^^

2 m. your " DD^^b " DD^b-J " Qil^Sb'J " DST

2/ your " "jin^b " "jisb-j " "jinsbia " "i^-";

3 m. their " U2Zb " Oib'J '• DlDSb^J " Dl^

tt; t:— tt;— tt

3/. their " "jinb " ]^bT2 " ']t'3b7J » "|T

Plural. Dual.

hearts Q^'Il-b kings C'ib'J queens riiib*J hands D'"''

Const. ^inb ^Db53 niib^j ''i''

iS'inp'. 1 c. my

'i=b

a

^ib-:3

— T ;

((

^nisb*^

a

— T

2 m. thy

T==^

a

T#^

u

!rj^nijb-j

a

Tl'

2/. thy

^:i=>

a

t^)^

((

Tjl-niDb^

a

Ti:

3 m. his

riab

T t ;

u

vib-a

T r :

u

rniDb-j

u

TT

3/. her

rrty:^

(I

rrth'2

T V T :

u

n-hi2b?j

a

T VT

Plur. 1 c. our

^rinb

•• T :

u

^rib-j

••T ;

u

^rniDb'j

(i

•■T

2 m. your

C35"^^^

u

^TP^^

((

D5"ini5b-j

((

D?"T

2/. your

l^'^T^

((

]T^^''^

((

"irnirba

u

!=■":

3 m. their

Dn^nnb

C(

Dli^Db:j

u

Qri-nisb-j

C(

nn-T

3/. their

IT^^^

((

10'5^^

u

"irrniijb'j

a

|il-T

254

§223

NUMERALS.

255

Numerals.

§223. 1. The Hebrew numerals C^^^T^r} niiais) are of
two kinds, cardinals and ordinals. The cardinals from one
to ten are as follows, viz. :

Masculine.

Feminine.

Ahsol.

Gonstr

J.5so?.

Constr.

One

T V

nfj^

th^

rrj^

Two

n-^biT

^DTS

x:%t

-pi'^

Three

mrb'd

ni^Hui

T

ii:3-^

Four

T T : —

'^1%'}'^

>4'P5<

3?3-ii5

Five

T • -:

niij-jn

•^iT\

^/bn

Six

T •

nir^

iriz:"

■oJTi:

Seven

n^2ia

^'5^

rri^

Eight

nibiD

mib'jp

nibiD

nia^

Nine

r ; •

n^TDH

yirn

riijn

Ten

T T -:

i^!^^?

^w

n'^ib

a. ^nx is for ^nx . § 63. 1. a ; the Seghol returns to Pattahh from
which it has arisen, upon tlie shortening of the following Karnets in the
construct and in the feminine, rnx for tn'iriN, ^54. 2, but in pause rnx;
nns occurs in the absolute in Gen. 48 ': 22, 2 Sam. 17:22, Isa. 27:"'] 2,
Ezek. 33 : 30, Zech. 11 : 7, and once in Ezek. 33 : 30. The plural Dinnx^
is also in use in the sense of one, Gen. 11:1, Ezek. 37 : 17, or some, Gen.
27 : 44, 29 : 20. Comp. Span, iinos.

C^ipi^ is for Q'^nJli ; for the Daghesh in n see §22. h; this is once
omitted after Daghesh-forte, '^'r-ytxi Judg. 16 : 28.

A dual form is given to some of the units to denote repetition, C';inS2'ix
fourfold, Dlin^aiy sevenfold.

nj*3Tr occurs once with a paragogic syllable, !i!i'3^ Job 42: 13, and
once with a suffix in the form cm'nd 2 Sam. 21 : 9 K'ri.

2. In all the Semitic languages the cardinals from t/iree
to te?z are in form of the singular number, and have a femi-
nine termination when joined to masculine nouns, but omit
it when joined to feminine nouns. The explanation of this

256

ETYMOLOGY.

P24, 225

curious phenomenon appears to be that they are properly col-
lective nouns like triad, decad, and as such of the feminine
gender. With mascuhne nouns they appear in their primary
form, with feminine nouns, for the sake of distinction, they
undergo a change of termination.

a. An analogous anomaly meets us in this same class of words in Indo-
European tongues. The Sanskrit cardinals from^^re to ten^ though they
agree in case with the nouns to which they belong, are in form of the
neuter gender and in the nominative, accusative and vocative they are of
the singular number. In Greek and Latin they are not declined.

^224. The cardinals from eleven to nineteen are formed
by combining ^fc? or nnio:^ modifications of the numeral
ten with the several units, those which end in n^ preserving
the absolute form and the remainder the construct. Thus,

Masculine.

Feminine.

( -ihv

ln«

^"i]'^?

nr;«

Eleven

\ '^

T'^'?

»^V^'?

'snir^

Twelve

( nicy

J T T

Thirteen

"nib:?

C T

T :

'^r}^t

t^t

Fourteen

T r

ni'^>^

•T!]'^?

yi-15^

rifteen

T T

T • -:

•^t]'^'?

'^''T\

Sixteen

T r

r •

J^ii'^?

irii?

Seventeen

T T

T : •

f^i'^?

rn-^

Eighteen

nib:?

T T

T :

5^1^?

ni>;i

Nineteen

^hv

rd-m

rn^y

rirn

a. The origin of ">rnr:J , the alternate of Tnx in the number eleven, is
obscure. R. Jona thinks it to be an abbreviation for "ic^ inc Is next to
twelve. Comp. Lat. iindevigind, nineteen. Kimchi derives it from ru;5
to think, ten being reckoned upon the fingers, and eleven the first number
which is mentally conceived beyond.

•,bs nurn fifteen occurs Judg. 8 : 10, 2 Sam. 19 : 18, and "li":? ria'ia
eighteen Judg. 20 : 25.

§225. 1. The tens are formed by adding the mascuhne

§226,227

NUMERALS.

257

plural termination to the units, C'lt'?' twenty being, however,
derived not from two but from ten ^iiJ? .

Twenty

"O^^W

Sixty

Q^TTi'iJ

Thirty

D^irbp

Seventy

n^^niT

Forty

• T : —

Eighty

Q-^ib'ir

Fifty

D^tj^jn

Ninety

d"^^^jn

a. These numbers have no distinct (brm for the feminine, and are used
indifferently with nouns of either gender, tHO'S_ Ex. 18 : 21, 25, Deut. 1 : 15
means not twenty but tens.

2. The units are added to the tens by means of the con-
junction ) and ; the order of precedence is not invariable,
though it has been remarked that the earliest writers of the
Old Testament commonly place the units first, e. g. D"???!!?
QiizJirn two and sixty Gen. 5:18, while the latest writers as
commonly place the tens first, D??i^l ci'ilJ sixty and two
Dan. 9:25.

§ 226. Numerals of a higher grade are Tk*ti one hundred,
?lb« one thousand, nnan , izin or s^iii"! ten thousand. These
are duplicated by affixing the dual termination D;'l^^5'!2 two
hundred, Q'?sbi? two thousand, D^tiian or t\^y\ iPTO twenty
thousand. Higher multiples are formed by prefixing the
appropriate units trmi t%_ three hundred, D^Ebi? rm^t
three thousand, tili^an ©i? sixty thousand, Csbj^J vi^x one
million.

§227. 1. The ordinals are formed by adding ■^. to the
corresponding cardinals, the same vowel being likewise in-
serted in several instances before the final consonant ; "jioi^n
first is derived from t^x'n head.

First

"|V;2:K^

Sixth

^^vh

Second

^?'^

Seventh

^>sir

Third

^ic^b-jp

Eighth

^Yll'^

Fourth

^r^'?

Ninth

^'T'm

Fifth

^Trr^n

or '^%)T^

Tenth

^^^w

17

258 ETYMOLOGY. §228,229

The feminine commonly ends in Jni , , occasionally in n^ . .

a. There are two examples of the orthography "jiia^X"! Josh. 21 : 10,
Job 15 : 7, and one of ')'iiJ"'"i Job 8 : 8, in all of which the K'ri restores the
customary form.

2. There are no distinct forms for ordinals above ten,
the cardinal numbers being used instead.

3. fractional numbers are expressed by the feminine
ordinals, M'itd''bti3 one third, fi"'^''?n one fourth, etc., and by
the following additional terms, "'irri one half, 5?3T and 55^ one
quarter, ic^n one fifth, I'i'^'O one tenth.

Prefixed Particles.

§228. The remaining parts of speech are indeclinable,
and may be comprehended under the general name of par-
ticles. These may be divided into

1. Prefixed particles, which are only found in combina-
tion with a following word, viz. the article. He interrogative,
the inseparable prepositions, and Vav conjunctive.

2. Those particles, which are written as separate words,
and which comprise the great majority of adverbs, preposi-
tions, conjunctions, and interjections.

a. No word in Hebrew has less than two letters; all particles of one
letter are consequently prefixes. There is one example of two prefixes
combined constituting a word h^i Deut. 32 : 6, though editions vary.

The Article.

§229. 1. The Definite Article (^"'1^0 ^r\) consists of
n with Pattahh followed by Daghesh-forte in the first letter
of the word to which it is prefixed, ^^'a a king, ^^^n the
king.

a. As the Arabic article Jt is in certain cases followed by a like
doubling of the initial letter, some have imagined that the original form of

^229 THE ARTICLE. 259

the Hebrew article was ^t^ and that the Daghesh-forte has arisen from
the assimilation of i and its contraction with the succeeding letter. Since,
however, there is no trace of such a Ibrm, it seems better to acquiesce in
the old opinion, which has in its favour the analogy of other languages,
that the article H is related to the personal pronoun X>in, whose principal
consonant it retains, and that the following Daghesh is conservative, §24. 3 ;
comp. the demonstrative particle Xti and Nn behold! In Sliin Jer. 29:23
K'thibh (if read ^T'^W) the article may perhaps be found in an unabridged
form ; the K'ri has ?'l"i''''!! • The Arabic article is supposed to be found in
the proper name i^i^^N Gen. 10: 26, ^"'i^^ij hail, the equivalent of ^"'is,
and possibly in c^pbxProv. 30:31.

b. There is, properly speaking, no indefinite article in Hebrew, al-
though the numeral "inx 07ie is so employed in a few instances, as K"'33
inx a prophet 1 Kin. 20: 13.

2. If tlie first letter of the word have Sh'va, Daghesh-
forte may be omitted except from the aspirates, ^25, 'is^^n,
w?2n but HDnnn, nDnsn.

3. Before gutturals, which cannot receive Daghesh-forte,
§ 60. 4, Pattahh is lengthened to Kamets ; the short vowel
Pattahh is, however, commonly retained before n and n , and
sometimes before S' , the syllable being converted into an inter-
mediate, §20. 2. a, instead of a simple one, ^T}^*} , *inn , tJ^l^n
Gen. 15 : 11, ^io'^n but ^tJnn, «w, ts^yn Jer. 12 : 9.

a. The article very rarely has Kamets before ri, ""nfn Gen. 6:19,
D'^sanri Isa. 17:8; in a very few instances initial 5< quiesces in the vowel
of the article, PlOSDxn Num. 11 :4.

4. Before n with Kamets or Hhateph-Kamets, Pattahh
is changed to Seghol : before n or 1? with Kamets, it is
likewise changed to Seghol if it stands in the second syllable
before the accent, and consequently receives the secondary
accent Methegh, ^hn , ninn , n-^iij^nn , Qi-inn , Dinyn .

a. This change very rarely occurs before X, ^^'aijn Mic. 2:7. When
n is followed by Kamets-Hhatuph, Pattahh remains n^rnn.

6. The article does not usually affect the vowels of the word before
which it stands; in ifi vxountain and CV people, however, Pattahh is
changed to Kamets to correspond with the vowel of the article "infj, CS'ii,
S3 ynx earth but Vl^t^ . The plurals of bn'x tent and dnp holiness with-
out the article are ^^'^^i< Gen. 25:27, n-'liin;? Ex. 29 : 37, but with the
article Q'^^fixa (for D^^riKria) Judg. 8:11, niafl^n Ex. 26 : 33, §208. 3 6 ;

260 ETYMOLOGY. § 230, 231

nxp3 pelican Isa. 34 : 11, Zeph. 2 : 14, is pointed nxisrt Lev. 11 : 18, Deut.
14 : 17 upon receiving the article.

5. When preceded by the mseparable prepositions the
letter n of the article is mostly rejected, and its vowel given
to the preposition, §53. 3, D":^'^? for D^^i^na, see §231. 5.

He Intereogative.

^230. 1. The letter n (!^^'fi?''?n i^n) may also be pre-
fixed to vrords to indicate an interrogation; it is then pointed
with Hhateph-Pattahh, ^l?:n shall tve go ? s^n-j^bn is he not ?

2. Before a vowelless letter this becomes Pattahh, § 61. 1,
nbiTDH Gen. 34 : 31, Tr??-?ri Job 18 : 4, ''nsn Jer. 8 : 22.

a. The new syllable thus formed is an intermediate one, §22, and the
succeeding Sh'va remains vocal, as is shown by the absence of Daghesh-
lene in such forms as cnS'i\'i Gen. 29:5. In order to render this still
more evident recourse is frequently had to Daghesh-forte separative,
§24. 5, "li^n Gen. 17 : 17, nrl^yjirri iS -.21, Methegh, §45. 2, ^ii:^;n Judg.
9 : 2, nb'drn Job 38: 35, or compoiind Sh'va, § 16. 3. 6, !^=":?,v! ^^"- 27: 38.

h. He interrogative has Pattahh and Daghesh-forte in one instance
before a letter with a vowel of its own, 3t:i*n Lev. 10: 19.

3. Before gutturals it likewise usually becomes Pattahh,
tfb'xn Ex. 2 : 7, ni?i?0 2 Kin. 6 : 22, ^^w\r\ Jer. 2:11, n?n
Hag. 1:4.'

a. There are a few examples of He interrogative with Kamets be-
fore X, tihxn Judg. 6:31, '^n'nEXn Judg. 12:5, UJixn Neh. 6:11.

4. Before guttm'als with Kamets it is changed to Seghol,
^risn Ezek. 28 : 9, J^n^'DO Joel 1 : 2, tiinn Eccles. 2:19.

Inseparable Prepositions.

§231. 1. The prepositions a in, D according to, V to, are
regularly prefixed with Sh'va, n"'i2?i<t'^ in the beginning^ baa
according to all, Drnssb to Abraham.

I

^ 232 INSEPARABLE PREPOSITIONS. 261

2. Before vowelless letters this Sh'va is clianged to
Hhii'ik, ?^jb-ia for y-^p-i^ , bizj^ab for Vir^b , nn^s for "in^s .

3. Before gutturals with compound Sh'va it is changed
to the corresponding short vowel, '^^^^. , b3J{b , I'lna .

a. Initial X quiesces in the following words after the inseparable pre-
positions, §57. 2. (2) a, 'liTX master when connected with singular suffixes,
lins Lord, 0%'i'^x God, and also in the inf const, "itx to say after b,

'»i^sa, riixs, n^'p^,^; ''r^!? ) '^''n'^^?. ^of" ^""n"^^? the Seghol lengthened
to Tsere in the simple syllable, in'^N^ but fili^x^i "I'ixb but "^53X3, nisNS.
Before the divine name mrr^ the inseparable prepositions are pointed as
they would be before ''J'lX or chbx , whose vowels it receives, §47, Hlh">b
Gen. 4:3, n^.H^b Ps. 6S:21.

h. In a very few instances X with Pattahh and '^ with HhiriU give up
their vowel to the preposition and become quiescent, "l''2X3 Isa. 10 : 13 for
"i''2X3 , 'linn'^S Eccles. 2 : 13 for *|nn':3 .

4. Before monosyllables and before dissyllables, accented
upon the penult, these prepositions frequently receive a pre-
tonic Kamets, § 64. 2, n^^a , r.sTS , irsib .

a. This regularly occurs with the Kal construct infinitive of "(S , '''s , 2-'s'j
"lij and "'5 verbs when preceded by b, e. g. ndib, nrb, ri'i'nb. nnb , 2'^'nb ;
also with different forms of the demonstrative n.T and with personal suf-
fixes; and with monosyllabic or Segholate nouns when accompanied by
disjunctive and especially pause accents. Before the pronoun Tiiz what
they are commonly pointed fi533 , n^3, fi^ab' or followed by a guttural,

5. Before the article its n is rejected and the vowel
given to the preposition, ws for ^i'^ns , T'^ij:b for T'lifOT' >
D^-ina for D^"|inn3 .

a. M not infrequently remains after 3, bi'lns Gen. 39: 11, more rarely
after the other prepositions, C^S^b 2 Chron. 10 : 7. The initial ri of the
Hiphil and Niphal infinitives is occasionally rejected in like manner,
niairb Am. 8 : 4 for n^adnb, iSd3a Prov. 24 : 17 for ibcana.

§232. The preposition yofroni, though used in its sep-
arate form, may also be abbreviated to a prefix by the assim-
ilation and contraction of its final Nun with the initial letter
of the following word, which accordingly receives Daghesh-
forte, tj'i'i'a for Xf\ "jia . Before n Hhirik is commonly re-

262 ETYMOLOGY. § 233, 234

tained in an intermediate syllable, but before other gutturals
it is lengthened to Tsere, ^n-q for r^n )xi , y-)^^ , !^iyn)2 , D?73 .

a. 'i^ is sometimes poetically lengthened to •'SO, and once has the
form ot" a construct plural, "'S^ Isa. 30 : 11.

^233. These prepositions are combined with the pro-
nominal suffixes in the following manner :

I

1 c.

2 TO.

2/.

3 TO.

3/. ns

Singular.

1 c. rh

2 7?J

P L r p. A L .

Din D2b DD3,n5i'-5 t]|-J

^^^ ^ V T V T ' V . I

3 TO. n±,uii^ "^^^^ Dn?,Dhi:j3 cn2^;,D7^

3/. fik, ",fin inb — "0'^

a The syllable itt inserted between b and the suffixes, and which is
in poetry sometimes added to 3, 5 and b without suffixes to convert them
into independent words, i'aa , i^3, i'ab , is commonly thought to be re-
lated in its origin to the pronoun' n^^ what, so that "'r--? would m strict-
ness denote like what I am, i. e. like me. The preposition "i^, with the
exception of some poetical forms, reduplicates itself befi.re the l.ght suf-
fixes, •'Sria = "^213513 . Comp. a similar reduplication of a short word, "^n^a
or "^a construct of C^a water.

Vav Conjunctive.

§ 234. The conjunction and is expressed by n prefixed
with Sh'va, ^TiJn'i , Yl^^) • Before one of the labials S , ^ ,
S, § 57. 2(1), or before a voweUess letter Vav quiesces in

^235 SEPARATE PARTICLES. '^63

Sliurek, T^^, ^^^^, ^''-'^^, ^''1^^)'^ - Before a vowelless
Yodh it receives Hhirik, in which the Yodh quiesces, Di^Jpr^ ,
•'nil . Before a guttural with compound Sh'va it receives the
corresponding short vowel, ''3!!i>;i, "^^^^^j "^^C!!!- Before mono-
syllables and dissyllables accented on the penult it frequently
receives a pretonic Kamets, 'inni , •"•'^^^i , T}"} .

a. After Vav with ShureK', compound Sh'va is sometimes substi-
tuted for simple Sh'va in order to indicate more distinctly its vocal
character, 2nn Gen. 2:12, "^'^'p^r^? Ezek. 26:21, •T^SO;' 1 Kin. 13:7.
ipraj Jer. 22 :'20.

6. Vav receives Hhirili before He followed by Yodh in the forms
Cpi^n'], sfii!!, Cn'^'^n^, I'^ri'i 2 plur. preterite and imperative of the verbs
ii^n to be and n^n to live ; before the 2 masc. sing, imperative of the
same verbs it has Seghol, l^.7^!l , ni^ni for fTT.^.'], n*';^n'i.

c. K quiesces after Vav conjunctive as after the inseparable preposi-
tions, §231. 3. a. in "(ins master when connected with singular suffixes,
"ipsi: Lord and n-^nlss God, "^nxi , '^jSsi , "'H^X] , 13"'r!'^i<l the Seghol
being lengthened to Tsere in the simple syllable. Hence also «^Ji'T',5
when m.T' has the vowels of "^ps . A very few instances occur in which
X witli Pattahh and "^ with Hhirik give up their vowel to Vav conjunctive
and become quiescent, 1UJ^S<] Zech. 11:5 for "lOSwSl, nbV'l Jer. 25 : 36
for nb'bi-i.

Separate Particles.

ADVERBS.

§ 235. 1. A few adverbs of negation, place and time, are
commonly classed as primitive, although they are probably
related to pronominal roots, as bs and J^b not, QIC t^i'^re,
Ti5 then.

a. It is natural to suspect that the pronominal root ^, which gave rise
to the near demonstrative bs , n|j< these and to the prepositions indicative
of nearness or approach, b to, bx unto, and which has a remote demon-
strative force in i^x^f^ yonder, beyond, may also be the basis of N"b and bx
the idea of remoteness taken absolutely forming a negation. The same
idea, in a less absolute sense, may be traced in the conditional conjunction
IP if. The pronoun nt, of which probably ia is originally only a modi-
fication (comp. the relative use of >1T , §73. 1), is plainly connected with TX
at that time and DTU in that place.

264 ETYMOLOGY. ^ 236

2. Derivative adverbs are formed

(1.) By affixing the terminations d^ or Q', QJ'pi* and
ob^y} truly from "^6^ truth, nsn gratuitously from "fy gracCy
D'ai"' hy day from oi^ day, Dj?i'n eV? vain from p'^'H empty, ukr\^
suddenly from ysis moment, DilJbuJ ^/^^ ^^czj/ before yesterday
from TiJSi^ ^'/^ree.

(2.) By abbreviation, as ^5? surely, only from "jisj .

(3.) By composition, as 'sy\'^ why ? from yi'l^ rra ^z^^e^?
edoctus, T^^Tdviz from above from "j^a , b and •^'5?'^ .

3. Besides those adverbs, which are such originally and
properly, other parts of speech are sometimes used as ad-
verbs. Thus

(1.) Nouns, 'i^i2 mightily, exceedingly prop, might, i'^io
around prop, circuit, 'T\V again prop, repetition, C£S no more
prop, cessation; with a preposition, ^ii^3 exceedingly, ^i^
ajpart prop, /o separation, or a suffix Ivr"!^ together prop, m 2/5
?({;2zo^?. Compare the adverbial accusative and adverbial
phrases of Greek and other languages.

(2.) Absolute infinitives, which are really verbal nouns,
StJin well prop, recte faciendo, nann much, ^0''? quickly.

(3.) Adjectives, particularly in the feminine, which is
used as a neuter, si'j icell, nirjsn at first, ir^iizJ the second
time, nan and nil'i w^?;c/^, fT^iin^ in Jewish i. e. Hebrew, n^'^'^J*
2i« Aramceic, iniKbsp wo7iderfully.

(4.) Pronouns, nt /^er^, ;zozo prop. Z*;^/.? place, this time,
n:n hither prop. ^ //^^^^ places, with a preposition TO //^?^5
prop, according to it, "15 50 perhaps for "jn? according to these
things, though others explain it as an adverbial use of the
participle p right, true, ns here probably for is in this
(place).

§236. A few adverbs are capable of receiving pronom-
inal suffixes, as "jn or njn behold, 'T\V yet, ""X where, to which
may be added 'J';s? there is not prop, non-existence and tJl?

§237 PREPOSITIONS. 265

there is prop, exisience. As the idea of action or of exis-
tence is suggested by them, they take the verbal suffixes,
frequently with 3 epenthetic. Thus

1. nin. First person ''bfri, ^33 n and "^pin; ^i:n, 133 n
and ^23n , Second person masc. ^'^y\ once HDsn ; oisn , fern.
5j3n. Third person isn and ^niri; dsn.

2. Tis^. i^/ra^ person ^^ff^'S and ''T'2?; once with jy/^i^r.
^3'^iiy Lam. 4 : 17 K'ri. Second person masc. ^^3? fem. ^f'liS'.
Third person masc. ^3-15:' , Q'liS' fem. nsii^ .

3. *'N, Second person ns^x . Third person 'y^'^ , C^i? .

4. I^J? . First person *'33''i$ . Second person masc, tjp^? ,
oirs , fem. ?I?^x . Third person masc. ^3^X , Di>: and
i^-^ri? fem. nss^s .

5. TC.";! . Second person ^i^^^ , oits^ and ai©? . 5T^2V^
person i2tD!? .

Prepositions.

§237. 1. The simple prepositions in most common use,
besides the inseparable prefixes, §231, are chiefly ^n«
behind, after, "^i< to, unto, bl^N beside, ns? icith^ X'rt between,
"iriba without, 1^2 throufjh, tb^ except, "j?^ o;^ account of,
bi'a or b^^ o^;cr against, 1^3 m presence of, JiDb 2^2 front of,
before, 1? ?«?^, ^? ?{/?o/?, d^ with, '^Vki under. Most of these
appear to have been originally nouns ; and some of them are
still used both as nouns and as prepositions.

2. Other prepositions are compound, and consist of
(1,) Two prepositions, as "^^y^y^y:^ from after, Jns'a and "dsyi

from loHh, ^Ttifrom upon, t\rpyifrom under, "^c^ from, 'i^S^

and HDbb before^ bi'sa'bx toward.

(2.) A preposition and a noun "li^ and "li^^ besides

from "1^ separation, ''is'? before and "^52^, '^k^y^from before

from D'^;s/«c^, bins and n^n2?a/or the sake of, ^!!a ^y prop.

266 ETYMOLOGY. § 238, 239

hy the hand of, *i3i?"^i< bei/ond, ^ "i^?"'? from beyond, '^%'Sh in,
conjimction iclth, ']'SJ2^ and ^i^^'by on account of, ""ES , "'sb
and ''S"b? accordlny to prop. «^ ///^ mouth of.

(3.) A preposition and an infinitive, f^snpb toward prop.

(4.) A preposition and an adverb, ''"j?^^ and ''"?bs"a
loithout from ba not 1? z/;//o, b r.sjbn^ beyond, ''bna loithout.

§238. 1. The prepositions take suffixes in the same
manner as singular nouns, e. g. ''bsx beside me, ''rbiT , '''^M ,
^^'Si. , except "ins? after, 'bx to, 1? ^/^^^'o, b:? 2/joo;2 and rnn
under, which before suffixes assume the form of nouns in the
mascuhne plm'al, e. g. '^'ins? , ^"^^ns , I'^'^ri^? ; T? between
adopts sometimes a singular, sometimes a masculine plural,
and sometimes a feminine plural form, e. g. ""Sia , ira and
i-tpn , I3i3''3 and ^:^ni2^? .

a. The plural form '^'^nx occurs without suffixes more frequently than
"in^ ; ^bx 1 '^'b?: ) ^^?, ^Iso occur in poetry.

b. rinn in a very few instances takes a verbal suffix, ''srinn 2 Sam.
22:37, 40,48; with the 3 masc. plur. suffix it is crnn oftener than

chinnn .

2. The preposition Ms? with is to be distinguished from
MS5 the sign of the definite object, which is prefixed to a pro-
noun or definite noun, to indicate that it is the object of an
active verb. AVith pronominal suffixes the M of the prepo-
sition is doubled and its vowel shortened to Hhirik, thus
"^ris? , 'f^nx , D3J^S!! ; the sign of the accusative becomes JniS5
before suffixes or before grave suffixes commonly MX , thus,
in55, ^ns?, DDMSi rarely DSMis , nns? rarely onnix and

a. Sometimes, particularly in the hooks of Kings, Jeremiah, and Eze-
kiel. the preposition takes the form ''nix , ?jriix .

Conjunctions.

§ 239. 1. In addition to the prefixed copulative 1 , §234,
the following are the simple conjunctions in most common

§ 240 INTERJECTIONS. 267

use, 1^5 or, ^i? also, Qi? and ^b if, ^ics? and i? that, because ,

2. Compound conjunctions are formed by combining

(1.) Two conjunctions CN "^S but, ''3 vji? Jioio much more
prop, also that.

(2.) The conjunction '^s or n^s5 with a preposition, as
ni?S3 «5, niri? -jyiab in order that, ni:i!t "jy^ and nirx n]pi? ^^-
cause, ""S ^? 2(57z/27, ''^ finpi because.

(3.) An adverb with a preposition or conjunction, D^^^
before, p) or "jS'b? therefore, '^!^ unless from ^b ^/^ i^b not.

Interjections.

§240. The Hebrew interjections, like those of other lan-
guages, are of two sorts, viz. :

1. Natural sounds expressive of various emotions, as
ns, rin, nni|5 ah! oh! r\kr)aha! '^in/o/ ?6-oe/^iK, n^is,
•'iiill, "IS ivoe! ""bbs alas! en hush!

2. Words originally belonging to other parts of speech,
which by frequent use were converted into interjections,
nnn come! prop, (/ive, nab come! prop, yo, J^in behold!
prop, a demonstrative adverb, nbibn far be it ! '^^ ;pray !
from ''ya entreaty, S53 ^^oz^?/ I p-ay thee!

PAPtT THIRD,
SYNTAX.

§.241. 1. Syntax treats of sentences or of the manner
in which words are employed in the utterance of thought.
Its office, therefore, is to exliibit the several functions of the
different parts of speech in the mechanism of the sentence,
the relations which they sustain to each other, and how those
relations are outwardly expressed.

2. Every sentence must embrace first a subject or the
thing spoken of, and secondly, a predicate or that which is
said about it. Upon these two simple elements is built the
entire structure of human speech.

The Subject.

§ 242. The subject of every sentence must be either a
noun, as D'^^'bi? ii'ia God created Gen. 1 : 1, or a pronoun,
as ''35J ©ii)5 /(am) My Lev. 11 : 44. This includes infini-
tives, which are verbal nouns, :iii2"i?b p'^'n^b tjibs^ to punish
the just is not (jood Prov. 17 : 26, and adjectives and partici-
ples when used substantively, i^'ia'^ 55iii^"iib an unclean (per-
son) shall not enter 2 Chron. 23 : 19, f^r^'s^O? ^'^^^^ ^^ f^^e
dead shall not praise the Lord Ps. 115 : 17.

a. The subject of a sentence may he a noun preceded by the preposition
1?a in a partitive sense, Dyr."'|73 six^^ there itent out (some) of the people
Ex. 10:27, or by the particle of comparison 3, fiX"!? "533 (something)
like a plague has appeared Lev. 14 : 35.

§ 243 THE SUBJECT. 2G9

b. When the subject is an infinitive, it is mostly, as in English, pre-
ceded by the preposition h to, nininb Sia (it is) good to give thanks Ps.
92:2, unless it is in the construct before a following noun Fii'^n -"ii'xb
i'nsb ^''^^'^ mail's being alone (is) not good Gen. 2 : 18.

c. The subject is very rarely an adverb, Csn-p_ bss ns*n many
(prop, much) of the people have fallen 2 Sam. 1:4.

§ 243. The subject may be omitted in the following cases,

VIZ.

1. "When it is sufficiently plain from the connection,
•yas? liyn is there yet with thee (a corpse) ? Am. 6 : 10, or is
obvious in itself, nib;; irii^ (his mother) hare Mm 1 Kin. 1 : 6.
The personal pronouns are for this reason rarely used before
verbal forms, which of themselves indicate the person, "^ril^ii
I said, Tyfi2^ thou saidst, unless with the view of expressing
emphasis or opposition, ^;^p ^-57?^;^ ^bBpl 'lyns nian they are
brought doion and fallen, hut lue are risen Ps. 20 : 9.

2. When it is indefinite ; thus, if an action is spoken of
and it is not known or is not stated by whom it is performed.
The third person plural may be so employed, bix©b 'Hl^l'\ and
they told Said 1 Sam. 18 : 20, or third person singular, comp.
the French on and German man, bia ira'tf) ^h'^ one called its
name Bahel i. e. its name was called Bahel, or the second
person singular, particularly in laws or in proverbs, the lan-
guage of direct address being employed while every one who
hears is intended, bob Tjb"nTri?[f]~i<b thou shall not make unto
thee a yraven image Ex. 20 : 4, "^^ "iD^Bb nx'^nn apply tliine
heart iinto instruction Pro v. 23 : 12.

a. Sometimes the word ^"^X man is used as an indefinite subject,
^is'i "insba 'iJ'^xri "i^x nb a man said tlms, when he xcent, etc. 1 Sam. 9:9,
and sometimes the participle of the following verb, ?Btari 'sh'&) and the
hearer shall hear 2 Sam. 17 : 9, C-^liinh W-jn ploughers ploughed Ps. 129 : 3.

b. The third person phiral indefinite seems to be used sometimes with-
out any thought of the real agency concerned in the action spoken of, and
where the English would require a passive construction, "^b-^J^a hh'S MiB'^b
wearisome nights are appointed to me lit. they have appointed Job 7 ; 3.

* '111 is an abbreviation for ^»iiiT et completion and so forth, §9. 1.

270 SYNTAX. §244,245

3. When the construction is impersonal; in this case
the third person singular masculine is the form commonly
adopted, 'Tr?^^ yn^bii Jet it twt be (grievous hi thj si(/lit Gen.
21 :12, bn^,n TX then it teas hegun i.e. men began, though
the feminine is also employed on account of its special affinity
with the neuter, ^^t'''?'^?' "^^'^^ '^'^^ Israel was distressed Ht. it
was strait to Israel Judg. 10:9.

§244. 1. The subject maybe extended by connecting two
or more nouns or pronouns and thus forming Avhat is called
a compound subject, QS^:?"-?^ V^«0) Q^^TEn ^b^:) and the
heavens and the earth and all their host were finished Gen.
2:1, robi n:?2m ''isil and I and the lad loill go Gen. 22 : 5.

2. Or it may be extended by adding to the noun an
article, adjective, demonstrative pronoun, pronominal suffix,
or another noun with which it may be either in apposition
or in construction. AVhen thus united with other qualifying
words the noun alone is called the grammatical subject, the
noun, together with its adjuncts, is called the logical subject.

The Article.

§ 245. The definite article is used in Hebrew as in other
languages to particularize the object spoken of, and distin-
guish it from all others. It is accordingly prefixed in the
following cases, viz. :

1. When the thing referred to is one which has been
mentioned before, and God said, Let there be vy") a firma-
ment, etc., and God made ?''pf\3 the firmament Gen. 1 : 6, 7.

2. When it is defined by accompanying words, as a rela-
tive clause, 1^1 ^^n kS nt?N t-kr) ^nt^x blessed is the man
who has not ivalked, etc., Ps. 1:1, an adjective, b"i5n ^I'xrn
the greater light, pjjn niiian the lesser light Gen. 1 : IG, or
a demonstrative pronoun, in a mountain, nin nnn this moun-
tain^ 55^nn "inn that mountain, or by being directly a-d-

§245 THE ARTICLE. 271

dressed, ^^i2n 0 hmg 1 Sam. 17:55, D^t'-^H 0 heavens,
n^"n 0 earth Deut. 32 : 1.

3. When it is obviously suggested by the circumstances,
or may be presumed to be well known : she emjptied her
'pitcher into ^I^iiJn the trough Gen 24 : 20, viz., the one which
must have been by a well used for watering cattle ; Abime-
lech looked through XbT\T\ tlie window Gen. 26 :8, i. e. of the
house in which it is taken for granted that he w^as; let us go
to <^^'"i^J tlie (well-known) seer 1 Sam. 9 : 9.

a. The article is accordingly used as in Greeic and in some modern lan-
guages in place of an unemphatic possessive pronoun : she took Cl'^i'Sn the
veil Gen. 24:65, i. e. the one which she had, or, according to the English
idiom, her veil ; David took "lissn the harp i. e. his harp 1 Sam. 16 : 23, so
the LXX. iXdfijSave Aavl8 ttjv KLVvpav.

b. With words denoting time it expresses the present as that which
would most readily occur to the mind, ci'n the day i. e. that which is now
passing, to-day Gen. 4: 14, <nb';i*n the night i. e. to-night Gen. 30: 15, f^i^'iH
the year i. e. this year Jer. 28 : 16, n"Qrt the time i. e. this time Gen. 29 : 35,
unless another idea is more naturally suggested by the context, ciTi "^in"^
and it came to pass on the day i. e. at the period before spoken of at that
time 1 Sam. 1 : 4, Job 1 : 6.

4. When it is distinguished above all others of like kind
or is the only one of its class, ri^sn the house viz. of God, the
temple Mic. 3 : 12, linsn the Lord Isa. 1 : 24, t3^n"bsn the
(true) God, Q^ib'iEn the heavejis, f"iijn the earth Gen. 1:1,
TCicfn the sun Gen. 15 : 12.

5. When it is an appellative noun used in a generic or
universal sense, ^"^nn the sioord devoureth one as well as
another 2 Sam. 11 : 25 ; theg shall mount nj) ivith loings
D'^'iiras as the eagles Isa. 40 : 31, and sometimes when it is a
material or abstract noun, in which case the English idiom does
not admit the article, «i?/^er(? there is ^t^'jTi gold Gen. 2:11
LXX. TO xp^<^^ov; thy wine mixed D'?^^ ivith luater Isa. 1 : 22,
where shall fTJ^^nn icisdom be found? Job 28 : 12 LXX. rj he
cro(f)ta kt\; theg smote the men C'^HSDa with blindness Gen.
19:11.

272 SYNTAX. §246

a. The article is thus used with adjectives to denote the class, which
they describe, God shall judge S't'THTS'l p'lnSHTX the righteous and the
wicked Eccl. 3; 17; the proverb of '^Ycr)pJ'\ the ancients 1 Sam. 24:14;
and with Gentile nouns, which are properly adjectives, §194. 1, ''T^Xfi the
Amorite, ■'??,?3«"i the Canaanite, Gen. 15:21,

b. Tiie Hebrew infinitive does not receive the article; r""i|, which is
the only exception, see Gen. 2 : 9 and elsewhere, may be regarded as a
noun. In a very few instances the article is prefixed to finite tenses of the
verb with the force of a relative pronoun, Xiisbnn xoho went Josh. 10:24,
tifesi'sn that shall be born Judg. 13:8, Di"7ptnr! which he sanctijied 1 Chron.
26:28, is:i^rr! who are present 1 Chron. 29:17, 'p=v3 into (the place)
ichich he prepared 2 Chron. 1:4; so also 2 Chron. 29:36, Ezr. 8:25,
10 : 14, 17, Isa. 56 : 3, Jer. 5 : 13, Dan. 8:1. It is once prefixed to a prepo-
sition, «7"'^?v! what (was) upon it 1 Sam. 9 : 24.

c. In the uses of the article, as stated above, Nos. 4 and 5 are really
varieties of No. 3, since the prominent member of a class is the best known
and most readily suggested, and when a word is used generically it
designates a definite and well-known class of objects which is to be distin-
guished from every other class.

d. The Hebrew article is sometimes found where the English requires
the indefinite article or none at all ; but it must not on that account be sup-
posed that it ever loses its proper force or becomes equivalent to an in-
definite article. The difference of idiom is due to a difference in the mode
of conception. Thus, in comparisons the Hebrew commonly conceived of
the whole class of objects of which he spoke, while we mostly think of
one or more individuals belonging to the class, 'js's as (the) a nest, Isa.
10 : 14, 1B03 as (the) a scroll Isa. 34 : 4, like rending ■"nsii (the) a kid
Judg. 14:6, as d'^^h'^'ri (the) bees do Deut. 1 : 44, niin^'3 as (the) scarlet,
sbfes as (the) snoio, S'SinS as (the) crimson, ^oa? as (the) wool Isa. 1 : 18.
Cases also not infrequently occur in which the article may either be in-
serted or omitted with equal propriety and without any material change
of sense, according as the noun is to the mind of the speaker definite or
indefinite. In speaking of the invasion of his father's flocks, David says.

"iTXn the lion and ai^n the bear came 1 Sam. 17 : 34, because he thinks
of these as the enemies to be expected under the circumstances ; had he
thought of them indefinitely as beasts of prey he would have said, without
the article, a lion and a bear. It is said, Gen. 13 : 2, that Abram was very
rich -njnl ^D33 in?p53a in (the) cattle, in (the) silver, and in (the) gold,
since these are viewed as definite and well-known species of property;
but in Gen. 24:35 he hath given him 2hn tfih) "i|^21 '^^'^ Jlocks and herds
and silver and g-oW, these are viewed indefinitely in Hebrew as in English.

§ 246. Nouns are definite without the article in the fol-
lowing cases, viz. :

1. Proper nouns, which are definite by signification,
nh'ini? Abraham, "J^i^ Canaan, pSicin^ Jerusalem.

§246 THE ARTICLE. 273

a. Proper names, originally applied in an appellative sense, sometimes
retain the definite article, brsri the lord, Baal, 'jiji^'n the adversary, Satan,
•nrtirt the river, the Euphrates, "('H'l'^n the descending (stream), the Jor-
dan, ")i32^?i the white (mountain), Lebanon, ba~i2fn the garden, Carmel,
"i23n the circuit of the Jordan, nQ:£53n the watch-toicer, Mizpah, B'^SJ'^
and cnx the (first) man, Adam, Oiri'bxn and n^'ri'bx the (true) God. In
ntjsn ::3iy "^kn ?/ie half tribe of Manasseh Dent. 3: 13 and often else-
where, the article makes more prominent the definiteness of the entire ex-
pression: it also occurs without the article, e. g. Num. 32 : 33.

2. Nouns with suffixes, whicli are rendered definite by
the appended pronoun, ^^''ix our father, iTOTS Ms name, but
in Greek 6 rrarrjp rjficov, TO ovo/xa avrov.

a. There are a few instances in which, for special reasons, the article
is prefixed to nouns having suffixes. It is emphatic in 'i'^linn the (other)
half of them Josh. 8:33, opposed to a preceding i'^sn one half of them; so
in nn"i323 Isa. 24:2. In ^3'^^lfi ri^sia the worth of thy estimation Lev.
27 : 23, it serves to indicate more clearly the definiteness of the entire ex-
pression ; so "'^nxrt Tfira in the midst of my tent Josh. 7 : 21, i'^^'^rj Tpri2
in the midst of its fold Mic. 2 : 12, ';''r'ii<"'r!"^3 the whole of the women with
child 2 Kin. 15: 16; in in??^^^ Prov. 16:4 it distinguishes the noun nisa
from the preposition ")?5:^.

b. A suffix which is the direct object of a participle does- not supersede
the necessity of the article, llnsan the (one) smiting him Isa. 9 : 12,
^^^l^r! ihe (one) bringing thee up Ps. SI : 11, "'S'^as^n the (one) crowning
thee Ps. 103 : 4.

3. Nouns in the construct state before a definite noun,
whether this has the article oria^'n inDis the stars of heaven
Gen. 26 : 4, D-^inipn *^%'\ the feet of the priests Josh. 3:13,
is a proper name, bx^to;! "iiantJ the tribes of Israel Ex. 24 : 4,*
Ts-p-j 'Ti^ the icord of Jehovah Gen. 15:1, has a pronominal
suffix, t]^ib?^ "^nisa the first fruits of thy labours, ^"^in-^T^S the
wives of his sons Gen. 7:13, or is itself definite by construc-
tion, nSsD^n n-iia nny^ the cave of the field of Machpelah
Gen. 23 : 19, nnh^^-n^na ■jiisj! the ark of the covenant of Je-
hovah Josh. 3 : 3.

a. Nouns in the construct are occasionally found with the article,
^"^p, f^^!r.i<f7 io the tent of Sarah Gen. 24 : 67, ^X-n"? bxn the God of^
Bethel Gen.' 31 : 13, J-iNn in-^n the pin of the web Judg. 16: 14, riinnn Vs
ti^ill". all the abominations of the nations 1 Kin. 14 : 24, C^n^xn-^iX "'^iP-H
the grave of the man of God 2 Kin. 23 : 17, T'l.xn niDbn^^n-bs all the king-
18

274 SYNTAX. §247 248

doms of the earth Jer. 25 : 26. njpsn "iscrt the hill of the purchase, Jer.
32:12, niniy "(Si^n Jer. 48:32; see Josh. 3:11, 8:11, 1 Cliron. 15:27,

2 Chron. 8 : is. 15 : 8, Ezr. 8 : 29, Isa.' 36 : 8, Ezek. 45 : 16, 47 : 15, Zeph.

3 : 19, Zech. 4 : 7, Ps. 123 : 4 ; also 1 Sam. 26 : 22 K'thibh, 2 Kin. 7 : 13
K'tliibh, where the K'ri omits the article.

h. Gentile nouns, derived from a compound proper name, frequently re-
ceive the article before the second member of the compound, ''3"i^'?n"')3
the Benjamile Judg. 3:15, '^•c:ril^"n-n'^3 the Bethshemile 1 Sam. 6:14,
lan^n n^a the Bethlehemite 1 Sam. 16 : 18, "'^■l^l^ ''iN:. the Ahiezrile
Judg. 6:11, though this last word also appears in the abbreviated form
'''l]T^^ Num. 26 : 30.

§ 247. The article is frequently omitted in the brief and
emphatic language of poetry, where it would be required in
prose, T^i^""'?'?'? kin(^s of (the) earth Ps. 2 : 2, tyi^t ^^th in
the presence of (the) sun Ps. 72 : 17, i)5n i^nx n'b© nisx (the)
watchman sai/s, (the) morning comes Isa. 21 : 12 ; to give
iJn^S'i tj'ip'i hoth sanctuary and host to he tramf)ledJ)<m. 8 :13.

a. Occasional instances occur of its being dropped from familiar or fre-
quently repeated expressions in prose, tijd H'^'inN is to year-^s end Deut.
11: 12, ^bixi ^nxa m (the) tabernacle of (the) congregation Ex. 27:21
(comp. English in church), x:"J""ib (the) captain of (the) host 1 Kin.
16:16, T\?'q ^5<',rb king Lemuel Prov. 31:1; also in geographical and
architectural details, such technical terms as 'b'^cH^ and (the) border Josh.
13 : 23, annn and (the) breadth 2 Chron. 3:3.

b. When two definite nouns are connected by and the article is com-
monly repeated ; it may, however, particularly in poetry, stand only before
the first and be understood with the second, itoe unto D'^pjrhil the (persons)
decreeing unrighteous decrees caris^ii and writing, etc. Isa. 10:1, basrj
11331 O psaltery and harp Ps. 57 : 9. Still more rarely a pronominal suffix
may be attached to the first only of two words to which it belongs, •^•fS
nii3tl my strength and song Ex. 15:2.

§ 248. There is no indefinite article in Hebrew ; indefinite
nouns are sufficiently characterized as such by the absence
of the article. Thus, "in? a river Gen. 2:10, D'^io^S-Q^ a?T°^
both chariots and horsemen Gen. 50 : 9, TCn'71 abn milk and
hofiey Ex. 3 : 8, D'^is;:' b^y an infant of days Isa. 65 : 20.

a. The numeral inx one is occasionally employed in the sense of an
indefinite article, nnx bb a basket Ex. 29:3, liix d-^x a man Judg. 13:2.
or in the construct before a plural noun, nibssfi rins one of the foolish
women i. e. a foolish woman Job 2 : 10.

§249 ADJECTIVES AND DEMONSTRATIVES. 275

Adjectives and Demonstratives.

§249. 1. Adjectives and participles, qualifying a noun,
are commonly placed after it and agree with it not only in
gender and number but in definiteness, that is to say, if the
noun is indefinite they remain without the article, but if the
noun is made definite, whether by the article or in any of the
ways specified in § 246, they receive the article, Dsn )i a
loise son Prov. 10:11, fi?2"i "jinri a hridegroom going out Ps.
19 : 6, rairon ^^i^v^ the good land 'Deui. 1 -.35, Q-^ann rp-bnn
thg manifold mercies Neh. 9:19. If more than one adjec-
tive accompany a definite noun, the article is repeated before
each of them, ii^iani ^assn n^n the glorious and fearfd
name Deut. 28 : 58.

a. The adjective D'^a'n many is in a few instances, for the sake of
greater emphasis, prefixed to the noun which it qualifies, D'^^a ca"^ mavy
sons 1 Chron. 28 : 5, D^ns niin many times Neh. 9 : 28, so Ps. 32 : 10, 89 : 51,
Jer. 16: 16. Other instances are rare, 'inibsia "iT his strange work, •^^'^23
innb? his strange task Isa. 28:21, "'"=13? p'''n2 my righteous sem^aJit Isa.
53: 11, nnins fr^isa her treacherous sister Jer. 3 : 7, 10.

b. Some exceptional cases occur, in which an adjective qualifying a
definite noun does not receive tlie article, •^IB'7" '^^??'.'^ ^he new cart
2 Sam. 6:3, n;-)=3 "iSr.rt the strange vine Jer. 2:21, Ezek. 39:27, Dan.
8:13, 11: 31, or wlien the noun is made definite by a suffix, "inx cs'Ti^
yoitr other brother Gen. 43 : 14, inx bran the one lamb Num. 28 : 4, Ezek.
34 : 12, Hag. 1 : 4. In Msn cna^ an evil report respecting them Gen. 37 : 2,
the suffix denotes the object and the noun is really indefinite. Comp,
§ 246. 2. 6.

c. On the other hand, the article is sometimes dropped from the noun,
but retained before the adjective, iibinsii "isn the great court 1 Kin. 7 : 12,
-iifern IL^-^X the rich man 2 Sam. 12 : 4J bin.nn nii the great well 1 Sam.
19:22, Neh. 9:35, Ps. 104: 18, Jer. 27:3, 32': 14, 40:3 K'thibh, Ezek. 9:2,
Zech. 4:7; so with the ordinal numbers, •'t'll'n nii the sixth day Gen.
1:31, 2:3, Ex. 20:10, Deut. 5 : 14, Judg. C:25J Jer. 38: 14.

2. Demonstrative pronouns follow the same rule of posi-
tion and agreement, only the nouns which they qualify are
invariably definite, §245. 2, nin Di^n this dag Gen. 7 : 13,
n^^n n^nn^n these things Gen. 15:1, nann D-^irpiin those
men Num. 9:7. If both an adjective and a demonstrative

376 SYNTAX. §250

qualify the same noun, the demonstrative is placed last, T'!?i?«^
tni^in nniion Deut. 9 : 6, n|j<n nibn niibn n^ifn these good
years that (are) coming Gen. 41 : 35.

a. The demonstrative fTf occasionally stands emphatically before its
noun, nco lit this Moses Ex. 32:1, where it is probably contemptuous
like the Latin iste, IS'snb iit this our bread Josh. 9: 12, Judg. 5:5, 1 Sam.
17:55, 56, crn nt this'people Isa. 23: 13, Hab. 1 : 11. The demonstrative
both follows the noun and is repeated after the adjective in i^^J<<^ n'";iin
risi<n ninxiasn these nations these that remain Josh. 23 : 7. 12.

V " » • T ; • -

b. The article is sometimes omitted from the demonstrative, *1T *iitjn
this generation Ps. 12:8, K^irj nb'^^S in that night Gen. 19:33, 30:16.
32:23, 1 Sam. 19:10, particularly if the noun is made definite by means
of a suffix, rxi "'nsniy this my oath Gen. 24:8, r^\k ''rhx these my signs
Ex. 10:1, 11:8, Deut. 11:18, Josh. 2:14, 20, Judg. 6:14, 1 Kin. 22:23,
2 Chron. IS : 22, 24 : 18, Jer. 31:21.

c. The article is still more rarely dropped from the noun, ti-rri CS'n US53
this small quantity of honey 1 Sam. 14: 29, n-rn '^n'lSN dix that Ephrathitt
17: 12, nt ibn this sickness 2 Kin. 1 : 2, 8 : 8.

Numerals.

Cardinal Jiumbers.

§250. 1. The numeral "ins one is treated like other ad-
jectives, and follows the rules of position and agreement
already given, "rnx diptt one place Gen. 1 : 9, nnsn W'^n^n
the one curtain Ex. 26 : 2.

a. In a very few instances the noun is in the construct before the nu-
meral one, "inx UBiaa one law Lev. 24 : 22, Inx '|i"^'*= " cAes^ 2 Kin. 12: 10,
'inx nna one governor Isa. 36 : 9, comp. § 254. 6. 6.

2. The other cardinal numbers are joined to nouns as
follows, viz. :

(1.) They commonly stand before the noun to which
they belong and in the absolute state, D"^i^^ '"'?^'?^ fo^o'
kings Gen. 14 : 9, ^^^ WV sixty cities Deut. 3 : 4, nx^
D''{?»il2^ a hundred cakes of raisins 2 Sam. 16 : 1, D"'sbi< niSffl
a^Tyns six thousand horsemen 1 Sam. 13 : 5.

(2.) Such as have a distinct form for the construct (viz.

t

§ 251 NUMERALS. 277

2-10, t^i?^ hundred, "^^bi? thousands) may also stand before
the noun in the construct state, D^ia ^'^t two so?is prop, two
of sons Gen. 10 : 25, U-^h"^ nyanx fo,fr days Judg. 11 : 40,

Qiij^N ni^'a a hundred sockets Ex. 38 : 27, u^^Q^ ^s^i? ty^^^tb
three thousand camels Job 1 : 3.

a. The numbers two, three, forir, and seven, occur with the suffixes of
pronouns which are in apposition with them, 13n':N iriir we, both of us
1 Sam. 20 : 42, "in^nd they two or 6o//t of them 1 Sam. 25 : 43, Dinabd ye
three, ^Vp^^'O they three Num. 12 : 4, cnraiN they four Dan. 1 : 17, cm'aia
they seven 2 Sam. 21:9 K'ri, The following numerals occur with'pro-
nominal suffixes having a possessive sense, T^'^iaian thy ffly, "i'^k'on his
fifty 2 Kin. 1 : 10, DHiTl-^n^ their fifties ver. 14, "^sbx viy thousand Judg.
6:15, CpiB^N your thousands 1 Sam. 10:19, I'^nhn-i his ten thousands
1 Sam. is : 7.

(3.) Less frequently the numerals stand after the noun
in the absolute state, i^a^ tri^?^. seven steps Ezek. 40 : 22,
ninto^ niinx tiventt/ she-asses Gen. 32:16, Jl^^-ns^ d'^'hss a
hmidred thousand talents 1 Chron. 22 : 14.

§251. 1. The units (including ten), whether they stand
singly or are compounded with other numbers, agree with
their nouns in gender, ninb'^ fit three leaves Jer. 36 : 23,
i"in ^^0 niiJbTlJ three baskets of bread Gen. 40:16, nyans
O'^ibas "ibv fourteen lambs Num. 29 : 15 ; the other numerals
observe no distinction of gender.

a. When the units qualify HiN'? hundreds or tD'^E^x thousands, their
gender is determined by that of these words respectively. In T'33~'id3 riaiiijj
the three wives of his sons Gen. 7 : 13, the masculine adjective is probably
to be explained by the fact that the noun, though in reality feminine, has
a masculine termination.

2. Nouns accompanied by the units (2-10) are almost
invariably plural, while those which are preceded by the tens
(20-90) or numbers compounded with them (21, etc.), are
commonly put in the singular, nb^^b n^yanx;! u^^ W^i^'z^Hi forty
days and forty nights Gen. 7:4, njia Qifeb^i "si^iAfour and
thirty years Gen. 11 : 16, n-'bw 5?ai?l f^t D^nto? twenty years
and seven years Gen. 23 : 1.

278 SYNTAX. ^ 251

a. This phenomenon is probably to be accounted for upon a principle
analogous to that by which the anomalous terminations for gender in the
numerals has been explained, §223. 2. When the numeral has itself a
plural form, as it has in the tens, the plurality of the entire expression is
sufficiently indicated without giving a plural ending to the noun likewise.
But with the units which have a singular termination, the noun must take
a plural form. It may be observed, however, that this peculiarity chiefly
affects a certain class of nouns, viz. those which are most frequently
numbered, and in which, consequently, the tendency to abbreviate the
expression by retrenching the plural ending is most strongly manifested.
These are such as li"'X man, and various measures of time, space, weight,
etc., e. g. ni'^ year, nii day, nax cubit, !3p.b shekel. These nouns are
also found, though less constantly, in tiie singular with hundreds and
thousands^ ni'^ "^^i^? 2;CFi nine hundred years Gen. 5:5, Jrax ri^x a
thousand cubits Num. 35: 4, and with the numbers from 11 to 19, fli^^n
i'p.b ^h^^ fifteen shekels Lev. 27: 7. Comp. in German hundert Fuss lang,
funfzig Pfund schwer, and in English twenty head of cattle, a ten foot
pole.

b. The numbers from 2 to 10 are very rarely found with singular nouns,
nyr nrt'J eight years 2 Kin. 22: 1, n^x ;ybu3 three cubits 25: 17 K'thibh
where the K'ri has niax. The tens are occasionally followed by the
plural Diyn^ DcVj thirty companions Judg. 14:11, ii^n— 1:3 niiiTaia
eighty so7is of valour 2 Chron. 26 : 17, t:'^'7^':' ibcJi n-'i-anx }br/?/-fico c7m7-
dren 2 Kin. 2: 24. When the noun precedes the numeral it is always put
in the plural.

c. In enumerations of familiar objects the noun is sometimes omitted,
when the meaning is sufficiently plain from the connection, Snj fT^*2J?. ten
(shekels) ofg-oW Gen. 24:22, riD3 nix?5 VJ^-q three hicndred (shekels) of
silver Gen. 45:22, cnS-inilJ tico (loaves) of bread 1 Sam. 10:4, Q'^'nyb-uia
six (ephahs) of barley Ruth 3: 15. In measurements, the word nax cubit
is occasionally preceded by the preposition 3 . thus n^N3 2^?"!>i< four by
the cubit i. e. four cubits.

3. Compound numbers may either proceed from the
higher to the lower denomination, f'i^s'^^^ n^#rn Dl^ns^ ^)^
a thousand two hundred ffty and four Neh. 7 : 34, or the re-
verse, HDi^ ns'ai Diipb'iL^n viin seven and thirty and a hundred
years Ex. 6:16. The noun sometimes stands at the begin-
ning or end of the entire series as in preceding examples,
and sometimes it is repeated after each numeral, MJT^ ^^^
Qii© yniri nb'iC ninto^i a hundred years and twenty years and
seven years Gen. 23 : 1.

4. Numeral adjectives may receive the article when they
represent an absolute number, or the noun is not expressed ;

§252 ORDINAL NUMBERS, ETC. 279

but when they are joined to a definite noun the latter alone
receives the article, D''?T^n {tUe) two are better than ^nsn
{the) one Eccles. 4 : 9, n^^ansn the forty Gen. 18 : 29, DTOln
Dp-'^^n theffti/ righteous ver. 28, vnbn ''nis his two daugh-
ters 19 : 30, UVT\ D^i?3-is the forty days Deut. 9 : 25.

a. When compound numbers 11, 12, etc., receive the article, it maybe
given to the first member of the compound, libs D''5^"ri thelwelix 1 Chron.
25:19.27:15, 1 Kin. 6:38, or to the second, la-'X nibrn o-'iq the twelve
me??. Josii. 4 : 4, 1 Kin. 19: 19. In tlie example just cited the article is given
to the numeral instead of to the noun, but in liUS'CDd "if^an the twelve
oxen 1 Kin. 7:44, the general rule is observed. In cnS'3";ii< M^>?rt D'^nb'^fi
these four children Dan. 1 : 17, the numeral following a definite noun re-
ceives a pronominal suffix referring to it.

Ordinal Numbers^ etc.

§252. 1. The ordinal numbers follow the general law
of adjectives in position and agreement with the substantive,
to which they belong, ''ii?? I? <5! second son Gen. 30 :7, nbisa
n''Tr->!?i|n in the third year 1 Kin. 18 : 1.

2. The lack of ordinals above te7i is supplied by using
the cardinals instead, which are then commonly preceded by
the noun in the construct state, ysfcl C'^i^? f^?T^ the twenty-
seventh year 1 Kin. 16:10, although this order is not always
observed, niia nnTJ^y-irbir thirteenth year Gen. 14 : 4.

a. A fuller form of expression is sometimes employed, e. g. TDiaa
•i:d Hsiadl n">abiy in the thirty-eighth year prop, in the year of thirty-eight
years 1 Kin. 16:29, 2 Kin. 15: 1.

b. In dates the cardinals are used for the day of the month and some-
times for the year, even though the number is below ten; the words day
and month are also frequently omitted, S-'TJ P!'i3 the seventh year 2 Kin.
12:1, '^S'liinn HJl'n^ ^k^"^^ the fonrlh (day) of the ninth mo7ith Zech. 7:1,
lynaiija 2"?i the seventh (month) ver. 5.

3. When the ordinals are used to express fractional parts,
§ 227. 3, they stand before the noun, )Vr\ midbna the third
of a hin Num. 15:6.

4. Distributive numbers are formed by repeating the car-
dinals, D?i-a Di'STC two by two Gen. 7 : 9, ^rit nyiio by

280 SYNTAX. ^ 253

sevens ver. 2. The numeral adverbs once, tioice, etc., are ex-
pressed by the femmme of the cardinals, nns? once^ la^'bt?
twice 2 Kin. 6 : 10, Ps. 62 :12, or by means of the noun
D?3 stroke or beat, D':'a?B ticice Gen. 27 : 36, D^bye nic?
ten times Job 19:3 or ^'^%'} stejjs, ^""^T} ^'^^ //^re^ times
Ex. 23 : 14.

a. This use of these nouns has arisen from the method of counting by
beats or taps with the hand or foot.

Apposition.

§253. When one noun serves to define or to describe
another it may be put in apposition with it. This construc-
tion, of which a more extended use is made in Hebrew than
in occidental languages, may be employed in the following
cases, viz. :

1. When both nouns denote the same person or thing,
^Sl ^W^ 2 Sam. 6 : 16, or less commonly, ^fb^n ^r\ 13 -.39
kin^ David, '*^\'^'^ ^^^i? a woman (who was) a widow

1 Kin. 7 : 14.

2. When the second specifies the first by stating the
material of which it consists, its quantity, character or the
hke, rnrnsn ^ijbsn the oxen the brass i. e. the brazen oxen

2 Kin. 16 : 17, Hi?^ O'^XD ffi^O three measures (consisting of)
meal Gen. 18:6, syn D'^itD-^a© seven years {oi) faiuine
2 Sam. 24 : 13, n-'^^ ^""^."^Vr ^^^'? ^^^^^^ weeks (of) dap Dan.
10:3, "iso^ n^ib^ days (which are) a number, i. e. such as can
be readily numbered, a few Num. 9 : 20, ira^ D''^^i< words
(which are) truth Prov. 22 : 21.

a. In this latter case the closer connection of the construct state
might, with equal propriety, be employed, §254. 4, etc. The following
examples will show with what latitude the rule of apposition is occasion-
ally applied, f n^ D^n water (which is) affiiclion i. e. identified with it or
characterized by it 1 Kin. 22:27, nysnn '{yi wine (which is) intoxication
i. e. produces it Ps. 60:5, ''S'l "1)^3 pasture-cattle i. e. those whose charac-
teristic it is that they have been in the pastures 1 Kin. 5:3; bearing

§254 THE CONSTRUCT STATE AND SUFFIXES. 281

n'^nart *1"i5*'7 the ark viz. the covenant, which was the thing of chief con-
sequence about the ark Josh. 3: 14, a hundred thousand IBU D'^^'X 2 Kin.
3:4, which is by some understood to mean wool-bearing rams i. e. charac-
terized by the production of wool ; according to others, the first word de-
notes the quantity and the second the material, rams (of) wool i. e. as
much as rams have,^eeces.

h. Proper nouns, which have no construct state, may be followed by
qualifying nouns in a loose sort of apposition, iTiin';' onb IT^S Bethlehem
(in) Judah 1 Sam. 17:12, compare in English, Princeton, New Jersey;
C^nns nns^ "lirs Pethor {in) Mesopotamia Deut. 23:5, d"'riu:l3D-r5, Gath
(of) the Philistines Am. 6:2; the destined possessor of my house is p^^H'l
"'.'1?''^'?? Damascus (in the person of its citizen) Eliezer Gen. 15:2, D^hlsx
nixns God (of) Hosts Ps. 80:5, 8, 15, 20; when C^^n'^x is regarded as an
appellative noun instead of a proper name, this divine title becomes
nisas "^n'^x Ps. 89 : 9.

The Construct State and Suffixes.

§254. When one noun is limited or restricted in its
meaning by another, the first is put in the construct state ;
if the hmiting word be a personal pronoun it is suffixed to
the noun. The relation thus expressed corresponds, for the
most part, to the occidental genitive or to that denoted in
English by the preposition of. The primary notion of the
grammatical form is simply the juxtaposition of two nouns,
or the union of a noun and a pronoun, to represent the sub-
ordination of one to the other in the expression of a single
idea, § 212. The particular relation, which it suggests, is
consequently dependent on the meanings of the words them-
selves, and is in each case that which is most naturally sug-
gested by their combination. Thus, the second noun or the
pronominal suffix may denote

1. lil\\Q, possessor of that which is represented by the pre-
ceding noun, rrihii bi'^n the temple of Jehovah 1 Sam. 1 : 9,
D^^D"\ their substance Gen. 12:5. This embraces the various
degrees of relationship, Qn'inN-]3 son of Abraham Gen.
25 : 12, ^nirs tht/ loife Gen. 12 : 5.

2. The whole^ of which the preceding word denotes a part,

282 SYNTAX. §254

iTjis? ib;^ax the poor of ihj people Ex. 23 :11, ^nx-i'iaD? the
honourable of the earth Isa. 23:9.

a. The construct relation, when thus employed, indicates that the part
sino-led out from the whole possesses the quality referred to in an eminent
decree. The first word is sometimes an abstract noun, 'l"'Tnx T:c^^^ the
heJi'ht of his cedars i. e. his highest cedars 2 Kin. 19:23. Here too be-
long the superlative expressions, n^a^;^ aJ^P holy of holies, o^r^'n n->^
ihe^ong cf songs, ain2?. ins servant of servants, one that is a servant by
way of eminence when compared with all others.

3. An individual of the class denoted by the preceding
noun, thus serving the purpose of a more exact designation,
n":^2i3 px the land of Egypt Gen. 41 : 19, nns-nns the river
{oi) Euphrates Gen. 15: 18, n-'Hi? ^2? cedar trees, 2 Chron.
2 : 7, np??. i^?^"iJ^ if^'orm (of) Jacob Isa. 41 : 14, n-'nnn ^iiJSi?
men (who are) mercha?its 1 Kin. 10 : 15.

4. The material of which the preceding noun is com-
posed, nnr DT: a ring of gold Gen. 24: 22, fr-'^s vessel of
wood Lev. 11 : 32, ni^n W ///e/oc/t of goats Cant. 4:1.

5. The measure of its extent, value, duration, etc., ^^n"a
D'^'a;' mr^JTp a journey of three days Jon. 3 : 3, ""i33 bpffiTQ ^/^e
«^ez>/^^ 0/ « talent 1 Chron. 20 : 2, ISD^ "^nia^ «^e;^ o/ ^«^wz^^r
i. e. readily numbered, few, Gen. 34 : 30, D^i^ n-ins? a pos-
session of perpetuity Gen. 17:8.

6. An attribute, by which it is characterized, b?n niaa
mighty man of valour Judg. 11:1, ^19 T? ^'''^^ o//r«^^7 Gen.
1:11, "ji^tn ii^a ^)«/% of vision i. e. distinguished as the one
where visions are received Isa. 22 : 1, '^T^Tf}. I^^i thefioch of
slaughter i. e. which is to be slaughtered Zech. 11:4.

a. It will be observed that the Hebrew uses nouns to express many of
the ideas for which adjectives are employed in otiier languages ; thus, in
the examples under Nos.4, 5, and ^,vesselof wood for wooden vessel, posses-
sion of perpetuity for perpetual possession, mighty man of valour for valia7it
mighty man, flock of slaughter for grex maclanda. This both arises from
and explains the comparative paucity of adjectives in Hebrew: though
even where corresponding adjectives exist the other construction is fre-
quently preferred, TTi.p ^^53 garments of holiness Ex. 28 : 2, p^S-^rj^!
sacrifices of righteousness, t'l^p^ holy and p^i^ righteous being used with

§254 THE CONSTRUCT STATE AND SUFFIXES. 283

less latitude and with a stricter regard to the ethical idea which they in-
volve. Attributives are frequently formed by prefixing such words as
^■^X man, br? lord, '3 son, ra daughter, to abstract nouns or other sub-
stantives, thus, 'ixn TJi^X a man of form i. e. comdy I Siini. 16 : 18, UJ'X
B'^na^ man of words i. e. eloquent Ex. 4:10. ri^'^nn hv% the possessor of
dreams i. e. dreamer Gen. 37 : 19, Dib;j rDt':J-"|3 son of eight days i. e. eight
days old Gen. 17:12, r';73"",3 son of death i.e. deserving to die 1 Sam.
20 :.'31, ii5^b3""':3 sons of worthlessness i. e. wicked Deut. 13 : 14, a"isrn-na
nbd daughter of ninety years i. e. ninety years old Gen. 17 : 17.

b. Occasionally in poetry an adjective instead of agreeing with its sub-
stantive is treated as tiiough it were an abstract noun, 'ijisfi iBs vessels
of small (capacity) Isa. 22 : 24, ^^"O "'a rvaters of fulness Ps. 73 : 10, ri-'a-bs
ii'ir.n perhaps every house of great (size), though others render every great
(man's) house Jer. 52:13. So sometimes an adverb. X^vo "'n'O few men
Deut. 26:5, T'in nSy continual burnt- offering Num. 2S:G,^'in' '•m blood
(shed) causelessly 1 Kin. 2:31, CTSi"' ins enemies in the day time Ezek.
30 : 16, D^ii'n ',3X dumb stone Hab. 2 : 19, or adverbial phrase, 3^|5:fl ''i^'bx
a God nigh at hand, pnnt: '^H'bx a God afar off Jer. 23 : 23.

7. The source from wliicli the preceding noun is derived,
nnn;i nnin the law of Jehovah Ex. 13 : 9, nfe'a ied ihe book
of Moses 2 Chron. 25:4, rDJnx nSin sick from love Cant. 2 : 5.

8. The subject by which an action is performed, or in
which an attribute inheres, n*.n^ inins? the love of God i. e.
exercised by him 1 Kin. 10:9, n^'bia J^isisn the ivisdom of
Solomon 1 Kin. 5 :10.

9. The object^ upon which an action is directed, ins?"!*'
D^nbx the fear of God Gen. 20 : 11, Di^n nbirti^ the rule of
the day Gen. 1:10.

a. After nouns, which express or imply action, the following noun or
suffix denotes the subject or the object as the sense or the connection may
demand, niH^ nx;p the zeal of Jehovah, which he feels Isa. 37:32, Di-nN3p3
zeal of the people, which is felt for them Isa. 26: 11; nno rj^n the cry
against Sodom Gen. 18:20, b'n-n;??.1_ the cry of the poor Prov. 21:13;
ioan Jiis wrong i. e. done by him Ps. 7: 17, "'D'^ni. my wrong i. e. done to
me Gen. 16:5; D''^"~"!'n the way of the sea i.e. leading to it 1 Kin. 18:43,
ci'Sn"^ Tp.'H the way of Jeroboam i. e. in which he walked 1 Kin. 16: 26.

b. Active participles are frequently put in the construct state before
their object, \r33 r3"'iao restoring the soul Ps. 19:8. T^hp^ "'anx loving thy
?zame Ps. 5 : 12, nso iS3 entering the gate Gen. 23:10. So even before
an infinitive which they govern, tAp i^"'S^?3 being early to rise Ps. 127: 2.
Passive participles may be in the construct before the subject of the ac-
tion, D^■^'b^t iiais smitten of God Isa. 53:4, nii'X 'n^iii^ born of a woman

284 SYNTAX. §255

Job 14: 1, or before the secondary object, if the verb is capable in the
active of having a double object, pbTinjn. girded wilh sackcloth Joel 1:8,
D'l^rn vi^zh clothed wilh linen Ezelc. 9:11. When a noun follows the in-
finitive it may be in construction with it as its subject, "Ti^.^ ^"iI^S on the
king''s reading 2 Kin. 5 : 7, 'iu:''~in his driving out Num. 32 : 21, or be gov-
erned by it as its object, bxwu:"S<iip to call Samuel 1 Sam. 3:8, cainin
to drive them out Deut. 7 : 17.

10. The respect in which a preceding attribute holds, so
that it answers the purpose of specijication, D'^n&iri"X'ct2 un-
clean as to lijjs Isa. 6 : 5, nl?"''T?i5 Jiard hearted Ezek. 3 : 7,
n'^ir\n '^b;^^ rent as to garments, 2 Sam. 13 : 31.

a. This answers to what is known as the Greek accusative, irdSas wkusj
the English has in certain cases adopted the Hebrew idiom, so that we
can say swift offool^ blind of an eye, etc.

§255. 1. AVhen the relation between two nouns is ex-
pressed by an intervening preposition, the first commonly
remains in the absolute state : it may, however, particularly
in poetry, be put in the construct, ?2b5n inn moimtains in
Gilboa 2 Sam. 1 : 21, DB^'a ''k'^'^^ prophets out of their own
heart Ezek. 13:2, ^3n "^is according to the ahility in us
Neh. 5 : 8.

2. A noun is sometimes put in the construct before a
succeeding clause with which it is closely connected : thus,
before a relative clause, "li^i? Dipa the place lohere, etc.. Gen.
39 : 20, ni?« ^T^^^.for the reason that Deut. 22: 24, par-
ticularly when the relative is itself omitted, nbT!:n-^^a hy the
hand of (him whom) thou wilt send Ex. 4:13, Jiin^-na'i n'inn
the beginning of (what) Jehovah spake Hos. 1 : 2, or before
the conjunction 1 and, W"!) f^^^l^ wisdom and hnoioledge Isa.
33 : G, r.t^ ^^^ ^^?^ drunken and not with wi?ie Isa. 51 : 21.

3. Three, four, or even five nouns are sometimes joined
tos^ether in the relation of the construct state, DnhsnTT^n ''inx'n

O ^ T . T

the heads of the houses of their fathers Ex. 6 : 14, ''tsSTS ^EDtt
^^f^?""'?:^ the number of the tribes of the children of Israel
Josh. 4 : 5, n^Ti?s-?fb^ aib b^ir^ns the fruit of the greatness
of heart of the Icing of Assyria Isa. 10 : 12.

I

§ 256 THE CONSTRUCT STATE AND SUFFIXES. 285

a. In a very few instances, only occurring In poetry, two words of like
meaning are united in the construct before the same noun, on'i "'.^ns '^^n.3
rii-ers, brooks of honey Job 20 : 17, nr;?->^.in ^p.tlii Ps. 78 : 9,' if rendered
as it is by some armed with, shooting the bow, though "^i^^ij may be in con-
struction not with ric;5 but with •'^ii armed ones of those who shoot the
bow, armed bowmen. See Alexander in loc.

§256. When two words are in the construct relation
they must stand in immediate conjunction, and no other
word can be suffered to come between them as it would ob-
scure the sense. Hence an adjective, participle or demon-
strative, qualifying a noun in the construct state, cannot
stand immediately after it, but nmst be placed after the gov-
erned noun, bi'i^n nih^ ^^V.^ the great ivoric of Jehovah
Judg. 2:7, npina 2nT nrj? a great cro2Uii of gold Esth.
8: 15. So an article or suffix, belonging to a noun in the
construct, must be attached not to it but to the governed
noun, b^nn "iniaa the mightg men of valour Josh. 1 : 14, ''Ip'^bs
iiriT Ms idols of gold Isa. 2 : 20, ''ic'i^ nil? mg name of holi-
ness i. e. mg holg name Lev. 20 : 3.

a. When the governing and the governed noun are of the same gender
and number it may be doubtful to which of them the following adjective
is to be referred, thus binsn ns^. "'nx Gen; 10:21 may either mean ^Ae
elder brother of Japheth or the brother of Japheth the elder.

b. In a very few instances, only occurring in poetry, a noun with a suf-
fix stands in the construct before a following word, nrTiT^ ?]^r;b3".n thy
chariots of salvation Hab. 3:8, TiJ'^on^ my refuge of strength Ps. 71 : 7,
Tm\ T^'y^ thy icay cf lewdness Ezek. 16 : 27, though these are rather to be
regarded as instances of apposition in the wide sense, §253. 2. Nouns in
the construct occasionally receive the article, §246. 3. a.

c. In the following passages a brief word intervenes between bb,
which, though properly a noun signifying totality, is in usage equivalent
to a pronominal adjective all, every, and the noun which it governs,
f,r N'Sn-bs take away all iniquity Hos. 14 : 3, so 2 Sam. 1 : 9, Job 27 : 3,
and perhaps Isa. 38 : 16; but see Alexander in loc. Like the Greek ttSs,
when followed by a definite noun bs means the whole or all, ^VT^-h'S all
the people, y"iNn"b3 the whole earth, when followed by an indefinite noun
every, n'^2~b3 every house; though here as elsewhere the poets may omit
the article, which would be necessary in prose, ^N"."b3 the whole head
Isa. 1 : 5. Connected with a negative adverb it forms a universal nega-
tion no, or if the words be rendered separately our idiom requires us to
translate bb by any, nbr^_"xb nbxba-bs no work shall be done Ex. 12 : 16,

286 SYNTAX. §257,258

u:'nri-?3 'px there is 7io new fhing Eccl. 1 : 9, l^i'ix-bs hh'^'^ t<b neither can
any god 2 Chron. 32 : 15. Comp. ou StKaiw^^o-crai iracra adpi Rom. 3 : 20.
d. He paragogic may be attached to a noun in the construct state,
iraaj nfi-ita tow<ird the rising of the sun Deut. 4 : 41, Gen. 24 : 67.

V AT T ; ; ■ o »/ J

§257. The preposition ^ fo, helonging to, with or with-
out a preceding relative pronoun, may be substituted for the
construct relation in its possessive sense, nihsjb "^tsn "jxin
her father s sheep prop, the sheep which belonged to her father
Gen. 29 : 9, comp. orpii^ -jsi Gen. 37 : 12, 2?Tr-'bxb n;»sn the
house of Elisha 2 Kin. 5 : 9, comp. Latin jy«^(?r mihi. This
is particularly the case

1. When the first noun is omitted ^1'7'p (a psalm) of
David Ps. 11:1, D?'rni|tb ^-''9^ Amnon (son) of Ahinoam
2 Sam. 3 : 2.

2. When the first noun is indefinite and the second
definite, ''i^':'? 15 a son of Jesse 1 Sam. 16:18 C^T^ril 2 Sam.
20 : 1 is the son of Jesse, § 246. 3), D'^ns^n '^t) 'lay a servant
of the captain of the guard Gen. 41 : 12.

a. Hence the frequent use of h (Lamedh aiictoris) in the titles of the
Psalms and other compositions, Tl'jb "li^T^ a psalm of David i. e. belong-
ing to him as its author, ^''^p'^T'^ "^^S!? a prayer of Habakkuk.

3. When the first noun is accompanied by a numeral
adjective, especially in dates, ^^rib oii niby-nir^sn the fifteenth
day of the month 1 Kin. 12 : 32, tfb^b niip-'Tann nbita hi the
fifth year of the Jdny 1 Kin. 14 : 25, i^Oijb t^ iniffia in the
third year of Asa 1 Kin. 15 : 33.

4. When several genitives are connected together, nso
rri^rp '^bb^ab n^i2;^n innn the book of the Chronicles of the kings
ofJudah 1 Kin. 15 : 23.

The Predicate.

§258. 1. The predicate of a sentence, if a substantive,
adjective, or pronoun, may be connected with its subject
without an intervening copula, their mutual relation being

^259 THE PREDICATE. 287

sufficiently suggested by simply placing them together,
DiSia ri'^nii'^nrbs all Iter paths (are) peace Prov. 3:17, aib
fyri the tree (was) (jood Gen. 3:6, tjn'Hn mT litis (is) the loay
Isa. 30:21.

2. Or the pronoun fc^in of the third person may be used
as a copula, f^^s x^n ''i'"'3'in 'yr\'^y\ the fourth river is Eu-
phrates prop, it (is) Euphrates Gen. 2 : 14, n|k rrar-n^
what are these ? Zech. 4 : 5, ''S'^'a i^^rrnnx thou art my hing
Ps. 44 : 5, Dn D^iabT^ nbisn D^ilJssn ^/^e-^e w^^/^ are pteaceahle
Gen. 34:21.

3. Or the verb rpr; ^fo he may be employed for a like
purpose, particularly if the idea of past or future time is in-
volved, ^nn fin'n ynsjin the earth icas desolate Gen. 1 : 2,
rii"ij"ii7 'I'^n 'ijbsn the oxen loere ploughiiig Job 1 : 14.

a. Verbs Avhich denote some modification of being are sometimes em-
ployed in the same way; thus, Ms eyes nins ^^^f^ began (to be) dim
1 Sam. 3:2; fra^^^.n i:;ii< nb bn'Ji and Noah began (to be) a husbandman
Gen. 9:20; T^'"'^ ^''?'^^'^.? 'W'/'e« ^/io2{ ceasest spoiling Isa. 33: 1, ^Ae hair
'(ib T(2n /trts turned white Lev. 13:3; so ^o 6e called, to be esteemed, etc,

b. Simple existence or non-existence is predicated by means of the
particles 'C'^_ and "X, the latter of which retains its absolute form when
following the noun, but takes the construct form '"'X whpn it precedes the
noun either immediately or separated from it by intervening words, ixK 'Q'}^
there is a kinsman Ruth 3 : 12, "j'l'X cnx there was not a man Gen. 2 : 5,
T^J2 "fX there was no king in Israel Judg. 21 : 25. These particles may
also be used as copulas with the personal pronouns, when the predicate is
a participle, n^iTTS 7\^^i< thou art not letting go Ex. 8 : 17. ?iain ^XOI thou
art saving Judg. 6 : 36.

§ 259. 1. A noun in the predicate may receive the same
adjuncts as in the subject, § 244.

2. Adjectives and demonstrative pronouns in the predi-
cate agree with the nouns to which they relate in gender and
number, but differ from qualifying adjectives and demonstra-
tives, § 249, in standing before the noun and in not receiv-
ing the article, though the noun be definite, ^ivH ^'^^ the
woi'd is good J)eut. 1 : 14, I'^'^nn D^an his mercies are great
1 Chron. 21 : 13, n^'Cfn ninbin nb« these are the genera-
tions of the heavens Gen. 2 : 4.

288 SYNTAX. § 260

a. A predicate adjective may also, though less frequently, stand after
the noun, ns'^ m?-n the damsel was fair 1 Kin. 1:4, \!(^r\'r^ rnxn 2hn

I ' »» T-:r- - -' ' • - I V T T — :i

Sia and the gold of that land is good Gen. 2 : 12.

b. If the sense require the predicate to be made definite, it will receive
the article, "la'iarj "^a mij mouth is the (one) speaking Gen. 45 : 12.

Comparison of Adjectives.

§ 260. 1. Adjectives have no distinct form for the com-
parative or superlative. Comparison is expressed by means
of the preposition "^frorn placed after the adjective, niit:
D''3''p2'52 niaDH toisdom is better than rubies prop, is good from
rubies, differs from them and by implication is superior to
them in point of goodness, Prov. 8:11; "'I'S'a nnx y^%
thou art more righteous than I, 1 Sam. 24 : 17.

2. The superlative degree may be expressed

(1.) By adding ^3 all to the comparative particle "j"??,
nt;]^"''.?^"^2^ ^i'ia great from all the sons of the east i. e. the
greatest of all, etc., Job 1:3.

(2.) By an emphatic use of the positive, so as to imply
the possession of the attribute in an eminent degree, T^sa "jUj?
the least of his sons prop, the little (one) 2 Chron. 21 : 17,
Qife^ ns^n 0 fairest among women Cant. 1 : 8, '}t:jjn the
least, ^i^an the greatest 1 Chron. 12:14, Dniu the best of
them Mic. 7:4.

a. When the predicate is a verb instead of an adjective, comparison
may be expressed in the same manner, ?j53^ ^'=i?J< I will be greater- than
thou prop, great from thee Gen. 4 1 : 40, Cnxn-biia csn.'? (^nd ^^ '""^^ ^^^
toisesl of all men 1 Kin. 5 : 11. In a few passages, chiefly occurring in the
book of Ecclesiastes, comparison is made by means of the adverb "ini^
more^ "in'' TS lis "'n^sn I was then more wise Eccl. 2 : 15.

6. The construction with "|^ may also be used to denote excess, ?ina
Ki'i':^ ■'ii? my iniquity is too great to be forgiven prop, greater than (it is
possible) to forgive Gen. 4: 13, ^'B'q •Js'Q too little for thee Job- 15 : 11.

c. A comparative sense is commonly ascribed to '{Ct in the following
passages, in which an adjective, suggested by the context, must be supplied,
n3>iD53T3 "yq^ the iiprighl (is sharper) than a thorn-hedge Mic. 7:4, OEX^
less than nothing Isa. 40 : 17, 41 :24, Ps. 62:10. Isa. 10: 10, Job 11 : 17; in
some of these cases, however, 'j'^ may have the sense oi from or of and
denote that from which any thing is derived or of which it forms a part.

§261,262 THE PRIMARY TENSES. 289

r

Verbs.

§261. 1. The doctrine of the Hebrew tenses rests upon
a conception of time radically different from that which pre-
vails in our own and in other Indo-European languages.
Time is conceived of, not as distrilouted into three portions,
viz. : past, present, and future, but as consisting of the past
and future only. The present is, in this view, an inappreciable
moment, without extension or cognizable existence, the mere
point of contact between two boundless periods of duration,
or the instant of transition from one to the other, and, as
such, not entitled to be represented by a distinct verbal form.
Every action or state of being is accordingly viewed as be-
longing to the past or to the future ; and such as do not
belong exclusively to one, may be referred indifferently to
either.

2. Within these two grand divisions of time no account
is made of those minuter distinctions, in the expression of
which we are accustomed to employ such a variety of tenses,
nor of those modal differences which are with us indicated
by the indicative, subjunctive, and potential, except to that
limited extent to which these may be regarded as covered by
the paragogic and apocopated futures, §264. Whatever is,
or is conceived of as past, must be put in the preterite ; the
futm'e is used for all that is, or is conceived of as future,
while all subordinate modifications or shades of meaning
are either suggested by accompanying particles, or, without
being precisely indicated, are left to be inferred from the
connection.

The Primary Tenses.

§ 262. The preterite is accordingly used of
1. The past, whether our idiom would require the abso-
19

290 SYNTAX. §262

lute past tense, i. e. the liistorical imperfect, in the heginning
God ^i'^3i created, etc., Gen. 1 -.1, God TO? tempted Abraham
Gen. 22 : 1 ; or one of the relative tenses, viz. the past viewed
in relation to the present, i. e. the perfect, what is this that
^i''TC5' thou hast done Gen. 3:13, thee ^^''i^'^ have I seen right-
eous Gen. 7:1; the past in relation to another past, i. e. the
pluperfect, God ended his work which '*^tv he had made Gen.
2:2; and tliey did so as the Lord fi^^ had commanded Ex.
7:10; or the past in relation to a future, i. e. the future
perfect, when the Lord vnt* •^/^^^'^ ^i^o-'oe toashed away, etc., Isa.
4 : 4, until the time that she lohich travaileth STib^ shall have
brought forth Mic. 5:2; or a conditional mood, except the.
Lord of hosts had left unto tis a verg small remnant I3'^'?rj we
should have been as Sodom Isa. 1:9,/ would there icere a
sword in mine hand, for now ^"^ri^'in L icould have killed thee
Num. 22 : 29 ; or an optative, denoting something which was
to have been desired but which nevertheless did not occur,
r.rpy-^b 0 that ive had died Num. 14 : 2, TO^n ^b 0 that they
had been wise that they (fut.) would consider this Deut.
32 : 29, or a subjunctive (the Jordan was dried up), that
Dnsn^ ye might fear the Lord, at that time and thencefor-
ward/oret;^r Josh. 4 : 24.

a. In all these cases the verbal form merely expresses in the general
that the action belongs to the past, but whether this is to be taken abso-
lutely, relatively, or conditionally, must be learned from the circumstances
of the case or from accompanying words. The proper English imperfect
is expressed in Hebrew not by the preterite but by the participle, sui'' fitini
and Ae (was) sitting Gen. 18: 1, §266. 3.

h. In promises, contracts, etc., the preterite is sometimes employed,
where we might have expected the future, because the inward act or pur-
pose is intended rather than its outward execution, unto thy seed "'Firj /
have given this land Gen. 15: 18, the grant was made though they were
not yet put in possession; accordingly, when the latter idea is prominent,
the future is used of the same transaction, tinto thy seed 'iHX / will give
this land Gen. 12.: 7, 26 : 3. Comp. Gen. 4 : U, 23 : 11, 13.

2. The present, regarded as the continuation or natural
sequence of a pre-existing action or condition. Anything

§262 THE PRIMARY TENSES. 291

begun in the past and continued in the present may be con-
sidered to belong to the past and accordingly spoken of in
the preterite, give me a little icater for '^ri'aa / am thirsty
Judg. 4:19 prop. 1 have been thirsty and (it is implied) I
am so still ; the earth "tiff's is full of violence prop, has been
and still i^full Gen. G : 13 ; now "^"PTy^ I hioio that Jehovah
is the greatest of all the gods Ex. 18 : 11, prop. I have known,
the knowledge being in fact contemporaneous with the in-
formation upon which it was based. Comp. in Latin novi,
meinini, odi,

a. It is comparatively a matter of indifference whether the preterite
or the future be used to designate the present. That which now exists
may either be regarded as continued from the past or as perpetuated in the
future ; and as it is contemplated under one or the other of these aspects,
will the tense be determined accordingly. Thus, the question whence come
ye is in Gen. 42:7 CPsa T.^'^. whence have ye come, but in Josh. 9:8
ixbn *|7^^ whence are ye coming or will ye come ; because, in the former
instance, the past action of coming is uppermost in the mind of the speaker,
and in the latter this action is regarded as having not yet ceased.

3. Permanent facts or general truths ; these, though true
for all time, are gathered from experience and observation,
and hence may be appropriately referred to the past, an ox
2H^ knoweth his owner Isa. 1 : 3, oxen always have done so
and it is implied that they always will; the Lord 'drr^. jiitieth
them that fear him Ps. 103 : 13.

a. The future is used in this case with the same frequency and pro-
priety as the preterite, An ox will know his owner expresses the same
general truth as an ox has known his owner; only in the former case at-
tention is chiefly drawn to its future, and in the latter to its past realiza-
tions, §263. 3.

4. The future, when viewed as past; the prophets, in
their inspired descriptions of events which had not yet come
to pass, often transport themselves to the time when they
shall have been accomplished : and, surveying the future from
this ideal point of view, they give to their predictions the
form of a recital of what has already taken place, Babylon

292 SYNTAX. ^ 263

nSs3 has fallen Isa. 21 : 9, Ue ^5^3 hath home our griefs Isa.
53 : ^,for I ''riSibn have tnade Esau bare Jer. 49 : 10.

a. The counterpart of this prophetic preterite is the use of the
future in vivid descriptions of the past, in which the writer appears, in
imagination, to live over again what has already taken place, § 263. 5.

§ 263. The future is used in speaking of

1. The future, whether absolutely, ^^'^^ I loill maTce of
thee a great nation Gen. 12:2, or relatively to something in
the past, he took his eldest son who tj'5)2';> loas to reign 2 Kin.
3 : 27, Elisha toas fallen sick of his sickness whereof ri^'Q^ he
was to die 2 Kin. 13:14; or conditionally, (would that I
had died) for I ivould have lain down (pret.) and tDipt'X
would he at rest Job 3:13; hut (if it were my case) / ^^'^7^
would seek unto God Job 5:8; or optatively in the various
grades of desire, determination, permission, or command, so
'ih'2ik^ may all thine enemies perish Judg. 5:31; 0 that my
grief ^p'ij? might he iveighed Job 6:2; all that thou com-
mandest us "^i??,? ?f'^ «n7/ do Josh. 1 : 16; deeds that ^^T^..
ought not to he done Gen. 20:9; of the fruit of tJte trees of
the garden b5i?b we may eat Gen. 3 : 2, ^3r)i?ri i«5 ye shall not
eat ver. 3, mine ordinances ^"i^TSri ye shall keep Lev. 18:4;
or subjunctively, especially after conjunctions signifying that,
in order that, lest, etc., (bring the venison) 'H^'^^ri "jriab iji
order that my soul may hless thee Gen. 27 : 25, against tJiee
have I sinned that pt^n thou mightest he justified Y's,. 51 :6.

a. When employed in requests, the future is frequently accompanied
by the particle X3, thus, 5<3~"i3'i';' let ihy servant speak, 1 pray Mee Gen.
44: 18, xi'ia^") let the wickedness of the wicked cease, I pray Ps. 7: 10.

h. The future is idiomatically used with trh and C^i;^ not yet, before,
whether the period referred to is past or future, the time denoted by the
particle being antecedent to the action of the verb. Thus, referring to the
past, / ate of all S^iin C-iaa before thou earnest Gen. 27: 33, the lamp of
God •"i33';i D";a had iiot yet gone oict 1 Sam. 3:4; to the future, that my
sold may bless thee r^ins t-;i:3 before I die Gen. 27 : 4, 'IX'^P'? tsyj before
they call, I xcill answer Isa. 65: 24. There are three examples of the use
of the preterite with these particles, the reference being to past time,
1 Sam. 3 : 7, Ps. 90 : 2, Prov. 8 : 25.

§263 THE PRIMARY TENSES. 293

2. The present, when it is conceived of as extending
into the future, comfort my people ^iss?"" saith your God Isa.
40 : 1, the divine utterance though begun is not yet finished;
■ly^n siSn do ye not hioio? ver. 21, are you ignorant, and
is this ignorance to continue? why "'S^ri weejjest tlioii?
1 Sam. 1:8.

3. General truths or permanent facts, when the attention
is directed to their vahdity for all time to come, righteousness
D'iainn cxalteth a nation Prov. 14 : 34, it does so now and
always will ; a son ^33^ honoureth his father Mai. 1 : 6.

4. Constant or habitual acts or states viewed as con-
tinuing for an indefinite period from the time spoken of,
even though they may have ceased at the time of speaking,
and so belong entirely to the past, a mist ti^?;! used to go up
from the earth Gen. 2 : 6, i. e, not only at the moment of time
previously refeiTcd to but from that onward ; thus Job nlb?^
did continually Job 1:5; the daughters of Israel nsD^n were
in the habit of going from time to time Judg. 11 : 40 ; so Gen.
29 : 2, Ex. 13 : 22, Num. 11 : 5, 1 Sam. 2 : 19.

5. The past, when the speaker or writer assumes an ideal
point of vision prior to its occurrence, and so regards it as
future. Thus, a historian in animated description, as we
might use the present, niiJ'a'nit?^ TN then sings Moses Ex.
15:1, Balah '^sn:;; brings me from Aram Num. 23 : 7 ; or a
poet, who lives in the midst of that of which he sings, lis*'
iii ib^i? ni"^ let the day jJerish on \ohich I am to be born Job
3 : 3, where the speaker, by a bold figure, places himself be-
fore his birth, and prays that the day which was to give him
existence might be annihilated, so that he might be saved
from the misery of living ; n^'bij cnn^ xS n^b lohy may I
not die from the womb ? ver. 11, where his position is shifted
to the time immediately after his birth ; nir'ab "\'o'n v^Hy^ he
makes known his ways unto Moses Ps. 103 : 7.

a. The intermingling of different tenses in relation to the same sub-
ject, which is so frequent in poetry, foreign as it may be to our modes of

294 SYNTAX. § 264, 265

thought, does not justify the conclusion that they are used promiscuously
or without regard to their distinctive signification. Thus the preterite
and the future are frequently combined in order to give greater emphasis
and compass to the statement made, by asserting it at once of both the
grand divisions of time, the wicked -who "'jsi'^d have wasted me, my deadly
enemies IS^JS^ will surround me Ps. n:9.Jire f^^sx devoured before them,
and after them a fame linbn shall consume Joel 2 : 3. Or the writer may
place himself in the midst of an event, and regard part as having already
taken place and part as yet to be performed; thus, in Ex. 15:14, 15, /Ae
nations ^3?aiy have heard ']^^')'! they will be afraid; pangs Tns have
seized upon the inhabitants of Philistia ; then the dukes of Edom l^n^3
were troubled, the mighty men of Moah trembling iTs'm.N"^ shall seize them,
all the inhabitants of Canaan 11^3 have melted. Or a verb may be put in
the future to show that the action which it denotes, though in reality past,
is subsequent to, or a consequence of a preceding preterite, they were both
naked lujiaan^ x?i and were not ashamed Gen. 2: 25. Deut. 2: 12.

§ 264. The apocopated and paragogic forms of the future
are mostly used in their respective persons, § 97, to express
its optative, conditional, or subjunctive senses, §263. 1. The
negative imperative is made by prefixing bx jiot to the apoco-
pated future, ^3?^n"5S? harm not Ps. 105 : 15 ; ^^nn i55 would
mean i/oic sJiall not harm.

a. These modified forms of the future, although they give a more dis-
tinct expression to the modal senses just indicated, are not essential to that
end, since the same shades of meaning may be and often are suggested
by the simple future. Instances are more rare, and only found in poetry,
in which the apocopated or paragogic forms are used, when simple futurity
is intended. Job 13 : 27, 24 : 25.

The Secondary Tenses.

h 265. The secondary tenses agree in signification with
their respective primaries. The future with Vav conversive,
forming a secondary preterite, §99.1, has the same variety of
senses with the primary or proper preterite, and is in fact a
simple substitute for it. In like manner, the secondary
future or the preterite with Vav conversive, §100. 1, is a
substitute for the primary future. A narrative or a para-
graph, which begins with one of the primary tenses, is
mostly continued by means of the corresponding secondary

f

§265 THE SECONDARY TENSES. 295

tense, provided tlie verb stands at the beginning of its clause,
so that it can be attached to the conjunction, which is an
essential part of the secondary formation. If, for any reason,
this order of the words is interrupted or prevented, the
primary tense must again be used. Thus, Gen. 22 : 1, God
n5D temjjted Abraham "TOS'^l a7id said . . . 'TaN^'T and he said . . .
ver. 3, DSTCi^T and he rose 2ip early . . . ^'^n^'] and saddled . . .
npi^T and took . . . ^^"^"^ and clave . . . Djp^n a?id rose ttjj ^Yl']
and went unto the place iS'i'sx^irsi of which God had told
him. Gen. 17:5, thy name N'i|?''~ii'p shall not he called Ahram
nj^ni and it shall be . . . ver. G, '^r]';;isr;»'i and I will make thee
fruitful . . . ^■'Prili and I imll make nations of thee 0"'ib'ai
^SS."' ?{l3'a and kings shall come out of thee.

a. The future with Vav conversive describes an act subsequent to or
contemporary with the time denoted by the words with which it is con-
nected. It can, therelbre, only relate to the past when it is preceded by
a preterite with a past signification, or by some other word or phrase which
refers to past time, in the year of king UzziaWs death nxisi {and) I saxo
Isa. 6:1. But if it be preceded by a future tense, it has a future significa-
tion, pnb"^ he shall deride every stronghold ■>2}I1'} and shall heap up earth
•■^^3^?!! and take it Hab. 1 : 10, who nir5;i shall' do evil... I'i?,*] 7)^.^^ and
shall go and serve other gods Deut. 17:2, 3; unless a pause intervenes in
which a preterite is to be supplied, as in Hab. 2: 1, 2, / will watch to see
what he will say to me . .. >^\h^ "'r'?.?*!! '^"^ (after I had thus watched) the
Lord answered me. The future with Vav conversive occurs in a preterite
sense at the beginning of certain books, because they were regarded by
their authors as supplements or continuations of preceding histories. Tilil
And it came to pass Josh. 1 : 1, Judg. 1 : 1, 1 Sam. 1 : 1. etc., etc.

b. The preterite with Vav has a future signification only after a future
tense or an expression suggestive of futurity, e. g. in thy distress T^lx^tt!)
when there shall come upon thee all these things Deut. 4 : 30 ; or as the
initial word of a prophecy, which is regarded as linked witli other dis-
closures of the future previously made, •^^^'^ and it shall come to pass
Isa. 2:2. After an imperative it commonly has an imperative sense, this
being one of the significations of the future, §263. 1, go unto Pharaoh
'^n^c^^ and say to him prop, and thou shall say Ex. 7 : 26. When a
preterite precedes, the Vav is not conversive. thy servant was keeping his
father^s sheep xil and (here came . . . X'ibii and took . . . "^rx^'^ and I went
OM^ . . . I"'ri3ni and smote him. etc., 1 Sam. 17:34, 35, unless it involves a
reference to what is to take place hereafter, / have blessed him (the
blessing is of course prospective), ''ri'^'isni and 1 will make him fruitful,
•'fiianni and I will midtiply him Gen. 17:20.

•>

296 SYNTAX. §266

Participles.

§ 266. The participles being properly verbal nouns, do
not in strictness involve any definite notion of time, and the
connection must decide whether they are to be referred to
the past, present, or future, thus ^£3 means falling Num.
24 : ^, fallen Judg. 4 : 22, or ahoid to fall Jer. 37 : 14. Their
principal uses are the following, viz. :

1 . They express what is permanent or habitual, § 1 86. 2. «,
(the Lord) sni? loveth rigJtteousness and justice Ps. 33 : 5, a
generation tfl?n goetU, and a generation i^a cometh, and the
earth "^yp ahidethfor ever Eccles. 1 : 4. Passive participles
so used suggest not only a constant experience of what is
denoted by the verb, but in addition a permanent quality as
the ground of it, i^niD not only feared but loorthy to he
feared, ^J^^ loorthy to he praised, ^^n? desirable.

2. When a particular time is intended the active partici-
ples most commonly relate to the present or to the proximate
future, and passive participles to the past, Hijn nns-n^ what
seest thou? Jer. 1:11, ^'k'^ ''bin behold, I am about to bring
the food Gen. 6:17, 1^13 giving "J^riS given, ^''C'k? restoring
ITCTO restored.

a. The active participles of neuter verbs, which have no passive forms,
are used in both a past and a present sense, T\i2 dying and dead^ h''^} fall-
ing and fallen; this is less frequently the case with active verbs, who then
is he T^S'i^n that hath hunted venison Gen. 27 : 33 ; these are the gods
0''3Hri that smote Egypt 1 Sam. 4:8. Participles of passive form but
active sense are ordinarily used of the present or proximate future, onba
Jighting.

3. In narrations and predictions the time of the partici-
ples is reckoned not from the moment of speaking but from
the period spoken of, the two angels came . . . 10'^ t2i!:'i and
Lot (was) sitting in the gate of Sodom Gen. 19 : 1 ; he spahe
to his sons-in-lmo 1''i^3n injp'b loho (were) to marry his daugh-
ters ver. 14 ; he came to Shiloh . . . D''i?'!}lp 'f'^'Ql with his clothes

§267 INFINITIVE. 297

rent 1 Sam. 4 : 12; tlioii shalt meet a company of prophets
^'hy^ coming down 1 Sam. 10:5; they shall declare his
righteousness iinto a people ^5iD (who sliall then be) horn l^s.
22:33, 102:19, Judg. 13:8.

a. The period to which a participle is to be referred is sometimes de-
termined by connecting with it the past or future tense of the substantive
verb, Moses nsi n'';r| u-as keeping the flock of Jethro Ex. 3:1, Ms throne
"jiis 'tS^'] shall be established for ever 1 Chron. 17:4.

Infinitive.

§ 267. The infinitive is an abstract verbal noun, and, hke
the participles, partakes of the character both of a noun and
a verb. As a noun it may be the subject of a proposition,
§ 242, or it may be governed by a verb, noun, or preposition;
it may also be put in the construct state before a noun de-
noting either its subject or its object.

a. The Infinitive as a subject: vjxsT ZJai nin'i cna". iiiii (there is)
cursing and lying and killing and stealing and committing adultery Hos.
4:2, 1231^.^ rSh'J, to do justice (is) a joy to the righteous Prov. 21 : 15.

6. The construct infinitive is used after verbs, nouns, and prepositions,
and when governed by a verb or noun it is usually tiiough not invariably
preceded as in English by the preposition b /o, ia cn^nb hz^^& 1 shall be
able to fight with him Num. 22:11, vvzh ni;i nijib ri> a time to be born
and a time to die Eccl. 3:2; \ i.s seldom omitted in prose but often in
poetry, / know not (how) 5<il rs<i to go out and to come in 1 Kin. 3:7,
C^sn n3N^ thou hast refused to be ashamed Jer. 3 : 3, nip^i nyn liSD rs a
time to mourn and. a time to dance Eccles. 3 : 4, ^p nin^rsJ ready to rouse
leviathan Job 3:8. Various prepositions may precede the infinitive, as b
to, 3 in, 3 like, at, *{0 from, i? until, b? upon, "li'ib in order to, 'i?^ be-
cause of, "'JSb before, etc.

c. The absolute infinitive is rarely governed by a verb, 3i:"'fi 'Tix.h
learn to do well, y'l^n inirx redress wrong Isa. 1 : 17, nntil he knoics
ftix^a to refuse the evil, '^^h'z^n and to choose the good, 7 : 15, l'^3';i'73 ^^^"^^';
ff^n and they would not walk in his ways, i2:2i,thou wilt make us off-
scouring Dixi3!i and refuse Lam. 3:45.

d. The infinitive in the construct before its subject D>!*"'2f73 {yi their
being created \. e. when they were created; in the day O'^nbx niH^ riw?.
of the Lord God's making earth and heai-e)i Gen. 2:4; there was no water
Dyn TTith for the drinking (flhe people Ex. 17: 1 ; "^PrCl and my dwelling

298 SYNTAX. § 268, 269

(shall be) i. e. I shall dwell Ps. 23:0. Before its object, ston-^ra pxia the
accepting of the person of the wicked Prov. 18:5, rTn'3"rn to yield its
strength Gen, 4: 12.

§ 268. The absolute infinitive, expressing as it does the
abstract idea of the verb irrespective of tense, number, or
person, may be used instead of any of the finite forms of the
verb, when the sense is duly qualified by the context. Thus,
it may take the place of

1. The preterite or the future, when one of those tenses
immediately precedes, ^yj^n^i and they blew the trun?pets
pspT a?id brake the pitchers '^vo'^. (there was) a breaMng of
the pitchers Judg. 7:19; all this "^ii^-nx ftl) ^ryk^ I have
seen and applied my heart Eccl. 8:9; ^bjp? they shall buy
fields for money SiriDl and icrite the papers C'r.n'i and seal
(them) ivyy\ and take icitnesses Jer. 32 : 44.

a. This rarely occurs when no verb precedes in the same sentence.
■I'jo'i inc-cs 2"!n (shall) the fault-finder contend with the Almighty Job
40:2, siBi NiST t^^^ryn the living creatures ran and returned 'EiZtk. I: \^j
•<3S^ nauj /prajsec/ Eccl. 4:2.

2. The imperative, when it stands at the beginning of
a sentence, "libr remember the sabbath-day prop, (let there
be) a remembering Ex. 20 : 8, Pi'ia'i'i -jiSn go and say
2 Sam. 24:12.

§269. The dependence of one verb upon another is
most distinctly expressed by putting the second verb in the
infinitive. The second verb may, however, be in form co-
ordinated with the first by being put in the same or an
equivalent tense with or without a copulative, the true rela-
tion between the verbs being left to be inferred from their
obvious signification, ^^n b'lxin he was loilliug, 2calked i. e.
he teas willing to icalk or icalked tcillingly Hos. 5:11,
Dr?"!)^: Tis? 51'^pis iib / loHl no more add to pity i. e. will not
again pity Hos. 1 : 6, ^'?n D''3T^T2 bei?ig early to go or goi?ig
early Hos. 6 : 4, hoio ''ri"'^'?D ''^^^ 5/^«// / endure and see i. e.
endure to see Esth. 8 : 6.

i

^ 270 OBJECT OF VERBS. 299

a. This co-ordination most frequently occurs when the second verb ex-
presses the principal idea and the first simply qualifies it, so that the latter
might be rendered by an adverb. Though even in this case the second
verb is often put in the infinitive, nsa ~d"*i Gen. 8: 10 and he added to
send or ^^12,'*] vjO'"] 1 Sam. 19: 21 and he added and sent for he sent again.

h. In the following instances the verbs thus co-ordinated have different
subjects, "ia'ns? bilX / shall be able, we shall smite him i. e. I shall with
your aid be able to smite him, Num. 22:6. Ti^"lJ<"ip'? "'S'^pin j<b thoii shall
not add they shall call thee i. e. thou shalt no more be called by them, Isa.
47: 1, 5; or are in different tenses, nisx '^Pi^'T'^ ^^ J 1(71010 not (how) I shall
flatter i. e. liow to flatter, Job 32:22; O that J.nss'aNl "'P^'b^ 1 knew and
might flnd him i. e. how to find him, Job 23 : 3.

Object of Verbs.

§ 270. The object of a transitive verb ordinarily stands
after both the verb and its subject, and if it is an indefinite
noun is distinguished simply by its position or by its rela-
tion to the verb as determined by its meaning ; if a definite
noun, or a demonstrative, relative, or interrogative pronoun,
it may, at the pleasure of the writer, be further distinguished
by prefixing to it fix the sign of the definite object ; if a
personal pronoun, it is sufiixed either to nx or to the govern-
ing verb.

a. Considerable liberty is allowed in respect to the position of words,
particular!}' in poetry ; although, according to the natural order in Hebrew,
the verb stands first, its subject next, and its object last, nk D'^n'^X xna
C^aian God created the heavens Gen. 1 : 1, this is liable to any alteration
that emphasis may require: the subject may precede the verb, and the ob-
ject may stand between them or before them both.

b. A noun, which is the direct object of a verb, may receive rx,
whether it is definite by signification, as a proper noun, God tempted
cnnns-nx Abraham Gen. 22:1, or is made so by the article, God saw
"lixn-ns the light Gsn. 1:4, a pronominal suffix, take, now, 'in3"i2-ns wy
blessing Gen. 33:11, or construction with a definite noun, Jacob called
nip^n ciu-ni< the name of the place Gen. 35:15. The particle nx is not
essential in any of these cases and is often omitted, particularly in poetry.
If several definite nouns are connected together as the object of a verb,
or if a verb has more than one definite object, PS may be repeated before
each of them, / hare given nXTIi yixnTS this land . . . '^\''pTrTr'^ the
Kenite ''•'T?|3'^"nNi and the Kenizzite, etc., etc.. Gen. 15 : 18-21 ; they stripped
irjDi'i-nx Joseph ihins-nx of his coat c^sBrt nrns-nx the full-le^igth coat

300 SYNTAX. ^271

Gen. 37 : 23 ; or it may stand before a part of them only. Deut. 12:6, or it
may be omitted altogether, Deut. 11:14. In a very i'cw instances the
article is dropped after nx, which of itself indicates the definiteness of the
noun, he reared up for himself rz,k'q-r\^ the pillar 2 Sam. IS: IS; and
carver strengthened Cj^blTS gilder Isa. 41:7, where the omission of the
article is poetic. §247.

c. Pronouns with PS: Httin this ye shall eat Lev. 11:9; put Mr^X
this (fellow) in the prison 1 Kin. 22:27; "itiN nx whom they have cast
into the prison Jer. 38:9; he knew tiwy'iTrx riX what his youngest son
had done to him Gen. 9:24; PiO"]n ''^TiX whom hast thou reproached?
Isa. 37:23; it does not occur before the neuter r\'0 . It is also extended
sometimes to the following words, which partake to a certain degree of the
pronominal character, ^53 all, every, Gen. 1:29, tJ'^X any one, each Ex.
21:28, inx one 1 Sam. 9:3. With personal pronouns, cnnx Ti'^i'^i Gen.
32: 1, or 'nina'^T Gen. 48 : 20 aiid he blessed them.

§ 271. Many verbs, which are not properly transitive, are
nevertheless capable of a transitive construction ; thus

1. Verbs signifying plenty or want : D''■|^?^!>^^ i<^'Q J^??n f/te
house zuasfuU (of) men Judg. 16 : 27, D-i^^' ni^b "^ri^ii? I am
sated (with) hurnt-ojferings of rams Isa. 1:11, ^b ^^ncJi we
lacked every thing Jer. 44 : 18. Here belongs that pecuhar
Hebrew idiom, which expresses abundance by such phrases
as the following : the hills S?i7 •^r^r'!? shall run (with) milk
Joel 4: 18, mine eye C'i? n'ln'i runneth doivn (with) icater
Lam. 1:16; cbi^isp i!?3 nby it had all come np (with) thorns
i. e. was overgrown with them, Prov. 24 : 31.

2. Verbs signifying motion may have for their object the
place which it immediately concerns, Avhether it be directed
upon it, to it, or from it, "i3'i'an"b3 ri? ^bsi and toe luent
(through) all the wilderness Deut. 1:19, and figuratively,
nip'ia l(yr\ loalkiny (in) righteousness Isa. 33:15, ^^yn ^sn^i
and they came into the city Josh. 8 : 19, n*^yn-ns< ^i^s;; they
went out (of) the city Gen. 44 : 4.

3. Intransitive verbs may, as in other languages, govern
their coornate noun, Qi^n irrabn / have dreamed a dream

O ' : : - T

Gen. 37:9; 'isc'Q oir'^IBp'^T and they lamented there a lamen-
tation Gen. 50 : 10 ; ^bani^ b^n ye loill he vain a vanity i. e.
utterly vain Job 27 : 12 ; or even one from a different root if

§272 OBJECT OF VERBS. 301

it be related or analogous in signification, "^r^ip f^^''*-'^ ""'^r/
I have been zealous a (/reat fart/ Zec\\. 8:2, t^yi^t] 'jiy'^SJ; /
sJiaU she]) death i. e. the sleep of death, Ps. 13:4.

4. Any verb may take as its object a noun which defines
the extent of its application, T'b^t)"^^ S^^O he was diseased in
his feet 1 Kin. 15 : 23 ; only b^.^Js* s«D2n in the thro7ie ivill I
be greater than thou Gen. 44 : 40 ; 1\'f}. ^^2i?n ye 2jerish as to
tJie icay i. e. lose tJie way Ps. 2:12.

a. By an impersonal construction of passi%'e verbs their subject is some-
times converted into the object, wliich in fact it logically is, V'^'JO"'^^- *i^^
dandum est terrain, let the land be given Num. 32 : 5, ■'^a'lTiN i*i|ra*ib Ir.*!
lb? and it was told to Rebekah (i. e. some one told her) the words of Esau
Gen. 27:42, so Gen. 17:5, Ex. 10:8, Lev. 10:18,2 Sam. 21: 11, etc. This
construction is sometimes extended to neuter verbs in familiar phrases,
•which have become associated with an active idea, "i2'nri"nx T]"':"'?3 yi|^ bx
let not be evil in thine eyes (i.e. do not regard as evil) the thing 2 Sam.
11 : 25, 1 Sam. 20 : 13, Josh. 22 : 17, Neh. 9 : 32. In 2 Kin. IS : 30 l^rj-rs^ ■,nsn
the city shall be given, the verb agrees with ^"'^ notwithstanding its re-
ception of the sign of the object: rx is omitted in the parallel passage.
Isa. 36 : 15.

6. A noun, about which a statement is to be made, sometimes stands
absolutely and is preceded by the sign of the object, bs3 iT"i3fi"ns< as for
the iron, it fell 2 Kin. 6:5; b-^n iCDX n^x-bsTix as for all these (they
were) ??ien q/'ra/onr Judg. 20:44; "^niprrnx as for my slatides they did
not walk in them Ezek. 20: 16. Some regard nx as the sign of the object
in such passages as -i'nfi"nxi '''^xri xa 1 Sam. 17:34, and refer to the fact
that the Arabic conjunction is followed by the accusative when it is used
in the sense of together with ; more probably, however, rx is the preposi-
tion with, §238. 2, and the passage is to be rendered the lion came and (that
too) \dth the bear, so Num. 3:26. 1 Sam. 26: 16, 1 Kin. 11:25, etc.

§272. 1. When a noun or pronoun is regarded as the
indirect object of a verb, the relation is indicated by means
of the appropriate preposition.

2. Many verbs vary then- construction without any ma-
terial difference of meaning according to the form of the con-
ception in the mind of the speaker or writer, being followed
by one preposition or by another or by none at all, as he views
the relation as direct or indirect, and if the latter, under one
aspect or another: thus, they went out from the city may be
expressed by the direct relation, n''i'n-nx iss^ Gen. 44 : 4,

302 SYNTAX. §273

or by the indirect, ^^im^ ^«^,'; Josli. 8 : 22 ; Dnbi tof^/d is
followed by D^ wif/i Josh. 10:29, by 3 i?i (na in earn)
ver. 31, by b? against ver. 38, by nx Judg. 12:4.

a. A number of verbs are indifferently construed with a direct object or
with b to. in reference to, thus. -"N (o love any one and to have love to
any one, NEi to cure and to perform a cure for any one, S^ibin to save and
to grant salvation to any one, rind to destroy and lo bring destruction to
any one.

h. As the object of an action may, in certain cases, be regarded as the
instrument with which it is performed, some transitive verbs also admit a
construction with 3 with, thus IBICJ irpri blow the trumpet Hos. 5 : 8,
"iDina yi^Pfl and he blew with the trumpet Judg. 3 : 27 ; D^n^n bnO to
spread forth the ha72dsFs. 143:6, but followed by 2 to spread forth with
the hands Lam. 1 : 17.

3. By a condensed style of expression {constructio praeg-
nans) prepositions are sometimes connected with verbs, to
whose meaning they are not strictly conformed ; thus, motion
may be suggested by the preposition though the verb of it-
self implies no such idea, f "ixb nb^n thou hast jjrofaned to
the ground i. e. profaned by casting to the ground, Ps. 89 : 40,
^'^?'!)"'^ ^"^^ ^"'H? i^i-^y trembled one unto another i. e. one
turned tremblingly to another, Jer. 36 : 16, ''in^?? D^^n li-njitj
tliou hast ansioered (by saving) me from the horns of the uni-
corns Ps. 22 : 22.

§ 273. Some verbs have more than one object, viz. :

1. The causatives of transitive verbs: ?j';'5ii3"nK ''nbDxn'i
DntoaTii? and I loill make thy oppressors eat their own flesh
Isa. 49 : 26 ; n^S"b2-nx ^sknn i^b he would not have caused us
to see all these things Judg. 13 : 23 ; bs-^tor^^^ nsbn:;: he shall
cause Israel to inherit it Deut. 1 : 38.

2. Verbs whose action may be regarded under different
aspects as terminating upon different objects, or which, under
the rules already given, may take a du-ect object of more
than one kind, all irii? n^:2 nii^N ivhich God commanded him
Gen. 6 : 22 ; D^j^nn-bi n^? bwynia-: ■'b-rx nninb to teach the chil-
dren of Israel all the statutes Lev. 10:11; ^i^i^-brnii n^in
"^nb thou hast smitten all my enemies on the cheek Ps. 3:8;

§273 OBJECT OF VERBS. 303

loyp nh'i'^'M^TS lift up your hands to the sanctuary Ps. 134 : 2 ;
rrts^nti D'bri'i and lie shall discomjit them a discomfiture
Deut. 7 : 23.

3. The instrument of an action, the material used in its
performance, its design, or its result, is often regarded as its
secondary or remote object, pK irii< TO5"i';'i and they over-
whelmed him with sto?ies Lev. 24 : 23 ; tsbni^ ons? Pi'^^nn and
thou shall gird them imth a belt Ex. 29 : 9 ; thy seed yivn'mrii!
nia'iNnTii^ with tvhich thou shall sow the ground Isa. 30 : 23
IB!? nixrrnij 'isi'I'n and he formed the man of dust Gen. 2 : 7
Tnnb© nfci? for which I have sent it Isa. 55:11; nii'ji
inaT'a D'liai^n-ni? and he built the stones into an altar 1 Kin.
18:32.

a. The person affected by an action, of which he is not the immediate
object, is occasionally regarded as its remote object, though not so fre-
quently as in English, "^snrij ss?"! V"}** thou hast given me the land of the
south Judg. 1:15, comp. in the same verse, "'^ rtnnsl; ?]lbr5 nsn they did
thee evil Gen. 50: 17, comp. nsn crib -6^ Isa. 3^:9; n=s^^'r,bM-rN. ^insb'sT
tt5"'N Ci^x andthey hired of the king of Maacah a thousand men 1 Sam. 10:6.
The same thing occurs in a few instances after intransitive verbs, '^ib'ia
he grew up to me as to a father Job 31 : 18; "'in^^ did ye fast unto me
Zech. 7:5.

4. Some verbs m^y govern the subject and predicate of
a subordinate clause, bos yicn ri2/ib to know wickedness (to
he) folly Eccl. 7 : 25, the latter, if it be an adjective or par-
ticiple, will remain without the article, § 259. 2, D';>neN Tiyiaio
■'liDn'a I have heard Ephraim bemoaning himself ^ev. 31 : 18,
pir;2 in'»sn ^rps thee have I seen righteous Gen. 7:1.

5. If an active verb is capable of governing a double
object, its passive may govern the more remote of them,
D^nbny nirn mi? cnb^S^ and ye shall be circumcised in thefiesh
of your foreskin Gen. 17:11, nns fnxn xS/ani and the land
was filled with them Ex. 1 : 7, inpr\3 "ST^"^ rent as to his coat
i.e. loith his coat rent 2 Sam. 15:32, ?"«iEjp n^'iis sent (or
charged) with a painful message 1 Kin. 14 : 6.

304 SYNTAX. § 274

Adverbial Expressions.

§274. The predicate of a proposition may be further
qualified

1 . By adverbs, which commonly stand after the words to
which they refer, liS'a nii:T;|n^ and behold (it was) very good
Gen. 1 : 31 ; ninn d:?d^;i and he was greatly j)rovoked^^.
3:33; I am li^'a '^k'T) ^y^^. thy exceeding great reward
prop, thy reward very much Gen. 15:1.

a. Adjectives belonging to the subject may of course be qualified in
the same manner as though they were found in the predicate.

2. By nouns used absolutely to express the relations of
tune, place, measure, number, or manner.

a. Thus, time when : d'^nHSi ^i^hj ""ji; evening and morning and noon
will I pray Ps. 35:18; tarry here <l^'?^n to-night Num. 22:8; Gideon
came n"i73wJ!<ri ^X"! at the beginning of the watch. Time how long: and
he shall shut up the house ta''^^ rirad seven dayshev. 14:38; the land-
rested nid ff^siTS^ eighty years Judg. 3:30.

b. The place where: the absolute use of nouns in this sense is confined
almost entirely to the familiar words, nne at the door of Gen. 18: 1. Judg.
9:35, rr^a at the house of Gen. 38:11, Num. 30:11, and a few proper
names, onb T^i at Bethlehem 2 Sam. 2:32, hk-n^^ at Bethel Hos, 12:4.

3 VAT •• '

»

c. Measures of space : t^as niSN TT'i^d three cubits high Ezek. 41 : 22 ;
he went oi^ Tj"?.'il a day''s journey 1 Kin. 19:4.

d. Number: Q^rSQ S>3a aiu return seven times 1 Kin. 18:43; he of-
fered sacrifices C^js 'bp^ according to the number of them all Job 1 : 5.

e. Manner, answering to the Greek adverbial accusative : ye shall
dwell n::a in security Deut. 12:10; ye shall not go nri-i Irflily Mic. 2:3;
the tribes went up bx'^b"^ Tii'iS according to a law of Israel Ps. 122 : 4 ;
thou shall not go there "'"'V'^ ^'*'^'!' yo'"/ear of briers Isa. 7:25; to serve
him inx Did with one consent prop, shoulder Zeph. 3 : 9.

3. By nouns preceded by a preposition forming a qualify-
ing phrase.

a. For the meanings and usage of the several prepositions see the
lexicon.

§ 275 NEGLECT OF AGREEMENT. 305

Neglect of Agreement.

§275. The general rule that verbs, adjectives, and pro-
nouns agree in gender and number with the noun to which
they respectively relate, is subject to some remarkable excep-
tions ; the principal of which are the following, viz. :

1. When the predicate adjective or verb precedes the
noun it often prefers a primary to a secondary form, that is
to say, the masculine may be used instead of the feminine
and the singular instead of the plural. The reason of this is
that the attention is not so particularly drawn to the acci-
dents of gender and number in the subject until it is uttered,
and consequently the predicate is not required to conform so
precisely to it.

a. Thus, the masculine for the feminine: Y'^^'l ^C^ i<b5~Nb the land
could not bear them Gen. 13:6, iib^V"} D^i'd")^ pin^ salvation is far from
the wicked Vs. Wd'Abb, niriXiy >n"iri tremble ye careless women Isd^. 22: \\.
The singular for the plural: ^"'"!^1 ^<3'J let thy words come to pass Judg.
13: 12, T^iqad^ "lo;; upright are thy judgments Ps. 119: 137, niliisia nb^lN
her wounds are incurable,or the singular maybe understood distributively,
each of her wounds is incurable Mic. 1 : 9. The masculine singular for the
feminine plural : msibs as'i xb reproaches cease not Mic. 2 : 6, "i"ns;}"ny
pn'in iintil calamities be overpast Ps. 57 : 2, Qiqa 'ib""iii';i'i and there v^ere tij
him wives 1 Kin. 11:3.

6. When the predicate consists of several verbs or adjectives, one of
which precedes and the rest follow the noun, the latter must agree with it.
while the first may be put in its primary form, nisa "iti^ let there be
lights . . . nnxb !i"!nn and let them be for signs Gen. 1 : 14, 'lox' CUilN '^li'^')
Dix^lJ !iii"i and there were men who were defiled Num. 9:6. In 1 Kin.
10 : 12 two verbs are put in the masc. sing, with a plural subject.

c. The predicate, even when it follows the subject, occasionally departs
from it in gender or number, retaining its primary form ; this takes place
with passive or neuter verbs of familiar occurrence, and which are proba-
bly used impersonally as the same verbs are elsewhere, §271.4. a, the sons
rf Jacob ib'^b^ 1C3X. whom (his wives) had born to him prop. tke7-e had
been born to him Gen. 35: 26, comp. Gen. 4: 18, 46:22, 27, ''^ n'^r} n'l'i-iDS
there was to me (i. e. I had) house-born servants Eccles. 2:7. comp. Gen.
47:24, Ex. 12:49, 28:7, Num. 9: 14, 15:29, Deut. 18:2, 1 Chron. 24:28,
2 Cliron. 17: 13, n^n rtbbs it was dark prop, darkness Gen. 15: 17. The
disposition to recur to their primary form discovers itself in a very {"ew
instances in qualifying adjectives when separated from the noun to which
20

306 SYNTAX. §275

they belong,^ pTni fi^iia n^in a great and strong wind 1 Kin. 19:11; in
Ps. 63:2, r]?^i H'S-'j'nNa quoted by Nordheimer as an additional exam-
ple the second adjective may agree not with y";x but with the pre-
ceding noun. '^■71^3 for thee longs my Jlesh, in a dry land, and weary.
Alex, in loc.

2. Collective nouns may have verbs, adjectives, and pro-
nouns agreeing with them in the plural, 'iis?.'^^ oyn iSn'aiin
and the people hasted and passed over Josh. 4:10, fTi^si? "Jfi^ir
lost sheep Jer. 50 :C, DT"il? D^| '^'Syfv^ all the congregation^
all of them are holy Num. 16:3.

a. When a predicate consists of more than one verb or adjective, the
first sometimes agrees witli it formally in the singular and the rest
logically in the plural, Dbip"n5<| ^lin'^i n^"n~i)3 xi^ri] and all the congre-
gation lifted up and uttered their voice Num. 14: 1; li^O'l crn '{q^^l
and the people believed and they heard Ex. 4 : 31.

6. The noun y^K land, earth, which is properly a feminine singular,
may, when it is put for its inhabitants, be construed with the masculine
plural, 2 Sam. 15:23, Ps. 66:4. Names of nations borrowed from those
of their progenitors, as Israel, Edom, Amalek. may be strictly construed in
the masculine singular, Ex. 17: 11. Am. 1 : 11, or as a collective in the mas-
culine plural, Hos. 8:2, Ob. ver. 6, 2 Sam. 10: 17, or again in the feminine
singular, whether this arises from a prominent reference to the land or
from the frequent personification of a people as a maiden, 2 Sam. 10: 11,
Jer. 13:19, 49:17; so D? people in the following examples, T]B? nxbn
thy people has done wrong Ex. 5 : 16, r.noi'' csn the people dwelling Judg.
18:7. Different constructions may be united in the same passage, Jer.
48:15, Hos. 14:1.

3. Nouns, which are plural in form but singular in sig-
nification, commonly have verbs, adjectives, and pronouns
agreeing with them in the singular, D'^nbs ii'^a God created
Gen. 1:1, n^r l-^Vya its owner shall he put to death Ex.
21:29, nirjp "c^-^y^^ a hard master \^d.. 19:4, ^T^:^^ t^^^^^J?
thy youth is renewed Ps. 103 : 5.

a. When the word S"'n'^X refers to false deities, the sense is plural
and it is construed accordingly, '?]"^^'^^? S^i^x these are thy gods Ex. 32 : 4, 8,
Din'bx 'j^iyy'^-nb so may the gods do 1 Kin. 19:2; but where it refers to
the true God, it is with few exceptions construed in the singular. Yet
see Gen. 20:13, 35:7, Ex. 22:8, Josh. 24:19, 1 Sam. 17:26, 2 Sam.
7:23. The exceptional construction in these and similar passages may
have arisen from the attention being directed to the Supreme Being in
general, and to the fulness or variety of his manifestations without spe-

§276 NEGLECT OF AGREEMENT. 307

cific reference to the divine unity, and may, besides, involve an allusion to
the personal distinction in the Godhead. See Alexander on Ps. 11:7 and
58 : 12.

4. Plural names of inanimate or irrational objects of
either gender are occasionally joined with the feminine singu-
lar, ?i^b'x yn:?r\ niio niiana f/te beasts of the field pmit for
thee Joel 1 : 20, n'^n'^SD fjiji^n its foods ivash away Job
14 : 19, nnTri55 Q"''?^n 'pan(js have taken her Jer. 49 : 24,
i^snn D"'3n wild beasts, their lair Isa. 35 : 7.

a. In objects devoid of personality the individual is of small account,
and may be easily sunk in the mass. A pluralis inhiimanus may conse-
quently be regarded as equivalent to a collective, the proper form of whicli
is the feminine singular, §198, and words belonging to it maybe dealt
with accordingly. The same principle prevails in the construction of neu-
ter plurals in Greek, ra ^wa rpix'^t.

5. Masculine verbs, adjectives, and pronouns are some-
times used when females are spoken of from a neglect to note
the gender, if no stress is laid upon it, n^^^n^^ and they (queens
and concubines) jjraisedher Cant. G : 9 ; the Lord deal kindly
DD'E^ with you (Ruth and Orpah) as niri''W ye have dealt
Ruth 1:8; ^^^ my dead (Sarah) Gen. 23 : 4 ; ^^St^ ''Pi? thou
art destroyed Jer. 4 : 30 ; this last passage may, however, be
rendered thou, it is destroyed, what loilt thou do ?

6. Singular predicates and pronouns are sometimes em-
ployed in a distributive sense of plural subjects, ^^Sn ^■'i':)3'a
they that bless thee shall each be blessed Num. 24 : 9 ; T}''ff^^
n'a^i nin they who prof ane it shall every one be put to death
Ex. 31:14;" 13^313 TC^h-^ D^p^2 nj^ns they take aivay the riyht-
eousness of the riyhteous from each of them Isa, 5 : 23.

§276. 1. When the subject consists of two or more
words connected by the conjunction and, the predicate, if it
precedes its subject, may be put in the masculine singular as
its primary form, bipi niin nn"a iJlS^l and from them shall
proceed thanksgiving and a voice Jer. 30 : 19, or it may be
put in the plural, referring to them all, T^V>^y} 5^t?^ Tib?_^:!

308 SYNTAX. §277-279

and Moses and Aaron did so Ex. 7 : 20, or it may agree with
the nearest word, T^H^?'!! ^TP^ '^?'1^!3 and Miriam and Aaron
spake Num. 12:1; T?;!^^?- ^%'^. ^?'!?? ^ t^^ou and thy fathers
have not known Deut. 13:7.

2. If the predicate follows a compound subject it is
commonly put in the plural, though it may agree with the
principal word to which the others are subordinate, '^^'^}y^ ''is?
DiiiJ / zvith mij maidens loill fast prop, ajid my maidens Est.
4 : 16, i?3 ^^'^"''? "^n "Vi^y. the servants of David and Joab
came 2 Sam. 3 : 22.

3. If a predicate refers equally to two words of different
genders, it will be put in the masculine in preference to the
feminine, C^il^f ^t'^f ^"TO?^ Abraham and Sarah were old
Gen. 18:11; if they are of different persons, the predicate
will be put in the second in preference to the third, and in
the first in preference to either of the others, ''33 'i'b?'^?^ "'^^
n*;™ land Jonathan my son loill he 1 Sam. 14:40, injns?
of:i'i31T ^"ins finsi thou and Aaron thy brother and ye shall
speak Num. 20 : 8.

§277. If two or more nouns are united in the construct
state the predicate ordinarily agrees with the first as the lead-
ing word in such combinations : it may, however, agree with
the second, if that is the more important, or the predicate
might with propriety be referred directly to it, "JiatPn n^a^c
bb')2« the fields of Heshbon languish Isa. 16 : 8, niirs? D^ ^5?2^a
D^^irnx is found the blood of the souls of the poor Jer. 2 : 34.

a. The predicate agrees generally though not invariably with the
second noun when the first is Vs, or an abstract expressing a quality of
that wliich follows, nij-ia';i-b3 rn*l and all the days of Seth were Gen.
5:8, Qitjn-bD ;isiFi'i and all the women went out Ex. 15:20, l^^ij^ "inaa
sisaa the choice of his captains were drowned ver. 4.

§ 278. Nouns in the dual have verbs, adjectives, and
pronouns, agreeing with them in the plural, Misn nxb 15 '^^
the eyes of Leah icere tender Gen. 29: 17.

§ 279. The abrupt changes of the person from the third

' §280 REPETITION OF WORDS. 309

to the first or second, and vice versa, which are especially
frequent with the prophets and psalmists, Isa. 1 : 29, Ps.
81 : 17, are due to the boldness and vividness of their con-
ceptions, in virtue of which they often pass in the course of
the same sentence from speaking of God to speaking in his
name, and from describing men to directly addressing them.

a. The occasional combination of the pronoun of the first person with
a verb in the third is to be explained by an ellipsis, 1B7 ''i?^ behold /(am
he who) has laid Isa. 28: 16, rjoi"^ ''53n behold I (am he who) will add
29:14, 3S:5.

Repetition of Words.

§ 280. The repetition of nouns may denote

1. Distribution, sibi^ niio i/ear hy year Deut. 14 : 22,
"ij533 "ij^aa in the morning, in the morning i. e. every morniny
2 Sam. 13:4, tsi'^^b ^r\^-W)i^ "inx'TlJ^N one man for each tribe
Josh. 3:12; so with numeral adjectives, § 252. 4, n^n^ nys©
hy sevens Gen. 7 : 2, and adverbs, t:?^ 'Jsiz little by little
Ex. 23 : 30.

2. Plurality, 'i'il"'i'^ generation and generation i. e. many
generations Deut. 32 : 7, l{?^ 1]? ij?^ Ij? lib ii lib ii pre-
cept ujpon precept, precept upon precept, line upon line, line
upon line Isa. 28:10, 13, nni<3 n'"is?a jyzVs on pits Gen.
14 : 10 ; or with the implication of diversity, "j^i^T "inx a
weight and a weight i. e. weights of two sorts Deut. 25:13,
nbl nS a double heart Ps. 12 : 3.

3. Emphasis or intensity, p'li yji justice, justice i. e.
nothing hut justice Deut. 16:20, pb:^ ptiy exceeding deep
Eccl. 7 : 24 ; so with adverbs, ^S5tt "iktt mightily, mightily
Gen. 7:19, and even a conjunction, '}?^^v'}?'i because even
because.

a. Sometimes the second word is put in a different gender from the
first, n;sir72!i "^TQ'q all kituls of sttpport Isa. 3:l,comp. Jer. 48 : 19, or a
different number, fiinnrn "lirn a heap, two heaps Judg. 15:16, nnd
ni'iiirn Eccl. 2:8. Or a cognate word may be employed, nair^?!! niiaUJ
waste and desolate Ezek. 6 : 14, *)ifi3a riia Lev. 23 : 3.

310 SYNTAX. §281,282

b. Instances occur of triple repetition, ti^fs ^"^^p, '"^1*115 holy. holy. holy.
Isa. 6:3, y-iN ynx ynx O earlh, earth, earlh] Jer. 22 : 29' Jer. 7 : 4, Ezek.
21 : 32, Ex. 25 : 35. ' '

§281. A separate pronoim may be added to a pro-
nominal sufRx for the sake of emphasis, "'ix "^hra my duinn,
mine 2 Sam. 19 : 1, ^^li"' npi? iUeCy thee shall ihey praise
Gen. 49 : 8, or to a noun to which it refers, Xirroa nfcb to
Seth, to Mm also Gen. 4 : 26.

§ 282. In verbs the absolute infinitive is joined with the
finite forms to add emphasis or intensity to the idea, "'^^n
?j"bi3n shall thou actually reign over ms? Gen. 37 : 8, n^ian ni"ia
thou shall surely die Gen. 2:17. This combination some-
times expresses continuance or repetition, particularly when
two infinitives are connected together and both follow the
finite verb, niiJi Kis;" si'^i and it went out c/oing out and re-
turning i. e. it kept going to and fro Gen. 8 : 7, "iyS) ?j'bn ^ibn
they went on lowing as they went 1 Sam. 6 : 12, CD'^^K '^%^<^'^
ts'l'i DSTpn and I spake to you rising up early and speaking
Jer.' 7 : 13.

a. The infinitive is mostly of the same species with the finite verb to
•which it is added, although this is not always the case. Thus, the Kal,
on account of its greater simplicity of form, may be joined with a deriva-
tive species, e.g. Niphal ^fr&7 bipD Ex. 19:13, Piel Tp^a T\^^''^. Josh.
24:10, Pual rinb ri'na Gen. ^37 : 33^, Hiphil c^s'^ Dns 1 Sam.' '23: 22,
Hophal TJ^r^ nia Ex. 19: 12. Hithpael n6airrn aia Isa. 24: 19; or one
derivative species with another of like signification, nr'^E? N3 rrnSTrt Lev.
19 : 20, Fibnn 5<"i bnnn Ezek. 16 : 4. Occasionally the infinitive is bor-
rowed from a cognate verb, v|OX CjOX Zeph. 1 : 2 ("Oi* and Tjio), cns
ilSian;! Isa. 28 : 28 {irv». and t'^-i).^

h. The construct infinitive is very rarely used in such combinations in-
stead of the absolute, ^isbin Isan^ Neh. 1 \1. n^riwS-.nrn Ps. 50 : 21 ; once
it is added in a varied form to a preceding construct infinitive, mb;ri3
mBss 2 Sam. 6: 20. The finite verb is repeated, •'sid;' n-'iiJ; 2 Sam. 15:8
K'thibh. A verbal noun takes the place of the infinitive, "lirn !Tj"n2>
Hab. 3:9.

c. When two verbs are connected together to express continuous ac-
tion, a participle is sometimes substituted for the absolute infinitive in the
case of one or both. r\z^z^ nBy... nb'isJii^ 2 Sam. 15:30, nihi -'^n r;^h
Jer. 41 :6 ; an adjective may even take the place of the second, "^ibn "b^;^
bnji Gen. 26 : 13, nir;:?! -jil:n . . . Ti^ni Judg. 4 : 24 ; the finite verb is

§283,284 INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES. 311

omitted in ^i"i5^ "Vh "'3'?^^ Est. 9 : 4, the substantive verb takes its place,
-licni r,i5n rn Gen. S : 5," b"i;n Ti^h asirin;> -in^i 2 Chron. 17: 12. The
second verb may also be put in one of the finite tenses, 'lypni "i'^n Q^^Vn
Josh. 6: 13. ^^p.-^.l Tji^n ... -^h 2 Sam. 16 : 13, and in fact other construc-
tions, begun with a participle or infinitive, are not infrequently continued
in the preterite or future, Job 12 :21.

Interrogative Sentences.

§283. 1. A direct question is indicated by the interroga-
tive particle n, ""i^fin wil^ thou go? Gen. 24:58, rinnn
1DX Qin'bx am I in the place of God? Gen. 50 : 19 ; an in-
direct question by n or Di« if, to liioio D''nnii o^^^ri ^vhether
you love Deut. 13 -A, inquire rpns"Di5 ichether I shall re-
cover prop, if I shall 2 Kin. 1 : 2.

a. The particle H. is in Job 4 : 2 separated from the proper interroga-
tive clause.

2. In a disjunctive question the first member is commonly
introduced by n and the second by DN or DS"i , T;:n M.^hsn
sS-DX xin is this thy soiUs coat or not? Gen. 37 :32; Vsnn
is it any pleasure to the Almighty that thou art righteous
ysa'DST or is it gain to Mm, etc.. Job 22 : 3.

a. The second member is more rarely introduced by ix or^ who hiow-
eth bbo ix f^'?."!"! -^T"^ 'whether he shall be a wise vian or afoot Eccl. 2 : 19.
or by n repeated n2"in Xin Pl^^f^ whether they be strong or weak Num.
13:18, xlin ^isb nnx"ip siJ'^'n^bri have ye called us to impoverish us omotl
JudtT. 14: 15. The construction of the second clause is interrupted and re-
sumed again in Gen. 17 : 17.

b. If a question stand in a disjunctive relation to something previously
expressed or implied, it may begin with CX, "is^n "ir'n3~cx ciSErt your
perversion ! or is the potter to be reckoned as the clay? Isa. 29 : 16, rxig cx
'li'ix or is this thing from my lord 7 1 Kin. 1 : 27.

§ 284. A question may also be asked by means of the
interrogative pronouns or interrogative adverbs. Or it may,
without any particle of interrogation, be indicated simply by
the tone of voice in which it is uttered, ^^is D'bo thy coming
is peaceful? 1 Sam. 16:4.

312 SYNTAX. §285

Relative Pronoun.

§285. 1. From simple we pass to compomid sentences.
These are made up of distinct clauses united for the most
part by the relative pronoun or by conjunctions. As the rela-
tive invariably occupies the first place in its own clause, and
as the Hebrew admits of no inflections to represent case,
some special device was necessary to • indicate its relation to
the following words. Accordingly, when the relative ^Ti'S5 is
governed by a verb, noun, or preposition, this is shown by
appending an appropriate pronominal suffix to the governing
word, inbtD rnnx whom he has sent 2 Kin. 19:4 ; the ground
n'Jjtii? nicj!? lohich he has cursed Gen. 5 : 29 ; ii^nr nicit whose
seed Gen. 1:11; houses of clay D7"iD^ *^^Vh "^^^ whose foun-
dation is in the dust Job 4:19; the ^lace l''^'?^ . . . "ii?i< tqjon
tohich Ex. 3:5; thou ^''rinna mri? ichom I have chosen Isa.
41:8.

a. When the relative is the object of a verb the suffix is frequently
omitted, the sense being sufficiently plain without it, Tixna'nttix whom
I have created Gefi. 6 : 7.

2. When the relative "nr5<> is preceded by tii? the sign
of the definite object, or by a preposition, these pertain not
to the relative but to its antecedent, which is in this case
embraced with it as in the English compound relative
what = that which, ini^-b? TL'^it"ns ^T^^ and he commanded
him who teas over his house Gen. 44 : 1 ; to make thee under-
stand nnj?:i-nrs5 ns ivhat shall befall Dan. 10 : 14.

a. The only exception is "iirx ts with whom Gen. 31 : 32. Gesenius
finds another in ibxa Isa. 47 : 12, but see Alexander in loc.

3. The relative is frequently omitted, not only as in
English, when it is the object of its clause, liby nnirs into
thejoit (which) they have made Ps. 9:16, but also when it is
the subject, and he forsook God ^Tvinv (who) made him Dent.
32:15, and even when it would stand for the compound

§286,287 CONJUNCTIONS. 313

relative and include its antecedent, nbirri-i^a hy the hand of
(him whom) thou wilt send Ex. 4 :13, (so doth) nxtjn bixiD
the (/rave (those who) have sinned Job 24 : 19.

§ 286. The demonstrative nr or ^T is frequently used in
poetry with the force of a relative, and it then, like the
English that, suffers no change for gender or number, nip's
^y^'l "^1 the place that thou hast founded Ps. 1 04 : 8, t\^^yi
^n©n ^T devices, ichich they have contrived Ps. 10:2.

. Conjunctions.

§ 287. The Hebrew sedulously avoids all involution of
sentences. Consequently, instead of linking its clauses to-
gether into a complex whole by conjunctions of various
power expressing their precise relation of dependence and
subordination, it prefers, where this is possible, to connect
them by means of the simple conjunction ) and, leaving the
exact nature of the connection intended to be inferred from
the meanings of the clauses themselves.

1. The conjunction ) may accordingly be employed not
only where we would use and, but before an adversative
clause, of every tree thou mayest eat f ?^^ hut of the tree of
the hioivledye, etc, Gen. 2:16, 17, or one expressing a rea-
son, give us help from trouble ^y^') for vain is the help of
man Ps. 60 : 13, an inference, I have no jjleasure in the death
of him that dieth ll'^isni icherefore turn Ezek. 18 : 32, design,
iVi) ^ib? nsT do this and live i. e. in order that you may live.
Gen. 42 : 18, a comparison, man is born unto trouble vjicn 15 ni
and (i. e. as) the sparks fy upward Job 5 : 7, or a co-existing
act or condition, Noah ivas six hundred years old b^S'an'!' and
(i. e. when) the flood loas upon the earth Gen. 7 : 6.

2. It serves to introduce the apodosis or second member

314 SYNTAX. §287

of a conditional sentence, if God will he with me and keep me
7\\ir^ n^ni then shall Jehovah be my God Gen. 28 : 20, 21.

3. It may also connect a statement of time or a noun
placed absolutely, with the clause to which it relates, ni'?
n^r^-ns onnnx x&'l ■'i»"'^lf n on the third day Abraham lifted
up his eyes Gen. 22 : 4 ; ^''T}^ oni ^'!^"^'^7\ thy hope, (is it not)
the integrity of thy ways? Job 4:6. Both these uses,
which are wholly foreign from our idiom, are combined in
2 Sam. 15 : 34, thy father s servant "^2251 I have been so hith-
erto, but now ^V^^. I will be thy servant.

a. For the meanings and usage of other conjunctions see the lexicon.

GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS.

GENESIS, CHAPTER I.
VERSE 1.

rr'TTS'i^ composed of the inseparable preposition 3,
§231.1, with Daghesh-lene, §21. 1, and the feminine de-
rivative nomi riiffisn, §198. a. (4), without the article,
§248, comp. kv dpxf) John 1:1, Ger. anfan<js, Eng. at frst;
position of the accent, § 32. 1.

xna, xb verb, §162. 2, the preterite denoting past time
absolutely, § 262. 1, lack of formal agreement with its sub-
ject, § 275. 3, order of words, § 270. a^ position of accent,
§32.2.

Din'bx a monosyllabic noun of class I., §183, plural,
§199, of majesty, §201. 2, without the article, §246. 1.

riS sign of the definite object, § 270.

D':m'n the article, §229.1, §245.4, and noun of the
second form of class I., §185. 2. f/, only used in the plural,
§201.1, §203. 5. c?.

nK'i the conjunction 1 , § 234, and M5* .

: 7'!ii$D the article, § 229. 3, and Segholate noun of class I.,
§ 183 ; Seghol changed to Kamets by, § 229. 4. ^, or § 65 (1).

This verse is divided by the accents into two clauses,
§ 36. 1 ; Athnahh is preceded by Munahh and Tiphhha,
§38. 2 ; Silluk by Merka and Tiphhha, and Tiphhha again
by Merka, §38.1.

316 GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS.

TERSE 2.

nn^n, nb verb n;n, ^09.1, with Metliegh, H^. 2,
Kamets distinguished from Kamets-Hhatuph, ^19. 2.

^nn, Vth Segholate nouns of class I. from Jib roots,
§184.^, abstracts used instead of adjectives, §254. G.«,
assonance or paronomasia. Double accent, § 30. 1.

''^s-b? Makkeph, §43, "3? noun of class I., form 2,
§185. 2.d, only used in the plural, §201. 1, §209. 1 ; here
in the construct state, §214. 2, §210. 1, with its possessive
sense, §254. 1.

Dinn noun of class III from 1^ root § 190. h, article omitted
as if from a proper noun, § 246. 1, or by a kind of poetic
brevity, §247, the face of ocean.

'^^yyy^ Piel participle of the Ayin Guttural verb tfT} ,
§116.4, §121. 1, feminine, §205, as the predicate without
the article, § 259. 2, although its subject is definite, § 246. 3 j
the participle expresses continuous action, §266. 1, belong-
ing to the period before spoken of, §266. 3.

:n';''fln noun used only in the plural, § 201. 1, § 203. 5. c;
vowel changed by the pause accent, §65. 1.

This verse consists of two clauses, § 36. 1 ; the clause of
Athnahh is subdivided by Zakeph Katon and R'bliia, § 36. 2 ;
Zakepli Katon is preceded by Pashta, and Pashta by Merka,
§38.4, Athnahh by Munahh and Tiphhha, §38.2. The
clause of Silluk is subdivided by Zakeph Katon ; this is
preceded by Munahh, §38.4, and SiUuk by Merka and
Tiphhha, §38.1.

VERSE 3.

n^s^^ Kal future of Pe Aleph verb "ifci^ , §110. 3, with
Vav Conversive, §99. 1, §265, which removes the accent to
the penult and changes the vowel of the ultimate, §99. 3. a,
§111. 2. «.

GENESIS, CHAPTER I. 317

''O;^ apocopated future of nb verb n';n, §171.1, §177. 1,
with a jussive sense, § 264.

"■'n'i'l future with Vav Conversive ; Daghesh-forte omitted,
§99.3, Methegh, §45.2.

VERSE 4.

i^'i'::'} Kal future of '^>^ verb nk"! with Vav Conversive,
§17L1, §172.4.

aiti the predicate adjective without the article, §259. 2.

^5^?^ Hiphil future of bns with Vav Conversive, § 99. 3.

I'^ni Vav Conjunctive, § 234, with the preposition 'J'^5 ,
§237.1.

VERSE 5.

an^':'] from the ^b verb m")^ , §162. 2.

. D^n-bs: Fsik, §38. l.«.

'liii^ preposition ^ with the vowel of the article, § 231. 5.

Di^ noun, whose plural is W'h'^ , §207. 1./.

K'n)? the preterite, used rather than the future with Vav
Conversive, because the verb does not begin the clause,
§265, the accent removed to the penult, § 35. 1.

nb^b paragogic Ti^ , §61. 6, §219. 2, with the noun b^^H,
a Segholate of class I. from an ^'b root, §184. d, having a
pause accent, §65. 1.

:^nx numeral, §223.1, agreement and position, §250.1.

VERSE 6.

?*^)5'n noun of class I. form 2, §185. 1.

^ina preposition n, §231. 1, with the construct of tfin,
§216. l.d, in a partitive sense, §254. 2.

318 GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS.

bi'^l'a Hiphil participle of via , ^ 84. 5, denoting con-
tinuous action, §266. 1, and referred by the tense of the ac- J
companying substantive verb to the future, § 266. 3. a.

VERSE 7.

''^V^. s guttural and nb verb ntb:? with Vav Conversive,
§109.3, §171. 1, §172.4.

nnn'a composed of the prepositions "j^ and finrj ,
§237.2(1).

b^tt composed of the prepositions 'j'a and b:? .

VERSE 8.

«

trat with pause accent, §65 (1).

n;5h, n^2? class I. Segholates, §183.

:7© ordinal number, §227. 1, agreement with noun and
position, §252. 1.

VERSE 9.

'ii;?:' Niphal future of rb verb ni^, §169.1, with an
imperative sense, § 263. 1.

Di]?'a noun of class III. from an ^"3 root, §190. h.

n^nn Niphal future of nsn , § 109. 4, § 168.

VERSE 10.

ni]5'abi conjunction 1, §234, preposition b, §231. 1, and
noun of class III. from tb root, §190. b, in the construct
state, §215. 2, followed by the material of which it consists,
§254.4.

D'1'2^ plural, §207. 2, of d'^, a noun of class I. from an
t:! root, §186. 2. c.

GENESIS, CHAPTER I. 319

VERSE 11.

«ra apocopated Hiphil future of ^m , §97.2, §264,
governing its cognate noun sot, §271.3. Methegh by
§45. 2.

^■'^T'a the participle expresses what is constant and habit-
ual, §266.1.

y;? collective noun, §201.1, probably abridged from a
nb root, class 1. form 2, § 185. 2. ^, in the construct, §215. 1,
with the following word, which denotes its quahty, §254. 6.

■'IS noun from Jib root class I. form 1, §184. 3.

TWS Kal participle of nb verb, §168 ; the accent is not
Y'thibh but Mahpakh, as is shown by its standing before
Pashta in the subdivision of Zakeph Katon, §30. 2, §38. 4,
shifted to the penult by, §35. 1, followed by Daghesh-forte
conjunctive in the first letter of the next word, § 24. a.

iriab preposition b, §231. 1, noun y^'n from an "^'i? root
class I, §186. 2. d, and pronominal suffix, §220. 1.

i3-i3?'^T ntji!| oblique case of the relative pronoun, §74,
§285. 1; the preposition l with a pronominal suffix, §233.

VERSE 12.

is^iini Hiphil future of ^s and sb verb, §144. 1, §162,
with Vav Conversive, the accent remaining on the ultimate,
§147.5, §166.4.

^nr^b suffix of third person, §220. 1. <5, singular in dis-
tributive sense referring to the preceding collective, §275. 6.

VERSE 13.

i^t^)iD ordinal number, §227. 1, §252. 1.

320 GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS

VERSE 14.

"»??!' lack of agreement with subject, §275. 1.

rihi5i3 masculine noun in the plural, § 200. c, class III.
from an lb root, §>190. b.

bi'nnnb the construct form of the infinitive used with pre-
positions, §267. ^.

"^y}) preterite vn.i\\ Vav Conversive, §100.1, §265, in
the plural because following the noun, § 275. 1. ^.

VERSE 15.

"I'^SJJ^^ Hiphil infinitive construct of 1^ verb, §153. 1.

VERSE 16.

'',310 cardinal number, §223. 1, joined with noun,
§250. 2 (2), without the article, §251. 4.

cbnan qualifying adjective with the article after the
noun, §249. 1.

•jbi^n . . . S'lSn class I. form 2, §185. 1, emphatic use of
the positive degree, §260. 2 (2).

nbffi'a'ja noun of class III., §190, in the construct state,
^214. 1, by the following noun denoting the object, §254. 9.
tD^S^iiri noun of class II. from an i'v root, §187. 1.^.

VERSE 17.

in^l from 53 verb "jni, §129.1.

Dfiii sign of the definite object with a pronominal suffix,
§238^2.

VERSE 18.

bi'^nnb^i . . . Sir'abi construct infinitive with the preposi-
tion, §267.3; Methegh with ^ §45. 2, a.

GENESIS CHAPTER I. 321

VERSE 20.

qsiy;- Piel future of lV verb, §154. 2.

VERSE 21.

^r'^^ plural of "jin, §199; the Hliirik of the ultimate
is long, §19. 1.

nto'ain Kal feminine participle, §205, with the article,
§249.1.

"11^55 the object of the verb ^i^^ though without the ap-
propriate pronominal suffix, § 285. 1. 6f.

Dn5''l25 plural noun with plural suffix, §220. 2. b.

VERSE 22.

^^5;':! Piel future of S' Guttural verb, §116.4, §121. 1,
with Vav conversive, §99. 2>.a, no Daghesh-lene in 3 since
the preceding Sh'va is vocal, §25.

*y^'^)i the preposition with Tsere, ^22>\.''d.a, so as to say
i. e. in saying.

',nn, ins Kal imperatives of nhn , nns, §169.1.

sn^ Kal apocopated future, §171.1, Hhirik short though
accented, §19. 1.

VERSE 24.

-in^ni construct of nfn, §214.1, with i paragogic,
§218. Methegh, §45. 2, Daghesh-forte omitted, §25.

VERSE 26.

r\Wl Kal future of niry, §109.1, §168, in the plural
number, §275. 3. «.

i:^b223 preposition, §231.1, Segholate noun, class I.,
§183, and pronominal suffix, §221.5.
21

322 GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS.

'inn:i from mn, §169.1.

fi57^ preposition, §231.2, construct of the collective
noun nan, §198, §214.1, §216.1; no Daghesh-lene in i,
§22.«(5).

VERSE 27.

nn|?5^ nsT predicates, § 273. 4, and consequently in-
definite.

: Dni? pronoun, referring to both genders put in the mas-
cuhne, § 276. 3.

VERSE 28.

sioap'1 conjunction 1, §234, imperative Kal of ©33,
§84.4, and pronominal suffix, §101. Kibbuts is long,
§19.1.

VERSE 29.

•irilns from ^ns, §130.1, preterite in the sense of the
present, §262. 1. ^.

•i^n_';> singular, referring formally to the nearest collective
subject, §276. 1, or taken distributively, §275.6.

VERSE 30.

pn^bs-nx , n« before b? without the article, § 270. c.

VERSE 31.

'rk'a position of adverb, §274. 1.

: '^TBTsn di; article omitted before the noun, §249. 1. c.

II^DEX I.

SUBJECTS TREATED FULLY OR INCIDENTALLY.

The numbers in this and the following Indexes refer to the Sections of the Grammar.

Abbreviations 9. 1.

Absolute infinitive. See Infinitive abso-
lute.
Abstract nouns, feminine 198, plural 201.

1. a, c.

Accents 28, use in cantillation 28. b, forms
and classes 29, meaning of names 29. b,
like forms distinguished 30, position of
82-35, aid in distinguishing words 34,
change of position 35, effect of Vav
conversive 33. 4, 99. 3, 100. 2, in place
of Methegh 39. 3. 6, 45. 5, give sta-
bility to vowels 60. 1. a, vowel changes
produced by 64.

Accents, consecution of in prose 36-39,
poetic 31, consecution of 40-42.

Accents pause 37. 2. a, position of 35. 2.

Accentuation double 39. 4. a, 42. a.

Addition of letters 50. 3.

Adjectives in place of participles of neuter
verbs 90, 185. 1. a, formation of 185. 2,
expressing permanent or variable quali-
ties 185. 2. a, intensity 187. 1, 189,
defects 187. 1. b, diminutives of color
188, declension of 217, qualifying nouns
249. 1, qualifying nouns in the con-
struct 256, predicate 259. 2, compari-
son of 260, emphatic use with verbs
282. c.

Adjectives numeral 223-227, 250-252.

Adverbial idea expressed by a verb 269. a.

Adverbial expressions 274.

Adverbs 235, with suffixes 236, as the sub-
ject 242. c, numeral 252. 4, position of
274.

Affixes 33.

Agreement neglected 275-279.

Aleph, sound of 3. 4, used as a vowel-letter
11. 1, in a few verbal forms 120. 2, 122.

2, 156. 3, once in 3 f s. suffix 220. 2.
6, otiant 16. 1, with Mappik 26, with
Daghesh forte (?) 121. 1, substituted for

He in Chaldee 51. 3, in Niphal infini-
tive 91. b, in Hiphil 94. a, b, in Hith-
pael 96. a, in feminine ending of verbs
86. 6, and nouns 196. d, for Vav in fem.
plur. of nouns 199, prosthesis of 53. 1.
a, 183. c, omitted 53. 2, 3, 57. 2 (2) a,
111. 2. 6, c, 151. 2, 164. 2, quiescent
57. 2, after prefixed prepositions 231. 3.
«, 6, after Vav Conjunctive 234. o, pre-
fers diphthongal vowels 60. 1. a, 110. 3,
111. 2, previous vowel rarely short if
Daghesh forte omitted 60. 4. «, 121. 1,
229. 3, added to 3 pi. preterite 86 b,
prefixed in the formation of nouns 189.

Alphabet 2, order of 6, Lepsius' theory
6. a.

Animals, names of 177. c.

Apocopated future 97. 2, 264, not in pas-
sive species 97. 2. i, in Ayin Guttural
verbs 119. 1, Lamedh Guttural 126. 1,
Ayin Vav and Ayin Yodh 153. 5, 157.
3, 158. 2, 160. 3, Lamedh He 171. 1,
172. 4, 173. 3, 174. 4, 175. 3, 176. 3.

Apocopated imperative 98. 2, 171. 1.

Apposition of nouns 253.

Arabic letters 3. 1. a, currently read with-
out vowels 10. a, syllables 18. 2. c,
Teshdid 23. 3. 6, accent 33. 4. a, Elif
prosthetic 53. 1. a, conjugations 83. c
(1), comparative or superlative 189. a,
nouns of unity 198. 6, pJural ending
199. c, dual 202, article 229. 1. a, con-
junction with the accusative 271. 4. b.

Article definite 229, use of 245, with
verbs, etc. 245. 5. 6, with proper nouns
246. 1. a, before nouns with suffixes
246. 2. a, before nouns in the construct
246. 3. a, when omitted 247, 249. 1. 6,
c, 249. 2. b, c.

Article indefinite 229. 1. 6, 248. a.

Aspirates 3. 1, 7. 2, receive Daghesh lene
21, their original sound 21. b, affiacted

324

INDEX I.

by concurrence of consonants or doub-
ling 54. 1.

Athnahh divides verse 86. 1, train of 38. 2.

Augment, Greek and Sanskrit 99. 1. a.

*Ayin, sound of 3. 4, Clialdee substitutes
for Tsadhe 51. 3, elided 53. 3. a, 128,
previous vowel sometimes short ■when
Daghesh omitted 60. 4. a.

Ayin doubled verbs, origin of term 76. 3,
their peculiarities 133-137, paradigm
138, remarks 139-142.

Ayin Guttural verbs 116, paradigm 117,
remarks 118-122.

Ayin Vav and Ayin Yodh verbs, origin of
term 76. 3, their peculiarities 152-154,
paradigm 155, remarks 156-161.

Biliteral roots 68. b.

Bohemian accent 33. 4. a.

Cardinal numbers 223-266, with dual end-
ing 223. 1. a, position and agreement

250, 251, with suffixes 250. 2 (2) a,

251. 4. a, with the article 251. 4.
Chaldee syllables 18. 2. c, words modified

from Hebrew 51. 3, dual 202.

Changes of person 279.

Cities names of, feminine 197. d.

Collectives with feminine ending 198, con-
strued with the plural 275. 2.

Commutation of letters 50. 1, Aleph for
He 86. b, 91. b, 94. a, 96. «, 196. d, He
for Aleph 189. b, Aleph for Yodh 56.
4, or Vav 56. 4. a, 199, Vav for Aleph
57. 2 (2) a, 111. 2. b, d, Yodh for Vav
56. 2, Teth for Tav 54. 4, 82. 5.

Comparison, how expressed 260.

Compound numbers 224, 225. 2, with
nouns 251. 3, with the article 251. 4. a.

Compound predicate 275. 1. b, 275. 2. a.

Compound sentences 285. 1.

Compound species 83. c (2).

Compound subject 244. 1, 276.

Conjugations 76. 1.

Conjunctions 239, 287.

Consecution of accents in prose 36-39, in
poetry, 40-42.

Consonant changes, 53-56.

Consonants changed to vowels 57, vowel
changes occasioned by contiguous con-
sonants 60, by concurrent consonants,
61.

Construct infinitive. See Infinitive con-
struct.

Construct state of nouns 212-216, rela-
tions denoted by 254, resolved by pre-
position Lamedh 257.

Constructio praegnans 272. 3.

Contraction of two similar letters 61. 3,
134. 1.

Contracted verbs 107.

Copula 258. 2, 3.

Countries names of, feminine 197. d.

Daghesh meaning of word 21. 2. a.

Daghesh-foi'te 23, distinguished from Da-
ghesh-lene 23. 2, from Shurek 23. 3,
different kinds of 24, conjunctive, in-
stances of 24. a, 75. 1, separative 24. b,
190. «, 216. 2. a, 221. 5. a, 230. 2. «,
emphatic 24. c, 86. a, 149. 1, omission
of 25, resolved by the insertion of a
hquid 54. 3, 221. 6. b, or Yodh 141. 1,
or by prolonging the previous vowel,
59. fl, never in gutturals 60. 4, 108,
rarely in Resh 23. 1, 60. 4. «, omitted
from Hithpael 96. «, in suffixes of verbs
104. a, 105. b.

Daghesh lene 21, 22, omitted from Kal
imperative 89 (f. s. and m. pi.), from
guttural forms 109. 3. «, from construct
plural of nouns 216. 2. a, after prefixes
101. 2. b.

Daleth assimilated to the feminine ending
Tav 54. 2, 148. 2, 205. b.

Day of the month 252. 2. 6.

Declension of nouns, adjectives and parti-
ciples 217.

Demonstrative pronouns 73, qualifying
nouns 249. 2, qualifying nouns in the
construct 256, predicate 259. 2, used for
relative 286.

Dental letters 7. 1.

Dialects, eflfect upon words 51. 3.

Diphthongal vowels 15.

Distributive numbers 252. 4.

Distributive sense expressed by repetition
252. 4, 280. 1.

Division erroneous, of words 43. b.

Divisions of Grammar 1.

Dual, ending of 202, signification of 203,
superadded to the plural 203. 5. b,
nouns with suffixes 221. 4, joined with
the plural 278.

Emphasis expressed by repetition 280-282.

English accent 33. 4. a.

Excess, how denoted 260. 2 (2) b.

Feminine endings 196, how related 55. 2.
c, 196. b, compared with Indo-European
endings 196. e, used to form abstracts,
collectives, official designations 198, and
nouns of unity 198. b, appended to in-
finitive. See Infinitive construct.

Feminine nouns without fern, ending in
the singular 197. a, with masc. ending
in plural 200. b, with two plural forms
200. c, with suffixes 221. 2.

Feminine sign of, duplicated 88 (3 f.), 167.
3, 169. 1. a (?), neglected 88 (2 f. s,
3 f. pL), 197. a.

Final forms of letters 4, in middle of
words 4. a.

Flexibility various, of different languages
69. b.

Formative syllables differ from prefixes
and suffixes 33, 69. c, 101. 2. b, 123. 4.

Fractional numbers 227. 3, 252. 3.

INDEX I.

325

Future, formation of 84. 3, its personal
endings and prefixes 85. 1. a (2) witli
suffixes 105, uses of 263, shortened
form. See Apocopated future.

Galilean pronunciation 51. 4. a.

Grammar, function and divisions of 1.

Grammatical subject 244. 2.

Grave suffixes 72, 221. 1.

Greek alphabet 5. a, 6. b, Y. 2. «, accent
33. 4. a, augment 99. 1. a, feminine
and neuter 19(5. c, numerals 223. 2. a,
construction of neuter plurals 275. 4. a.

Guttural letters 7. 1, their peculiarities 60,
108, attract or preserve vowels 60. 3. c.

Guttural verbs 107.

He and Hheth 3. 3.

He as a vowel letter 11. 1, 57. 2 (2) b,
with Mappik 26, prosthesis of 53. 1. a,
rejection of 53. 2, 3, 85. 2. a (1), 95. b,
211. a, 229. 5, 231. 5, preceding vowel
often short when Daghesh omitted 60.

4. a, 121. 1, 229. 3, added to 2 m. s.
and 2 f. pi. preterite 86. b, to 2 m. s.
suffix 104. b, 220. 1. b, to 2 f. s. suffix
220. 2. c, to 2 and 3 f. pi. suffix 104. q,
220. 1. 6, 220. 2. c, for 3. m. s. sufiix
104. d, 220. 1. b, omitted from f. pi.
future 88 and imperative 89, omitted
after prefixes 85. 2. a (1), 91. 6, 94. b,
95. b, 113. 2, 229. 5, retained in excep-
tional cases 95. e, 142. 3, 150. 2, 231.

5. a, for Aleph 165. 1, prefixed in the
formation of nouns 189. b.

He directive 219. 1.

He interrogative 230.

He paragogic, effect on accent 33. 1, with
Methegh 33. 1. a, examples of 61. 6. a,
219. 2, distinguished from feminine
ending 196. c, added to preterite 93. c,
to future. See Paragogic future.

Hhateph Seghol in 1 Sing, future Piel 92. e.

Hheth, preceding vowel mostly short, when
Daghesh omitted 60. 4. a, 121. 1,
229. 3.

Hhirik, quantity of 14, 19. 1, between
concurring consonants 61. 1, 85. 2. a,
216. 2, 231. 2, 234, in Segholates 61. 2,
184. 6, never in the ultimate of Kal ac-
tive participles 90, in 1 sing. Niphal fu-
ture 91. f, 149. 2, in Piel before suffixes
104. h, in penult of Piel infinitive 92. d,
in Hiphil infinitive 94. b, rejected from
Hiphil future 94. c, and participle 94. e,
in the inflected preterite of Kal, Hiphil
119. 2, and Hithpael 96. b, retained in
Hiphil before suffixes 104. k, in the ul-
timate of nouns 207. 1. c, 209. 2.

Hholem, stability of 60. 1. a (4), in in-
flected verbs Ayin doubled 61. 3, 136.
2, 141. 2, and Ayin Vav and Ayin
Yodh 153. 4, 159. 1, 160. 2, shortened
to Kamets Hhatuph in Kal infinitive

construct 87, future 88, and imperative
89, once retained in Kal future before
Makkeph 88, in intensive species 92. 6,
rejected from Kal future before suffixes
105. d, in the ultimate of nouns 207. 1.
c, d, 207. 2. c, 215. 1. 0, 209. 2, in the
penult 210. d, 216. 1. c.

Hiphil, signification of 79, relation to Piel

■ 80. 2. a (1), formation of 82. 4, origin
of prefixed He 82. 5. 6 (2), nouns de-
rived from 187. 2. a, 189.

Hithpael, signification of 80, relation to Ni-
phal 80. 2. a (2), formation of 82. 5,
origin of prefixed syllable 82. 5. 6 (1),
verbs having two forms of 122. 2. 141.

Hophal, signification of 79. 3, formation
of 82. 4, origin of prefixed He 82. 5. 6
(2), no imperative 84, except in two in-
stances 95. d, in Ayin doubled A'erbs
140. 6, in Pe Yodh verbs 150. 5, in
Ayin Vav verbs 160. 5, in Lamedh
Aleph verbs 167. 2, in Lamedh He
verbs 175. 5.

Imperative, formation of 84. 4, its per-
sonal endings 85. 1. a (3), Kal with suf-
fixes 101, 3. 106. b, paragogic 98. 1,
111. 3. a, 125. 1, 132. 1, 148. 3, 157. 2,
apocopated 98. 2, 171. 2, twice in Ho-
phal 95. d.

Imperfect verbs classified 107.

Impersonal subject 243. 3, construction of
passive and neuter verbs 271. 4. a, 275.
1. c.

Inanimate objects, names of 198. c, in plu-
ral 203. 5. a, plural with feminine sin-
gular 275. 4.

Indefinite subject 243. 2, article 229. 1. b,
248. a

Indo-European roots 69. a, pronouns 71.
b, feminine and neuter 196. e, dual 202.
«, numerals 223. 2. a, conception of
time 261.

Infinitive, a verbal noun 267, as the sub-
ject 242. b, 267. a, does not admit the
article 245. 5. b, with prepositions 242.
b, 267. 6, governed by verbs or nouns

267. b, c, construction changed to pret-
erite or future 282. c.

Infinitive absolute, formation of 84. I,
with feminine ending 160. 4, for pret-
erite or future 268. 1, for imperative

268. 2, emphatic use of 282.
Infinitive construct, formation of 84. 2, in

Kal usually without Vav 87, with femi-
nine ending in perfect verbs 87, in Pe
Guttural 111. 3. a, in Ayin Guttural
119. 3, in Lamedh Guttural 125. 2, in
Pe Nun 131. 4, in Avin doubled 139. 2,
in Pe Yodh 148, in "Piel 92. d, in Ho-
phal 150. 5, in Hiphil 128, in Lamedh
Aleph verbs 166. 2, in Lamedh He 168,
with suffixes 101. 3, 106. a, following

326

INDEX I.

noun or sufBx denote subject or object
102. 3, 254. 9. b, emphatic use of 282. b.

Inseparable prepositions 231-233.

Intensity expressed by repetition 280. 3,
282.

Interjections 240.

Interrogative and indefinite pronouns 75,
trace of neuter in 196. a.

Interrogative sentences 283, 284.

Intransitive verbs construed transitively
271.

Irrational objects, plural, with feminine
singular 275. 4.

Jews modern, use Rabbinical letter 2,
their pronunciation of Ayin 3. 4, use
abbreviations 9. 1.

Kal, meaning of term 76. 2, formation in
perfect verbs 82. 1, remarks upon 86-90.

Kamets and Kamets-Hhatuph distinguished
19. 2.

Kamets in the ultimate of nouns 207. 1. b,
207. 2. 6, 215. 1, in the penult 210,
216. 1.

Kamets-Hhatuph in Kal infin. constr. be-
fore Makkeph 87, before suffixes 106,
in future 88, in imperative 89, 106, in
passive species 82. 5. 6 (3), 93. a, 95. a.

Kaph and Koph 3. 2.

Kaph initial rejected 53. 2. «, assimilation
of 54. 2. a.

Karne Phara 38. 10.

Kibbuts, quantity of 19. 1, in passive spe-
cies 82. 6. b (3), 93. a, 95. a, in Hith-
pael 96. a.

K'ri and K'thibh 46-48, number of 46. a.

Kushoi 21. 2. a.

Labial letters 7. 1.

Lamedh initial rejected 53. 2. a, 132. 2,
medial rejected 53. 3. 6, 88 (1 c), assim-
ilated to following consonant 54. 2, 132.
2, appended in formation of nouns 193.
2. c.

Lamedh Aleph verbs 162, paradigm 163,
remarks 164-167.

Lamedh Guttural verbs 123, paradigm 124,
remarks 125-128.

Lamedh He verbs, origin of term 76. 3,
their peculiarities 168, 169, paradigm

170, shortened future and imperative

171, remarks 172-177.

Latin alphabet 6. b, 7. 2. a, accent 33. 4. a,
feminine and neuter 196. 2, numerals
223. 2. a.

Lazian accent 33. 4. a.

Letters, sounds of 3, double forms of 4,
of unusual size or position 4. a, names
of 5, order of 6, classification of 7, nu-
merical use of 9. 2, commutation of 50.
1, transposition of 50. 2, addition of
50. 3.

Lettish accent 33. 4. a.

Light suffixes 72, 221. 2-4.

Linguals 7. 1, substituted for sibilants in

Chaldee 51. 3.
Liquids 7. 2.
Logical subject, 244. 2.
Makkeph 43.
Manner 274. 2. e.
Mappik 26, omitted from 3 f. s. suffix 104.

€, 220. 1. b.
Masculine for feminine, suffixes 104 g,
220. 1. b, future 88 (3 f. pi), 105. e,
predicate and pronouns 275. 1. a, 275. 5.
Masculine nouns with suffixes 221. 3, with
fem. ending in plural 200. a, with two
endings in plural 200. c.
Matres lectionis 11. 1.
Measure 274. 2. c.
Medial letters for finals 4. a.
Medium strength, letters of 7. 2.
Mem dropped from Pual participle 53. 2. a,
93. e, final rejected 55. 2, 214. 2, ap-
pended to 3 m. pi. future (?) 88, pre-
fixed in formation of nouns 193. 2. c,
omitted from plural ending (?) 199. b.
Methegh 44, 45, aid in distinguishing
doubtful vowels 19, 45. 2. a, with He
paragogic 33. 1. a, in place of an accent
shifted in position 35. 1, or removed by
Makkeph 43, 44. a, 64. 1. a, after He
interrogative 230. 2. a, its place sup-
plied by an accent 39. 3. b, 45. 5.
Modern Hebrew read without vowel points

10. a.
Monosyllabic nouns 183.
Mountains, names of, masculine 197. d.
Multiliteral nouns 195.
Mutes 7. 2, a p-mute missing (?) 7. 2. a.
Names of letters 5, their antiquity 5. a,

their origin and signification 5. b.
Nations, names of 197. d, 275. 2. b.
Neuter gender, trace of 196. a.
Neuter verbs rarely have participles 90,

with suffixes 102. 2.
Niphal, signification of 77, relation to
Hithpael 80. 2. a (2), its formation 82.
2, origin of the prefixed Nun 82. 5. b
(1), participle from a noun 91. e, from
an adverb 80. 2. 6, nouns derived from
187. 2. a.
Nouns, formation of 181, Class 1 182-186,
Class II 187, 188, Class III 189-192,
Class IV 193, 194, multiHterals 195,
from imperfect roots 184. b, 185. 2. d,
186. 2. c, 187. 1. d, e, 187. 2. b, c, 190.
b, plural from quiescent roots 207. 1./,
208. 3. c, with suffixes 221. 5. a.
Nouns, gender and number of 196-211,
construct state of 212-216, declension
of 217, with suffixes 220, 221, para-
digm 222.
Nouns, feminine, without fem. ending 197.
a, with masc. ending in plural 200. b,
masculine with fem. ending in plural

INDEX I.

327

200. a, with either ending 200. c, of
doubtful gender 19Y. 6, 200. o, having
but one number 201. 1, definite without
the article 246, used for adjectives 254.
6. a, in construct before adjectives 250.
1. a, 254. 6. 6, in construct before pre-
positions 255. 1, in construct before a
clause 255. 2, placed absolutely 271. 4.
6, 274. 2, repetition of 280.

Nouns, primitive 181. a, derivative 181. b,
of unity 198 b.

Number, relations of 274. 2. d.

Numeral adjectives 223-227, 250-252, ad-
verbs 252. 4.

Numerical use of letters 9. 2.

Nun, rejected 53. 2. a, i, 55. 2, from
verbs 129. 2, 131. 3, 4, from nouns 184.
6, 194. 2. i, assimilated to a following
consonant 54. 2, in verbs 129. 1, 131. 2,
132. 1, in nouns 184. 6, 190. a, 205. 6,
to initial Mem (?) 55. 1, 88 (m. pi),
inserted in lieu of reduplication 54. 3,
221. 6. b, epenthetic 56. 1, 101. 2, 105.
b, added to 3 pi. preterite 86. b, to fu-
ture 88 (2 f. s., m. pi.), before suffixes
105. c, in Niphal absolute infinitive 91.6,
131. 5, 166. 3, 173, 2, in Niphal impera-
tive (?) 91. c?, appended in formation of
nouns 193, inmasc. plur. ending 199. a.

Object, definite, sign of 238. 2, 270, of
transitive verbs 270, of intransitive verbs
271, indirect 272, multiple 273.

Occupations 186. 2. a, 187. 1. a.

Office, names of 198. a (2).

Official designations 198.

Ordinal numbers 227, 252.

Orthographic symbols 1-49, changes 50-
66.

Orthography, various 11. 1. 6, 51. 4. a.

Palatal letters 7. 1.

Paradigm, see Verbs paradigms of, and
Nouns.

Paragogic, future 97. 1, 264, not in passive
species 97. 2. b, in Lamedh He verbs
172. 3, imperative 98, 1.

Paragogic letters, effect on accent 33. 1,
instances of 61. 6. a, 218, 219.

Participles, formation of 84. 5, of neuter
verbs 90, with personal inflections 90,
declined 217, qualifying nouns 249. 1,
qualifying nouns in the construct 256,
in the construct before nouns and in-
finitives 254. 9. 6, signification of 266,
emphatic use of 282. c, construction
changed to preterite or future 282. c.

Particles prefixed 228-234, separate 235-
240.

Parts of speech 70.

Passive species with suflRxes 102. 2, of
doubly transitive verbs 273. 5.

Pattahh preferred by gutturals 60. 1, 108,
changed to Seghol 63. 1, assimilated to

Seghol 61. 1. 6, 63. 2, to Kamets or
Tsere 63. 2, in Segholates 61. 2, with
pause accents 65, in Kal constr. infin.
87, in f. pi. future Niphal 91. c, and Piel
92. e, in preterite and imperative Piel
92. c, in Hithpael 96. b, in the ultimate
of nouns 207. 2. a.

Pattahh furtive 17, 60. 2, 109. 2, 114 (?),
123.

Pausal forms with inferior accents 65. b.

Pause accents 37. 2. a, position of 35. 2,
occasion vowel changes 65, with the
preterite 86. a, with the future 88, with
the imperative 89 (f. s. and m. pi.), with
2 m. s. suffix 104. 6, 220. 1. b, with Pe
Guttural verbs 112. 4, with Ayin Guttu-
ral 119. 1, 121. 3, with Lamedh Guttu-
ral 126. 1.

Pazer, clause divided by 36. 2, train of
38. 7.

Pe Aleph verbs 110. 3.

Pe Guttural verbs, origin of term, 76. 3,
their peculiarities 108, 109, paradigm
110, remarks 111-115.

Pe Nun verbs, origin of term 76. 3, their
peculiarities 129, paradigm 130, re-
marks 131, 132.

Perfect verbs 81-85, paradigm of 85. 2,
remarks 86-96, with suffixes 101, 102,
paradigm 103, remarks 104-106.

Periods of human life 201. 1. b.

Persian construct state 61. 6. a.

Personal endings and prefixes of verbs 85.

1. a, before suffixes 101. 1, more closely
attached than suffixes or prefixed prepo-
sitions 101. 2. b.

Personal pronouns 71, not expressed in
the subject 243. 1.

Pe Yodh verbs, origin of term 76. 3, pe-
culiarities 143-145, paradigm 146, re-
marks 147-151.

Piel, signification of 78, relation to Hiphil
80. 2. a (1), formation of 82. 3, with the
active vowels 82. 5. b (3), unusual forms
of 92. a, 6, verbs with two forms of 122.

2, 141. 4, nouns derived from 187. 2. a.
Pilel, Pilpel, Poel not distinct species from

Piel 83. c (1).

Place where 274. 2. b.

Plural endings 199.

Plural for singular in verbs (?) 88 (3 f. pi.),
of majesty 201. 2, 275. 3.

Pluralis inhumanus 275. 4. a.

Plurality expressed by repetition 280. 2.

Points extraordinary 4. a.

Points Masoretic 10, accuracy of 49.

Polish accent 33. 4. a.

Predicate 258, compound 275. 1. 6, 275.
2. «, agreement with nouns in the con-
struct relation 277.

Prefixed particles 228-234, two constitut-
ing a word 228. 2. a.

328

INDEX I.

Prepositions inseparable 231-233, separate
23V, with suffixes 238.

Preterite, personal endings of 85. 1. «(1),
with suffixes 101. 1, 104, Kal before
suffixes 101. 3, uses of 262.

Pretonic vowels 64. 2, in Kal preterite
82. 1, not rejected from Niphal 91. 6,
106. a.

Primary preferred to a secondary form
275. 1.

Pronominal roots 68, the basis of adverbs,
prepositions and conjunctions 235. 1. a.

Pronominal suffixes 72. See Suffixes.

Pronouns, personal 71, 243. 1, repetition
of 281, demonstrative 73, 249. 2, 256,
259. 2, relative 74, 285, interrogative
and indefinite 75, 196. a, 284.

Proper nouns with the article 246. 1. a, in
loose apposition 253. 2. b.

Pual, signification of 78. 3, formation of
82. 3, with the passive vowels 82. 5.
b (3), no imperative 84, in perfect verbs
93, Ayin Guttural verbs 121. 1, Ay in
doubled verbs 142. 1, Ayin Vav verbs
161. 4, Lamedh Aleph verbs 167. 1,
Lamedh He verbs 174. 6.

Pure vowels 15.

Quadriliteral roots 68. a, verbs 180, nouns
195. 1, Segholates plural of 208. 3. a.

Question, direct and indirect 283. 1, dis-
junctive 283. 2.

Quiescent letters 11. 1, their two uses dis-
tmguished 13, softened to vowels 57. 2.

Quiescent verbs 107, 143.

Quinqueliteral roots 68. a, nouns 195. 2.

Radical letters 7. 3.

Raphe 27.

R'bhi", clause divided by 36. 2, train of
38. 6.

Reduplication of second radical in verbs
82. 3, in nouns 187, of third radical in
verbs 92. a, 115, 122. 1, 154. 2, 161. 3,
174. 1, 176. 1, in nouns 187. 1. d, 187.
2. c, of two radicals in verbs 92. a, 115,
122. 1, 137, 141. 2, 154. 3, 161. 2, in
nouns 187. 1. e, 187. 2. b, 188, of a
short word 132. 1, 233. a.

Relative pronoun 74, 285.

Repetition of nouns 280, pronouns 281,
verbs 282.

Resh, sound of 3. 3, assimilated to a fol-
lowing consonant 54. 2, inserted in lieu
of reduplication 54. 3, preference for
Pattahh 60. 1. a, with Pattahh furtive (?)
60. 2. a, 114, with simple or compound
Sh'va 60. 3. a, 120. 3, with Daghesh-
forte 23. 1, 60. 4. a, previous vowel
lengthened on the omission of Daghesh,
60. 4. a, as the first radical of verbs 114,
as the second radical 118. 1, 120. 3, as
the third radical 125. 3, 126. 2, 127. 2.

Rivers, names of, masculine 197. d.

Roots of words 67, 68.

Rukhokh 21. 2. a.

Samaritan Pentateuch, its negligent or-
thography, 51. 4. a, 99. 1. a, and va-
riant forms 156. 2.

Samekh, Shin and Sin 3. 1, 3. 1. a.

Sanskrit laws of euphony 21. 2. b, 55. 1. a,
accent 33. 4. a, augment 99. 1. a, femi-
nine and neuter 196. e, numerals 223.
2. a.

Scriptio plena, defectiva 14.

Seasons, names of 185. 2. a.

Seghol inserted between concurring con-
sonants 61. 2, 171. 1, in Avin doubled
verbs 61. 3, 136. 2, 141. "2, in Ayin
Yav verbs 153. 4, 157. 3, 160. 3, final
rejected 66. 1 (1), 171. 1, with pause
accents 65, in Kal active participle 90,
in Niphal 91. a, 6, in Piel 92. c, d, 126.

2, before suffixes 104. h, in Hiphil 94.
«, 6, in Hithpael 96. b, in the ultimate
of nouns 208, 209. 1, 215. 2, in the
penult of feminine nouns 207. 1. e.

Segholate forms from triliteral monosvUa-
bles or final syllables 61. 1. b, 183, 184.
«, in feminine 205, construct 214. 1. b.

Segholate nouns 183, signification of 184,
their feminine 208. 2, plural 208. 3,
dual 208. 4, construct 216. 2, with He
paragogic 219. 1, with suffixes 221. 5.

Segholta, verse divided by 36. 1, train of
38. 3.

Sentence, elements of 241. 2, subject of
242, predicate of 258. 1.

Separate particles 235-240.

Septuagint, equivalents for Ayin 3. 4,
mode of writing Hebrew words 49. 2, 3.

Servile letters 7. 3, anagrams of 7. 3. a.

Shalsheleth, when used 38. 9.

Shin, Sin, and Samekh 3. 1, 3. 1. or.

Shurek, quantity of 14. 19. 1, in the ulti-
mate of Segholates 61. 2, in the penult
of Segholates 61. 4. or, 205. o, in Kal
future of perfect verbs 88, before suffix-
es 105. </, in Kal active participle 90, in
the ultimate of nouns 207. 2. d, 209. 3.

Sh'va 16, silent and vocal 16. 2, 20. 1,
simple and compound 16, 3.

Sh'va compound, with gutturals 16. 3, 60.

3, 108, with Resh 60. 3. a, 120. 3, with
strong letters 16. 3. b, before gutturals
120. 2, 127. 3, in construct plural of
nouns 216. 2. a, after He interrogative
230. 2. a, after Vav Conjunctive 234. a,
which is selected 60. 3. b, 109. 3, 112,
changed to a short vowel 60. 3. c, with
pause accent to a long vowel 65.

Sh'va simple with gutturals 60. 3. o, in
Pe Guttural verbs 112. 2, 5, in Lamedh
Guttural verbs 123. 4, 127. 1, changed
to Seghol by pause accent 65.

Sibilants 7. 2.

INDEX I.

329

Silluk, position of 36. 1, train of 38. 1.
Singular predicate or pronoun with plural

subject 275. 1. a, 275. 6.
Sounds of the letters 3.
Species of verbs 76-80, mutually supple-
mentary 80. 2. a (3), what number in
use in different verbs 80. 2. a (4), forma-
tion of 82, with double forms in distinct
senses 83. c (1), 122. 2, 141. 4, com-
pound 83. c (2).
Strong letters 7. 2.

Subject 242, omitted 243, indefinite 243.
2, impersonal 243. 3, compound 244. 1,
276, grammatical and logical 244. 2.
Suffixes, pronominal 72, of verbs 101. 2,
of nouns 220. 3, relation denoted by
254, more loosely attached than affixes
101. 2. 6, with neuter verbs and passive
species 102. 2, with infinitives and parti-
ciples 102. 3, with cardinal numbers 223.
1. a, 250. 2 (2) a, omitted 247. 6, with
nouns in the construct 256.
Superlative degree 260.
Syllables 18, intermediate 20. 2, mutations

in, a source of vowel changes 59.
Syriac currently read without vowels 10.
a, aspirates 21. a, doubling of letters
23. 3. b, words modified from Hebrew
51. 3, dual 20. 2.
Svstema morarum 1 8. b.
Tav and Teth 3. 2.

Tav unites with Tav of personal affixes
86. b (2 m.), or feminine ending 54. 1,
205. i, prefixed in anomalous verbal
forms 94. «, 115, 161. 5, in the forma-
tion of nouns 190, 192. 2, in Hithpael
assimilated 54. 2, 54. 4. a, 82. 5, 131. 6,
transposed 54. 4, 82. 5.
Tav of feminine ending rejected 55. 2. c,
196. 6, origin of 196. e, added to verbs
86. 6, 166. 1, 169. 1, 172. 1, in nouns
196. 6, 205.
Tenses, primary 84, 262-264, secondary
99, 265, past and future not promiscu-
ously used 263. 5. a.
Time, conception of 261.
Time, when and how long 274. 2. a.
T'lisha Gh'dhola, clause divided by 36. 2,

train of 38. 8.
Transitive construction of intransitive

verbs 271.
Transposition of letters 50. 2, 54. 4, 82. 5.
Tsere rejected from the ultimate of verbs
66. 1 (1), 171. 2, in Kal preterite 86. a,
164. 1, in fem. plur. future Niphal 91. r,
and Piel 92. e, in Piel inf abs. 92. </, in
Hiphil 94. 6, e, in Hophal inf abs. 95. <•,
with Aleph in place of Sh'va 60. 3. c,
92. e, 112. 1, 184. 6, as union vowel
with the preterite 104. a, in the ulti-
mate of verbs before suffixes 104, h,
of Lamedh Guttural verbs 126. 1, of

Lamedh Aleph verbs 164. 5, in the ulti-
mate of nouns 207, 215. 1, in the penult
of nouns 210, 216. 1.
Vav rejected after vowelless consonants
53. 3. a, 184. 6, initial changed to Yodh
56. 2, 144. 1, rarely reduplicated 56. 3,
in verbs 154. 1, 161. 1, or nouns 187.

2. c, softened or rejected 57. 2, 152,
184. 6, 186. 2. c, 190. 6, 207. 1./, 208.

3. c, 211. Of, 216. 1. (/, pi-eceding a vow-
elless consonant 61. 1. a, 234, paragogic
61. 6. a, 218, omitted from 3. pi. pre-
terite 86. 6, in Kal infinitive 87, in Kal
future 88, in Kal imperative 89, in Kal
passive participle 90, in Pual 93. 6,
added to 3. m. pi. suffix 104./.

Vav in K'thibh, where K'ri has Kamets-
Hhatuph 13. a, 88, 105. d, 215. 1. c,
Pattahh 125. 1, or Hhateph-Kamels 13.
a, 214. 2. 6, 89 (f. s.).

Vav Conjunctive 234, 287.

Vav Conversive of the future 33. 4, 99,
with Avin Guttural verbs 119. 1, Lamedh
Guttural 126. 1, Ayin doubled 140. 1. 5,
Pe Yodh 147. 5, 150. 3, 150. 2 (p. 182),
Ayin Vav and Avin Yodh 153. 5, 157.

3, 158. 2, 160. 3,"Lamedh Aleph 166.4,
Lamedh He 171. 1, 172. 4, 173. 3, 174.

4, 175. 3, 176. 3, time denoted by 265. a.
Vav Conversive of the preterite 33. 4, 99,

with Pe Guttural verbs 112. 3, time de-
noted by 265. b.

Verbs, their species 76-80, occurring in
all the species 80. 2. a (4), denomina-
tives 80. 2. 6, perfect 81-100, with suffix-
es 101-106, imperfect 107-177, doubly
imperfect 178, defective 179, quadrilite-
ral 180, syntax of 261-269, coordinated
269, object of 270-272, with more than
one object 273, passive, object of 273. 5,
repetition of 282.

Verbs, paradigms of, perfect 85. 2, with
suffixes 103, Pe Guttural 110, Ayin Gut-
tural 117, Lamedh Guttural i24, Pe
Nun 130, Ayin doubled 138, Pe Yodh
146, Ayin Vav and Ayin Yodh 155,
Lamedh Aleph 163, Lamedh He 170.

Verbs, personal endings and prefixes of

85. 1. a, 85. 2. «, suffixes of 101-106.
Verbs, middle e and o 82. 1. a, have Pat-
tahh in Kal future 84. 3. a(l), inflected

86. rt, before suffixes 104. /;.

Verbs with Pattahh in Kal future 84. 3. a,
111. 1, 116. 1, 123. 1, 140. 1, 144. 2,
with Tsere in Kal future 84. 3. 6, 130,
144. 2, 147, 172. 3.

Vowel changes 58-66, significant 58. 1,
euphonic 58. 2, causes of 59, due to
mutations of syllables 59, to contiguous
gutturals 60, to concurrent consonants
61, to concurring vowels 63, to the ac-
cent 64, to pause accents 65, to the

330

INDEX I.

shortening or lengthening of words 66,
of short vowels in mixed penult 58. 2,
210. e, 216. 2. b.

Vowel letters 7. 2, use of 11. 1, distin-
guished from their consonantal use 13.

Vowels 10-17, Masoretic signs for 12,
different modes of dividing them 12. a,
meanings of their names 12. b, mutual
relations of their notation by letters and
by points 13, 14, mutable and immuta-
ble 14, 58. 2, pure and diphthongal 15,
ambiguity of certain signs 19, 20, o and
u more stable than i and e 60. 1. a, in-
serted between concurrent consonants
61. 1, 2, e and o preferred before con-
current consonants 61. 4, i and u before
doubled letters 61. 5, paragogic 61. 6,
218, 219, concurring 62, proximity of,
a source of changes 63, pretonic 64. 2,
rejected or shortened 66. 1, 2, of union
before suffixes 101. 2, twice e with pre-
terite 104. a, sometimes a with future
105. a, final of verbs before suffixes
104. k, I, vowel a retained in ultimate
before suffixes 105. d, 118. 3, 164. 5.

Weak letters 7. 2, effect of upon syllables
18. 2. c.

Words not divided in writing 8, ambiguity
when unpointed 10. a, sources of change
in 51, three stages in the formation of 67,
changes in formation and inflection 69.

Written symbols of two sorts 2.

Yodh as a vowel letter 11. 1, in Kal active
participle 90, in Niphal future 113. 1,
before suffix 105. a, 220. 1. b, initial re-
jected 53. 2. a, b, 144. 3, 148, 150. 1,
184. b, 188. b, medial rejected 53. 3.
a, b, 150. 3, 168, 169, softened or re-
jected 57. 2, 152, 184. b, 186. 2. c,
190. 6, 207. 1./, 208. 3. c, 211. a,
216. 1. d, changed to Aleph 56. 4, para-
gogic 61. 6. a, 218, added to 2 f. s. pre-
terite 86. b, to 2 f. s. suffix 104. c, 220.
1. b, 220. 2. c, omitted from 1 sing,
preterite 86. b, from Hiphil 94, in
Lamedh He verbs 169, 172. 1, prefixed
in formation of nouns 190, 192. 1, ap-
pended in formation of nouns 194,
quiescent after prefixed prepositions
231. 3. b, after Vav Conjunctive 234. c.

Zakeph Gadhol, clause divided by 36. 2,
when used 38. 5.

Zakeph Katon, clause divided by 36. 2,
train of 38. 4,

IISTDEX II.

TEXTS OF SCRIPTURE EXPLAINED OR REFERRED TO.

GENESIS.

4 : 17 ... § 35. 1

12: 12. ..§243.3

19 : 33 ... § 249. 2. b

18 . . . 275. 1. c

20 ... 43

33, 35 . . . 106. a

1 : 1 ... § 21. 1, 36. 1,

23...88(f. pi.), 89

13 : 2 . . . 245. 5. d

35 . . . 38. 1. a

242, 245. 4, 262.

(f. pi.), 98. 2,

4 ... 4. a

20 : 5 ... 71. a (3)

1, 270. o, 275. 3

127. 1

6.. .275. 1. a

6 ... 164. 2

2... 21. 1,258.3

26 . . . 281

9 . . . 119. 1, 180. a

9... 22. b, 75. 1,

4 . . . 270. 6

5: 5... 177. 2, 251.

14 : 2 ... 71. a (3)

263.1

5 ... 31. 1

2. a

4 . . . 252. 2

11 ... 254. 9

6, 7 . . . 245. 1

8 . . . 277. a

6 . . . 221. 6. 6

13 . . . 275. 3. a

7.. .36. 1,203. 5. c

17 . . . 38. 1. a

8 . . . 203. 5. c

18 . . . 127. 1

9 . . . 250. 1

18 . . . 225. 2

9 . . . 250. 2 (1)

21: 6...60.2.a,120.2

11... 45. 2, 254.6,

29 . . . 39. 4. a, 285. 1

10... 63. 1. a, 219.

8 ... 65. a

285. 1

6 : 3 ... 74. a, 139. 2,

1. 6, 280. 2

14... 214. 1. b

12 . . . 2-20. 1. b

157. 3, 158. 2

19 ... 10. a

16 . . . 119. 1, 174. 1

14 . . . 275. 1. 6

7 . . . 285. 1. a

15 : 1 ... 246. 3, 249. 2,

17 . . . 39. 3. 6

16... 245. 2, 254.9

9 ... 96. 6

274.1

28, 29 . . . 220, 1. b

18 . . . 45. 2. a

13 . . . 262. 2

2 ... 47, 253. 2. 6

22: 1...262. 1, 265,

22 . . . 38. 1. a

17 . . . 266. 2

8 . . . 262. 1. b

270.6

24... 198. a (4), 218

18 . . . 100. 2. a (1)

11 . . . 229. 3

3 ... 265

24, 26 . . . 38. 1. a

19 . . . 45. 2. a, 229.

12 . . . 245. 4

4 . . . 287. 3

29 . . . 270. c

3. a

17 . . . 275. 1. c

5 ... 244. 1

31... 249.1. c,274.1

22 . . . 273. 2

18 . . . 254. 3

8. ..44

2 : 1 ... 244. 1

7 : 1 . . . 262. 1, 273. 4

18-21 . . . 270. b

14 . . . 126. 2

2 . . . 262. 1

2 . . . 252. 4, 280. 1

22 . . . 245. 5. a

23 : 1 . . . 251. 2, 3

3 . . . 249. 1. c

4... 251. 2

16 : 5 ... 4. a, 254. 9. a

4 . . . 275. 5

4... 4. a, 259. 2.

6 . . . 287. 1

11.. .90(2f. s.)

6 . . . 165. 3

267. d

9 . . . 252. 4

13, 15 ... 43. a

10 . . . 254. 9. b

5 . . . 258. 3. b

13 . . . 200. e, 246. 3,

30 . . . 60. 3. b (2)

11 . . . 125. 1

6 . . . 263. 4

249. 2, 251. 1. a

17 : 4 ... 65. a

11, 13 . . . 202. 1. b

7 . . . 147. 5, 273. 3

19 . . . 280. 3

4, 5 . . . 215. 1. e

16 ... 36. 1

9 ... 245. 5. 6

23 . . . 173. 3

5 ... 271 . 4. a

19 . . . 246. 3

10 . . . 248

8 : 5 . . . 282. c

5, 6 ... 265

24: 1...119. 1

11 . . . 245. 5

7 ... 282

8 ... 30. 2, 254. 5

8 . . . 249. 2. b

12 . . . 16. 3. 6, 234.

10 . . . 269. a

11 . . . 273. 5

14 ... 39. 4

a, 259. 2. a

12 . . . 149. 2

12 . . . 254. 6. a

15 . . . 39. 3. a

14 . . . 258. 2

17 . . . 150. 1

17 . . . 24. b, 230. 2.

20 . . . 245. 3

16, 17 . . . 287. 1

18 . . . 147. 5

a, 254. 6. n, 283.

22... 251. 2.C, 254.

17 . . . 106. a, 282

9 : 14 . . . 139. 1

2. a

4

18 . . . 242. b

20 . . . 258. 3. a

19...90(f. 8.)

23 . . . 158. 3

19... 147. 5

24 . . . 147. 5, 270. c

20 . . . 265. 6

30 ... 36. 1

23.. .16. 3. b, 24.

10 : 5 . . . 220. 2. 6

18 : 1 . . . 262. 1. a, 274.

33 . . . 111. 2. b

■ a, 127. 3

19 . . . 56. 4, 126. 2

2. 6

35 . . . 245. 5. d

25 . . . 263. 5. a

21 . . . 256. a

6 . . . 253. 2

42 . . . 21. 1

3 : 2, 3 . . . 263. 1

25 . . . 250. 2 (2)

11 . . . 276. 3

42, 48, 65 ... 39. 4

5 . . . 106. a

26 . . . 229. 1. a

20 . . . 254. 9. a

48 . . . 131. 1

6...2a8. 1

11 : 1 . . . 223. 1. a

21 . . . 24. 6, 39. 3. b,

58 . . . 283. 1

13... 262. 1

6, 7 . . . 141. 1

230. 2. a

65 . . . 73. 2. a, 176.

15 ... 30. 2

7 ... 86. a

28, 29 . . . 251. 4

3, 245. 3. a

16 ... 5a 3. a

9 ... 57. 1

19 : 1, 4 . . . 266. 3

67 . . . 246. 3. a, 256.

22...21. 1, 177. 2

16 . . . 251. 2

9 . . . 131. 3

d

4 : 3 . . . 231. 3. a

30 ... 56. 2

11 . . . 207. 1. a, 245.

25: 5... 43

4 . . . 220. 2. 6

31 ... 22. 6

5

8 ... 38. 1. a

12 . . . 267. d

12 : 2 . . . 263. 1

12 . . . 38. 1. a

12 . . . 254. 1

13 . . . 260. 2 (2) b

4 ... 10. a

14 ... 24. o

27 . . . 229. 4. b

14... 245. 3. 6,262.

5 . . . 254. 1 bis

19... 86. b (2m.),

31 . . . 98. 1. a, 125. 1

1. b

7 . . . 262. 1. b

105. o, 105. d

34 ... 65. a

16 . . . 147. 5

8 ... 19. 1, 220. 1. b

30... 251. 4

26 : 3 . . . 262. L b

k

355J

INDEX II.

26: 4....§30. 2, 246. 3

34: 30.... §254. 5

49: 19....5 140. 1

15: 2....§ 56. 1, 105.

6.... 36. 1

31 230. 2

23 139. 1

6, 131. 1, 247. 6

8.... 245. 3

35: 7....275. 3. o

50: 9.... 248

4 277. a

13.... 282. c

15.... 270. 6

10.... 271. 3

5.... 61. 6, 104./
6 60. 3. a, 61.

15, 18.... 104. g-

18.... 34

17.... 273. 3. a

22.... 156. 4

22....39. 4. a

19.... 283. 1

6. a

28.... 36. 1

26;... 275. 1. c

23.... 22. a

9.... 104./
10 11. 1. 6,61.6,

29.... 60. 3. a

29.... 22. 6

26.... 147. 5

27: 1....88(f. pi.)

37: 2....249. 1. 6

139. 1

4.... 263. 1.6

8.... 282

11, 13 22. 6

9.... 119. 1

9.... 271. 3

EXODUS.

14, 15 203. 5. a

12.... 141. 6

12.... 257

16.... 22. 6,61. 6. a

16 36. 2

14.... 10. a

1: l....§21. 1

17 24. 6, 190. a

19.... 105. 6

19.... 73. 2. <2, 254.

7.... 273. 5

20.... 277. a

23.... 270. 6

O.a

10....88(3f. pi.)

21. ...22. 6

25.... 263. 1

20.... 104. i

16.... 177. 2

26.... 112. 3

26 131. 3

22 eo. 3. 6(2)

2: 3.... 24. 6,104. e

16: 5....38. 1. a

27.... 120. 3

32.... 24. 6,283. 2

4.... 53. 3. 6,148.

7, 8. ...71. a(l)

29.... 177. 1

S3.... 105. a, 282. a

2, 150. 3 (p. 182)

14.... ISO. a

33.... 263. 1. 6,266.

38: 9.... 131. 4

7.... 230. 3

15.... 39. 3. 6

2. a

11. ...274. 2. 6

9.... 150. 2,151.1,

23.... 38. 1.0,112.1

36.... 252. 4

25.... 71. a (3)

101. 5

27.... 242. o

38.... 16. 3. 6,230.

39: 4....119. 1

10.... 104. k

17: 1....267. rf

2. a

7, 12.... 98. 1

17....104. g-, 105. a

8, 10.... 119. 1

42....271. 4. a

11.... 231. 5. a

20....60. 3. e, 98. 2,

11....275. 2. 6

44.... 223. l.a

12.... 22. 6

164. 3

18: 8.... 104. I

28: 2, 5, 6, 7.... 33. l.a

14.... 119. 1

23.... 51. 2

10.... 215. 1. 6

9.... 39. 4

14, 17.... 92. d

3: 1....266. 3. a

11.... 262. 2

12....55. 1

20.... 255. 2

2.... 53. 2. a

21, 25.... 225. 1. a

20, 21.... 287. 2

40: 15.... 93. rf, 156. 4

4 39. 1. a

26.... 88

29: 2. ...263. 4

16.... 251. 1

5.... 131. 3, 285.1

19: 5.... 44. a

3.... 139. 1

20 150. 5

8.... 248

9.... 215. 1. a

5... .22.0,230.2.0

41: 8....119. 1

13.... 75. 1

12.... 282. a

6.... 34

11. ...99. 3

4: 2.... 24. a, 75. 1

13.... 149. 2, 282. o

8.... 139. 1

12. ...257. 2

10.... 254. 6. a

21, 24.... 111. 1

9.... 34, 257

19.... 254. 3

11.... 158. 2

20: 2-17....39. 4. a

10.... 10. a

21.... 220. 1. 6

13.... 255. 2, 285.3

4.... 27, 243. 2

17.... 278

33.... 35. 2

23.... 126. 1

5.... 111. 3. a

20.... 223. 1. a

35.... 249. 2

29.... 112. 3

8.... 268. 2

23.... 10. a

40.... 260. 2 (2) a

31.... 275. 2, a

10.... 249. 1. c

32.... 105. a, 118.3

43.... 94. 6

5: 5 86. 6 (2m.)

11.... 43

35.... 245. 3. 6

51.... 92. c

7... .151. 2

13.... 27

30: 1....34

42: 7....262. 2. a

8.... 39. 1. a

21: 7....98. 1. a

5.... 127. 1

n....71. o(l)

16.... 166. 1. 275.

9.... 275. 3

6.... 104. a

13.... 38. 1. a

2.6

11.... 215. 1. c

7.... 252. 1

18.... 287. 1

6: 14.... 255. 3

19.... 92. d

15.... 245. 3. 6

21.... 39. 4

16.... 251. 3

22.... 19. 2. a, 39.

16.... 249. 2. 6

25, 35.... 216. 2. a

29.... 10. a

3. 6

19.... 215. 1. b

36.... 220. 1. 6

7: 10.... 262. 1

28.... 270. c

27.... 131. 3

43: 7....45. 1

11.. ..53. 2. a

30.... 55. 1

31.... 43

S....125. 1

20.... 276. 1

35.... 19. 2. a, 39.

32.... 44. a

14....65. o, 82. l.a

22.... 53. 2. a

3. 6

33.... 24. a

(3), 249. 1. 6

26 205. 6

30.... 92. d

38.... 45. 2, 88 (f.

26.... 26

8: 1....131. 3

22 : 2. . . .216. 1. 6

pi.) hU, 216. 2. a

29.... 141. 3

17.... 258. 3. b

3.... 166. 3

39.... 60. 3. 6(2)

44; 1....285. 2

23.... 100. 2. a(l)

4.... 220. 1. 6

31: 4. ...45. 2. a

4.... 114, 271. 2,

9: 3.... 10. o, 177. 1

8.... 43, 275.3. a

6.... 71. a (2)

272. 2

15.... 119. 1

26.... 220. 1. 6

9 220. 1. 6

17.... 30. 2

18.... 27, 104. e

23: 11.... 254. 2

13.... 19. 2. a, 246.

18.... 263. 1. a

25.... 126. 2

14.... 252. 4

3. a

40.... 271. 4

29. ...88 (pi.)

20....207. 1. a

27.... 126. 1

45: 22.... 251. 2. c

10: 1 249. 2. 6

30.... 280. 1

30 86. 6 (2 m.),

25.... 45. 3

3.... 173. 2

31.... 104./

91. 6

28.... 45. 5. a

8.... 271. 4. a

24: 4.... 246. 3

32.... 104. i, 285.

46: 2....38. 1. a

24.... 150. 5

25: 31. ...11. 1.6,113.1

2. a

3.... 148. 2

11: 8....249. 2. 6

35.... 280. 3. 6

S6....75. 1

22, 27.... 275. 1. c

12: 7. ...45. 2

20: 2.... 250. 1

39.... 61. 6. a

28.... 22. 6

16.... 250. c

23 216. 2. o

32: 1....270. c

47: 24.... 275. 1. c

21.... 89 (f. B. &

24. ...53. 3. a

5.... 111. 2. 6

48 : 20.... 270. c

m. pi.)

33.... 100. 2. o(l),

16.... 250. 2(3)

22.... 223. 1. a

39.... 141. 6

100. 2. a (2),

20.... 01. 1. c, 88

49: 3. ...65. a

49.... 275. 1. c

229. 4. 6

(pi.), 55. 2. a

5.... 216. 1. 6

13: 1....24. a

27 : 21.... 247. a

22.... 45. 3

8.... 281

2.... 92. c

28: 1.. ..119.1

23.... 249. 2. 6

10.... 24. 6

9.... 254. 7

2.... 254. 6. a

33: 5....220. 1. 6

11....53. 2. a, 61. 6.

16.... 220. 1. 6

7....275. 1. c

6....S8(f. pi.)

a, 218, 220. 1. 6,

22.... 203. 4

40.... 207. 1. a

11.... 43, 166. 1,

221. 5. 6

14; 4.... 22. 6,91. c

29: 3 248. a

270. 6

12....215. 1. a,259.

14.... 119. 1

9.... 273, 3

34: 17....100. 2. a(l)

2. 6

17.... 22. 6,91. c

20.... 38. 4. a

21.... 258. 2

17.... 216. 2. a

15: 1.... 22. 6, 263. 5

30.... 105. a

INDEX II.

333

29 : 35
37

30 : 18
23
34

31: 13
U

32: 1

4,

19,

25

33: 3

13

20

24

36: 3

28

38: 27

39: 30

40: 3

,...§65. a
,...229. 4. b
...109. 3
...215. 1. c
...38. 1. a
,...104. h
...275. 6
...76. 1, 119. 1,
249. 2. a
8.. . .275. 3. a
...220. 2. b
...104. d, 156. 2
...63.1.6,174.4
...220. 2. 6
...105. a
,...111. 3. a
....38. 1. a
...216. 2. a
. . . .250. 2 (2)
,...105. d
. . . .166. 4

LEVITICUS.

2

15.

...§71. a (3)

4

13.

. . .60. 3. a

23,

28.... 100. 5

5-

21.

...61.4. a,
205. c

22.

..119.1

24.

...220. 2. a

6-

14.

...114

15.

...95. a

7

38.

...216. 1. a

8

3.

...119. 1

9

,7.

. . .98. 1. a

lo-

4.

. . .39. 4. a

11.

. . .273. 2

12.

. . .39. 3. b

18.

...271.4. a

19.

...230. 2. b

ll

7.

...126.1

9.

...270. c

18.

. . .229. 4. b

32.

...38.1.0,254.4

39.

...71. a (3)

42.

...4. n

43.

...164.2

44.

...96. &, 242

13

3.

...258.3. a

4.

...27, 57. 2 (2)
6, 220. 1. 6

10,

21....71. fl!(3)

51,

52.... 139. 3

55,

56 96. a

14

8.

...126. 1

13.

...175. 2

35.

...242. a

38.

. . .274. 2. a

42.

...156. 2

43.

. . .92. d, 94. b

15

24.

...87

29.

. . .100. 2. a (2)

32.

...87

16

4.

...104. /»

8.

...11.1.0,188.0

31.

...71. a(3;

18

4.

. . .263. 1

7ff....l72. 3

28.

...156. 4

19

20

. . .175. 5, 282. a

20

: 3

...2.56

7.

...96. b

21

: 1

...96. a

4

...140.4

5.

...97. 1. a

9.

...71. o(3),
140. 3

23

: 3

. . .280. 3. a

13

...220.1. b

23: 17. ...§26
18.... 216. 2. a
22.... 106. a
30.... 112. 3
39... .22. a
24: 5... .100. 2. a (1)
22.... 250. 1. a
.273. 3
.216. 2. a
.172. 1
.39. 3. b
9.... 100. 2. a (1)
bis.
15.... 141. 3
18.... 92. d
25.... 132. 1
33.... 92. e
34.... 172. 1
34, 35.... 65. a
34, 43.... 140. 6
7.... 251. 2. a
8.... 112. 3
23.... 246. 2. a

23.
25: 5.

21.

40.
26: 9.

NUMBERS.

1: 10.

47.
2: 33.
3: 26.

49.
4: 23.
5: 13,

22.
6: 23.
8: 7.

24.

9: 6.

7.

14.

20.
10 : 23.

29.

35.
11: 4.

5.
11.
15.
16.
20.
25.
12: 1.
4.
13: 18.

13.6

14:

10
28

20: 3

5

8

14

21

21: 5
30
33

. ..yo. a
. . .96. a
...271.4.6
...55. 1
. . .22. o
14.... 71. a (3)
...131. 2
. . .120. 3
...121. 3
...22. a
...275. 1. b
...249. 2
...275. 1. c
...253. 2
...45. 5
...21. 1
...4. a

...57. 2 (2) a,
229. 3. a
...263. 4
...164. 2
...71. o (2)
...111. 3. a
...196. d
...111. 2. c
...276. 1
...250. 2(2)o
. . .283. 2. a
...156. 4
...275. 2. a
. . .262. 1
...252.3
. . .39. 3. 6
...27, 220. 1. b
...275. 1. c
...275. 2
4....104. g-
...140. 4
...125. 2
...125. 2
...104. I
...276. 3
...104. i
...131. 4
...104. ;
...105, 0,140. 5

35 44. a

...269. b
...274. 2. a
...19. 2, 141. 1,
267. 6
...119. 1
,...262. 1

22: 33.
37.

23: 7.

13
18.
19.
24.
25.
27.
24: 3.

4.

7.

9.
11.
15.
17.
21.
22.

25 : is'.

26 : 30.

62.

28: 4.

6

8.

26.

29 : 15.

30: 11

31: 2.

12.

32: 5.

7.

21.

42

33: 30

34: 5

6.

18

28.

35: 4

19

20,

..§105. a

..141. 1

. .19. 2, 119. 3,
141. 1, 263. 5
...141.3
...61. 6. a
...121.3
...166. 5
...139. 1,2
...104.;
...61. 6. a
...266

...19.2.6,131.6
...275. 6
...127. 2
...61. 6. a
...101. 2
...158. 3
...35. 1
. . .24. a
...246. 3. 6
...96.0
...249. 1. 6
...254. 6. 6
...104. d
. . .39. 3. 6
...251. 1
...274. 2. 6
. . .131. 3
. . .45. 5. a
...211. 4. a
...113. 1
...254. 9. 6
...71. a(l), 246.
1. o
...27

. . .111. 2. d
...61. 6. a

7, 9.... 24. a
...131. 1
...57. 2(2)6
...251. 2. a
. . .125. 2
. . .105. d

I 7:

DEUTERONOMY.

1: 2

14,
15,
19,
22,
28,
35,
38,
44,
45,

2: 9
12
24
35

3: 4
13
17
26

4: 10
11
26
30
33
41

9
14
17
24
6: 4

...§38. 1. a
. . .259. 2
. . .225. 1. a
...271. 2
. . .99. 3. a
...38. 1. a
...38.1.0,249.1
...273. 1
...245. 5. d
...112. 3
...60. 4. a
. . .203. 5. a
. . .1.31. 3
...139. 1
...250. 2(1)
...246. 1. a
...216. 2. a
...21. 1, 151. 2
...119.1
...99. 3. o
,...44. 6,91. 6
,...265. 6
...35. 1

...219. 1. 6,
256. d

-21.... 39. 4. a
....27
...111. 3. o
,...249. 1. c
,...27

....71. a (2)
....4. o
...45. 1

2. ...§119. 1
5.... 126. 1
10.... 92. c

.104. h

.105.0

.254. 9. 6

.273. 2

.94. 6,112. 3

13..
15..
17..

23..
24..

12:

14

15

26

28

3 86. 6 (3 pi.)

9.... 207. 2. a

16 55. 2. a, 86.

6 (3 pi.)
3.... 112. 3

.38. 4. a, 249. 2
.98. 2
.251. 4
.119. 1
.119. 3
.30. 2
.247. o
.270. 6
.249. 2. 6
.87. 88 (pi.)
.270. 6
..274. 2. e
. .45. 5
..111. 3. a
..283. 1
5.... 65. b
7. ...270. 1
14.... 254. 6. a
5. ...57. 2(3) a
7.... 196. c
.229. 4. 6
.280. 1
.119. 1
.126, 1
.22. 6
.30. 2
.280. 3

265. a
.275. 1. c
.114
.43

.19. 2, 119. 3
.119. 1

.13. 6, 86. 6
(3 pi.)
8.... S3, c. (2)
11.... 214. 1.*
7.... 126. 1
24.... 255. 2
5.... 253. 2. 6
11. ...24. 6
3.... 104. h
4.... 96. a
4.... 158. 3
7.... 60. 3. a

13 280. 2

2 39. 4

5.... 254. 6. 6
12.... 94. 6, 113. 2

4 106. a

.24. a
.104. 6
.104. 6
.94. 6
.126. 1
.164. 2
.249. 1
.165. 2,

6...
14...
25...
26...
15...
17...
12...
14...
18...
22...

6...
10..
31..

T.'.

17
22...
16...
18...

1...

3...
20...

2,3.

6.!!

15...

2...

7...
7...

7...
24...
45...
48...
52..,
57...
58..,
59...
2.
66...
11...

3..

3,4
11...
20...

220.

.177. 3
.106. o
.92. c
. . .104. h
.166.1,205.0
.39. 4, 87

28.... 22. 6

29 166. 1

1....245. 2

ay4

INDEX II.

32: 6....S228. 2. a

12: 21. ...§55. 2. a

9: ll....§ 53. 2. &,

2: 8.... §88, 88(2 f.),

7.... 104. A, 280. 2

13: 13.... 196. &

95. 6

127. 1

8.... 11. 1.6,94.6

23.... 247. a

12.... 89 (f. B. &

9....88(pl.), 165.

10.... 63. f, 105. b

14: 8.... 62. 2, 175. 1

m. pl.)

3

13 13. a

15: 36 203. 5. b

13.... 95. b

14.... 150. 3

15.... 285. 3

38.... 22. a

14.... 89

16.... 139. 2

18.... 172. 4

56.... 22. a

24.... 220. 1. 6

3: 3.... 86. 6(2f.)

21.... 111. 2. b

17: 1....30. 2

25 174. 5

4....16. 1,55. 2. a,

22.... 147. 4

18: 12, 14.... 86. b (3

29.... 164. 5,172.3

88 (2 f.), 106. a

26.... 104. /•, 172. 3

pl.)

35.... 274. 2. b

12.... 258. 3. 6

28....216. i. 6

20.... 88

38.... 91. b

13.... 119. 3

29.... 262. 1

19: 43.... 61. 6. a

48. ...75. 1

15.... 60. 3. 6 (2),

32.... 24. b, 57. 2

50.... 172. 4

53.... 140. 5

120. 1, 164. 2,

(2) a

51.... 39. 1. a

10: 2.... 60. 3. 6(1)

251. 2. c

34....90(pa8.'^.)

21: 10.... 227. 1. a

4.... 207. 1./

20.... 220. 1. 6

36.... 35. 1, 86. &

22: 6.... 87

9.... 243. 3

4: 1....147. 5

37.... 172. 1

12.... 45. 5

14.... 119. 4

15.... 104. c, i

37, 38 220. 2. c

16.... 119. 3

11: 1....254. 6

41.... 141. 2

17....271. 4. a

18.... 99. 3. a

33: 16.... 61. 6. a, 88

25.... 148. 1

25.... 91. 6,119. 1

1 SAMUEL.

(3f.), 167. 3

27.... 44. b

37.... 98. 2

21.... 177. 3

23: 7, 12.... 249. 2. a

40.... 250. 2 (2),

1: l....§265. a

24: 10.... 92. d, 282. a

263. 4

3.... 219. 1. a

15.... 88 (pi.)

12: 4.... 272. 2

4.... 245. 3. b

JOSHUA.

19.... 275. 3. a

5.... 230. 3. a

6.... 24. 6, 104. i

6. ...3. 1. a

8.... 263. 2

1: !....§ 265. a

13: 2.... 248. a

9....104. rf,172. 4,

8.... 36. 2

JUDGES.

3.... 16. 1

254. 1

14.... 256

5, 7.... 90 (2f. B.)

14.... 88 (2 f.)

16.... 263. 1

1: l....§265. «

6 119. 2

17.... 53. 2. a

2: 8.... 88 (pi.)

15.... 273. 3. a

8.... 93. 6, 245. 5.

20.... 119. 2

14.... 249. 2. 6

2: 7.... 256

6, 266. 3

24.... 104. /

16.... 157. 1, 164. 2

3: 15.... 246. 3. b

12.... 275. I.a

28.... 119. 2

17, 18, 20.... 104. k

24.... 140. 5

23.... 273. 1

2: 5....24. c

18.... 112. 3

25.... 157. 1

14: 1....61. 6. a

10.... 119. 1

20.... 249. 2. h

27.... 272. 2. b

6.... 245. 5. d

13.... 203. 5. a

3: 3.... 246. 3

30.... 274. 2. a

11.... 251. 2. 6

22....88(p!.)

9.... 131. 3

4: 19.... 164. 2, 262. 2

15.... 283. 2. a

27.... 91. b

11.... 246. 3. a

20.... 104. a, 127. 2

18.... 61. 6. a

3: 2....258. 3. a

12 280. 1

21.... 11. I.a, 156. 3

15: 16.... 280. 3. a

4.... 263. 1. 6

13.... 246. 3

22.... 266

16: 5....130. 1. 6

7.... 263. 1. 6

14 253. 2. a

23.... 126. 1

13.... 112. 3

8.... 254. 9. b

4: 4....251. 4. a

24.... 282. c

14.... 246. 3. a

19.... 263 4

5.... 255. 3

5: 5.... 86. a, 141. 1,

16.... 27

4: 8....266. 2. o

6.... 88 (pi.)

249. 2. a

25.... 51. 2

12.... 266. 3

8....104.g-

7.... 24. r, 74, 74. a

26.... 150. 1

14.... 75. 1

10.... 275. 2

8.... 92. d, 121. 1

27.... 271. 1

19.... 148. 2

13... .45. 5. a

12.... 45. 2. a

28....22. 6, 27, 223.

6: 10....104. ^, 165. 3

23.... 127. 2

13.... 148. 3

1. a

12.... 88 (3f. pl.).

24.... 262. 1

15.... 199. c, 207.

17: 2....71. a. 2

147. 4, 282

6: 6.... 125. 2

2. ff

18: 7.... 94. a, 275.

14.... 246. 3. 6

7.... 46

26.... 88 (3 f. pl.),

2. 6

15.... 119. 1

13.... 282. c

105. b

29.... 93. 6

7: 8. ...119.1

17.... 166. 1

28.... 60. 3. 6 (2),

30.... 4. a

8: 19.... 24. o

7: 7.... 60. 3. & (2),

121. 2

19: 5.... 19. 2. a, 89

9: 3....270. c

94. 6, 112. 2

31.... 263. 1

11.... 150. 1(2)

9.... 243. 2. a,

9.... 172. 3

6: 9....99. 3. &

22.... 82. 5. a

245.3

21.... 246. 2. a

11.... 246. 3. b

20: 13.... 46

24.... 245. 5. 6

8: 11.... 246. 3. a

14.... 249. 2. b

15, 17.... 96. a

10: 1-8.... 100. 1

19. ...271. 2

15.... 250. 2 (2) a

25.... 224. a

4.... 251. 2. c

22. . . .272. 2

17.... 74, 74. a

31.... 131. 2

5.... 266. 3

24'.!..22.'&

20.... 73. 2. a

32. . . .24. 6

6.... 165. 3, 273.

33.... 246. 2. a

25.... 249. 1. c

39.... 131. 5

3. a

9: 4....161. 1

31.... 230. 3. a

43.... 24. 6

13 165.3

6.... 119. 4

34.... 119. 1

44.... 271. 4. h

19.... 250. 2(2)o

8.... 262. 2. a

36.... 258. 3. b

21: 9.... £6. a

24.... 24. h

12.... 161. 1, 249.

7: 6.... 22. a

21.... 39. 3. 6

12: 3....3S. 1. a

2. a

12.... 74. a

22.... 158. 3

7.... 91. e

13.... 126. 1

19.... 268. 1

25.... 258. 3. b

13.... 119. 2

24.... 95. c, 172. 3

8: 1....166. 2

24.... 94. a

10: 11.... 38. 4. a, 39.

2.... 25

13: 5.... 250. 2(1)

i.a

10.... 224. a

RUTH.

8.... 149. 2

20.... 22. 6

11.... 229. 4. b

19 86. 6(3p],)

24.... 86. 6(3 pi.),

19.... 111. 3. b

1: 8.... §275. 5

21.... 19. 2. 6, 65. a

245. 5. b

26.... 74. a

9....89(f. pl.)

14: 1....73. 2. a

26.... 56. 4

9: 2....230. 2. a

11.... 45. 4

22.... 94. c

29.... 272. 2

8.... 98. 1. a

13.... 25, 71. a (3),

24.. ..111. 2. d

30.... 21. 1

9....53. 2.6,63. 1.

88 (f. pl.), 91. c

29.... 249. 2. c

31, 38.... 272. 2

(7, 95. 6

19.... 104. §•

32.... 1.57. 3,172. 4

11: 8....21. 1

10.... 89 (f. 6. &

20.... 60. 3. c, 196.

33.... 57. 2 (3) a,

14.... 94. 6

m. pl.)

d

164.3

INDEX II.

335

14: 36.... §141.1

1 28.24..

.§111.2.6

21 : 11.

...§271. 4. a

16:26....§254. 9. a

40.... 276. 3

30: 1..

.14. a

12.

...177. 3

29.... 252. 2. a

15: 1....125. 2

31: 2..

.94. c

22: 7.

...142. 2

17: 3....100. 1

5....111. 2. c

24.

...45.1

14.... 177. 3

6.... 151. 2

33.

. . .160. 1

21. ...43

9.... 91. e

2 SAMUEL.

37,

40.... 238. 1. 6

18 : 1....252. 1

19.... 157. 3, 172.4

40.

...53. 3. a. 111.

12.... 100. 2. a(l)

30....100. 2. a(l)

1: 4..

.§242. c

2. c

13....104. e-

16 : 4.... 284

6..

.91. 6, 166. 3

41.

...53. 2. 6, 132.

30.... 131. 3

12.... 214. 2. 6

9..

.256. c

1

32 273. 3

15.... 221. 2. a

10..

.99. 3. 6, 106. a

43.

. . .118. 3, 141. 3

42.... 175. 3

18....246. 3. 6,254.

15..

.131. 3

44.

. . .199. 6

43.... 254. 9. a.

6. a, 257, 2

21..

.255. 1

48.

...238. 1. 6

274. 2 d

23.... 245. 3. a

26..

.166. 1

23: 1.

...160. 5

44.... 104. 6

17 : 12.... 249. 2. c, 253.

2: 19...

.13. 6

C.

. . .33. 3, 140. 6,

19: 2.... 275. 3. a

'Z.b

27..

.65. a

221. 6

4 274. 2. e

25.... 24. 6, 104, A

32..

.274. 2. 6

8.

...199. 6

7.... 38. 1. a

26.... 73. 2. a, 275,

3: 2...

.257. 1

27.

...24. 6

10.... 92. d

3. a

8..

.165. 3

24:12.

. . .268. 2

11.... 275. 1. c

34.... 245. 5. rf, 265.

22..

.276. 2

13.

. . .253. 2

15.... 66. 2(2)6,

6, 271. 4. b

4: 6..

.71. a (3)

219.1

35.... 14. a, 112.3,

5: 2...

.164. 2-

19.... 251. 4. a

265. b

6: 1...

.151. 2

1 KINGS.

20.... 98. I. a

42.... 172. 4

3..

.249. 1. h

20: 9.... 39. 4

47.... 150. 2

5..

.16. 3. 6

1: 6.

...§243.1

13.... 229. 1. b

55.... 245. 2, 249.

13..

.282. c

14.

. . .259. 2. a

27....96. o. 161.4

2. a

16..

.253. 1

15.

...54.1,205.6

35.... 172. 3

56....249. 2. o

20..

.282. 6

21.

...87

39.... 91. 6

18: 1....105. a

23...

.56. 2

27.

...283.2. 6

21: 1....45. 1

6. ...158. 3

7 :10...

.114

2:24.

. . .105. a

8. ...46

7.... 250. 2 (2) a

8:18...

.199. 6

31.

. . .254. 6. 6

29.... 164. 2

9.... 156. 1

10: 3...

.253. 2

3: 3.

...126. i

22: 12.... 126. 1

17.... 119. 1

11,1-

....275. 2. 6

7.

. . .267. 6

23.... 249. 2. 6

20.. ..243. 2

11: 1...

.11. 1. 6

15.

...147.4

25.... 165. 1

22.... 220. 2. 6

24...

.177. 3

4: 5.

...150. 4, 215.

27....253. 2. a,

28.... 104. i

25...

.245. 5, 271.

1. e

270. c

29.... 148. 1, 151.2

4.

a

5: 3.

...253. 2. a

35.... 147. 4

19: 10.... 249. 2. b

12: 1,4

...156.3

10.

...254. 8

54.... 119. 1

13, 16.... 201. 2

4...

.249. 1. c

11.

...260. 2 (2) a

17.... 104. k

14...

.92. d

20.

...119. 1

21.... 269. a

13: 4...

.280. 1

25.

. . .53. 2. a

2 KINGg.

22.... 249. 1. c

31...

.254. 10

6: 16.

...10. a

20: 6....119. 1

32...

.158. 3

19.

...132. 1

1: 2.... §249. 2. c,

13....271. 4. o

39...

.253. 1

21.

...207. 1. c

283. 1

21.... 39. 4

14 : 2, 3

...16. 1

38.

...251. 4. a

6.... 36. 2,39.4

28.... 119. 1

7...

.38. 4. a, 158. 3

7 :12.

. . .249. 1. c

7.... 75. 1

31.... 254. 6. a

10...

.104. k

14.

...132. 1, 253. 1

10.... 172. 4

38.... 199. 6

19...

.57. 2 (1),

37.

„.220. 1. 6

10, 14.... 250. 2

42.... 250. 2 (2) a

180. a

44.

...251. 4. a

(2) a

21: 2....219. 1. A

30...

.149. 1, 150. 4

8: 1.

...119. 1

16.... 39. 4

3.... 92. 6, 221. 3. a

15: 8...

.282. 6

48.

...86. 6(lc.)

2: 1....16. 3. 6

7.. ..44

12...

.125. 2

9:11.

...165. 2

10.... 93. c

12.... 44. a

23...

.275. 2. 6

10: 3.

...112.3

11.... 16. 3. 6

14.... 66. 1(1), 105.

30...

.282. c

9.

...254. 8

16.... 208. 3. c

a, 174. 4

32...

.273. 6

12.

...275. 1. 6

21. ...165. 2

15.... 126. 1

34...

.287. 3

15.

...254. 3

22.... 165. 3

22: 2.... 165. 2

37...

.215. 1. e

11: 1.

...210. d

24.... 251. 2. b

23:1T....94. rf

16: 1...

.250. 2 (1)

3.

...275. 1. a

3: 4.... 253. 2. a

22.... 282. a

16...

.215. 1. e

13.

...16. 1

23.... 119. 1

24: 14.... 245. 5. a

17: 9...

.243. 2. a

22.

...24. a

25.... 65. 6,111. 1

17.... 260. 1

10...

.140. 4

25.

...271. 4. 6

27.... 263. 1

19....71. a(2)

12...

.71. a (1)

39.

...57. 2 (2) a

4: 7.... 220. 1. b

25: 7.... 94. a

22.. .

.223. 1. a

12 : 10.

...221. 5. a

16, 23.... 71. a. 2

8.. ..164. 2

~2Z.'.'.

.113. 1, 275.

12.

...164. 2

24.... 131. 1

14.... 157. 3

3.

a

32.

...257. 3

25.... 73. 2. a

18.... 172. 5, 209.

18: 3...

.113. 2

13: 7.

. . .234. a

32.... 95. a

3. a

18...

.270. 6

12.

...lb. 2

5: 1....39. 1. o

33.... 165. 3

19: 1...

.281

20.

. . .60. 3. 6 (2)

3.... 112. 3

34....88(3f.), 167.

14...

.111. 2. 6

14: 2.

...71. a (2)

6.... 104.^'

3

18...

.224. a

3.

...60.2.0,127.1

7.... 254. 9. b

43.... 250. 2 (2) a

19...

.113. 2

6.

. . .273. 5

9.... 257

26:16....271. 4. 6

20: 1...

.257. 2

24.

. . .246. 3. a

18.... 46, 176. 1

22....246. 3. a

4...

.119. 1

25.

. . .257. 3

6: 5....271.4. 6

27 : 12.... 119. 1

5...

.111. 2. d

15 : 16.

. . .60. 3. a

8.... 220. 2. a

28: 7.... 214. 1. b

9...

.111. 2. 6

23.

...271. 4

10.... 252. 4

8 89(f. s. &.m.

21...

.95. a

29.

...94. 6

11. ...74. a

pi.)

21: 2...

.166. 2.

33.

. . .257. 3, 4

18.... 98. 2,207.

10.... 24. 6

6...

.60. 3. a, 127.

16 : 10.

..252. 2

1. a

14.... 60. 3. 6(2)

2

16.

...247. a

19.... 88 (pi.)

15.... 63. 1. f, 97.

9...

.160. 5, 223. 1.

17.

..172.4, 175.3

22.... 230. 3

1. 6, 164. 5

a,

250. 2 (2) a

25.

..172. 4

23.... 172. 4

336

INDEX II.

6:32...

.§24. h

3: 3....§247.a

6:11.

..§233. a 1

9:18...

.§24.6,105.0,

7:12...

.165. 1

6: 2.... 119. 1

7 :34.

..251. 3

190. a.

13...

.246. 3. a

12.... ISO. a

8: 2.

..166.4

30...

.121. 1

8: 1...

.71. a (2)

6: 42.... 98. 1

5.

..106. ft, 125. 2

34...

.105. b

8...

.249. 2. c

7: 6.... 94. e

9: 5.

..161. 4

10: 12...

.19. 2

12..

.126. 1

8: 16.... 246. Z.a

6.

. .71. a (2)

22. . .

.61. 6. o

13...

.75. 1

18.... 13. a

18.

. .63. 1. a

11: 3...

.94. a

21..

.11. 1. b, 90

10: 7.... 231. 5. a

19.

..249. 1

12...

.139. 3

9:17...

.196. b

10.... 19. 2

26.

. .63. 1. a

15...

.150. 5

25..

.220. 1. b

15: 8....246. 3. a

28.

..249.1. a

17...

.97. 1. a, 260.

37...

.172. 1

16: 7. 8.... 119. 1

32.

. .271. 4. a

2

2)e

10:14...

.118. 3

12.... 177. 3

35.

. .249. 1. c

12:14...

.111. 1

30...

.39.4

17: 11.... 62. 2. 6, 209.

10 : 39.

. .94. 6, 113. 2

21...

.282. c

11: 4...

.199. 6

%d

11:17.

..150. 2

13: 9...

.24. c

13..

.199. a

12.... 282. c

12:44.

. .39. 3. b

15...

.83.6

12: 1...

.252. 2. b

13.... 275. 1. c

13 : 13.

. .111. 2. rf

21...

.119. 1

8..

.216. 1. a

18 : 22.... 249. 2. 6

16.

..11. 1. a

27...

.264. a

9...

.60. 3. c, 132. 2

23.... 38. 4. a

23.

. .210. d

14: 1...

.254. 9. 6

10...

.2.50. 1. a

19: 2.... 112. 5. c

19...

.112. 3, 275. 4

13: 6...

.164. 2

20: 7.... 105. a

15: 7...

.227. 1. a

14..

.263. 1

35.... 96. a

TT'CT'TTTr'T?

11...

.260. 2 (2) 6

15 : 1 . . .

.252. 2. a

21: 17.... 125. 1, 260.

2(2)
22: 5.... 53. 2. a

2: 8.

9.

4: 3.

4.

14.

16.
7: 5.
8: 6.

15.
9: 4.

27.

..§126. 1
...207. 2. d

..150. 5
...101. 2
. . .127. 1
. . .276. 2

..82. 1. ail)

..269
. . .256

..282. c
...86. 6 (3 pi.)

IS...

22 . . .

16: 5.'!!

.121 2

10..
16..

.19. 2
.246. 2. a

.172". 5
.104. h

16: 7..

.156. 2

11.... 39. 1. a

11...

.147. 3

17..

.253. 2

23: 19.... 242

12...

.161. 2

17:13...

.39. 4. a

24 ; 18.... 249. 2. b

13...

.126. 1, 216.

36..

.39. 4

25 : 4.... 254. 7

1.

b

18:23...
30..

.119. 1

.126. 1, 271.

26: 15.... 148. 1, 177. 3
17.... 251. 2. b

16...
19...

.60. 3. 6 (2)
.19. 2

4.

a

19.... 119. 3

17: 2...

.24.6

19: 4...

.285. 1

21.... 198. a. 4

3...

.126. 1

23..
25..

.254. 2. a
.175. 2

28: 23.... 94. e
29: 31.... 65. b

10..
16...

.215. 1. c
.88 (3 f. pi.)

29..

.131. 3

36.... 245. 5. b

18: 2...

.54. 3

22:19..

.106. a

31: 7. ...148.1

4...

.91. 6, 230. 2

23: 1...

.251. 2. 6

14.... 219. 1. a

JOB.

19: 2...

.105. c

17..

.73. 2. o, 246.

32: 15.... 256. c

3..

.94. c, 252. 4

3.

a

30.... 150. 2 (p.

1: 3.

...§250. 2 (2),

7..

.113. 1

25:17..

.251. 2. 6

182)

260. 2. (1)

15..

.105. e

29..

.177. 3

33: 19.... 199. c

5.

...263. 4, 274.

16..

.45.4

34: 4.... 126. 1

2. rf

17..

.139. 2

5.... 220. 1. b

6.

. . .245. 3. b

23..

.88 (pi.), 141.

1 CHRONICLES.

6.... 43. b

7.

. . .45. 1

1

35 : 13.... 57. 1

10.

...71. a (2)

29..

.74, 74. a

2 :13..

.§ 57. 2 (1)

11.

. . .45. 4, 131. 3

20: 4..

.158. 3

16..
3: 5..

.13. b
.149. 1

EZRA.

14.

. . .220. 1. b, 258.
3

8..
17..

.139. 3
.255. 3. a.

4:10..

5:20..

12: 1..

.100. 2. a (1)
.74. n
.14. a

3: 11.... §95. c, 150. 5
7 :25....39. 4
8: 18.... 26

23.... 99. 3

25....98. 1. o, 207.
1. b, 245. 5. b

26.... 98. 1. a

29.... 246. 3. a

31. ...99. 3
10: 14.... 245. 5. b

16. . . .122. 2, 141. 1

17.... 245. 5. b

21.

2: 3.

6.

. . .164. 2
. . .36. 1. a

. . .45. 4

24....112. 5. c
26.... 60. 3.0,93. a,
111. 2. e

2. .

.150. 1, 180. a

7.

...46

28..

.140. 2

20..

.260. 2 (2)
.14. a

10.
3: 3.

. . .248. a
. . .263. 5

21: 5..
13..

.140. 5
.24. c

13: 3..

.104. I

8.

...267. b

18..

.104. i

12..
15:24..

.51. 2

.94. e, 180. a

11.
13.

...263. 5
...263. 1

24..
22: 3..

.88 (pi.)
.283. 2

27..
3

.180. a, 246.
a

25.
4: 2.

. . .168. a, 172. 3
...283. 1. a

20..
21..

.220. 1. 6
.88 (3.f.), 94

17: 4..

.266. 3. a

4.

. . .200. e

d

, 167. 3

20: 2..

.254. 5

6.

...287.3

23: 3..

.269. 6

8..

.73. a, 149. 1

19.

. . .285. 1

9..

.34

21:13..

.259. 2

NEHEMIAH.

5: 7.

. . .93. b, 287. 1

11..

.79. 3. a

22:14..

.2.50. 2 (3)

8.

. . .263. 1

17..

.86 6 (2 m.)

23: 6..

.59. a

1: 4.... §125. 2

16.

...61. 6. a

24:14..

.83. 6

24: 3..

.59. n, 113. 1

7.... 282. b

18.

...165. 3

19..

.285. 3

28..

.275. 1. c

2: 4. ...111. 2. e

6: 2.

. . .263. 1

21..

.150. 2

25:19..

.251. 4. a

7. ...111. 2. 6

16.

...96. b

24..

.139. 1

26:28..

.245. 5. 6

12.... 39. 4

22.

...60. 3. b (2),

25..

.264. a

27 :15..

.251. 4. a

13.... 4. a, 164. 5

119.4

33..

.220. 2. c

28: 1..

.36.1

3: 13.... 53. 2. 6,62.1

26.

...126. 1

25: 3..

.220. 1. b

5..

.249. 1. a

20.... 94. a

7: 3.

...243. 2. h

26: 9..

.ISO. a

29:17..

.245. 5. 6

33.... 274. 1

5.

...119. 1, 139. 3

11..

.161. 4

IS..

.125. 1

34.... 210. c

14.

...104. /, 105. 6

27: 3..

.256. c

4: 7....216. 2. a

18.

. . .105. b

4..

..92. e

5: 8.... 25.5. 1

8: 8.

...57. 2 (2) a,

12..

. .271. 3

2 CHRONICLES.

14.... 65. a

227. 1. a

33..

. .220. 2. c

16. ...112. 3

21.

...165. 1

28:12..

.245. 5

1: 4..

.§245. 5. b

6: 6.. ..177. 1

9: 2.

...22. /)

29: 3..

.139. 2

10..

.164. b

8.... 57. 2 (3) a,

6.

...88 (pi.)

6..

..53. 3. b

2: 7..

.14. «, 254. 3

164.3.

1 15.

. . .92. b

14..

..105. d

INDEX II.

337

29:21....§24. c |

9

17.

..§149.1

45: 3.

..§92. a

78:63...

.§93. b

30: 8.... 24. b

18.

..219. 1. a

9.

..199. b

65...

.141. 5*

26. . . .99. 3. &

19.

..126. 1

10.

..14. a, 24. b

80: 3...

.61. 6. a

SI: 5.... 157. 3

10: 2.

..31. «, 286

47: 5.

. .43. a

5, 8

...253. 2. 6

15 61. 3, 105. b,

5.

...31. h

10.

..112. 5. c

6...

.112. 3

161. 3.

8,

10.... 209. 1. a

49; 9.

..55. 1

11...

.98. a

18.... 273. 3. a

12.

..131. 3

50 : 21.

. .112. 3, 282. 6

14...

.4. 0, 180. a

22.... 27

13,

14....31. &

23.

...105. b

15...

.253. 2. b

24.... 60. \.a

11: 1.

..257. 1

51: 6.

. .263. 1

16...

.4. H, 130. 2

32: 2.... 269. 6

7.

...220. 2. c, 275.

7.

...121.2

19...

.157. 3

10.... 125. 1

3. a

53: 6.

..220.1.6

20...

.253. 2. 6

11.... 53. 2. o, 111.

12: 3.

..280. 2

55 : 10.

. .92. c

81: 3...

.45. 5. a

2. c

4.

...119. 1

16.

...164.2

11...

.119. 1, 246.

18.... 164. 2

8.

...73. 1,249. 2. &

18.

. . .274. 2. a

2.

b

33: 5.... 111. 3. a

13: 4.

...271. 3

19,

22.... 19. 2. a

17...

.279

9.... 71. a(l)

5.

...104. h

90 _

...141.1

84: 2...

.200. e

13.... 158. 1

16; 5.

..19. 2. a, 90,

57 : 1'

...172. 1, 275.

86: 2...

.19. 2, 126. 1

21.... 26, 121. 1

151. 3

1. a

88:17...

.24. b, 92. a

25.... ISO. a

17: 3.

...139. 2

9.

...247. 6

89: 2...

.216. 2. a

27.... 158. 2

9.

. . .203. 5. a

68: 2.

...88 (pi.)

8...

.111. 3. b

30.... 159. 2

18: 6.

...104. /

4.

...156. 2

9...

.253. 2. b

34: 5 65. a

10.

...147. 5

7.

...131.3

10...

.131. 4

13.... 61. 6. a

15.

...82. 1. a(3)

8.

...139. 3

40...

.272. 3

18.... 112. 1

21.

...21. 1

9.

...24. 6, 214.

44...

•104. i

22.... 91. b

27.

...142. 2

1. 6

45...

.24. 6, 86. 6

25.... 216. 1. a

41.

...132. 1

12.

. . .275. 3. a

(2

m.)

35: 11.... 53. 3.0,111.

19: 6.

. . .249. 1

60: 2.

. . .43. a

51...

.249. 1. a

2. c

8.

. . .254. 9. b

4.

...165.1

52...

.24. b, 216.

37: 6....177. 1

14.

...11. 1. b

5.

. . .253. 2. a

2.

a

12.... 61. 6. a

20: 4.

...63. 1. c, 97.

13.

. . .287. 1

90: 2..

.263. 1. 6

24.... 104. h

1. 0, b

61 : 1.

...196. 6

10...

.22. a

38: 1....4. a

9.

...243. 1

62: 4.

. . .93. a. bis

91: 6...

.140. 1

12.... 86. &(2m.)

22 : 2.

...104. j

10.

. . .260. 2 (2) c

12...

.105. c

24.... 60. 4. a, 113.1

9'.

...42

12.

...252.4

S2: 2..

.242. 6

35.... 230. 2. a

10.

...157. 1

63: 2.

. . .275. 1. c

16...

.61. 6. a

39 : 2. . . .104. §■

17.

...156. 3.199. b

4.

...105. c

93: 1...

.126. 2

3. ...161. 2

22.

...272. 3

8.

...61. 6. a

5..

.174. 1

4.... 112. 5. c

32.

...266. 3

64: 7.

...54.3

94: 1...

.94. d

24.... 165. 2

23

6.

...148. 2,267. d

65 : 7.

...112. 5. c

9...

.126. 1

40: 2....268. 1. a

24

14.

...131. 3

10.

...104. A, 105. 6

17..

.61. 6. a

21, 22.... 208. 3. a

25

. . .6, 7. 2. a

66 : 4.

. . .275. 2. 6

19...

.141. 6

22.... 221. 6. 6

27'.

...71. 0.2

12.

...114

20..

.93. a, 111.

41: 1....160. 5

26

2.

...98. 1. a

68 : 3.

...91. b, 131. 2,

2.

e

2.... 105. h

4.

...112.3

5, 140. 4

101: 5..

.92. 5, 03. a

17.... 131. 4, 164.2

27 : 10.

...112.3

5.

...111.3. a

102: 5...

.14. a

25.... 172. 5

13.

. . .4. a

8.

...119. 3

14...

.139. 2

26.... 43, 43. a

28

7.

...150.2

18.

...21.1

19..

.266. 3

42: 2.... 86. 6(lc.)

29

9.

...111. 1

21.

...231. 3. a

103: 3,4

...220. 2. c

13. ...223.1. a

30

4.

...13. a

69 : 10.

...22. a, 104. !,

4...

.104. c, 246.

8.

. . .221. 6. 6

216. 2. a

2.

b

13.

...105.6

19.

...98. 1. a

5..

.275. 3

PSALMS.

31 : 10.

...31. a

24.

...119. 1

7..

.263. 5

14.

...31. b

70: 6.

...71. a. 2

13..

.119.1,262.3

1: 1... .§245.2

24.

...119.4

71: 6.

...157. 1

104: 8..

.286

2: 2.. ..247

32: 1.

...165. 3

7.

...256. 6

18...

.249. 1. c

3.... 45. 4,97. 1

10.

. . .249. 1. a

12.

. . .158. 2

26..

.119. 1

7.... 71. a (2)

33

5.

. . .266. 1

23.

...88. (f. pi.)

28..

.88 (pi.) *

12.... 35. 1,271.4

34

...6, 7. 2. a

72 : 15.

. . .105. 6

29..

.111. 2. 6,

3: 2. ...141. 1

35

s!

. . .105. a

17.

...159. 3,247

151. 2

3.... 61. 6. a

10.

...19. 2. a, 22.

20.

. . .93. a

105 :15..

.264

8. ...273. 2

6, 215. 1. c

73: 2.

...172.1

28..

.99.3

4: 3. ...111. 2. e

19.

...102. 3

10.

. . .254. 6. b

106:25...

.114

7....3. 1. a,131.3,

'lb.

...127. 2

16.

...99. 3. 6

47..

.126. 1

165. 1

36 : 13.

...121.1

27.

...86. 6 (2m.)

107 ;20..

.199. d

5: 9.... 31. 5,150. 1

37 : .

...6

74: 4.

...220. 2. a

27..

.126. 1

11.... 42

9.

...91. b

5.

...19. 2. a

109:13...

.173. 3

12.... 112. 5. c, 254.

15.

. . .24. b

8.

...105. a

23..

.112. 5.C

9. t

23.

...161.4

10.

...119. 1

110: 4..

.61. 6. a

13.... 31. 6

38: 3.

...131.1

17.

...11. 1. b

Ill: ...

.6

6: 3.... 42

11.

...92. a

19.

. . .196. 6

112 : . .

.6

4. ...71. a. 2

21.

...19. 2. a

75:11.

...161.4

113: 5-9

...61. 6. a

7: 6....31.&,60. 2. a.

39: 2.

...97. 1

76; 3.

...203. 5. c

6..

.218

114

5.

...75.1

4.

...22. a, 126.2,

114; 8..

.61. 6. a

10.... 26.3. 1. a

14.

...35. 2,175. 4

216. 2. a

115:17..

.242

17.... 254. 9. a

40 ; 18.

...71. a (2)

6.

...96. a

116: 6..

.141.2,150.2

8: 2.. ..132.1

41: 5.

...119. 3, 164. 5

77: 2.

...112.3

12..

.220. 2. c

3.... 94. b

42: 9.

...220. 1. b

4.

...172. 3

15..

.61. 6. a

5....199. e

10

...111. 2. b

10.

. . .139. 2

19..

.2ro. 1. 6

9: 14.... 141. 1

44: 5.

. . .258. 2

18.

...92. h

118:10..

.105. a

15.... 220. 2. a

18,

21.... 127. 2

20.

...24. 6

11..

.139. 1

16....2S5. 3

27

...61. 6. a

1 78: 9.

...255. 3. a

18..

.92. (/, 104. a

22

33b

INDEX II.

118: 23.... §166.1

6:11..

.§11. i; a

30:25....§200. e

5: 3....§105. rf

119: ....6

21..

.104. g

31.... 229. 1. a

9.... 104. /fc

18.... 98. 2

27..

.118. 4

31 : 3.... 199. a

12.... 57. 2 (3) a

22.... 139. 2

7:13..

.141. 1

10-31.... 6

6 : 5 45. 5. a

43.... 60. 4. a

14..

.53. 2. a

12.... 104. i

6.... 220. 1. 6

47.... 141. 6

8: 3..

.31. a, 97. 1. a

31.... 247. a

9.... 105. e, 275.5

71.... 126. 1

11..

.260. 1

11.... 141. 1

101.... 165. 2

13..

.166. 2

7: 3.... 221. 6. 6

117.... 172. 3

15..

.88

ECCLESIASTES.

4....216. 1. c

129.... 104. i

17..

.53. 2. a, 111.

8.... 210. e

133.... 97. 2

2.

6

1: 4.... §266. 1

13.... 141. 1

137.... 275. 1. a

25..

.263. 1. b

9.... 256. c

8: 2....199. &

139.... 24. 6

27, 29.... 141. 3

15.... 161. 4

5.... 104. i

155.... 275. 1. a

10: 3..

.111. 1

17.... 3. l.a

6.... 22.0, 216. 2. a

122-124: ....74. a

4..

.11.1.0,156.3

18.... 90

122: 4....274. 2. e

11..

.249. 1

2: 5....207. 1. a

123: 1....61. 6. a

11: 7..

.208. 3. c

7.... 275. 1. c

ISAIAH.

4.... 246. 3. a

25..

.150. 5

8.... 280. 3. a

124: 4....61. 6. a

12:25..

.197. 6

13.... 57. 2 (3) a,

1: 3. ...§262. 3

125: 3 61. 6. a

13:23...

.156. 3

231. 3. 6

6.... 256. c

5.... 79. 3. a

14: 3..

.105. d

15.... 260. 2(2)o

6.... 60. 2. a, 156.2

127: 2.... 196. d, 254.

10..

.60.4.0,119.1

19.... 230. 4, 283.

9.... 262. 1

9. b

34..

.263. 3

2. a

11.... 271. 1

129: ....74. a

15: 1..

.24. a, 60. 4. a

22....74, 177. 1

15.... 104. A, 119. 1

3.... 243. 2. a

9..

.112. 5. c

3 : 2, 4. . . .267. 6

16.... 54. 4. a, 82.

86.... 114

16: 4..

.246. 2. a

17.... 245. 5. a

5. a

132: 1....174. 6

17: 4...

.111. 2. c, 140.

18.... 74, 139. 2

17.... 185. 2. c,

6.... 127. 2

5

4: 2.... 268. 1. a

267. c

12.... 65. a, 220.

10..

.131. 1

9.... 251. 4

18.... 245. 5. d

2. a

14..

.126. 1, 131. 3

12.... 105. a

21.... 33. 1,61. 6. a,

133: 1....24. a

26...

.242

14....53. 2. a, 111.

218

134-137.... 74. a

18: 5...

.267 d

2. c

22.... 245. 5

134: 2.... 220. 2. b,

19: 7...

.19. 2. a, 215.

5: 5.... 113. 2

24.... 245. 4

273. 2

1.

c

7.... 38. 1.0,201.2

29.... 279

135: 7.... 94. 6,165.2

13...

.216. 1. d

8.... 112. 5. c

31....60. 3. 6(2)

137: 6....104. c

19...

.215. 1. c

7: 16.... 82. 5. a

2: 2.... 265. 6

138: 6.... 147. 2

24..

.51.1

22.... n. a (2)

4.... 207. 1. a

139: 1....104.j,147.5

25..

.94. d

24.... 280. 3

20.... 43. 6, 207. 1.

2.... 158. 1

20:16...

.111. 3. a

25.... 273. 4

0,256

5.... 220. 1. b

21: 8...

.56. 2

26.... 91. 6,165.2

3: 1....2S0. 3. a

8.... 53. 3. b, 88

13...

.254. 9. a

8: 1....177. 3

9.... 273. 3. a

(1. c), 161. 2

15..

.267. a

9.... 268. 1

15.... 24. a, 75.1

19.... 83. b

22...

.63. 1. a

12.... 165. 2

16....172.5,209.aa

20.... 57. 2 (3) a,

22:11...

.215. 1. c

9: 1....139. 2, 216.

24.... 53. 3. a

86. b (3 pi.),

21...

.253. 2

1. o

4: 4.... 262. 1

164. 3

24..

.60. 4. a

12....59. a, 93. 6

5: 10.... 22.0,216.2.0

140: 10.... 172. 3

23: 1...

.158. 3

18.... 165. 2

19.... 97. 1,97.1. a

13.... 86. 6(10.)

12..

.243. 2

10: 5.... 164. 3

20.... 10. n

141: 3....24.fi,98. l.a

24..

.158. 2, 3

10.... 121. 2

23.... 275. 6

5. ...111.1,164.2

27..

.207. 1. c

17.... 220. 2. c

28.... 24. 6

8.... 60. 4. a

24: 2..

.92. e

11: 3.... 177. 1

6: 1....265. a

143: 3.... 165. 2

7..

.156. 3

6.... 75. 2

2.... 203. 5. a

6....272. 2. 6

14..

.97.1.6,148.3

12: 1....201. 2

5.... 254. 10

144: ....74 a

17...

.916,231.5.0

4.... 87

9....56. 3. 0,175.4

2.... 199. 6

23...

.94. 6

5.... 11. 1. a, 122.

12.... 119. 1

145: ....6

31...

.93. a, 207. 2.

2, 140. 5

13....92. d

8....215. 1. c

d

271. 1

6.... 140. 1,2

7: 2.... 157. 1

10.... 104. b

25: 6..

.126. 2

11.... 19. 2.6, 65. o

4. ...91. 6

147: 1....92. d

7..

.60. 3. 6 (1)

11.... 119. 3, 126.1

149: 5....112. 5. c

9..

.174. 4

14.... 166. 1

11..

.10. a

SONG OF SOLOMON.

15.,.. 267. c

17..

.127. 2

19.... 156. 4

PROVERBS.

19..

.90

1: 6.... §105. e, 141.

25.... 274. 2. e

26: 7...

.141. 1

1, 207. 1. a

8: 2.... 22. 6

1: 10.... §111. 2. b,

18..

.141. 6

7.... 45. 5. o, 74,

11.... 104. a

177. 3

21..

.141. 6

209. 1. a

17.... 100. 2. a a')

20.... 97. 1. a

27:10...

.215. 1. c

8.... 24. 6, 260. 2 (2)

23.... 61. 6. a

22.... 31. 6,60.3.

15..

.83. c (2)

10.... 174. 1

9: 3....24.6,221.5.a

c, 111. 2. e

17..

.140. 1

2: 5.... 254. 7

4.... 142. 1

-28.... 105. c

25..

.24.6,216.2.0

10.... 221. 2. 6

6. ...4. a

2 : .ai.. . . .104. &

28: 6. 18.... 203. 3.

15.... 60. 3. 6 (2),

12.... 246. 2. 6

. 3: .3.. ..125. 1

21..

.94. 6

119.4

17.... 45. 2

12.. ..43. a

29: 6..

.140. 1

3 : 1 45. 5. a

10: 1.... 207. 2. a,

'17 258.1

30: 4..

.65. 6

11.... 148. 3, 164.3

247. 6

4 : 6. . . .118. 3

6..

.22.6,66.1(2)

4: 1....254. 4

9 22. 6

13....24. 6, 106.6

a

151. 2

2.... 220. 1. 6

10 260. 2(2)c

16.. ..88

8..

.11. 1. a

5.... 216. 1. c

12.... 255. 3

25 150. 1

9..

.65. a

9.... 104. k

13.... 11. 1. 6,57.2

5: 22.... 105. c

17..

.14. o, 24. 6,

5: 2.... 57. 2 (3) o,

(3) n. 92. 6, 174.

.«: a... .49

67. 2 (3) a

60. 4. a

1, 231. 3. 6

INDEX II.

339

10:14....§245. 5. d

28:10..

..§280.2

44: 8. ...1147.3

64: 8....§94. d

16.... 147. 4

12..

..86. 6 (3 pi.)

13....19. 2,60. 3. &

10.... 139. 1

17.... 221. 5.6

13..

. .280. 2

(2), 120. 1

65: 20.... 165. 2,248

27.... -.4 6

16..

..150. 5, 279. a

16.... 141. 2

24.... 263. l.b

34.... 19. 1,45. 2

21..

..249. 1. a

17.... 13. a

66: 12.... 142. 1

11: 2.... 100. 2. a (2),

27..

..113. 1

18.... 156. 2

13.... 45. 5

156.4

28..

. .282. a

21 102. 2

20....39. 1. a

8. ...141. 6

29: 1..

.131. 2

27. ...111. 3. a

15.... 60. 3. a

7..

. .105. 3

45 1....139. 2

13: 8....65. &

9..

..141. 6

11.... 118. 3

JEREMIAH.

16.... 91. c

14..

. .90, 279. a

47 1....269. 6

18....92. e

16..

.283. 2. b

2 88 (f. B. &m.

1: 5....§105. rf

20.... 53. 3. a, 111.

21..

.86. A (3 pi.)

pi.). 111. 3. a

11 206. 2

2. c

22..

..156. 1

5.... 269. 6

2: 11.... 11. 1.6,230.3

14: 6.... 114

30: ~i'.'.

.157. 1

10.... 102. 3, 104. c

12....in. 3. a

11.. ..150. 5

5..

.157. 3

12.... 285. 2. a

19.... 105. e

19.... 95. a

11..

.79. 3. a, 232 a

13.... 220. 2. a

21....220. 1.6,249.

23.... 57. 2 (2) a,

12..

.19. 2, 119. 3

14.... 104. i

1.6

94. 6, 161. 2

18..

.106.0,119.1,

48: 7....104. £•

24.... 105. c

31.... 119. 4

139. 2

8.. ..87

27.... 104. A

15: 5.... 142. 2, 161.2

19..

.104.6,106.(7,

11.... 39. 1. a

34.... 277

16: 8.... 277

141. 3

49: 8.... 207. 1. a

36. ...111. 2. h

9....168. a, 174. 4

21..

.ISO. a, 258. 1

18.... 65. b

3: 3.... 267. 6

10.... 86. 6 (2m.),

23..

.273. 3

26....112. 3, 273. 1

5.... 86. 6 (2 f).

161.4

28..

.160. 4

51 : 14.... 126. 1

131.2

IT: 8.... 229. 3. a

29..

.96. h

15.... 126. 1

6.... 172. 3

11.... 156. 2, 161.2

31 : 4..

.22. a, 43

20.... 57. 2 (3) a

7.... 249. 1. a

14.... 139. 2

32 : 1 . .

.88

21.... 255. 2

8.... 60. 3. 6 (2),

18: 2.... 139. 3

11..

.275. 1. a

52: 5.... 96. a,b, 122.

207. 1. a

4.... 98. 1. a

33: 1..

.24. A, 87, 131.

2, 131. 6, 150. 2

10.... 249. 1. a

6....65. o

2

141. 3, 258. 3. a

7....174. 1

11....207. 1. a

19: 3. ...141.1

6..

.255. 2

11.... 140. 4

22.... 177. 3

4... .-275. 3

7..

.24. a

14. . . .60. 3. b (2)

4: 3. ...158. 2

6 24. c, 94. a,

9..

.82. 1. «(1)

53: 2.... 111. 1

7.... 24. 6, 221. 5. a

180. a

10..

.82. 5. a

3.... 94. e

13.... 141. 1

9.... 199. c

12..

.24. f, 149. 1

4.... 254.9. 6,262.4

19.... 86. 6(2f.)

17.... 11.1. a, 196. rf

15..

.271. 2

5.... 60. 2. a, 142.1

30. ..71. a (2),

21.... 92. c

21..

.56. 1

10... -.175. 1

275. 5

20: 4.... 199. c

34: 4..

.140. 2, 245.

11.... 249. \.a

31.... 156. 1

21: 3.... 207. 1. a

5

rf

54: 1....207. 1. a

5: 6....141. 1

9..., 262. 4

6..

.96. a

5.... 201. 2

7.... 75. 2,125.1

12....112. 1,172.1,

11..

.21.1,229.4.6

6.... 104. c

13.... 245. 5. 6

177. 3, 247

17..

.104. 1

9.... 125. 2

22....56. 1,105. 6,c

14.... 111. 2. c

35: 1...

.55. 1,88 (pi.),

12.... 22. 6

26.... 139. 2

22: 1....254. 6

158. 2 " ■ ■

55: 5.... 104. 6

6: 27.... 185. 2. c

5. ...161. 2

7..

.275. 4

11.... 273. 3

7 : 4.... 280. 3. 6

10.... 25

36: 8..

.35.1,246.3.0

56: 3.... 105. o, 245.

10.... 65. a

11.... 221. 7. a

9..

.250. 1. a

5. b

13.... 282

17.... 161. 2

15..

.271. 4. a

12.... 164. 5

27.... 104. 6

19....45. 3, 111. 1

37:23...

.270. c

57: 5.... 140. 2

29.... 141.1

21.... 221. 3. a

32..

.254. 9. a

6. ...24. 6

8: 11.... 105. 3

24.... 254. 6. b

38: 5..

.90, 279. a

8....88(2f.)

22 230. 2

23: 9.... 254. 2

14..

.19. 2

13.... 119. 3

9; 2.... 94. c

11.... 54. 3, 94. 6,

16..

.256. c

58: 3.... 24. 6, 131. 2

17. ...118. 4

221. 6. b

40: 1..

.263. 2

216. 2. a

19.... 220. 1. 6

13.... 249. 2. a

7..

.22. 6, 35. 1

9.... 125. 2

10: 5.... 57. 2 (3) a, 86.

17, 18.... 220. 1. 6

12..

.215. 1. c

10. ...216. 1. 6

6 (3 pi.), 164. 3

18.... 113. 1

17..

.260. 2 (2) c

59: 3.... 83. c. (2),

12.... 88

24: 2 165. 2, 240.

21..

.263. 2

122. 2
5.... 112. 3, 156.4,

17 89(f. s.&m.

2. a

24..

.92. 6

pl.)

3.... 140. 3,4

30..

.147. 4

196. rf

11:15....220. 1. 6

19....139. 2, 282. a

31..

.245.5

10.... 189

12: 5. ...94. a

20.... 82. 1. a(l)

41: 7...

.90, 270. 6

12.... 127. 2'

9.... 229. 3

25: 1....104. A

8..

.285. 1

13.... 92. 6, rf, 174.1

10.... 121. 2

6.... 209. 1. a

14..

.254. 3

16.... 104. i

17.... 92. rf

10.... 159. 2

23..

.97. 2. a, 172.3

17.... 172. 4

13: 5....127. 1

11.... 119. 1

24..

.260. 2(2)c

60 : 1....157. 2

7.... 147. 2

26: 5.... 105. o, 6

42: 4...

.140. 1

4....88(f. pi.)

13.... 36. 1

11.... 254. 9. a

5..

.126. 1, 221.

7.... 105. c

19.... 172. 1, 275.

16.... 86. 6 (3 pi.)

7.

6

9....104. c

2.6

19.... 221. 2. 6

6..

.97. 2. a

10.... 105. c

21.... 60. 3. b (1),

20.... 172. 3

11..

.156. 1

61 : 1....43. 6

86. 6 (2 f.)

27: 3....105. d

22...

.65. a

62: 2.... 105. rf

25....60. 2. a

4.... 127. 3

24..

.267. c

3. ...16. 1

15: 3....119. 1

8.. ..24. a

43: 5...

.105. b

63: 3....94. a, 119. 1

10....93(pl.), 104.

11....88 (3f.pl.)

8...

.94. d

16.... 105. a

k

12. ...223. 1. a

9..

.91. rf

19.... 86. a

15.... 106. b

28: 3.... 88 (3 f. pi.),

23..

.112. 3

64: 2.... 86. a

17.... 112. 5. c

91. c

44: 2...

.105. b, 193.

5.... 132. 3

16: 16.... 158. 1,249.

6. ...60. 3. a

2.

6

6.... 161. 3

1. o

340

17

3.

...5 221.6.?-

4.

...86. b (2 m.),
112. 3

17.

...172.3

18.

...94. d

18

23.

...46, 172. 3,
175. 3

19

11.

...165. 1

20

9.

...22. 6

21

3.

...88 (pi.)

4.

...39. 4

13.

...131. 1

22

3.

...185. 2. c

6.

...13. h

14.

...161. 4, 199. c

15.

...94. a

20.

...234. a

23.

...61. 6. a, 86.
b (2 f.) 90 (2f.
B.), 140. 2

24.

...105. b

26.

...104. t

29.

...280. 3. &

23

13.

...131. 6

23.

...254.6.6

29.

...161. 2

37.

. . .104. 6

39.

...177.3

24

2.

...91. c

25

3.

. .94. b

16.

. . .96. a

26.

...246.3. a

34.

...161. 5

36.

...57. 2 (3) a,
234. c

26

9.

..165.3

21.

...44. b

27

3.

..249. 1. c

18.

...156. 2

20.

...13. a

28

16.

. .245. 3. b

29

8.

. .94. p, 112. 5. c

23.

. . .229. 1. a

25.

. . .220. 1. b

27.

...24. b

30

16.

..139.3

19.

. .276. 1

31

12.

..87,119. 3

18.

...273.4

21.

...249. 2. b

32.

. . .112. 3

33.

...16. 3. 6, 105. d

38.

...46

32

4.

. .91. b, 131. 5

9.

. . .98. 1. a

12.

...246. 3. a

14.

. . .249. 1. c

33.

...92. rf

35.

...164. 2

37.

...10. a

44.

...268. 1

33

8.

...13. a

24.

. . .45. 1

26.

...11.1.6

34

1.

..44. a

36

16.

..272.3

23.

...251.1

37

12.

...113. 2

14.

...266

16.

. . .209. 3. a

38

9.

...270. c

12.

...56.4

14.

...249. 1. c

39

18.

. . .92. d

40

1.

...57. 2 (2) a

3.

. . .249. 1. c

41

6.

..2S2 c

42

2.

...175. 2

6.

. . .46, 71. a (1)

10.

...53.2.6,148.2

INDEX

II.

44

18. ...§271.1

4

14....§83.f.2, 122.

17

15.

..§65. 6

19.... 104. e

2

23.

..88(f. pi.)

23.... 166. 1

17.... 2.36. 2

18

26.

..221. 5.6

25.... 160. 4

5

5.... 160. 6

32.

. .287. 1

46

7, 8.... 122. 2

19

2.

..196. d

8....96.a,111.2.d

20

9.

. .140. 4

11.... 86. 6(2. f.)

EZEKIEL.

16.

. .271. 4. 6

20.... 43. 6

21.

...65. 6

48

11.... 159. 1

1

4.... §53. 2. a

27.

...119.3

19.... 280. 3. a

6.... 203. 5. a

36.

...91. c

32.... 246. 3. a

11.... 220. 2. c

37.

...53. 2. a

49

3.... 54. 4. a, 82.

14....179. 1. a,268.

21

16.

...24 c, 177. 1

5. a

1. a

15,

16.... 93. e

8.... 95. d

2

10....53.2.a,53.3.a

18.

...121. 1

10.... 165. 1, 262. 4

3

7.... 254. 10

19.

. . .219. 1. a

11.... 88 (3 f. pi.),

15. ...139. 3

21.

...180. a

9S. 1

20....88(f. pi.)

26,

28. . . .87

15, 17.... 275. 2. 6

4

3.. ..54 1

29.

...91. 6, 106. a

18.... 45. 4

9.... 199. a

31.

...94. 6, 196. c

20 140. 5

12.... 167. 3

32.

. . .280. 3. 6

24.... 104. (,275.4

5

12.... 220. 1. 6

33.

...111. 2. c

28.... 141. 1

13.... 121. 3, 131.6

34.

...87

37.... 86. 6(2 m.).

16.... 119. 1

22

:20.

...131.2

112. 3, 5. c, 139. 3

6

3.... 208. .3. c

23

: 5.

. . .111. 1

50

3.... 156. 2

6.... 147. 4

16.

20.... 97. 1. a

5.... 71. a (3),

8.... 173. 2

19.

...175.3

91. d

9.... 24. c

42.

...21. 1

6 275. 2

11.... 98. 2

48.

. . .83. c (2), 15a

11.... 196. d

14.... 280. 3. a

3 (p. 182)

20 165. 2

16.... 118. 4

49.

...165. 2, 220.

23.... 91. a

7

17.... 203. 5. o

1. 6

27.. ..111. 3. a

24.... 141. 1, 216.

24

:10.

. . .197. 6

34.... 94. 6, 114,

2. a

11.

. . .140. 1

158. 3

25.... 196. c

12.

...172. 1

44.... 105. b

27.... 118. 4

26.

. . .128, 189. 6

51

3.... 46
9.... 165. 2,3

8

2.... 66. 2 (2) a
3. ...165. 3

25

: 6.

...57. 2 (3) a,
106. n, 126. 2

13 90 (2 f. s.)

6.... 75. 1,119. 3

13.

...219. 1. 6

30.... 24. c

16 90. (2 m. pi.),

15.

...57. 2 (3) a

33.... 94. 6

176. 1

26

: 2.

. . .140. 2

34.... 16.5. 2

9

2.... 249. 1. c

9.

. . .19. 2. C, 221

50.... 151. 1

8.... 120. 2

5. a

58....24. c, 149. 1

10....254. 9. 6

15.

...113.1,2

52

13.... 254. 6.6

10

17.... 157. 1

18.

...112. 5. c

13

2....207.1. 6, 255.

21.

. . .234. a

1

27

: 3.

...90(2. f. B.)

LAMENTATIONS.

8.... 199. c

8.

...156.3

11.... 71. a (2)

9.

...24.0,216.1. a

1

....§6

17.... 220. 1. 6

12.

. . .22. a

1

1....33. 1,61. 6.a,

19.... 157. 3

15.

...13. a

218

20.... 24. 6, 71. a

19.

. . .93. 6

4.... 149. 1,199. a

(2), 220. 2. c

23.

...54. 2

8.... 141. 3

14

. 3.... 53. 1. a, 91.

26.

...156.3

12.... 142. 1

6, c, 119. 1

30.

...96. 6

16....207. 1. a,209.

8.... 141. 3

31.

...ll.l.a,196.rf

1. a, 271. 1

15

: 5.... 104. i

28

: 8.

...86. 6 (2m.)

17.... 272. 2. 6

16

: 4 60. 4. o, 93.

9.

...230.4

20.... 60. 3. b (2),

a, 95. c. 121. 1,
ik 1, 127. 1,

13.

...19.2.6,161.4

92. a

14.

...71. a (2)

2

....6

150. 5, 221. 6. 6,

15.

...61. 6. a, 104. 6

2

8....126. 1
11.... 92. a, 113. 1,

282. a
5....87, 95. a,lll.

16.

...53. 2. a, 111.
2. c, 165. 3

2,115

3. a, 150. 5

17.

...168 a, 172. 2

15, 16.... 74. a

8, 10 99. 3. 6

18.

. . .104. /, 184. 6,

3

....6

22.... 86. A(2f.)

216. 1. d

3

12.... 196. d

27.... 256. 6

23.

...92. a

14.... 199. 6

28.... 127. 1

24.

...139.3

22.... 54. 3, 216.

31.... 173. 2

24,

26.... 156. 3

2. a

S3.... 60. 3. 6 (2),

29

3.

..102. 1. a

33....150. 2(p.l82)

120. 1

15.

...166. 5

42. ...71. a(l)

34 14. n, 19. 6

18.

...95. a

45.... 267. c

36.... 91. 6

30

16.

. .254. 6. 6

48.... 147. 2

50.... 128

25.

..112. 3

53 53. 3. a, 150.

52.... 92 rf, 220. 2. a

31

3.

..140.5

2 (p. 182)

53.... 220. 1. 6

5.

..11. 1.(7, 86.6

58.... 158. 1

57.... 156. 3

8.

. . .11. 1 a, 199

4

6

59 86. 6(lc.)

15.

. .93. c

4

1....96. 6,177. 3

17

5.... 132. 2

32

16.

. .88 (f. pi.)

3.... 43. h

9.... 166. 2, 191.4,

18.

..11.1. 6

9....39.3.6,45.5.a

216. 2. a

19.

. .95. o, d

INDEX II.

341

32: 20.,.. §89 (f. s. &

10:14....§177. 3,285. 2

AMOS.

2: 9....§89(f. F. &

m. pi.)

17. ...51. 2

m. pi.) 220. 1. a

32.... 95. a

11 : 6. ...11. 1. 6

1:11.... §104.6,275.

14 220. 2. c

33: 12.... 166. 2

12....19. 2. a

2. 6

3 : 5 114

13....221. 5. &

14.... 131. 6

13 125. 2

7 93. a

30.... 53. 2. 6, 223.

30. ...11. 1. h

2 : 4 119. 3

8 147. 4

1. a bis

31.... 249. 1.6

3 : 11 86. o, 140. 2

11 112. 3

o4:12....249. 1. b

34.... 91. b

15 ... . 156. 4

17 24. 6, 142.

17.... "1. a (2)

35.... 94. b

4 : 2 165. 2

1, 199. c

31. ...71. a(2)

36....J)2. 5. a

3 86. 6 (2 pi.)

35 : 6 105. d

40.... 126. 1

5:11 92. 6, 161. 3

8.... 216. \.d

44....196. <Z

15 ... . 139. 3

9.... 147. 2

12: 13.... 199. a

21, 25 ... . 24. b

HABAKKUK.

11.... 220. 2. a

6 : 2 .... 54. 2, 253.

12.... 63. \.a

2.6

1: 8.... §100. 2. a

36: 3.... 139. 2, 141.1

HOSEA.

10.... 243. 1

(2) bis

5.... 220. 1. 6

7 : 1 199. c

10 197.6,265.0

8 221. 5. c

1: 2.... §255. 2

8 ; 4 94. 6, 231.

11 73. 1, 249.

11. ...161. 5

6.... 269

5. a

2. a

13.... 71. a (2)

2 : 14.... 104. g-

8 53. 2. a, 53.

12....104.jf

28.... 71. a (1)

16.... 221. 7. a

3. o, 128

13 126. 1

35 73. 2. a

3: 2.... 24. 6

9 : 1 125. 1

15 112. 2

37: 7....S8 (2f.pl.)

4 : 2.... 267. a

8 94. 6

16 197. 6

9.... 131. 3

6.... 11. 1. a, lot.

2 : 1, 2 ... . 265. a

10.... 131. 6

h

7 161. 2

17. ...119. 1, 223.

13.... 118. 4

OBADIAH.

17 104.«-,141.3

\.a

18.... 43. 6, 92. a,

19 254. 6. 6

3«: 8. ...161. 4

122. 1, 148. 3

ver. 4.... §158. 3

3 : 6 99. 3. a

23.... 96. 6

5: 2.... 119. 3

9 183. a

8 256. 6

39: 26.... 165. 3

8.... 272. 2. b

11 .... 45. 2, 106. a

9 282. 6

27.... 249. 1. b

11.... 269

13 105. 6

10 220. 2. C

40: 4.... 65. b

6: 2.... 172. 3

16.... 156. 4

16 140. 1

16....220. 2. c

4.... 269

19.... 47

22.... 250. 2(3)

9.... 174. 3

43.... 19. 2. 6

7: 4....106. a, 111.3.

JONAH.

41: 7.... 141. 1

a, 158. 3

9, 11.... 160. 5

6.... 22. a

1: 5.... §114

ZEPHANIAH.

15.... 220. 2. c

12.... 150. 1

2 : 1 . . . . 125. 2

22.... 274. 2. c

8: 2.... 60. 3. a, 275.

10 61. 6. a

1 : 2 .... § 282. a

25. ...19. 2. a

2. b

3 : 3 254. 5

17 100. 2. a (1)

42: 5.... 45. 1, 57. 2

3.... 105. a

4 : 11 .... 22. 6

2 : 4 126. 2

(2) Q, 111. 2. &

6.... 275. 2. b

9 220. 1. c

43: 13.... 197. 6

12.... 88

14 229. 4. 6

18.... 113. 1

9: 2....119. 1

MICAH.

15 39. 4. o

20.... 104.^-

4.... 208. 3. c

3 : 9 . . . . 274. 2. e

24.... 100. 2. a (2)

10.... 119. 3

1: 7....§92. c

11 125. 2

27.... 177. 3

10: 10.... 105. d

9 275. 1. a

14 89 (f. 8. &

45: 16.... 246. 3. a

11.... 61. 6. a

10 53. 3. a, 96.6

m. pi.), 111. 3. a

46: 17.... 86. b

12.... 158. 2

15 164. 2

18 ... . 149. 1

22.... 95. e

13.... 61. 6. a

16 .... 89 (f. 8. &

19....198,246.3.a

47: 7....102. 3. a

14.... 11. 1. o, 156.

m. pi.)

8.... 164. 3

3

2 : 3 . . . . 274. 2. e

11....11. 1. a, 199

11: 3.... 94. a, 115,

4 . . . . 141. 2

15.... 246. 3. a

132. 2

6 275. 1. a

HAGGAL

48: 10.... 39. 4. a

4.... 57. 2 (2) fl,

7 229. 4. a

16.... 46

111. 2. d

8 88 (pi.)

1: 4.... §230.3,249.

18.... 220. 1.6

7.... 177. 3

12.... 92. d, 246.

1.6

7, 8.... 56. 4

2. a

12: 1....104. /, 201. 2

3 : 12 199. a, 245.4

4....274. 2. 6

4: 6.... 151. 2

ZECHARIAH.

DANIEL.

5.... 105. 6

8.... 111. 2.6

13: 3.... 92. 6

10 ... . 158. 2

1 : 9 .... § 75. 1

1: 8. ...§119.1

14.... 19 2, 221.5.

10, 13 ... . 157. 2

17 ... . 157. 3

13.... 172. 3

a, 275. 2. 6

5 : 2 262. 1

2 : 8 .... 73. 2. a

17.... 250. 2 (2) a,

15.... 177. 3

6: 10.... 57. 2(1)

3 : 1 106. a

261. 4. a

14: 1....88(3. f. pi.),

13 139. 3

7 .... 94. e, 151. 1

2: 1....99. 3. a,119.1

209. 1. a

7 : 4 260. 2 (2),

9 . . .. 203. 5. a

3: 3. ...22. b

3. . . .256 c

260. 2 (2) c

4 : 5 . . . . 258. 2

25.... 94. e

10 .... 35. 2

7 . . . . 246. 3. a,

5: 9.... 203. 5. c

249. 1. c

11. ...22. b

JOEL.

10 156. 2

8: 1....245. a. 6

NAHUM.

12 24. 6

11.... 95. a

1: 2. ...§2.30. 4

5 : 4 156.4

13.... 98. 1. a, 247,

8 254. 9. b

1: 3.... §13. a, 215.

11 160. 5

249. 1. b

17 24. &, 190. a

1. c

6 : 7 96. 6

16.... 73. 2. a

20 275. 4

4 150. 2 (p.

7 : 1 . . . . 252. 2. 6

22.... 88 (3. f. pi.)

2 : 5 60. 3. 6 (1)

182)

3 199. e

9: 2....158. 1

3 : 3 263. 5. a

12 140. 2

5 . . . . 102. 2, 104.

19.... 119. 3, 125.1

4 : 11 91. d, 131. 1

13 220. 1. 6

I, Ihl. 2. 6, 273.

25....97. 2,225. 2

18. . . .271. 1

2: 4....220. 2. c

3. a

3455

INDEX II.

7 : 9 .... § 89 (f. 8. &

11: 5.

... § 57. 2 (3) a,

MALACHI.

3 : 19 .... § 119. 1

m. pi.)

111. 2. c, 234. c

20 156. 2

14.... 45. 5, 69.

7

. . . 223. 1. a

1: 6....%263.3

3. c, 92. e

8

. . . 119. 1

7 106. a, 127.

8 : 2 271. 3

10

. . . 140. 5

2

MATTHEW.

14, 15 139. 1

17

... 61. 6. a

11 .... 95. a

26 : 73 .... § 51. 4. a

17 111. 2. e

12 : 11 .

... 55. 2. a

13 24. o, 75. 1

9 : 5 .... 35. 2

13: 4.

. . . 166. 2

14 ... . 54. 1, 205.

10 : 6 151. 3

11: 4.... 254. 6

14: 2.
5.

... 45. 2, 91. c
. . . 199. c

b
2 : 14 86. 6 (2 m.)

ROMANS.

10.

. , . 156. 3

3: 9.... 140. 2

3 : 20 .... § 256. o

^

IISTDEX III.

HEBREW WORDS ADDUCED OR REMARKED UPON.

"Words preceded by Yav Conjunctive or Yav Oonversive will be found in
their proper place irrespective of these prefixes. A few abbreviations are
employed, which are mostly of such a natui-e as to explain themselves as v.
verb, n. noun, pron. pronoun, adj. adjective, adv. adverb, int. interjection,
inf. infinitive, imp. imperative, pret. preterite. The numbers refer to the
sections of the Grammar.

DDa^i«i« 104. h

a& 68. b, 200. a, 215.

1. e, 220. 1. c
^nij 78. 2, 110. 3
^2if. 215. 1. b
nas 92. d

^raS 92. c

n^ni? 216. 1. b
■ji^ax 193. 2

^'7|X1 53. 2. a, 111.

2. c

pnx 22. a, 193. 2

DPi'7n6|: 112. 1
nnx 110. 3

X^nS 86. & (3 pi.)
*<insi! 240. 1
D^nS 60. 3. c, 216. 1. b
Q^DiaX 112. 1

Dn^ninx 220. 2. a
Dninx 220. 2. a
n^nDns5 53. 1. a
■^nx (sis) 164. 2

■inil! 61. 6. a
n^nX 185. 2. a

nn^ni? 111. 2. (Z
"inri^n laj? 246. 3. b

•ji^SX 193. 1

DD''n« 220. 1. 6

bni< 84. 3. a (2)
bnij 185. 2. 5, 215. 1. b
bn« (pr. n.) 215. 1. 6
''bnS 216. 1. 6
")!« 197. 6, 200. b
■jnsj 183. 6
t35n« 183. c
Q''t:5n« 207. 1. a

^IpSnX 221. 3. a

tynns 94. 6

JinbS^X 94. a, 119. 1

^ai?i 99. 3
Tas?;i 99. 3

D?S« 207. 2. a
"jaX 200. a
Q''S5S5 53. 1. a
TlJnji51 99. 3. 6
n'n^S 207. 1. e, 211
"IS'IXI 99. 3
n^a^SI 99. 3

T ; - -:t

DilX60.3.5(l),197.(?
■jilX 231. 3. a
n^'T'lS 11. 1. 6
D'lX 112. 5. a
dhX 185. 2. 5, 207. 2. c
D^M^S 188

344

INDEX III.

ntott'lN! 207. 1. e

niania'ix 205
nanj? 201. 1
'ip^x 60. 3. h (1)
\ihiit 199. c, 201. 2,

231. 3. a

*T^)iiy 234. c

''S'lSI 234. c

Da ij^ii 21. 1

Cililt 201. 2

Dp-ii« , D;?ni{ 141. 3

•^1X112. 5. a
D'libnns 53. 1. a
D"I"TX 11. 1. 6

tiyp.^ 91. c

tJ'T^X53.1.a,91.&,119.1
ans 82. 1. a (2), 110.
3, 112. 5. c

: nnx 119. 1

nnx 53. 2. a, 111. 2. 5

nanx 87, 119. 3
narix lis. 3
^innx 119. 4
inn ^inrnx 43. 6, 92. «,

122. 1
D'lnni? 201. 1
ijinris? 101. 3. a, 104. h,

119. 1

BDnni^ 221. 3, a
onnx 119. 3
^innnnx 104. i

''mriS5 61. 6. a

?jnnni|! 104. c

WnS 240. 1

'insi 99. 3. a

bns5 61. 2. a, 18i. 5,
208. 3. h

n'bns 220. 1. J
nibnji! 200. c
ibnx 216. 2. 6
d^brii? 60. 3. c
c^brisii 200. c
n^ttnsi 172. 3

iX 239. 1, 283. 2. a

nix 200. a
^'nix 105. h

'S^'^ 149. 2
''iX 240. 1

a':ii? 186. 2

bi;iS 194. 2

''bilS 194. 2

b^Diii 57. 2 (2) a, 111.

2. (/
15^^« 149. 2
Ob'IS? 207. 2. h, 215.

1. a
"l^iN 111. 2. 6
'j;iX 63. 2. a
pi« 186. 2. c
ni«51N 13. a
D^;iS 208. 3. c
nO^.S 149. 2
ISJ^'IK 56. 3
"l&iX 207. 2. a
nSiX 200. a, 216. 1

T '

nn^ii? 111. 2. «;
"liX (v.) 82. 1. a (3),
156. 2

nix (n.) 197. 5

innix 220. 1. h

''nil^ 157. 2
©n^X 149. 2
?©^^X 149. 2
nix 197. 6, 200. a
"in^X 149. 2

onhix 220. 2. a

TiJ 235. 1

niTX 60. 3. c, 184. h,

216. 1. h
'J^'TX 53. 2. a, 111. 2. c
nnSTX 189

T T ; -

•'pnSTX 104. c
nbTJJ 86. 6

n^^ nbrx 35. 1

"JTX 197. a, 217,221. 5

nSTK 189 •

'iJTX 221. 4
D^STX 203. 1

• - : T

ili-'STX 221. 4
D3:TX 220. 1. h
tD'')5TS 53. 1. a
ITX 112. 5. c
nnjK 60. 3. 6 (1),

92. e
?i-|TK 53. 1. a, 183. c
nx (n.) 68. h, 197. a,

207. 2. J, 215. 1. ^,

220. 1. *^
nX (int.) 240. 1
ntlS 223. 1, 248. o,

250. 1.
D'^nnX 223. 1. a

INDEX III.

345

nins? 189

T^ns 90 pass.
ninX 205. c, 209. 3
Tni< 34, no. 3, 118. 2
TfliJ 34, 172. 4

Thx, ms{ 112. 1

!ims 60. 3. 5(2), 119. 4
imS 60. 3.6(2), 120. 1
pmS 97. 2. a

nnrns io4. i

T - T -:

iniC 61. 6. a

^ni^ns? 220. 2. «

D'TIS? 60. 1. a

bns 140. 3

ins 237. 1, 238. 1
nnj? 210. e
ins 60. 4, 111. 2. i
iinnx 60. 3. h (2), 121. 2

"jinns 193. 1

■^nnS 238. 1. a

rrinns i98. « (4)
natDnsi 99. 3. b
')sn'^lr^^{ 195. 2
innirns 195. 2

nns 54. 2, 205. 6, 223.

1. a
nnx 223. 1. a

AT •••

t2S 175. 3

]TOS5 216. 1. 6

Dt3S5 112. 5. a

■lUS 112. 5. a, 125. 3

•li? 61. 6, 236

''^t (n.) 184. h

•»» (int.) 240. 1

a^K 156. 1
n)^S 61. 6
nbriliXT 99. 3. b

r.T "^x 75. 2
V^. 51. 2

b*i? 208. 3. c
^?« 183.6

n^b;»^ 60. 3. 6 (1)
nstb IS 75. 2
nb^b^s 150. 2

fob-iX 151. 1

nb-^s 200. c

D''^b5 207.. 2. c

ri^"'i? 200. c

'rm)f; 61. 6. a
1''« 236, 258.. 3. b
dTp^'X 150. 1
tjij? 207. 2, 243. 2. a
■jiTyii? 193. 2. a
''TZJ^S 57. 2 (1)
On-iS 11. \.b
Dn-iS 140. 1

■jn^i? 189, 210. c

tj« (adv.) 235. 2 (2)
^55} (v.) 175. 3

nnnss 91. c

nsST 175. 3
STD« 189
nTD« 189
•^nrSX 194. 2
n^'^nTpS 198. a (4)
"inDXI 119. 1
bpN 110. 3

bbx, bbs 112. 1

bDK^ (rib) 174. 4

bDJ5 111. 2. b
bSXT 99. 3. a

tTbps 104. c?

^bDS (rib) 63. 1. &,

174. 4
tjbDS? 106. a
DDbDN 106. a

innbDs 104. 4
innbDin 104. i

inbDX 65. a
?]!nbD« 104. i
OPibpSit 112. 1

^;nbDi5 104. 4
nspsn 99. 3. b
^Dpi«i 99. 3. 6

513S5 140. 3
'13S|I 187. 1. a
nnSS 24. 6

nss 140. 1

nsarDS 16. 3. &, 105. cZ

-nWDS 88

bi5 235. 1, 264

bi5 (pron.) 58. 1, 73. 1

bS (n.) 186. 2. c

-bS5 237. 1, 238. 1

©•^a^bfii 229. 1. a

n^'B15bS5 14. a, 51. 4

nbi? 216. 1. a

nb55 200. b

nbi? 58. 1, 61. 6, 73. 1

■^MbST 234. c

D-^nbi? 11. 1.6
D'ln'bi?; 201. 2, 231. 3. a

346

INDEX III.

'il3''n'b55 220. 2. c
l3">n'bi?T 234. c

rrb^ 11. 1. 5
nibsj (v.) 172. 2

ibs5 238. 1. a

nian'^bi? 220. 2. c
bib^ 184
?jbxi 99. 3
nDbi? HDbj? 45. 5. a

ibbi? 20. 2, 240. 1
nbX 187. 1. h

n^'aiabs 51. 4
nab J? 200. c

nni^bi? 229. \.a

b^ia-bs 237. 2 (1)
•jiabs 193. 1
ni3)abi5 198. a (4),

199. d, 200. 6
nnrbi$ 237. 2 (2)
5lb^ 84. 3. a (2), 112.

6. a
qbx 226

''Sbs 250. 2 (2) a
DD'^sbi^ 250. 2. (2) a
D^'Sbs 203. 4, 226
D^pbx 229. 1. a
"ilTlbX 221. 2. h
D« 68. 6, 197. a
n« 239. 1, 283
TSCS^i? 11. \. a
T|SDS1Gi5 104. b
npJ5 53. 3. 6, 211. a
nrii? 198. c
niLS 200. c

'J^'53« 184. b

nsi-as 60. 3. 6 (1),

201. 1. a
D'^S^^S 201. 1. a
nb^'Di? 105. a

nubas;! 99. 3

bb^iJ 187. \.d
bb)3X 92. o, 115
15N bbl2S 42

D^bbTax 210. c

D:)3SI 235. 2 (1)
D2)3S: 235. 2 (1)
l^lSiJ 79. 2, 84, 3. a (2)
■j^ttX 112. 1
"l^i? 110. 3, 125. 3

- T '

"TDK 65

n^S 86. ft (3 pi.)

"l^i? 208. 3

"ibN 60. 3. i(l), 112. 1

-■ Ittii 60 3. 5 (1)

nn^SX 208. 3

TjniQiJ 60. 3. b (1)

DDn^N 106. «, 127. 2

rin^ij 127. 2

ri"l^X1 33. 4
^Ta^5« 157. 3
n^S5 60 3. b (1), 205. &
iPttX 60. 3. b (1), 221.
2. a

^ninribyi^ 99. 3. b
Tj^nsx 101. 3. a

HDi?;! n?X 63. 1. c
^2X 71. a (1)
!l5i{ 46

^ni5s 131. 1

TCi2S 184
■lis 197. b
^?^ 71

•irij 65, 71. a (1)
■'pK 65. b
n^:X 198. 6

"ipbi? 71

"jSiJ 141. 3 (p. 175)
?i:S|: 84. 3. a (2)

p:x 112. 1
p:s 50. 1

D-^CpSi; 207. 2. e
q^CN 185. 2. a

-mbcN 125. 1

OnS^CNI 60. 3. f, 92. 6
5lC« 110. 3, 112. 5. c,

115, 151. 2
vlbS 112. 1

nSCS 111. 3. a, 112. 1
nSCS 151. 2
■iSDS 89 (f. s.)
T|BCS 151. 2
SlCSDNt 188

irsci? 104. y

pBX 53. 3. 6, 88 (1 c.)
nCS? 112. 5. 6
nCS 60. 3. c
nSX 60. 3. c

•«"l!:i5 61. 6. a

cnct? 105. f?

1?^^ "I^2>S1 160. 3
byXI 172. 4, 175. 3
•}?«;) 172. 4

INDEX III.

347

n5»fc? 113. 1
nsyxi 57. 2 (2) a
te^xn 172. 4
nteyxi 172. 4

m3?:fXT 57. 2 (3) a,
111. 2. f, 234. c
qS? (n.) 184. 6, 207. 2
q^ (conj.) 239. 1
nn-'SSS 104. f., 172. 3
ISX 112. 5. a

nsij 110. 3

1SX 112. 1
D^SS? 203. 1
n'^SiJT 100. 2. a (1)
^3 iqS 239. 2 (1)
nbSSJ 198. a (2), 216.

1. 6 •
•jSi?) 172. 4
OSS 235. 3 (1)
nyteB!* 127. 3
niBXI 173. 3
nXSS 164. 5
53^5? 183. c, 197. a
niyaSb? 207. 2. a
nSSI 174. 4

T;-nss 105. d

bSX 237. 1
-12^ 50. 3
Tjl^S 101. 3. a
nsn^S 105. d
^2a)5S 105. 6
D^pXT 99. 3. a
n)3ipl« 50. 3
D''I?ST 99. 3. a

fi:^j?S 56. 3
D)5S1 99. 3. a
nsnpST 63. 1. c, 97. 1.

^», 164. 5
XnSI 99. 3. a, 172. 4
nS-lX) 172. 4
D|S">S 24. a

nansi 175. 3

D2"IS5 22. a

n:?n-i8? 207. 2. a, 214.

1. 6, 223. 1
D^ya^i? 225. 1
D-pysni? 223. 1
DPyaiS 250. 2 (2) a
i:i5-li« 51. 4

•j^aa-i^ 51. 4, 195. 2
-nni« 141. 1
''b-nns 19. 2
n^ns 208. 3. b

D^ilS 82. 5. a

'riTDttiis 104. h
■jins 197. 6

"linSJ 139. 2

ininsT 141. 2
nni5 197. b, 200. G,

208. 3. b

nya i98
nn"i55 198
iinnni? eo. 3. c

■^ns? 200. c. 208. 3. d
^lirt)^ 56. 3. a, 168. a,

174. 4
?Tn« 79. 2, 118. 1
•j'lX 185. 2. 6, 207. 2. c

?jni5 216. 1. e

•jiTa-is 200. a
''lans 194. 1
ni^ns 235. 3 (3)

^nD13Tpli5 56. 1, 105. i
ni]T315? 216. 1. c

nnns? 197. c

ynx 51. 3, 63. 2. a,

197. b
n^ 65
nSIS 61. 6. a, 219. 1

)t^ ns-ix 22. b
)Ti2 n|n« 22. b
nnx 141. 1 (p. 175)
ttjns 119. 1

nb^STStoS 180. a
TIJi? 197. b, 201. 1

;»« 57. 2 (1)
iqbXTCX 101. 3. a
mrxi 99. 3. a
ni"ii^i»s< 210. d

nilOX 216. 2. a
rnSSl 200. b, e, 207. 2

"i^irx 197. «

D]?n©« 118. 3

nffiinJi? 200 c

cam 94. b
bis^rS 200. a, 210. e

riibsirx 216. 1. c

ni53t!JX 216. 1. c
nbOS 60. 2. a
:rtbi»« 60. 2. a
?;nbTri{ 126. 1
S'lbicsn 99. 3

348

INDEX III.

nD'ibTSi*) 99. 3
DTTX 82. 1. a (2), 112.
5. a

T'am) 99. 3
ynm i89

TOlQpNI 98. 1. a

ir)'Qm 97. 1

DpTTX 183. c, 221. 6. a
nyCi5 172. 3
12STBS 91. c

tism 207. 2. c

n^m 98. 1. a
rij^TSXn 175. 3
rrj^l^CX 98. 1. a
nblJ^iCSI 98. 1. a

nbpicii^ 98. 1. rt
nffis; 74, 285

^TSfi{ (conj.) 239. 1

nncs 200. c

1inffiS5 221. 5. d

T : -

•J"<n^^'? 220. 2. c
iri'^nCX 221. 5. d
mrs? 205, 214. 1. b
riTTKI 172. 4

'ibbimaK 96. a
yi??nTiJs{ 141. 6

ni? (n.) 207. 2. e
ns?, ni5 68. 2. a, 238.

2, 270
-nij5 43. a
nX 43. a
nx (prep.) 237. 1,

238. 2

"inx 61. 5

I^X, t?X 71. a. (2)
PX 71. a (2)
SnX 177. 3

nnx 11. 1. a

nnx 71

nnx, nnij 71. a (2)

T A- ' T AT \ /

■jins 197. a, e

lann^ 96. a

■^nj? 71. a (2)

inS5 61. 5

WX 112. 1, 172. 1

fcin^j^'^nx 220. 2. c

?jni5 65. a

noni? 65. a

bWi? 53. 1. a, 183. c

•jnx 210. c

1??^, l^?^ ^1- « (2)
rons? , nirifi{ 71. o (2)

^SriX 177. 3
l^nSJ 207. 2. b

in2:inN 220. 1. 6, 221. 6

^3j^nX 105. 6

^ 231. 1, 233, 267. b,

272. 2. 6
iia 157. 2

nija 34

nx| 34
nsjn^ 156. 4

D^bnsa 229. 4. 6

^Sa 156. 2
^iia (pret.) 156. 2
ISi^ 156. 4
DijJTXa 57. 2 (2) a

*>J?3 216. 1. a.
tJDSCXa 22. a

nxn 121. 1

•183 60. 3. c, 197. a

©«a 60. 3. c

risn^, niin^ le. i
■imni, nsn^ loo. 2.

a(l)
bna 57. 1, 187. 1. e
"ib^a 237. 2 (4)
nSa 84. 3. a (3)
%V3 90
^53 22. ff, 197. b, 200. c,

221. 5. a

'iba 87

^^753 207. 1. a

nn^5a 86. & (2-m.)

im 87, 210. a
bb^a 237. 2 (2)

wa 61. 1

b'la 80. 2. a (3)

nfi«na-a 4. «
ina 57. 2 (4), 184. b
niina 17 7. 1
'{■'Dna 245. 5. 6
Dbtpsna 91. 6
bna 121. 1
n^ria 21 6. 2
ntoa 201. 2

]lni3 61. 2. a, 184. a,

197. a, 208. 3. 6
^-ina 113. 1, 2

n^rna i4o. e

«ia 79. 1, 157. 1

INDEX III.

349

nSbJI^S 104. g

^3ii3 90

uisrp'z. 57. 2 (3) «,

164. 3
n^S'iS 209. 1. a
b^3 53. 2. a, 184. 6
D"'piS 156. 2
npia 186. 2. a
"1^2 139. 2
lis 200. a
^"iJJ-lia 201. 2
013 82. 1. a (3), 156.

2, 157. 1, 2.
D'^TCia 156. 2

Dspiria 92. &, 161. 3

n (n.) 207. 2. a
n (from Tia) 156. 2
n 139. 2

^sra 139. 3
mn 141. 2

TT3 141. 1 (p. 175)

isnn 139. 1
■jina 185. 2. c

Tm 210. a

D'^n^ina 60. 3. c
mt:n3 27
-i^nn 185, 2
■jna 50. 1
•jnii 121. 1
nna so. i
nn^nh nns 43. h
■^nna 19. 2
o'lnns 201. 1. 6

nrJ3 90. ^ass.

nt23 184. 6

npa 126. 1
■jin^a 193. 2

V^l 197. a
D'lS'Ja 208. 3. a
DTja 239. 2 (3), 263.

1.6
•12 (for ''^a) 53. 3. a,

240. 2
T2 237. 2 (2)
Ta 16. 2. a

rriin^n 57. 2 (2)

V^ 158. 2, 3
•j^a 237. 1, 238. 1
^I'-ipni 4. a
''nb'^a 158. 1

np??^a 16. 2. a

D^S^S 200. 6

?;^nii;^^3 14. «, 24. 6
n^ia 61. 2, 63. 2. ft,

197. h, 208. 3. c

mi? 57. 2 (5), 62. 1,

216. 1. d
''^r'^n'fl^? 246. 3. h
^W!t7y"r\>% 246. 3. b
^^^^4 65
^1 65. a
nD2 184. 6
133 172. 2
iD3 (for i3?3?) 53.

3. a
^133 50. 1
1133 50. 1
•'33 184. b

ibT»33 91. 6, 231. 5. a
3in33 22. a, 101. 2. 6
bS 53. 3. a
nn^3 198. a (3)
''SibS 56. 4
"I^XT2JI?b3 18. 2. c
TO^bS 195. 3
b?!»b3 195. 3
bb3 141. 3 (p. 175)

yb3, ?b3 126. 1

''13?bSl 237. 2 (4)
iniD?b3 127. 2
■^rbS 61. 6. a, 237. 1
'li<'a3 235. 3 (1)
nri3 231. 4. a
1^3 233. a

ini'QS 13. a, 214. 2. J
•^^^l 45. 4
n5?^^.3 45. 3

nibnp^3 i6. 2. «

•■': - 1:

^n^3 19. 2, 216. 1. c
■JS 51. 3, 185. 2.d, 215.

1. 6
i5'i)3:'n-13 246. 3. b
niS' nD3 35. 1
153 (from XiS) 164. 2
133 34

T

153 34

153 (suf.) 221. 3. a

153 (parag.) 61. 6. a

ni53 207. 1. «.

•j:'ni53 (v.) 173. 2
D3"'ni53 220. 1. b
''SS 61. 6. «, 218

350

INDEX III.

n^Sa 207. 1. a

nipa 86. b (1 c.)

?|3a 221. 3. a

?b:a 4. a

bbp 22. a, 101. 2. &

nn:a 132. 1, iss. 1

nStDSOa 24. a

niysa, wp5 16. 3. 6

-|^n?S 237. 2 (2)

nyia 237. 1

Pipya, 5]tD:^a 113. 1. 2

i'^:?s 172. 1

0^273 60. 3. a

D'lbys 201. 2
")?a 131. 1
nn^a i96. c
ntos'S 113. 2
fijtoya 60. 3. a
ri?a 121. 1
nska 199
^nijsn 11. 1. a

TSa 185. 2. a
ySh 42. a

-I" J

D?Sa 125. 1
pSa 82. 1. a (2)

n'nka 207. 1. d

ypa 80. 2. a (4)

D2?pa 125. 2

ppa 141. 3 (p. 175)

npa 197. c, 201. 1

Ipa 50. 1, 208. 8. b
"li3 186. 2. c

«na 78. 1
sna 166. 3

iqsiina 164. 4
^ha 185. 2. 6
tfina 92. (^
tjina 51. 1
nina 51. 1
bpa 193. 2. c

JTia 50. 1

n"i"ia 210. a

ii?i'ia 194. 2. a
?J'^a 80. 2. a {!), 80.
2. a (2), 120. 3

•f^ia, ^na 119. 1
tjna 197. a
nana 16. 2. a

nD"na 216. 1. b

iana 60. 3. «, 120. 3
tana 22. «, 216. 2. «
on^ana 22. «
n;^3"ia 208. 4

Ona 139. 2

npna 19. 2. b, i96. 6
nna 141. 1 (p. 175)

Dam 74. a, 139. 2

"ipa-itja 102. 3. a

bm 80. 2. a (1)

natim 220. 1. b
ninptja 45. 2
ria 205. b
ina 221. 2. a
^aaina 220. 1. 6
D^b^na 201. 1. b
"'pa 58. 2

D''Pa 208. 3. c

Dana 221. 6

nxa nka 22. 6
nsa 185. 2. d
D->b^xa 201. 1. a
ni"i»a 208. 3. c
bsa 117

'^N? 116. 4

nbxa 201. 1. a
•jbsa 119. 3
Dabsii 221. 3. a
aa 200. c

riaa 143. a

-naa 215. 1. c
riaa 185. 2. b
f^aa 184. 6
«na5i 11. 1. a
xnaa se. 6
nnaa 125. 2
nnaa 60. 3. a
DTiiaa 201. 2
bia^ 184
nin^aa 201. 1. c
nnaa 19 8. a (3)
?iaa 50. 1
"liaa 187. 1, 215. 1
^JT'niaa 220. 2. c
laa 199. c
Taa 184
baa 50. 1
nbaa 11. 1. 6
■jaa 187. 1. b
■jbaa 207. 2. c
D^spaa 187. 2. c
bi^aa 193. 2. c
naa 82. 1. a (2)

INDEX III.

351

ina 183. b, 184. a

nna i84. «
bs^nna 6i. 6. a
nnaa 205
w 200. «

•Tia 141. 3 (p. 175)
bi^a 58. 1, 185. 2. b,

210, 217
-bTia 215. 1. c

ina 208. 3. d
n^na 209. 2. &

i.'i'73 216. 1. rt
b'la 82. 1. a (2)
b'la (v.) 58. 1
b^a (adj.) 185. 2. b
b^lij 58. 1, 184

-b'na 215. 1. c

b'^a, b-ra 92. c
y'la 126. 1

n'la 197. b, 216. 1. f,

217
^H^ 217

T^nn'ia 221. 2. b

U^Trn-^ 203. 5. 6
T^a 50. 3, 68. h

iTia 157. 1

I"!? 221. 3. a

;)ia 220. 1. c
on^ia 220. 2 6
ran'^ni'^^a 220. 2. c
t|ia 221. 3. a
bna 158. 3
bbia 141. 4

yiaia 186. 2. 6

2?:a 125. 2, 156. 1
nia (v.) 179. 2. a

bnia 200. a

Ta 139. 2

"lara 195. 1
nra es. 6

m 50. 3, 68. 6

Tta 139. 2

''•n 141. 1

n^a 50. 3

bra 50. 3, 68. b

bra 216. 1. e

nra 50. 1, 3, 68. b, 84.

3. a (3), 125. 3

na 158. 3

■jina 4. a

''na 157. 1

"•na 157. 2, 158. 2

n^bra 216. 2. i

nbna 200. 6, 210. (?

S5^a 183. 6, 197. b,

208. 3. c
Vtr^^ 216. 1. (Z

ri'^a 158. 2, 3
b-^a 158. 2, 3
ba (nb) 98. 2, 174. 5
ba, ba (S'y) 139. 2

baba 187. 1. e, 207. 2. a

baba 187. 1. e

baba 141. 4

nbaba i87. 1. e, 207.

1. (/, 217

nb.'; 11. 1. a

nba 57. 2 (5), 80. 2. a

(4), 143. «, 170
n^ba 216. 1. a

nba 126. 1

nb^ba 196. c
n^biba 16. 2. «
""n^ba, in-'bii 174. 2
ibba 139. 1
^^isba 195. 1
nnba 61. 6

b^sa 197. f, 207. 2. 6

r T '

'nbisa 101. 3. a
!innbi2a 104. i
inbiaa 104. i

]a 197. i, 217

3Da 77. 1
nsa 187. 1. a
asa 93. (/
na:;; 21 6. 1. 6
^na:^ 104. i

■ipasa 65. a

^ria:a 61. 6. a
nnapa 104. i
nsa 217
•jisa 139. 2
n^T?5 50. 1
ya 131. 3
iy.n 172. 2
-nya 125. 2
n?a 131. 4

15^ 197. 6. 200. 6

nana 207. 2. a

tna 50. 3, 68. b

■jna 193. 2. &

352

INDEX III.

pa 197. 5, 200. a, 208.
3. h

ni^a 219. 1

ni3-ia 216. 2

n\;i 141. 3 (p. 175)

13TB15 194. 1

i^nirna io4./.
Tsa, -izJa 131. 3
?i^a, ^TiJii 131. 3

ITJJa 65. h

torn 141. 1 (p. 175)

T\m 131. 4

iriTJJa 131. 4

na 207. 2. a

nnx'i 87, 119. 3

SST 11. 1. a

ysfh 51. 4

mian 198. &, 200. b

T ; '

nbn'7 200. 6, 214. 1. 6

pn^ 82. 1. a (2)

npn'1 87
nn^ 10. a
*in^ 210

W 80. 2. a (2)

-W 92. d

15^ , W 92. c, 126. 2

I^S^ 65

l^n'l 61. 1, 216. 2

ri'iSl 65. a

riWI 100. 2. a (1)

^T\yr\ 86. 6 (2 f.)

*^tra^ 61. 6. a
1^3'! 183. b

"'tpn'^ 221. 5. c
r^'l 185. 2. (/, 198,
r.W 198, 217

r\m 219. 1. 6
n^^ 207. 1./.

iX'll^ 216. 1. a
D"'S'l^'^ 56. 4, 207
'''l^'l 194. 2. 6
S-^i^ 51. 4
Tl"t 11. 1. 6
Di'^ 139. 2

niT 200. c
?i3irii-ii^ 44. b

I

ffi^T 158. 3
^m 157. 2

^n^ 121. 1

1^ 215. 1. (?

S^''^ 187. 1. a

n^:^■''^ iss. i

ii'^ 184. 6
■j'''^ 158. 2, 3
"j^^ 187. 1. a
iTS">^ 158. 3
X3^ 165. 2
^S2n 167. 1
b"! 207. 2. a
nb-l 50. 1

''riib'i 141. 2
'i^b'^ 141. 1

\^b'7 19. 2. 6
ni'^b'^ 209. 2. a

trh'^ 210. «
nb-n 197. 6, 199. (?,
ninb^i 21 6. 2. a

''nb'i 216. 2

217 D';nb'^ 203. 2, 208. 4
ni 139. 2
''^^ 57. 2 (4)
DDtt'^ 58. 2, 221. 1. a

nm 141. 3 (p. 175)

, 2. a pTC12"^ 51. 2
ptD^T 195. 1

*':'^ 194. 1

''l?^ 104. a

y'l 148. 3

T\ 148. 2

TyT\ 53. 2. a, 148. 2

TO^,n?^97.1.^», 148.3

ly*! 16. 2. a

iBX-^S^^"! 45. 4

^?n 50. 1

t\T\ 148. 2

''P^'l 148. 2

Iff-n 19.2.&, 65.a, 200. a

niDhn^ 19. 2. &, 65. a

Di"1'l 193. 2. c
TCi^'I'l 122. 2, 141. 1
^n"! 197. &, 200. &

TO' TO 65. a
D^D'1'^ 203. 3, 208. 4
ii^D'l'l 220. 2. b
ptoW 51. 2, 54, 3

^nstj'i^ 104. 1

XtC"! 196. c?
Ntp'^ 18. 2. c
)m (v.) 82. 1. a (2)
211 "JOT (adj.) 185. 2
m 200. b

INDEX III.

353

.n, n, n 229, 245
n, n, n 230, 283
p'insin 112. 3
mnsni 112. 3
■^mnNn eo. 3. 6 (1)
in'iiKni 60. 3. b (1)

0*7Xn 246. 1. a
•"binxn 246. 2. a
T^y) 80. 2. h, 112. 3
'J''Ti?nn 112. 3
nsT^n 88 (pi. f.)
irT^DTSn 94. a, 180. o
r\5TJ5n"l 112. 3

nsn 240. 1
DDinsn 60. 3. c

■•"iTr^O 246. 3. b
TJJ^Xn 230. 3. a
'^'^'^^^^ 112. 3
Di?'??5!?,0 112. 3
D'^n'bsn 246. I. a

?jbsn 60. 3. c

n^l2Xn 229. 4. a

nbi?n 112. 1
n?«n 126. 1

^iDBDNn 57. 2 (2) a,

229. 3. a
''innBSin 230. 3. a

• T ; V T

•J^nsn 63. 2. &, 229. 4. 6
Dns?n 230. 3. a

nn 148. 3
ffi^xan 151. 3
man 119. 1
nsnn i66. i, i67. 2
rixani 100. 2. « (1)

23

nnxsn i67. 2
inxan 104. it
nnsnn 160. 2
nb^inn^ 100. 2. a (2)
b'^nn 94. 6
nnn 148. 3, 240. 2
n^nnnn 188. h

^3n 148. 3

Tian 140. 4
pian 140. 4
-tD2n 94. fZ

•inn (from Xia) 164. 2

i^'^nn (imp.) 94. d
'r\&^2ry\ 100. 2. a (2)
ons^nn leo. 2
©•^nn 179. 2. a
^TB"'ah 150. 2
niujinn leo. 2
nn^'an 219. 1
ban 84. 3. a (2), 112.

5. a

ban 216. 1. e
^nban 111. 3. a
niaan 173. 2

b?an 246. 1. a

t'lan 140. 5
tfs'nan 104. &
?j5|:nan i64. 4
^n3n 140. 4, 141. 1
nDnan 16. 3.6, 230.2. «
D-^rian 45. 2
n-'asn 126. 1
-^an 94. d
"ran 95. c

b^;\n 94. a
n^n 112. 5. a

n^n 18. 2. f, 184. b

ir^n 172. 2

iah 92. 6, 174. 1, 3
t\^yr\ 216. 1. «
nban, nb.)n 175. 1
niban 173. 2
n^bSin 175. 1.
^tyhyr\ 175. 1
ribsn 172. 1
n?5n 127. 1
pa'^n 82. 5
ina'in 246. 2. a

TC^'in 159. 2

^siann 141. 3

Onn 207. 2. a
ri:?^n 245. 5. b

?|nn 112. 5. a

"p-H^ 140. 5

pnn (pret.) 140. 5

p^n (inf.) 140. 5

nipin 141. 2

"I'ln 112. 5. a, 125. 3

na-in^n (inf) 94. b
npTC'nn 96. a
nn 240. 1
siabnn 245. 5. i

'd'^^'^Tir^ 245. 5. 6
nnn 63. 2. 6, 229. 4. &

nnnn 219. 1
n'lninnn 246. 2. a
wnr\r\ 63. 1. «, 229. 4
i?in 177. 1

354

INDEX III.

Sin 47, n. a (3)

sin 58. 1, 71, 73. 3,

258. 2
S'ln 30. 2

sn^n 167. 2
^sain 167. 2
©■inin 179. 2. a

D'^Snin 13. a, 208. 3. a

y'lin 150. 5

nin 57.2 (5) a, 177. 1

nin 177. 1
rnmT\ 140. 6
bnin 140. 6
lin 240. 1

5'1'^in 229. 1. a

n;'"in i77. 1

HDin (inf.) 126. 1
n^pin (imp.) 94. t?

nnjin 150. 5
tfbin 151. 1
bbin 141. 4
ib'j^n 93. 6
nibbin i98. a (4)
Dbin 90
nsin 160. 5
*TDin 95. c, 150. 5

•.ftlD^n 27, 104. e
■t^Sin (imp.) 94. d
■S2in 150. 1

nxsin 167. 2
-ris^in 16. 1
s-^sin (imp. ?) 94. d
JT>ni2in 149. 1, 150. 4
p2in 57. 2. (5)

D)?in 153. 1
n^D?pin60. 3.0,127.2

"rn^n 57. 2. (2)
'isn'inin 104. k
acin 66. 1 (2) b
D-^nimrin 151. 3
n-^cin 57. 2 (5)

''3''©in 61. 6. a

2>T?in 126. 1
ntJin 150. 1
D'^na-jn 24. b
b-i-Tn 160. 1
n^bi-n 141. 3

^3-Tri 54. 2, 4. a, 82. 5. a
DDnDTH 91. b, 106. a
n^iTH 175. 1

-p?Tn 119. 1
Drninjn i73. 2
^»|nn 167. 2
nnsjann 166. 1
nnnn i65. 1
ynn 63. 1. a, 229. 4

''l^VlO'^ 53. 2. 6, 63.
1. a, 95. 6

n''T»*:nn 63. 1. a, 229. 4

TTHH (inf.) 112. 3

"inprnn 112. 3
■TipfTO 112. 3
''r^lpT^in^ 112. 3

Wn 164. 2

''pnn 164. 2
■^nn 229. 3. a
'On^nn 111. 3. 6

DSnn 63. 1. a, 229. 4

T T V '

ntiDnn 229. 4. «
bnn 140. 5
bnn 140. 4
ibnn i4o. 4
"•brin 175. 1
iri'bnn 141. 2

D"'3'Enn 229. 3. a

vann 246. 2, a

s':?'^0 119. 1

Dnnn 119. 1
in^nnn eo. 3. b (1)
'^Pi^'^nni 60. 3. b (1)
ini2Jnnni 112. 3
bnnn 95. c
nhnn 141. 2
"inrinni se. 5 (2 m.),

112. 3, 139. 3
•Dn 175. 4

•^nhttw 161. 5
n^n 175. 4
"in^n 82. 5
^nn^n 63. 1. a, 121. 3
niisn 159. 2
'^sb'^pn 160. 2

^nitDSl 175. 1
riS572^n 96. a, 166. 5
in 53. 2. a, 184. 6
Sl'in 71. a (3)
Dri!?nin 230. 2. a

n^in 11. 1. a

n"'n50. 1, 77. 3, 112. 5.

T T ' '

a, 152. 2. a, 156. 1,

177. 1, 258. 2
n^n 86. b (3 pi.)

INDEX III.

355

n-^n^imp.) 112. 1,177.1

n::n (inf.) 177. 1

n>nT 61. 1. a, 234. b
Vi^^ 61. 1. a, 234. b

'itn.'i 46

n)vT\ 245. 5. b
OPn 245. 3. 6

r\r^7\ 112. 1, 177. 1

S'J^n 235. 3 (2)
avjin 145. 2

nt3i;*n 230. 2. 5
ni-^rn, n-i^fni i6. i

D^l"'?0 60. 3. b (1),

112. 1
Dri"'?ni 112. 2, 234. 6

?fn 51. 2

bD^n 189. b, 197. 6,
200. c, 210. c, 216.
1.6

''pib-'n 151. 1
b-'b-'n 57. 2 (5)
bb^n 186. 2
Ti^^n 11. 1. 6
"'StJa'^n 150. 1
«2;<n 150. 1
tibs'^n 65. J

n^rn 246. 1. a

mD7n 150. 1
nip. 172. 1

nri;'^ 246. 3. a
nn 98. 2, 175. 4

^asn 94. 6

Oasn 96. a

nan 175. 4

•jisn 159. 2
b^pn ciy) 160. 4
biDn (b^Dsn) 111. 2. c
iD'ipn 160. 2
nrsn 160. 2
^sirpn 160. 2
riirsn leo. 2

n32n 246. 1. a

^)2b3n 95. a

D^I^bDH 94. a
13Dn 160. 2

nnj^yssn 24. b, 230.

2. a
IDH 112. 5. a
-ISn 94. b
b)2"l3r| 246. 1. a
TDhDn 24. 6

nsbn 172. 1, 175. 1

■jnbn 24. b, 230. 2. a

■jiDnbn 246. 1. a
mbn 94. 6
rri^n 150. 5
ibn 139. 2
nriiibn 44. «
Tbn 58. 1, 73. 2
nrbn 53. 1, 73. 2
^Tbn 58. 1, 73. 2
onbn 119. 1
Dnbn 91. 6
Tbn 150. 2
nb^bn 245. 3. b
•jbn 84. 3. a (3), 112.

5.C, 115, 151. 1,179,
2. a

^'bn 151. 1
^Dbn 151. 1
ii^sbn 86. 6 (3 pi.)
n:Dbn) 100. 2. « (1)
nDbn;\ 100. 2. a (1)
nsbh 205
bbn 137, 141. 4
bbn 137

'ibbn 20. 2, 45. 2
n^bbn 139. 1
Dbn 111. 1

- T

ttn 4. a

on, ni2n ei. 6

)W 197. 6
bil2n 159. 2. bis

^bii2n 159. 2
D'^xni^n 177. 3
'j^'nn 150. 2
n'')2n 160. 4
I'^n'^^m 14. a
tjn^rn 160. 2
^nsrn 246. 2. &

^Disn 140. 6, 141. 1

nbrn 126. 1
nbrn 80. 2. 6
nnbttn 127. 1
^fb^n 95. a

nisbiaTGn 246. 3. a
niiSTSn 246. 1. a

cian 140. 4
^Sttn 140. 5
rpian 62. 2, 175. 1
j^^^n 119. 1
'ipnra?i2nio4.c, 246. 2.6

356

INDEX III.

!?|b:?12n 246. 2. h
iXTl^T) 106. 3

^in^s^n 165. 3

nSfilsn 246. 1. a

iian 140. 5
Tan 140. 5

Dnin-an 24. b
bir^an 45. 2, 230. 2
biBun 94. 6
nion 160. 4
?int)n, ?in^n 160. 5
•'n^n 160. 2
nnpn leo. 2

■jn (pron.) Yl. a (3)
in (adv.) 236
1«3sn 54. 2

ins3|n 166. 2
''nsain isi. 6

?1^2n 91. 6, 131. 5

nan 236, 24o. 2

1^}r) (pron.) Yl. « (3)
nsn (adv.) 235. 3 (4)

'^':r\:r\ i3i. 1

'^r^f\ 246. 1. a

nnsn i89. 6
bn:n 94. 6

"^nmn 63. 1. a, 121.
3, 131. 6

nmn 131. 1
innsn 160. 2
n^Dn, n^sn 83. c (1),

160. 1

nn"i2n 160. 5
imin-'rn leo. 2

DDB^Sn 160. 4

^p'^sn 150. 2 •

^XS'QSn 245. 5. h

nB:n 160. 4
riB?n 160. 2

'iSDn 141. 1

npsn 173. 2
•j^wn 131. 2

■jhsn 91. h, 131. 5

^pnsn 131. 2

en 240. 1

ncn 140. 5

2Cn61.4, 135.3,140.5
13Cn 61. 4. a, 140. 5
lapn 61. 4
nspn 61. 5, 136. 2

D^i^on (D^nxiJin) 53.

2. ff, 111. 2. c
^y'On, 160. 2
^"^^Cn 160. 4

n">pn, n^cn leo. 1
•ipn 140. 5
•jscn 94. h
"iscn 94. (Z
baripn 32. 5
bbinpn i4i. 5
"insn 91. h
i^-nn^n 63. 3. h (2)
^■'n'lnsn 112. 3
Ti'imn^ni 112. 3
^^n?n (inf. abs.) 94. b
nnsyn 112. 2
nniyn 160. 2
nT2?n 141. 1

riTi'n 160.2
''riTyn 60. 3. c
'inn-iyn 44. b
^l^^n, t2:'?n 229. 3
irii"iij'n 160. 2
byn (v.) 175. 4
nb2>n, nbyn 112. 2

T\hVT\ 60. 3. b (2), 112. 2
nbl^'n 63-. \. a

n-'byn 245. 5. 6
^snibs^n 104. ;
in'byn 173. 2

D2?n 63. 2. ft, 229. 4. 6

Tttyn 60. 3. b (2)
^^^?n 94. b
iT^i^ni 112. 3
nnsyn 104. e
■fi-ii^ni 112. 3
D'^nyn 229. 4

?;3W 246. 2. a

inton 173. 2
iniic^n 113. 1
n3?n 18. 2. c

ni^Sn 187. 2. a

n'isn 175. 1
n'lsn 175. 4
nsn 140. 5
nsn 80. 2. b
^nir-'sni 160. 2
n'lsn 140. 5
?jsn 112. 5. h
^'^tr\ 61. 6

^Spsn 188
Sbsn 166. 3

INDEX III.

357

xbsn 165. 2

IDSn 95. d

n?5n 245. 3. b

npSn (inf. abs.) 91. fi

"IpBH 93. a, 95. a

nsn 229. 4. b

Ifin 140. 5

:nsn 65. a, 140. 5

nan i4o. 5 •
insn 119. 1
•iriinpnT loo. 2. « (1)

DDIBn 141. 3
D"lSn 141. 3

nnnsn i4i. 2
nnsn 126. 1

p-TDtn 82. 5
n'^'[2^n 80. 2. 6

^2^«'j^n 161. 1

ilV'JSn 161. 1

^''srn 145. 2
n^-'in 160. 2
nb^- 189. 5
lit-in 126. 1

nni32n 86. b (2 m.)

irs^n 24. 6
nssn 140. 5
"isn 140. 5

•^rihlSnT 100. 2. a (1),
141. 2

nxjjn 229. 4. 6
inkpn 160. 2
ffi^'Hi^n 94. 6
mpn 94. 6
cc'ipn 229. 4. b

• T It: -

bnpn 119. 1
-bn]?n 119. 1
ni-jpn 94. 6

D^pn 160. 4
D^pn 160. 4

D^pn 57. 2 (5), 59,

153. 1

nitt'^pn 66. 2 (2) c
h'^r^ 140. 5
bpn 140. 5

Dpn 160. 4
D)?\l, Dpn 160. 5
^VCi'P:^'^ 66. 2 (2) c

inbpn 104. y
nispn 94. b, 175. 2
snpn 119. 1
na->opn 9s. 1

in 207. 2. a

nsnn, nxnn 114,

175. 1

nj?"in 173. 2
nisnn 173. 2
''ri'^xini 114
^l^n'^xnn 175.
on^x-nn 24. b
snn, nsnn 175. 4
na-in 175. 2
nann, n:ann 175. 2,

235. 3 (2)

ri-^nnni 100. 2. « (1)
■'n-'aini 100. 2. « (1)
rann (inf.) 94. 6, 114
T^y^ (inf.) 114
?.n&''iin 24. 6

T\y\ 63. 1. a, 219. 1. 5

inn 172. 2

T

inn 92. 6, 174. 1, 3

!l2inn 53. 3. a

■annn 119. i
pnnn, pnnn 119. 1
■inn 199. c
ni^'nn 209. 1. a
D'^nn 59

• T

)ni'a''nn 16O. 2
''tt'^nn 160. 4
BDtiinn 160. 4
'^v^y^ 160. 2
onj^'inn 160. 2
n^nni 16. 1

X^t} 140. 5

nasnn lu
ni-yr^ 140. 4
n-^iann (o-'^nsn) 53

2. a

ribnn 160. 2
cnn 111. 1

^y}, y^} 140. 5

5?nn 140. 5
^ynn 160. 2
n^ynn 24. b
Dtibnn 160. 2
?inn 66. 1 (1), 98. 2,

175. 4

nsnn 175. 4
nsnn i65. 1
nsnn 172. 1
"^yr^ 221. 6. b
innn 221. 6. b

358

INDEX III.

D'^n'nn 20 7. 2. a

D™ 221. 6. b
•jtpTSn 246. 1. a

bston, ^•'ston 94. b

ibil3TDn 180. a

snni^n 82. 5
«©ri 166. 3
in-'nbsTDn 119. 2
:s©n 65. a

I- T

n«n 160. 4
nsn^ainn 104. k
irapn se. b (2. m.)
''rihffin^ 100. 2. a (1)
D'TiatJn'i 10. a
nffin 140. 5
a^'tin 160. 4
in'^Tsn 60. 3. 6 (2)
is''«n 60. 3. 6 (2)
••nin^iDrin 33. 4
?ini©n 101. 3. a
nnh^irn 160. 2
asTsn 94. 6
asTSn 95. a
nasTsn 95. a, d
DSTcn, a-iSTDn 94. b

yblD11> 80. 2. b

sjibcn 94. 6

^3'''?©ni 100. 2. a (2)
•jbon (inf.) 94. b
?jb©n (imp.) 94. d
?jbT»n 95. a
riDbcn 95. a.

npriDbon 86. b (2 pi.)
rittbon 95. «

itt^n 94. 6

Taf n (inf. abs.) 91. b
^^lacn (inf ) 94. b

•J^p^r^ io4. 6
niairn i40. 6

^TSCn 140. 5

n-Qcri 140. 5
^rp™T»n 141. 3

D^tJn 139. 3

y^TSn 126. 1
n^y^Tcn 128, i89. b
by 3?^T»n 35. 1
n^isn 64. 1, 91. 6
npT^n 245. 3. 6

"IW D^iTSn 251. 4. a

:)»n (y'i?) 140. 5
yen (rfe) 35. 2, iV5. 4
nisT^n (nissTcsn) 53.

2. 6, 62. 1

b-iSCn (inf. abs.) 94. b
^BTSn 91. b

n]5Ten 50. 1, 179. 2. «
t2j?t?n 94. (^
nariTcn 126. 1
•jDimrn i4i. 5
5^^Hrn»n 168. «
ri'iinncn i76. 2
■"OrD^riTcn 176. 1
in^nnncn i76. 2

T''W«n'1100.2.a(l)

^^''iririwn 176. 2
ninnujn i76. 1
jn^'sriTrn i76. 2
^:?03?mDn 141. e

•jsricn 82. 5
•'n-'^xnn i76. 2
"vrsnn 126. 2
"isiarn 158. 4
^2>j5ann 126. 1
■'rib'^arnn 96. b
n^snn 126. 1
ic^ann 96. a
lann 17 6. 4
lY^^ann i76. 2
?f^nnn 96. 6
-^bnnn 96. b
iriDbnnn'i 100. 2.a(i)
bbnnn 137

nnirn 150. 3 (p. 182)
y^.nn 150. 3 (p. 182)
•j^nn 187. 2. «
nsnnn 150. 3 (p. 182)
na?inn 246. 3. a

\1trn 65. a

bbinr.n 161. 2
p^nnn 96. 6
bnnn i76. 4
nn^nn so. 2. 5

Wn 111. 2. 0, 172. 1

^irn^nn co. 3. a
^'a^tyn, i4i. 3
a^^nn 50. 1, 179. 2. o
^asrin 96. 6
bnn 115
n-^briri 142. 3
ann 140. 5
^'ibnn 141. 5
j^ttnann i4i. 6

INDEX III.

359

niann uo. s
nann 82. 5
n^nisnn 141. 5
nisDnn i65. 3.
n^3:nn i65. 3
bbiynn i4i. 5
b>?nn 141. 5
n^synn i76. 2
anynn 119. 1
titD^snn 96. 6

^^JpBnn 59. a, 96. a
^npsnn 96. a

ffi^j^nn 96. b
-T2j'ni5rin 96. 6
TO^pnn 96. b
irimpnnn 96. 6
Qnon;?nn ei. 4. a,

96. b

^l?^prin 137
ospnn 96. b
•jsi-inn 141. 5
imnnnn 121. 1
n^Bnnn ive. 2
njip'jitjnn 54. 4. a,

82. 5. a

n^Tcnn 45. 2, 230. 2.
nnn 141. 3 (p. 175)

n 100. 1, 234, 287

•1 99. 1

11 56. 2

"in 56. 2

nbl 56. 2

"ibl 56. 2

a«T 183. b, 197. c
laXT 216. 1. b
nST 11. 1. a
rsf 39. 4. a

nnT 50. 1

-T

n3T 200. c

innr 125. 2
ii2^naT 220. 2. c
irnnn 100. 2. a (1)

•JlbnT 193. 2. a

^T 186. 2. c

HT 73. 1, 235. 3 (4),

249. 2. a
rif 39. 4. a
riT, IT 11. 1. b

nr, iT 73. 1

nnr so. i, 51. 3, 201. 1

T T ' '

nnn 16. 3. b, ei. 1. a,

234. a
^T 73. 1
IT 53. 3. a

r\bsa IT 22. b

ni^lT 209. 2. a
tTilT 210. a

nb^T 237. 1

a "irib^T 61. 6. a
naiT 14. a, 93. b
miT 156. 4, 196. (Z
•jiTT 193. 2. a
D^SiTT 210. c
tn^T 208. 3. c
13T 141. 1
niDT 90. pass.
nnDT 98, 1

'ji'lpT 25

"ji-IST 200. c, 210, 210.

b, 217
i^DT 106. 6
■'n'IDT 86. fi (2 f.)
fl^bT €8. «
nS^pbT 210. e
nnilCT 200. 6
'T^'CT 185. 2. a
^rVQ'n'f 139. 1
)'Q1 207. 2. 6
nn^T 92. d

nn'QT 196. 6

■^niST 139. 2

rODri"ET 220. 1. 6

•jT 207. 2. a

a!T 200. a

ni2T 200. b

•J?T 51. 1

D?T 84. 3. a (3), 11 8.' 2

nm 119. 3

iB:?T 119. 3

P?T 51. 1

pb?T 119. 1

1p?T 60. 1. a, 119. 4

^P?T 119. 4

•JPSIT 119. 3

H (v.) 79. 2, 82. 1. a

0)
IpT (adj.) 90, 215. 1

n^ppT 201. 1. b

ppT 141. 1 (p. 175)

X"1T 196. (/

360

INDEX III.

'.nr, r\r i56. 2

?i-|T 183. c, 197. a,
200. c

Tnr 187. 1. €

siianT 92. b

ynr eo. 3. c, 216. 1. e

J?-!? 216. 1. e
pnr 80. 2. a (3)

xnn 112. 5. a

ixan 167. 1

rrnian, nnnn eo. 2. a

ttsn 112. 5. a

•'nn 172. 3

byn 50. 1, 112. 5. b

bnh 186. 2. a
^)>^rj 61. 1
!?;tnb3n 104. i
p:sn 187. 2
nnn 112. 5. a
nina-inn 188
mr} 84. 3. a (3), 112.
5. b

an 186. 2. c

K:\n 11. 1. a
xan 196. (^
nan 112. 5. a

nn 53. 2. S, 223. 1. a
Viri) 100. 2. a (2)
bnn 82. 1. a (2), 112.

5. a
^>nn 24. c
nnn 216. 1. e
tJnn 208. 3. 6

D'^TCnn 60. 3. b (2)

:iTin 199. c
nin 207. 1./
nsin 14. a
b^n 158. 2
bbin 161. 4
bbin 141. 4
jsin 141. 4
y^n 200. a

ip^n 59. a, 141. 3
■ipin 14. a

Tn 125. 3

""nin 194. 2. b

t'lnin 199. c

IT

ffinin 186. 2. a

ms^n 158. 2
criin 186. 2
nrn 200. «
pjn 200. a, 210. 6,

216. 2. b
prn 84. 3. a (2), 110.

2, 112. 5. b
pin 185. 2. 6
pyn 185. 2. 6
pTn 92. c

^pTn 61. 1
^s^^pT^^, Ji^pT^ 57. 2

(2) 5 ^ ■ *

nn 207. 2. 6

fc^m 183. J, 208. 3
i^m 165. 2

rispn 220. 1. b

nSDn 198. a (3)
iXUn 60. 3,c, 216. 1. a

D^'Xpn 57. 2 (3) a,
164. 3

nxtsn 166. 1

r\mn 198. « (3), 205,

217

inx^n 57. 2 (3) a
inxbn 166. 2
Dr.xbn 220. 2.a
nt:n 50. 1, 112. 6. a
nipn 200. b
im 164. 2

■jitsn 199. a
^n (v.) 177. 2
"Tl (n.) 215. 1. d

n^n 161. 1

rr^n 50. 1, 112. 5. a,

152. 2. a, 177. 2

:n^n i77. 2
n.'^ni 234. 6
n^^n 201. 1, a

T'Tj'] 234. 5

j'lp^i^'jn 220. 2. c

D'^':'n 201. 1, 201. 1. a
Cni'^ni 234. b

bin 158. 2
b^n 208. 3. c
ms^n 158. 2
n::n i96. 6
in^'n 61. 6, 218

i2n 174. 3

^r?n 172. 3
^ri^srii 100. 2. a (1)

ibV53n 187. 2. c

n^bbpn i98. a (4)

INDEX III.

361

D?n 80. 1, 84. 3. a (2),

112. 5. a
nittDH 198. a. 4

: T

*iapn 216. 2

bn 1V4. 5

abn 215. 1. a

■jnnbn 220. 2. 6
nbn 80. 2. a (4), 112.

5. 6

n?n 80. 1

T •

Dibn 200. a
•ji^n 197. b, 200. c

''bTjn 194. 2. 6, 199. c

nbnbn i87. 1. e, 193.

T T : - '

«(3)

tibn 112. 5. a

^hn 208. 3. c?

''bii 65

nb'ibn 219. 1. a, 240. 2
D'^SDbn 209. 1. a
robn 209. 1. a

bbn 141. 4
Dbn 112. 5. c
ttji'abn 195. 1

5lbn 80. 2. a (1), 112.
5. c

7bn 92. c?
pbn 112. 5. 6
rt)5bn 51. 3

''P^n 24. 5, 216. 2. a

P^lPfH 188

nnj^bn 104. »
t»bn 84. 3. a (3)
©bn 187. 1

i^-an 196. (/

T •*

"rm 111. 1, 112. 5. a
n^n (nsjttn) 53. 3. h
nian i84. 6, 216. 1
p'lan 185. 2. c
nittn 197. c
nittrt 205. c
''ninn 141. 2

'ilC"''52n 59. a, 227. 1
b^n 112. 5. a

nbian 87, in. 3. «

Dttn 84. 3. a (3), 141.

1 (p. 175), 179. 2. a
D^an 112. 5. a
yian 82. 1. a (2), 112.

5. a

y*dn 184

impart 106. a, 111. 3. a
■l^n 112. 5. a

^Tanian, ^ntin^an 6o.

3. h (2)

nn^nisn 92. o, 115

©ISn 46

©lan 205, 215. 1. b

TC72n 227. 3

ms^n 223. 1

ilEian 59. a, 227. 1
Dn^ffim 250. 2 (2) a
T'lSttn 250. 2 (2) a
Tj'i'^^n 250. 2 (2) a
D'''t''an 225. 1

vnir^n 220. 2. a
ntoy mr^n 224. «
rittn 214. 1. b

u^rfdn 203. 5. b

"jn 186. 2. c

■ji:n 139. 2

l-^:?! 187. 1

ni:n 139. 2

ni^sn, ni^.:n 209. 3. a

ri^pn 199. rf, 200. c

^:n 112. 5. a

•i;n 220. 1. b

'at

Diri 235. 2 (1)

bttpn 195. 1

•5:0 80. 1, 84. 3. a (3)
•jsn 141. 4
nSSn 139. 2

^Itn 61. 5

D3:?n 106. o, 139. 2
''?32n 141. 1
5i:n 82. 1. a (2)
p2»7 50. 1

^'ijcn, i-ncn 216. 2. «
ncn 112. 5. b
n-cn, ^•'cn i69. 1,

T AT T ' AT T '

172. 1

ben 112. 5. a
ccn 112. 5. a

ncn 82. 1. a (2), 112.
5. a

nsn 112. 5. a
tsn 112. 5. a

T-Sn (v.)82. l.a(l), 84.

3. a (1), 112. 5. ffl
•j^Bn (adj.) 185. 2. b
''Tiiyn 86. a
''SSn 216. 1. J

362

INDEX III.

ISn 82. 1 a (2), 112.

5. a
"lBt7 82. 1. a (2), 112.

5. a

niiB'^Bri 188

teSn 112. 5. a

mn 80. 1

nilSDn 198. a (4)
'ittjpn 209. 2
XT'OSn 198. a (4)
asn 50. 1, 82. 1. a (1),

84. 3. a (1), 112. 5. a
■iSn 199. 6
lan 65, 227. 3
fSn 141. 1 (p. 175)
nnSSn 188. a
nsn 50. 3, 197. h. 200. c
pn207. 2, 207. 2.a,215.

1. c, 217
"pn 61, 5

nj?n 217

ipn 59. a

•ipn 61. 6
pj?n 141. 5
ppn 141. 5

''PP^ 20. 2, 207. 2. a
npn 50. 1, 112. 5. a

''5J?'^pri 104. y
n'ln 118. 1
n'nn i97. «
^ann, ^nnn in. 3. «
ninnn 21 6. 2. a
arjinnn 220. 2. «
■'nnn 111. 3. a

• AT t;

urn 112. 5. a
ba-in 193. 2. c
-nn 112. 5. f, 118. 1
Tin 185. 2. 6
^T\r\ 207. 2. c?

pin 210. a
nnnn i87. 2. &

Dbin 193.2.0,207. 2. c

©■'"in 185. 2. rt
Tr)2nn 195. 1

nonn 61. 6. a

qnn 118. 1

nisnn 22. 0,216. 2,2. «
pn 118. 1
nsnn 207. 2. c
nnn ui. 2 (p. 175)
ttJnn 187. 1. a, 210. a,

T T ' '

216. 1. a
tjnn 50. 1, 80. 2. a (2),
84. 3. a (3), 118. 1

ttjnn 187. 1. 6, 210. c

"^fflnn 216. 1. a

nnn 50. 1

iSWn 194. 2. 5, 199. c

•jten 112. 5. 6
?lton 112. 5. 6

Wn 89 (f. s.), 111. 3.a

men 112. 5. 6
•jiaiEn 200. a
ni^n 112. 5. c
•jffin 84. 3. a (2), 112.
5. b

TOtn 200. 6, 201. 1. a

D'^Dirn 201. 1. a

b-atin 53. 2. a

Tb-Qtn 66. 2 (2) h
tin 139. 2, 207. 2. a

nnn 112. 5. a

nnrini87. i.<', 207.2.0

TTPn 209. 2

•fnn 112. 5. a
bnn 112. 5. a
nnn 112. 5. «
qnn 112. 5. «
nm 50. 1, 112. 5. a
nnn 112. 5. c, i4i. 1

(p. 175)

linnn 104. y
n''n«t:xt3 57. 2. a (2),

161. 2

nnu 50. 1
nst: 187. 1. a
n^au 207. 1. e

TnU 185. 2. 6

-nnp 215. 1. c

nntp 50. 1, 82. 1. a (1)

a^t2 186. 2. c

ain (v.) 82. 1. a (3),

156. 2, 179. 2. a
nit2 (adj.) 186. 2. c,
235. 3 (3)

niBuit: 57. 1, i87. 1. <?
ni2, nu 156. 2

D^xbt? 209. 1. a
nbpbD 187. 1. e

bb"j 141. 1 (p. 175)

X^9 82. 1. a (1)

INDEX III.

363

nSJ)2t3 87, 166. 2
D3SB'J 164. 4
nXT3'J 164. 1
^ttt: 50. 1, 77. 2

nrj 131. 4
^jt: 201. 1

SjiS'J 139. 2

rjBtD 200. a

inu 185. 2. d

DT^ 263. 1. 6

^ITJ 84. 3. a (3), 118. 1

^BTJ 216. 2. a

nnii\ nns^ in. 2. a

n2li{;» 16. 2. a

saris':! 105. a
■'snnx;: 105. «, 118. 3

Tn55\ THS^I 111. 2. a

imrns"' 60. 3. h (1)
?j^Tni5"' 60. 3 b (1)
T^ix;" 158. 2

bsS"' 57. 2 (2) a, 60. 1. a

bDS'^n 99. 3. a

bS«n 111. 2. (/, 175. 3

yiai?;: 111. 2. a
ntwS.'i, nias;! 126. 2
niSii'T 111. 2. a
^ya^^^^ 46

«> n^S'^'l 24. a

qss;: 111. 2. a

-p^^^l 111. 2. a

ribs^ 111. 2. a, 112. 3

JlDS^n 151. 2

^BDi?:: 112. 3

"•SSCN^ 112. 3
nbS^ miDS^ 60. 1. a
n^lDX^I 104. g
bss^l 111. 2. 6
*12?S:? 113. 1
nk."? 159. 3

'linx;? 112. 3
rnnisi?:' 105. e

n«::T 61. 2. a, 172. 4

^ni?:: 159. 3
i-^nx^ 172. 1
ip.'^ns^'i 172. 3
iin;< 60. 1. a
i^n'^i 10. a
fi«n^i 160. 3, 166. 4
sn;! 141. 1 (p. 175)

b'ln::^ 66. 1 (2) 5
ia^i 164. 2
iiin^ 157. 3
^nsp'a;' 15 8. 4
■'P^n;' 194. 1
TOia.-? 157. 3
n!»i 172. 4
^•n^ 141. 1
nt:n^ 126. 1
i«"'n;«n, i^in^i leo. 3,

166. 4

^JJi^n)''! 26
^n::l 61. 4, 172. 4
'JTSi:' 172. 1
15^ 158. 2
1^? 172. 4

npn^n 172. 4
n^:?pn'» 125. 1
'iTijjPa^iT 20. 2
?j"n3;« 60. 4
•jna^T 99. 3. a
^ni-in^i 60. 3. a
ns^s'in:' 104. h
^iroDna;* 105. 6

tea;' (v.) 82. 1. a (1),

146, 147. 1
tJa'? 147. 1
tl^ 148. 1

^mrai)i 150. 2 (p. 182)
nffin^ 148. 1
f^a^:* 60. 1
-bia^:" 88
n'^a^^ 60. 2
^;;^ 140. 1
?i7a:< 104. h

nSDI 150. 2 (p. 182)
^'IX^ 158. 2
Wl'l 140. 1

•j'lbi^;! 158. 2

'1?''^;' 216. 1. 6

b;^\ br;'' 158. 2

b5^1 (^3?) 158. 2

b'y^, (yy) 140. 5

b^? 172. 4
bi^n 99. 3. a
brOI 99. 3. a

b'^>^ 175. 3

bs:* 140. 3

t^y) 57. 2 (5)

8<n:\i 165. 2

364

INDEX III.

btt-l'^l 65. a
1?? 140. 5

n': 147. 1

n3?^\ lya*' 147. 4

AT ' ' AT ■

nh;* (v.) 82. 1. a (3),

179. 2. a
nh;" (adj.) 90
"IS^^ 157. 3
^'^^ 140. 1
©nSI'l 99. 3. a

n^ttjn^;'! io4. ^

r^^y^ 86. a

T : T

"7M97.a,215.1, 217,222
X'l^n 172. 4
pSl"i:i 97. 2
Ipa'l^'l 94. c

'^'^^'}^ 99. 3

^'l^ 139. 3
^T 148. 3
n^^n 53. 3. a, 150. 2

(p. 182)
"fn^ 139. 3
■jiT 157. 3, 158. 2
niT 203. 5. a
■'t?^ 216. 1
•''i;' 199. c

f\rrn^^ 220. 2. c
nn'^'i^ 220. 1. h

ti^'T^ 203. 5. a
'J^'l^ 157. 3
SSn;' 167. 7

ws'i;' 54. 2
roT^ 220. 1. a

QDT 58. 2, 63. 2. a,

22.1. 1. a
OD'i:' 220. 2. h
b-n^ 140. 3
D^;" 140. 1
^W 141. 1
'ST, 80. 2. a (4), 147.
yi?n 147. 5
■JIS?";!,^ 55. 2. a, 86. 5

(3 pi.)
li^'i;' 60. 3. a
"^Wy^^ 60. 3. a

D^:?'i;' 127. 2

PSn'^ 86. 6 (1 c.)
T\T\'$T 86. 6 (2 m.)

X'psn^ 104. ^

Qn:?'i;i eo. 3. a

p'l^l 140. 5
1"l"I'' 46

iDnn?:) 94. c

np^'7;'63.1.c, 97.1.a,
1ir^ 179. 2. a

nan;;' 60. 3. «
sj^n;^ 111. 1

^SS^H!? 105. (?

xin;" 177. 1
rriin;" 197. </
JTiini 150. 2

I'l^n;' 194. 2. a

ninm^ 235. 3 (3)
nin'» 47
nin'^i 234. c
n^'p^in'' 195. 3
n'^p;;in;i'' 44. j

^^lain:! 150. 2
-'n;* 57. 2 (4), 177. 1

*'n!')l 45. 2, 61. 1. «,
177. 1

r.^ni 11. 1. a
2 'r^'^yr} 19. 1, eo. 3. a,

112. 2, 177. 1

ni>D3 in^'i 22. 6

^^■"^^ri;' 150. 2
bn;> 140. 5

^v?:: (^r?^;*) 53. 3. a,

111. 2. c
^[■bn^ 151. 1
n^bbn^i 105. e

tfbri^ (n.) 190. a

"ip^bn;! iH- 1
cn^T 140. 1

Ch'i 140. 3

criDi 80. 2. J
6 Dinn^ 111. 1
^D-iSn^ ^cnn^i 111. 1
tjo-in^ 111. 1
bnn;' 142. 3
ibhn^ 142. 3

nX^i 140. 6

AT

iin^'' 167. 2

^XS^i 167. 2

bnii 197. 6
'ins^'ii'' 92. h

p^^i 140. 6

nni'ii 111. 2. c?
iibDii 57. 2. (2) G, 111.
2. h

I

l^T 93. h

n^bii 207. 1. a

nil 200. c, d, 207. 1./

a^)2i'' 203. 3

n^i"' 235. 2 (1)

y\'^ 215. 1. 6
n:ii 197. c, 200. 6
pai-i 217

nj?3ii 207. 1. e, 2X7,

221. 5
aS^'1 140. 6
qpi"" 90

^3'}?i'> 105. b

n?1"i 140. 6

XSi'^T, XSi'^l 166. 4

nSi"' ISG. 2. a

Qit?]:^t (D'^fflj^^ia) 59. a,

93. e
li'i'] 175. 3
S^ni"! 150. 5
atJVT 99. 3. a, 150. 3
^'^^^ 140. 6
ip^n^pii 105. a
■j^tJii 105. a
tSStOi^ 53. 3. a
mSl"' 158. 4

r^i 175. 3
r;}, t::i 172. 4
nr 140. 3
'iiaT'; 141. 1
■jpn 175. 3
p2?ri 119. 1
nrn 157. 3

"IT^I 172. 4

INDEX III.

bxs^nT:' 57. 2 (3) a
tjnn": 113. 1
T|inn'' 93. «
irnn;^ eo. 3. «, 65. a
Tijan;^ 65. a

ITlJari^ 60. 3. a

^n^ (27'b) 140. 1
in^ C's) 147. 2
"in^ (yy) 140. 5
•nn^ 109. 2, 172. 4

1W^ 235. 3 (1)

bnn^ 63. 1. h
iib-^n^ 'ibnn;i 63. 1. b

'Jlb'in^ 64. 2, 88 (m. pi.)

D^n\ Dini 157. 3

T ' T

n"i;in'i 156. 1

P 172. 1

^prn^ 61. 1
i5t:ri^ 63. 1. 6

^pniJl 166. 4

''^^ w 177. 2
^n,!! 05
n;:n;> 17 7. 2
i3''::n;t 172. 3
rns'^n^ 97. 1

l^tpt)'} 104. ^7, 141. 3

^n^ ^r?? 140. 5

i5n;' 141. 1
^^n-^i (^bn;ii) 24. c
pbri;! 60. 4. a, 113. 1
dpbn;! 59. a
Qp^n^l 113. 1

•'nbfli 60. 4. a

365

ntri 147. 2, 179. 2. a
Dn.i 140. 1
^12n^ 60. 3. b (2)

^tin:: 140. 1

'j^'i'an^ 172. 1
ns'an.': ss (3 f. pi.)
ipn^n': 121. 2
•jn;", 'jmn i40. 1
VI 61. 2
■jnt*;) 60. 1. «, 172. 4

•jn^ 140. 6

n:ri:) 172. 4

W;^ 60. 1. a

"jiin^i 99. 3. a

^Sn^ 61. 1, 141. 3

•jsn;: 139. 3
'P}m 113. 1
•j-i^cn;; 169. 1, 172. 1
•jDn:^ 113. 1

?i^^^ 25

•j^Sn^ , YW^^. 65. a

^nsn^ ^n£n^ 111. 1
f^?^^, yn:;^ 172. 4
npn;" 141. 1
nn^ 147. 1
nni^i 175. 3
-iih;^ 140. 3
nn;' 172. 4
nn^:; 60. 1. a
nnn^ 172. 4
^inri'i 119. 1
vl"iri;^T 99. 3. a
qian^ 111. 1
tytn^n 99. 3

366

INDEX III.

nn.-: ("jS) 131. 1
nn.-: (3?':?) i4o. i
nnn.':, nnn."^ 24. c

!2«T 175. 3
tj;: 172. 4

nt:;' iso. i, i79. 2. a

:bi2;', jbu;' 160. 5

i?t)'j;'54. 2,96. «, 166.5

?lhl2^ , Cinrj;! 65. a
tD2'^'} 144. 2

:y'i:i;^ 147. 2

bn«:'T 149. 1
at?"!^ 147. 4
3t:^^T 147. 5

nt:^':^ 150. 3
avj^;^ 145. 2, 150. 2
a''!?;^':' 150. 2
b-^b"^ 150. 2

Jl'^t'^ 172. 4

ns-i^^ 147. 4, 5

fj?'':' 63. 2. c, 147. 4
Vi?^f^ Vl?'''^^ 147. 5
"T'? » "^r."? 147. 4
CT''^ 147. 5
DTI?'"'! 147. 5

ry^w^': 150. 1

■Jffi^^l 147. 5

"ITZJi;' 147. 4

Q-lffi-'D'l 150. 2 (p. 182)

tyi)'] 175. 3

"'2:733;' 105. b

■jiS^ 159. 3

"n^2lD;» 13. a

1S3!3:> 61.3, 105.&, 161.3

tJriD;' 119. 1

irD;> 160. 3

t^y^^"] 105. a

ISn-^S^ 105. a

bb^ 80. 2. a (3), 82. 1,

a (3)
^3? 172. 4
bD^I 174. 4
nVD"! 165. 3
ibb;* 86. a
ll^bp^i 172. 1
trbb"^ 148. 1

ribD^^n 86. a, 100. 2

''nbb;' 86. a

l^nbD'' 86. a, 104. h
5?2d:;1 126. 1

CD;in 174. 4

1tt^0D;'61. 6, 104./,

172. 1
itt^DD^ 172. 3
Dp^l 119. 1
ri'lD'^l 172. 4

nsisonD;! iso. a

triD:: 119. 1

■j^nns:* 91. 6

ibltJD'' 88
nS^ 140. 6

a■^D^ ainD^i 88, loi

2.6

nns':'! 99. 3. «

•J^nns^ 88 (m. pi.)
^nS^ 140. 5, 141. 1

nnb;! 139. 3

DlCab'' 105. a

ipmb;' 105. (Z

•ib^ 56. 2, 80. 2. a (4),

147. 2
•J^lb;! 64. 2

n^nb^ 22. a '

^^)^ 216. 2. a
ri^b'"' 90 (2 f.)

wnb^ 104. i
^'^i^.\ '•"i?7b;i 104. «
^rn^b;' 104. k
•'pn^b;' 104. ^, 150. 1

(p. 182)

r^y 159. 3
Dnbi 119. 1
nnb^i 99. 3. a, 119. 1
rb:: 160. 1

vV?, r^:? 160. 1

^^.'? 151. 1
*jb)jn 65. a
^Db:* 91. 6
lDb^5 99. 3. a
iS^Sb? 105. c
bb;i 139. 3, 150. 1

bb;^ 183. b

nbbil 57. 2 (3) a, 234. c

))'^'\ 158. 2

ti^pb;) 192. 1
'j^i:pb;' 88. (m. pi.)
D^ 207. 2, 215. 1. a
DS12«1 119. 1
IDSTS;' 139. 3
W5 140. 1
^^^i 140. 3
"iTitt'^l 99. 3. a

INDEX III.

367

ttiri': 159. 3

biB;^ 159. 3

m?^ 60. 1. a

rm^^^ i73. 3

S'^n ■'l?:' 220. 1. a
D'^'Q^ 53. 3. a
inT'^QI 219. 1. a
X^'ai 197. b, 199. a
"j^Cn'jpn 160. 3
DH'^'a'' 160. 3
1\1^'} 140. 3

h1y^^ 157. 3
bis:' 140. 1
njT?;' 165. 1

?J■b^^ -^b^:< 88

•jblL^^I 09. 3. a

'iD'bTa:^ 88

^^^ 150. 1
D^7 140. 3

b^p;* 60. 1. a
yiS'^] 172. 4

^inss^;' 60. 3. c
ripm^"' 105. c

"^^Tq-! 164. 5
13S212:< 105. 6
irpSSp^i 105. c
Itt^ 150. 1
"Itt^ 135. 2, 140. 1
C^^ 140. 5

r.b; 157. 3
T\•q•^^ 65, 157. 3
ntt^n 157. 3
nia^'i 160. 3
yx;^ 11. 1. a

7«:;' 57. 2 (3)a (?),

122. 2, 140. 5
^^}>^ 99. 3. a

ra;" 147. 1
nis;' 60. 2

•jis;! 159. 3

yia;' 159. 3
n:^i 157. 3
ns^n 160. 3
ni'DSt' 131. 2

I?;" 164. 2
■jT 159. 3
^ns"'5"'1 160. 3
yS^I 157. 3

?i:^n 160. 3

pS;" 147. 1, 150. 1
-3)^3:' 131. 2
nsj??') 131. 2

nnsj"' 131. 2

XWr 57. 2 (3) a, 86
(3 pi.), 164. 3

ab^ 61. 3, 64. 2, 135.
140. 1

SD^T 64. 1, 99. 3. a

a©^ 140. 5

ab;» 135. 2, 140. 1

'lab^ 136. 1
^as':' 61. 3
^inac;' i4i. 3

''Sao:' 61. 5, 141. 3

ib— nao;' 13. a

^b^i 148. 1
•'^D;* 148. 1
n^C;" (n.) 192. 1

tjo;" 147. 1

^D^ 140. 5

?ID:« 140. 6

D^3D;i 157. 3

"lyb^' 92. h

?1D;' 80. 2. a (3), 151. 2

SlD^T 151. 2

"IBD^'I 99. 3

no;' 147. 3

"ib^ 92. <^

-10^1 60. 1. a

nns^ 92. (/

•^ins:' 104. a
■'Snp'^ 104. a
^nna?^ 56. 1, 105. b
^r.3"l3?:) 105. c
^3^3?:? 56. 1
^l?;! 56. 2, 147. 1
'I'iV'} 161. 1

6 niy": 159. 3
^sn^y 105. 6

2, i^'^ 140. 1

-at?^ 64. 1
^nry::' 105. 6
u?^i C'y) 157. 3
■'^??^ (rib) 172. 4

I3:?^T 157. 3
^??^ !"'^5?T (k.) 172.4
^?!':!,5^^?!j(Hi.)l75. 3
nb?^ 207. 1. a

^b?^n 45. 3
^v^ir 161. 2

lb?^ 60. 3. b (1)
l^r 60. 3. 6 (2)

368

INDEX III.

'll^?:: 109. 3. a
^^b?^ 112. 4

np^ia?^ 88 (2 f. pi.)

1?^ 190. b, 237. 1,

267. b
'^m "j:?: 239. 2. (2)
1??^, ™?!!^ 1^2. 4
nS2>^ 207. 1. a
nDl32>:) 104. b
tT\p'^ 142. 2, 161. 2
?!??;' (v.) 82. 1. a (2),

147. 1
^'$^ (adj.) 185. 2. 6
51?^^5 157. 3
>1??5 157. 3
1^?^^ 77. 2, 147. 1, 179.

2. a
HD'nS?^ 104. 6
nipyi ILLS

"1?;? 200. c

122??!), nTD2>?1 172. 4
^3'ITry^ 104. h
nS^ 147. 1

nSM85.2.t?, 209. 1,210
n^£-nB^ 43. 5, 188

ns;' (v.) 160. 3

ns;" (adj.) 215. 1. b

ri''&^B;) 92. a

bb^ 101. 2. b
n?s^ 126. 1

'J3''1 172. 4
Tl?? 160. 3

•'P^ssd;' 161. 2
fitb;' 161. 2

"IS^' "^Sj^^ 140. 6
"iB^n 175. 3

X'^ns:' 177. 3

"Cmi 65. a
!lt:©S:' 65. a
PS? 175. 3
nS^I 172. 4

nns;' 192. 1

in&^ 221. 2. 6
X?;" 147. 2

ii?:::? 147. 5

X^'' 164. 3
t^mT 164. 2
r^a^i 150. 4
^'^'^ 145. 3, 150. 5

nn^;' 192. i

l^l'l 66. 1 (1), 174. 4

nms;' i56. 1

QiSI'l 157. 3

pns;' 192. 1
pin:?'' 120. 2

?^^^ 145. 2
r^;" 158. 2
ys;" 150. 4
5^)2;' 150. 5
^V 1^2. 4

ri?;'^ 25

p?;> 150. 4
p2;i 148. 3
pki 144. 2, 147. 4
P??5 147. 4
Ipa^t 148. 3
ns;" 50. 3, 84. 3. a (3),
147. 2

"1?r (2^'^) 1^0. 6
^*2^ 140. 1
"1S:j5 147. 5
'isi': 147. 4

^ns'nsi": i05. 6
m;" 147. 3, 150. 4
ns;* 144. 2

^n22^ 24. c, 149. 1
im^ 164. 2
i5p^1 166. 4
^Snj?"! 105. (?
"J^iap^'l 99. 3

Tj^^ap;' 104. A

nnjJ'JI 99. 3. a
'Tp."? 144. 2, 147. 4
np!' 140. 1
^np:' 141. 1
Dynp!! 22. a
^^?J?^ ^^nj5? 119. 1

bnp^i 119. 1
ninp;i 24. b

Qlp;' 190. 5, 192. 1
D^p^ 153. 2
•J^^lp;! 157. 3
Q^ip;' 161. 1

^^P? y ^^'p? 185. 2. c
np;i 54. 2, 132. 2
np^ 132. 2

Vi:p;< 51. 3

D'^P^^ 153. 1

D':p;' 161. 1

^p!? 64. 2

Dp;!, Dp!; 157. 3

Dp^l 99. 3. a, 157. 3

INDEX III.

369

B)?^1 99. 3. a, 160. 3
•J^^l 172. 4
yj?^ 147. 2, 179. 2. a
yj?^'' 179. 2. a
y^;<n 157. 3

T)?t' 147. 4
•jm;?:* 88 (m. pi.)
'jnsp:' 64. 2, 88 (m. pi.)
np"^ 147. 4
1)?^5 172. 4
n)5^1 173. 3
i22S"lpi 105. c

ir\'^-! 177. 3

nnip'^ 97. 1. a
t^np^ 24. 6

Cp;" 82. 1. a (3)
©P^l 172. 4
STDp::l 99. 3
■}^T»p^ 86. 6 (3 pi.)
bsnp^ 22. a
Xn^ 148. 3
Sn^' 148. 1

«V(v.)82.1.fl(l),147.1
iin;! (adj.) 215. 2. c
S-i:;l (k.) 60. 1. a, 61.

2. o, 114, 172. 4
i«ni:'] (Hi.) 175. 3
i^n;! 61. 2. a, 172. 4
fi?n^T 173. 3

nsn;i 87, i48. i, i66. 2
nxn;' 114
nsn^T 172. 4
i>-nx-i:> 19. 1
'isi;! 164. 3

24

'IX'^I 19. 1, 147. 1
ilS^'n,';! 19. 1, 147. 1
^Xnh 177. 3

im«n;' 104. k

ipSn^' 105. a
nST' 164. 1

T "T

nni 158. 2

nn^i (2^i«?!]) 111. 2,

an^ 61. 2, 172. 4

S*?:? 63. 2. a

nn^'i 175. 3
■j^an;" 172. 1

T?"?.? 114
W?1 114
^n!* 148. 3

•nn^ 175. 3

: t -

^n;" 79. 1, 147. 2

X}'^^ 140. 5
^n?1 172. 4
^n):n 147. 5

D;in::i lu

Sl^Ti:' 114
^^n^ 60. 2. a, 114
iS^n;i 105. a
^B^n": 105. cZ

innn^i 86. 6 (2 f.)
nn^ 147. 1
nni 148. 3
Xin^ 148. 1, 177. 3
'j^'^n^ 172. 1
mn;' 19. 2. a
lin;' 140. 1
iBSin;- 161. 4
i^r\'^ (/:?) 140. 1

pl\'' 185. 2. 6

D^bttjin\ dbir^n^ 47,

• - T : ' ■- T I '

203. 5. c

nil;' 148. 1
^'^^ nn;^^ 160. 3

iptsn:! 147. 3
W^n;! 88. (3. f. pi.)
c y^^'; (n.) 190. 6, 192. 1
y^'; (v.) 153. 2
11^'' 158. 2

• T

^J"!^ 197. o, 216. 1. e

^n;: 140. 1

roni 198. c, 207. 1. a

niriDni 22. a, 203. 5. «

• - T ; - '

rchi 140. 3
?'"i;> 140. 1

?n^ 140. 5

yn^i (yy) 140. 5
yn^i O'b) 160. 3
yn': (yy) 34

3^"^?. {^^) 34, 172. 4

ny^^ 119. 1
yyh;' 161. 4
5in^n 172. 4

pn^ 179. 2. a
p"!;" 185. 2

pn^ 140. 1
•jipn;: 193. 2

pnipn^' 188, 207. 2. a
ttj'l^ 82. 1. a (2), 147. 1

moni 148. 3

nriTSn'' 150. 1 (p. 182)

t:r\m^ 61. 4. «, 150. 1

(p. 182)

370

INDEX III.

yjSISTS':' 105. c
l^j^ato;! 88 (m. pi.)
t;53TB^ 127. 2
•^p^aiD^ 105. a
D^TD; 158. 2
ttto: 172. 4
0^''il?;> 105. a, 158. 2
Dte;" 147. 1

nip;' 158. 2

nto^l 64. 1, 158. 2

"^bsniri': 194. 1

n^toTD;'55. 1, 88(m.pl.),

158. 2
-IDiatoi 47
l^niD:' 54. 4
O": 236, 258. 3. h
yb^ii'! 88 (m. pi.)
Ilt^ 146, 147. 2
.no;" 66. 1 (2) 5, 153. 5,

157. 3

'ntD;" 157. 3

aiD^'l 153. 5, 157. 3

ais^n 157. 3

31?;', 10^1 153.5, 160.3
10.7 63. 2. c, 84. 3. h,

144. 2
531??^ 147. 5
2.^^^^ 99. .3. a
STC^I 172. 4

Jii^nair^ 105. c

inTO-" 61. 6. a

rin©;!) 33. 4

•'nni?'' 61. 6. a(?), 90
(2f.)

iniTDi 90 (2 f.)
D'^'IB^ 141. 1
"7^C^ 140. 1

D'aii^? 82. 5. a

f^W^ 148. 1

nny^Tr;> 61. 6. a
''pB^t?;' 157. 3
nia^i 140. 1
rm) 140. 3
n^isriTs;' 11 8. 3
ipnriTB;' 105. c

"^©7 164. 2

nn^tj^'^ 160. 3
n^is^ 140. 5

■jaSTC:' 88. (m. pi.)
riDTB^ 126. 1
bffi.'? 172. 4
'n^bC;' 141. 3
1''bffi;i 172. 1
"dItc;* 92. c
nil?:' 140. 1

2?12ID7 60. 1. a

^^vyit'^ 57. 2 (3) a

W. 147. 1
Si©:' 177. 3
i«.StD1 177. 3
'ISTC;' 19. 1, 147. 1
'ISTJJ;^ 19. 1, 147. 1
iSTCn 105. a
'^5©;' 216. 1. h
^t'!'., '$'^2 65. a, 201.
yffi^'n 172. 4
^lyiJJytD^ 141. 6

nSO'i 19. 2. 6

rJIJS©:' 88
rtb^Bien 105. a

nsbiBO^ 105. 6
tySTS^n 99. 3. a
pC'^l 10. a

J?©:;! 175. 3
?in;^T^^i 4. a

niD'' 158. 2

T

'\T\lt) 193. 2. a
^}yt. 88 (3 f. pi.),
147. 4

nn«;'i 99. 3. «, 119. 1
?j5in"nc'' 105. c

n©;" 66. 1 (2) b, 158. 2
r|\©?n 66. 1 (1), 172. 4

n^inc;' 82. 5. a
^nntj^'n 57. 2 (4), 176. 1
^innTB^^n 176. 1
y^^rm^ 172. 1
n^no':' 54. 4
sn'? 111. 2. &
i?in:^^ 177. 3
ISn^'l 176. 3

^nnsjn;' 60. 3. b (2)
^n^ixni 19. 2, 60. 3. b

(2), 120. 1

bi?|lr^^ s^fijafi? 119. 1
b^an;' 96. &

bsri^'^ 176. 3

ssan;' 96. 6
1 ^TzJ^an": 96. a, 122. 2
ic?iin;' 96. o, 122. 2
nn^ 197. 6
i^mni 221. 2. 6

INDEX III.

371

Tin^l 66. 1 (1), 174. 4

KDnn^ 166. 5
bnn^T 176. 3

Tn^ 160. 1
DSni'T 176. 3

msbrri 96. 6

ft • : '

DP>: 140. 5

nn^' 140. 1
wn:' 141. 1
nttn:» 140. 1
: 'jijji^T2n;t i66. 5

1t2|l2n;' 96. 6
'jn;' 54. 2, 84. 3. 6

nasri^ 126. 1
DmrTi 121. 3
miwzn'} 166. 5
yn;:i 175. 3
b?n:' 176. 3
'nbyT\^ 96. 6
aw:" 119. 1

J]'l2bsn;i88.(m.pl.),96.6

mcbsn;' 96. 6
^psn7 96. a
W^'^T}^ 96. 6
Olpn") 96. 6

:3>pn'i 126. 1
iBpn;» 105. a
nn:;^ O'i?) 160. 1
nttiin"? 82. 5. a

3 231. 1, 242. a, 267. J
aS3 183. 6

Tax? 57. 2 (3) a, 231.
3.6

nka ("!«;'?) 53. 2. a
inS3 156. 3, 199. b
nC»3 239. 2 (2)
^aS (v.) 82. 1. a (1),

85. 2
^a3(adj.)216. 1.^,217

nnaa i98. a (4)

lias 185. 2, 197. b

tjias 87

CaS 82. 5. a

cas, caa 92. c
toaa,nira3 5i. 2,197. c
©as 87

nnnaa? 246. 2. a
la 197. 6, 200. b
na 235. 3 (4)
nna 121. 1
ni^ns 231. 5. a

•jna 186. 2. a

•jna 80. 2. b

nsnS 198. a (2)
Dais 186. 2. a

yaia 50. 1, 216. 1. e

D^J^aia 207. 2. a

ma 11. 1. b

aais 57. 1, 187. 1. e

•j^S 82. 5. a
•jiia 59
nssia 161. 4

IT

Oia 184. 6, 197. a

"ibra 22. a
nna 116. 4
^nns 121. 2
©na 119. 1

''a (n.) 53. 3. a, 184. b
3 (conj.) 239. 1
DS "13 239. 2 (1)
"IT3 187. 1. c
-ITS 187. 1. c
Di^3 16. 2. a
ni'^S 200. c
ib-'S 184. b, 194. 2.6
qb^S 186. 2, 210. c
D^:? ''I 43. b
•jinn^s 57. 2 (3) a,

231. 3. b
n33 187. 1. e, 197. a,

200. c, d, 207. 1. 6
D;<'133 203. 3
bS ^oZ 215. 1. c
bs Adn9. 2. o, 215. l.c
bb 277. a
Sb3 179. 1. a
Xb3 184. a
Kb3 220. 1. 6
D^Xba 203. 4

"inxbi 165. 2
aba 197. c
nba 179. 1. a

T T

nb3 174. 3 bis.

nnbs 33. 3, 220. i. 6

-AT \ '

nsnbs 220. 1. 6

lbs 165. 3
^bs 93. a
ib3 220. 1. 6

nibibs 201. 1. 6

nibs 174. 3

•lbs 61. 2, 184. 6 ■

372

INDEX III.

»^b^ 184. a
^i^'bS 221. 5. c
C^bs 208, 3. d

•irii^s, ''n-'^s 174. 2

^I'lnibs 174. 2

n'^ri'i?? 174. 2

bsbs 154. 3, 161. 2
^ibsbs 161. 4
dbS 220. 1. b
npbS 220. 1. 5
iSnbS) 165. 3
ntl3 231. 4. a

nssn^i 45. 4

ittS 233. a

DttS 90 (pass.)

Tn^S 187. 2. c

■J3 (n.) 221. 6. a

•JS (adv.) 43. 0,235. 3 (4)

ns? 139. 2

nsSi 4. a

n|3 54. 2

ni33 200. c

miss 211. a

^ni'bs? 24. 5, 131. 2

D5S 50. 1, 2

■jySS 208. 3. a

5153 197. a, 210, 217

niS53 203. 5. a

D;iB:3 203. 1

bbSS 22. a

ninss 45. 2

n23 198

T ;

XD3 51. 3, 200. a
^Sp3 221. 3. a

153 93. a

T

nnxiDD 220. 1. b

bD3 51. 1, 84. 3. a (2)

i)a©3 61. 6

n^©3 200. 6
aD3 80. 2. a (3)
"iSOS 216. 2. a
nD3 199. d

nsDininss 24. J, 220.

2. c
073 121. 1

nnos^s 104. ^

5)3 197. a, 217

!1&3 198. c

iSS 237. 2 (2)

itt''S3 220. 2. c

jn3S3 220. 1. b

D^ibSS 203. 4

nB3 82. 5. a

"iBis 208. 3. 6

nS3 80. 2, 92. c, 126. 2

D^nS3 187. 2

nnri'iBS io4.y

1"13 199. i

mnins 199. d

D"13 50. 3, 197. b
D"I3 183. 6

•••AT

fflb 186. 2. a

b^"!? 50. 3, 193. 2. c,

221. 6. a
Dp'lS 68. a
^"13 141. 2 (p. 175)
icnS 221. 5. c

-nn3 119. 1

rr^S 60. 4. a, 61. 5

93. o, 121. 1
ItTlS 119. 4
''^'13 199. 6

ato3, nsics 51. 2

D^ntoS 197. cZ
"n»3 82. 1. a (1)
li-nS3 193. 2
ari3 183. 5, 215. 1. a
Sins 77. 1, 78. 1

nins 139. 2
nbns 216. 2. 6
n:h3 207. 1. (^

5lln3 197. a, 216. 1. e
J^nS 61. 1. 6

mans 203. 5. a
nns 50. 1

tins 141. 1 (p. 175)

b 231. 1, 233, 242. b,

267. 5, 272. 2. a
iib 11. 1. a, 6 s

fc5b 51. 4. a, 235. 1

V^>^!^, ''.?'lJ«b, 15^2^5!«b
57. 2 (2) a

\2'Tsb, iD'iKb, I'liiKb

67. 2 (2) a

C'l'Dlxb 14. a
^ixb 159. 2
t2Sb 11. 1. a
tDSb 156. 3
n^sb'l 39. 4. a

in"bj{b, D^n'bxb 57. 2

(2) a

INDEX III.

373

rtibsb 57. 2. (2) a
U&b 207. 2. c
"ibsb 57. 2 (2) a, 111.
2. c, 231. 3. a

nignn s^b 27

ab 61. 3, 186. 2. r,
197. &, 215. 1

dxnb 208. 3. c?
anb 141. 1 (p. 175)

nnb 61. 3, 200. c, 216.
1 2l7, 221. 1 3, 222
aabi 61. 1. a

i:raab io4. k

inb 235. 3 (1), 237.
2(2)

'jri'iab 220. 1. 6
ni'inb 220. 1. b

TC'Ob 90 (pass.)
Jt?^b 196. (7, 209. 2. 6

y'bnb 125. 2

•Jib 80. 2. 6

•jab 207. 1. b, 215. 1. a

nsnb 200. 6
•j^p, nyab 35. 1
©nb, mb 82. 1. a (1)
T»n'b 90 (pass.)
DTBnb 104. A

nab (nanb) 53. 2. «

?S^b 125. 2
m»^b 231. 4. a

n'lb 148. 2

tTlb 148. 2
''n^b 148. 2

nsn'ib 104. (/

hb 27

nanb, nanb 63. 1. «,

214. 1. b, 216. 2. 5
ttnb 141. 2 (p. 175)
t)rt 119. 1

niinb 112. 2, 177. 1

Dl^nb 231. 5. a

"ipsnb 91. b
b'l'nicrib iso. a
n-iarnb 94. b
T^pTCnb 94. 6
lb 11. 1, b

ib 51. 4. a
^b 239. 1

nib 200. a

•i^b 194. 2. «, 210

&b^b 4. a
nij<bib, see nsbb

•ib^b 194. 2. b
•"bib 239. 2 (3)
n-ib^b 187. 1. e
l^b 158. 3
nb 207. 2. a

i^iprib 113. 2

D'linb 208. 4
^':r|b 216. 1. a

ibnb 61. 1
p^bnb 113. 2
Un) 77. 2

Dnb 92. d, 121. 1
nnb 60. 1. a, 61. 2. G,
184. 6, 197. b

Wntjb 139. 2
TOinb 63. 1. b

nsnb 61. 1
nins -\j3nb 43. 5
-nn'nnb 141. 6
nitrnb 175. 2
D'l'rinb 203. 5. b
nn'^ub 53. 2. a
nin^b, nin^b 231. 3. a

b^b 184. b, 200. a, 208.

3. c
r.b^b 61. 6
l^b 158. 2, 3
'iS'ib 148. 1
-nnp^b 14. a, 24. b

57. 2 (3) a
5jb 65. a
^b, ^b 151.' 1
nab 151. 1, 240. 2

-blab 13. a

■jab 239. 2 (3)

nsab, ^lab 151. 1
nab 61. 2, 151. 1
nab 151. 1

VAT

ainab 22. a
inab 151. 1

"niibb'187. l.e, 207. 2. a

•jabb 94. b

nwb 78. 2, 84. 3. a (2)
"liab 92. d

-'iiab 92. c

^Pri-Bb 86. 5 (2 f.)

n^b, niab 231. 4. a

ittb 233. «
nn'lT^b 219. 1. a

ntattb 219. 1. a

374

INDEX III.

^inS'^ttb 220. 1. h
^tib 237. 2 (1)
nSlttb 45. 2

nby^ab 219. 1. a

•J^ttb 237. 2 (2), 267. 6

nwx "jyiab 239. 2 (2)

in:?12b 246. 2. a

na"ipb 4. a

ni^b 237. 2 (1)
nsbl 156. 4
D''3b 156. 2
riDbb 237. 2 (1)

bfisb 131. 2
bisab 22. a
n^n^b 113. 2
^lyb-i 156. 4
obiyb 16. 2. a
nias'b 237. 2 (2)
niDyb 173. 2
nwb 94. J, 113. 2
nnpb 22. «

•^Sb 237. 2 (2)

"<3Bb 194. 2

''.^Bb 237. 2 (2), 267. h

fi 156. 2

S3Sb, shsb 22. a
pnsb 119. 1
npb, in|?b 132. 2
npb 132. 2
n]5b (njjbtt) 53. 2. «,

93. e
nnpjb 16. 3. 5, 127. 3
^sripbi 100. 2. a (1)
nnpb 60. 2. 0, 127. 1

nn)?b 64.2,127.1,132.2
ppb 141. 1 (p. 175)

riXnpb 57. 2 (3) a, 237.

2(3)
iihb 148. 1
nhb 231. 4. a
trinb 231. 4. a

D?T2nnb 119. 1

S'lnb 231. 4. a

niitob 131. 4
pnteb 119. 1
nbispb 219. 1. a

n-^SnCb 94. 6, 231. 5. a
ficb 197. h

nscb 51. 4
nbicb, nbirb eo. 2. a
npT»b 94. 6
nb 54. 2, 148. 2

nnb 231. 4. a

?ib nnb 35. 1

^, tt see "Jia
^i513 235. 3 (1)
D'^Xia 93. a
ns^ 207. 1./, 226
bTIX^ 93. 6
inS^ 207. 2. a

n^aistt 195. 3

niS^ 190. 6, 191. 5. a,

200. c
D^5rsb 203. 2
■'"ins^ 237. 2 (1)
bsStia 190. a, 191. 5,

197.6

lnbD«tt 191. 5. a, 207.

1. e
■jSTa 60. 4

DDCXtt 19. 2, 119. 3
0C«^ 119. 3

I'^ncxtt 33. 2

DTi^CS^ 33. 2

n^^bfistt 195. 3

nStt 237. 2 (1)
D^nXTa 203. 4, 226
JTJS^ 207. 2. 6

rin'ontt 63. 1. a
■in-jnia 60. \. a

^yq 164. 2
''n^bStt 237. 2 (4)

sTinynw 119. 1, 221.

2. a

n'^aa^ 25

nsn^ 197. 6, 200. c,

207. 1. h
'in'^SSp 61. 6

fi'^^tt, i-^?^ 55. 2. a
b'?i;\p 200. e
nbbi^ti 142. 1
ni:i^ 207. 1. c
•ja^ 190. ft, 207. 2,210.

a, 215. 1. 6, 216. I. a

nratt 205
nsai? 216. 1. 6

t^^Q 207. 1. 6
1^313 61. 5
n^ 207. 2. a
pa'I'a 95. a
nnS'TQ 219. 1

INDEX III.

375

nna'iia 66. 2 (2) ft,

219. 1
T^tt 141. 5
™ 184. 6
7^)^12 190. J, 191. 4
li^T2 190. 6, 207. 1./
y'ln^ 235. 2 (3)
I'^'-l'Q 190. 6
WP 216. h d
X3^T3 167. 1
pia 190. b
y^^ 190. 6

^sn^nb 220. i. 6
ni3, ma, tvq 75. 1,

196. a

nryg 141. 2 (p. 175)
r\m7vn i98. « (3)
tri'^ryn 177. 1
b nsbntt 237. 2 (4)

D^Dbn^ 94. e, 151. 1

nn^ 75. 1
n'^toy n^ 63. 1. a
nsBn^a 191. 4, i98. «

(3), 207. 1. a, 216.
1. b

ni:?2i5n^ 95. e

nntt 60. 4. a, 235. 3 (2)

nibnni? 142. 3
nxii2 197. d
rrinKiu 205

Xn^TO 167. 2

•jitt 157, 1
bi)a, biia 237. 1
bbiia 141. 4

'iDiu 200. c
ne^y 150. 5
noitt 190. d

T

noia 200. c
•lyiTs 190. 6

Ti'im 90

nisj^iia 207. 1. a

TSltt 140. 6

xaiia 191. 5. a

»T>'n C^S) 94. e, 165. 2

Nsi-a (sb) 165. 2
iKsiiaeo. 3. f, 216. i.a

nS2l^ 167. 2

:nj?2i)a 150. 4
:^ni^ 207. 2. a
D'^ani^, D'^a'^-iitt 59. «

•'Oniia 216. 1. a
mSitt 191. 3, 5. a, 200.
c, 215. 1

^y^toin 61. 6. a

niia 61. 2, 183. 6, 208,

3. c, 217
riil3 57. 2 (5)
nri"ltt 61. 6. a

*^tyrn 221. 5. a

nat^ 60. 2. a, 190. a,
191. 3,197. 5, 200. a,
215. 1. b

nSlT^ 126. 1

D^ninnT^ 220. 1. b
onhaT'a 220. 2. a

njtt 24. o, 75. 1

•jiTia 53, 2, «, 111. 2. c

abttt 207. 1. a, 210. e

nittTtt 191. 5

riin^Ttt 207. 1. a

^^?Wia 161. 2

nn-iT^ 219. 1. b

p'nTtt 200. c

?isi|n'a 164, 4
nan^ 54. 1, 205. 6
bbiraa 142. 1
bn^ 140. 5
n''-'bn^ 190. b
C^Tabrn; 94. e
i^^'bn)? 207. 1. (/
mbrjtt 190. a
n:n^ 197. &, 200. c,

209. 1

^n:r|^ 220. 1. b
p;n^ 190. a

DEOnia 180, a

D-inssn-a iso. a
D^nsnu 94. e

n^TOritt 180. a
Ipritt 190. a

nnna 19. 2. ft, i96. ft

nin»ritt, ninon^ eo.

3. a, 216. 2. a
pffiTO 207, 2. ft
nst:)? 191. 4
ns^ 197. ft, 200. c

iniDb 220. 1. ft
'^'\T\':-:i2, inn^tt 24. ft

''int:^ 168. o, 174. 1

nisbcj^ 167. 1
?]bubt2^ 161. 2
ns«rii2tt 167. 1

376

INDEX III.

■iS^t:)? 216. 1. c «btt 82. 1. a (l)

2?D^ 190. a ^12 (v.) 11. 3, 82. 1.

'^VWZ 60. 3. c, 216. \.a a (1)

TDtl 200. a

xnrois 196. (Z

T T -

•ip 75. 1, 196. a
'n'^11 220. 2. 6
-'''nV12 13. a

iib^ (adj.) 90 ^
i{^^ 166. 2
N>a 165. 2
ni5^p 201. 1. a
tm^ll 166. 2

Jin^-irp, HDi^ 57. 2 ri^S>^ 166. 2

(2) 6 0^i?^P 201. 1. a

D'')a 201. 1, 203. 5. c nDSb)2 57. 2 (3) o, 214.
''tt'^'a 57. 2 (2) 1. b

D''5^'a:i^ 150. 1 Q^DSbtt 11. 1. 6

mp'^r^ 11. 1. a triDpsbia 220. 2. c

njjp'a 61. 4, 207. 1. e ni5"btt 166. 2

"l^^tt 4. a

npsitt 150. 4
"iiT2J"''a 190. 6
■'Sffil^ia 57. 2 (2)
ma^'a 190. 6, 191. 4
Dintc^'a 210. c
nii5D^ 200. c

bS^ 260. 2 (1)

D'lbp^, nbD)? 94. a
nVstt 53. 2. a

DD12 190. h

^ya 11. 2, 80. 2
banDia 54. 3, 18O. a

nnS^ 216. 1. 6

•iriXbia 33. 1, 61. 6. a,

218
'lab^ 237. 2 (2)
•jnab^ 220. 1. 6
■jab^ 191. 3

nb^ 200. 5, e

T • "

^b^ 165. 3
riD^b^ 198. a (2)
riDlb^ 98. l.a
)ib)2 207. 1. c
•'2T2Jlb^ 92. 6
nbl3 187. 1. a
inbl3 216. 1. a
t:bl3 92. d

Tr\^)2 98. 1. a, 125. 1 'i:\'Q, :"jb'a 80. 1, 92. c

•ins^ 216. 1. a a^bp, -jibi; 199. a

D^bffiDtt 95. a pbtt 217

nSTEDia 207. 1. a T^T^V 217

?^nb^ 220. 2. a -^b)3 89

3^ 63. 2. a, 217. 221.

5, 222
^btt 65. a
b3a-?J^tt 44. a
HDbtt 11. 1. a
nsb^ 211, 217, 222
■jTCan-^jb^ 44. a
lDbl3 11. 1. a
isbtt 66. 2 (2) a
iDbtt 61. 1
n^Dbtt22. a, 209. 3,217

nisb^a 64. 2

^Db)a 11. 1. a

•^Dbia 61. 1, 216. 2, 2. a

•ipb^ 89 (f. s.)

ni^Db^ 62. 2

fi'^Db^ 64. 2

)^2h'a 199. a

p'IS-'Sbl? 61. 6. a, 195.

3, 218. a
DDb^ 75. 1

bb^ 141. 4

"Tttb^ 191. 2
nby^b^ 235. 2 (3)
^:sb^ 53. 3. o, 111. 2.(5
i:BbT2 237. 2 (2)

nipb^ 191. 5
tjipbia 190. a

ff^npb^ 190. a, 203. 2
i3©b^ 93. a
^t^b'n 164. 2

niynb)a 51. 4
TSji^ia 139. 3
trn^'Q'n 24. 6, 190. a

INDEX III.

377

Q^n^tt 209. 1. a
12^^ 191. 5. a

u^m^iyn i67. i

nDbl3)a 191. 5. a, 211,

214. 1. b
n^blDT? 61. 1. b

^'I'Qtiya^ 45. 3

yn'n loo. b

U^'i-y'B'n 24. ^ 190. a

riWmi 93. e

rtlSlSia 198. a (3), 214.

1. b, 221. 2. a
1^ 174. 5
•jia 232, 233, 242. a, 260.

1, 267. b
S^ 4. «.
y«3p 96. a, b, 122. 2,

131. 6

^i-a, nstt 140. 6
ni:^ 207. 1. c

Oi3^ 207. 1. c

•j^nrsia 24. 6

n2)3 160. 5

•Ilia 61. 6. a, 199. 6,

232. a
I2tt 232. a
!r|?3)2 127. 2

ni'^psia 209. 2. a
mi=p 4. a
nsTa 196. 5, 211. a
-npia 19. 2. a

Ca 54. 2. a, 207. 2. a
^Un 140. 5
n©^ 54. 2. a

?J^pla 140. 5
tJD^ 190. 5, 216. 1.
riDS^ 216. 1. 5
ISOia 190. a
)^012 93. e

niDspia 50. 2

D''X>D^ 167. 1
n^0T3 200. c
Cbtt 139. 2
^SOtt 190. a, 191.
215. 1. 6

rnbiz 53. 2. a
nnp^ 94. e
"innp^ 54. 4

ina:^-)? 216. 1. a

1. b
b nn?^ 237. 2 (2)
l^i?^ 200. c
n:^^ 210

Tiy^ 190.6,210.0,

1. a
)W 207. 1. c

n^'iiJia 161. 4
nisry^ 54. 3, 221.

D'^nTSn? 94. e
I3?tt 60. 3. c, 183.

207. 2. a
t:?tt 78. 1, 121. 1
^TpSlIZ 221. 2. b
D^3?ia 201. 1
■J^y^ 200. c

i:;*:?^ 61. 6. a

T^)3 158. 3

nD?ia 196. 6

ft ''ns^ia 194. 2. a
b?)? 190. b

b?^ 84. 3. a (3), 118. 2
b?^ 237. 2 (1)

byn 190. 6
nbs;^ 190. b

Db?tt 119. 3
DJJtt 237. 2 (1)
4, "j?^ 190. b

^r!^.??''? 60. 4. a

rr^S'n 216. 1. «.

niD'1?'a 216. 2. a
''?"l?'a 216. 2. a

trii^tt 60. 3. c

207. ni»?)3 209. 1

nto?tt 200. c^, 215. 1

bS^ 191. 1

"^iBU 237. 2 (2)

D'''7;:B^ 95. a
216. ^Bla 140. 5

nPB^ 191. 2, 215. 1. 6

H'lP.B^ 221. 7. a

V^ 156. 2
6. 6 XS^ 11. 1. b

^'112 57. 2 (2), 163
, 6, DDSjISb 61. 1. f, 164. 4

^INS^ 89 (f. pi.)

tMHTQ 57. 2 (2), 205

dnXStt 104. e

j'lrnstsr 104. i
Dna^i? 220. 2. a

'IS^ 190. 5, 200. a

niaria 190. b

378

INDEX III.

nisa 207. 1. c

T

nm^a i98. c

to 140, 5
y^ia 190. b

mia 191. 5

pSia 150. 5
"I21Q 190. 6, 210

"insia 194. 1

D^'-ISP 197. d
D'>"l2'a 207. 2. a
^m'n 164. 2
p^ 186. 2. c
O'nptt 191. 5. a
tj'lj?^ 24. 6, 190. a
''TDnptt 216. 2. a
D5TS^j513 104. h, 221.

3. o
Dip^ 197. 6, 200. a,

216. 1
b''ppl3 217. a
n^p^ 95. a
'')a''pT2 61. 6. a
bp^ 200. a, 215. 1. b
DDbp)2 221. 3. a
•^Sibbp^ 90 (3 pi.)
nSptt 165. 3

nip^ 221. 7

''raspp 90 (2 f.)
nb2pT3 216. 2. a

•^xnp'a 167. 1

•"X^p^ 216. 1. a

nnpia 24. 6
nnpT3 95. a
npnpia 16I. 2

K^tt 196. </

nx-itt 217
nfi^nia 217
nxii? 220. 1. b
insn-a 220. 1. b
niirx'i^a 201. 1
"^ntDSitn^ 214. 2. 6
y^yz 80. 2. 5
y^yz 191. 3, 215. 1.
n^Tiia 22. a
DD^nia 119. 3
jri'in'a 114
rr\h 34, 141. 1
rnn 34

T T

TVTQ 61. 5
i"ltt 172. 2
D'^mn^ 161. 4

uni-rn 16I. 4
yina 190. b
nntt 215. 1. 6

pnn^ 191. 5, 207. 2.
210. e

nionb 24. <•, 93. e

T T '

n^T^ia 198. a (4)
tjnb 190. b
n3"113 190. a

nnsn^ 58. 2. «, 210.

214. 1. 5, 216. 2. i

nasnp 114
yn^ 140. 5

n^-ltt 190. b

iwn^ 220. 1. 6
tr^vy2 190. 6
n^'a 141. 5

n'I'Itt 216. 1. 6
trpi 60. 4. a

D^nntj 203. 5

niXTB^ 166. 2, 191. 4

natep 221. 6. a

nitett 190. a, 191. 2
b-iSto^ 191. 1
D''l?''«"ate^ 180. a
b intett 164. 2

nnsctt 3. 1. a

naffitt 215. 1. 6

naoT2 191. 4
naniir^ 161. 4

^n©tt (inf.) 125. 2
nntJtt 215. 1. b

nnio^ 54. 1, 205. 6

y^SD'Q 210

irT'n''tJ^ 104. k
astj^ 200. c
asicia 95. a

J, 'iSOtt, ^3T»^ 89(m.pl.)
nbSTCtt 207. 1. a
;tOD1S^ 27.
•jSTDp 200. c, e
iSSTTI? 66. 2 (2) c
Ifbtj^ 95. a

e, tni-m 139. 3
D'^Sttffi'/g 191. 5
npyiQTCtt 60. 3. a -
ntt©13 217
nn^tJtt 214. 1, 217
n5?til2 207. 1. a

r\Tmim 214. 1. 6
nnectt 61. 1. & '

INDEX III.

379

innfiC'a eo. 3. a

•'tSSTDTa 92. b
•'biB©^ 61. 6. a, 218
pTBtt 190. b
*l)?CTa 80. 2. b, 93. e
P|ip«12 190. a
D'^n©^ 210. c

nnc^ 54. 1, 205. b

XDW'Q 141. 1 (p. 175)

?ar\TCp 126. 1
nr!''ir|n«)2 90 (2 m.),

176. 1
■'riISp 22. b, 223. 1. a

D'^ricp 22. b

tra 57. 2 (5), 82. 1. ffl

(1), 153. 1, 156. 2 bis
nti 54. 1

D''pB'^n^ 82. 5. a

nni? 34
nn^ 34

npl^ 86. b (2 m.)
pirna 185. 2. J, 207. l.c

np^rra 66. 2 (2) c
nbiij^n^ 218. a
nnnn^ 94. a
nnnia 237. 2 (1)

W^rilZ 201. 1, 207. 2. a

nasntt 96. 6
nsbn^ 24. a, 75. 1

f^^?7^J^^ 141. 6
2?^ny 80. 2. 6

niy^nia 51. 4
orra 190. J

•jriia 215. 1. a

D\2n!Q 208. 4

5r\^na 141. 6

pna 79. 2, 84. 3. a (2)

■jsiinia 141. 5*
nrna 54. 2, 205./

i» 46

«? 240. 2, 263. 1. a
"I'S? 200. a

in-ISS 60. 3. a, 61. 6. a
mS3 168. a, 174. 1
niS3 57. 2 (2) a, 187.

1. t;

11X3 174. 1

nisa 159. 1

miss 56. 4

irrixbiii. 2, c?

DK? 90 (pass.)
51X5 121. 1
nSS!? 60. 3. i (2)
D''B1BS|? 187. 2. c
yX3 82. 5. ff, 121. 1
yS3 60. 4. a, 92. </
ni2X3 63. 1. a
^^ni2S3 63. 1. a
nS3 121. 1
D'^nX? 140. 2
"1X15X2 120. 2
XaS 50. 1, 82. 5. a
Xap 207. 1. b

nnb 219. 1. b
ibnn?) 65. 5

nXinS 198. a (2)
nStX3"tDia3 51. 4

n^xn^sias 51. 4
•jins 158. 4
nTh3 141. 1

T T

1-733 140. 2
tl'^aS 165. 3
1333 159. 1

T

fi-'SSS 159. 3

b33 82. 1. a (1), 84. 3.

a(l)
bSSi 132. 3
b33 90
nb33 (3>y) 141. 1

y^i bss 35. 1

inb33 221. 2. b

''rtSS 221. 2. 6

?|nb33 221. 2. 6

'ini33? 158. 4

^33 50. 1

np33 141. 1

nCp33l 99. 3

133 140. 2

lbs<:h3 83. c (2), 122. 2

n353 219. 1

153 237. 1

"1531 99. 3

5>153 91. a

^53 184. «, 197. a, 208.

3. b
nniM 184. a, 198. a. 2
1-71 W 140. 2

T

51153 131. 5
lnp53 196. b
n'b?3 91. 5, 173. 2
1>53 140. 2 ,

380

INDEX III.

nib.)3 173. 2
!irb.)p 173. 1
n^bw 173. 1
?iD 131. 4
^^3?5i5 60. 3. a
roil 207. 1. e

nina? i4o. 2

©M 80. 2. a (3), 84.

3. a (2), 130. 1
"13 (v.) 156. 2
1^2 84. 3. a (3), 141.

(p. 175)
'lip 156. 2
Bil3 57. 2 (5)
nb^3 173. 2
n%5 84. 3. a (3), 125.
iinD 131. 1

n^ns 112. 2

T : ■

bnp 121. 1
nijbtj? 80. 2. 6
VbnS 187. 2. c
Dn3 118. 2
•jsn3 60. 3. a
"in3 200. c, 207. 1. h

n^inn? 203. 3,

nW3 149. 1
•i^^S 149. 1
"1^3 142. 1
ni3 156. 1

nt3, ni3 157. 1

Dn^i:i3 221. 7. a
5l"lb^3 149. 1
!nD?3 83. c (2), 150.
(p. 182)

?13, ?i3 157. 1

T»j5i3 149. 1

rQ«i3 13. h

TT3 158. 4

bT3 82. 1. a (3), 84. 3.

«(1)
lbT3 86. o, 141. 1
'ib'TS 86. a

nb 60. 2
ijans 63. 1. 6

3 tlXan? 63. 1. h

nan: i65. i
nnan? i64. 2
nnsi 100. 2. a (2), 156. 4
insi 156. 4

3 n^'a^n? 187. 2. a
TZJ^nS 185. 2

ma^ns 205
bn3 80. 1

bns 60. 3. a

bhs 131. 1
bns 140. 2

nbns 60. 3. a, 61. 6. a

nbns 60. 3. a
^bn3 141. 1
n^bnai 99. 3
l^bns 113. 1
nbns 196. h
nbn? 141. 2
ons 77. 2

on? 60. 4. a, 131. 1

^n'lttns 111. 1
3 c^n? 140. 2

•jnS 135. 2

ISn? 53. 2. a, 71. a (1)

iwna 140. 2, 141. 2

nnp 140. 2

nnp 135. 2, 140. 2
inn? 141. 1

m?n3 197. 5, 205, 211

"jniBna 193. 1
nns 131. 1
nns (37>) 140. 2
it^n? (JE) 131. 1
n'js 79. 3. a
nt:3 131. 3

riilt:3 172. 5, 209. 3. fl
©i'JS 131. 3
^11:3 172. 1
^•'133 172. 1
X'atfS 207. 1. h
13'''J3tp3 173. 1

an^tps 164. 2, 173. 1

yiDS 60. 3. c, 184. a

?I)3 131. 4

2>t33 184. a, 216. 1. e

5>i:3 126. 1

irJ3 131. 3

nt:3 51. 1

nTJ3 207. 1. a
''P 53. 3. a
nT3 59. a
nhi? 187. 2. c
D3^3 105. a
pS'13 187. 1. c
11^3 158. 2
D'l''? 105. a
51K33 24. 6

INDEX III.

381

^33? 207. 2. h
"33 210
•jiDp 159. 3
nplbp 159. 1
n5iDD 159. 1
nDb 237.1

:nriDb 127. 1

DD3 50. 2
Jlbp? 91. h
nn&Opp 86. 6 (2 m.)
"IB33 83. c (2)
"ID? 216. 1. 6
''"IDp 194. 2
nab? 80. 2. S
l^lbs 91. <?

Tiba 159. 3

Dhbp 91. &, 119. 1

npbp 132. 2
nn^: 9i. e

l^bp 159. 1
3ii^3 159. 1

rji^p 159. 1

bil22 159. 1
n"'biT2: 159. 3
nb^D 200. 5, e
!lbl33 159. 1
DPb'aD 141. 2
D^2, C^p 140. 2
«S^3 207. 1. S, 209.

3. b
^t\'&Tq': 60. 1. a
Onjj^p 141. 2

n'a; (ly) 159. 1

ntt3 185. 2

n^npi 45. 4, 97. 1

Dp 174. 5

nop 135. 2, 140. 2

nxapp 164. 5
nnp3 141. 1
napp 140. 2

nop 3. 1. a, 131. 3,

165. 1
SiDp (K. fut.) 157. 3
SiDp (Ni.) 159. 1
D'^aiCp 159. 3
iranOD 11. 1. a
"iriaiDp 66. 2 (2) c,

159. 1
•Jpp 50. 1
?JD3 184
!-iDD3 220. 1. 6
"^SOp 216. 2. a
DDp 141. 3 (p. 175)

nysai 99. 3

"iSpS^ 99. 3
DW3 111. 3. a
Wp 159. 1

l\^y^V': 62. 2
D'^n^yp 201. 1. i

b?p 197. o, 200. c
D^'b?? 203. 2, 208. 4
Db5?5 60. 3. o, 112. 3

n^b?p_ D-i^ab??? 112. 3

n?p 82. 1. a (2)

r^yy$}. 32. 3. a
■j^^S?? 187. 2. c

n?p 121. 1

■T?? 58. 1, 184. b

n?3 184. b

nnys 58. 1

7^?? 111. 3. h
r\Wt\ 172. 3

inb^Bp 159. 1

■jriSp 159. 1

anisisp 159. 1 '
n^sisp 159. 3
nixbsp 235. 3 (3)

riiJbSp 166. 1
msbSp 166. 1, 205. c

nnsbsp 166. 1

ibSp 106. a
^3">bS3 173. 1
iri'ibBp 173. 1
bbSp 92. a

"jBan 61. 4

'J'-Bp 179. 2. ft

C£3 50. 2, 102. 1, 197. 5,

200. c
D'^binSp 187. 2. ff
P 217

nsp 50. 1, 179. 2. a
n^p 217
n^'lSSl 99. 3

T T -

nSp 61. 2

p'nm? 54. 4, 96. b

^;b^a 65. rt

^Pm.} 86. J (2 m.)
nSp 50. 3, 51. 1

n*2p 131. 3 ■

miJp 24. b, 98. 1. a
nnSIp 24. S, 106. J
Dnn2t3 104. J

382

INDEX III.

nS3 149. 1

nnp3 131. 3

^SajJD 91. d
*Tp3 185. 2. h
n;?? 174. 3

iiaips 24. c

bDp? 217

onbp: 159. 1

^p3, i<^pa 185. 2.d,

209. 2
n^p5 173. 1

"'in-'p? 173. 1

bp3, bpi 140. 2
iri'?pD 141. 2
Dp3 217
OpD 131. 3
n^p3 217
yp3 179. 2. a
K'np? 91. &, 166. 3
"13 43. a, 200. a
«"I3 97. 2. a
'?75 183. b
nnsi 99. 3, 147. 5
^«Sn3 164. 3
p3 140. 2
i5«3 82. 5. a
i5te3 131. 3
Kto3 131. 4
XteS (Pi.) 165. 2
iSTDS 164. 4
?|XtOp 164. 4
1TS3 165. 3
«^te: 57. 2 (3) a, 86,
(3 pi.), 164. 3

"'lis? 165. 3
K©3 177. 3
X©3 165. 2
bto 119. 1
acsn 150. 3
rViaOS 205
W©3 141. 2
•ip^TDS 220. 1. 6
D^TJJS 207. 2. e
n^ffiS^ 140. 5
•JT»3 84. 3. a (3)
n3©3 51. 4
btD3 84. 3. a (2)
n'b©3 124. a

ro-'bTT? 97. 1
ntn»3 141. 1
niQ©? 141. 1

''3ffi3 92. c
5qi»3 50. 2
ript33 53. 3. a, 128
nniCp 24. c

n^ncs 83. c (2)

WnCS 172. 3

'jin3 11. 1. 6
D3':n3 11. 1. 6

•jn3 50. 1, 80. 2. a

84. 3. a (2)
■jns 130. 1, 132. 1

fns, "ins 131. 4

-"in? 130. 1. h
I2n3 24. c

I3^:n3 11. 1. 5

h T^SnS 101. 3. a

yn3 50. 1

•pnS 131. 3

inii:;^n3 24. h
nri3 125. 3

t5n3 50. 1

-T

nnn? 132. 1

njJD 200. 5, 207. 1./
D^'nSD 203. 3

ab, nhD 134. 1, 139.2
nno 138
aap 141. 4
''3^ano, "ipajno 104. ^,

139. 1
'•S^aO 139. 1

''niao 61. 3
n-ino 11. 1. 6

n-iSD 235. 3 (1)

a^nb 90

-?|aD 19. 2. a

iD2D 24. 5, 221. 5. a

'laao 19. 1, 45. 2

b'sq 187. 1. a
ibac 24. 6, 221. 5. a
nbiao 3. 1. a
I^D 51. 1
(3), T'l;^? 187. 2. c

aaio 137, 141. 4

liO 184. h
nniO 186. 2. a
CTO 58. 1
SIDIO 58. 1
""D^D 62. 2
''D^O 66. 1 (2) b
1^010 62. 2

INDEX III.

383

*l&i0186. 2. a

niD 3. 1. a

nmO 53. 2. a, 220. 1. b

nho 119. 1
"innno 92. a, 122. 1

T'D 197. b, 200. c, (^
5^30 51. 1,141. 2 (p. 175)
b?D 3. 1. a, 51. 1, 80.

2. a (1)
?fDDp 138
IDO 3. 1. a, 51. 1

nnbp 125. 1
bpbp 141. 5
ni^obp 187.1.6,207. 2. a
p^D 84. 3. a (2)
n^D 55. 1, 193. 2. c
nbb 197. b
n'l^O 195. 1

nnnDiao 104. i

npp 183. b, 184. i
D-inilDp 207. 1. a
nispSp 207. 2. a
TB;0 195. 1
lyO 19. 2. a, 89
nn^p^ 234. a
lyO 131. 3

"lyp, n3?b 122. 2
nnyp 51. 1

riP 200. c, 207. 2. a

nsp 3. 1. a

12D1 156. 4

■jBD 50. 1

51B0 141. 3 (p. 175)

"IBD 61. 4

D'l'lp 210. a
''pinp, ip-i-lD 60, 3. c
nB?np 68. a
inp 184. 6
D^'anp 104. g

nnp 217
nnnp 217
iinp 66. 2 (2) a

n:? 197. 5, 200. c, 215.

1. a
S^ (dJ/i.?) 19. 2. a

^y^ 112. 5. c

•iny <35

V AT

n'iny 111. 3. a

T i T

1W 220. 2. 6

liny 65

iW^ 61. 1. a
1W 216. 1. a

'''in? 61. 1

'in^W 195. 3

:^^n? 220. 1.6
n^a2> 22. a

W 112. 5. b
''W194, 1,209.2,217
n^nn? 62. 2
ni''"l2? 62. 2
D'^^^nnS?, D^nay 62. 2

jni-iny 217

TOr 106. a

DDW 106. a, 127. 2

nh? 200. c

n^y 112. 5. a
nay 186. 2. 6

bhy 185. 2. 6
b?? 197. c

nba:? 197. c

n?237. 1, 238.1, 267.6

n;^ 65. a

■1?, TO) 46

n? 43. a

JTiy 112. 5. a

nn? 184. 6

rrni? 209. 3

'»'}5 238. 1. a
''p ^? 239. 2 (2)
9!l^ 112. 5. a
W 112. 5. a
W? 220. 2. a
n?12? 186. 2. 6
"lij? 235. 3 (1), 236
1.^y 161. 1
Tiy (v.) 157. 1
^^^V 156. 1
bl^, bl? 184. J, 216.
1. d

b^y 161. 1

nbl? 51. 1, 208. 3. c
ibiy 221. 5. b

bbiy 142. 1
bh^v 141. 5

1?;i Dbi3? 63. 1. c
nnb"!? 61. 6. a
•Jiy 156. 1
"ji^ 200. c
|5iy 141. 4
D^y^y 187. 1. e

qi:? 201. 1

384

INDEX III.

p3? 1V9. 2. a

W 200. a

13^ (v.) 57. 2 (5) a,

161. 1
n'^5' (adj.) 187. 1. b
p\^y 193. 2
my 198. a (3), 201. 1

n^y 161. 1

ty, T5> 65. a

At '

T? 200. b, 207. 2
!5TXT5> 11. 1. a, 168. a

nst:? 98. 1
^y^siar^ 22. a

''3Tb 61. 6. a
1\^]V 111. 3. a

''srary 104. /

nrS^ 60. 3. b (1), 184

1-Ty, "i-ty 221. 6
^■t:^ 61. 5
iry 112. 5. 6

nT5? 184

nnr? i96. 6
nnnr:? 61, 6. a
nr)y 112. 5. 6

mp 209. 1. a
51^13? 195, 1
O'lSVo? 207. 1. a
W 50. 1, 112. 5. &
HTO? 214. 1. b
^V 53. 3. a

u"::? 201. 1

l^'^'J? 199. a

■}:>? 184. 6, 197. a, 208.
3. c bis, 217

riW 203. 5. a

nisi? 216. 1. (^

1?''? 221. 5. 6

^rr^s"'? 220. 2. c

nB^iJ? 156. 1

n^? 208. 3. c

T5^ 197. a, 200. 5, 207.

!•/
JITS' 220. 1. 5, 221. 5. b
DT3? 207. 2. c
tiy, 197. a

tj'ins:? 195. 1

•jSy, nD!^ 51. 4

W 112. 5. a

b:?237. 1, 238. 1, 267.fi

bb 186. 2. c

n;!":? 51. 1

D'lp^b? 201. 1. 6

tb:? 112. 5. c

Tb:^ 185. 2. J

^Tb2? 111. 3. a

•^Tby 89 (f. s.), 111. 3. a

lbs? 238. 1. a

"^by 3. 4
'ji'ib? 193. 1

n;^b''b? 198. a (4)
p-b? 239. 2 (3)
nb^ 112. 5. 6
a]?rb? 237. 2 (2)

riBb:? 93. c

''B-b? 237. 2 (2)
fb:^ 112. 5. c

nnbi) 61. 6. a

D? 197. b, 207. 2. a

D? 237. 1
W 110. 1
^b? 60. 3. i (1)
rrq^__ 65, 89 (m. pi.)
^W 60. 1. a
■"^ttS? 111. 3. a

■ : T

Ti7^? 45. 2, 106. a

n^si^:? 209. 2, 210. t?

''1G? 199. b

1^? 214. 2

•J^? 65. a

pb^? 8. 4

DTO? 207. 2. a

pW 185.2.6, 207. l.f,

217
p^y 184
'ray 208. 3. 6

r\y2V 3. 4

''333? 24. b, 216. 2. a
ns? 174. 3
li!^ 185. 2. d
riW 60. 3. 6 (1)

iniss' 174. 6

''3!? 185. 2. c?
J?TSy 104. b
Ipi' 198, 217
■jsy 141. 4
rosy 198, 217

T T -: '

•ipS? 139. 1
DDS3? 221. 5. c

p?:^ 50. 1
•'rihs:? 24. 6
Qni©? 141. 2

CSSS? 208. 3, d

I

INDEX III.

385

tiin"!!?, nian^ 45. 5. a trnto? 214. 1. b, 223. 1

'^n'n? 22. a nnto? 196. c?, 224

D'lXinn? 62. 2. &, 209. "jinto^ 210. 6, 227. 3

2. a a^"?!?? 208. 3. a, 225. 1

Jnite? 225. 1. a

tim 172. 1

"piXOV 185. 2. c

•Jiry 84. 3. a (2), 112..

5. 6
1©:^ 216. 1. e

b'^y 112. 5. a

1B^ 200. a

nsy 208. 3. b

D'^'IBS: 60. 3. b (2) 2. a

nns?? 61. 6. a D^a'1? 208. 4

•f:? 43. a, 185. 2 (?, 198, ^y^lSj 60. 3. b (1)
217 ^?in? 187. 1. e

)^'2^^ 193. 2 'I'l!? 216. 1. a

DD^asi? 24. b, 216. 2. a y^^^ 210. a

ns? 184. b C'b), 217 re-l? 111. 3. a

nS5? 198

D^^n'pS? 203. 5

nsy 80. 2. a (1), 82. 1. Sl"!:^ 80. 2. 6
a (2) bfi-l? 193. 2. c

ds:? 197. b, 200. c ton? 197. a

QSy 217

sitts:^ 217

"iSy 50. 3, 112. 5. 6
DS^f}'"^:?? 24. b

•y^ins? 220. 2. a

n]?^ 112. 5. 6

n;p:? 200. c, </, 215. 1. 6 ^to:? (part.) 172. 5

nci{, a;^3? 239. 2 (2) ito:^ 172. 2

nin|^? 24. 6, 216. 2. a ito? 172. 2

^j'^ninj^y 24. b itos? 62. 2. c

injl? 24. 6, 216. 2. a nilW l72. 5, 209. 3. a

npy 185. 2. 6 n^toS? 221. 7. a

bpbp? 188 ^j-^to::? 201. 2

nn]5? 195. 1, 207. 2. & ''Tto? 227. 1

t3)?:? 112. 5. a
tl'^V 187. 1. 6

n?? 156. 2
nn:^ 118. 1
nn3? 197. 6

n^n?! 200. c, 216. 1. 6 ''b"n'^)m 17. 2 '
n:?"!? 187. 1. e nto:? 79. 2, 112. 5. 6,

125. 3

niJJ? 197. a
•iniJ?? 224. a

nto? 200. a tT{r^tc^_ 207. 1. cZ

nintoj? 24. b, 21 6. 2. a t\y 43. «, 197. 6, 200. c,

nto? 172. 2 207. 2, 215. 1. 6

nicy 62. 2. c "ins? so. 2

bxntoy, bx-nto? 13. 6 nr? 219. 1. «

^to:? (pret.) 62. 2. c ''^5? 194. 2

Dn:^ 112. 5. a

pny 84. 3. a (2), 112.

5. a
nni? 112. 5. a, 125. 3

- T '

i*B 11. 1. b
ninXB 189. 2. c

•jniia 104. c
:?ini«is 104. b

i3?5iS 125. 2
b^n'jB 57. 2 (2) 6
n^Sn^B 13. b

n-ito:? 86. 5 (1 c.)

•^Sr.^to? 102. 1. a

^m 62. 2. c

nte^ 224

ntoy 80. 2. 5, 112. 5. a Di^'lB 55. 1, 193. 2. c

25

386

INDEX III.

■j'l'lB 193. 2. c

D'lX nS^S 33. 1. a, 219.

1. h
nS 11. 1. b
ns 185. 2. c?, 209. 1. a,

215. 2. 5, 220. 1. c
ns 235. 3 (4)
IS 11. 1. b
pB 179. 2. a
lis 139. 1
nnis 141. 4
TTB 141. 1 (p. 175)
"ins 78. 1

ins 184. b
nn? 198, 211. a
•^ns 131. 3

nns 131. 4

nttS 125. 3
•'13 61. 6. a
n^B 198. c
■■^rT^B, T^B 62. 2
■»^b"'B 59. a, 195. 1,

197. ff, 200. b
^mC^b^B 220. 1. b
Kbs 18. 2. c
a^B 92. c
^^B 92. c
tJ^^B 69. a, 195. 1,

197. a, 200. 6, 208.

3. a
n^pbs 66. 2 (2) c

t:ibB 207. 1. c
nt:''bB 198

"^IS^bB 216. 1. 6

nbibs 198. a (2)
n^b^bB 198. a (4)
bbB 141. 1 (p. 175)
■iSbbB 68. «, 75. 3

''pbbx ip'bs 75. 3
■incbB 194. 1

''ribs 199. 6

•JB 239. 1

npB 143. a

:^:b 39. 4. a

D-iSB 197. 6, 201. 1

i'a'^SS 220. 2. c

itt^IB 194. 2

■^niSBI 100. 2. a (1)

nSB 187. 1. b

bpB 208. 3. 6

b?B 76. 2, 83. 5, 84. 3.

a (3), 118. 2
b?B 60. 1. a, 61. 2, 4,

208. 3
ib?B 60. 3. b (2), 221.

5. a
ib^B 221. 5. a
''byS 60. 3. b (2)
t|b:^B 61. 1
DDbys 19. 2
ays 60. 1, 63. 2. o,

197. &, 200. c, c?
nSB 50. 2, 125. 3
"IpB 80. 2. « (4)
^pB 89
^^;5B 86. a
''SnpB 106. b
Di'l^pB 187. 2

n;5B 187. 1

nip-npB43. b, 188

ns 197. c

i«'lB 18. 2. c, 61. 2. a,

209. 3. 6
riKna 11. 1. a
nXIB 199
na-lB 207. 1. b

O'^onns 207. i. a

nns 197. c

n'>nnnB 207. 1. b
•jins 193. 2

''ns 194. 2
nnB 50. 1, 79. 2
nn-lB 187. 1. d
''"IB 57. 2 (4), 184. J,

221. 5. c
n'^nb 62. 2. 0, 209. 1. a

T • '

''^'"IB 62. 2. b
y'l'lB 210. a
riDnS 216. 1. a
nons 200. c
yiB 200, a

nns 11. 1. a
r;3>"iB 104. </

T ;

nS'lB 141. 4

"l^nS 50. 2

f-IB 200. c

pnS 50. 1

©•IB 210. ff, 216. 1. a

tJns 50. 3

©"^B 119. 1

T1SnB50. 3, 68. a, 180. a

DDirnS 104. A, 119. 1

INDEX III.

387

mb 196. b, 209. 1. a
"Wtl 100. 2. a (2)
t2T»S 80. 2. a (l), 84.
3. a (3)

nnics 200. 6

Dn»S 156. 1

nS 197. a, 200. b, 207.

2. a
DknS 235. 2 (1)
Dans 215. 1. a

nins 139. 2

r]r}^ 80. 1

inns 106. a, 125. 2

"'tis 208. 3. d

Vnbns 188

N2 148. 3

n»2 (11.) 216. 1. 6

sn«S (r.) 148. 3, 164. 5

nrXS 148. 3, 164. 3

D^bxS 208. 3. a

•JXS 201. 1

iSaXS 216. 1. a

D''i52S2 188. a

nS3? 148. 2

inS2 148. 2'

?^n«2 30. 2

XaS 200. a, 215. 2. c

n'^SnS 56. 4

D^sina 56. 4

ins 208. 3. d

n^n^ 209. 2. 6
n-ina i65. 3

'IS 207. 2. a

p"»'nS 187. 1
pna 84. 3. a (2)
P72 184, 198. a (2)
pnS 65. a
pnS 80. 1

np-lS 198. a (2), 216.
"ipp^ia 65. a
tjnp'^2 92. d

ans 50. 1

nns 197. a

D:>nn^ 19. 2, 203. 5,

208. 4
12 174. 5
-1X12 11. 1. a
-IS12 200. c, 215. 1,

216. 1. d
ni2 174. 5
ni2 57. 2 (2)
'^n'^IS 11. 1. a

D^n-'ia, on^ia 11. 1.

pis 207. 1. c
niS (v.) 50. 3
"112 (n.) 51. 3
pnS 51. 2
pnS 92. d

nns 50. 1

nhS 185. 2. 6
"12 209. 2
n:'2 208. 3. c
T2 187. 1. d
W2 210. d:
pr2 187. 1. c
Sbp''2 14. a
b2 207. 2. a

nb2 82. 1. a (2)

ninb2 57. 1
nri|2 57. 1, 210. e

lbb2 139. 1

ibb2 20. 2, 221. 6. 6
2 n''bb2 209. 2. a

niTab2 195. 3

yb2 197. a, 200. c, 216.
1. e

TOV2 198

b2b2 187. 1. e, 207. 2.
a, 216. 2

D''b2b2 16. 3. 6

K)32 (v.) 82. 1. a (l)

mm (adj.) 185. 2. &

*>^132 22. a, 216. 2. a

n^2 80. 2. a (1)

n^2 165. 3

^t)m 164. 2
a I2ni32 102. 2, 104. I

'':inni22 24. b, 92. a

i2nnT22 24. i
5I1D2, riip2 185. 2
"inD2 200. a
iTj'i:?? 119. 3
p?2 51. 2, 121. 1
152 (part.) 172. 5
'jiS2 197. 6

n:is2 219. 1

i5iB2 194. 2

-|iS2 197. c, 200. a,

207. 1. (?
'JB2 50. 1
P15B2 132. 1

388

INDEX III,

5)52 141. 2 (p. 175)
?^nB2 68. a, 195. 2
■jnsS 193. 2. 6, 208. 3.
p2 148. 3
■j^pS 86. 6 (3 pi.)
i1p2 148. 2

rrns 216. 1. a

nSI'12 98. 1. a
ni"l2 200. a
TO 50. 3, 141. 3
(p. 175)

n^l? 156. 4

dSp 11. 1. a

DSp 156. 3

riSp 196. b

np 139. 2

nnp 184. b

™p 19. 2, 141. 1

riiap 104. (/

bap 86. 6 (3 pi.)

i>np, ibnp 19. 2. c,

221. 5. a
D^-bnp 19. 2

i:np 141. 3

1^2lp 92. d
ns|p 92. c
?I^ap 92. c, 101. 3. a,
104. A

inp 78. 1
nap 200. c
innp 104. j
©inp 185. 2. &
Q''©i"ip 201. 2

D';!^ 65. A
'ip'j2 187. 1. e
a ©np 80. 2. a (l), 82.
«(2)
T^*]p 208. 3. b
-tj'lp 92. c
©■^P 92. c
D-^Cnp 19. 2
fT}'^ 121. 1

nbnp 197. f?

TlOI? 194. 1

ynip 50. 1
©nip 11. 1. 5

J^'^P, ?^?P 174. 3
^^^"^fi, ''fT'.'?p 174. 2
bip 200. a
nip 153. 2, 155

rrb'ip, niaip 157. 2
"•^ip 34
''ttip 34

fi'^ttip 156. 2

D^ip 83. c (1)

ril'^^^ip 198. a (4)
yip 179. 2. a

nisrip 57. 2 (3) a
inhnp 21. 1
np 132. 2

np 53. 2. o, 132. 2
•^rip 132. 2
Onp 132. 2

T It

-nnp 60. 3. c, 132. 2
nnp 132. 2
"iprip 132. 2
^intpp 19. 2, 221. 5. a

bitsp 217

btap 51. 3, 83, 83. b,
1. 85. 2, 103
b^p 183. a
b'Jp 217
■jrip 185. 2, 207. 2. &,

217
ft2p (adj.) 185. 2
•Jbp (v.) 82. 1. a (3),

84. 3. a (1)
•^Stpp 19. 2, 221. 5. a
nt)p 80. 2. a (1)
nWp 187. 1. c
Dl^P 83. c (1), 154. 1,

161. 1
tt5itt"'P 59. a, 187. 1. c
13^'^P 220. 1. i
^ibp^P 187. 1. e
nip 200. a
1% 141. 1
l5p1 100. 2. a (2)

Snibp 214. 2
riibp 141. 2

bbp 84. 3. a (2)

b>p 141. 4

ribbp 20. 2

ncbp 198. a (3)

^'^)P 141. 4

bp'bp 187. 1. e

Dp 57. 2 (5), 153. 1,

185. 2. a
©iT2p 59. a, 187. 1. c
a^ttp 156. 2
b^P, b^p 82. 1. a (1)

INDEX III.

089

1>^)? 24 c

np^p 61. 4, 66. 2 (2),

157. 2
y^p 208. 3. 6

r\^p 59

IP 215. 1. 6
S3p 92. d, 166. 3
inSSp 166. 2
riDp 200. c

nbp 172. 2

iDp 172. 2
-■j^Sp 215. 1. c
1?p 141. 1 (p. 175)
lap 80. 2. 6
•laSp 54. 3
■^ttlOp 89 (f. s.)
DOp 84. 3. a (3)
"DDp 87

DDp 141. 3 (p. 175)
nnsp 196. c

nsp 50. 1

!l2p 18. 2. c

''.n^p 220. 1. 5

Up 184. 6

TSp 185. 2. a

■j^^p 141. 1 (p. 175)

■^Sp 50. 1, 2, 84. 3. a

(3), 125. 3
DDnSp 106. a
n:2p 196. 6, 211. a
Xnp 179. 1. a
Xhp 166. 2
»np 167. 1
rilKIp 166. 2

•Tii'np 104. c
nb^b snp 35. 1

"jXnp 60. 3. c, 98. 2,
164. 3

nsnp 166. 1
nsnp 166. 2

nnp 77. 3, 78. 2, 82.

1. a (2), 118. 1
anp (imp.) 119. 1
anp 185. 2. h

anp 200. a

-n'lp 19. 2. a
nanp 98. 1. a

^nnp 39. 4. a

DDanp 19. 2, 119. 3

■jnnp 19. 2. 5, 193. 2

"iSanp 216. 1. a

n^np 200. c

nip 179. 1. a
ni-lp 185. 2. 6
nip 187. 1. 6

^rir\p 11. 1. a

^rrp^ 196. e?

•innp 89 (f. s.)

Dip 118. 1

lip 197. a

ni31p 203. 5. a

^Slp 214. 2

1\5'?)?, I^?":)? 221. 4

O??"?!?, D!'?'?]? 203. 1,

208. 4
bblp 193. 2. c
■J^lp 50. 2
5^1p 187. 1. e

Ipip 161. 2

niapicp 207. 1. e

rnrp 79. 2, 84. 3. a (2)

nffip 210

niCp 216. 1. d
ptp 61, 4, 183. b
iTCp 80. 2. a (2)
llBp 80. 1
D1©p 125. 1
tj©p 141. 3 (p. 175)
nCp 197. 6, 199. d
ni&p 187. 1. a

cnim^p 24. h

nPtCp 216. 2. a

nsi 77. 2, 79. 1, 80. 1,

114
n«1 172. 2
i«1 172. 2
1J!51 26, 121. 1
•^in^XI 57. 2 (3) a
n^«1 172. 2

nisi 172. 2

''^1 60. 3. b (2)
ni'^SI 207. 2. d
'jiffi'^KI 227. 1. a
nttill 156. 3

ni^si 11. 1. a
ni^si 156. 3

ipSI 102. 3

■CXI 11. 1. a bis

©SI 156. 3

t?S1 61. 2. a, 207. 1./

I^TUSI 11. 1. 6

390

INDEX III.

y\m^ 193. 1, 227. 1
npiijjxn 235. 3 (3)
u'^m'y 57. 2 (3) a
n'ltJXn 198. a (4)

an c^'i?) 153. 1

nn, 'i'\{vb) 82. 1. a(3)

an 217

ah C's?) 158. 3

ah (n.) 186. 2. c

aan i4i. i (p. i75),

179. 2. a
Whan 250. 2 (2) a

nan 179. 2. «

nan 235. 3 (3)

nan 172. 3, 174. 5

lan (I'b) 156. 4

^an 141. 1

lah 139. 1

ian, xian 197. a, 209.

3, 226

nian eo. 3. a
D^'nian 203. 4, 226

D^an 249. 1. a

i:?ian 227. 1
n^i^^an 227. 3
yan, 2>ah 227. 3

D''2?an 207. 1. a
yy} 84. 3. a (2)
nan i58. 1
nan 235. 3 (3)
'^nan33. 1, ei. e.a, 218
Wn 84. 3. a (2)
bin 50. 1

ban 197. a, 217

•iban 194. 2

Diban 203. 5. a
y^h 126. 1

^■^ (T^^) 53. 2. b, 150.
1 (p. 182)

nn (y'i?) 139. 2
^n, nnn i48. 3
nnn (inf.) i48. 2
qin 78. 1
qhn 114
"ip^SDnn 114
"lann 19. 2. a
nnn i48. 2
■^nnn i48. 2
Dann 22. a
ain 158. 3

mn 57. 2 (5) a, 156. 1

mn 184. i

mn 197. 6

n?n 161. 1
bain 186. 2. a

D^n 80. 2. a (4)

n^in 157. 1

pn 179. 1. a

fsin 141. 4
©in 57. 2 (2) a
ann,ainn i97.i,2oo.a
D^nn 187. 1
pinn 185. 2. b
bnn 197. c, 200. b
nnn 118. 2
Dnn 119. 1

Onn 61. 2. «, 197. b

n^fin 196. c

fiWn 201. 1, 208. 3. a

ynn 80. 2. a (3)
nsrin 119. 3
p'n'\ 185. 2. 6
pnn 119. 1

1^'^X}^ 119. 3
aun 84. 3. a (2)
ttStjn 68. o, 180. a
in 184. 6
a'^n (v.) 153. 2, 155,

158. 2, 3
a'^n (n.) 186. 2. c

nia-in 158. 1

T

p'^^ 186. 2. c

Dpin 235. 2 (1)

tjin 186. 2. c

•jil^in 57. 2 (2) a, 227.

1. a
•jn 50. 1, 186. 2. c

aan 84. 3. a (2)
ian 141. 1
^an 141. 1 (p. 175)
ban 50. 1
nban i98. « (2)

^l^h 139. 1

ipiian 199. b
n^ah 208. 3. b
"ipn^'Tsn 104. /&
isn, "^an 141. 1

■jSn 139. 3

|3n 141. 5

?n 60. 2, 215. 1. e

a:?n (v.) 82. 1. « (2)

a?n (adj.) 185. 2. b

INDEX III.

391

T\$'l 139. 2

TOT 186. 2. a, 215. e

in?"! 220. 1. 6

'lynT 141. 1

'':?n 221. 3. a

ti?'^ 221, 3. a

bn 114

•}??■? 122. 1
]i?n 187. 1. d, 207. 2.
y?7 141. 3 (p. 175)
"^Dnn 220. 1. b
«&1 186. 2. a
«Bn 92. (/, 166. 3
nXSn 164. 5
13«Bn 165. 2
inSSn 165. 2
nsn 84. 3. a (2)

nsn 165. 1

■irissn 177. 3

SiS'n 179. 1. a
X^'l'y 199. a

f^n 141. 4
pn 50. 1

npn 84. 3. a (2)
n]?h 186. 2. a
Dj?l 186. 2. a

:?pi 126. 1

^l^lp'n 106. a, 125. 2
p;?'1 179. 2. a
tJn (^y) 186. 2. c
tl'2, TSn (^S) 148. 3
y©n 198. a
wen 198. a (1)
dTi:?©*! 203. 5

iBTCn, ifiTSn 22. a, 216.

2. a
©«■» 141. 5
OTSn 141. 5
ncn (v.) 148. 2
non (n.) 184. 6
rtniS"! 148. 2

pinn 200. «, 207. 1. c

b On'n 197. b, 208. 3. ft

»to 131. 3

^Niri, IXto 16. 2. a, 45.

5. a
"liiiO 3. 1. a
ni^to 16. 2. a, 61. 2, a,

131. 4
ni5T» 61. 2. a
ynte 82. 1. a (2)

yato 185. 2. 6
:Ryniri 127. 1
into 3. 1. a

I'lte 141. 1 (p. 175)
irW 185. 2. (/, 200. f,
210, 215. 2, 221. 7

^rrito 220. 1. 6

''1© 185. 2. (^
flto 201. 1, 215. 2

'''into 19. 2
Kit? 131. 4
n^to 158. 3
nw 158. 3
n^a^to 158. 3

T

l^ir 3. 1. a, 179. 2. a

inic 184. 6

pnto 51. 2
Duto, it:te 51. 4
i:tito 106. a

X""!?! 184. 6

^n':i» 221. 7. a
i-'to 221. 7. a
n^to 158. 2, 3

a^'te 158. 2, 3 bis

ritt'^U) 158. 3

te^Tp 158. 2

•T?© 51. 1

bDto 3. 1. a, 79. 2

WbDto 3. 1. a, 51. 4. a

■iDiri 3. 1. a

ibto 184. 6, 207. 1. b

^^to 156. 4

n^T» 82. 1. a (2)

■inttto, -^ni2TS 216. 1. &
intito 104.7

i55TO 82. 1. a (1)
nXSil) 87, 166. 2

rixsto 104. A

^fi??© 102. 3

^i|::i» 60. 1, 164. 4
nsbto 166. 2

"inssto 164. 1
^^nX2to 220. 2. a

n?to 3. 1. «, 121. 1
"i:?to 207. 1. 6
nni^to 51. 1
rri^to 198. b
nyti 200. 6
hn:^tei 27, 57. 2 (2) 6,
220. 1. b

392

INDEX III.

nSto 3. 1. a, 199. d,

217, 221. 2. 4
"jBie 50. 1
"^neto 216. 2. a

DH'^ninsto 221. 1
Dn-^nBiiJ 221. 1

IT? 207. 2. a
nnil) 179. 2. a

T T

into 199. c
•0'«B?"lTa 68. a
Dlnsnto 104. e
pn© 185. 2. &
nn^ 141. 1 (p. 175)
''nnto 61. 6. a

rm 131. 4

onto 90 {'pass)
t 53. 2. a, 74

nnnsjffi 45. 5. a

bi«ffi 197. 6
t3«C 57. 2 (3) a
D^'tpXto 156. 3

^mt 57. 2 (3) a

bsiD 78. 1, 121. 1
b«to, 5lb»0 119. 2

nb«» 119. 3

^3^bST» 119. 2
"'plbXTJJ 118. 3
?ibST» 119. 2
5lbx» 104. a

I'^r^bxto 119. 2
Dnbs© 119. 2
l^ii!© 122. 1

1^)^m 187. l.c?, 207.2.

TOi^W 139. 3 nat?, J^iaC 126. 2

nxHJ 183. 6 nno 84. 3. a (3), 86. 6

n^-lX© 198. a (4) nniS 148. 2

nto 53. 2. a, 144. 3, maffi 144. 3, 148. 2

148. 3

-aT», naiD i48. 3
nto 157. 1

lit? 11. 1. a

latj 34
ia© 34
^m» 39. 4. a

TaiD 200. c, 210. a
n^nra 198. a (4)

■jnmnip 220. 1. 6

Un© 51. 2, 197. 6
"^UnO 216. 2

•'nt? 221. 5. c
■ir^inTa 227. 1

n'^n© 198. a (4)

b^bac 24. 6

"ibSlO 24. b

naO 197. 6, 221. 6. a
lina© 193. 2. a

''nno, inno i48. 2

bj© 197. a
n^O 216. 1. e
It? 207. 2. a
lhT» 139. 2
*Vtlb 141. 4

n'1'1© 93. a

^^7^0 141. 1
^ilO 139. 2
I'ltD 199. c.
Cnto 45. 5. a
N^C 61. 2. a

nitj 157. 1

nito (nio;?) 53. 2. h,

148. 2

nbiato 3. 1. a, 200. i, ^fianiizj 104. c

207. 1. <? nn^ir, ns^oi57. 2

npaitj 157. 2 innw 11. 1. a

S^nO 216. 1. e nniO 141. 4

wn© 223. 1 n^ttic 207. 1. a

D'^S^nO 208. 3. o, 225. 1 ^^^ 199. a

D'^yn© 203. 3 "^S^TIJ 194. 2. a

ran© 223. 1. a y?tD 161. 1

crnyn© 221. 2. 6 bi^i© 186. 2

D'^n:?aC203.4,223.1.a n3?iO 186. 2. a

anya© 223. 1. a, 250. tDSio ise. 2. a

2 (2) a IBi© 200. a

6 nn© 3. 1. o p^itj 207. 1. /

INDEX III.

393

pi» 19V. a

nitJ 3. 1. a

lie (v.) 158. 3

^iO (n.) 197. c, 201. 1,

207. 1./.
^tmt 92. 6, 174. 1
•Jl^i© 207. 2. h
^nnO 60. 3. 6 (2), 119. 4

nn® 141. 1

iiniD 60. 4. a, 141. 1

nt:no 119. 3
trirntj 199. d
nn© 185. 2. 6
nhnnt) 188
nriT^ 78. 2
inn© 121. 2

DDtin© 119. 1

r^t 200. 6

D^'JTS 156. 3
^hip 187. 1. c

ib'^©, ^3'bio 55. 2. a

T© 158. 2, 3
n'Tt? 220. 1. 6
ni» 158. 2, 3

ini© 221. 5. 6

5JT» 139. 2

SD© 84. 3. a (2)

ab© 87

SDO 87

nnDti 98. 1

^330 106. a
inDTO 106. a
biDTD 184
■jlSffl 90 {piss^

\at 87

riDTD 80. 2, 82, 1. « (2)
''JID© 216. 1. 6

^:nDO 127. 2

^jlSHD© 127. 2
priDO 60. 2. ff, 127. 1
bD© 3. 1. «
bb© 82. 1. a (3), 84. 3.

a (1), 85. 2
:^nbD© 65.0,82.1. a (3)
iplbb© 65. a
D?© 183. 6
DD© 65
1123© 221. 5. c
■}?© 82. 1. a (2), 84. 3.

a(l)

}b© 87

)?© 90 {pass)
''5D© 61. 6. a
r\3?© 132. 1
•iWD© 90 (2 f.)
nD© 3. 1. a, 125. 3
nD© 185. 2
■b© 131. 3
b© 139. 2
■jSSb© 68. a

n;innnb© 195. a

lb© 185. 2. (^
lb© 184. 6

nn lb© 21. 1

a^n^b© 187. 2

ft^b© 187. 2

•inib© 168. a

nb© 80. 2. a (1), 124

nb© 60. 1
nb© 125. 2
nb© 126. 1
nb© 126. 1
nnb© 125. 1

221. 3. a
126. 1

"jnb© 200. a
i{;-nb© 45. 4
nnb© 123. 5. a

T3b© 84. 3. a (2)
lb© 54. 2
©^b© 210. a
''©'^b© 199. h
l©ib© 227. 1

rr^Tjjib© 227. 3

nn©ib© 219. 1. a
msb© 92. d
bb© 141. 3 (p. 175)
fib© 84. 3. a (2)
Db© 92. d
Db© 92. c
Db© 93. a
1Mb© 92. c
""pb© 194. 2. a
■©b© 215. 1. c
©b© 51. 3
ri©b© 220. 1. h

n©b© 223. 1

ni©b© 225. 1
D"'©b© 207. 1. a
nicb© 235. 2 (1)

?y''n©b© 220. 1. h

dDn©b© 250. 2 (2) a

394-

INDEX III.

Ontpb© 250. 2 (2) a

5jnbTB 53. 2. a

tm 235. 1

USD 43. «, 200. a, 215.

1. 6
ItttD 80. 2. a (3)
ni20 219. 1. a
i'nW 221, 3. a

niiao 64. 2
nim? 139. 2
nnp^a© se. 6 (2 m.)
''ttir 66. 2 (2) c
D^'a'O 10. a
D^)3TS 201. 1, 203. 5. c
tV2^'nt 219. 1
iD'^^TJ? 227. 1
W2V 82. 1. a (2), 84. 3.
a (1), 141. 3 (p. 175)

wya 90

ynlO 79. 2, 84. 3. a (2)
nj'^lS 223. 1
D'liiaTS 225. 1

nw n:i20 224. a

y^TS 80. 2. a (1), 82. 1.

a (2)
3?^© 60. 1. a
yia© 65, b
y^tp 184, 6
V12W 60. 1, a
y^ffi 60. 1
TOiaO 125, 1
nyiaiD 98. 1, 125. 1
i^^O 125. 2
^?ttT» 106. a

QD^tt© 125, 2
•j?^© 89 (f. pi.), 98, 2,
127, 1

n^;?^ffl 127. 2

iS^^O 125, 1
py^C 127. 1
n?!?© 205
iny^TC 106. a

'ynt 77. 2

n^TiJ 186. 2. a
-nnTOTB 125. 1

T ; T

n"Dao 19. 2

T : rr

nn^TS 104. e
tJ^TB 197, b
■Jffi 197, o, 217
N20 196. c?
S3T» 177, 3

T •

n3ttJ200,f, (7,211,216.1

•'nisT? 141. 2

^5© 227. 1

D''jT» 203. 4, 223. 1

nwn n'»30 251. 4, a

^3''30 250, 2 (2) a
n"i30 235, 3 (3)
•jiO 141, 1 (p, 175)
•Jit? 141, 5
nSTD 196, 5
D^inpffi 203. 3
rOtJ 126, 1
TStpy© 195, 2
b?TS 208, 3. b
•'b?© 216. 2

y?« 141. 2 (p, 175)

•ly© 197. 6

r.'ij?©, :nn3>© eo, 3. a

T -: - ' T ; IT

^r\^w 3, 1, a
m^nsJUJ 187, 2. c

T -: -

:!?TrS^«60, 3. 6(2), 141. 6

D-iyWl? 187. 2, i
^iSlD 89

nriB« 214, 1

TObO 89 (m, pi.)
•JSC 80, 2. a (2)

■ybic 89

nDB0l3, b, 86. 6 (3 pi.)

riDBC 22, a
bSO 82, 1. a (1)
b&® 87
inbE?^ 196, c
fBC 207. 2. 6
n?BT» 196. &
"l^nStO 187. 2. c

nins© 203. 5. a

D^^nSt? 203. 5. a

njp^i 131. 3

^pt? 209, 3

ppTD 187, 2

D'^^jpC, nitt)?» 208. 3, a

ppffi 141, 2 (p. 175)

n^tj 199. c?

minp!© 216, 2, 216, 2. a

iffiXM© 60, 4. a

t3''a'l0 22,a, 51. 2, as.a

?r"nO 60, 4. a, 221. 6. 5

?j™ 221. 6, 6

©nia 208, 3. b

mw, toys 83, c (1),

92. b, 122. 2

INDEX III.

395

ni»n© 187. 1. e

DiffilT? 19. 2

tj© 43. a

m&tp 223. 1

"mp 227. I

Qi^© 225. 1

tm 200. a

nn© 50. 1, 179. 2. a

in© 172. 2
intj, nine i72. 2

T ' T

'^Tpt 209. 2. J

n^rnp 209. 2. 6

"jninUJ 250. 2 (2) a
D':niS 22. h, 223. 1. «

3Xn 51. 1
blKn 111. 2. a

jyn'J ^nnsn) 35. 1
•j^^asin 64. 2
nhxn 111. 2. a
ionxneo. 3.C, 111. 2. e

ixn 57. 2 (3) a, 184. 6

■^ttixn 216. 1. c
Tn«n 111. 2. a
'inbDsrj^ 60. 3. c (?),

93. a, 111. 2. e

npbDKPi 91. c
qbsn 111. 2. a

•i^Xn 216. 1. c

!n5^.xn 88 (f. pi.)

^n^Sh 88 (m. pi.)
nSSn 200. 6, 216. 1. h
■jIBCSn 151. 2

■^Boxn 112. 3

'^a^ixn 112. 3
i"iKr, insn 60. 3. 6 (2)
nsnsn 157. 3
n^ffixn 190
nnxpi 111. 2. 5
xnr\ 111. 2. h, 177. 3
nrxhn 157. 3
;}S3n 88 (f. pi.)
n:s?nn 157. 3

TlSan 88 (3 f.), 167. 3

nsbnan iis. 4
nxian 97. 1. a.
nnsian 220. 1. h
nnxian88(3f.), 167. 3
!rjns5inn88(3f.), 167. 3
nan uo. 3
■jian 192. 2
pian 140. 3
^ssnan 105. h
int:an 88 (3 f. pi.)
^s^-ian 26
iTS^an 160. 3
naann 172. 4
nraan 172. 3

ban 190. h, 197. a

ban 190. 6
bban 190
"jani 158. 2
"jTi^an 172. 1
np^an 126. 1
"•sn^an 105. h
;?j?an 126. 1

1^»J?an 88 (m. pi.)
''©pani 234. a

la'ian 120. 3
''sD-ian 105. h
np-^na^nn 128
b-i^ni 99. 3

'J^3?'!I?n 126. 1

nsini 158. 2

'j^''3ihl72. 1

:bin 174. 4

b5n 66. 1 (1), 173. 3

nbin 172. 3
nbani 173. 3
n2b^n i58. 2
inib^i^rin 220. 2. c
;; Irani 88 (f. pi.)
'j'^pa'in 88 (2 f.)
''ppa'in 105. o, <?
la'ini 99. 3
'jina'in 55. 2. «, ss

(m. pi.)

■jr.ann 88 (m. pi.)
npna'in 92. e

'Tnn 139. 3

nn^n 192. 2

npb^n 172. 3
'ji^'ann 172. 1
:5?nni 147. 5
xc'in 45. 2
^nn 61. 2
^nn 30. 1

Dinn 190. h, 197. 6,
200. a

n-^nn 172. 3
^-i^nn 88 (f. pi.)

396

INDEX III.

ns'i'Tin, ns'inn ii. i.a
n3)2">nn leo. 3
ii-isnn 94. c
bnn 140. 5
Jibnn 190. 6
Sjbnr\i9. 1,60. 3. 6(2),

112. 2, 151. 1

?;^n^nn 220. 2. a
•inni 172. 4
ns^nnn 11 8. 4

^>rinn 24. c, 142. 3
in 185. 2. f^
i«in 57. 2 (3) a
njiin 190. i

1\yF\ 63. 2. o, 184. h

•lin 216. 1. (^
wnDin 220. 1. h
•jriDin 105. e
^^pin 90, 151. 3
?|Oin 22. &, 151. 2
5ioin 151. 2
nn?in 207. 1. a
nin 217
nnin 217
iTsia^nin 104./
ntcin 190. 6, 192. 2
"•ni^in 216. 1. a
nnitn 157. 3

,17?7n 88 (f. pi.)

ns'^ajn ei. 4. a
ibrn 111. 2. 6
riwn 190. h, 199. (^

''?ir>l (3 f.) 172. 3

''5nTI?!53. 3. a, 111. 2. c

«anr\i lee. 4
nibisTiri 201. 1
banri 60. 3. a
tnn 172. 4
rnni 111. 2. 6
ntnn 172. 4
inn 16. 2. a
•jib^nn 158. 2
bnnn 158. 2
bnn 140. 3
nbnn 190. 6
'.''D'lxibnn 220. 2. c

• : IT •; -

nrbnn 141. 2

Dttnn 190. a

rrniarini 104. e
ni:nn 190. h
inbnn 220. 2. «

Onni 60. 1. a, 157. 3

ynn 173. 3
onni 157. .3
'ipni^nn 105. e
nnn 2.37. 1, 233. 1
5nnr? (12) 131. 1
•innn 194. 2

QO'^^n-n 238. 1. h

13 nnn 239. 2 (2)
Dnnn 238. 1. h
"linrin 238. 1. 6
'^atp^n 147. 4
■jiD'^n 193. 1
■jia'^n 190. 5, 197. 5
pi'ini 150. 3
r\w^T\ 11. 1. 6

ntosj^n 113. 1
^;?"«n 147. 4
:OTn 190. h

lt'}7\ 208. 3. c

n:nt5''n 147. 2
ni^^-'n 147. 4
?;'73?n 101. 3. a
risni 172. 4
,VriDni 88 (f. pi.)
nnsni 119. 1

bsn 172. 4

nbsn 177. 3
pn 50. 1
riDsn 54. 2
^insn 192. 2
-nnDn 88 (2 f.)
sbni 172. 4

nj<bn 190. 5, 198. a (3)
D^isbn 177. 3
"ibni 147. 5
ns^bn 147. 2
nbn 50. 1

D^Xlbn 56. 4, 177. 3

l^nbnn 119. 1
insbn 105. a
iDbn 65. &

riJDbn 61. 4. a, 151. 1

i^ttbn 88
Tiabn 192. 2
■]^!?, ibn 158. 2
nn 186. 2. c, 207. 2
nh (v.) 139. 2

dh (n.) 186. 2. c
rtWn 143. a

INDEX III.

397

npnisn iis. 4
'isji^^ani 161. 3
nru^'an i57. 3
bi)an iss. c
■j^nitin 157. 3
nsn^ian i57. 3
n^pi 175. 3

Iran (2 m.) 172. 3, 175. 3
0^721? 53. 3. a

tob^an 104./

:i3^bl2ni 99. 3

W1V\ 84. 3. a (3), 141.

1 (p. 175)
^5ttn 54. 3, 141. 2
nmn 61. ^.a
CTanT 175. 3

biJ^n 60. 1. a
npxsTan i65. 2

3i?2^r\ 60. 1. a
n3|512n 141. 2

niai^n 175. 3
"i^n 140. 5
inttin 111. 2. 6
n^Tan 192. 2

Qi'l^Tan 187. 2.C

tj^n 157. 3
■jn 53. 2. a
:n:fi^.;n 11 8. 4
iwasn 131. 2
nbr\ 157. 3
q^Dn 131. 2
npn 132. 1
n^sn 192. 2
nsrii 60. 1. a
n^n^n 205. c

nriin 131. 1 ^i^n 197. h

^n]5'^:ni 150. 2, 161. 5 "i?n 60. 4. a
nsnsfn 104. 6 n?r\n 174. 4

stesn 131. 6 wn 173. 3

i3T»3r\ 102. 2 flto?P) 172. 3

ns^spn 61. 3, 136. 2, ^>-mr?ri 27

141. 2

?jpn 140. 5

p|pr\ 111. 2. s, 151. 2

a?p 51. 1, 121. 1

S3?n 60. 4. a
'Jl'lh?!? 88 (m. pi.)

XV^X\ 55.2. a, 88. 2./

ns'^TC^n 105. h

nnXSn 192. 2. a

in£r\i 111. 2. i
msn 192. 2
DD^nisi&n 161. 5

own 19. 2, 111. 3. a npS^BP 157. 3

■^n^a^n 88 inDSiBp, nss^p\'i57. 3

aa^ni 111. 1 rt£r;\ 190. 6

nsa^ni 97. 1. « "jsri^ 172. 4

np^i^n 25, 88 (f. pi.), 91. c ysni 150. 3
ns^yn, r!2a;?n 157. 3 d^spi 99. 3. «, 119. 1

^:?ni 172. 4
nipn 51. 3
nwn 198, a (3)
WPI 140. 1

nt^n 91. 6

ST^n 60. 4

tjyn^ (^'3?) 157. 3

ThSV\ 216. 1. a

^bj^ni 140. 5

f^r^^^T 1^2. 3

nbyn 60. 3. c

5]Br\ 141. 3 (p. 175)
iS'llpSn 105. h
"iBn 140. 5
I^UTTSn 88 (m. pi.)

njssn 147. 2
ns^'iisp 161. 3
nr^an 141. 2
nsbsjn 141. 2

^SSJjn 139. 1

n^jpn 190. h, 198. a (3)

n35'ipn88(f.pi.), 161. 3
nstt'ipn 160. 3
bpri 140. 1

•J^n^ynn 99. 3. a
a^:?r\ 192. 2, 200. c

np:?r), nss^n 172. 3 ipr\ 50. 1

y:?r\ 141. 2 (p. 175) lyph 46

nsyn 97. 1. a ypn 157. 3

npyn 126. 2 xnpni lee. 4

398

INDEX III.

njs'ijpn 88 (3 f. pi.)
inn;pn 88 (3 f. pi.)
•j^nnpnT 99. 3. a
Cpm 174. 4

nnpn 95. a
s^nn 35. 2
S'lni 172. 4
nj<nn 172. 3
■'ssinn 105. e
nnni 172. 4
nnnni 175. 3
n^3"in 190. b
■^nbann 94. «, 115

Tin 147. 2

n)2nnn 192.2.0, 216.1.5

nsnnn 88 (3f.pl.), 147.2
^n-in 147. 3
^inn 156. 4
npnn 190. 6
np^^inn 16I. 4
pin 140. 3
nscDnn 92. e
rri-Qir) 192. 2. a

n2D^in88(3f.pl.), 91.C
•jnn 190. 5

nsnri 97. 1. «
npiin 88 (f. pi.)
S'^n (v.) 140. 5
5inri 175. 3
D^snn 201. 2
nr^nn i65. 3
ynni 140. 5
yini 172. 4
in^nn, ^n^nn 93. a
ni^sten 165. 2

nisten i64. 2
•'p.ijtwn 161. 2
nia^irn 61. 4. a, 205. c
bsirn 97. 2

^b-iX^ton 180, a

nsf n 164. 2
nDnuJn 157. 3
nsmtjn 61. 4, 160. 3
nnai^n 88 (3 f. pi.)
naicpi, rawr\ 65. «.
npi^T&n 157. 3
Q^n 54. 2

TO^TlJn 190.5,192. 2. a,

198. a (3)
i'incn60.3.5(2),120. 1

nncn 119. 1
■'©n 172. 4

lyiTpn 227. 1

npnDTBn 91. c
npTon 88. (f. pi.)
n^nbicn 88 (3 f. pi.),

105. 5
"Dbian 97. 2
"•Dbcn 95. a
n©n 147. 4
nni^cn 105. d
'nbicn 65. 5
'\r\'niDr\ 88 (m. pi.)

yi?n 216. 1. e

yen 60. 3. c

W©n 223. 1

D'^ytJn 208. 3. a, 225. 1

ny tiffin 142. 1
m»ni 158. 2
resign 118. 4

psncn 88 (2 f.)
3>n©n 176. 3

96. 5

inn 131. 4
-nn 61. 5
♦.ybann 126. 1
nnnn 142. 2
nsnn 60. 4. «, i76. 3
nnn (nnn:) 53. 2, 5,

132. 1

n'lnnn 126. 2
n:3>nnn 96. 5
bnbnnn lei. 2
nnnn i76. 3
^"j^^^ 94. a
•^nn 61. 5, 131. 4
:C3nnn i76. 3
Dnn 140. 1
np^iiann 161. 3
•.Diann 142. 2
"jnn 132. 1
rjsnn'i 105. a
i5te:nn 166. 5
ynn 172. 4
:bBnn 142. 2
s<bBnn 166. 5
aysnni 99. 3. «, 119. 1
tbnsnn 96. 5
ss^nn 53. 3. 5, 150. 3

(p. 182)

isnn 25
nnhi 150. 3
i^nnn 60. 4. «, i76. 3
nsiiuirnn 16I. 3

lE^DEX lY.

HEBREW GRAMMATICAL TERMS.

"'^tns 13

ni'^nis 2

nbDi ntctt "jn^x 1. 3

n^x 31

nniD ni2bT0 ^-x 7. 3. a

ns3 n?3 21. 1

''Di3"'a 85. 1. a

n'i3;^rSi V6. 1

fcr?5 45. 4. a

prn ffisn 23. 1
bp TCSi'i 21. 1
n:?"'1*n xn 229. 1
nbiJiEn sn 230. 1
I'lps'csn 7. 3

-Ittij^"} 9. 1, 243. 2. a*
tf^Sjn 11 99. 1
-IDT 196
qi:n 16. 3. a

pinin 45. 4. a

D?t2 28

«nni3 29. 6

D^inS 76. 2
D^'1133 71. c

p^n ii^ b^niUD 7. 3.

n-'ns 46

•""ip «bi n'lns 46

rT13"l^b 29. 6

Tn^ "jitjb 199
D''a'i liuJb 199
n:'3TS "jiirb 199

^■""liJ^ 45. 4. a
131^ 71. c

nnpi'a 212

Q''bia 70. a
D'^Db'a 28

bijjb'a 32

W5P 32

nnioa 10. 46

p"'B13 26
lip^ 85. 1. a
Clptt 43

is^bfi? nns m»ia 7.

3. a

ana 44

niD'iM 28. 6

ns 16. 2

a iiSti? 71. c
^tiD3 212
"IPD5 71. c
3?5 16. 2
nnp2 196
D'l'Ilp? 2
pics 5liO 36. 1
^JI'aD 212
O'l'in? 28
nay 85. 1 a
TT\V 85. 1. a

n^bysi 70. a
•im 85. 1. a
IIP 46

n-'nD sbi inp 46

niD'i 27

""anDtt ^^n bxtj 7. 3. a

SSTT, X112J 16. 1

nsnn ii< i^ibtj 7. 3. a

tli^tJ 70. a

iBcian nii2© 223. 1
ns^n iro«bttT» 7. 3. a
nwn 12

Names of the letters § 2, their signification §5. 5
Names of the vowels § 12, their signification § 12. 5
Names of the accents § 29, their signification § 29. &
Names of the verbal species §76. 1, 2.
Designations of imperfect verbs § 76. 3.

POSTSCEIPT

The folded leaf which follows contains a general view of
the inflections of the various kinds of verbs, perfect and im-
perfect, the rules for the changes to which nouns are liable,
the personal pronouns in their separate and suffixed forms,
and the different vowels assumed by the inseparable prefixes
and the inteiTogative n^ . It is designed to be taken out
of the book and mounted upon pasteboard. The student
will thus have the most material parts of the grammar brought
together and exhibited to his eye upon a single page.

Two sections of the grammar have been inadvertently
numbered 141 and two 150. To prevent embarrassment
from this cause in the use of the indexes, the page is almost
always added when the second of the dupHcate sections is
intended.

GENERAL VIEWOF THE VERB.

'^

■^

!*l

rbo

ti:

-°

r'xj;

T^

!;'?>!?

Fv^?

Mi:

r^=

!*P?

■raS

bto

nW?

'^S

==;

■Jr?!??

mOT,

Fiy<s

FTiix:

FI1333

riio;

ifap

IE?

!>!<?

rjo

=3?

^io

l?^?!?

rTQy

piixj

rrt'iD

FI-^33

r;nis

ioiJ

-;23J

ita

rViD

ci:

=??

piibi:

r-iEj

niij

FI-bB

p-i'M

P23D

^n

T^n

i-ton

r-b'tn

•i-3-

=fcn

FiiDi^n

rrajn

pbS^n

pni'i^Si

rnpjn

■J^^cn

i<?p-

Tiin

^m

rtan

tfin

nofl

F'rcpn

p—rn

FV!<;ri

rrb'jn

r-rin

1?-^-''^'

rqilnpn

1 N F I K I T 1 V E

iibjj

■n'ts

ii!<J

nfiiD

oii:

alio

biip

■'B?

bsa

rfo

noa

as

bajsn

nffi-n

iijsn

n%

oisn

alBrj

bpjsn

i!:rn

i!*?"

nbte

oijn

a?"

itip

IB?

i(t2

nVis

€3?

aaio

iiaE

■1??

ii<?

nViB

=?:

anio

bEi5

I'a?

E5;

[^^R]

iopn

Tijn

!''«?n

ijVip-

ra-

acn

i-cfn

T';yn

i-iitjn

']">''?l!

t-in

acn

ippn

Tbyn

iSijn

nb\cn

■i'iin

iopn

bfeErn

-nisr-

ii!3nn

n'jpiDn

=l;^■^

aaipon

ab; Dg SS-; -55 ' kj.

rat; r^ nxi-j r-Vj /,„,.,, t

aBT3 Dip: Ni'^j nS

pait PTOip? Pssi?? IJ'&? i

af: D-aip ST3 rt'3

paS: PTjip C^"^ ■^"??

at; D-aip 8S"a n>3

pai; PriT Ijss-i P">'3

a-ioin nibn K'sot rt'jii

paiDln Pi'b'pn nss"ri P-V;.ri

afen npn Krjn nb';ri

paiin !;si"^n t^'%^

stj-nn Diippn ss-^nn nVsrn

pa'B-nn p-aaipp- nss-ann r-b^nn

raib

Dip

Dip

Dipn

mpn

aoin
a-tln

opn
D-p-

Kis-a

Ns-:n
scian

rr53
nl53

n's3
rilJa

n5?r!

NiphuL

bop; ito; bik?; rba; 03; aii;

nAiipp n~asp n:>S?n nrrV'ip njoip ™-a:p

bog; lay; bfts; n^iB; ills; as;

n;bii|3R rx-raip n;bs3P rerVisp rrsirp TOaEP

robopp

bbp;

lbs; bsj; nVin- iek" aaic;

nrnarp n:bS3P ran^iop nrohjn raaaicn

/-■m.f!. riAbpri ™';'??i? n;btop Pjnbto niahTi roaicn

niphu.

/an. j,l.

Hophd.

Hithpad.
/em. pi.

b-op; Tas; b>!S!3" n-fe; a-i; ap;

rotepp nrtjp "JjSfJP rnrfiip n:m|p nracti

ai?"

ap:

sia;

"59:

™ain

""rlpP

~siap

a">'??

ato;

Dijs;

sia;

-^r

rnaTO

n:aipp

rnssBP

^'i^

'■I?::

Daip;

SSB-

nHi-

™?*;i?

nsaaipp

.-:ss'xi

™1??

at;

Dtip;

saa-

nVj-

ntaibTi

raaa-ipii

"xSai?

rii-SjB

a-ioV

=•(?:

K-ia-

"vf^

n;?!?*!

rnaibp

-:siap

ni'Sjp

bcp; Tay; bS?; nba;

robopp ™~a;P njbS-ip raniap

moiip

biapp; -itiyn; bftSP'; "ItaiS; iDJjp; aiiPS;
robiapriFi P~a?np njbtern njnb'pa'p n:iii3:np niaaipcp

38ti» nblpn;

reaB;pri nr;aipnp

rosanp

nj3P;

n:-53np

niphii.

Hithpafil.

blip

biap

itspn

^i?PiTi

1^?

IBS

Tijn

bS<3
bi!3n

bS3

bSspn

nb\^

nScn
nj'piin

033

■iDi:n
103;
Bin

isjjnn

a-i>'

D^]b

ss^

fi5?

afen

D-ijsn

sian

nbsn

ate;

Daip

ssa

nS?

aiain

DP"

xsa-

r^%-

afe-nn

nalpnn

Nsann

n^ann

ais;nn Dalpnn Nsanp nibsrn

KiJ.

^P

lis

isii

'j5'=

iri:

J""-

bibp

iiay

blS3

ribiD

mii;

Nipbal.

'"^P?

iij;5

i!*5?

nb03

Mk

Piel.

btjpa

lara

'=m

'j^^'^

irira

PmJ.

btapa

ia:;a

bsba

rV^a

lEija

Hiphil.

^'■apa

TaJ'a

b-!<3a

"■^'ta

c-3a

II..phol.

i^P?

laya

iijja

nSna

ffiaa

Uitbpatil.

iE!pna

i^isna

iftsna

n!spiBa

tiara

aij

aaica

aca

awa

aaiPCB

2VL-

ait
=#-?
ate"?

a-iola
aiTj
aiB-ra

°P

Dip

Dip;
Daipa
Daip'?
a"pa
D(;ia
Daipra

ssa;

siaa
sciaa
s-iaa
siaa

n&a
nbsna

DECLENSION OF NOUNS.

CHANGES PRODUCED BY ADDING,

The feminine ending n,

1. In n simple ultimate there is no change.

2. If the iihinmte is mixed a Segholate form is adopted.

till- i)lm-al n^ or ni, and the dual D"*..
in 0' mixed ultimate, '

1 . Tsere is rejected except from monosyllables, or when the

preceding vowel is a pretonic Kaniets.

2. The tiuid letter is doubled ui nouns fi-om contracted si

roots, in those in which consonants concurring at the
end have coalesced, and in a few others.

3. Segholntes resume their priniaiy monosyUabic form before

tlic feminine ending n, ; in the phu-al and occasionally
in the dual they receive pretonic Kamets, and the
original vowel of the monosyllable falls away.
In a simple idlimate,

1. n^ is rejected.

2. •». becomes n* , d*"", or c . ni".

3. 1 and "i rarely occur, see g 209. 3.
In the pcnidt,

Kamets and Tsere t

rejected, except from nouns in n^

Feminine nouns in n., if derived from Segholates, insert pretonic
Karact.s in the plural and drop their original vowel ; if not, they simply
sidistitute the plural for the singular ending. In the dual n, be-
comes rv^ .

Feminine nouns in n, substitute the plural for the singular ending,
and cither reject the preceding vowel or restore it to what it would
have been if n, had not been appended.

TIIE CONSTRUCT STATE.

1. The feminine n, becomes n. ; the dual D\ and the plural D"*.
become ■•. .

2. In a mixed ultimate, Kamets is shortened to Pattahh ; so is
Tsere when preceded by pretonic Kamets.

3. In a simple idtimate n^ becomes n_ .

4. Kamets and Tsere are rejected from the syUable preceding the
accent ; and if this occasions a concurrence of vowelless consonants a
short vowel is inserted between them.

NOONS WITH SUFFIXES.

I. Before the grave suffixes (viz. : 03, i?, on, ]n),

Nomis of both genders and of all numbers take the form of the
construct.

II. Before the light suffixes,

1. Singular or plural nouns with a feminine ending adopt the

construct form, only changing ri, to n. .

2. Singidar or plural nouns not having a feminine ending adopt

the same form as before the absolute plural termination.

3. Dual nouns retain the form which they have before the

absolute dual termination.

III. Before all suffl.xes, grave or light,

1. Segholate noims in the singular

form, as before the feminine ending n. .

2. Final letters which are doubled in the plural,

two consonants have coalesced, are doubled,

3. Final n. is dropped.

PERSONAL PRONOUNS.

"?=S' '??

•?

"?-

■?.

■?,. (■?.)

".

i:n:s, vr-i, ijs

53

?:

™.

ID.,

1:.. (1:,)

i:-

np8

1(™)

(U

-

1. (3?,,)

% (1..)

T

DPS

Da

—

—

—

D3

d;-

•P!<, PX

■1C")

r\ , Tj

T

—

n.. (■=..)

i5-

"=..)

n;pK, IPS

1?

)

wn

fl

in,, 1,

(n)

'n.

13, (in:j

i(n-, in„)

V

(inr.

■rn)

nan, nri

D (va)

D.. D.

(ia.)

D,

(Ta.)

—

D,

on-

(ia-,..

rran-..)

sirr, 8-.-I

n

n_, n

n.

"f,

n, (n,, 8,, n,)

n-

(»!:r.

)

nsn, m

1

1.

t

—

l.(™..™,)

17

(n:--

.)

INSEPAUABLE PREPOSITIONS AND VAV COXJCNCTIVE.

Primary form, .....

Before vowelless ConsonantSf

Before Gutturala wiilx Compound Sh'va,

Befoi-e monosyllables and accented syllables.

With the contracted article,

* ALiO before the labinlij 3, U aoJ C, but

3 ? >

. the corresponding short i

f/te vowel of the article.

1 before vonelless YodlL

ert to their mono&yllabic

THE PREPOSITIOS p. ITE mTERROGATITT; TOE ARTICLE, AlID TtTE rXTERROGATIYE na.

Before strong consonants, . , . _ ■ '^ H n

Before vowelless consonants and strong gutturals, . "J n n

Before weak gutturals, . . ". .."an n

Before gutturals with Kamets, ...."an n
• Bat with a dbjunctivo accent commonl; na.

1 :

\ r

.• \

nc^